2
CONTENTS
SYNOPSIS ..........................................................................................................................5
INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................5
MATERIALISM, SCIENCE, PHENOMENOLOGY.........................................................5
ALIEN THEORY
The Decline of Materialism in the Name of
Matter
PHILOSOPHY AND NON-PHILOSOPHY........................................................................................................................ 5
WHY MATERIALISM? ............................................................................................................................................. 10
1.The empirical contingency of materialism's philosophical necessity.......................................................... 10
2.The transcendental necessity of materialism's non-philosophical transformation...................................... 22
MAN AS NON-MATERIALIST IDENTITY OF PHILOSOPHY AND SCIENCE.................................................................... 27
PART I...............................................................................................................................28
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM AS SUCH.............................................................28
Ray Brassier
CHAPTER 1......................................................................................................................29
MATTER: COMME TELLE OR TELLE QUELLE? ........................................................29
Thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirement for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy in Philosophy
MATERIALISM AND MATERIOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 33
CHAPTER 2......................................................................................................................36
University of Warwick, Department of Philosophy
April 2001
MICHEL HENRY: MATERIAL PHENOMENOLOGY .................................................36
EN-STASIS/EK-STASIS ............................................................................................................................................. 36
HENRY AND HUSSERL ............................................................................................................................................ 37
THE UR-IMPRESSION AS COINCIDENCE OF PHENOMENON AND PHENOMENALITY .................................................. 39
‘THE HISTORIALITY OF THE ABSOLUTE’: ETERNAL SUBJECTIVE LIFE .................................................................... 40
IMMANENCE/TRANSCENDENCE: TWO VERSIONS OF THE UNOBJECTIFIABLE .......................................................... 43
THE PHENOMENOLOGICAL IDEALISATION OF IMMANENCE ..................................................................................... 44
THE RELATIVE ABSOLUTE ...................................................................................................................................... 46
THINKABLE/UNTHINKABLE .................................................................................................................................... 48
IMMANENCE ‘ITSELF’ OR IMMANENCE ‘AS SUCH’?................................................................................................. 49
CHAPTER 3......................................................................................................................54
DELEUZE & GUATTARI: ABSOLUTE HYLETICS.....................................................54
MATERIALIZING THE TRANSCENDENTAL ................................................................................................................ 54
THE DELEUZEAN CRITIQUE OF REPRESENTATION .................................................................................................. 55
MACHINIC CONSTRUCTIVISM ................................................................................................................................. 58
THE HYLETIC CONTINUUM ..................................................................................................................................... 60
THE PLANE OF IMMANENCE ................................................................................................................................... 62
2
CONTENTS
SYNOPSIS ..........................................................................................................................5
INTRODUCTION ...............................................................................................................5
MATERIALISM, SCIENCE, PHENOMENOLOGY.........................................................5
ALIEN THEORY
The Decline of Materialism in the Name of
Matter
PHILOSOPHY AND NON-PHILOSOPHY........................................................................................................................ 5
WHY MATERIALISM? ............................................................................................................................................. 10
1.The empirical contingency of materialism's philosophical necessity.......................................................... 10
2.The transcendental necessity of materialism's non-philosophical transformation...................................... 22
MAN AS NON-MATERIALIST IDENTITY OF PHILOSOPHY AND SCIENCE.................................................................... 27
PART I...............................................................................................................................28
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM AS SUCH.............................................................28
Ray Brassier
CHAPTER 1......................................................................................................................29
MATTER: COMME TELLE OR TELLE QUELLE? ........................................................29
Thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirement for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy in Philosophy
MATERIALISM AND MATERIOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 33
CHAPTER 2......................................................................................................................36
University of Warwick, Department of Philosophy
April 2001
MICHEL HENRY: MATERIAL PHENOMENOLOGY .................................................36
EN-STASIS/EK-STASIS ............................................................................................................................................. 36
HENRY AND HUSSERL ............................................................................................................................................ 37
THE UR-IMPRESSION AS COINCIDENCE OF PHENOMENON AND PHENOMENALITY .................................................. 39
‘THE HISTORIALITY OF THE ABSOLUTE’: ETERNAL SUBJECTIVE LIFE .................................................................... 40
IMMANENCE/TRANSCENDENCE: TWO VERSIONS OF THE UNOBJECTIFIABLE .......................................................... 43
THE PHENOMENOLOGICAL IDEALISATION OF IMMANENCE ..................................................................................... 44
THE RELATIVE ABSOLUTE ...................................................................................................................................... 46
THINKABLE/UNTHINKABLE .................................................................................................................................... 48
IMMANENCE ‘ITSELF’ OR IMMANENCE ‘AS SUCH’?................................................................................................. 49
CHAPTER 3......................................................................................................................54
DELEUZE & GUATTARI: ABSOLUTE HYLETICS.....................................................54
MATERIALIZING THE TRANSCENDENTAL ................................................................................................................ 54
THE DELEUZEAN CRITIQUE OF REPRESENTATION .................................................................................................. 55
MACHINIC CONSTRUCTIVISM ................................................................................................................................. 58
THE HYLETIC CONTINUUM ..................................................................................................................................... 60
THE PLANE OF IMMANENCE ................................................................................................................................... 62
3
4
PARALLELISM AND ASYMMETRY............................................................................................................................ 66
KANT ................................................................................................................................................................... 167
NOMADIC DISTRIBUTION ........................................................................................................................................ 75
QUINE .................................................................................................................................................................. 171
HYLETIC IDEALISM ................................................................................................................................................. 81
LARUELLE ............................................................................................................................................................ 179
TRANSCENDENTAL MATERIALISM VERSUS EMPIRICAL REALISM ........................................................................... 84
CHAPTER 4......................................................................................................................96
CHAPTER 8....................................................................................................................192
PHENOMENOLOGICAL PLASTICITY AND EPISTEMIC CHAOS .........................192
FROM MATERIALISM ‘AS SUCH’ TO MATTER ‘ITSELF’ ......................................96
ELIMINATIVISM AND FOLK PSYCHOLOGY ............................................................................................................. 193
‘MATERIALISM’/ ‘IDEALISM’.................................................................................................................................. 96
NEUROCOMPUTATIONAL PLASTICITY ................................................................................................................... 196
THE MATERIOLOGICAL AMPHIBOLY OF UTTERANCE AND STATEMENT ................................................................ 101
VECTOR CODING: FROM SUPEREMPIRICAL VIRTUE TO TRANSCENDENTAL A PRIORI.......................................... 200
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM ........................................................................................................................... 104
EPISTEMIC ENGINES AND THE TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTION ............................................................................... 207
PHILOSOPHICAL SUMMARY AND TRANSITION TO NON-PHILOSOPHY .................................................................... 107
1. The natural science of epistemic engines ................................................................................................. 208
PART II ...........................................................................................................................110
2. From epistemic algorithms to the transcendental function ...................................................................... 213
THE NAME OF MATTER ITSELF ...............................................................................110
CONCLUSION ...............................................................................................................216
CHAPTER 5....................................................................................................................111
PHILOSOPHY, CAPITALISM, NON-MATERIALISM ...............................................216
LARUELLE’S RAZOR...................................................................................................111
‘NON-’ ................................................................................................................................................................. 111
THE STRUCTURE OF THE PHILOSOPHICAL DECISION ............................................................................................. 114
DECISION AS TRANSCENDENTAL METHOD ........................................................................................................... 120
PHILOSOPHY IS THE WORLD ................................................................................................................................. 216
THE WORLD IS CAPITALISM ................................................................................................................................. 218
GNOSTIC SCEPTICISM VERSUS EPISTEMIC REALISM.............................................................................................. 220
CAPITALISM, INFORMATION AND UNIVERSAL NOISE ............................................................................................ 222
THE NON-DECISIONAL CLONING OF DECISION ..................................................................................................... 127
BIBLIOGRAPHY............................................................................................................226
SUSPENDING THE PARMENIDEAN AXIOM.............................................................................................................. 134
WORKS BY LARUELLE .......................................................................................................................................... 226
CHAPTER 6....................................................................................................................137
Philosophie I: ............................................................................................................................................... 226
THE RADICAL HYLE AS FIRST NAME OF MATTER.............................................137
Philosophie II:.............................................................................................................................................. 226
THE RADICAL HYLE AS NON-CONCEPTUAL SYMBOL FOR THE IDENTITY OF UTTERANCE .................................... 138
Philosophie III: ............................................................................................................................................ 226
THE ALIEN-SUBJECT ............................................................................................................................................ 144
ARTICLES AND ESSAYS BY LARUELLE .................................................................................................................. 227
THE NON-MATERIALIST AXIOMATIC .................................................................................................................... 150
SECONDARY LITTERATURE ON LARUELLE............................................................................................................ 230
NON-INTUITIVE PHENOMENALITY ........................................................................................................................ 152
a) articles: .................................................................................................................................................... 231
1. Theory and experience ............................................................................................................................. 152
SECONDARY LITTERATURE ON LARUELLE............................................................................................................ 235
2. The six-dimensions of Decision ................................................................................................................ 155
b) works:....................................................................................................................................................... 236
3. The transcendental prosthetic .................................................................................................................. 157
WORKS BY OTHER AUTHORS ............................................................................................................................... 236
4. The non-thetic universe ............................................................................................................................ 158
5. Non-materialism and gnosis..................................................................................................................... 160
CHAPTER 7....................................................................................................................165
BEHOLD THE NON-RABBIT.......................................................................................165
3
4
PARALLELISM AND ASYMMETRY............................................................................................................................ 66
KANT ................................................................................................................................................................... 167
NOMADIC DISTRIBUTION ........................................................................................................................................ 75
QUINE .................................................................................................................................................................. 171
HYLETIC IDEALISM ................................................................................................................................................. 81
LARUELLE ............................................................................................................................................................ 179
TRANSCENDENTAL MATERIALISM VERSUS EMPIRICAL REALISM ........................................................................... 84
CHAPTER 4......................................................................................................................96
CHAPTER 8....................................................................................................................192
PHENOMENOLOGICAL PLASTICITY AND EPISTEMIC CHAOS .........................192
FROM MATERIALISM ‘AS SUCH’ TO MATTER ‘ITSELF’ ......................................96
ELIMINATIVISM AND FOLK PSYCHOLOGY ............................................................................................................. 193
‘MATERIALISM’/ ‘IDEALISM’.................................................................................................................................. 96
NEUROCOMPUTATIONAL PLASTICITY ................................................................................................................... 196
THE MATERIOLOGICAL AMPHIBOLY OF UTTERANCE AND STATEMENT ................................................................ 101
VECTOR CODING: FROM SUPEREMPIRICAL VIRTUE TO TRANSCENDENTAL A PRIORI.......................................... 200
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM ........................................................................................................................... 104
EPISTEMIC ENGINES AND THE TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTION ............................................................................... 207
PHILOSOPHICAL SUMMARY AND TRANSITION TO NON-PHILOSOPHY .................................................................... 107
1. The natural science of epistemic engines ................................................................................................. 208
PART II ...........................................................................................................................110
2. From epistemic algorithms to the transcendental function ...................................................................... 213
THE NAME OF MATTER ITSELF ...............................................................................110
CONCLUSION ...............................................................................................................216
CHAPTER 5....................................................................................................................111
PHILOSOPHY, CAPITALISM, NON-MATERIALISM ...............................................216
LARUELLE’S RAZOR...................................................................................................111
‘NON-’ ................................................................................................................................................................. 111
THE STRUCTURE OF THE PHILOSOPHICAL DECISION ............................................................................................. 114
DECISION AS TRANSCENDENTAL METHOD ........................................................................................................... 120
PHILOSOPHY IS THE WORLD ................................................................................................................................. 216
THE WORLD IS CAPITALISM ................................................................................................................................. 218
GNOSTIC SCEPTICISM VERSUS EPISTEMIC REALISM.............................................................................................. 220
CAPITALISM, INFORMATION AND UNIVERSAL NOISE ............................................................................................ 222
THE NON-DECISIONAL CLONING OF DECISION ..................................................................................................... 127
BIBLIOGRAPHY............................................................................................................226
SUSPENDING THE PARMENIDEAN AXIOM.............................................................................................................. 134
WORKS BY LARUELLE .......................................................................................................................................... 226
CHAPTER 6....................................................................................................................137
Philosophie I: ............................................................................................................................................... 226
THE RADICAL HYLE AS FIRST NAME OF MATTER.............................................137
Philosophie II:.............................................................................................................................................. 226
THE RADICAL HYLE AS NON-CONCEPTUAL SYMBOL FOR THE IDENTITY OF UTTERANCE .................................... 138
Philosophie III: ............................................................................................................................................ 226
THE ALIEN-SUBJECT ............................................................................................................................................ 144
ARTICLES AND ESSAYS BY LARUELLE .................................................................................................................. 227
THE NON-MATERIALIST AXIOMATIC .................................................................................................................... 150
SECONDARY LITTERATURE ON LARUELLE............................................................................................................ 230
NON-INTUITIVE PHENOMENALITY ........................................................................................................................ 152
a) articles: .................................................................................................................................................... 231
1. Theory and experience ............................................................................................................................. 152
SECONDARY LITTERATURE ON LARUELLE............................................................................................................ 235
2. The six-dimensions of Decision ................................................................................................................ 155
b) works:....................................................................................................................................................... 236
3. The transcendental prosthetic .................................................................................................................. 157
WORKS BY OTHER AUTHORS ............................................................................................................................... 236
4. The non-thetic universe ............................................................................................................................ 158
5. Non-materialism and gnosis..................................................................................................................... 160
CHAPTER 7....................................................................................................................165
BEHOLD THE NON-RABBIT.......................................................................................165
5
SYNOPSIS
The thesis tries to define and explain the rudiments of a ‘non-philosophical’
or ‘non-decisional’ theory of materialism on the basis of a theoretical
framework provided by the ‘non-philosophy’ of François Laruelle. Neither
anti-philosophical nor anti-materialist in character, non-materialism tries to
construct a rigorously transcendental theory of matter by using certain instances
of philosophical materialism as its source material.
The materialist decision to identify the real with matter is seen to retain a
structural isomorphy with the phenomenological decision to identify the real
with the phenomenon. Both decisions are shown to operate on the basis of a
methodological idealism:- materialism on account of its confusion of matter and
concept; phenomenology by virtue of its confusion of phenomenon and logos.
By dissolving the respectively ‘materiological’ and ‘phenomenological’
amphibolies which are the result of the failure to effect a rigorously
transcendental separation between matter and concept on the one hand, and
between phenomenon and logos on the other, non-materialist theory proposes to
mobilise the non-hybrid or non-decisional concepts of a ‘matter-withoutconcept’ and of a ‘phenomenon-without-logos’ in order to effect a unified but
non-unitary theory of phenomenology and materialism. The result is a
materialisation of thinking that operates according to matter’s foreclosure to
decision. That is to say, a transcendental theory of the phenomenon, licensing
limitless phenomenological plasticity, unconstrained by the apparatus of eidetic
intuition or any horizon of apophantic disclosure;- but one which is
simultaneously a transcendental theory of matter, uncontaminated by the bounds
of empirical perception and free of all phenomenological circumscription.
INTRODUCTION
MATERIALISM, SCIENCE, PHENOMENOLOGY
Philosophy and Non-Philosophy
This thesis will attempt to articulate something that we shall characterise
as a ‘non-Decisional’ or ‘non-philosophical’ materialism in accordance with the
theoretical framework provided by François Laruelle’s ‘non-philosophy’.
However, to explain what we mean by a ‘non-philosophical’ materialism, and
why it in no way constitutes an anti-philosophical materialism, is to explain
why the expression ‘non-philosophy’ as used by Laruelle is in no way indicative
of an anti-philosophical stance. Thus, from the very outset, our attempt to
communicate the powerfully original import of Laruelle’s work through the
elucidation of a non-philosophical materialism must first proceed by setting
aside the immediately possible misinterpretations triggered by the expression
‘non-philosophy’.
6
Laruelle’s non-philosophy is not yet another voice joining in the
clamorous post-modern chorus celebrating the supposed death of philosophy.
Yet neither is it a variant of deconstruction, petitioning the undecidable in order
to effect a destabilization or dislocation of metaphysical decision. Nonphilosophy is not an anti-philosophical doctrine but a theory for philosophy, a
theory that, once applied to a philosophical material, radically reconfigures the
structures of philosophical thought on the basis of that material. Far from
seeking to terminate or to interrupt philosophical Decision1, the Laruellean
practise of non-philosophy constitutes a non-Decisional theory for
philosophical Decision; a theoretical praxis which seeks to broaden the horizons
of Decision and widen the conceptual possibilities available to philosophical
thought by suspending the sufficiency of Decision as practised in its
autonomously philosophical mode. Neither an autonomous philosophical
position, nor an anti-philosophical alternative to philosophising per se, nonphilosophy is rather an organon for the transformation and explanation of
problems whose immediately philosophical form, Laruelle suggests,
simultaneously compromises both their theoretical rigour and their ontological,
ethical, aesthetic, or political pertinence.
Accordingly, one of our central objectives in this thesis will to be to
demonstrate how, although producing no substantive philosophical Decisions in
and of itself -whether these be ontological, ethical, aesthetic, or political in
character-, non-philosophical practise provides the ‘working philosopher’ with
a rigorous but non-Decisional theory for Decision. In operating upon what
Laruelle will characterise as the ‘empirico-transcendental composites’ of
philosophical ontology, philosophical ethics, philosophical aesthetics, or
philosophical politics, non-philosophy seeks to emancipate the rigorously
transcendental, but non-ontological Identity2 of ontology, the non-ethical
Identity of ethics...etc. We shall see how, for every such composite structure
constituted by ‘the-philosophical-theory-of-X’, wherein the elemental essence
of ‘theory’ and of ‘X’ remains compromised through the bi-lateral
correspondence of their philosophical envelopment, non-philosophical thinking
will endeavour to separate both the relationless Identity and the unilateral
duality of ‘theory’ and of ‘X’, an Identity and duality irreducible to their
bilateral philosophical correspondence. More specifically, our aim in this thesis
is to try to show how, operating on the basis of a ‘philosophy-of-matter’, non-
1The expression ‘philosophical Decision’ designates an important technical concept in Laruelle's thought. We
will be setting out a preliminary philosophical delineation of this notion in the course of Chapters 2, 3, and 4,
before providing a detailed account of its function in non-philosophical theory in Chapter 5.
2 Again, the Laruellean characterisation of ‘Identity’ as a non-philosophical concept will be explained in Chapter
5.
5
SYNOPSIS
The thesis tries to define and explain the rudiments of a ‘non-philosophical’
or ‘non-decisional’ theory of materialism on the basis of a theoretical
framework provided by the ‘non-philosophy’ of François Laruelle. Neither
anti-philosophical nor anti-materialist in character, non-materialism tries to
construct a rigorously transcendental theory of matter by using certain instances
of philosophical materialism as its source material.
The materialist decision to identify the real with matter is seen to retain a
structural isomorphy with the phenomenological decision to identify the real
with the phenomenon. Both decisions are shown to operate on the basis of a
methodological idealism:- materialism on account of its confusion of matter and
concept; phenomenology by virtue of its confusion of phenomenon and logos.
By dissolving the respectively ‘materiological’ and ‘phenomenological’
amphibolies which are the result of the failure to effect a rigorously
transcendental separation between matter and concept on the one hand, and
between phenomenon and logos on the other, non-materialist theory proposes to
mobilise the non-hybrid or non-decisional concepts of a ‘matter-withoutconcept’ and of a ‘phenomenon-without-logos’ in order to effect a unified but
non-unitary theory of phenomenology and materialism. The result is a
materialisation of thinking that operates according to matter’s foreclosure to
decision. That is to say, a transcendental theory of the phenomenon, licensing
limitless phenomenological plasticity, unconstrained by the apparatus of eidetic
intuition or any horizon of apophantic disclosure;- but one which is
simultaneously a transcendental theory of matter, uncontaminated by the bounds
of empirical perception and free of all phenomenological circumscription.
INTRODUCTION
MATERIALISM, SCIENCE, PHENOMENOLOGY
Philosophy and Non-Philosophy
This thesis will attempt to articulate something that we shall characterise
as a ‘non-Decisional’ or ‘non-philosophical’ materialism in accordance with the
theoretical framework provided by François Laruelle’s ‘non-philosophy’.
However, to explain what we mean by a ‘non-philosophical’ materialism, and
why it in no way constitutes an anti-philosophical materialism, is to explain
why the expression ‘non-philosophy’ as used by Laruelle is in no way indicative
of an anti-philosophical stance. Thus, from the very outset, our attempt to
communicate the powerfully original import of Laruelle’s work through the
elucidation of a non-philosophical materialism must first proceed by setting
aside the immediately possible misinterpretations triggered by the expression
‘non-philosophy’.
6
Laruelle’s non-philosophy is not yet another voice joining in the
clamorous post-modern chorus celebrating the supposed death of philosophy.
Yet neither is it a variant of deconstruction, petitioning the undecidable in order
to effect a destabilization or dislocation of metaphysical decision. Nonphilosophy is not an anti-philosophical doctrine but a theory for philosophy, a
theory that, once applied to a philosophical material, radically reconfigures the
structures of philosophical thought on the basis of that material. Far from
seeking to terminate or to interrupt philosophical Decision1, the Laruellean
practise of non-philosophy constitutes a non-Decisional theory for
philosophical Decision; a theoretical praxis which seeks to broaden the horizons
of Decision and widen the conceptual possibilities available to philosophical
thought by suspending the sufficiency of Decision as practised in its
autonomously philosophical mode. Neither an autonomous philosophical
position, nor an anti-philosophical alternative to philosophising per se, nonphilosophy is rather an organon for the transformation and explanation of
problems whose immediately philosophical form, Laruelle suggests,
simultaneously compromises both their theoretical rigour and their ontological,
ethical, aesthetic, or political pertinence.
Accordingly, one of our central objectives in this thesis will to be to
demonstrate how, although producing no substantive philosophical Decisions in
and of itself -whether these be ontological, ethical, aesthetic, or political in
character-, non-philosophical practise provides the ‘working philosopher’ with
a rigorous but non-Decisional theory for Decision. In operating upon what
Laruelle will characterise as the ‘empirico-transcendental composites’ of
philosophical ontology, philosophical ethics, philosophical aesthetics, or
philosophical politics, non-philosophy seeks to emancipate the rigorously
transcendental, but non-ontological Identity2 of ontology, the non-ethical
Identity of ethics...etc. We shall see how, for every such composite structure
constituted by ‘the-philosophical-theory-of-X’, wherein the elemental essence
of ‘theory’ and of ‘X’ remains compromised through the bi-lateral
correspondence of their philosophical envelopment, non-philosophical thinking
will endeavour to separate both the relationless Identity and the unilateral
duality of ‘theory’ and of ‘X’, an Identity and duality irreducible to their
bilateral philosophical correspondence. More specifically, our aim in this thesis
is to try to show how, operating on the basis of a ‘philosophy-of-matter’, non-
1The expression ‘philosophical Decision’ designates an important technical concept in Laruelle's thought. We
will be setting out a preliminary philosophical delineation of this notion in the course of Chapters 2, 3, and 4,
before providing a detailed account of its function in non-philosophical theory in Chapter 5.
2 Again, the Laruellean characterisation of ‘Identity’ as a non-philosophical concept will be explained in Chapter
5.
7
8
philosophy can help discover materialism’s non-materialist essence by
developing the unilateral Identity and duality of ‘theory’ and of ‘matter’.
Conscious of the fact that such formulations must appear chronically
obscure at this introductory stage, we will try to introduce Laruelle’s novel and
undeniably difficult conceptual apparatus through a series of incremental steps,
each one building on the one before in a succession of chapters presenting the
reader with a gradually increasing degree of technicality. We hope thereby to
allow the reader to become slowly acclimatized to an idiosyncratic but
rigorously exacting theoretical vocabulary.
In order to facilitate the difficult conceptual transition from the
philosophical to the non-philosophical register, the thesis is divided into two
parts. Part I, ‘The Decline of Materialism As Such’, comprises Chapters 1
through 4 and will try to identify the conditions of the philosophical problem
which we intend to treat non-philosophically in Part II, ‘The Name of Matter
Itself’, which consists of Chapters 5 through 9. That problem is the
materiological3 amphiboly of matter and logos, or of phenomenon and hyle, as
exemplified both in the ‘material phenomenology’ of Michel Henry and in the
‘absolute hyletics’ of Deleuze & Guattari. This amphiboly, we shall argue, leads
to an fundamental indiscernibility between the theoretical postures of
materialism and idealism, an indiscernibility in virtue of which philosophical
materialism remains incapable of distinguishing itself from idealism.
Consequently, ‘the decline of materialism in the name of matter’ describes that
movement whereby any philosophical materialism which accepts the premise of
a transcendental distinction between ‘thought’ and ‘matter’ must forsake the
attempt to encompass matter in the concept and abandon the materiological
register in order to initiate a theoretical posture whereby not only does
materialism no longer presume to circumscribe matter by way of a concept, it is
now matter which determines materialism through its very foreclosure to every
concept. In other words, Part I argues that transcendental materialism achieves
its most rigorous theoretical consummation at the point where it necessitates its
own elimination as a system of discursive statements ‘about’ matter.
Part II, ‘The name of matter itself’ constitutes the non-philosophical half
of the thesis. It implements the radical shift in theoretical posture recommended
in the final Chapter of Part I and describes the consequences devolving from
that change of posture. The materiological amphiboly of matter and concept is
replaced by a ‘first-name’ or ‘non-conceptual symbol’4 that enacts matter’s
transcendental foreclosure to thought within thought. It is now matter ‘itself’ as
‘non-conceptual symbol’, rather than matter ‘as such’ or as conceptually
defined, which determines materialism through its foreclosure to conceptual
thought. Where materialism implicitly presupposes that matter remains
commensurate with thought, non-materialism lifts the premise of
commensurability in order to universalise the parameters of materialist theory
on the basis of matter’s foreclosure to thought.
Accordingly, the two-part structure of the thesis attempts not only to
describe but also to provide a philosophically intelligible legitimation for the
shift from a philosophical to a non-philosophical materialism, for it is on the
basis of a philosophical problematic that the transition to the non-philosophical
treatment of that problematic is rendered not only intelligible but also
necessary. Thus, our hope is that the philosophical half of the thesis goes some
way toward providing a stringently philosophical legitimation for its nonphilosophical complement.
Conversely, from a non-philosophical perspective, the philosophical part
of the thesis is non-philosophically validated insofar as the materialism
articulated in the first half of the thesis provides the empirical occasion or
material required in order to implement a non-philosophical theory of
materialism. In other words, foregrounding the latent dimension of
materiological amphiboly intrinsic both to the phenomenological and antiphenomenological varieties of philosophical materialism furnishes us with the
philosophical occasion required for mobilizing the resources of nonphilosophical theory; a mobilization which will circumvent the equivocal
idealism common both to the phenomenologisation of materialism and to the
materialisation of phenomenology by constructing a non-phenomenological
theory of the phenomenon which is equally and simultaneously a nonmaterialist theory of matter. Accordingly, the second half of the thesis will
attempt to show how a non-philosophical approach can render the problematics
of transcendental phenomenality and transcendental materiality, which are
philosophically incommensurable, non-philosophically commensurable by
effectively outlining a unified theory5 of phenomenality and materiality.
Thus, having introduced the transcendental framework subtending the
materiological problematic in Chapter 1, Chapter 2 examines its
phenomenological exemplification in the work of Michel Henry, while Chapter
3 investigates its materialist instantiation in the thought of Deleuze & Guattari.
Chapter 4 draws out the philosophically intractable consequences of the
materiological aporias delineated in the two preceding chapters, arguing that the
theoretical conditions required for the resolution of those aporias exceed the
resources of philosophical Decision. In so doing it prepares the transition to the
3 For a preliminary definition of ‘materiology’ cf. infra , Chapter 1, pp.59-62.
5 ‘Unified’ but not unitary. In other words, a non-dialectical theory, capable of simultaneously articulating the
4 Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.267-277.
identity and duality of ‘phenomenon’ and ‘matter’ without synthesizing them. Cf. Chapters 5 and 6.
7
8
philosophy can help discover materialism’s non-materialist essence by
developing the unilateral Identity and duality of ‘theory’ and of ‘matter’.
Conscious of the fact that such formulations must appear chronically
obscure at this introductory stage, we will try to introduce Laruelle’s novel and
undeniably difficult conceptual apparatus through a series of incremental steps,
each one building on the one before in a succession of chapters presenting the
reader with a gradually increasing degree of technicality. We hope thereby to
allow the reader to become slowly acclimatized to an idiosyncratic but
rigorously exacting theoretical vocabulary.
In order to facilitate the difficult conceptual transition from the
philosophical to the non-philosophical register, the thesis is divided into two
parts. Part I, ‘The Decline of Materialism As Such’, comprises Chapters 1
through 4 and will try to identify the conditions of the philosophical problem
which we intend to treat non-philosophically in Part II, ‘The Name of Matter
Itself’, which consists of Chapters 5 through 9. That problem is the
materiological3 amphiboly of matter and logos, or of phenomenon and hyle, as
exemplified both in the ‘material phenomenology’ of Michel Henry and in the
‘absolute hyletics’ of Deleuze & Guattari. This amphiboly, we shall argue, leads
to an fundamental indiscernibility between the theoretical postures of
materialism and idealism, an indiscernibility in virtue of which philosophical
materialism remains incapable of distinguishing itself from idealism.
Consequently, ‘the decline of materialism in the name of matter’ describes that
movement whereby any philosophical materialism which accepts the premise of
a transcendental distinction between ‘thought’ and ‘matter’ must forsake the
attempt to encompass matter in the concept and abandon the materiological
register in order to initiate a theoretical posture whereby not only does
materialism no longer presume to circumscribe matter by way of a concept, it is
now matter which determines materialism through its very foreclosure to every
concept. In other words, Part I argues that transcendental materialism achieves
its most rigorous theoretical consummation at the point where it necessitates its
own elimination as a system of discursive statements ‘about’ matter.
Part II, ‘The name of matter itself’ constitutes the non-philosophical half
of the thesis. It implements the radical shift in theoretical posture recommended
in the final Chapter of Part I and describes the consequences devolving from
that change of posture. The materiological amphiboly of matter and concept is
replaced by a ‘first-name’ or ‘non-conceptual symbol’4 that enacts matter’s
transcendental foreclosure to thought within thought. It is now matter ‘itself’ as
‘non-conceptual symbol’, rather than matter ‘as such’ or as conceptually
defined, which determines materialism through its foreclosure to conceptual
thought. Where materialism implicitly presupposes that matter remains
commensurate with thought, non-materialism lifts the premise of
commensurability in order to universalise the parameters of materialist theory
on the basis of matter’s foreclosure to thought.
Accordingly, the two-part structure of the thesis attempts not only to
describe but also to provide a philosophically intelligible legitimation for the
shift from a philosophical to a non-philosophical materialism, for it is on the
basis of a philosophical problematic that the transition to the non-philosophical
treatment of that problematic is rendered not only intelligible but also
necessary. Thus, our hope is that the philosophical half of the thesis goes some
way toward providing a stringently philosophical legitimation for its nonphilosophical complement.
Conversely, from a non-philosophical perspective, the philosophical part
of the thesis is non-philosophically validated insofar as the materialism
articulated in the first half of the thesis provides the empirical occasion or
material required in order to implement a non-philosophical theory of
materialism. In other words, foregrounding the latent dimension of
materiological amphiboly intrinsic both to the phenomenological and antiphenomenological varieties of philosophical materialism furnishes us with the
philosophical occasion required for mobilizing the resources of nonphilosophical theory; a mobilization which will circumvent the equivocal
idealism common both to the phenomenologisation of materialism and to the
materialisation of phenomenology by constructing a non-phenomenological
theory of the phenomenon which is equally and simultaneously a nonmaterialist theory of matter. Accordingly, the second half of the thesis will
attempt to show how a non-philosophical approach can render the problematics
of transcendental phenomenality and transcendental materiality, which are
philosophically incommensurable, non-philosophically commensurable by
effectively outlining a unified theory5 of phenomenality and materiality.
Thus, having introduced the transcendental framework subtending the
materiological problematic in Chapter 1, Chapter 2 examines its
phenomenological exemplification in the work of Michel Henry, while Chapter
3 investigates its materialist instantiation in the thought of Deleuze & Guattari.
Chapter 4 draws out the philosophically intractable consequences of the
materiological aporias delineated in the two preceding chapters, arguing that the
theoretical conditions required for the resolution of those aporias exceed the
resources of philosophical Decision. In so doing it prepares the transition to the
3 For a preliminary definition of ‘materiology’ cf. infra , Chapter 1, pp.59-62.
5 ‘Unified’ but not unitary. In other words, a non-dialectical theory, capable of simultaneously articulating the
4 Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.267-277.
identity and duality of ‘phenomenon’ and ‘matter’ without synthesizing them. Cf. Chapters 5 and 6.
9
non-philosophical stance pursued in the second half of the thesis. Chapter 5
describes the shift from the philosophical to the non-philosophical register by
outlining the structure of philosophical Decision as that which must be
suspended in order to effectuate a non-Decisional materialism. Chapter 6 argues
both for the a priori validity and the irrecusable necessity of that stance,
introducing the organon of non-materialist theory whilst explaining why it
possesses the resources required for the simultaneous neutralisation and
explanation -i.e. the dualysation6 - of those materiological amphibolies. It does
so by extracting from them the non-philosophical notions of a hyle without
concept and a phenomenon without logos. In Chapters 7 and 8 we use the work
of Quine and Churchland as a philosophical material on the basis of which to
expand on the latter two notions, exploring the realm of radical
phenomenological plasticity concomitant with the non-materiological identity
of phenomenon and hyle. Finally, our Conclusion will attempt to explain how,
by accepting that philosophy and capital are bound together in a relation of
reciprocal presupposition, the non-philosophical identification of philosophy
and capital as ‘World-Capitalism’ may yet be able to provide thought with the
theoretical means whereby it can constitute itself as an instance of a priori
resistance to intellectual commodification.
Moreover, the fact that we are taking the fundamentally methodological
character of non-philosophical theory as our starting point explains this thesis’
twofold heuristic strategy: in treating the problem of philosophical materialism
non-philosophically our aim is to provide the reader with a philosophical
perspective on non-philosophy at the same time as we furnish him/her with a
non-philosophical vantage upon philosophy. Accordingly, on the one hand,
we’ll be attempting to map the ‘quadrangular’ philosophical space delineated
through the shifting patterns of allegiance binding materialism to idealism, and
phenomenology to realism, but also materialism to realism, and phenomenology
to idealism, in order to shed some philosophical light on the relationship
between ‘thought’ and ‘matter’. On the other, by applying a non-philosophical
methodology to a specific philosophical material, we hope not only to explain
and critically evaluate its functioning, but also the extent to which, through its
suspension of ‘the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’7, it succeeds in its stated
aim of opening up the restricted, ‘six dimensional’ realm8 of philosophical
6The notion of non-philosophical ‘dualysis’ is introduced and explained in Chapter 5, before being exhibited ‘in
effect’ in the course of Chapters 6 and 7.
7 Cf. Chapter 5.
8In Chapter VI of Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie, Laruelle sets out a particularly complex ‘transcendental
analytic’ of philosophical Decision. He analyses its architectonic structure in terms of a single ‘vertical’ axis or
hinge articulating the reciprocally presupposing realms of position and donation; and three distinct ‘horizontally’
interleaved layers comprising the dimensions of transcendence, ground and unity on the side of position, and
10
Decision to a hitherto unanticipated, perhaps even potentially infinite domain of
conceptual possibility.
Accordingly, following Part I, which sets out the philosophical conditions
of materialism as a theoretical problem in a manner that presupposes no prior
familiarity with non-philosophy, all of the fundamental Laruellean concepts we
intend to mobilize for the purposes of this thesis will be introduced, defined,
and explained in Chapters 5 and 6, the first two chapters of Part II, in order to
be subsequently refined and expanded upon in Chapters 7 and 8.
Why Materialism?
Our goal is to articulate a non-Decisional materialism by effecting the
non-philosophical transformation of that variant of philosophical Decision
known as ‘materialist’. This choice of philosophical material is not arbitrary.
The materialist Decision is one that we feel compelled to make on the grounds
of intellectual probity. Yet this fact must be coupled with the recognition that
non-philosophy refuses to indulge in ontological Decision. Non-philosophical
thinking can no more be described as ‘materialist’ than it can be characterised
as ‘phenomenological’. The non-philosopher refuses to add to what he regards
as an excessive glut of equally contingent, equally unrigorous Decisions.
Accordingly, we need to explain: 1. the empirical conjunction of philosophical
circumstances in terms of which the materialist Decision appears to us as
uncircumventable; and 2. why non-philosophy promises to provide the
transcendental conditions in accordance with which the materialist Decision can
be rigorously effectuated.
1.The empirical contingency of materialism's philosophical necessity
First, an admission of personal conviction: materialism seems to us to be
the only serious, intellectually reputable ontological option available to the
philosopher in the wake of those theoretical revolutions that have defined our
intellectual modernity. We have in mind here primarily the unquestionably
epochal scientific revolutions inaugurated by Copernicus, Darwin, and Einstein,
insofar as they definitively undermined the hitherto unassailable legitimacy of
the kind of philosophical anthropocentrism harboured by Judeo-Christian
culture. But also the comparatively minor, more localised philosophical
revolutions initiated by Marx, Nietzsche and Freud, in whose work the
those of affection, reception, and intuition on the side of donation. The complex auto-positional and autodonational structure of Decision is then characterised in terms of the reciprocal pre-supposition of position and
donation; to wit, the reciprocal articulation of transcendence and affection; of ground and reception; and of unity
and intuition. Hence the fundamentally six-dimensional structure of the space of philosophical conceptuality. Cf.
Laruelle, 1996., pp. 281-370. Laruelle’s non-philosophical analytic of Decision will be examined in detail in
Chapter 6, pp.301-305. The consequences of suspending and reconfiguring that six-dimensional structure will be
explored in Chapters 7 and 8.
9
non-philosophical stance pursued in the second half of the thesis. Chapter 5
describes the shift from the philosophical to the non-philosophical register by
outlining the structure of philosophical Decision as that which must be
suspended in order to effectuate a non-Decisional materialism. Chapter 6 argues
both for the a priori validity and the irrecusable necessity of that stance,
introducing the organon of non-materialist theory whilst explaining why it
possesses the resources required for the simultaneous neutralisation and
explanation -i.e. the dualysation6 - of those materiological amphibolies. It does
so by extracting from them the non-philosophical notions of a hyle without
concept and a phenomenon without logos. In Chapters 7 and 8 we use the work
of Quine and Churchland as a philosophical material on the basis of which to
expand on the latter two notions, exploring the realm of radical
phenomenological plasticity concomitant with the non-materiological identity
of phenomenon and hyle. Finally, our Conclusion will attempt to explain how,
by accepting that philosophy and capital are bound together in a relation of
reciprocal presupposition, the non-philosophical identification of philosophy
and capital as ‘World-Capitalism’ may yet be able to provide thought with the
theoretical means whereby it can constitute itself as an instance of a priori
resistance to intellectual commodification.
Moreover, the fact that we are taking the fundamentally methodological
character of non-philosophical theory as our starting point explains this thesis’
twofold heuristic strategy: in treating the problem of philosophical materialism
non-philosophically our aim is to provide the reader with a philosophical
perspective on non-philosophy at the same time as we furnish him/her with a
non-philosophical vantage upon philosophy. Accordingly, on the one hand,
we’ll be attempting to map the ‘quadrangular’ philosophical space delineated
through the shifting patterns of allegiance binding materialism to idealism, and
phenomenology to realism, but also materialism to realism, and phenomenology
to idealism, in order to shed some philosophical light on the relationship
between ‘thought’ and ‘matter’. On the other, by applying a non-philosophical
methodology to a specific philosophical material, we hope not only to explain
and critically evaluate its functioning, but also the extent to which, through its
suspension of ‘the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’7, it succeeds in its stated
aim of opening up the restricted, ‘six dimensional’ realm8 of philosophical
6The notion of non-philosophical ‘dualysis’ is introduced and explained in Chapter 5, before being exhibited ‘in
effect’ in the course of Chapters 6 and 7.
7 Cf. Chapter 5.
8In Chapter VI of Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie, Laruelle sets out a particularly complex ‘transcendental
analytic’ of philosophical Decision. He analyses its architectonic structure in terms of a single ‘vertical’ axis or
hinge articulating the reciprocally presupposing realms of position and donation; and three distinct ‘horizontally’
interleaved layers comprising the dimensions of transcendence, ground and unity on the side of position, and
10
Decision to a hitherto unanticipated, perhaps even potentially infinite domain of
conceptual possibility.
Accordingly, following Part I, which sets out the philosophical conditions
of materialism as a theoretical problem in a manner that presupposes no prior
familiarity with non-philosophy, all of the fundamental Laruellean concepts we
intend to mobilize for the purposes of this thesis will be introduced, defined,
and explained in Chapters 5 and 6, the first two chapters of Part II, in order to
be subsequently refined and expanded upon in Chapters 7 and 8.
Why Materialism?
Our goal is to articulate a non-Decisional materialism by effecting the
non-philosophical transformation of that variant of philosophical Decision
known as ‘materialist’. This choice of philosophical material is not arbitrary.
The materialist Decision is one that we feel compelled to make on the grounds
of intellectual probity. Yet this fact must be coupled with the recognition that
non-philosophy refuses to indulge in ontological Decision. Non-philosophical
thinking can no more be described as ‘materialist’ than it can be characterised
as ‘phenomenological’. The non-philosopher refuses to add to what he regards
as an excessive glut of equally contingent, equally unrigorous Decisions.
Accordingly, we need to explain: 1. the empirical conjunction of philosophical
circumstances in terms of which the materialist Decision appears to us as
uncircumventable; and 2. why non-philosophy promises to provide the
transcendental conditions in accordance with which the materialist Decision can
be rigorously effectuated.
1.The empirical contingency of materialism's philosophical necessity
First, an admission of personal conviction: materialism seems to us to be
the only serious, intellectually reputable ontological option available to the
philosopher in the wake of those theoretical revolutions that have defined our
intellectual modernity. We have in mind here primarily the unquestionably
epochal scientific revolutions inaugurated by Copernicus, Darwin, and Einstein,
insofar as they definitively undermined the hitherto unassailable legitimacy of
the kind of philosophical anthropocentrism harboured by Judeo-Christian
culture. But also the comparatively minor, more localised philosophical
revolutions initiated by Marx, Nietzsche and Freud, in whose work the
those of affection, reception, and intuition on the side of donation. The complex auto-positional and autodonational structure of Decision is then characterised in terms of the reciprocal pre-supposition of position and
donation; to wit, the reciprocal articulation of transcendence and affection; of ground and reception; and of unity
and intuition. Hence the fundamentally six-dimensional structure of the space of philosophical conceptuality. Cf.
Laruelle, 1996., pp. 281-370. Laruelle’s non-philosophical analytic of Decision will be examined in detail in
Chapter 6, pp.301-305. The consequences of suspending and reconfiguring that six-dimensional structure will be
explored in Chapters 7 and 8.
11
epistemological privileges previously ascribed to human subjectivity were
effectively terminated.
Closer to us in time, but just as significant as the remarkable
breakthroughs in physics during the first half of the last century, there have
been the succession of equally extraordinary advances in evolutionary biology
in the latter half of the twentieth century; breakthroughs which, mobilizing new
techniques of algorithmic modelling pioneered by dynamical systems theory
and subsequently refined through developments in the fields of Artificial
Intelligence and Artificial Life, have via the emergence of the ‘complexity’
paradigm, given rise to the possibility a single, unitary theoretical perspective
on nature encompassing what were previously considered to be
incommensurable domains of phenomena9. Paul Churchland has persuasively
suggested that a generalised thermodynamics may well provide the most
amenable theoretical framework for this fundamentally monistic physical
perspective10: “it is [thermodynamics] that renders physically intelligible such
things as the process of synthetic evolution in general, and the Sun-urged
growth of a rose in particular. And what is human knowledge but a cortically
embodied flower, fanned likewise into existence by the ambient flux of energy
and information?”(Churchland, 1979, p.151) Thus, subatomic particle
collisions, spiral nebulae, and carbon-based sapience could all ultimately be
explainable as systems of negentropic energy capture. Moreover, in binding
together the physico-chemical and bio-organic realms at this abstract level of
thermodynamic energetics, the substrate independent algorithmic modelling
approach favoured by complexity analysts, abstracting from the scalar
distinction between micro- and macro-logical levels of analysis, effectively
promises to provide something like a ‘unified field theory’ for the Neo9 Cf. Parts I and II of Dennett, 1995, pp.17-331. Stuart Kauffman (1993) provides the most fully realised
theoretical articulation thus far achieved of the ‘complexity’ paradigm in biology. However, the philosophical
consequences Kauffman chooses to draw from his own scientific work (e.g. in Kauffman, 1995) are, in certain
regards, almost diametrically opposed to those we are drawing from it here. Assenting to the irrecusable
philosophical consequences of scientific research does not mean assenting to the individual scientist’s
philosophical interpretation of his or her own work.
10 Although made in the context of the eliminativist debate in the philosophy of mind, Churchland’s suggestion
provides a salutary corrective to claims made as to the putatively ‘antireductionist’ implications of complexity by
certain of its champions –Stuart Kauffman being the most distinguished among them. That self-organising
systems are substrate-independent or multiply instantiable does not mean that they are physically ‘irreducible’ in
the sense that it would be impossible to provide a general physical characterisation of complex systems within the
parameters of physics. Thus, Churchland writes:“(…) it does not follow, from multiple instantiability per se, that
no such general characterisation is possible. It follows only that the required characterisation cannot be
expressed in the theoretical vocabulary peculiar to any one of the available substrates. It remains entirely
possible that there is a level of physical description sufficiently abstract to encompass all of them, and yet
sufficiently powerful to fund the characterisations required. As it happens, there is indeed a physical theory of
sufficient generality to encompass the activity of all of these substrates, and any others one might think of. The
theory is thermodynamics -the general theory of energy and entropy.” (Churchland, 1989, p.46). Cf. also
Churchland’s ‘Is Thinker A Natural Kind?’ in Dialogue21, no.2: pp. 223-238.
12
Darwinian synthesis in the natural sciences. A synthesis not only liquefying
previously entrenched categorial divisions between the physical, the chemical,
and the bio-organic, but also effectively neutralizing the distinction between
‘nature’ and ‘culture’ as such, thereby allowing for the naturalization of hitherto
irreducibly complex socio-cultural phenomena11.
Meanwhile, in the realm of physics, the ‘superstrings’ paradigm offers the
possibility of reconciling the quantum microcosm and the cosmological
macrocosm by supplementing the physics of four-dimensional space-time with
seven higher dimensions. The hypothesis of 11-dimensional hyperspace
promises at once to simplify the laws of nature and to unify all physical forces
by reconfiguring them in accordance with a strictly geometrical paradigm12.
That paradigm suggests that the apparently insuperable gulf between the subatomic realm governed by quantum field theory and the cosmological domain
ruled by gravitational field theory is a consequence of distortions engendered by
partial perspective. The unified field theory required in order to bridge the gulf
and reconcile these conflicting perspectives suspends the assumption of the
inherently four dimensional character of space-time, and postulates that both the
quantum microcosm and the gravitational macrocosm have been abstracted
from the seamless, encompassing consistency of a fundamentally 11dimensional physical field13.
As a result, the methodological conception underlying the program of
physical unification can no longer be understood in terms of a straightforward
process of physical ‘reduction’ through the uncovering of more and more
‘fundamental’ particles. It is instead a question of supplementing the
impoverished perspective concomitant with a four-dimensional physics by
adding to it the requisite higher dimensional complement. Thus, physical
unification of microcosm and macrocosm is a matter of dissolving
incommensurabilities or inconsistencies at the restrictive four-dimensional level
through a process of re-integration into the 11-dimensional whole.
If superstring theory is of profound philosophical significance it is
because it achieves a univocally consistent physical monism by revealing all
scalar incommensurability across the material universe, such as that which
apparently separates the realm of quarks and neutrinos from that of galaxies and
nebulae, to be the result of a four-dimensional abstraction; a perspectival
11 Cf. for example Part III of Dennett 1995, pp. 335-521
12 Interestingly, superstring theory proposes a thoroughgoing (but obviously non-Euclidean) geometricisation of
nature; or, in other words, the thoroughgoing ‘hyperspatialisation’ of time. Perhaps the philosophical lesson to be
retained from all this is that the ‘phenomenon’ of hyperdimensional space may well turn out to be far more
mysterious than that of phenomenological time.
13Brian Greene (2000) sets out an exemplary overview of superstring theory for the uninitiated. Michio Kaku
(1994) also provides an extremely clear layman’s introduction .
11
epistemological privileges previously ascribed to human subjectivity were
effectively terminated.
Closer to us in time, but just as significant as the remarkable
breakthroughs in physics during the first half of the last century, there have
been the succession of equally extraordinary advances in evolutionary biology
in the latter half of the twentieth century; breakthroughs which, mobilizing new
techniques of algorithmic modelling pioneered by dynamical systems theory
and subsequently refined through developments in the fields of Artificial
Intelligence and Artificial Life, have via the emergence of the ‘complexity’
paradigm, given rise to the possibility a single, unitary theoretical perspective
on nature encompassing what were previously considered to be
incommensurable domains of phenomena9. Paul Churchland has persuasively
suggested that a generalised thermodynamics may well provide the most
amenable theoretical framework for this fundamentally monistic physical
perspective10: “it is [thermodynamics] that renders physically intelligible such
things as the process of synthetic evolution in general, and the Sun-urged
growth of a rose in particular. And what is human knowledge but a cortically
embodied flower, fanned likewise into existence by the ambient flux of energy
and information?”(Churchland, 1979, p.151) Thus, subatomic particle
collisions, spiral nebulae, and carbon-based sapience could all ultimately be
explainable as systems of negentropic energy capture. Moreover, in binding
together the physico-chemical and bio-organic realms at this abstract level of
thermodynamic energetics, the substrate independent algorithmic modelling
approach favoured by complexity analysts, abstracting from the scalar
distinction between micro- and macro-logical levels of analysis, effectively
promises to provide something like a ‘unified field theory’ for the Neo9 Cf. Parts I and II of Dennett, 1995, pp.17-331. Stuart Kauffman (1993) provides the most fully realised
theoretical articulation thus far achieved of the ‘complexity’ paradigm in biology. However, the philosophical
consequences Kauffman chooses to draw from his own scientific work (e.g. in Kauffman, 1995) are, in certain
regards, almost diametrically opposed to those we are drawing from it here. Assenting to the irrecusable
philosophical consequences of scientific research does not mean assenting to the individual scientist’s
philosophical interpretation of his or her own work.
10 Although made in the context of the eliminativist debate in the philosophy of mind, Churchland’s suggestion
provides a salutary corrective to claims made as to the putatively ‘antireductionist’ implications of complexity by
certain of its champions –Stuart Kauffman being the most distinguished among them. That self-organising
systems are substrate-independent or multiply instantiable does not mean that they are physically ‘irreducible’ in
the sense that it would be impossible to provide a general physical characterisation of complex systems within the
parameters of physics. Thus, Churchland writes:“(…) it does not follow, from multiple instantiability per se, that
no such general characterisation is possible. It follows only that the required characterisation cannot be
expressed in the theoretical vocabulary peculiar to any one of the available substrates. It remains entirely
possible that there is a level of physical description sufficiently abstract to encompass all of them, and yet
sufficiently powerful to fund the characterisations required. As it happens, there is indeed a physical theory of
sufficient generality to encompass the activity of all of these substrates, and any others one might think of. The
theory is thermodynamics -the general theory of energy and entropy.” (Churchland, 1989, p.46). Cf. also
Churchland’s ‘Is Thinker A Natural Kind?’ in Dialogue21, no.2: pp. 223-238.
12
Darwinian synthesis in the natural sciences. A synthesis not only liquefying
previously entrenched categorial divisions between the physical, the chemical,
and the bio-organic, but also effectively neutralizing the distinction between
‘nature’ and ‘culture’ as such, thereby allowing for the naturalization of hitherto
irreducibly complex socio-cultural phenomena11.
Meanwhile, in the realm of physics, the ‘superstrings’ paradigm offers the
possibility of reconciling the quantum microcosm and the cosmological
macrocosm by supplementing the physics of four-dimensional space-time with
seven higher dimensions. The hypothesis of 11-dimensional hyperspace
promises at once to simplify the laws of nature and to unify all physical forces
by reconfiguring them in accordance with a strictly geometrical paradigm12.
That paradigm suggests that the apparently insuperable gulf between the subatomic realm governed by quantum field theory and the cosmological domain
ruled by gravitational field theory is a consequence of distortions engendered by
partial perspective. The unified field theory required in order to bridge the gulf
and reconcile these conflicting perspectives suspends the assumption of the
inherently four dimensional character of space-time, and postulates that both the
quantum microcosm and the gravitational macrocosm have been abstracted
from the seamless, encompassing consistency of a fundamentally 11dimensional physical field13.
As a result, the methodological conception underlying the program of
physical unification can no longer be understood in terms of a straightforward
process of physical ‘reduction’ through the uncovering of more and more
‘fundamental’ particles. It is instead a question of supplementing the
impoverished perspective concomitant with a four-dimensional physics by
adding to it the requisite higher dimensional complement. Thus, physical
unification of microcosm and macrocosm is a matter of dissolving
incommensurabilities or inconsistencies at the restrictive four-dimensional level
through a process of re-integration into the 11-dimensional whole.
If superstring theory is of profound philosophical significance it is
because it achieves a univocally consistent physical monism by revealing all
scalar incommensurability across the material universe, such as that which
apparently separates the realm of quarks and neutrinos from that of galaxies and
nebulae, to be the result of a four-dimensional abstraction; a perspectival
11 Cf. for example Part III of Dennett 1995, pp. 335-521
12 Interestingly, superstring theory proposes a thoroughgoing (but obviously non-Euclidean) geometricisation of
nature; or, in other words, the thoroughgoing ‘hyperspatialisation’ of time. Perhaps the philosophical lesson to be
retained from all this is that the ‘phenomenon’ of hyperdimensional space may well turn out to be far more
mysterious than that of phenomenological time.
13Brian Greene (2000) sets out an exemplary overview of superstring theory for the uninitiated. Michio Kaku
(1994) also provides an extremely clear layman’s introduction .
13
‘illusion’ engendered by assumptions about physical space that are ultimately
rooted in the limited parameters of phenomenological perception. As a result,
the consequences of superstring physics as far as the phenomenological
parameters of mammalian perception are concerned are perhaps even more
damning than those associated with traditional physical ‘reductionism’. For the
implication is that in order to attain an adequate conceptual grasp of the unitary
nature of physical reality, it is necessary to achieve a complete theoretical
suspension of the image of the world derived from perceptual intuition. In other
words, physical theory has to effect a rigorously mathematical circumvention of
those imaginative limitations inherent in the physiologically rooted cognitive
apparatus with which an aleatory evolutionary history has saddled us. Thus, the
chief obstacle standing in the way of a proper scientific understanding of the
physical world would seem to be that of our species’ inbuilt tendency to process
information via epistemic mechanisms which invariably involve an operation of
subtraction from the imperceptible physical whole. Phenomenology remains a
function of physiology14. Perhaps not least among the many startling
philosophical consequences of superstring theory is the way in which it seems
to provide a rigorously physicalist vindication of Plato: phenomenological
perception would seem to be akin to that of the prisoner in the cave who
mistakes flickering shadows for ‘the things themselves’.
We are not making the foolhardy claim that all these scientific
developments in and by themselves somehow ‘logically’ necessitate or imply
philosophical materialism. Nor are we suggesting that they are a priori
incompatible with one or other variety of phenomenological approach.15 What
we are claiming, however, is that the combined upshot of these various
developments can be boiled down to a single prohibitive injunction, which, it
seems to us, phenomenology, insofar as it simply begins by presupposing an
14An explicit philosophical rationale for this proposition is provided below in Chapter 8 via an examination of
Paul Churchland’s work. Cf. infra, Chapter 8, pp.383-389.
15 See for instance the ‘autopoietic’ paradigm put forward in the work of H.Maturana & F.Varela, in which we
find an attempt to ground the putatively irreducible phenomenological reality of intentional consciousness in an
apparently thoroughgoing evolutionary naturalism. On our view, however, the trouble with such attempts
becomes apparent when one realizes that the naturalization of intentionality comes at the price of a new
categorial cleavage between organic and inorganic; a division moreover, which surreptitiously resurrects a form
of organismic vitalism: only certain kinds of ‘living things’ -i.e. organisms - , are composed of the appropriate
material ‘stuff’ required to qualify for the possibility of sentient awareness. But an important philosophical
consequence of the neo-Darwinian synthesis is that the difference in kind between organic and inorganic,
between the biological and the chemical, is ultimately untenable precisely insofar as it makes it impossible to
explain how sentient, animate biological ‘life’ could be constituted through (and not merely have ‘arisen out of’
as vitalism evasively puts it) nothing but insensate and inanimate chemical processes. Cf. H.Maturana &
F.Varela, Autopoiesis and Cognition: The realization of the living, Dordrecht: D.Reidel, 1980; also The Tree of
Knowledge: The biological roots of human understanding, Boston: Shambhala, 1992.
14
irreducibly human dimension of subjective individuation16, is singularly ill
equipped to satisfy. The injunction in question is that of the impossibility of
continuing to conceive of the human as if it constituted the unobjectifiable
exception in terms of which the ontological validity of what the empirical
sciences define as objective nature is to be gauged. This is not quite as banal or
easily admissible a requirement for contemporary philosophy as some may
initially think. Although many will readily concede the inappropriateness of
Man’s ontological designation as a zoon logon echon or a res cogitans, few
seem willing to admit that, after Darwin, it is no longer possible to continue to
conceive of human being transcendentally, whether it be as Subjekt, Geist, or
Dasein.
Challenged by the philosopher to provide something like an
‘adequate’ account of the phenomenon of human sapience, the scientist,
distilling the various insights provided by evolutionary biology, AI, and
thermodynamics, is in a position to put forward a perfectly precise response:
human sapience, like many other instances of negentropic energy capture, is a
carbon based variety of information processing system17, and nothing besides.
The philosopher of course will immediately protest that the response is
‘inadequate’ vis a vis the phenomenon in question because hopelessly reductive.
But it is no more reductive than the claim that water is nothing but H2O; that
temperature is nothing but mean molecular kinetic energy; or that the colour red
is nothing but electromagnetic radiation with a determinate spiking frequency.
All scientific truth is ‘reductive’ precisely insofar as it dissolves the veneer of
phenomenological familiarity concomitant with the limited parameters of
16 The very notion of ‘phenomenon’ as that which shows or manifests itself to consciousness simply assumes the
apprehending subjectivity as an irreducible and intuitively given datum for philosophy. Moreover, the fact that
many phenomenologists have abandoned the use of the words ‘consciousness’ or ‘subject’ is, by itself, hardly a
refutation: the reference to subjective apprehension is simply built into the phenomenological definition of
‘phenomenon’. That phenomenology has moved from being an explicit and impenitent philosophy of
transcendental subjectivity (Husserl), to one which is so only in an elaborately camouflaged fashion (postHeidegger), does little to impede the substance of our attack, which targets the guiding spirit of the
phenomenological project, rather than the letter of doctrine. In fact, the underlying assumptions of the project are
rendered all the more dangerous for being so cleverly disguised. Even a putatively ‘material phenomenology’, of
the sort espoused by Michel Henry (cf., Henry, 1990), which seeks to identify the pre-intentional, subrepresentational materiality of the phenomenon with a radically immanent dimension of phenomenological ‘Life’
-characterised in terms of its absolute, auto-affecting ipseity-, never calls into question the transcendental
privilege afforded to that subjective dimension of already individuated ipseity. Henry’s phenomenology of an
inapparent ‘materiality’ -perhaps on account of certain residual hylomorphic prejudices inherited from Husserlsimply refuses to countenance the possibility of a materiality not only withdrawn a priori from the realm of
ekstatic phenomenality, but also from that of subjective ipseity per se. For an extended critical discussion of
Henry, cf. infra , Chapter 2.
17Cf. for instance, Quine, 1960; Smart, 1963; Wiener, 1967; Sayre, 1976; Churchland, 1979 and 1989. In our
opinion, Paul Churchland is the most sophisticated contemporary exponent of this sort of vigorously materialistic
account of human sapience: information is physically encoded by the human brain in the form of neuronal
activation vectors and subsequently processed via patterns of vector-to-vector transformation. Churchland’s
work will be discussed in some detail in Chapter 8.
13
‘illusion’ engendered by assumptions about physical space that are ultimately
rooted in the limited parameters of phenomenological perception. As a result,
the consequences of superstring physics as far as the phenomenological
parameters of mammalian perception are concerned are perhaps even more
damning than those associated with traditional physical ‘reductionism’. For the
implication is that in order to attain an adequate conceptual grasp of the unitary
nature of physical reality, it is necessary to achieve a complete theoretical
suspension of the image of the world derived from perceptual intuition. In other
words, physical theory has to effect a rigorously mathematical circumvention of
those imaginative limitations inherent in the physiologically rooted cognitive
apparatus with which an aleatory evolutionary history has saddled us. Thus, the
chief obstacle standing in the way of a proper scientific understanding of the
physical world would seem to be that of our species’ inbuilt tendency to process
information via epistemic mechanisms which invariably involve an operation of
subtraction from the imperceptible physical whole. Phenomenology remains a
function of physiology14. Perhaps not least among the many startling
philosophical consequences of superstring theory is the way in which it seems
to provide a rigorously physicalist vindication of Plato: phenomenological
perception would seem to be akin to that of the prisoner in the cave who
mistakes flickering shadows for ‘the things themselves’.
We are not making the foolhardy claim that all these scientific
developments in and by themselves somehow ‘logically’ necessitate or imply
philosophical materialism. Nor are we suggesting that they are a priori
incompatible with one or other variety of phenomenological approach.15 What
we are claiming, however, is that the combined upshot of these various
developments can be boiled down to a single prohibitive injunction, which, it
seems to us, phenomenology, insofar as it simply begins by presupposing an
14An explicit philosophical rationale for this proposition is provided below in Chapter 8 via an examination of
Paul Churchland’s work. Cf. infra, Chapter 8, pp.383-389.
15 See for instance the ‘autopoietic’ paradigm put forward in the work of H.Maturana & F.Varela, in which we
find an attempt to ground the putatively irreducible phenomenological reality of intentional consciousness in an
apparently thoroughgoing evolutionary naturalism. On our view, however, the trouble with such attempts
becomes apparent when one realizes that the naturalization of intentionality comes at the price of a new
categorial cleavage between organic and inorganic; a division moreover, which surreptitiously resurrects a form
of organismic vitalism: only certain kinds of ‘living things’ -i.e. organisms - , are composed of the appropriate
material ‘stuff’ required to qualify for the possibility of sentient awareness. But an important philosophical
consequence of the neo-Darwinian synthesis is that the difference in kind between organic and inorganic,
between the biological and the chemical, is ultimately untenable precisely insofar as it makes it impossible to
explain how sentient, animate biological ‘life’ could be constituted through (and not merely have ‘arisen out of’
as vitalism evasively puts it) nothing but insensate and inanimate chemical processes. Cf. H.Maturana &
F.Varela, Autopoiesis and Cognition: The realization of the living, Dordrecht: D.Reidel, 1980; also The Tree of
Knowledge: The biological roots of human understanding, Boston: Shambhala, 1992.
14
irreducibly human dimension of subjective individuation16, is singularly ill
equipped to satisfy. The injunction in question is that of the impossibility of
continuing to conceive of the human as if it constituted the unobjectifiable
exception in terms of which the ontological validity of what the empirical
sciences define as objective nature is to be gauged. This is not quite as banal or
easily admissible a requirement for contemporary philosophy as some may
initially think. Although many will readily concede the inappropriateness of
Man’s ontological designation as a zoon logon echon or a res cogitans, few
seem willing to admit that, after Darwin, it is no longer possible to continue to
conceive of human being transcendentally, whether it be as Subjekt, Geist, or
Dasein.
Challenged by the philosopher to provide something like an
‘adequate’ account of the phenomenon of human sapience, the scientist,
distilling the various insights provided by evolutionary biology, AI, and
thermodynamics, is in a position to put forward a perfectly precise response:
human sapience, like many other instances of negentropic energy capture, is a
carbon based variety of information processing system17, and nothing besides.
The philosopher of course will immediately protest that the response is
‘inadequate’ vis a vis the phenomenon in question because hopelessly reductive.
But it is no more reductive than the claim that water is nothing but H2O; that
temperature is nothing but mean molecular kinetic energy; or that the colour red
is nothing but electromagnetic radiation with a determinate spiking frequency.
All scientific truth is ‘reductive’ precisely insofar as it dissolves the veneer of
phenomenological familiarity concomitant with the limited parameters of
16 The very notion of ‘phenomenon’ as that which shows or manifests itself to consciousness simply assumes the
apprehending subjectivity as an irreducible and intuitively given datum for philosophy. Moreover, the fact that
many phenomenologists have abandoned the use of the words ‘consciousness’ or ‘subject’ is, by itself, hardly a
refutation: the reference to subjective apprehension is simply built into the phenomenological definition of
‘phenomenon’. That phenomenology has moved from being an explicit and impenitent philosophy of
transcendental subjectivity (Husserl), to one which is so only in an elaborately camouflaged fashion (postHeidegger), does little to impede the substance of our attack, which targets the guiding spirit of the
phenomenological project, rather than the letter of doctrine. In fact, the underlying assumptions of the project are
rendered all the more dangerous for being so cleverly disguised. Even a putatively ‘material phenomenology’, of
the sort espoused by Michel Henry (cf., Henry, 1990), which seeks to identify the pre-intentional, subrepresentational materiality of the phenomenon with a radically immanent dimension of phenomenological ‘Life’
-characterised in terms of its absolute, auto-affecting ipseity-, never calls into question the transcendental
privilege afforded to that subjective dimension of already individuated ipseity. Henry’s phenomenology of an
inapparent ‘materiality’ -perhaps on account of certain residual hylomorphic prejudices inherited from Husserlsimply refuses to countenance the possibility of a materiality not only withdrawn a priori from the realm of
ekstatic phenomenality, but also from that of subjective ipseity per se. For an extended critical discussion of
Henry, cf. infra , Chapter 2.
17Cf. for instance, Quine, 1960; Smart, 1963; Wiener, 1967; Sayre, 1976; Churchland, 1979 and 1989. In our
opinion, Paul Churchland is the most sophisticated contemporary exponent of this sort of vigorously materialistic
account of human sapience: information is physically encoded by the human brain in the form of neuronal
activation vectors and subsequently processed via patterns of vector-to-vector transformation. Churchland’s
work will be discussed in some detail in Chapter 8.
15
anthropomorphic perspective. The real question the philosopher has to ask
him/herself is this: what is it exactly about the scientist’s banal but remarkably
well-supported statement that he or she finds so intolerably ‘reductive’? Is not
part of the philosopher’s unease concerning scientific ‘reduction’ directly
attributable to the unavowed wish that, as far as man is concerned, there always
be ‘something’ left over besides the material: some ineffable, unquantifiable
meta-physical residue, some irreducible transcendental remainder?
Nowhere is this unavowable philosophical longing more
transparent than in the phenomenological project, which seems determined to
stave off this putative ‘disenchantment’ of phenomena by science by delimiting
a dimension of radically unobjectifiable transcendence18: that of the
phenomenon’s invisible phenomenality. It is with the inapparent ‘how’ of the
phenomenon’s appearing, rather than the ‘what’ which appears, that
transcendental phenomenology concerns itself19. Yet the phenomenological
conception of ‘phenomenality’ seems to us so dangerously narrow and parochial
as to render the much-vaunted project of a ‘transcendental phenomenological
ontology’20 into an insidious form of anthropomorphic imperialism. If the
concept of ‘phenomenon’ is, in Heidegger’s definition21, that of something
‘which shows itself in itself’, a ‘self-showing’ which ‘manifests itself in and
through itself alone’, then we require:
1. A rigorously theoretical, rather than intuitive, definition of
individuation in order to explain what is to count as an individuated appearance,
one which does not simply reinstate the metaphysical circularity implicit in
Leibniz’s maxim according to which, ‘to be is to be one thing’.
2. A rigorously theoretical, rather than intuitive, account of
‘appearance’ or ‘manifestation’ which does not surreptitiously invoke the
predominantly optical22 paradigm of sensory perception with which we are
empirically familiar.
18 Or radically unobjectifiable immanence, in the case of Michel Henry. However, as we shall see in Chapter 2,
Henry’s invocation of immanence operates according to a logic of phenomenological idealisation which renders
it ultimately transcendent.
19Similarly, Kantians claim that science itself remains constitutively incapable of investigating the objectivity of
the object, and of uncovering the transcendental a priori conditioning the possibility of empirical actuality. Thus,
phenomenological transcendentalism resembles its Kantian predecessor in this particular respect if not in others:
it tries to provide scientific cognition with an a priori conceptual armature ultimately rooted in subjectivity.
20Cf. for instance Heidegger’s claim that “Phenomenological truth is veritas transcendentalis[...] Philosophy is
universal phenomenological ontology” (Heidegger, 1962, p.62).
21Cf. Heidegger, 1962, pp. 51-55.
22The point being not that it is wrong to privilege vision as opposed to other sensory modalities, but that it is
wrong to surreptitiously transcendentalise any empirical modality -especially one whose perceptual and cognitive
capacities are as mired in evolutionary contingency as are those of the human body. Phenomenology is not
sufficiently transcendental because it remains rooted in empirical physiology. Pure transcendental thought should
be rigorously disincarnate, as we shall try to suggest in Chapters 7 and 8.
16
On both these counts, phenomenology -whether it take intentional
consciousness or human being-in-the-world as its starting point- seems to us to
remain wanting: it illegitimately universalises a paradigm of ‘phenomenality’
constructed on the basis of intuitions about individuation and manifestation
derived from our empirical perception of middle-sized objects23. Yet in exactly
what sense, for instance, can the Big Bang, the Cambrian Explosion, or a 26
dimensional superstring (phenomena which are strictly unphenomenologisable
precisely because they remain utterly unintuitable in terms of our habitual
spatio-temporal parameters), be said to be things that ‘show themselves in
themselves’? What are the parameters of this ‘showing’? To whom and for who
is it supposed to occur? Whence does the mysterious faculty of intuition that is
supposed to provide us with an immediately pre-theoretical access to the
phenomenological essence of these rigorously imperceptible entities originate?
The standard phenomenological rejoinder to such questions, which
consists in protesting that these, along with all other varieties of scientific
object, are merely ‘theoretical’ entities whose mode of being derives from that
‘more originary’ mode of phenomenality concomitant with our ‘primordial’ pretheoretical engagement with ‘the things themselves’, is hopelessly questionbegging. Belief in this pseudo-originary, pre-theoretical dimension of
experiential immediacy is the phenomenological superstition par excellence.
Briefly: the claim that intentional consciousness subtends a continuum of
eidetic intuition running from tables and chairs at one end to transfinite
cardinals and hyperdimensional superstrings at the other is grotesquely
reductive. Just as the suggestion that objects of ‘regional ontology’ such as
quarks, leptons and black holes have as their ultimate ontological root Dasein’s
being-in-the-world (or the subject’s infinite responsibility for the Other; or the
auto-affecting pathos of subjective Life24) is an outrageous instance of
anthropocentric idealism. If anyone is guilty of imperialistic reductionism as far
as the extraordinary richness and complexity of the universe is concerned, it is
the phenomenological idealist rather than the scientific materialist. Husserl’s
idealism is as punitive as it is unmistakable: “The existence of a Nature cannot
23In Chapter 7, we shall see how a non-philosophical materialism -which is also thereby a non-phenomenologyoperates according to a rigorously theoretical, and non-intuitive, conception of individuation and
phenomenalisation. Non-materialist theory singularises its object of cognition by cloning it as an Identitywithout-unity, whilst phenomenalising it according to the strictures of a non-intuitive, or non-thetic
phenomenality, thereby satisfying the two requirements mentioned above. Cf. infra, pp.361-372.
24One will recognize here Levinas and Henry. Significantly, despite their critiques of Husserl and Heidegger, and
in spite of their silence concerning the relation between phenomenology and science (a silence more likely to
index contemptuous indifference rather than a cautious respect), neither of these thinkers is prepared to give up
on the fundamental premise that it is the business of phenomenology to uncover the ‘archi-originary’ conditions
of phenomenalisation; conditions upon which, if the latter are indeed ‘archi-originary’, the phenomena
investigated through scientific cognition are inevitably supervenient.
15
anthropomorphic perspective. The real question the philosopher has to ask
him/herself is this: what is it exactly about the scientist’s banal but remarkably
well-supported statement that he or she finds so intolerably ‘reductive’? Is not
part of the philosopher’s unease concerning scientific ‘reduction’ directly
attributable to the unavowed wish that, as far as man is concerned, there always
be ‘something’ left over besides the material: some ineffable, unquantifiable
meta-physical residue, some irreducible transcendental remainder?
Nowhere is this unavowable philosophical longing more
transparent than in the phenomenological project, which seems determined to
stave off this putative ‘disenchantment’ of phenomena by science by delimiting
a dimension of radically unobjectifiable transcendence18: that of the
phenomenon’s invisible phenomenality. It is with the inapparent ‘how’ of the
phenomenon’s appearing, rather than the ‘what’ which appears, that
transcendental phenomenology concerns itself19. Yet the phenomenological
conception of ‘phenomenality’ seems to us so dangerously narrow and parochial
as to render the much-vaunted project of a ‘transcendental phenomenological
ontology’20 into an insidious form of anthropomorphic imperialism. If the
concept of ‘phenomenon’ is, in Heidegger’s definition21, that of something
‘which shows itself in itself’, a ‘self-showing’ which ‘manifests itself in and
through itself alone’, then we require:
1. A rigorously theoretical, rather than intuitive, definition of
individuation in order to explain what is to count as an individuated appearance,
one which does not simply reinstate the metaphysical circularity implicit in
Leibniz’s maxim according to which, ‘to be is to be one thing’.
2. A rigorously theoretical, rather than intuitive, account of
‘appearance’ or ‘manifestation’ which does not surreptitiously invoke the
predominantly optical22 paradigm of sensory perception with which we are
empirically familiar.
18 Or radically unobjectifiable immanence, in the case of Michel Henry. However, as we shall see in Chapter 2,
Henry’s invocation of immanence operates according to a logic of phenomenological idealisation which renders
it ultimately transcendent.
19Similarly, Kantians claim that science itself remains constitutively incapable of investigating the objectivity of
the object, and of uncovering the transcendental a priori conditioning the possibility of empirical actuality. Thus,
phenomenological transcendentalism resembles its Kantian predecessor in this particular respect if not in others:
it tries to provide scientific cognition with an a priori conceptual armature ultimately rooted in subjectivity.
20Cf. for instance Heidegger’s claim that “Phenomenological truth is veritas transcendentalis[...] Philosophy is
universal phenomenological ontology” (Heidegger, 1962, p.62).
21Cf. Heidegger, 1962, pp. 51-55.
22The point being not that it is wrong to privilege vision as opposed to other sensory modalities, but that it is
wrong to surreptitiously transcendentalise any empirical modality -especially one whose perceptual and cognitive
capacities are as mired in evolutionary contingency as are those of the human body. Phenomenology is not
sufficiently transcendental because it remains rooted in empirical physiology. Pure transcendental thought should
be rigorously disincarnate, as we shall try to suggest in Chapters 7 and 8.
16
On both these counts, phenomenology -whether it take intentional
consciousness or human being-in-the-world as its starting point- seems to us to
remain wanting: it illegitimately universalises a paradigm of ‘phenomenality’
constructed on the basis of intuitions about individuation and manifestation
derived from our empirical perception of middle-sized objects23. Yet in exactly
what sense, for instance, can the Big Bang, the Cambrian Explosion, or a 26
dimensional superstring (phenomena which are strictly unphenomenologisable
precisely because they remain utterly unintuitable in terms of our habitual
spatio-temporal parameters), be said to be things that ‘show themselves in
themselves’? What are the parameters of this ‘showing’? To whom and for who
is it supposed to occur? Whence does the mysterious faculty of intuition that is
supposed to provide us with an immediately pre-theoretical access to the
phenomenological essence of these rigorously imperceptible entities originate?
The standard phenomenological rejoinder to such questions, which
consists in protesting that these, along with all other varieties of scientific
object, are merely ‘theoretical’ entities whose mode of being derives from that
‘more originary’ mode of phenomenality concomitant with our ‘primordial’ pretheoretical engagement with ‘the things themselves’, is hopelessly questionbegging. Belief in this pseudo-originary, pre-theoretical dimension of
experiential immediacy is the phenomenological superstition par excellence.
Briefly: the claim that intentional consciousness subtends a continuum of
eidetic intuition running from tables and chairs at one end to transfinite
cardinals and hyperdimensional superstrings at the other is grotesquely
reductive. Just as the suggestion that objects of ‘regional ontology’ such as
quarks, leptons and black holes have as their ultimate ontological root Dasein’s
being-in-the-world (or the subject’s infinite responsibility for the Other; or the
auto-affecting pathos of subjective Life24) is an outrageous instance of
anthropocentric idealism. If anyone is guilty of imperialistic reductionism as far
as the extraordinary richness and complexity of the universe is concerned, it is
the phenomenological idealist rather than the scientific materialist. Husserl’s
idealism is as punitive as it is unmistakable: “The existence of a Nature cannot
23In Chapter 7, we shall see how a non-philosophical materialism -which is also thereby a non-phenomenologyoperates according to a rigorously theoretical, and non-intuitive, conception of individuation and
phenomenalisation. Non-materialist theory singularises its object of cognition by cloning it as an Identitywithout-unity, whilst phenomenalising it according to the strictures of a non-intuitive, or non-thetic
phenomenality, thereby satisfying the two requirements mentioned above. Cf. infra, pp.361-372.
24One will recognize here Levinas and Henry. Significantly, despite their critiques of Husserl and Heidegger, and
in spite of their silence concerning the relation between phenomenology and science (a silence more likely to
index contemptuous indifference rather than a cautious respect), neither of these thinkers is prepared to give up
on the fundamental premise that it is the business of phenomenology to uncover the ‘archi-originary’ conditions
of phenomenalisation; conditions upon which, if the latter are indeed ‘archi-originary’, the phenomena
investigated through scientific cognition are inevitably supervenient.
17
be the condition for the existence of consciousness since Nature itself turns out
to be a correlate of consciousness: Nature is only as being constituted in
regular concatenations of consciousness.”(Husserl, 1982, p.116). When it was
written in 1913 -a full 54 years after the publication of Darwin’s On the Origins
of the Species- this statement was already profoundly reactionary25. Now, 142
years after Darwin, Husserl’s idealism is utterly indefensible –unless it be by
those who approve of phenomenology’s apparently boundless contempt for
natural science26. The choice with which we are confronted is as clear as it is
unavoidable: either Darwin or Husserl. To continue to persist on the course
initiated by the latter is to plunge headlong into intellectual disaster and the ruin
of philosophy as a credible theoretical enterprise. The future vouchsafed to
philosophy by phenomenology is too dismal to contemplate: a terminally
infantile, pathologically narcissistic anthropocentrism. The situation is too
grave, the stakes too high to allow for equivocation or compromise.
Once again, the issue seems to us to boil down to a simple matter of
intellectual honesty, a blunt but irrecusable alternative that no amount of
conceptual obfuscation or rhetorical sophistry can obviate. Either the
philosopher insists that man is de jure irreducible to the natural ontological
order investigated by science because the essence of human being is
transcendence (subjectivity, Spirit, Dasein, etc.), in which case everything
science implies concerning the ontologically derivative rather than
transcendentally constitutive character of Homo Sapiens is not merely irrelevant
but false; or scientific statements of the type “Man is a carbon-based
information processing system” are true -in exactly the same way in which a
statement such as “the earth is not flat” is true, not just ‘empirically adequate’ or
‘factually correct’-, and man is not a transcendent exception to the cosmos but
just one relatively commonplace material phenomenon among others. There is
no longer any room within the bounds of a univocally physical natural order for
a special category of putatively trans-natural being called ‘human’.
18
Thus, materialism as we understand it is nothing but the conviction
that science -whether it be that of Copernicus, Darwin, or Einstein- is the
formulator of truths endowed with a quasi-transcendental bearing, rather than
the mere promulgator of empirical facts27. Consequently, either the philosopher
accepts the irrecusable pertinence of scientific truth, and a fortiori, the scientific
truth about human being; or he rejects wholesale the notion that science is in
any position to formulate truths about man, in which case he subordinates
scientific truth to a higher authority: to wit, the putatively unobjectifiable
transcendence of human being. The latter option is, it seems to us,
fundamentally indicative of the phenomenological stance in philosophy.
Unfortunately, the popularity enjoyed by this stance among many contemporary
philosophers -whether of a ‘continental’ persuasion or not- does not render it
any less repugnant in our eyes.
Accordingly, and in conformity with the injunction stated above,
the philosophical materialism we shall be attempting to radicalise nonphilosophically in the context of this thesis will be characterised in terms of two
complementary but nevertheless independent theses: univocity and naturalism.
a). Univocity: The thesis of ontological univocity reconciles two
fundamental, but apparently contradictory materialist imperatives: that Being
know of no differences in kind (hence the destitution of all equivocal
ontological transcendence such as that which separates mind from matter,
culture from nature, freedom from necessity, etc.); but also that it be
untotalisable, that it remain unsubordinated to any overarching principle of
transcendent ontological unity. If Being is multiple rather than One, it is
because, as Badiou reminds us, God is dead and the One is not28. And it is
precisely insofar as it tries to reconcile ontological immanence with ontological
multiplicity that univocity stipulates that being always be said ‘in the same
sense’29 of the untotalisable multiplicity of that which is30. The univocal
27The ‘quasi’ here being used to index a crucial non-philosophical nuance vis a vis the transcendental status of
25Compare Lenin, writing in 1908: “A philosophy which teaches that physical nature itself is a [psychical -RB]
product, is a philosophy of the priests, pure and simple.” (Lenin, 1972, p.271). The magnificent verve of Lenin’s
anti-idealist invective in Materialism and Empirio-Criticism provides a salutary corrective to the Jesuitical
sophistries propounded by his phenomenological contemporaries.
26Although he continually invokes science, it is important to remember that Husserl seems to have approached it
in terms of the typically 19th century distinction between the exalted Geisteswissenschaften or sciences of the
spirit (pre-eminent amongst which are logic and mathematics, but also including psychology, history, etc.) and
the lowly Naturwissenschaften or sciences of nature (which would include physics and biology). Thus, if Husserl
deemed physics worthy of philosophical consideration, it seems to have been solely on account of its rigorous
mathematisation, a fact which would render it an honorary sub-species of the Geisteswissenschaften. This might
explain why Husserl apparently regarded biology as unworthy of serious philosophical attention, perhaps seeing
in it an entirely empirical, sub-theoretical activity, and thus explain why phenomenology proceeds as if Darwin
had never existed.
scientific truth. For non-philosophy, scientific thought harbours a dimension of relatively autonomous, but
nonetheless rigorously transcendental truth; one which is neither reducible to correspondence nor to coherence.
Central to Laruellean thought is a reformulation of the notion of transcendental truth as adequation-withoutcorrespondence. Non-philosophy as unified theory of philosophy and science provides an account of their
Identity without unity and their Duality without difference, an account which tries to liberate the relative
transcendental autonomy of scientific truth from its subordination to philosophy, just as it seeks to emancipate the
relative transcendental autonomy of philosophy from its positivistic supervenience on an arbitrarily favoured
science. Cf. chapters 7 & 8.
28We shall see how Laruelle can happily concur with statements like this precisely because the One he invokes is
without-unity and without-Being.
29Clearly, the notion of ‘sense’ implied here must be neither semantico-linguistic, nor phenomenological, nor
even hermeneutic. The ontological ‘sense’ invoked in the thesis of univocity must be formal-axiomatic rather
than phenomenologico-hermeneutic. Particularly important in this regard is Badiou’s claim that only the
mathematical formalisation of ontology via axiomatic set-theory is sufficient to escape from the insidious
reintroduction of hermeneutic equivocity into materialism, an equivocity rendering materialism vulnerable to
17
be the condition for the existence of consciousness since Nature itself turns out
to be a correlate of consciousness: Nature is only as being constituted in
regular concatenations of consciousness.”(Husserl, 1982, p.116). When it was
written in 1913 -a full 54 years after the publication of Darwin’s On the Origins
of the Species- this statement was already profoundly reactionary25. Now, 142
years after Darwin, Husserl’s idealism is utterly indefensible –unless it be by
those who approve of phenomenology’s apparently boundless contempt for
natural science26. The choice with which we are confronted is as clear as it is
unavoidable: either Darwin or Husserl. To continue to persist on the course
initiated by the latter is to plunge headlong into intellectual disaster and the ruin
of philosophy as a credible theoretical enterprise. The future vouchsafed to
philosophy by phenomenology is too dismal to contemplate: a terminally
infantile, pathologically narcissistic anthropocentrism. The situation is too
grave, the stakes too high to allow for equivocation or compromise.
Once again, the issue seems to us to boil down to a simple matter of
intellectual honesty, a blunt but irrecusable alternative that no amount of
conceptual obfuscation or rhetorical sophistry can obviate. Either the
philosopher insists that man is de jure irreducible to the natural ontological
order investigated by science because the essence of human being is
transcendence (subjectivity, Spirit, Dasein, etc.), in which case everything
science implies concerning the ontologically derivative rather than
transcendentally constitutive character of Homo Sapiens is not merely irrelevant
but false; or scientific statements of the type “Man is a carbon-based
information processing system” are true -in exactly the same way in which a
statement such as “the earth is not flat” is true, not just ‘empirically adequate’ or
‘factually correct’-, and man is not a transcendent exception to the cosmos but
just one relatively commonplace material phenomenon among others. There is
no longer any room within the bounds of a univocally physical natural order for
a special category of putatively trans-natural being called ‘human’.
18
Thus, materialism as we understand it is nothing but the conviction
that science -whether it be that of Copernicus, Darwin, or Einstein- is the
formulator of truths endowed with a quasi-transcendental bearing, rather than
the mere promulgator of empirical facts27. Consequently, either the philosopher
accepts the irrecusable pertinence of scientific truth, and a fortiori, the scientific
truth about human being; or he rejects wholesale the notion that science is in
any position to formulate truths about man, in which case he subordinates
scientific truth to a higher authority: to wit, the putatively unobjectifiable
transcendence of human being. The latter option is, it seems to us,
fundamentally indicative of the phenomenological stance in philosophy.
Unfortunately, the popularity enjoyed by this stance among many contemporary
philosophers -whether of a ‘continental’ persuasion or not- does not render it
any less repugnant in our eyes.
Accordingly, and in conformity with the injunction stated above,
the philosophical materialism we shall be attempting to radicalise nonphilosophically in the context of this thesis will be characterised in terms of two
complementary but nevertheless independent theses: univocity and naturalism.
a). Univocity: The thesis of ontological univocity reconciles two
fundamental, but apparently contradictory materialist imperatives: that Being
know of no differences in kind (hence the destitution of all equivocal
ontological transcendence such as that which separates mind from matter,
culture from nature, freedom from necessity, etc.); but also that it be
untotalisable, that it remain unsubordinated to any overarching principle of
transcendent ontological unity. If Being is multiple rather than One, it is
because, as Badiou reminds us, God is dead and the One is not28. And it is
precisely insofar as it tries to reconcile ontological immanence with ontological
multiplicity that univocity stipulates that being always be said ‘in the same
sense’29 of the untotalisable multiplicity of that which is30. The univocal
27The ‘quasi’ here being used to index a crucial non-philosophical nuance vis a vis the transcendental status of
25Compare Lenin, writing in 1908: “A philosophy which teaches that physical nature itself is a [psychical -RB]
product, is a philosophy of the priests, pure and simple.” (Lenin, 1972, p.271). The magnificent verve of Lenin’s
anti-idealist invective in Materialism and Empirio-Criticism provides a salutary corrective to the Jesuitical
sophistries propounded by his phenomenological contemporaries.
26Although he continually invokes science, it is important to remember that Husserl seems to have approached it
in terms of the typically 19th century distinction between the exalted Geisteswissenschaften or sciences of the
spirit (pre-eminent amongst which are logic and mathematics, but also including psychology, history, etc.) and
the lowly Naturwissenschaften or sciences of nature (which would include physics and biology). Thus, if Husserl
deemed physics worthy of philosophical consideration, it seems to have been solely on account of its rigorous
mathematisation, a fact which would render it an honorary sub-species of the Geisteswissenschaften. This might
explain why Husserl apparently regarded biology as unworthy of serious philosophical attention, perhaps seeing
in it an entirely empirical, sub-theoretical activity, and thus explain why phenomenology proceeds as if Darwin
had never existed.
scientific truth. For non-philosophy, scientific thought harbours a dimension of relatively autonomous, but
nonetheless rigorously transcendental truth; one which is neither reducible to correspondence nor to coherence.
Central to Laruellean thought is a reformulation of the notion of transcendental truth as adequation-withoutcorrespondence. Non-philosophy as unified theory of philosophy and science provides an account of their
Identity without unity and their Duality without difference, an account which tries to liberate the relative
transcendental autonomy of scientific truth from its subordination to philosophy, just as it seeks to emancipate the
relative transcendental autonomy of philosophy from its positivistic supervenience on an arbitrarily favoured
science. Cf. chapters 7 & 8.
28We shall see how Laruelle can happily concur with statements like this precisely because the One he invokes is
without-unity and without-Being.
29Clearly, the notion of ‘sense’ implied here must be neither semantico-linguistic, nor phenomenological, nor
even hermeneutic. The ontological ‘sense’ invoked in the thesis of univocity must be formal-axiomatic rather
than phenomenologico-hermeneutic. Particularly important in this regard is Badiou’s claim that only the
mathematical formalisation of ontology via axiomatic set-theory is sufficient to escape from the insidious
reintroduction of hermeneutic equivocity into materialism, an equivocity rendering materialism vulnerable to
19
ontological immanence required may be exceptionless precisely by virtue of the
fact that it is consistently excessive (Deleuze); or, alternatively, one that is
occasionally supplemented by virtue of its own constitutively excessive
inconsistency (Badiou). Be that as it may, the crucial proviso required in order
to maintain the univocal immanence necessary for a materialism concomitant
with the premise of untotalisable ontological multiplicity is that the variously
distributed instances of being qua multiple remain comprised within one and
only one immanent Being (Deleuze: ‘matter’ qua anorganic Life; Badiou:
‘matter’ qua inconsistent void). Deleuze will be the exemplary representative of
this thesis31.
b). Naturalism: ‘Naturalism’ as we understand it does not involve
the dubious hypostatisation of some supposedly ‘natural’ ontological realm in
contradistinction to that of cultural artifice. Such an interpretation would render
it immediately incompatible with the thesis of univocity. The naturalism we
wish to invoke here is simply a thesis, which asserts the necessary
interdependence of philosophy and science. Taking as given the empirical fact
that all philosophical attempts to define conditions of possibility for scientific
thought have proved to be dismally unsuccessful, we conclude that these
failures are a matter of principle rather than empirical circumstance, and that it
is the presumption that philosophy is in a position to provide a transcendental
footing for science which must be abandoned. There is no first philosophy32.
Consequently, although relatively autonomous vis a vis science, philosophical
ontology can neither ground nor disregard the ultimately physical description of
the universe provided by the natural sciences. W.V.O Quine and Paul
Churchland will be our favoured philosophical proponents of naturalism in the
idealist reappropriation through the combined re-phenomenologisation and re-hermeneutisation of the concept of
‘materiality’. Badiou criticizes the Deleuzean naming of matter as ‘anorganic Life’ precisely because he believes
it is a nomination which reintroduces equivocal transcendence into univocity. For its part, non-materialist theory
will attempt to effect a transcendental axiomatisation and theorematisation of materialist Decision according to
the radical immanence of ‘matter’ or ‘hyle’ as a first name or non-conceptual symbol cloned from philosophical
materialism. As first name or non-conceptual symbol ‘matter’ remains meaningless or uninterpretable. The
language of philosophical Decision serves only as an indifferent symbolic support for the theoretically rigorous
but strictly meaningless series of axiomatic abstractions effected on its basis. Moreover, this radically immanent,
or non-Decisional nomination, de-ontologises univocity. For clarification, cf. Chapter 6, pp. 267-277 and 289295.
30Our definition of univocity here simply reiterates Deleuze’s, although we shall later have occasion to criticize
what we consider to be Deleuze’s ontological idealization of immanence. Cf. infra, Chapter 3. Perhaps uniquely
among ‘materialist’ philosophers, Deleuze ceaselessly insists on the equation ‘immanence=univocity’ as an
uncircumventable sine qua non for any materialism worthy of the name. Cf. for example Difference and
Repetition , especially pp. 35-42; or What is Philosophy?, especially pp. 44-49.
31Although Badiou’s materialism of the inconsistent void is arguably even more vigorously antiphenomenological than Deleuze’s, we will not be able to afford it equal consideration here.
32Cf. Quine, 1969, pp.126-127.
20
sense that we have begun to give to the term here33. According to this
definition, naturalism simply stipulates that, as far as science is concerned,
philosophy can permit itself neither the privilege of legitimation nor the luxury
of indifference.
Yet if philosophy can no longer afford to busy itself with
contriving sophistical exceptions to the natural physical order by shrouding the
phenomenon of human sapience in a veil of pseudo-transcendental mystery, still
less can it afford to disingenuously minimize the profoundly corrosive
consequences entailed by the perspective of scientific naturalism with regard to
the complacent naivety of our own phenomenological self-image.
In this latter regard, the recently touted prospect of a ‘naturalized
phenomenology’34, the offspring of an unholy alliance between an
unreconstructed Husserlianism and some of the more conservative strands in
contemporary cognitive science, remains, from our point of view, vitiated by its
ultimately oxymoronic character. Given that, as far as the philosophy of mind is
concerned, the most distinctive philosophical feature of the naturalistic
approach has been its excoriation of phenomenological intentionality as a
perspectival illusion; there is something spurious about using it as the
philosophical basis upon which to reinstate the latter. This attempt strikes us as
the result of an insidiously reactionary equivocation implicitly motivated by the
overweening desire to avoid the unsettlingly sceptical consequences devolving
on the one hand from the deconstructive and/or post-structuralist critiques of
Husserl’s Cartesian phenomenology (Heidegger, Derrida, Lacan, Deleuze, etc.),
and on the other, from the quasi-behaviourist and/or naturalist inspired attacks
on the inviolable epistemic authority traditionally attributed to subjective
interiority (Ryle, Quine, Wittgenstein, Dennett, Churchland, etc.). Tip-toeing
between what it doubtlessly regards as the Scylla of post-modern nihilism on
the left, and the Charybdis of neurocomputational reductionism on the right,
‘naturalized phenomenology’ hopes to inaugurate a middle-path, a third-way;
33Although we shall not be discussing it here, Daniel Dennett’s work deserves to be mentioned alongside that of
Quine and Churchland as the third member of the philosophical triumvirate representing a ‘hardcore’ naturalist
Weltanschaung in the contemporary analytical pantheon. The broad synoptic sweep of Dennett’s philosophical
vision, coupled with his consistent ingenuity and tireless inventiveness, renders him in many ways the most
eloquent and persuasive spokesman for the brand of philosophical naturalism we are invoking here. Cf. for
example, Dennett 1978; 1987; 1993; & 1995.
34For a particularly blatant example of such disingenuousness, one in which the primary theoretical motivation
seems to be simply that of avoiding at all costs the profoundly counter-intuitive consequences devolving from the
application of the ‘natural scientific attitude’ to consciousness, especially the destruction of such ‘intuitively
obvious’ features of first-person phenomenology as that of its putatively pre-theoretical immediacy and its
privileged access to data, see for example the essay by Woodruff-Smith, as well as the Introduction by Roy,
Petitot, Pachoud, and Varela in the collection entitled Naturalizing Phenomenology, edited by Jean Petitot et al.
Cf. Woodruff-Smith, ‘Intentionality Naturalized?’, and Roy, Petitot, Pachoud, & Varela, ‘Beyond the Gap’, in
Petitot et al., 1999; pp.83-110 and pp.1-80 respectively.
19
ontological immanence required may be exceptionless precisely by virtue of the
fact that it is consistently excessive (Deleuze); or, alternatively, one that is
occasionally supplemented by virtue of its own constitutively excessive
inconsistency (Badiou). Be that as it may, the crucial proviso required in order
to maintain the univocal immanence necessary for a materialism concomitant
with the premise of untotalisable ontological multiplicity is that the variously
distributed instances of being qua multiple remain comprised within one and
only one immanent Being (Deleuze: ‘matter’ qua anorganic Life; Badiou:
‘matter’ qua inconsistent void). Deleuze will be the exemplary representative of
this thesis31.
b). Naturalism: ‘Naturalism’ as we understand it does not involve
the dubious hypostatisation of some supposedly ‘natural’ ontological realm in
contradistinction to that of cultural artifice. Such an interpretation would render
it immediately incompatible with the thesis of univocity. The naturalism we
wish to invoke here is simply a thesis, which asserts the necessary
interdependence of philosophy and science. Taking as given the empirical fact
that all philosophical attempts to define conditions of possibility for scientific
thought have proved to be dismally unsuccessful, we conclude that these
failures are a matter of principle rather than empirical circumstance, and that it
is the presumption that philosophy is in a position to provide a transcendental
footing for science which must be abandoned. There is no first philosophy32.
Consequently, although relatively autonomous vis a vis science, philosophical
ontology can neither ground nor disregard the ultimately physical description of
the universe provided by the natural sciences. W.V.O Quine and Paul
Churchland will be our favoured philosophical proponents of naturalism in the
idealist reappropriation through the combined re-phenomenologisation and re-hermeneutisation of the concept of
‘materiality’. Badiou criticizes the Deleuzean naming of matter as ‘anorganic Life’ precisely because he believes
it is a nomination which reintroduces equivocal transcendence into univocity. For its part, non-materialist theory
will attempt to effect a transcendental axiomatisation and theorematisation of materialist Decision according to
the radical immanence of ‘matter’ or ‘hyle’ as a first name or non-conceptual symbol cloned from philosophical
materialism. As first name or non-conceptual symbol ‘matter’ remains meaningless or uninterpretable. The
language of philosophical Decision serves only as an indifferent symbolic support for the theoretically rigorous
but strictly meaningless series of axiomatic abstractions effected on its basis. Moreover, this radically immanent,
or non-Decisional nomination, de-ontologises univocity. For clarification, cf. Chapter 6, pp. 267-277 and 289295.
30Our definition of univocity here simply reiterates Deleuze’s, although we shall later have occasion to criticize
what we consider to be Deleuze’s ontological idealization of immanence. Cf. infra, Chapter 3. Perhaps uniquely
among ‘materialist’ philosophers, Deleuze ceaselessly insists on the equation ‘immanence=univocity’ as an
uncircumventable sine qua non for any materialism worthy of the name. Cf. for example Difference and
Repetition , especially pp. 35-42; or What is Philosophy?, especially pp. 44-49.
31Although Badiou’s materialism of the inconsistent void is arguably even more vigorously antiphenomenological than Deleuze’s, we will not be able to afford it equal consideration here.
32Cf. Quine, 1969, pp.126-127.
20
sense that we have begun to give to the term here33. According to this
definition, naturalism simply stipulates that, as far as science is concerned,
philosophy can permit itself neither the privilege of legitimation nor the luxury
of indifference.
Yet if philosophy can no longer afford to busy itself with
contriving sophistical exceptions to the natural physical order by shrouding the
phenomenon of human sapience in a veil of pseudo-transcendental mystery, still
less can it afford to disingenuously minimize the profoundly corrosive
consequences entailed by the perspective of scientific naturalism with regard to
the complacent naivety of our own phenomenological self-image.
In this latter regard, the recently touted prospect of a ‘naturalized
phenomenology’34, the offspring of an unholy alliance between an
unreconstructed Husserlianism and some of the more conservative strands in
contemporary cognitive science, remains, from our point of view, vitiated by its
ultimately oxymoronic character. Given that, as far as the philosophy of mind is
concerned, the most distinctive philosophical feature of the naturalistic
approach has been its excoriation of phenomenological intentionality as a
perspectival illusion; there is something spurious about using it as the
philosophical basis upon which to reinstate the latter. This attempt strikes us as
the result of an insidiously reactionary equivocation implicitly motivated by the
overweening desire to avoid the unsettlingly sceptical consequences devolving
on the one hand from the deconstructive and/or post-structuralist critiques of
Husserl’s Cartesian phenomenology (Heidegger, Derrida, Lacan, Deleuze, etc.),
and on the other, from the quasi-behaviourist and/or naturalist inspired attacks
on the inviolable epistemic authority traditionally attributed to subjective
interiority (Ryle, Quine, Wittgenstein, Dennett, Churchland, etc.). Tip-toeing
between what it doubtlessly regards as the Scylla of post-modern nihilism on
the left, and the Charybdis of neurocomputational reductionism on the right,
‘naturalized phenomenology’ hopes to inaugurate a middle-path, a third-way;
33Although we shall not be discussing it here, Daniel Dennett’s work deserves to be mentioned alongside that of
Quine and Churchland as the third member of the philosophical triumvirate representing a ‘hardcore’ naturalist
Weltanschaung in the contemporary analytical pantheon. The broad synoptic sweep of Dennett’s philosophical
vision, coupled with his consistent ingenuity and tireless inventiveness, renders him in many ways the most
eloquent and persuasive spokesman for the brand of philosophical naturalism we are invoking here. Cf. for
example, Dennett 1978; 1987; 1993; & 1995.
34For a particularly blatant example of such disingenuousness, one in which the primary theoretical motivation
seems to be simply that of avoiding at all costs the profoundly counter-intuitive consequences devolving from the
application of the ‘natural scientific attitude’ to consciousness, especially the destruction of such ‘intuitively
obvious’ features of first-person phenomenology as that of its putatively pre-theoretical immediacy and its
privileged access to data, see for example the essay by Woodruff-Smith, as well as the Introduction by Roy,
Petitot, Pachoud, and Varela in the collection entitled Naturalizing Phenomenology, edited by Jean Petitot et al.
Cf. Woodruff-Smith, ‘Intentionality Naturalized?’, and Roy, Petitot, Pachoud, & Varela, ‘Beyond the Gap’, in
Petitot et al., 1999; pp.83-110 and pp.1-80 respectively.
21
one that would add a reassuring gloss of scientific legitimation to the aura of
unassailable epistemic privilege which many, faithfully kow-towing to a
Cartesian inheritance, continue to ascribe to phenomenological subjectivity.
Against such reactionary philosophical protectionism, it is the business of
a thoroughgoing naturalism to emphasize -rather than minimize- the corrosive
power of scientific reductionism vis a vis both the tenets of phenomenological
orthodoxy and the established parameters of socio-cultural consensus. That task
can be achieved by exposing the entirely contingent, conventional character of
the phenomenological self-image promulgated through the myth of subjective
interiority; by denouncing the hallucinatory character of privileged access; and
by inveighing against the illusory authority of the first-person perspective;
myths which, whether taken separately or in combination, serve to shore up the
subjectivist ideology through which liberal democratic capitalism convinces a
stupefied population of consumers that they are sovereign individuals, naturally
endowed with freedom of choice, and that the interests of subjective freedom
coincide with the interests of a free market economy35. It is by puncturing the
persistent myths of first-person autonomy and of the irreducibility of
consciousness; it is by excoriating the apparently inviolable ubiquity of the
cultural privilege which folk psychological superstition has successfully
arrogated to itself through the process of its enshrinement in the medium of
natural language, that a virulently anti-phenomenological scepticism of the kind
espoused by Quine, or an eliminative materialism such as that endorsed by Paul
Churchland, suggesting as they do that a radical reconfiguration both of our
own self-image and of our vision of the world around us is always possible, can
help undermine those phenomenological Ur-doxas36 which help perpetuate the
cultural consensus manufactured by capitalism37.
To sum up: philosophical naturalism, as far as we are concerned,
entails taking the scientific world-view seriously, and accepting the profoundly
anti-phenomenological consequences of that world-view insofar as it
necessitates expunging all vestiges of folk psychological superstition and
35It is by tirelessly promoting the illusion of individual freedom that capitalism successfully diverts attention
from the reality of the population’s collective socio-economic enslavement, from its nigh-on total political
impotence. Consider for example how the invocation of the consumer’s inalienable ‘right to choose’ is becoming
increasingly synonymous with the notion of ‘freedom’ tout court. Now that the capitalist axiomatic identifies
‘freedom’ with the individual’s freedom to keep consuming, philosophies defending the irreducibility of
subjective interiority are also guilty of promulgating the myth of individual freedom by default, thereby
furnishing the machinery of consumer capitalism with a useful ideological lubricant.
36Cf. the critique of the Ur-doxa by Deleuze & Guattari in What is Philosophy? ; a critique with which we
wholeheartedly concur. Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp. 80, 142, 178, 206, 207, 209.
37Accordingly, our Conclusion will suggest that non-materialism constitutes an instance of a priori resistance to
the commodification of thought by being tantamount to a form of transcendental scepticism vis a vis those
phenomenological Ur-doxas that are concomitant with the all-encompassing sovereignty of World-Capitalism.
Cf. infra, pp.430-440.
22
anthropocentric narcissism from philosophy. ‘Phenomenon’; ‘consciousness’;
‘intentionality’; ‘Ego’; ‘meaning’; ‘sense-bestowing act’: these are the folk
psychological fictions which have provided the basis for an elaborately
sophisticated, but disastrously misconceived theoretical edifice38.
Phenomenology is folk psychology transcendentalised. Belief in the
phenomenological mysteries, in the transcendental sovereignty of intentional
consciousness, or in the irreducible reality of such denizens of the intentional
realm as ‘eidetic intuitions’ or ‘qualia’, are now the contemporary philosophical
equivalents of faith in the immortality of the soul or confidence in the ubiquity
of phlogiston. “Consciousness”, we might say paraphrasing Deleuze, “did not
survive God”39.
2.The transcendental necessity of materialism's non-philosophical
transformation
At this stage, the reader will doubtless be starting to suspect that our
convictions are borne of nothing more sophisticated than a naive relapse into
dogmatic scientism. To which we are tempted to respond by pointing out that,
since the indiscriminate use of this epithet as a blanket term of abuse by irate
phenomenologists convicts of ‘scientism’ anyone who takes it on scientific trust
that the earth orbits around the sun, or who believes in the existence of black
holes and neutrinos -notwithstanding all phenomenological evidence to the
contrary40-, then we can only plead guilty as charged. If ‘scientism’ simply
means refusing the obligatory subordination of empirical science to
transcendental philosophy, then by our lights, there is not nearly enough
‘scientism’ in contemporary philosophy.
Nevertheless, although happy to assent to the charge of ‘scientism’,
we do not believe that the accusation of ‘dogmatism’ is justified. Were we to
continue to operate in an exclusively philosophical register, wherein everything
is ultimately reducible to the level of a basically aleatory Decision either for or
against science, the accusation would be pertinent. However, it is precisely on
account of our wish to circumvent the apparently deadly impasse between
materialist scientism and phenomenological idealism, and in order to provide
38And it should be remembered that it is on the basis of such subjective intuitions that phenomenology has had
the temerity to try to suspend scientific objectivism by spuriously conflating science with the natural attitude of
common sense; not only withdrawing subjectivity from the ambit of scientific investigation, but effectively
subordinating the latter to the former. In this regard, far from being a mere caprice, Heidegger’s contemptuous
antipathy toward the sciences is the logical extension of Husserl’s paternalistic condescension.
39Cf. Deleuze, 1994, p xix.
40It might be apposite to remind ourselves here that as far as the committed phenomenologist is concerned,
contrary to what a flimsy scientific dogmatism mired in the natural attitude dares to suggest, the earth does not
move (i.e. the ‘archi-originary’ earth subtending the ‘transcendental’ corporeality of phenomenological
subjectivity). Divine surprise! Thus, and perhaps appropriately, the phenomenologist is one who believes that the
earth shall always be flat. Phenomenological wonders shall never cease. Cf. E.Husserl, La Terre Ne Se Meut Pas
[The Earth Does Not Move], French trans. by D.Frank, Paris: Minuit, 1989.
21
one that would add a reassuring gloss of scientific legitimation to the aura of
unassailable epistemic privilege which many, faithfully kow-towing to a
Cartesian inheritance, continue to ascribe to phenomenological subjectivity.
Against such reactionary philosophical protectionism, it is the business of
a thoroughgoing naturalism to emphasize -rather than minimize- the corrosive
power of scientific reductionism vis a vis both the tenets of phenomenological
orthodoxy and the established parameters of socio-cultural consensus. That task
can be achieved by exposing the entirely contingent, conventional character of
the phenomenological self-image promulgated through the myth of subjective
interiority; by denouncing the hallucinatory character of privileged access; and
by inveighing against the illusory authority of the first-person perspective;
myths which, whether taken separately or in combination, serve to shore up the
subjectivist ideology through which liberal democratic capitalism convinces a
stupefied population of consumers that they are sovereign individuals, naturally
endowed with freedom of choice, and that the interests of subjective freedom
coincide with the interests of a free market economy35. It is by puncturing the
persistent myths of first-person autonomy and of the irreducibility of
consciousness; it is by excoriating the apparently inviolable ubiquity of the
cultural privilege which folk psychological superstition has successfully
arrogated to itself through the process of its enshrinement in the medium of
natural language, that a virulently anti-phenomenological scepticism of the kind
espoused by Quine, or an eliminative materialism such as that endorsed by Paul
Churchland, suggesting as they do that a radical reconfiguration both of our
own self-image and of our vision of the world around us is always possible, can
help undermine those phenomenological Ur-doxas36 which help perpetuate the
cultural consensus manufactured by capitalism37.
To sum up: philosophical naturalism, as far as we are concerned,
entails taking the scientific world-view seriously, and accepting the profoundly
anti-phenomenological consequences of that world-view insofar as it
necessitates expunging all vestiges of folk psychological superstition and
35It is by tirelessly promoting the illusion of individual freedom that capitalism successfully diverts attention
from the reality of the population’s collective socio-economic enslavement, from its nigh-on total political
impotence. Consider for example how the invocation of the consumer’s inalienable ‘right to choose’ is becoming
increasingly synonymous with the notion of ‘freedom’ tout court. Now that the capitalist axiomatic identifies
‘freedom’ with the individual’s freedom to keep consuming, philosophies defending the irreducibility of
subjective interiority are also guilty of promulgating the myth of individual freedom by default, thereby
furnishing the machinery of consumer capitalism with a useful ideological lubricant.
36Cf. the critique of the Ur-doxa by Deleuze & Guattari in What is Philosophy? ; a critique with which we
wholeheartedly concur. Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp. 80, 142, 178, 206, 207, 209.
37Accordingly, our Conclusion will suggest that non-materialism constitutes an instance of a priori resistance to
the commodification of thought by being tantamount to a form of transcendental scepticism vis a vis those
phenomenological Ur-doxas that are concomitant with the all-encompassing sovereignty of World-Capitalism.
Cf. infra, pp.430-440.
22
anthropocentric narcissism from philosophy. ‘Phenomenon’; ‘consciousness’;
‘intentionality’; ‘Ego’; ‘meaning’; ‘sense-bestowing act’: these are the folk
psychological fictions which have provided the basis for an elaborately
sophisticated, but disastrously misconceived theoretical edifice38.
Phenomenology is folk psychology transcendentalised. Belief in the
phenomenological mysteries, in the transcendental sovereignty of intentional
consciousness, or in the irreducible reality of such denizens of the intentional
realm as ‘eidetic intuitions’ or ‘qualia’, are now the contemporary philosophical
equivalents of faith in the immortality of the soul or confidence in the ubiquity
of phlogiston. “Consciousness”, we might say paraphrasing Deleuze, “did not
survive God”39.
2.The transcendental necessity of materialism's non-philosophical
transformation
At this stage, the reader will doubtless be starting to suspect that our
convictions are borne of nothing more sophisticated than a naive relapse into
dogmatic scientism. To which we are tempted to respond by pointing out that,
since the indiscriminate use of this epithet as a blanket term of abuse by irate
phenomenologists convicts of ‘scientism’ anyone who takes it on scientific trust
that the earth orbits around the sun, or who believes in the existence of black
holes and neutrinos -notwithstanding all phenomenological evidence to the
contrary40-, then we can only plead guilty as charged. If ‘scientism’ simply
means refusing the obligatory subordination of empirical science to
transcendental philosophy, then by our lights, there is not nearly enough
‘scientism’ in contemporary philosophy.
Nevertheless, although happy to assent to the charge of ‘scientism’,
we do not believe that the accusation of ‘dogmatism’ is justified. Were we to
continue to operate in an exclusively philosophical register, wherein everything
is ultimately reducible to the level of a basically aleatory Decision either for or
against science, the accusation would be pertinent. However, it is precisely on
account of our wish to circumvent the apparently deadly impasse between
materialist scientism and phenomenological idealism, and in order to provide
38And it should be remembered that it is on the basis of such subjective intuitions that phenomenology has had
the temerity to try to suspend scientific objectivism by spuriously conflating science with the natural attitude of
common sense; not only withdrawing subjectivity from the ambit of scientific investigation, but effectively
subordinating the latter to the former. In this regard, far from being a mere caprice, Heidegger’s contemptuous
antipathy toward the sciences is the logical extension of Husserl’s paternalistic condescension.
39Cf. Deleuze, 1994, p xix.
40It might be apposite to remind ourselves here that as far as the committed phenomenologist is concerned,
contrary to what a flimsy scientific dogmatism mired in the natural attitude dares to suggest, the earth does not
move (i.e. the ‘archi-originary’ earth subtending the ‘transcendental’ corporeality of phenomenological
subjectivity). Divine surprise! Thus, and perhaps appropriately, the phenomenologist is one who believes that the
earth shall always be flat. Phenomenological wonders shall never cease. Cf. E.Husserl, La Terre Ne Se Meut Pas
[The Earth Does Not Move], French trans. by D.Frank, Paris: Minuit, 1989.
23
the materialist Decision with a rigorously critical degree of theoretical validity,
that we wish to effect its non-Decisional transmutation.
That transmutation, interestingly enough, is to be effected on the
basis of a theoretical discovery which realizes a philosophically contradictory,
not to say non-sensical, feat; one which withdraws Man from the domain of that
which is ontologically problematisable without reinstituting him as a
transcendental exception. Neither Subjekt, nor Geist, nor Dasein, Man’s nonontological essence is radical immanence41. And as radical immanence, “Man is
not-in-question”, Laruelle insists, “because he is not-in-philosophy”42. For nonphilosophy, the essence of Man is that of an immanence without-essence and
without-being, ergo non-human, precisely insofar as the ‘humanity’ predicated
of the human has always remained within the parameters of the ontologically
problematic. But it is as ‘Given-without-givenness’ (Donné-sans-donation) or
‘vision-in-One’ (vision-en-Un)43; as index of a ‘humanity’ shorn of all
predicable ‘human’ attributes, a ‘humanity’ devoid of all recognizably human
characteristics, that Man is the unproblematisable par excellence.
Consequently, it is precisely insofar as the ‘human’ is invariably a
transcendent, anthropo-ontological construct, that for the non-philosopher, Man
is nothing human. Man is ontologically indifferent because he ‘is’ in-One and
without-Being. Yet it is also on account of that radical indifference that he
cannot be said to be in-human or trans-human. Thus, the unconditional
immanence of Man’s non-ontological Identity renders him equally indifferent to
the temptations of humanism and anti-humanism.
As a result, the shift to the non-philosophical register begins once
one has recognized the extraneously transcendent character of the philosophical
gesture rendering Man’s being problematic. For non-philosophy, Man is no
longer of the order of an ontological problem formulated in terms of the human
entity as constituting a Difference within, or relative to, Being (“What or Who
is Man?”, “How is his being articulated or given?”). His impredicable
transparency as Given-without-givenness makes of him the inalienable but nonontological solution, the sine qua non preceding and explaining the articulation
of every ontological problem. Accordingly, non-philosophy proceeds on the
basis of the discovery that Man as the One-without-Being (l’Un-sans-l’Être) is
not an exception to Being; nor a folding or a placeholder of Being; nor even a
fissure or hole in being; but rather that radically immanent foreclosure which
functions as the last-instance determining all thinking ‘of’ Being.
41Cf. Chapter 5.
42Laruelle, 1991, p.36.
43 Hopefully, all these claims will become intelligible during the course of Chapters 5 and 6, wherein the
postulate of radical or ‘non-Decisional’ immanence will be discussed at some length.
24
Accordingly, for the non-philosopher, it is not Man who is
transcendent or exceptional vis a vis Being, it is Being which is absolutely
transcendent vis a vis Man. Yet if ‘the problem’ as far as non-philosophical
thinking is concerned is no longer that of trying to ‘think the Being of the
human’, still less is it that of trying to think the human ‘in terms of’ the
foreclosure of immanence. It is rather that of trying to think according to
(selon) Man’s immanent foreclosure to the twofold transcendence of Being and
of thought.
The ‘solution’ to that problem is the recognition that Man’s immanencewithout-essence and without-existence, his foreclosure to thought, can
nevertheless become effectuated by thought. It is on the basis of Being’s
transcendence as occasional cause and material support that Man’s radically
opaque transparency becomes effectuated by non-philosophical thought,
allowing him a theoretico-practical ‘existence’44 as transcendental clone or
Stranger for the onto-cosmological order problematised in philosophical
thinking. As a result, Man’s ontological effectuation, his occasional ‘existence’
as Stranger or clone for the World, is simultaneously theoretical and practical in
character, without constituting a synthetic unity or hybrid of theory and practise.
The Stranger-subject (le sujet-Étranger) of non-philosophical thought exists as
the Identity-without-unity and Duality-without-difference of theory and
practise.
Nevertheless, bearing in mind that the subject of non-philosophical
thought enacts this performative coincidence of theory and practise, it is
possible to state that Man ‘is’ only insofar as he exists as a theoretical Stranger
for Being and for the World. Hence our continuously reiterated emphasis
throughout the second half of this thesis on Man’s radically inconsistent, non
anthropo-logical, and ultimately alien existence as the transcendental Subject of
extra-terrestrial theory. Accordingly, were we to distil the substance of this
thesis down to a single claim it would be this: the more radical the instance of
humanity, the more radically non-anthropomorphic and non-anthropocentric
the possibilities of thought. By definitively emancipating Man’s theoretically
alien, non-human existence, non-materialist theory promises to purge
materialism of all vestiges of phenomenological anthropomorphism.
44Predictably, the non-philosophical translation of the concept of ‘existence’ bears only a nominal relation to the
familiar Heideggerean or Sartrean versions. Here as elsewhere, Laruelle’s use of a familiar philosophical concept
in an entirely new, unfamiliar conceptual context inevitably invites misunderstanding. The effectuation or
‘existence’ of the non-philosophical subject or Stranger designates the complex structure of its theoretical
articulation as non-thetic transcendence spanning the unidentity and unilaterality of transcendental clone and
empirical support. All of this is of course unintelligible at this introductory stage. For clarification, cf. Chapter 6,
pp.277-289.
23
the materialist Decision with a rigorously critical degree of theoretical validity,
that we wish to effect its non-Decisional transmutation.
That transmutation, interestingly enough, is to be effected on the
basis of a theoretical discovery which realizes a philosophically contradictory,
not to say non-sensical, feat; one which withdraws Man from the domain of that
which is ontologically problematisable without reinstituting him as a
transcendental exception. Neither Subjekt, nor Geist, nor Dasein, Man’s nonontological essence is radical immanence41. And as radical immanence, “Man is
not-in-question”, Laruelle insists, “because he is not-in-philosophy”42. For nonphilosophy, the essence of Man is that of an immanence without-essence and
without-being, ergo non-human, precisely insofar as the ‘humanity’ predicated
of the human has always remained within the parameters of the ontologically
problematic. But it is as ‘Given-without-givenness’ (Donné-sans-donation) or
‘vision-in-One’ (vision-en-Un)43; as index of a ‘humanity’ shorn of all
predicable ‘human’ attributes, a ‘humanity’ devoid of all recognizably human
characteristics, that Man is the unproblematisable par excellence.
Consequently, it is precisely insofar as the ‘human’ is invariably a
transcendent, anthropo-ontological construct, that for the non-philosopher, Man
is nothing human. Man is ontologically indifferent because he ‘is’ in-One and
without-Being. Yet it is also on account of that radical indifference that he
cannot be said to be in-human or trans-human. Thus, the unconditional
immanence of Man’s non-ontological Identity renders him equally indifferent to
the temptations of humanism and anti-humanism.
As a result, the shift to the non-philosophical register begins once
one has recognized the extraneously transcendent character of the philosophical
gesture rendering Man’s being problematic. For non-philosophy, Man is no
longer of the order of an ontological problem formulated in terms of the human
entity as constituting a Difference within, or relative to, Being (“What or Who
is Man?”, “How is his being articulated or given?”). His impredicable
transparency as Given-without-givenness makes of him the inalienable but nonontological solution, the sine qua non preceding and explaining the articulation
of every ontological problem. Accordingly, non-philosophy proceeds on the
basis of the discovery that Man as the One-without-Being (l’Un-sans-l’Être) is
not an exception to Being; nor a folding or a placeholder of Being; nor even a
fissure or hole in being; but rather that radically immanent foreclosure which
functions as the last-instance determining all thinking ‘of’ Being.
41Cf. Chapter 5.
42Laruelle, 1991, p.36.
43 Hopefully, all these claims will become intelligible during the course of Chapters 5 and 6, wherein the
postulate of radical or ‘non-Decisional’ immanence will be discussed at some length.
24
Accordingly, for the non-philosopher, it is not Man who is
transcendent or exceptional vis a vis Being, it is Being which is absolutely
transcendent vis a vis Man. Yet if ‘the problem’ as far as non-philosophical
thinking is concerned is no longer that of trying to ‘think the Being of the
human’, still less is it that of trying to think the human ‘in terms of’ the
foreclosure of immanence. It is rather that of trying to think according to
(selon) Man’s immanent foreclosure to the twofold transcendence of Being and
of thought.
The ‘solution’ to that problem is the recognition that Man’s immanencewithout-essence and without-existence, his foreclosure to thought, can
nevertheless become effectuated by thought. It is on the basis of Being’s
transcendence as occasional cause and material support that Man’s radically
opaque transparency becomes effectuated by non-philosophical thought,
allowing him a theoretico-practical ‘existence’44 as transcendental clone or
Stranger for the onto-cosmological order problematised in philosophical
thinking. As a result, Man’s ontological effectuation, his occasional ‘existence’
as Stranger or clone for the World, is simultaneously theoretical and practical in
character, without constituting a synthetic unity or hybrid of theory and practise.
The Stranger-subject (le sujet-Étranger) of non-philosophical thought exists as
the Identity-without-unity and Duality-without-difference of theory and
practise.
Nevertheless, bearing in mind that the subject of non-philosophical
thought enacts this performative coincidence of theory and practise, it is
possible to state that Man ‘is’ only insofar as he exists as a theoretical Stranger
for Being and for the World. Hence our continuously reiterated emphasis
throughout the second half of this thesis on Man’s radically inconsistent, non
anthropo-logical, and ultimately alien existence as the transcendental Subject of
extra-terrestrial theory. Accordingly, were we to distil the substance of this
thesis down to a single claim it would be this: the more radical the instance of
humanity, the more radically non-anthropomorphic and non-anthropocentric
the possibilities of thought. By definitively emancipating Man’s theoretically
alien, non-human existence, non-materialist theory promises to purge
materialism of all vestiges of phenomenological anthropomorphism.
44Predictably, the non-philosophical translation of the concept of ‘existence’ bears only a nominal relation to the
familiar Heideggerean or Sartrean versions. Here as elsewhere, Laruelle’s use of a familiar philosophical concept
in an entirely new, unfamiliar conceptual context inevitably invites misunderstanding. The effectuation or
‘existence’ of the non-philosophical subject or Stranger designates the complex structure of its theoretical
articulation as non-thetic transcendence spanning the unidentity and unilaterality of transcendental clone and
empirical support. All of this is of course unintelligible at this introductory stage. For clarification, cf. Chapter 6,
pp.277-289.
25
It is this rediscovery of Man’s irrefrangibly alien existence as a
universal Stranger that prevents non-philosophy’s gnostically inflected45
‘hypertranscendentalism’ from merely reinstating Kant’s transcendental
protectionism vis a vis man as Homo noumenon. In this regard, it would be a
mistake to consign Laruelle to the long line of post-Kantian thinkers labouring
to provide a definitive formulation of man’s supposedly unobjectifiable essence.
Such efforts are merely variations on the Kantian gesture of special pleading
concerning the human; a gesture which, providing as it did a transcendental
guarantor for the inviolable moral authority of religious faith, was always
explicitly intended as a protective measure, designed in order to forestall the
nascent threat of atheism harboured by the prodigious successes of scientific
materialism46.
For the non-philosopher however, such attempts at special pleading
condemn Man in the very gesture of Decisional transcendence through which
they endeavoured to save him. Man as radically immanent phenomenon remains
foreclosed to meta-physical inflation as well as to infra-physical reduction. If he
is the non-redeemable par excellence it is only because he remains the alreadyredeemed, as indifferent to the promise of transcendental redemption as he is to
the threat of empirical degradation. Philosophical attempts to immunize Man
against the menace of material oblivion through perpetual reinjections of
salutary transcendence only succeed in occluding his immanent foreclosure, his
ultimate indifference to noumenal salvation as well as to phenomenal
extinction47.
45For an account of the relation between non-philosophy and gnosis cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.312-315; and our
Conclusion, pp.430-440.
46Kant explicitly withdrew religious faith from the purview of critique -distilling it down to its inviolable
noumenal core in the good will qua categorical imperative- in the same gesture with which he delimited the
bounds of objective knowledge: “I have therefore found it necessary to deny knowledge in order to make room
for faith. The dogmatism of metaphysics, that is, the preconception that it is possible to make headway in
metaphysics without a previous criticism of pure reason, is the source of all that unbelief, always very dogmatic,
which wars against morality[...] Criticism alone can sever the root of materialism, fatalism, atheism, freethinking, fanaticism, and superstition, which can be injurious universally; as well as of idealism and scepticism,
which are dangerous chiefly to the schools, and hardly allow of being handed on to the public”. Kant, 1929,
Bxxx-xxxv. Typically however, and fortunately for us, Kant’s critical operation was intrinsically double-edged.
For it is through the very same gesture whereby Kant sought to render faith cognitively unassailable, that he also
terminated the discourse of rational theology, undermined the transparent sovereignty of Cartesian subjectivity,
and ultimately paved the way for the sort of ‘noumenal’ or critical-transcendental materialism whose conditions
of elaboration we intend to set out in the course of this thesis. Thus, whether they like it or not, materialists,
fatalists, atheists, freethinkers, sceptics, and fanatics of all stripes remain profoundly indebted to Kant.
Conversely, we shall consider that the superstitious idealists have found their true home in phenomenology; more precisely, that the phenomenological elision of the distinction between phenomenon and thing-in-itself
caters for the sense of transcendental reassurance that the latter so obviously crave.
47In saying this we do not, of course, intend to suggest, as Michel Henry does in his own phenomenologisation of
radical immanence, that it is now as the latter that Man can be said to be eternal and immortal. The radical
immanence invoked by the non-philosopher is not a phenomenological principle: it is a necessary but never a
sufficient condition; a sine qua non which by itself yields nothing, produces nothing. We oppose the radical in-
26
Of course, for the philosopher, non-philosophy, which endeavours to
think according to Man's foreclosure to Decision, necessarily appears as an
impoverishment or diminishment of thinking conceived in terms of the
inviolable necessity of ontological Decision. But for the non-philosopher, the
poverty, austerity and minimalism characteristic of the non-Decisional
streamlining of transcendental thought remain the best guarantee of theoretical
rigour, and, a fortiori, the best guarantee for the transcendental consistency of
the materialist Decision.
For the question facing the materialist is whether a Decision carried out
in the philosophical register furnishes him/her with the theoretical means
required in order for him/her to live up to the desired degree of conceptual
probity; in other words, whether philosophy allows the materialist to do as s/he
says and say as s/he does. Laruelle, for reasons we will elaborate on later48,
believes that philosophical Decision falls short on this very count: the
philosopher in the throes of Decision is never doing what s/he is saying or
saying what s/he is doing. The problem of Decision then, is the problem of
discovering the theoretical conditions according to which this performative
consistency of saying and doing in Decision becomes realizable. It becomes
realizable, Laruelle suggests, only by shifting from a posture whereby Decision
constitutes an absolutely autonomous, self-positing act, to one wherein Decision
becomes a relatively autonomous, heteronomously determined experience; the
non-synthetic unity of theory and practice. A non-Decisional theory is not antiDecisional; - it suspends the self-sufficiency of Decision, transforming its
absolute autonomy into a merely relative autonomy. The point is not to abdicate
from Decision but to permit a radically transcendental determination of
Decision, one allowing for Decision to be carried out under scrupulously
exacting theoretical conditions. It is the general lack of theoretical scruple
concomitant with the absolute autonomy of Decision in its philosophical
register which the non-philosopher objects to, not Decision as such.
Consequently, our belief in the necessity of a non-materialist universalisation of
materialism goes hand in hand with the conviction that non-philosophical
consistency of immanence as non-ontological condition, an in-consistent condition characterised in terms of a
primacy-without-priority (Laruelle), to its phenomenological consistency as archi-originary ontological
principle(Michel Henry). It is only by means of an empirical occasion that this inconsistent condition becomes
effectuated in non-philosophical thought. Apart from that effectuation, its foreclosure guarantees nothing; least of
all an immutable and eternal phenomenological Life. Thus, in order to forestall the danger of a quasiphenomenological -which is to say, crypto-religious- misreading, it is necessary to insist that radical immanence
as inconsistent condition is not so much eternal or immortal as foreclosed a priori to the ontological alternative,
or even the différance, between living and dying.
For an extended critique of Michel Henry’s
phenomenologisation of immanence, cf. infra , Chapter 2, pp.80-97.
48Cf. Chapters 5 and 6; but also for instance Chapters 2 & 3, where we try to show how the philosophical
decision in favour of materialism invariably reinstates a form of idealism. In other words, the philosopher decides
against idealism in a way that is still idealist.
25
It is this rediscovery of Man’s irrefrangibly alien existence as a
universal Stranger that prevents non-philosophy’s gnostically inflected45
‘hypertranscendentalism’ from merely reinstating Kant’s transcendental
protectionism vis a vis man as Homo noumenon. In this regard, it would be a
mistake to consign Laruelle to the long line of post-Kantian thinkers labouring
to provide a definitive formulation of man’s supposedly unobjectifiable essence.
Such efforts are merely variations on the Kantian gesture of special pleading
concerning the human; a gesture which, providing as it did a transcendental
guarantor for the inviolable moral authority of religious faith, was always
explicitly intended as a protective measure, designed in order to forestall the
nascent threat of atheism harboured by the prodigious successes of scientific
materialism46.
For the non-philosopher however, such attempts at special pleading
condemn Man in the very gesture of Decisional transcendence through which
they endeavoured to save him. Man as radically immanent phenomenon remains
foreclosed to meta-physical inflation as well as to infra-physical reduction. If he
is the non-redeemable par excellence it is only because he remains the alreadyredeemed, as indifferent to the promise of transcendental redemption as he is to
the threat of empirical degradation. Philosophical attempts to immunize Man
against the menace of material oblivion through perpetual reinjections of
salutary transcendence only succeed in occluding his immanent foreclosure, his
ultimate indifference to noumenal salvation as well as to phenomenal
extinction47.
45For an account of the relation between non-philosophy and gnosis cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.312-315; and our
Conclusion, pp.430-440.
46Kant explicitly withdrew religious faith from the purview of critique -distilling it down to its inviolable
noumenal core in the good will qua categorical imperative- in the same gesture with which he delimited the
bounds of objective knowledge: “I have therefore found it necessary to deny knowledge in order to make room
for faith. The dogmatism of metaphysics, that is, the preconception that it is possible to make headway in
metaphysics without a previous criticism of pure reason, is the source of all that unbelief, always very dogmatic,
which wars against morality[...] Criticism alone can sever the root of materialism, fatalism, atheism, freethinking, fanaticism, and superstition, which can be injurious universally; as well as of idealism and scepticism,
which are dangerous chiefly to the schools, and hardly allow of being handed on to the public”. Kant, 1929,
Bxxx-xxxv. Typically however, and fortunately for us, Kant’s critical operation was intrinsically double-edged.
For it is through the very same gesture whereby Kant sought to render faith cognitively unassailable, that he also
terminated the discourse of rational theology, undermined the transparent sovereignty of Cartesian subjectivity,
and ultimately paved the way for the sort of ‘noumenal’ or critical-transcendental materialism whose conditions
of elaboration we intend to set out in the course of this thesis. Thus, whether they like it or not, materialists,
fatalists, atheists, freethinkers, sceptics, and fanatics of all stripes remain profoundly indebted to Kant.
Conversely, we shall consider that the superstitious idealists have found their true home in phenomenology; more precisely, that the phenomenological elision of the distinction between phenomenon and thing-in-itself
caters for the sense of transcendental reassurance that the latter so obviously crave.
47In saying this we do not, of course, intend to suggest, as Michel Henry does in his own phenomenologisation of
radical immanence, that it is now as the latter that Man can be said to be eternal and immortal. The radical
immanence invoked by the non-philosopher is not a phenomenological principle: it is a necessary but never a
sufficient condition; a sine qua non which by itself yields nothing, produces nothing. We oppose the radical in-
26
Of course, for the philosopher, non-philosophy, which endeavours to
think according to Man's foreclosure to Decision, necessarily appears as an
impoverishment or diminishment of thinking conceived in terms of the
inviolable necessity of ontological Decision. But for the non-philosopher, the
poverty, austerity and minimalism characteristic of the non-Decisional
streamlining of transcendental thought remain the best guarantee of theoretical
rigour, and, a fortiori, the best guarantee for the transcendental consistency of
the materialist Decision.
For the question facing the materialist is whether a Decision carried out
in the philosophical register furnishes him/her with the theoretical means
required in order for him/her to live up to the desired degree of conceptual
probity; in other words, whether philosophy allows the materialist to do as s/he
says and say as s/he does. Laruelle, for reasons we will elaborate on later48,
believes that philosophical Decision falls short on this very count: the
philosopher in the throes of Decision is never doing what s/he is saying or
saying what s/he is doing. The problem of Decision then, is the problem of
discovering the theoretical conditions according to which this performative
consistency of saying and doing in Decision becomes realizable. It becomes
realizable, Laruelle suggests, only by shifting from a posture whereby Decision
constitutes an absolutely autonomous, self-positing act, to one wherein Decision
becomes a relatively autonomous, heteronomously determined experience; the
non-synthetic unity of theory and practice. A non-Decisional theory is not antiDecisional; - it suspends the self-sufficiency of Decision, transforming its
absolute autonomy into a merely relative autonomy. The point is not to abdicate
from Decision but to permit a radically transcendental determination of
Decision, one allowing for Decision to be carried out under scrupulously
exacting theoretical conditions. It is the general lack of theoretical scruple
concomitant with the absolute autonomy of Decision in its philosophical
register which the non-philosopher objects to, not Decision as such.
Consequently, our belief in the necessity of a non-materialist universalisation of
materialism goes hand in hand with the conviction that non-philosophical
consistency of immanence as non-ontological condition, an in-consistent condition characterised in terms of a
primacy-without-priority (Laruelle), to its phenomenological consistency as archi-originary ontological
principle(Michel Henry). It is only by means of an empirical occasion that this inconsistent condition becomes
effectuated in non-philosophical thought. Apart from that effectuation, its foreclosure guarantees nothing; least of
all an immutable and eternal phenomenological Life. Thus, in order to forestall the danger of a quasiphenomenological -which is to say, crypto-religious- misreading, it is necessary to insist that radical immanence
as inconsistent condition is not so much eternal or immortal as foreclosed a priori to the ontological alternative,
or even the différance, between living and dying.
For an extended critique of Michel Henry’s
phenomenologisation of immanence, cf. infra , Chapter 2, pp.80-97.
48Cf. Chapters 5 and 6; but also for instance Chapters 2 & 3, where we try to show how the philosophical
decision in favour of materialism invariably reinstates a form of idealism. In other words, the philosopher decides
against idealism in a way that is still idealist.
27
28
theory alone provides the conditions under which the materialist Decision can
be rigorously carried out. It furnishes the indispensable transcendental
supplement required in order to render the materialist Decision unequivocally
consistent in word and deed.
Man as Non-Materialist Identity of Philosophy and Science
Ultimately, the pertinence of non-philosophical theory for the brand of
materialism we are interested in here is apparently twofold, but in reality
onefold. The superficially twofold pertinence concerns the relation of
philosophy and science on the one hand, and the non-exceptional status of Man
on the other. If materialism as we understand it is implicitly predicated on the
basically sound but unstated assumption that science and philosophy are and
should be bound together in a relationship of reciprocal presupposition, then
Laruelle's work is crucial because it promises to provide that unstated
philosophical assumption with an explicitly articulated theoretical basis: nonphilosophy promises to provide a ‘unified’ but non-unitary theory of philosophy
and science49. On the other hand, non-philosophy is equally important as far as
the injunction forbidding the philosophical conception of the human as
ontological exception is concerned. Man is no longer conceived of as a locus of
transcendence, but rather as the radical immanence whose foreclosure to all
anthropomorphic predication renders it the sine qua non for a rigorously nonanthropomorphic theorising.
In the final analysis however, the superficial character of this doubleaspect becomes apparent when one realizes that it is ultimately Man as radical
immanence that constitutes the last-instance according to which the double
articulation of philosophy and science simultaneously attains its transcendental
validity as well as its non-Decisional legitimacy. For it is Man’s non-Decisional
essence that provides an Identity-without-synthesis and a Duality-withoutdifference for all the Decisional hybrids of philosophy and science.
49Thus, non-philosophy refuses to discriminate a priori between philosophy and science; it deals with them
together en bloc as a single indivisible empirical datum. For non-philosophy, philosophy and science are
necessarily bound together in a relation of reciprocal presupposition. It is on this basis that non-materialism tries
to provide a non-positivistic radicalisation and generalisation of the naturalist thesis according to which
philosophy supervenes on science. Cf. the discussion of Quine and Churchland in Chapters 7 and 8.
PART I
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM AS SUCH
27
28
theory alone provides the conditions under which the materialist Decision can
be rigorously carried out. It furnishes the indispensable transcendental
supplement required in order to render the materialist Decision unequivocally
consistent in word and deed.
Man as Non-Materialist Identity of Philosophy and Science
Ultimately, the pertinence of non-philosophical theory for the brand of
materialism we are interested in here is apparently twofold, but in reality
onefold. The superficially twofold pertinence concerns the relation of
philosophy and science on the one hand, and the non-exceptional status of Man
on the other. If materialism as we understand it is implicitly predicated on the
basically sound but unstated assumption that science and philosophy are and
should be bound together in a relationship of reciprocal presupposition, then
Laruelle's work is crucial because it promises to provide that unstated
philosophical assumption with an explicitly articulated theoretical basis: nonphilosophy promises to provide a ‘unified’ but non-unitary theory of philosophy
and science49. On the other hand, non-philosophy is equally important as far as
the injunction forbidding the philosophical conception of the human as
ontological exception is concerned. Man is no longer conceived of as a locus of
transcendence, but rather as the radical immanence whose foreclosure to all
anthropomorphic predication renders it the sine qua non for a rigorously nonanthropomorphic theorising.
In the final analysis however, the superficial character of this doubleaspect becomes apparent when one realizes that it is ultimately Man as radical
immanence that constitutes the last-instance according to which the double
articulation of philosophy and science simultaneously attains its transcendental
validity as well as its non-Decisional legitimacy. For it is Man’s non-Decisional
essence that provides an Identity-without-synthesis and a Duality-withoutdifference for all the Decisional hybrids of philosophy and science.
49Thus, non-philosophy refuses to discriminate a priori between philosophy and science; it deals with them
together en bloc as a single indivisible empirical datum. For non-philosophy, philosophy and science are
necessarily bound together in a relation of reciprocal presupposition. It is on this basis that non-materialism tries
to provide a non-positivistic radicalisation and generalisation of the naturalist thesis according to which
philosophy supervenes on science. Cf. the discussion of Quine and Churchland in Chapters 7 and 8.
PART I
THE DECLINE OF MATERIALISM AS SUCH
29
CHAPTER 1
MATTER: COMME TELLE OR TELLE QUELLE?
“When, in its better moments, materialism abandoned its empiricist
concept of matter, on the whole it never proved able to go beyond the hyle, the
identity of thought and the real, of ideality and matter -the level of relative
materiality or of materiality ‘as such’[comme telle] rather than of matter
‘itself’ [telle quelle] or absolute matter.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78)
What would it be to think matter ‘itself’ or absolutely, as opposed
to thinking it ‘as such’ or relatively? Is it - pace Hegel- possible to conceive of a
matter ‘outside’ the concept, a matter distinct from every concept of matter? Or
is any attempt to think along such lines inevitably doomed to relapse into preHegelian naivety?
Clearly, the very formulation of the question points away from
Hegel and back toward Kant. For the Critical turn is inaugurated in the gesture
whereby Kant acknowledges what he calls ‘the transcendental difference’
between thought and thing, representation and represented, phenomenon and initself; or more generally, the difference between the ideal realm of that which is
representable for the knowing subject, and the real realm of that which subsists
‘problematically’50 or independently of the possibility of relation to the subject.
Thus, from a quasi-Kantian perspective, one might say that whereas the ideal is
intrinsically relational - a function of the relation to subjectivity-, the real -not
to be confused with the empirical reality of the represented phenomenon- is
simply defined negatively as the absence of relation. In other words, it is
problematically or hypothetically defined as the in-itself: - that which is
relationless or absolute. Yet according to Hegel it is this very difference
between the ideal as relative and the real as absolute which turns out to be
internal to thought itself. Subjectivity qua self-relating negativity, selfsundering and self-synthesizing Notion, is nothing but the processual
identification of ideal identity and real difference, the ultimately Ideal relation
of relation and non-relation, relative and absolute.
50For Kant the realm of the problematic is that concerning which the judgement of existence or inexistence is
inapplicable. The noumenal realm remains problematic insofar as we can neither say of it that it is or that it is not,
since for something to be posited as being it must first be capable of being given through sensibility in an
experience: “The concept of a noumenon is thus merely a limiting concept, the function of which is to curb the
pretensions of sensibility[...]What our understanding acquires through this concept of a noumenon is a negative
extension; that is to say, understanding is not limited through sensibility; on the contrary, it itself limits
sensibility by applying the term noumena to things in themselves (things not regarded as appearances). But in so
doing it at the same time sets limits to itself, recognizing that it cannot know these noumena through any of the
categories, and that it must therefore think them only under the title of an unknown something.” (Kant, 1929,
B311-B312, pp. 272-273).
30
It is perhaps on account of its resolutely anti-Hegelian tenor, that
Heideggerean phenomenology, at least as set out in Being and Time, seems to
have inherited something of Kant’s transcendental-idealist legacy. From our
point of view, the constitutively ‘idealizing’ tendency of its transcendental
methodology find its canonical formulation in the Introduction to Being and
Time, wherein Heidegger defines phenomenology in the following way: “The
expression ‘phenomenology’ may be formulated in Greek as legein ta
phainomena, where legein means apophainesthai. Thus, ‘phenomenology’
means apophainesthai ta phainomena -to let that which shows itself be seen
from itself in the very way in which it shows itself from itself.” (Heidegger,
1962, p.58) However, this dimension of phenomenal self-showing is necessarily
bound to that of the logos as realm of discursive apophansis: “The logos lets
something be seen.[...]Discourse ‘lets something be seen’ apo (from itself)
[...]that is, it lets us see something from the very thing which the discourse is
about. In discourse (apophansis), so far as it is genuine, what is said is drawn
from what the talk is about, so that discursive communication, in what it says,
makes manifest what it is talking about[...] This is the structure of the logos as
apophansis.”(Ibid, p.56) Heidegger’s definitions here render the intrinsic link
between showing and saying, or more exactly, between self-showing and selfsaying in the transcendental structure of the phenomeno-logos, perfectly
explicit. That transcendental bond between phenomenon and logos is assured
through the dimension of apophantic disclosure necessary for the manifestation
of the phenomenon as phenomenon. A disclosure whereby every phenomenon
is necessarily manifested as some-thing by virtue of its coming-to-presence
against a pre-given horizonal backdrop of intelligibility: - Dasein’s Being-inthe-World. Moreover, Heidegger reminds us that “because
logos as
legomenon can also signify that which, as something to which one addresses
oneself, becomes visible in its relation to something in its ‘relatedness’, logos
acquires the signification of relation and relationship.”(Ibid, p.58) It is in virtue
of this constitutive structure of discursive apophansis that every phenomenon
disclosed through the logos is intrinsically and indissociably related to every
other through the overarching structural whole of which it remains an
inextricable moment. Thus, from our point of view, the ‘phenomenality’ of the
phenomenon as laid bare in Heidegger’s phenomenological analyses still
remains intrinsically bound to the ideal realm of the relational, the intelligible,
the meaningful, etc. Being-in-the-world is an essentially holistic and inherently
Ideal phenomenon51.
51Interestingly enough however, chief among the many remarkable virtues of Laruelle’s stunning reading of
Heidegger in Les Philosophies de la Différence, is its explicitly anti-idealist or ‘realist’ (one might even say
‘quasi-materialist’) slant. Cf. Laruelle, 1986, Chapters 3 & 4.
29
CHAPTER 1
MATTER: COMME TELLE OR TELLE QUELLE?
“When, in its better moments, materialism abandoned its empiricist
concept of matter, on the whole it never proved able to go beyond the hyle, the
identity of thought and the real, of ideality and matter -the level of relative
materiality or of materiality ‘as such’[comme telle] rather than of matter
‘itself’ [telle quelle] or absolute matter.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78)
What would it be to think matter ‘itself’ or absolutely, as opposed
to thinking it ‘as such’ or relatively? Is it - pace Hegel- possible to conceive of a
matter ‘outside’ the concept, a matter distinct from every concept of matter? Or
is any attempt to think along such lines inevitably doomed to relapse into preHegelian naivety?
Clearly, the very formulation of the question points away from
Hegel and back toward Kant. For the Critical turn is inaugurated in the gesture
whereby Kant acknowledges what he calls ‘the transcendental difference’
between thought and thing, representation and represented, phenomenon and initself; or more generally, the difference between the ideal realm of that which is
representable for the knowing subject, and the real realm of that which subsists
‘problematically’50 or independently of the possibility of relation to the subject.
Thus, from a quasi-Kantian perspective, one might say that whereas the ideal is
intrinsically relational - a function of the relation to subjectivity-, the real -not
to be confused with the empirical reality of the represented phenomenon- is
simply defined negatively as the absence of relation. In other words, it is
problematically or hypothetically defined as the in-itself: - that which is
relationless or absolute. Yet according to Hegel it is this very difference
between the ideal as relative and the real as absolute which turns out to be
internal to thought itself. Subjectivity qua self-relating negativity, selfsundering and self-synthesizing Notion, is nothing but the processual
identification of ideal identity and real difference, the ultimately Ideal relation
of relation and non-relation, relative and absolute.
50For Kant the realm of the problematic is that concerning which the judgement of existence or inexistence is
inapplicable. The noumenal realm remains problematic insofar as we can neither say of it that it is or that it is not,
since for something to be posited as being it must first be capable of being given through sensibility in an
experience: “The concept of a noumenon is thus merely a limiting concept, the function of which is to curb the
pretensions of sensibility[...]What our understanding acquires through this concept of a noumenon is a negative
extension; that is to say, understanding is not limited through sensibility; on the contrary, it itself limits
sensibility by applying the term noumena to things in themselves (things not regarded as appearances). But in so
doing it at the same time sets limits to itself, recognizing that it cannot know these noumena through any of the
categories, and that it must therefore think them only under the title of an unknown something.” (Kant, 1929,
B311-B312, pp. 272-273).
30
It is perhaps on account of its resolutely anti-Hegelian tenor, that
Heideggerean phenomenology, at least as set out in Being and Time, seems to
have inherited something of Kant’s transcendental-idealist legacy. From our
point of view, the constitutively ‘idealizing’ tendency of its transcendental
methodology find its canonical formulation in the Introduction to Being and
Time, wherein Heidegger defines phenomenology in the following way: “The
expression ‘phenomenology’ may be formulated in Greek as legein ta
phainomena, where legein means apophainesthai. Thus, ‘phenomenology’
means apophainesthai ta phainomena -to let that which shows itself be seen
from itself in the very way in which it shows itself from itself.” (Heidegger,
1962, p.58) However, this dimension of phenomenal self-showing is necessarily
bound to that of the logos as realm of discursive apophansis: “The logos lets
something be seen.[...]Discourse ‘lets something be seen’ apo (from itself)
[...]that is, it lets us see something from the very thing which the discourse is
about. In discourse (apophansis), so far as it is genuine, what is said is drawn
from what the talk is about, so that discursive communication, in what it says,
makes manifest what it is talking about[...] This is the structure of the logos as
apophansis.”(Ibid, p.56) Heidegger’s definitions here render the intrinsic link
between showing and saying, or more exactly, between self-showing and selfsaying in the transcendental structure of the phenomeno-logos, perfectly
explicit. That transcendental bond between phenomenon and logos is assured
through the dimension of apophantic disclosure necessary for the manifestation
of the phenomenon as phenomenon. A disclosure whereby every phenomenon
is necessarily manifested as some-thing by virtue of its coming-to-presence
against a pre-given horizonal backdrop of intelligibility: - Dasein’s Being-inthe-World. Moreover, Heidegger reminds us that “because
logos as
legomenon can also signify that which, as something to which one addresses
oneself, becomes visible in its relation to something in its ‘relatedness’, logos
acquires the signification of relation and relationship.”(Ibid, p.58) It is in virtue
of this constitutive structure of discursive apophansis that every phenomenon
disclosed through the logos is intrinsically and indissociably related to every
other through the overarching structural whole of which it remains an
inextricable moment. Thus, from our point of view, the ‘phenomenality’ of the
phenomenon as laid bare in Heidegger’s phenomenological analyses still
remains intrinsically bound to the ideal realm of the relational, the intelligible,
the meaningful, etc. Being-in-the-world is an essentially holistic and inherently
Ideal phenomenon51.
51Interestingly enough however, chief among the many remarkable virtues of Laruelle’s stunning reading of
Heidegger in Les Philosophies de la Différence, is its explicitly anti-idealist or ‘realist’ (one might even say
‘quasi-materialist’) slant. Cf. Laruelle, 1986, Chapters 3 & 4.
31
Thus, although Laruelle’s hypothetical separation of matter insofar as it is
phenomenologically disclosed ‘as such’, through the logos, from matter ‘itself’,
independent of every horizon of apophantic disclosure, is necessarily a
transcendental hypothesis, it is one which implies a rearticulation of Kant’s
transcendental agenda very different from that set out by Heidegger in Being
and Time. For by distinguishing matter ‘itself’ from every phenomenological
apprehension of matter ‘as such’, it seems to be suggesting that ‘matter’ -even if
only problematically or hypothetically- is not only a real instance distinct from
every ideal sublation of difference in the Concept, but also an
unphenomenologisable ‘in-itself’; ‘something’ which is neither a phenomenon
showing itself from itself, nor even the inapparent phenomenality of showing as
such. Yet it is difficult to see how such a distinction -a distinction that
apparently distinguishes itself from the distinction of ontico-ontological
difference as such- could even be entertained as a conceivable hypothesis.
Accordingly, in order to conceive of Laruelle’s hypothetical separation of
matter comme telle from matter telle quelle we shall be obliged to re-evaluate
both the Kantian and the Heideggerean characterisation of the transcendental in
terms of difference. Laruelle’s hypothesis forces us to reconsider the extent to
which this transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from matter ‘as such’ is
ultimately differential in character. For it may be that the transcendental
separation of the comme tel from the tel quel has to be conceived of in terms of
immanence rather than transcendence, and in terms of Identity rather than
Difference. Furthermore, it may be that although this separation-withoutdifference is effected in thought and has some effect on the World, it is neither
realized through the power of conceptual thought alone, as Hegel maintained,
nor experienced on the basis of my being-in-the-world as Heidegger believed,
but rather proves to be the result of a separation that is anterior both to the
transcendence of thought and to that of the World; one to which thought and
World themselves are ultimately subject. These are the possibilities that we are
particularly interested in elucidating here, along with Laruelle. For our ultimate
aim is to show how this transcendental separation of ‘matter itself’ from ‘matter
as such’ must be conceived of solely according to an Identity of immanence
proper to ‘matter itself’, rather than in terms of a transcendent Difference
between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’.
Now, of the many fascinating avenues of philosophical exploration
delineated in Laruelle’s Prinçipe de Minorité (1981), the most salient for our
present purposes is his suggestion that the pursuit of these afore-mentioned
possibilities necessitates a radicalisation of Kant’s transcendental separation of
the real from the ideal, of matter-in-itself from the phenomenal logos, in such a
way as to effect the simultaneous withdrawal of matter from the idealized
materiality of the representational object, and the subtraction of thought from
32
the reified ideality of the phenomenological subject. Only in this way does it
become possible to forestall both the Hegelian identification of real and ideal
within the domain of the Idea itself; and Heidegger’s phenomenological
idealization of the transcendental difference through Da-sein’s unobjectifiable
circumscription of the ontico-ontological caesura between real and ideal.
However, where Kant yoked the transcendental to subjectivity and
rendered the notion of a ‘material noumenon’ into a purely limiting concept, by
definition devoid of cognitive import, our goal here involves freeing what
Deleuze called “the prodigious domain of the transcendental”52 from the nexus
of idealist relativity in order to formulate the conditions for a thinking of matter
‘itself’ in the positivity of its unconditionally immanent Identity; a thinking
which, by simultaneously liberating matter from what Laruelle calls its
‘materiological’ subordination to the logos and by emancipating cognition from
the constraints of phenomenological presentation, would furnish us with the
theoretical means required in order to access ‘matter itself’ -‘la matière telle
quelle’. Our aim throughout, in this as well as in all subsequent chapters, will be
to show how Laruelle’s ‘non-philosophy’ can be used to explore the diversely
ramifying consequences of this twofold but ultimately indivisible theoretical
gesture.
In the first part of this thesis however, our preliminary investigation into
the legitimacy of this distinction and the feasibility of such a gesture as far as
the possibility of defining a ‘non-materiological materialism’ is concerned, will
focus exclusively on their tentatively sketched articulation in Laruelle’s
Prinçipe de Minorité53. The specific feature of the work we intend to single out
for analysis here can be stated in relatively simple terms: radicalising and
generalizing his own earlier ‘machinic materialist’54 critique of philosophical
52Deleuze, 1994, p.135.
53Le Prinçipe de Minorité is the key transitional work in the entire Laruellean oeuvre. It represents the pivotal
moment where Laruelle takes his first philosophically unprecedented step away from the problematic of
Difference governing his early works (that is to say, the theoretical problematic mapped out in the philosophical
‘quadrangle’ delimited by the proper names Nietzsche, Heidegger, Derrida and Deleuze),grouped together by
him under the heading Philosophie I, toward the articulation of what he will later come to recognize as the nonphilosophical project proper, the beginnings of which are set out in those works of Laruelle comprised under the
heading Philosophie II (for full details concerning this division, cf. our bibliography, pp.441-443). From a
heuristic point of view, its particular importance for us here, at a stage when we are trying to introduce the
philosophical problem for which we will try to articulate the non-philosophical resolution, hinges in no small part
on the fact that Le Prinçipe de Minorité is still conceived and written as a philosophical work, operating on the
basis of a recognizable philosophical stance, an assessment which Laruelle’s own comments about the book
explicitly confirm: see for example, Laruelle, 1991, p.208. Although complex and difficult (like everything
Laruelle has ever written), it is not yet entirely alien in its basic premises and outlook, in the way in which
Laruelle’s later, explicitly non-philosophical works will prove to be for the philosophical reader.
54The attempt to effect a ‘machinic deconstruction’ of the metaphysical and implicitly idealist theses of historical
and dialectical materialism plays a significant role in several of Laruelle’s works from Philosophie I. Thus, in his
Nietzsche contre Heidegger (1977) for instance, Laruelle defines his version of machinic materialism in terms of
31
Thus, although Laruelle’s hypothetical separation of matter insofar as it is
phenomenologically disclosed ‘as such’, through the logos, from matter ‘itself’,
independent of every horizon of apophantic disclosure, is necessarily a
transcendental hypothesis, it is one which implies a rearticulation of Kant’s
transcendental agenda very different from that set out by Heidegger in Being
and Time. For by distinguishing matter ‘itself’ from every phenomenological
apprehension of matter ‘as such’, it seems to be suggesting that ‘matter’ -even if
only problematically or hypothetically- is not only a real instance distinct from
every ideal sublation of difference in the Concept, but also an
unphenomenologisable ‘in-itself’; ‘something’ which is neither a phenomenon
showing itself from itself, nor even the inapparent phenomenality of showing as
such. Yet it is difficult to see how such a distinction -a distinction that
apparently distinguishes itself from the distinction of ontico-ontological
difference as such- could even be entertained as a conceivable hypothesis.
Accordingly, in order to conceive of Laruelle’s hypothetical separation of
matter comme telle from matter telle quelle we shall be obliged to re-evaluate
both the Kantian and the Heideggerean characterisation of the transcendental in
terms of difference. Laruelle’s hypothesis forces us to reconsider the extent to
which this transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from matter ‘as such’ is
ultimately differential in character. For it may be that the transcendental
separation of the comme tel from the tel quel has to be conceived of in terms of
immanence rather than transcendence, and in terms of Identity rather than
Difference. Furthermore, it may be that although this separation-withoutdifference is effected in thought and has some effect on the World, it is neither
realized through the power of conceptual thought alone, as Hegel maintained,
nor experienced on the basis of my being-in-the-world as Heidegger believed,
but rather proves to be the result of a separation that is anterior both to the
transcendence of thought and to that of the World; one to which thought and
World themselves are ultimately subject. These are the possibilities that we are
particularly interested in elucidating here, along with Laruelle. For our ultimate
aim is to show how this transcendental separation of ‘matter itself’ from ‘matter
as such’ must be conceived of solely according to an Identity of immanence
proper to ‘matter itself’, rather than in terms of a transcendent Difference
between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’.
Now, of the many fascinating avenues of philosophical exploration
delineated in Laruelle’s Prinçipe de Minorité (1981), the most salient for our
present purposes is his suggestion that the pursuit of these afore-mentioned
possibilities necessitates a radicalisation of Kant’s transcendental separation of
the real from the ideal, of matter-in-itself from the phenomenal logos, in such a
way as to effect the simultaneous withdrawal of matter from the idealized
materiality of the representational object, and the subtraction of thought from
32
the reified ideality of the phenomenological subject. Only in this way does it
become possible to forestall both the Hegelian identification of real and ideal
within the domain of the Idea itself; and Heidegger’s phenomenological
idealization of the transcendental difference through Da-sein’s unobjectifiable
circumscription of the ontico-ontological caesura between real and ideal.
However, where Kant yoked the transcendental to subjectivity and
rendered the notion of a ‘material noumenon’ into a purely limiting concept, by
definition devoid of cognitive import, our goal here involves freeing what
Deleuze called “the prodigious domain of the transcendental”52 from the nexus
of idealist relativity in order to formulate the conditions for a thinking of matter
‘itself’ in the positivity of its unconditionally immanent Identity; a thinking
which, by simultaneously liberating matter from what Laruelle calls its
‘materiological’ subordination to the logos and by emancipating cognition from
the constraints of phenomenological presentation, would furnish us with the
theoretical means required in order to access ‘matter itself’ -‘la matière telle
quelle’. Our aim throughout, in this as well as in all subsequent chapters, will be
to show how Laruelle’s ‘non-philosophy’ can be used to explore the diversely
ramifying consequences of this twofold but ultimately indivisible theoretical
gesture.
In the first part of this thesis however, our preliminary investigation into
the legitimacy of this distinction and the feasibility of such a gesture as far as
the possibility of defining a ‘non-materiological materialism’ is concerned, will
focus exclusively on their tentatively sketched articulation in Laruelle’s
Prinçipe de Minorité53. The specific feature of the work we intend to single out
for analysis here can be stated in relatively simple terms: radicalising and
generalizing his own earlier ‘machinic materialist’54 critique of philosophical
52Deleuze, 1994, p.135.
53Le Prinçipe de Minorité is the key transitional work in the entire Laruellean oeuvre. It represents the pivotal
moment where Laruelle takes his first philosophically unprecedented step away from the problematic of
Difference governing his early works (that is to say, the theoretical problematic mapped out in the philosophical
‘quadrangle’ delimited by the proper names Nietzsche, Heidegger, Derrida and Deleuze),grouped together by
him under the heading Philosophie I, toward the articulation of what he will later come to recognize as the nonphilosophical project proper, the beginnings of which are set out in those works of Laruelle comprised under the
heading Philosophie II (for full details concerning this division, cf. our bibliography, pp.441-443). From a
heuristic point of view, its particular importance for us here, at a stage when we are trying to introduce the
philosophical problem for which we will try to articulate the non-philosophical resolution, hinges in no small part
on the fact that Le Prinçipe de Minorité is still conceived and written as a philosophical work, operating on the
basis of a recognizable philosophical stance, an assessment which Laruelle’s own comments about the book
explicitly confirm: see for example, Laruelle, 1991, p.208. Although complex and difficult (like everything
Laruelle has ever written), it is not yet entirely alien in its basic premises and outlook, in the way in which
Laruelle’s later, explicitly non-philosophical works will prove to be for the philosophical reader.
54The attempt to effect a ‘machinic deconstruction’ of the metaphysical and implicitly idealist theses of historical
and dialectical materialism plays a significant role in several of Laruelle’s works from Philosophie I. Thus, in his
Nietzsche contre Heidegger (1977) for instance, Laruelle defines his version of machinic materialism in terms of
33
idealism, set out in those texts making up his Philosophie I, and according to a
gesture we shall see constantly reiterated throughout his non-philosophical
work55, Laruelle in Le Prinçipe de Minorité begins to discern in every variant of
philosophical materialism (and a fortiori in philosophical thinking per se)
something like an intrinsically idealist component, generally indexed by its
persistent subordination of ‘matter’ (or what he will also call ‘the real’) to a
‘materiality’ whose theoretical status remains for Laruelle that of an idealized
and invariably transcendent abstraction.
But what precisely does it mean to claim, as Laruelle does in Le
Prinçipe de Minorité, that all species of philosophical materialism are
ultimately kinds of materiological idealism? According to Laruelle, it means
basically that these materialisms “still subordinate in the last instance matter to
the last possible form of the logos (logos or Idea of matter as such), instead of
subordinating the logos of matter to matter, and initiating a truly dispersive
becoming-real of ideality rather than a continuous becoming-ideal of the real.”
(Laruelle, 1981, p.107) What the initiation of a ‘dispersive becoming-real of the
ideal’ would consist in is something we will only begin to elaborate on in
Chapter 5. At this stage however, we will confine ourselves to an examination
of the first branch of the alternative: the materiological subordination of matter
to the logos.
Materialism and Materiology
Laruelle identifies three invariant features in every philosophical
materialism, then goes on to list those conceptual confusions that he takes to be
constitutive of the materiological idealization of materialism56.
Materialism =
1.
Primacy of immanence over transcendence.
2.
Primacy of the real over the ideal.
3.
Exteriority of being to thought.
Materiology =
1.
Confusion of real or ontic immanence with ideal or
ontological immanence.
three theses displacing and occupying, rather than opposing and negating, those of both dialectical and of
historical materialism: 1. a materialist thesis asserting the primacy of libidinal matter over every form of
representation; 2. a syntactical thesis asserting the primacy of différance over contradiction which it determines
independently of form; 3. a machinic thesis proper asserting the primacy of materialism over the syntactical. Cf.
Laruelle, 1977a, pp. 122-129.
55In his indispensable Initiation à la Pensée de François Laruelle, Juan Diego Blanco sees in the operation of
“radicalisation/generalisation” the fundamental theoretical trope lying at the heart of all Laruelle’s nonphilosophical thinking. Cf. Blanco, 1997, passim, but especially pp. 90-96.
56Cf. Laruelle, 1981, pp. 77-78.
34
2.
Confusion of irreversible or unilateral determination of
the ideal by the real with a bi-lateral or reversible co-respondence, whereby the
real ends up being co-constituted in return through the ideality which it is
supposed to determine.
3.
Confusion of the exteriority of the entity ‘itself’, as
instance of unobjectifiable immanence, to all forms of presentation, not just
thought, with the unobjectifiable transcendence of the entity’s Being ‘as such’
relative to intentional consciousness. Confusion, in other words, of the
unobjectifiable immanence of the phenomenon ‘itself’ with the unobjectifiable
transcendence proper to the phenomenality (=Being) of the phenomenon ‘as
such’.
What is Laruelle trying to distinguish here? What exactly is being elided
in these three instances of materiological amphiboly between ontic and
ontological; real asymmetry and ideal reciprocity; exteriority of immanence and
exteriority of transcendence?
Basically, for Laruelle, each of these materiological amphibolies is a
function of the idealizing -and crypto-Hegelian- elision of the transcendental
distinction -which he insists on upholding- between an unobjectifiable
dimension of real or ‘ontic’ immanence, and an unobjectifiable dimension of
ideal or ontological transcendence. Whilst the refusal to recognize the claim of
the former is for Laruelle symptomatic of idealism, materiology, for its part, is
invariably indexed by a philosophically confused hybrid or mixture57 of ontic
immanence and ontological objectivity. In other words, materiology mistakes
the real but unobjectifiable immanence of the ‘thing itself’, independent of its
phenomenological presentation, for the idealized or transcendent reality of the
object ‘as such’. More precisely, it operates on the basis of a variedly
proportioned hybrid of real and reality, immanence and transcendence. It is this
confusion of the phenomenon or entity’s unobjectifiable exteriority with the
unobjectifiable transcendence of its phenomenality ‘as such’, its Being, that
underlies the materiological confusion of real with ideal and the confusion of
the latter’s unilateral determination by the former with their bi-lateral codetermination.
57Laruelle contends that all philosophical thinking is intrinsically constituted through the articulation of a hybrid
or composite structure. Consequently, an analysis of materiological thinking which shows how it operates on the
basis of a typically philosophical ‘hybrid’ or ‘mixture’ (mixte) of real immanence and ideal transcendence is the
fundamental precondition for the non-materialist ‘dualysis’ of materiological Decision we intend to pursue. For a
preliminary examination of this materiological hybridisation of real and ideal, cf. infra, Chapter 2, pp.90-97; but
especially Chapter 3, pp.121-141. For general elucidation concerning the status of philosophical Decision in
non-philosophical theory, and for an examination of the role played by its hybrid or composite structure as
occasional cause and empirical material in the process of non-philosophical dualysis, cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp.218258.
33
idealism, set out in those texts making up his Philosophie I, and according to a
gesture we shall see constantly reiterated throughout his non-philosophical
work55, Laruelle in Le Prinçipe de Minorité begins to discern in every variant of
philosophical materialism (and a fortiori in philosophical thinking per se)
something like an intrinsically idealist component, generally indexed by its
persistent subordination of ‘matter’ (or what he will also call ‘the real’) to a
‘materiality’ whose theoretical status remains for Laruelle that of an idealized
and invariably transcendent abstraction.
But what precisely does it mean to claim, as Laruelle does in Le
Prinçipe de Minorité, that all species of philosophical materialism are
ultimately kinds of materiological idealism? According to Laruelle, it means
basically that these materialisms “still subordinate in the last instance matter to
the last possible form of the logos (logos or Idea of matter as such), instead of
subordinating the logos of matter to matter, and initiating a truly dispersive
becoming-real of ideality rather than a continuous becoming-ideal of the real.”
(Laruelle, 1981, p.107) What the initiation of a ‘dispersive becoming-real of the
ideal’ would consist in is something we will only begin to elaborate on in
Chapter 5. At this stage however, we will confine ourselves to an examination
of the first branch of the alternative: the materiological subordination of matter
to the logos.
Materialism and Materiology
Laruelle identifies three invariant features in every philosophical
materialism, then goes on to list those conceptual confusions that he takes to be
constitutive of the materiological idealization of materialism56.
Materialism =
1.
Primacy of immanence over transcendence.
2.
Primacy of the real over the ideal.
3.
Exteriority of being to thought.
Materiology =
1.
Confusion of real or ontic immanence with ideal or
ontological immanence.
three theses displacing and occupying, rather than opposing and negating, those of both dialectical and of
historical materialism: 1. a materialist thesis asserting the primacy of libidinal matter over every form of
representation; 2. a syntactical thesis asserting the primacy of différance over contradiction which it determines
independently of form; 3. a machinic thesis proper asserting the primacy of materialism over the syntactical. Cf.
Laruelle, 1977a, pp. 122-129.
55In his indispensable Initiation à la Pensée de François Laruelle, Juan Diego Blanco sees in the operation of
“radicalisation/generalisation” the fundamental theoretical trope lying at the heart of all Laruelle’s nonphilosophical thinking. Cf. Blanco, 1997, passim, but especially pp. 90-96.
56Cf. Laruelle, 1981, pp. 77-78.
34
2.
Confusion of irreversible or unilateral determination of
the ideal by the real with a bi-lateral or reversible co-respondence, whereby the
real ends up being co-constituted in return through the ideality which it is
supposed to determine.
3.
Confusion of the exteriority of the entity ‘itself’, as
instance of unobjectifiable immanence, to all forms of presentation, not just
thought, with the unobjectifiable transcendence of the entity’s Being ‘as such’
relative to intentional consciousness. Confusion, in other words, of the
unobjectifiable immanence of the phenomenon ‘itself’ with the unobjectifiable
transcendence proper to the phenomenality (=Being) of the phenomenon ‘as
such’.
What is Laruelle trying to distinguish here? What exactly is being elided
in these three instances of materiological amphiboly between ontic and
ontological; real asymmetry and ideal reciprocity; exteriority of immanence and
exteriority of transcendence?
Basically, for Laruelle, each of these materiological amphibolies is a
function of the idealizing -and crypto-Hegelian- elision of the transcendental
distinction -which he insists on upholding- between an unobjectifiable
dimension of real or ‘ontic’ immanence, and an unobjectifiable dimension of
ideal or ontological transcendence. Whilst the refusal to recognize the claim of
the former is for Laruelle symptomatic of idealism, materiology, for its part, is
invariably indexed by a philosophically confused hybrid or mixture57 of ontic
immanence and ontological objectivity. In other words, materiology mistakes
the real but unobjectifiable immanence of the ‘thing itself’, independent of its
phenomenological presentation, for the idealized or transcendent reality of the
object ‘as such’. More precisely, it operates on the basis of a variedly
proportioned hybrid of real and reality, immanence and transcendence. It is this
confusion of the phenomenon or entity’s unobjectifiable exteriority with the
unobjectifiable transcendence of its phenomenality ‘as such’, its Being, that
underlies the materiological confusion of real with ideal and the confusion of
the latter’s unilateral determination by the former with their bi-lateral codetermination.
57Laruelle contends that all philosophical thinking is intrinsically constituted through the articulation of a hybrid
or composite structure. Consequently, an analysis of materiological thinking which shows how it operates on the
basis of a typically philosophical ‘hybrid’ or ‘mixture’ (mixte) of real immanence and ideal transcendence is the
fundamental precondition for the non-materialist ‘dualysis’ of materiological Decision we intend to pursue. For a
preliminary examination of this materiological hybridisation of real and ideal, cf. infra, Chapter 2, pp.90-97; but
especially Chapter 3, pp.121-141. For general elucidation concerning the status of philosophical Decision in
non-philosophical theory, and for an examination of the role played by its hybrid or composite structure as
occasional cause and empirical material in the process of non-philosophical dualysis, cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp.218258.
35
We will have more to say about the motif of unilateral asymmetry as far
as the relation of real and ideal is concerned in the following chapter. For the
time being, however, it is necessary to focus on this fundamental, constantly
reiterated distinction between unobjectifiable ontic immanence and
unobjectifiable ontological transcendence. What lays behind this apparently
obscure Laruellean contrast between the unobjectifiability of the phenomenon
‘itself’ and the unobjectifiability of its phenomenality ‘as such’?
The fundamental philosophical reference for understanding this
Laruellean contrast lies in the ‘material phenomenology’ of Michel Henry.
Central to the latter is the distinction between an ‘en-static’ dimension of real
immanence and an ‘ek-static’ realm of ideal transcendence; a distinction
formulated by Henry on the basis of a particularly trenchant phenomenological
critique of Husserl and Heidegger. Consequently, following a brief
recapitulation of that critique, the next chapter will try to show how Laruelle’s
transcendental separation of the tel quel from the comme tel must be understood
in terms of a ‘non-phenomenological’ radicalisation of Henry’s
phenomenological distinction58.
58As we shall see, the crucial non-phenomenological nuance in the Laruellean radicalisation of Henry’s
distinction concerns specifically whether the enstatic immanence Henry invokes is to be understood in terms of
the phenomenality of the phenomenon ‘as such’, or in terms of the phenomenon ‘itself’. Although focusing
specifically on the relation between Levinas and Laruelle, the comprehensive overview of the interface between
phenomenology and non-philosophy provided in Hughes Choplin’s De la Phénoménologie à la Non-Philosophie
also includes a succinct but useful préçis of the Laruelle/Henry connection. Cf. Choplin, 1997, especially pp. 3349 and 116-117. In contrast to Choplin however, the intent throughout our account of the relation between
Laruelle and Henry will be to emphasize the profound discontinuity between the phenomenological and the nonphilosophical invocation of radical immanence.
36
CHAPTER 2
MICHEL HENRY: MATERIAL
PHENOMENOLOGY
En-stasis/Ek-stasis
In Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics59, Heidegger famously proposes
to identify the transcendental difference between phenomenon and in-itself with
the ontico-ontological difference between the entity and its Being, phenomenon
and phenomenality. He does so, moreover, by reading the schematising function
of the transcendental imagination, its synthesizing of concept and intuition in
the production of schemata as transcendental determinations of time -the
appearing of appearances-, as an analogue for the temporalising function of
Dasein’s ekstatico-horizonal transcendence.
However, Henry, in The Essence of Manifestation and subsequent
works60, argues that Heidegger’s alignment of the transcendental difference
with the ontico-ontological difference between intra-temporal phenomena and
temporalising phenomenality, wherein the latter dimension is originarily
anchored in Dasein’s Being as ekstatico-horizonal transcendence, falls short of
attaining the authentically transcendental and, Henry provocatively insists,
constitutively atemporal essence of originary phenomenological Being.
According to Henry, Heidegger, like Husserl before him, still operates within
the parameters of what the former, following Husserl, refers to as a ‘Worldly’
and
transcendent
(i.e.
ontico-empirical
rather
than
rigorously
phenomenological) characterisation of the phenomenon’s transcendental
phenomenality; which is to say, its Being. The hallmark of such worldliness, as
far as Henry is concerned, is the failure to acknowledge the radical asymmetry
or heteromorphy between two fundamentally incommensurable modes of
phenomenalisation: the ideal, or ekstatico-temporal modality of
phenomenalisation through which phenomena first become intentionally
apprehended and given for consciousness according to the horizonal ekstasis of
World; and the absolute immanence-to-itself of en-static auto-affection as the
real but non-intentional and non-representable essence of phenomenalisation;
the veritable phenomenological ‘substance’ of phenomenality, subtending all
ekstatico-temporal manifestation. The asymmetry or heteromorphy regulating
the relation between these two incommensurable modalities according to Henry
is a variant on a classical but under appreciated Neoplatonic philosopheme:
59Cf. Heidegger, 1990.
60Cf. Henry, The Essence of Manifestation (English translation 1973, original French publication 1962); but
also The Genealogy of Psychoanalysis (English translation 1993, original French publication 1985); and
Phénoménologie Matérielle, 1990.
35
We will have more to say about the motif of unilateral asymmetry as far
as the relation of real and ideal is concerned in the following chapter. For the
time being, however, it is necessary to focus on this fundamental, constantly
reiterated distinction between unobjectifiable ontic immanence and
unobjectifiable ontological transcendence. What lays behind this apparently
obscure Laruellean contrast between the unobjectifiability of the phenomenon
‘itself’ and the unobjectifiability of its phenomenality ‘as such’?
The fundamental philosophical reference for understanding this
Laruellean contrast lies in the ‘material phenomenology’ of Michel Henry.
Central to the latter is the distinction between an ‘en-static’ dimension of real
immanence and an ‘ek-static’ realm of ideal transcendence; a distinction
formulated by Henry on the basis of a particularly trenchant phenomenological
critique of Husserl and Heidegger. Consequently, following a brief
recapitulation of that critique, the next chapter will try to show how Laruelle’s
transcendental separation of the tel quel from the comme tel must be understood
in terms of a ‘non-phenomenological’ radicalisation of Henry’s
phenomenological distinction58.
58As we shall see, the crucial non-phenomenological nuance in the Laruellean radicalisation of Henry’s
distinction concerns specifically whether the enstatic immanence Henry invokes is to be understood in terms of
the phenomenality of the phenomenon ‘as such’, or in terms of the phenomenon ‘itself’. Although focusing
specifically on the relation between Levinas and Laruelle, the comprehensive overview of the interface between
phenomenology and non-philosophy provided in Hughes Choplin’s De la Phénoménologie à la Non-Philosophie
also includes a succinct but useful préçis of the Laruelle/Henry connection. Cf. Choplin, 1997, especially pp. 3349 and 116-117. In contrast to Choplin however, the intent throughout our account of the relation between
Laruelle and Henry will be to emphasize the profound discontinuity between the phenomenological and the nonphilosophical invocation of radical immanence.
36
CHAPTER 2
MICHEL HENRY: MATERIAL
PHENOMENOLOGY
En-stasis/Ek-stasis
In Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics59, Heidegger famously proposes
to identify the transcendental difference between phenomenon and in-itself with
the ontico-ontological difference between the entity and its Being, phenomenon
and phenomenality. He does so, moreover, by reading the schematising function
of the transcendental imagination, its synthesizing of concept and intuition in
the production of schemata as transcendental determinations of time -the
appearing of appearances-, as an analogue for the temporalising function of
Dasein’s ekstatico-horizonal transcendence.
However, Henry, in The Essence of Manifestation and subsequent
works60, argues that Heidegger’s alignment of the transcendental difference
with the ontico-ontological difference between intra-temporal phenomena and
temporalising phenomenality, wherein the latter dimension is originarily
anchored in Dasein’s Being as ekstatico-horizonal transcendence, falls short of
attaining the authentically transcendental and, Henry provocatively insists,
constitutively atemporal essence of originary phenomenological Being.
According to Henry, Heidegger, like Husserl before him, still operates within
the parameters of what the former, following Husserl, refers to as a ‘Worldly’
and
transcendent
(i.e.
ontico-empirical
rather
than
rigorously
phenomenological) characterisation of the phenomenon’s transcendental
phenomenality; which is to say, its Being. The hallmark of such worldliness, as
far as Henry is concerned, is the failure to acknowledge the radical asymmetry
or heteromorphy between two fundamentally incommensurable modes of
phenomenalisation: the ideal, or ekstatico-temporal modality of
phenomenalisation through which phenomena first become intentionally
apprehended and given for consciousness according to the horizonal ekstasis of
World; and the absolute immanence-to-itself of en-static auto-affection as the
real but non-intentional and non-representable essence of phenomenalisation;
the veritable phenomenological ‘substance’ of phenomenality, subtending all
ekstatico-temporal manifestation. The asymmetry or heteromorphy regulating
the relation between these two incommensurable modalities according to Henry
is a variant on a classical but under appreciated Neoplatonic philosopheme:
59Cf. Heidegger, 1990.
60Cf. Henry, The Essence of Manifestation (English translation 1973, original French publication 1962); but
also The Genealogy of Psychoanalysis (English translation 1993, original French publication 1985); and
Phénoménologie Matérielle, 1990.
37
ekstatic transcendence distinguishes itself unilaterally from enstatic immanence
while the latter does not distinguish itself from the former in return.
Accordingly, Henry maintains, the phenomenological ‘substance’ of ekstatic
visibility, its originary phenomenality, is woven out of enstatic invisibility, but
enstasis is never revealed, never disclosively articulated within ekstasis, its
invisible opacity absolves itself from reflexive illumination in the light of
ekstasis61: “It is only as an un-seeing, in not relating to itself in a seeing, in not
revealing itself through a seeing, and thus as un-seen, as invisible, that seeing
effectuates itself.” (Henry, 1990, p.111)
Thus, according to Henry, the genuinely real, phenomenologicotranscendental condition for the ideal, intentional structures of the temporalising
ekstasis through which phenomena become apprehended by consciousness in
the disclosure of the World is the immanence of enstatic auto-affection as the
ontological (but, Henry insists, definitively non-metaphysical) prima materia
through which the phenomenality of the phenomenon is originarily constituted.
It is phenomenological materiality as that which remains entirely occluded,
invisible in the light of ekstatic manifestation, absolute phenomenality or
phenomenality in-itself as the real condition for the structures of intentional
ideality through which the phenomenon is grasped in consciousness.
Consequently, Henry will argue, “‘Matter’, for material phenomenology as
understood in its decisive opposition to hyletics, no longer indicates the other of
phenomenality but its essence.” (Ibid, p.58) Phenomenological ‘matter’ then, for
Henry, is the ‘always already’ of radical immanence as pure Affectivity-initself; transcendental Affectivity absolved of the reference to the empirical
exteriority of an affecting instance. It is absolute auto-affection wherein
givenness and given are indivisibly locked together in the grip of archioriginary self-Impression.
Henry and Husserl
How does Henry arrive at these provocative conclusions? We will now
attempt to provide some clarification for these initially puzzling claims by
considering Henry’s reconstruction of the problematic of phenomenological
‘givenness’ as formulated in his critique of the Husserlian analysis of internal
time-consciousness62 (a critique set out in the opening chapter of Henry’s
Phénoménologie Matérielle). We shall briefly recapitulate the main points of
that critique here, without pausing to ask whether or not it does full justice to
the labyrinthine intricacies Husserl’s text.
61As we will see below, Henry’s mobilization of the theme of unilateral asymmetry will be subjected to a
stringent critique by Laruelle on the grounds that it remains insufficiently rigorous and basically equivocal.
62Cf. Husserl, 1964.
38
For Husserl, the immanent flux of phenomenological subjectivity, which
has as its locus the living present of transcendental consciousness, is selfconstituting: it is at once that which does the constituting (or the giving), and
that which is constituted (or given); the co-incidence of appearing and of that
which produces appearing. This self-constituting character of the living present
is rooted in the structure of auto-temporalisation accomplished according to the
three modalities of temporal givenness: that of the ‘now’ or punctual present;
that of retention; and that of protention. But Husserl’s account shows these
three forms of temporal synthesis to be intrinsically fissured by a constitutive
structural equivocation: they are species of noetic intentionality implying at
once an intra-temporal distinction in the order of their logical consecutiveness;
and a transcendental distinction between that which is constituted or given
through the synthesis, and that which does the constituting, the giving, or
synthesizing.
Now, Henry identifies this latter distinction between synthesizing and
synthesized, givenness and given, as one which is fundamentally
phenomenologico-transcendental, rather than logico-temporal, in nature. But, he
argues, an acknowledgement of the rigorously transcendental character of this
distinction -insofar as it inheres intrinsically in the structure of transcendental
synthesis per se- renders it incompatible with the logico-consecutive structure
of inter-articulation between these syntheses according to Husserl. For to
characterise the inter-articulation of these modalities of transcendental
syntheses according to an order of logico-temporal consecution would be to
relapse from a strictly phenomenological to a worldly -i.e. empiricotranscendent, rather than transcendental-immanent- viewpoint: the synthesis of
retentional giving would then be seen as something succeeding the present
which it gives to intentional consciousness by retaining it, according to a
temporal order of logical succession experienced by empirical consciousness.
However, Henry argues, this is precisely what Husserl does: he accounts
for the upsurge of the ‘now’ in the consciousness of the living present through
the retentive synthesis by which every ‘now’ is constituted as given, retained in
the present as ‘having just taken place’; and invokes the continuous upsurge of
a perpetually renascent ‘now’ -one which remains fundamentally unconstituted,
heterogeneously inserted within the immanent flux of transcendental
consciousness through the transcendent auspices of a noematic ‘impression’- in
order to explain the origination of the retentive synthesis which will constitute it
as the present ‘now’ given in consciousness. As a result, Husserl can only
explain the genesis of these originary ‘acts’ of phenomenological synthesis by
recourse to an already constituted synthesis: “each constitutive phase of the flux
only accedes to phenomenality insofar as it is itself constituted[...]it never
37
ekstatic transcendence distinguishes itself unilaterally from enstatic immanence
while the latter does not distinguish itself from the former in return.
Accordingly, Henry maintains, the phenomenological ‘substance’ of ekstatic
visibility, its originary phenomenality, is woven out of enstatic invisibility, but
enstasis is never revealed, never disclosively articulated within ekstasis, its
invisible opacity absolves itself from reflexive illumination in the light of
ekstasis61: “It is only as an un-seeing, in not relating to itself in a seeing, in not
revealing itself through a seeing, and thus as un-seen, as invisible, that seeing
effectuates itself.” (Henry, 1990, p.111)
Thus, according to Henry, the genuinely real, phenomenologicotranscendental condition for the ideal, intentional structures of the temporalising
ekstasis through which phenomena become apprehended by consciousness in
the disclosure of the World is the immanence of enstatic auto-affection as the
ontological (but, Henry insists, definitively non-metaphysical) prima materia
through which the phenomenality of the phenomenon is originarily constituted.
It is phenomenological materiality as that which remains entirely occluded,
invisible in the light of ekstatic manifestation, absolute phenomenality or
phenomenality in-itself as the real condition for the structures of intentional
ideality through which the phenomenon is grasped in consciousness.
Consequently, Henry will argue, “‘Matter’, for material phenomenology as
understood in its decisive opposition to hyletics, no longer indicates the other of
phenomenality but its essence.” (Ibid, p.58) Phenomenological ‘matter’ then, for
Henry, is the ‘always already’ of radical immanence as pure Affectivity-initself; transcendental Affectivity absolved of the reference to the empirical
exteriority of an affecting instance. It is absolute auto-affection wherein
givenness and given are indivisibly locked together in the grip of archioriginary self-Impression.
Henry and Husserl
How does Henry arrive at these provocative conclusions? We will now
attempt to provide some clarification for these initially puzzling claims by
considering Henry’s reconstruction of the problematic of phenomenological
‘givenness’ as formulated in his critique of the Husserlian analysis of internal
time-consciousness62 (a critique set out in the opening chapter of Henry’s
Phénoménologie Matérielle). We shall briefly recapitulate the main points of
that critique here, without pausing to ask whether or not it does full justice to
the labyrinthine intricacies Husserl’s text.
61As we will see below, Henry’s mobilization of the theme of unilateral asymmetry will be subjected to a
stringent critique by Laruelle on the grounds that it remains insufficiently rigorous and basically equivocal.
62Cf. Husserl, 1964.
38
For Husserl, the immanent flux of phenomenological subjectivity, which
has as its locus the living present of transcendental consciousness, is selfconstituting: it is at once that which does the constituting (or the giving), and
that which is constituted (or given); the co-incidence of appearing and of that
which produces appearing. This self-constituting character of the living present
is rooted in the structure of auto-temporalisation accomplished according to the
three modalities of temporal givenness: that of the ‘now’ or punctual present;
that of retention; and that of protention. But Husserl’s account shows these
three forms of temporal synthesis to be intrinsically fissured by a constitutive
structural equivocation: they are species of noetic intentionality implying at
once an intra-temporal distinction in the order of their logical consecutiveness;
and a transcendental distinction between that which is constituted or given
through the synthesis, and that which does the constituting, the giving, or
synthesizing.
Now, Henry identifies this latter distinction between synthesizing and
synthesized, givenness and given, as one which is fundamentally
phenomenologico-transcendental, rather than logico-temporal, in nature. But, he
argues, an acknowledgement of the rigorously transcendental character of this
distinction -insofar as it inheres intrinsically in the structure of transcendental
synthesis per se- renders it incompatible with the logico-consecutive structure
of inter-articulation between these syntheses according to Husserl. For to
characterise the inter-articulation of these modalities of transcendental
syntheses according to an order of logico-temporal consecution would be to
relapse from a strictly phenomenological to a worldly -i.e. empiricotranscendent, rather than transcendental-immanent- viewpoint: the synthesis of
retentional giving would then be seen as something succeeding the present
which it gives to intentional consciousness by retaining it, according to a
temporal order of logical succession experienced by empirical consciousness.
However, Henry argues, this is precisely what Husserl does: he accounts
for the upsurge of the ‘now’ in the consciousness of the living present through
the retentive synthesis by which every ‘now’ is constituted as given, retained in
the present as ‘having just taken place’; and invokes the continuous upsurge of
a perpetually renascent ‘now’ -one which remains fundamentally unconstituted,
heterogeneously inserted within the immanent flux of transcendental
consciousness through the transcendent auspices of a noematic ‘impression’- in
order to explain the origination of the retentive synthesis which will constitute it
as the present ‘now’ given in consciousness. As a result, Husserl can only
explain the genesis of these originary ‘acts’ of phenomenological synthesis by
recourse to an already constituted synthesis: “each constitutive phase of the flux
only accedes to phenomenality insofar as it is itself constituted[...]it never
39
phenomenalises itself as constituting and [...] that which is ultimately
constitutive remains ‘anonymous’”(Ibid, p.44)
Thus, for Husserl, even at the level of absolute transcendental
consciousness, the given can only be given insofar as it is constituted as given.
Yet at the same time, Husserl continues to insist that givenness and given
cannot be isomorphic, that they are separated by an unbridgeable transcendental
abyss, that the structures of the given cannot be projected back onto their
constituting conditions: “It is thus evident that the phenomena which are
constitutive of time are as a matter of principle objectivities other than those
constituted in time[...]Similarly, there can be no sense in saying of them that
they are in the now, that they have been, that they are successive or
simultaneous relative to one another.” (Husserl, 1964, quoted in Henry, 1990,
p.45) Consequently, Henry argues, Husserl is forced to maintain simultaneously
two ultimately incompatible claims: that absolute transcendental consciousness
is self-constituting, and that the unbridgeable divide between constituting and
constituted effectively forecloses the possibility of the constituting synthesis
ever being given as constituting. In other words, Husserl carefully traces the
genesis of the given back to the originary noetic syntheses of givenness, only to
collapse the genesis of givenness qua givenness back into the realm of the
given.
For Henry, this circularity marks Husserl’s signal failure to explain the
putatively auto-constitutive or self-giving character of absolute transcendental
consciousness. By continuously shifting back and forth between the
phenomenologico-transcendental and the worldly-empirical perspective
whenever he tries to account for the origination of the constituting synthesis as
such, Husserl compromises the rigour of his own categorical distinction
between the realm of constitutive phenomenality - transcendental
temporalisation as givenness of the given- and the domain of the constituted
phenomenon as that which is intra-temporally or empirically given. Moreover,
as far as Henry is concerned, it is precisely because the business of
transcendental phenomenology lies exclusively in uncovering the originary
modalities of phenomenality according to the ‘how’ of their phenomenalisation,
rather than according to the manifested ‘what’ as constituted phenomenon, that
Husserl’s inability to grasp the originary upsurge of givenness qua givenness
indexes a fundamental phenomenological failure.
The Ur-Impression as Coincidence of Phenomenon and
Phenomenality
However, Henry maintains, the fact that Husserl’s own account requires
the origination of a perpetually renascent ‘now’ in the appeal to an ‘Ur-
40
impression’ as something remaining heterogeneous to all consciousness of
impression constituted as given through the ‘now’, provides a clue to the
authentically transcendental, sub-intentional condition for all ekstaticointentional phenomenality: “Why impression is continuously there anew is
something we have begun to understand: because nothing comes into being
unless it be in the site wherein being first grasps itself in the pathos of its
original Parousia. Because the origin is a pathos, because the latter is always
in effect as such, nothing comes forth unless it be as an impression, which for
that reason ‘is always there’” (Henry, ibid, p.49) Thus, Henry argues, Husserl’s
phenomenology of internal-time consciousness simultaneously encounters its
own unarticulated condition and glimpses the veritable ontological essence of
phenomenalisation in the hypothesis of the ‘Ur-impression’ as that which is
irreducible to the consciousness of impression constituted in the present
because ‘always already given’. For Henry, it is the erroneous paradigm of
givenness as intentional constitution articulated through the three passive
synthesis of transcendental temporalisation which prevents Husserl from seeing
in the Ur-impression that through which the self-givenness of transcendental
consciousness itself comes to be constituted; the archi-originary but subintentional or non-ekstatic paradigm of givenness in which the ‘how’ of
givenness and the ‘what’ which is given finally achieve perfect
phenomenological co-incidence. Thus, Henry maintains, a proper
phenomenological comprehension of the Ur-impression demands that it be
understood not simply as a ‘something’ that is impressed (a quid, a what, a
phenomenon), but also as a self-impressing; as an impression coinciding with
the ‘how’ of impressionality per se; the sheer phenomenality or Being of the
phenomenon. More precisely, Henry suggests, the Ur-impression must be
understood in terms of the indivisible co-incidence of the ontological ‘how’ and
the ontic ‘what’, givenness and given, phenomenality and phenomenon. The
self-impressing proper to the Ur-impression, says Henry, is the self-givenness of
the given in and through itself alone: pure phenomenological Being as absolute,
self-constituting, auto-affection; a sub-intentional immanence subsisting initself and on the hither side of temporalised phenomenality, furnishing ekstasis
with the living phenomenological substance for the phenomenality of the
phenomenon. This non-punctual coincidence of givenness and given in the
absolute Parousia of an eternally self-impressing but unrepresentable ‘living
present’, provides the timeless ontological ‘material’ on the basis of which the
passive syntheses of intentional consciousness effect their constitutively
temporal articulation of phenomena.
‘The Historiality of the Absolute’: Eternal Subjective Life
Moreover, for Henry, in contrast to Heidegger, Husserl’s inability to
recognize the originary en-static essence of phenomenality cannot merely be the
39
phenomenalises itself as constituting and [...] that which is ultimately
constitutive remains ‘anonymous’”(Ibid, p.44)
Thus, for Husserl, even at the level of absolute transcendental
consciousness, the given can only be given insofar as it is constituted as given.
Yet at the same time, Husserl continues to insist that givenness and given
cannot be isomorphic, that they are separated by an unbridgeable transcendental
abyss, that the structures of the given cannot be projected back onto their
constituting conditions: “It is thus evident that the phenomena which are
constitutive of time are as a matter of principle objectivities other than those
constituted in time[...]Similarly, there can be no sense in saying of them that
they are in the now, that they have been, that they are successive or
simultaneous relative to one another.” (Husserl, 1964, quoted in Henry, 1990,
p.45) Consequently, Henry argues, Husserl is forced to maintain simultaneously
two ultimately incompatible claims: that absolute transcendental consciousness
is self-constituting, and that the unbridgeable divide between constituting and
constituted effectively forecloses the possibility of the constituting synthesis
ever being given as constituting. In other words, Husserl carefully traces the
genesis of the given back to the originary noetic syntheses of givenness, only to
collapse the genesis of givenness qua givenness back into the realm of the
given.
For Henry, this circularity marks Husserl’s signal failure to explain the
putatively auto-constitutive or self-giving character of absolute transcendental
consciousness. By continuously shifting back and forth between the
phenomenologico-transcendental and the worldly-empirical perspective
whenever he tries to account for the origination of the constituting synthesis as
such, Husserl compromises the rigour of his own categorical distinction
between the realm of constitutive phenomenality - transcendental
temporalisation as givenness of the given- and the domain of the constituted
phenomenon as that which is intra-temporally or empirically given. Moreover,
as far as Henry is concerned, it is precisely because the business of
transcendental phenomenology lies exclusively in uncovering the originary
modalities of phenomenality according to the ‘how’ of their phenomenalisation,
rather than according to the manifested ‘what’ as constituted phenomenon, that
Husserl’s inability to grasp the originary upsurge of givenness qua givenness
indexes a fundamental phenomenological failure.
The Ur-Impression as Coincidence of Phenomenon and
Phenomenality
However, Henry maintains, the fact that Husserl’s own account requires
the origination of a perpetually renascent ‘now’ in the appeal to an ‘Ur-
40
impression’ as something remaining heterogeneous to all consciousness of
impression constituted as given through the ‘now’, provides a clue to the
authentically transcendental, sub-intentional condition for all ekstaticointentional phenomenality: “Why impression is continuously there anew is
something we have begun to understand: because nothing comes into being
unless it be in the site wherein being first grasps itself in the pathos of its
original Parousia. Because the origin is a pathos, because the latter is always
in effect as such, nothing comes forth unless it be as an impression, which for
that reason ‘is always there’” (Henry, ibid, p.49) Thus, Henry argues, Husserl’s
phenomenology of internal-time consciousness simultaneously encounters its
own unarticulated condition and glimpses the veritable ontological essence of
phenomenalisation in the hypothesis of the ‘Ur-impression’ as that which is
irreducible to the consciousness of impression constituted in the present
because ‘always already given’. For Henry, it is the erroneous paradigm of
givenness as intentional constitution articulated through the three passive
synthesis of transcendental temporalisation which prevents Husserl from seeing
in the Ur-impression that through which the self-givenness of transcendental
consciousness itself comes to be constituted; the archi-originary but subintentional or non-ekstatic paradigm of givenness in which the ‘how’ of
givenness and the ‘what’ which is given finally achieve perfect
phenomenological co-incidence. Thus, Henry maintains, a proper
phenomenological comprehension of the Ur-impression demands that it be
understood not simply as a ‘something’ that is impressed (a quid, a what, a
phenomenon), but also as a self-impressing; as an impression coinciding with
the ‘how’ of impressionality per se; the sheer phenomenality or Being of the
phenomenon. More precisely, Henry suggests, the Ur-impression must be
understood in terms of the indivisible co-incidence of the ontological ‘how’ and
the ontic ‘what’, givenness and given, phenomenality and phenomenon. The
self-impressing proper to the Ur-impression, says Henry, is the self-givenness of
the given in and through itself alone: pure phenomenological Being as absolute,
self-constituting, auto-affection; a sub-intentional immanence subsisting initself and on the hither side of temporalised phenomenality, furnishing ekstasis
with the living phenomenological substance for the phenomenality of the
phenomenon. This non-punctual coincidence of givenness and given in the
absolute Parousia of an eternally self-impressing but unrepresentable ‘living
present’, provides the timeless ontological ‘material’ on the basis of which the
passive syntheses of intentional consciousness effect their constitutively
temporal articulation of phenomena.
‘The Historiality of the Absolute’: Eternal Subjective Life
Moreover, for Henry, in contrast to Heidegger, Husserl’s inability to
recognize the originary en-static essence of phenomenality cannot merely be the
41
result of the failure to maintain a sufficiently rigorous distinction between
ontological temporalisation and ontic temporality. According to Henry,
Heidegger himself fails to recognize that the fundamental issue for
phenomenology is no longer that of distinguishing between time and
temporalisation, but that of acknowledging the radical asymmetry between
temporalized and temporalising ekstasis on the one hand, and the atemporal
enstasis that constitutes their essence on the other. The profound truth glimpsed
by Husserl in the problematic of reduction, Henry suggests -one that Heidegger
passed over inadvertently in his rejection of that problematic-, finds its
authentic fulfilment in the recognition that, through the Ur-impression’s
absolute inherence-in-itself, ekstatic transcendence has, so to speak, ‘always
already’ been transcendentally reduced; excluded from the indivisible selfinherence of enstatic immanence.
Thus, for all its originality, Heidegger’s attempt at grounding the
transcendence of intentionality in ekstatico-horizonal projection, Henry insists,
merely replays the Husserlian amphiboly of conditioning phenomenality and
conditioned phenomenon through which the ontological essence of
temporalising phenomenality is apprehended on the basis of the temporal
phenomenon, and the former reinvested with all the features of the latter. In the
final analysis, Henry argues, both the noetico-noematic transcendence-inimmanence characteristic of the intentional structure of pure transcendental
consciousness, and the horizonal projection of Dasein’s standing-outside-itself
are ultimately species of ek-stasis: “How can one fail to notice that[...] ‘beingin’ consciousness as intentional inherence already designates nothing other
than the ‘There’ of that ‘outside’ which the notion of Dasein seeks to think how can one not notice that, far from being different in the two cases, the sense
of the word ‘being’, of the ‘sein’ in Bewußt-sein and in Da-sein, insofar as it
tries to designate phenomenality as such, is precisely the same?” (Ibid. p.109)
Subsisting ‘beneath’ temporal ekstasis then for Henry, lies its
authentically non-temporal ontological condition; enstatic auto-affection as:
“the irremissible, unsurpassable and irrefrangible embracing of life by itself,
embrace in which there is no divide because the how of life’s self-giving is
neither Ek-stasis nor its endless production, but rather precisely this passivity
which remains fundamentally alien to Ek-stasis, enduring [le souffrir] as selfenduring of life in every point of its being: Impression.” (ibid., p.57) But
Impression as absolute affectivity, as hyperpassivity, is in turn the ontological
essence of the sub-jektum; auto-affectivity is constitutively subjective: “This
originary self-givenness of givenness is the self-feeling [le s’éprouver soimême] of absolute subjectivity, which is to say subjectivity itself as such[...]In
the self-feeling of absolute subjectivity original Ipseity is born, the Self-same
42
grasped in its internal possibility, to which every ‘self’, even the most external,
secretly refers.”(Ibid, p.74)
Consequently, for Henry, not only is phenomenological subjectivation contra Heidegger- not fundamentally finite on account of its ekstatico-temporal
constitution; the ontological essence of subjectivity turns out to be atemporal
and eternal at its very phenomenological root. Yet, because it can only be
characterised as indifferent to the metaphysical opposition between the
immutability of the eternal and the mutability of the temporal, auto-affecting
Life must be understood as changeless precisely by virtue of its ever-changingness, so that, as Henry writes “When originary sensation withdraws, there is
something that does not withdraw, and that is, we say, its essence as autoaffection of life. What remains is thus not like some unchanging substance in
the midst of universal passing away, like a stone at the bottom of the river -it is
the historiality of the absolute [l’historial de l’absolu], the eternal coming into
itself of life. Because this coming never ceases surging forth, that which
remains is change, not dehiscence and escape outside itself at every instant but
that which, on the contrary, in the feeling of itself and as the implosion of that
feeling, attains to itself, grasps itself, increases itself from its own being.”(Ibid,
p.55)
So, underlying ekstatic finitude, according to Henry, but on the hither
side of the metaphysical antagonism between being and becoming, lies the
immutable mutability of enstatic Life in the unrepresentable plenitude of its
eternal increase. That movement of increase, in its unreifiable metastasis,
constitutes temporalisation’s radically enstatic ‘kinematicity’, its originary, nonspatio-temporal essence, and it is this non-spatio-temporal kinematicity which is
cryptically characterised by Henry -perhaps by way of an oblique allusion to
Heidegger- in terms of the ‘historiality’ of absolute impression’s perpetual selfimpressing.
Now, the precise conceptual lineaments of Henry’s philosophical relation
to Heidegger are far too complex for us to delve into in any detail here. We
shall, however, note the definite phenomenological link between the ‘always
already’ of auto-affectivity as non-spatio-temporal -but nevertheless, according
to Henry, historialising- essence of subjectivation, and what Heidegger in Being
and Time designates as that dimension of ‘attunement’ (Gestimmtheit;
Stimmung) or ‘pre-disposition’ (Befindlichkleit) which is a constitutive
component for the ‘historial’ (Geschichtlichkeit) character of Dasein’s
temporalized subjectivation. That link is important because the unilateral
asymmetry in terms of which Henry describes the relation between the
immanent reality of enstasis and the transcendent ideality of ekstasis is clearly
neither that of a straightforwardly metaphysical opposition, nor one coordinated
41
result of the failure to maintain a sufficiently rigorous distinction between
ontological temporalisation and ontic temporality. According to Henry,
Heidegger himself fails to recognize that the fundamental issue for
phenomenology is no longer that of distinguishing between time and
temporalisation, but that of acknowledging the radical asymmetry between
temporalized and temporalising ekstasis on the one hand, and the atemporal
enstasis that constitutes their essence on the other. The profound truth glimpsed
by Husserl in the problematic of reduction, Henry suggests -one that Heidegger
passed over inadvertently in his rejection of that problematic-, finds its
authentic fulfilment in the recognition that, through the Ur-impression’s
absolute inherence-in-itself, ekstatic transcendence has, so to speak, ‘always
already’ been transcendentally reduced; excluded from the indivisible selfinherence of enstatic immanence.
Thus, for all its originality, Heidegger’s attempt at grounding the
transcendence of intentionality in ekstatico-horizonal projection, Henry insists,
merely replays the Husserlian amphiboly of conditioning phenomenality and
conditioned phenomenon through which the ontological essence of
temporalising phenomenality is apprehended on the basis of the temporal
phenomenon, and the former reinvested with all the features of the latter. In the
final analysis, Henry argues, both the noetico-noematic transcendence-inimmanence characteristic of the intentional structure of pure transcendental
consciousness, and the horizonal projection of Dasein’s standing-outside-itself
are ultimately species of ek-stasis: “How can one fail to notice that[...] ‘beingin’ consciousness as intentional inherence already designates nothing other
than the ‘There’ of that ‘outside’ which the notion of Dasein seeks to think how can one not notice that, far from being different in the two cases, the sense
of the word ‘being’, of the ‘sein’ in Bewußt-sein and in Da-sein, insofar as it
tries to designate phenomenality as such, is precisely the same?” (Ibid. p.109)
Subsisting ‘beneath’ temporal ekstasis then for Henry, lies its
authentically non-temporal ontological condition; enstatic auto-affection as:
“the irremissible, unsurpassable and irrefrangible embracing of life by itself,
embrace in which there is no divide because the how of life’s self-giving is
neither Ek-stasis nor its endless production, but rather precisely this passivity
which remains fundamentally alien to Ek-stasis, enduring [le souffrir] as selfenduring of life in every point of its being: Impression.” (ibid., p.57) But
Impression as absolute affectivity, as hyperpassivity, is in turn the ontological
essence of the sub-jektum; auto-affectivity is constitutively subjective: “This
originary self-givenness of givenness is the self-feeling [le s’éprouver soimême] of absolute subjectivity, which is to say subjectivity itself as such[...]In
the self-feeling of absolute subjectivity original Ipseity is born, the Self-same
42
grasped in its internal possibility, to which every ‘self’, even the most external,
secretly refers.”(Ibid, p.74)
Consequently, for Henry, not only is phenomenological subjectivation contra Heidegger- not fundamentally finite on account of its ekstatico-temporal
constitution; the ontological essence of subjectivity turns out to be atemporal
and eternal at its very phenomenological root. Yet, because it can only be
characterised as indifferent to the metaphysical opposition between the
immutability of the eternal and the mutability of the temporal, auto-affecting
Life must be understood as changeless precisely by virtue of its ever-changingness, so that, as Henry writes “When originary sensation withdraws, there is
something that does not withdraw, and that is, we say, its essence as autoaffection of life. What remains is thus not like some unchanging substance in
the midst of universal passing away, like a stone at the bottom of the river -it is
the historiality of the absolute [l’historial de l’absolu], the eternal coming into
itself of life. Because this coming never ceases surging forth, that which
remains is change, not dehiscence and escape outside itself at every instant but
that which, on the contrary, in the feeling of itself and as the implosion of that
feeling, attains to itself, grasps itself, increases itself from its own being.”(Ibid,
p.55)
So, underlying ekstatic finitude, according to Henry, but on the hither
side of the metaphysical antagonism between being and becoming, lies the
immutable mutability of enstatic Life in the unrepresentable plenitude of its
eternal increase. That movement of increase, in its unreifiable metastasis,
constitutes temporalisation’s radically enstatic ‘kinematicity’, its originary, nonspatio-temporal essence, and it is this non-spatio-temporal kinematicity which is
cryptically characterised by Henry -perhaps by way of an oblique allusion to
Heidegger- in terms of the ‘historiality’ of absolute impression’s perpetual selfimpressing.
Now, the precise conceptual lineaments of Henry’s philosophical relation
to Heidegger are far too complex for us to delve into in any detail here. We
shall, however, note the definite phenomenological link between the ‘always
already’ of auto-affectivity as non-spatio-temporal -but nevertheless, according
to Henry, historialising- essence of subjectivation, and what Heidegger in Being
and Time designates as that dimension of ‘attunement’ (Gestimmtheit;
Stimmung) or ‘pre-disposition’ (Befindlichkleit) which is a constitutive
component for the ‘historial’ (Geschichtlichkeit) character of Dasein’s
temporalized subjectivation. That link is important because the unilateral
asymmetry in terms of which Henry describes the relation between the
immanent reality of enstasis and the transcendent ideality of ekstasis is clearly
neither that of a straightforwardly metaphysical opposition, nor one coordinated
43
according to an order of merely logical priority. Enstasis is always indissociably
constitutive of ekstasis (although clearly, the reverse is certainly not true).
More fundamentally, it seems to us that Henry wishes to root Dasein’s
unobjectifiable transcendence as site for the non-latency (a-letheia) of Being as
spatialising-temporalising ‘clearing’ (Lichtung), in a dimension of
unobjectifiable immanence concomitant with Being’s archi-originary latency,
with the invisibility of that self-forgetfulness63 which is constitutive of Being’s
enstatic kinematicity. In other words, Henry wishes to root the finitude of
Dasein’s ekstatico-horizonal pro-ject (and a fortiori, the philosophically
contestable privilege accorded by Heidegger to Dasein’s intrinsically futural
orientation in the Ur-ekstasis of Being-unto-death), in the eternal predisposition of Affect as absolute immanence of Dasein’s ‘always already’; its
radically unretainable and unrepresentable past.
Immanence/Transcendence: Two Versions of the Unobjectifiable
Thus, underlying all ekstatic phusys within what Heidegger calls ‘the
openness of the open’ -that openness which coincides with Being’s bestowal of
presencing yet which is also inseparably conterminous with Being’s autooccluding withdrawal, its self-withholding as unobjectifiable transcendenceand subtending even the unobjectifiable withdrawal through which ekstasis is
dispensed, Henry discerns enstatic immanence -the radically subjective root of
phenomenality-in-itself- as that which has always already withdrawn from
constituted presence. But even this formulation is misleading. For, as we said
above, it is clearly not the case that enstasis and ekstasis can be contrasted as if
they were two distinct metaphysical principles, with the former underlying the
latter. If the unrepresentable immanence of enstasis constitutes the
unobjectifiable essence of phenomenality, then it thereby also constitutes the
unobjectifiable transcendence of ekstatic presencing. Thus, the withdrawal of
ekstatic transcendence has the withdrawal of enstatic immanence at its root:
they are distinct but indiscernible. And it is in terms of this distinction of
indiscernibles that the unilateral asymmetry previously alluded to must be
understood. Unobjectifiable transcendence distinguishes itself from
unobjectifiable immanence without the latter distinguishing itself from the
former in return. The fact that the essence of presencing, in its enstatic
immanence, has always already withdrawn from presence, constitutes and
explains that originary self-withholding through which ekstatic transcendence
withdraws from all constituted presence64.
63“Life is forgetful by nature, as immanence, which insurmountably expels ek-stasis and thus all possible forms
of thought. ”(Henry, 1993, p.211)
64Laruelle’s reading of Heidegger in Les Philosophies de la Différence is particularly notable for the way in
which it ascribes a version of this very thesis to Heidegger himself, albeit with the crucial proviso that, according
44
Consequently, what we will specifically retain from Henry’s critique of
Husserl and Heidegger is this radical phenomenological reworking of the
transcendental distinction between real and ideal in terms of the indiscernible
difference between enstasis and ekstasis. Where Henry’s phenomenological
predecessors situated that difference between phenomenon and phenomenality;
time and temporalisation, Henry now rearticulates it as obtaining between two
distinct but necessarily indiscernible instances of unobjectifiability; two
radically incommensurable yet phenomenologically inseparable forms of the
withdrawal from reified presence: that of ideal, ekstatic transcendence, and that
of real, enstatic immanence65. Moreover, it is Henry’s rigorously
phenomenological and transcendental -rather than speculative and
metaphysical- redefinition of the ‘in-itself’ as radically immanent sub-jektum,
eternally withdrawn from intentional illumination, that Laruelle will draw on in
his critique of materiological thinking even as he subjects the notion of radical
immanence to a thoroughly critical, and non-phenomenological, process of
purification.
The Phenomenological Idealisation of Immanence
Thus, whilst crediting Henry with a rigorously argued
demonstration of the way in which unobjectifiable transcendence presupposes
unobjectifiable
immanence,
Laruelle
maintains
that
Henry’s
phenomenologisation of immanence, his identification of it with absolute autoaffection, immediately compromises the radicality of Henry’s own discovery.
The hyperbolic66 pathos of Henry’s characterisations of radical immanence (the
absolutisation of subjectivity, the transcendentalising of Affectivity, the ultraphenomenological vitalism) is in fact concomitant with Henry’s philosophical
Decision to ontologise immanence. For by identifying immanence with
ontological auto-affection, Laruelle argues, Henry surreptitiously re-idealises it:
to Laruelle’s reconstruction, it is precisely because the unobjectifiability of enstasis is a function of the
phenomenon of the Da as ‘that being which is in each case mine’ rather than of its phenomenality as rooted in
the Sein, that the immanence of the former can constitute the real, non-ontological essence of the latter as ideal
ontological ekstasis. Thus, it is by situating unobjectifiable immanence on the side of the entity or the ‘Da’, rather
than that of its Being, that Laruelle implicitly sides with what he -at least in Les Philosophies de la Différençe decides to call Heidegger’s ‘transcendental realism’ against what he takes to be the latent transcendental idealism
in Henry’s ontologisation of immanence. Cf. Laruelle, 1986, esp. Chapters 3 and 4; pp. 55-120
65Although, as we shall shortly see, Henry’s rearticulation of the transcendental difference partially reiterates the
structural amphiboly between given and givenness, constituted and constituting, condition and conditioned,
which Henry himself had criticized in his phenomenological predecessors.
66Interestingly enough, in Henry’s post-Heideggerean phenomenology of radical immanence as well as in
Levinas’s post-Heideggerean phenomenology of radical transcendence, the pathos of the hyperbolic is
inextricable from the apophantic logic of the phenomenon ‘as such’. Consequently, those phenomenological
conservatives (Husserlian fundamentalists) militating for a return to a rational phenomenological sobriety against
the rigorously pathological radicalism of thinkers like Henry and Levinas, attacking the latter on the grounds that
they are ‘just exaggerating’, or ‘excessively hyperbolic’, are typically missing the point. It may well be that
phenomenological thought is constitutively pathological.
43
according to an order of merely logical priority. Enstasis is always indissociably
constitutive of ekstasis (although clearly, the reverse is certainly not true).
More fundamentally, it seems to us that Henry wishes to root Dasein’s
unobjectifiable transcendence as site for the non-latency (a-letheia) of Being as
spatialising-temporalising ‘clearing’ (Lichtung), in a dimension of
unobjectifiable immanence concomitant with Being’s archi-originary latency,
with the invisibility of that self-forgetfulness63 which is constitutive of Being’s
enstatic kinematicity. In other words, Henry wishes to root the finitude of
Dasein’s ekstatico-horizonal pro-ject (and a fortiori, the philosophically
contestable privilege accorded by Heidegger to Dasein’s intrinsically futural
orientation in the Ur-ekstasis of Being-unto-death), in the eternal predisposition of Affect as absolute immanence of Dasein’s ‘always already’; its
radically unretainable and unrepresentable past.
Immanence/Transcendence: Two Versions of the Unobjectifiable
Thus, underlying all ekstatic phusys within what Heidegger calls ‘the
openness of the open’ -that openness which coincides with Being’s bestowal of
presencing yet which is also inseparably conterminous with Being’s autooccluding withdrawal, its self-withholding as unobjectifiable transcendenceand subtending even the unobjectifiable withdrawal through which ekstasis is
dispensed, Henry discerns enstatic immanence -the radically subjective root of
phenomenality-in-itself- as that which has always already withdrawn from
constituted presence. But even this formulation is misleading. For, as we said
above, it is clearly not the case that enstasis and ekstasis can be contrasted as if
they were two distinct metaphysical principles, with the former underlying the
latter. If the unrepresentable immanence of enstasis constitutes the
unobjectifiable essence of phenomenality, then it thereby also constitutes the
unobjectifiable transcendence of ekstatic presencing. Thus, the withdrawal of
ekstatic transcendence has the withdrawal of enstatic immanence at its root:
they are distinct but indiscernible. And it is in terms of this distinction of
indiscernibles that the unilateral asymmetry previously alluded to must be
understood. Unobjectifiable transcendence distinguishes itself from
unobjectifiable immanence without the latter distinguishing itself from the
former in return. The fact that the essence of presencing, in its enstatic
immanence, has always already withdrawn from presence, constitutes and
explains that originary self-withholding through which ekstatic transcendence
withdraws from all constituted presence64.
63“Life is forgetful by nature, as immanence, which insurmountably expels ek-stasis and thus all possible forms
of thought. ”(Henry, 1993, p.211)
64Laruelle’s reading of Heidegger in Les Philosophies de la Différence is particularly notable for the way in
which it ascribes a version of this very thesis to Heidegger himself, albeit with the crucial proviso that, according
44
Consequently, what we will specifically retain from Henry’s critique of
Husserl and Heidegger is this radical phenomenological reworking of the
transcendental distinction between real and ideal in terms of the indiscernible
difference between enstasis and ekstasis. Where Henry’s phenomenological
predecessors situated that difference between phenomenon and phenomenality;
time and temporalisation, Henry now rearticulates it as obtaining between two
distinct but necessarily indiscernible instances of unobjectifiability; two
radically incommensurable yet phenomenologically inseparable forms of the
withdrawal from reified presence: that of ideal, ekstatic transcendence, and that
of real, enstatic immanence65. Moreover, it is Henry’s rigorously
phenomenological and transcendental -rather than speculative and
metaphysical- redefinition of the ‘in-itself’ as radically immanent sub-jektum,
eternally withdrawn from intentional illumination, that Laruelle will draw on in
his critique of materiological thinking even as he subjects the notion of radical
immanence to a thoroughly critical, and non-phenomenological, process of
purification.
The Phenomenological Idealisation of Immanence
Thus, whilst crediting Henry with a rigorously argued
demonstration of the way in which unobjectifiable transcendence presupposes
unobjectifiable
immanence,
Laruelle
maintains
that
Henry’s
phenomenologisation of immanence, his identification of it with absolute autoaffection, immediately compromises the radicality of Henry’s own discovery.
The hyperbolic66 pathos of Henry’s characterisations of radical immanence (the
absolutisation of subjectivity, the transcendentalising of Affectivity, the ultraphenomenological vitalism) is in fact concomitant with Henry’s philosophical
Decision to ontologise immanence. For by identifying immanence with
ontological auto-affection, Laruelle argues, Henry surreptitiously re-idealises it:
to Laruelle’s reconstruction, it is precisely because the unobjectifiability of enstasis is a function of the
phenomenon of the Da as ‘that being which is in each case mine’ rather than of its phenomenality as rooted in
the Sein, that the immanence of the former can constitute the real, non-ontological essence of the latter as ideal
ontological ekstasis. Thus, it is by situating unobjectifiable immanence on the side of the entity or the ‘Da’, rather
than that of its Being, that Laruelle implicitly sides with what he -at least in Les Philosophies de la Différençe decides to call Heidegger’s ‘transcendental realism’ against what he takes to be the latent transcendental idealism
in Henry’s ontologisation of immanence. Cf. Laruelle, 1986, esp. Chapters 3 and 4; pp. 55-120
65Although, as we shall shortly see, Henry’s rearticulation of the transcendental difference partially reiterates the
structural amphiboly between given and givenness, constituted and constituting, condition and conditioned,
which Henry himself had criticized in his phenomenological predecessors.
66Interestingly enough, in Henry’s post-Heideggerean phenomenology of radical immanence as well as in
Levinas’s post-Heideggerean phenomenology of radical transcendence, the pathos of the hyperbolic is
inextricable from the apophantic logic of the phenomenon ‘as such’. Consequently, those phenomenological
conservatives (Husserlian fundamentalists) militating for a return to a rational phenomenological sobriety against
the rigorously pathological radicalism of thinkers like Henry and Levinas, attacking the latter on the grounds that
they are ‘just exaggerating’, or ‘excessively hyperbolic’, are typically missing the point. It may well be that
phenomenological thought is constitutively pathological.
45
he re-envelops the phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ in the insidious
transcendence proper to the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’. However,
in order to rescue the baby of radical immanence from the sullied
phenomenological bathwater of auto-affection, we require a fuller
understanding of those underlying philosophical mechanisms responsible for
Henry’s idealization.
Henry’s phenomenological idealization of immanence has two
aspects: one ideological or superstructural; the other substantive or
infrastructural. The former aspect is indexed by the glaringly arbitrary character
of Henry’s decision to identify ‘materiality’ with ‘affectivity’; an apparently
gratuitous identification which remains deeply unconvincing by any
philosophical standards, not just Laruelle’s. For it certainly seems difficult to
reconcile Henry’s claim to be the initiator of a ‘material phenomenology’ with
such an otherwise classically idealist philosopheme as the above cited
absolutisation of subjectivity, or with the more or less explicitly religious tenor
of Henry’s characterisation of Life as eternal subjective Pathos67. One cannot
help feeling that, in the process of ‘de-substantialisation’ and ‘de-hylification’,
‘matter’ has become so thoroughly and successfully spiritualised by Henry that
there is no longer anything remotely ‘physical’ left about it. Perhaps this is
Henry’s goal. For after this remainderless phenomenologisation of matter, the
materialist hypothesis of an unphenomenologisable dimension of reality
becomes effectively ruled out of court as an instance of pre-philosophical
dogmatism. Thus, through a tour de force of tactical manoeuvring, Henry’s preemptive idealization of matter robs the materialist wishing to contest the
transcendental privileging of subjectivity of a fundamental resource in his agon
with
phenomenological idealism: the appeal to an a priori
unphenomenologisable physical reality68.
This surreptitious phenomenological imperialism renders it difficult to
escape the feeling that there is something singularly disingenuous in Henry’s
choice of the term ‘material phenomenology’ to describe his philosophical
project; a flagrant quid pro quo which can only confirm the fears of those who
suspect that phenomenology’s presumptuous relegation of all physical science
to the ‘naive’ realm of the natural attitude is invariably a prelude to the most
disastrous varieties of anthropocentric idealism. Physicists, biologists,
cosmologists, and other benighted denizens of the natural attitude may be
forgiven for greeting with incredulity the revelation that ‘materiality’ in its
67The fact that Henry has recently published a book entitled C’est moi la vérité. Pour une philosophie du
christianisme [I am the truth. For a philosophy of Christianity ] (Paris: Seuil, 1996), hardly comes as a great
surprise.
68Cf. our earlier comments concerning the parochial, dubiously intuitionistic character of the phenomenological
conception of ‘phenomenality’ in our Introduction, supra, pp.24-27.
46
ultimate ontological essence, far from having anything to do with particle
collisions, DNA, or spiral nebulae, is in fact synonymous with Eternal
Subjective Life. Coupled with this (typically phenomenological)
transcendentalisation of subjective Affect, Henry’s decision to equate ‘Life’
with ‘Matter’ not only seems more than a little ad hoc; at a more profound
level, it seems to us to be indicative of the manner in which the expression
‘material phenomenology’ is doomed to remain forever oxymoronic on account
of deep-rooted methodological assumptions intrinsic to the phenomenological
enterprise as such; assumptions operating entirely independently of Henry’s
own superficial ideological prejudices69.
In this particular case, the methodological assumptions underlying this
phenomenological idealization of immanence have their substantive root, their
infrastructural basis, in the structure of the philosophical Decision through
which Henry articulates his phenomenologisation of matter. In fact, the
unilateral asymmetry governing the relation between enstatic immanence and
ekstatic transcendence belies a particularly complex triadic structure, which we
shall come to recognize as characteristic of all philosophical Decision as far as
Laruelle is concerned70. For we have to bear in mind that, according to Henry,
immanence is at once absolute, indivisible, autonomous; and coordinated with
the dyadic distinction which it composes as constituting term reciprocally
articulated with the constituted counterpart. Thus, enstatic auto-affection
simultaneously constitutes, on the one hand, an absolutely relationless, selfinhering invisibility; and on the other, the relation between the invisible essence
of appearing and its visible ek-sistence. It is at once the self-constituting,
invisible, essence of phenomenality; and the dyadic coupling composed by the
constitutive invisibility of phenomena and their constituted visibility. As a
result, the invisible-in-itself as radical immanence or absolute Indivision is
surreptitiously sub-divided by the relation between the visible and the invisible
as a transcendent dyad or Division.
The Relative Absolute
Consequently, what Henry initially presents as a strictly unilateral
asymmetry between the absolute self-inherence of radical immanence and the
relative, ekstatic exteriority of transcendence, actually presupposes an
69Thus, anti-scientific prejudices of the most wearyingly familiar kind certainly play a fairly central role in the
contempt Henry displays toward any suggestion that the physical sciences may have something to contribute to
our philosophical understanding of materiality. And while he dismisses as “barbarism” the “belief that scientific
knowledge constitutes the unique form of genuine, veridical, objective knowledge” (Henry, “Ce que la science ne
sait pas” in La Recherche, 208, March 1989, pp. 422-426; quoted in Schmid, 1998), Henry seems entirely
oblivious to the manner in which a ‘material phenomenology’ carried out in flagrant disregard of everything that
the physical sciences have to teach about matter may in fact be tantamount to a form of intellectual barbarism.
70Cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp. 218-230.
45
he re-envelops the phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ in the insidious
transcendence proper to the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’. However,
in order to rescue the baby of radical immanence from the sullied
phenomenological bathwater of auto-affection, we require a fuller
understanding of those underlying philosophical mechanisms responsible for
Henry’s idealization.
Henry’s phenomenological idealization of immanence has two
aspects: one ideological or superstructural; the other substantive or
infrastructural. The former aspect is indexed by the glaringly arbitrary character
of Henry’s decision to identify ‘materiality’ with ‘affectivity’; an apparently
gratuitous identification which remains deeply unconvincing by any
philosophical standards, not just Laruelle’s. For it certainly seems difficult to
reconcile Henry’s claim to be the initiator of a ‘material phenomenology’ with
such an otherwise classically idealist philosopheme as the above cited
absolutisation of subjectivity, or with the more or less explicitly religious tenor
of Henry’s characterisation of Life as eternal subjective Pathos67. One cannot
help feeling that, in the process of ‘de-substantialisation’ and ‘de-hylification’,
‘matter’ has become so thoroughly and successfully spiritualised by Henry that
there is no longer anything remotely ‘physical’ left about it. Perhaps this is
Henry’s goal. For after this remainderless phenomenologisation of matter, the
materialist hypothesis of an unphenomenologisable dimension of reality
becomes effectively ruled out of court as an instance of pre-philosophical
dogmatism. Thus, through a tour de force of tactical manoeuvring, Henry’s preemptive idealization of matter robs the materialist wishing to contest the
transcendental privileging of subjectivity of a fundamental resource in his agon
with
phenomenological idealism: the appeal to an a priori
unphenomenologisable physical reality68.
This surreptitious phenomenological imperialism renders it difficult to
escape the feeling that there is something singularly disingenuous in Henry’s
choice of the term ‘material phenomenology’ to describe his philosophical
project; a flagrant quid pro quo which can only confirm the fears of those who
suspect that phenomenology’s presumptuous relegation of all physical science
to the ‘naive’ realm of the natural attitude is invariably a prelude to the most
disastrous varieties of anthropocentric idealism. Physicists, biologists,
cosmologists, and other benighted denizens of the natural attitude may be
forgiven for greeting with incredulity the revelation that ‘materiality’ in its
67The fact that Henry has recently published a book entitled C’est moi la vérité. Pour une philosophie du
christianisme [I am the truth. For a philosophy of Christianity ] (Paris: Seuil, 1996), hardly comes as a great
surprise.
68Cf. our earlier comments concerning the parochial, dubiously intuitionistic character of the phenomenological
conception of ‘phenomenality’ in our Introduction, supra, pp.24-27.
46
ultimate ontological essence, far from having anything to do with particle
collisions, DNA, or spiral nebulae, is in fact synonymous with Eternal
Subjective Life. Coupled with this (typically phenomenological)
transcendentalisation of subjective Affect, Henry’s decision to equate ‘Life’
with ‘Matter’ not only seems more than a little ad hoc; at a more profound
level, it seems to us to be indicative of the manner in which the expression
‘material phenomenology’ is doomed to remain forever oxymoronic on account
of deep-rooted methodological assumptions intrinsic to the phenomenological
enterprise as such; assumptions operating entirely independently of Henry’s
own superficial ideological prejudices69.
In this particular case, the methodological assumptions underlying this
phenomenological idealization of immanence have their substantive root, their
infrastructural basis, in the structure of the philosophical Decision through
which Henry articulates his phenomenologisation of matter. In fact, the
unilateral asymmetry governing the relation between enstatic immanence and
ekstatic transcendence belies a particularly complex triadic structure, which we
shall come to recognize as characteristic of all philosophical Decision as far as
Laruelle is concerned70. For we have to bear in mind that, according to Henry,
immanence is at once absolute, indivisible, autonomous; and coordinated with
the dyadic distinction which it composes as constituting term reciprocally
articulated with the constituted counterpart. Thus, enstatic auto-affection
simultaneously constitutes, on the one hand, an absolutely relationless, selfinhering invisibility; and on the other, the relation between the invisible essence
of appearing and its visible ek-sistence. It is at once the self-constituting,
invisible, essence of phenomenality; and the dyadic coupling composed by the
constitutive invisibility of phenomena and their constituted visibility. As a
result, the invisible-in-itself as radical immanence or absolute Indivision is
surreptitiously sub-divided by the relation between the visible and the invisible
as a transcendent dyad or Division.
The Relative Absolute
Consequently, what Henry initially presents as a strictly unilateral
asymmetry between the absolute self-inherence of radical immanence and the
relative, ekstatic exteriority of transcendence, actually presupposes an
69Thus, anti-scientific prejudices of the most wearyingly familiar kind certainly play a fairly central role in the
contempt Henry displays toward any suggestion that the physical sciences may have something to contribute to
our philosophical understanding of materiality. And while he dismisses as “barbarism” the “belief that scientific
knowledge constitutes the unique form of genuine, veridical, objective knowledge” (Henry, “Ce que la science ne
sait pas” in La Recherche, 208, March 1989, pp. 422-426; quoted in Schmid, 1998), Henry seems entirely
oblivious to the manner in which a ‘material phenomenology’ carried out in flagrant disregard of everything that
the physical sciences have to teach about matter may in fact be tantamount to a form of intellectual barbarism.
70Cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp. 218-230.
47
ultimately bi-lateral symmetry, a reciprocal co-respondence between absolute
and relative, immanence and transcendence. The fact that, for Henry, enstasis
has to absolve itself from ekstasis, even as it constitutes the latter, renders it
relative to ekstasis once again. For even in excluding transcendence from itself
through its absolute self-inherence, immanence has to relate to it precisely as
that which it must exclude in order to achieve its absolute self-inherence.
Absolute immanence bears a latent, implicitly constitutive reference to
transcendence within itself by very virtue of the fact that it expels it. As a result,
Henry’s phenomenology of absolute immanence does not succeed in
interrupting the quintessentially philosophical (or quasi-Hegelian) circle that
always posits the relation of relation (transcendence) and non-relation
(immanence); the ultimate relativity of absolute and relative.
Crucially, it is in order to dispense once and for all with this pernicious
residue of ultimate relativity in the very notion of ‘absolute’ immanence, that
Laruelle will invoke an immanence whose radicality resides in its foreclosure or
indifference -rather than exclusion or opposition- to all those instances of
dyadic coupling which are variations on the originary dyad of
immanence/transcendence:
thinkable/unthinkable;
absolute/relative;
unilateral/bilateral; asymmetry/symmetry; identity/difference, and so on. If
immanence is to be truly radical rather than absolute, Laruelle argues, then it
can be neither thinkable nor unthinkable; nor even the différance between the
thinkable and the unthinkable; it can only be that which is simply foreclosed or
indifferent to the dyad thinkable/unthinkable, without that foreclosure becoming
retroactively constitutive of its immanence. In other words, Laruelle insists, our
nominal definition or characterisation of immanence in terms of its foreclosure
to all forms of dyadic Decision is in no way constitutive of immanence qua
immanence. It is not our description of immanence as indifferent that constitutes
it as indifferent. To suggest the contrary is, for Laruelle, to relapse into
idealism: it is to maintain that thought is always co-constitutive of the real.
Thus, if radical immanence is real, it must remain indifferent to our
characterisations. And it is that radical indifference which guarantees that our
definitions can be entirely adequate (albeit only in the last instance) to
immanence without somehow becoming constitutive or determining it. We
shall return to these crucial points in Chapter 5. For the time being, suffice it to
say that if immanence is foreclosed to the dyadic articulation or différance
between the thinkable and the unthinkable, this is not the same as saying that it
resists it, expels it, or is otherwise obliged to absolve itself from that dyadic
distinction. On the contrary, Laruelle insists, immanence’s radical autonomy
lets the dyad subsist by allowing it its own relative autonomy71.
71Cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp. 248-251.
48
Thinkable/Unthinkable
The impenetrable opacity of Henry’s absolute immanence, by way of
contrast, is that which, by unilaterally absolving itself from the dilatory
transcendence of ekstatic differentiation, effectively crushes dyadic couplings
such
as
those
of
being/becoming,
phenomenon/phenomenality;
thought/unthought. Its absolute, unrepresentable immediacy forcibly
compresses the terms coupled together through dyadic mediation, flattening
them onto one another at the point of their indivisible, enstatic coincidence;
crushing them together in their absolute immediation. Most importantly for our
present purposes, in absolving itself from mediation through the dyadic
articulation thinkable/unthinkable, enstatic immediacy ultimately becomes coconstituted by it: the absolute immediation of the dyad thinkable/unthinkable
requires that, for Henry, immanence be thinkable as unthinkable and
unthinkable as thinkable. The result is idealism. In other words, the
determination of the ideal (i.e. thought) by the real (i.e. immanence) is secured
only through that of the real (immanence) by the ideal (thought). Henry’s
absolute immanence is constituted as unthinkable through thought, just as
thought or the thinkable is constituted through unthinkable immanence.
A consideration of Henry’s reconstruction72 of Descartes’ protophenomenological reduction in the Meditations should help clarify this point. In
that reconstruction, Henry suggests that a transcendental distinction between the
dubitability of constituted appearance and the indubitability of its sheer
appearing, its originary phenomenality, is crystallized in Descartes’ “At certe
videre videor” (“At the very least, it seems to me that I see”), wherein the
videor, that originary upsurge of seeming which is irreducible to the seen,
figures for Cartesian phenomenology as the self-appearing of appearances, the
enstatic self-sensing of thought which remains invisible and unthinkable in the
ekstatic exteriority of intentional representation: “Thought’s primal sensing, the
sentimus nos videre (i.e. the self-sensing that originally presents thought to
itself and makes it what it is, appearance’s self-appearing) is radically opposed
to the sensing that rules seeing, hearing, touching, and even understanding
(insofar as it is a seeing, intueri); it is opposed to transcendental seeing in
general, which inhabits all these determinations and has its essence in ekstasis. Thought’s essential self-sensing is not merely different from ek-static
sensing; it excludes it, and precisely this exclusion determines the concept of
immediacy.” (Henry, 1993, p.22).
According to Henry then, enstatic immediacy at once constitutes
thought’s absolutely immediate self-sensing, the transcendental element within
72Cf. Henry, 1993, esp. Ch.1, pp. 11-40. The discussion of Descartes continues through Chapters 2 & 3, pp.41102.
47
ultimately bi-lateral symmetry, a reciprocal co-respondence between absolute
and relative, immanence and transcendence. The fact that, for Henry, enstasis
has to absolve itself from ekstasis, even as it constitutes the latter, renders it
relative to ekstasis once again. For even in excluding transcendence from itself
through its absolute self-inherence, immanence has to relate to it precisely as
that which it must exclude in order to achieve its absolute self-inherence.
Absolute immanence bears a latent, implicitly constitutive reference to
transcendence within itself by very virtue of the fact that it expels it. As a result,
Henry’s phenomenology of absolute immanence does not succeed in
interrupting the quintessentially philosophical (or quasi-Hegelian) circle that
always posits the relation of relation (transcendence) and non-relation
(immanence); the ultimate relativity of absolute and relative.
Crucially, it is in order to dispense once and for all with this pernicious
residue of ultimate relativity in the very notion of ‘absolute’ immanence, that
Laruelle will invoke an immanence whose radicality resides in its foreclosure or
indifference -rather than exclusion or opposition- to all those instances of
dyadic coupling which are variations on the originary dyad of
immanence/transcendence:
thinkable/unthinkable;
absolute/relative;
unilateral/bilateral; asymmetry/symmetry; identity/difference, and so on. If
immanence is to be truly radical rather than absolute, Laruelle argues, then it
can be neither thinkable nor unthinkable; nor even the différance between the
thinkable and the unthinkable; it can only be that which is simply foreclosed or
indifferent to the dyad thinkable/unthinkable, without that foreclosure becoming
retroactively constitutive of its immanence. In other words, Laruelle insists, our
nominal definition or characterisation of immanence in terms of its foreclosure
to all forms of dyadic Decision is in no way constitutive of immanence qua
immanence. It is not our description of immanence as indifferent that constitutes
it as indifferent. To suggest the contrary is, for Laruelle, to relapse into
idealism: it is to maintain that thought is always co-constitutive of the real.
Thus, if radical immanence is real, it must remain indifferent to our
characterisations. And it is that radical indifference which guarantees that our
definitions can be entirely adequate (albeit only in the last instance) to
immanence without somehow becoming constitutive or determining it. We
shall return to these crucial points in Chapter 5. For the time being, suffice it to
say that if immanence is foreclosed to the dyadic articulation or différance
between the thinkable and the unthinkable, this is not the same as saying that it
resists it, expels it, or is otherwise obliged to absolve itself from that dyadic
distinction. On the contrary, Laruelle insists, immanence’s radical autonomy
lets the dyad subsist by allowing it its own relative autonomy71.
71Cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp. 248-251.
48
Thinkable/Unthinkable
The impenetrable opacity of Henry’s absolute immanence, by way of
contrast, is that which, by unilaterally absolving itself from the dilatory
transcendence of ekstatic differentiation, effectively crushes dyadic couplings
such
as
those
of
being/becoming,
phenomenon/phenomenality;
thought/unthought. Its absolute, unrepresentable immediacy forcibly
compresses the terms coupled together through dyadic mediation, flattening
them onto one another at the point of their indivisible, enstatic coincidence;
crushing them together in their absolute immediation. Most importantly for our
present purposes, in absolving itself from mediation through the dyadic
articulation thinkable/unthinkable, enstatic immediacy ultimately becomes coconstituted by it: the absolute immediation of the dyad thinkable/unthinkable
requires that, for Henry, immanence be thinkable as unthinkable and
unthinkable as thinkable. The result is idealism. In other words, the
determination of the ideal (i.e. thought) by the real (i.e. immanence) is secured
only through that of the real (immanence) by the ideal (thought). Henry’s
absolute immanence is constituted as unthinkable through thought, just as
thought or the thinkable is constituted through unthinkable immanence.
A consideration of Henry’s reconstruction72 of Descartes’ protophenomenological reduction in the Meditations should help clarify this point. In
that reconstruction, Henry suggests that a transcendental distinction between the
dubitability of constituted appearance and the indubitability of its sheer
appearing, its originary phenomenality, is crystallized in Descartes’ “At certe
videre videor” (“At the very least, it seems to me that I see”), wherein the
videor, that originary upsurge of seeming which is irreducible to the seen,
figures for Cartesian phenomenology as the self-appearing of appearances, the
enstatic self-sensing of thought which remains invisible and unthinkable in the
ekstatic exteriority of intentional representation: “Thought’s primal sensing, the
sentimus nos videre (i.e. the self-sensing that originally presents thought to
itself and makes it what it is, appearance’s self-appearing) is radically opposed
to the sensing that rules seeing, hearing, touching, and even understanding
(insofar as it is a seeing, intueri); it is opposed to transcendental seeing in
general, which inhabits all these determinations and has its essence in ekstasis. Thought’s essential self-sensing is not merely different from ek-static
sensing; it excludes it, and precisely this exclusion determines the concept of
immediacy.” (Henry, 1993, p.22).
According to Henry then, enstatic immediacy at once constitutes
thought’s absolutely immediate self-sensing, the transcendental element within
72Cf. Henry, 1993, esp. Ch.1, pp. 11-40. The discussion of Descartes continues through Chapters 2 & 3, pp.41102.
49
which thought has ‘always already’ begun to think; yet it is simultaneously
unthinkable precisely insofar as it constitutes consciousness’ unrepresentable,
unintelligible grasping of itself. Consequently, the enstatic essence or originary
phenomenality of thinking is simultaneously qualified by Henry as inhering
constitutively in all thought, as the essence of the thinkable, through which
thought has always already begun thinking; but also as constitutively
unthinkable, as utterly recalcitrant to exposure in the ekstatic realm of
intentional cogitation. Yet that unthinkability is thought through the thinking it
has made possible; just as thought ‘is’ through its unthinkable ontological
essence. And although the enstatic immanence of thought’s self-sensing is the
absolute immediation of the transcendent distinction between the thinkable and
the unthinkable, that absolute immediation, that self-sensing, subsists in and as
thought: it both constitutes thought’s self-sensing essence as immediate
coincidence of thinkable and unthinkable; but is also inseparable from, and
ultimately co-constituted by, the intentional thinking or ‘transcendental seeing’
within which the dyadic distinction between thinkable and unthinkable subsists.
The result is that, for Henry, thinking is simultaneously something separate and
inseparable from auto-affection; immanence is both thinkable and unthinkable.
Moreover, it is thinkable as unthinkable, as self-sensing of thought; while its
unthinkable essence constitutes the essence of the thinkable as ‘transcendental
seeing’.
Immanence ‘itself’ or Immanence ‘as such’?
What are we to conclude then from Henry’s characterisation of radical
immanence as absolute immediation of the thinkable and the unthinkable? This
primarily: that auto-affecting immanence as enstatic immediacy of the thinkable
and the unthinkable, absolving itself from the dyadic distinction between
thinkable and unthinkable, engenders a quasi-absolute idealism of autoaffection wherein the ‘reality’ of enstatic immediacy is only separable as real
through its ideal inseparability from the transcendence of ekstatic mediation. In
other words, real immanence is posited as absolutely separate through its
inseparability from the transcendent ideality of thought; conversely, thought’s
transcendent positing is putatively constituted through the absolute separation
of real immanence. In the final analysis, real immanence is obliged to absolve
itself from ideal transcendence by transcendent means. Thus, Henry’s
phenomenological immanence is posited as the absolute immediation of given
and givenness; it is posited as absolute in virtue of a transcendent Decision
through which the unilateral asymmetry between enstatic immediation and
ekstatic mediation is surveyed from above, seen from a viewpoint of
50
transcendent exteriority and circumscribed within an encompassing
reversibility, an ultimately bi-lateral symmetry73.
This is the price to be paid for the ontologisation of immanence.
Immanence affects itself in order to phenomenalises itself, but through that
auto-phenomenalisation, it is the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’, rather
than the phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ that is manifested. Moreover, we
have seen how this ontological idealisation of immanence has its source in
Henry’s phenomenologically motivated elision of the transcendental separation
between the comme tel and the tel quel, thought and thing, description and
constitution; a refusal which leads him to construe immanence as consisting in
the auto-affecting ‘immediation’ of phenomenality and phenomenon; thought
and thing; description and constitution.
It is in terms of this phenomenological elision that we can understand
Henry’s attempt to trace the ekstatic distinction of thought and thing back to its
veritable phenomenological condition in the indivisible enstatic coincidence of
phenomenality and phenomenon, thinking and being; and his invocation of the
asymmetry between their enstatic coincidence and their ekstatic distinction. It is
this attempt to root transcendence in immanence, ekstasis in enstasis, through
the absolutisation of the latter, which leads to an idealism of auto-affecting
immanence; to the absolute ideality of an immanence which posits itself for
itself through its own transcendent other (ekstasis). Henry conflates the
phenomenon of immanence as radically separate (but separate-withoutseparation) and foreclosed to transcendence, with the phenomenality of
immanence as absolute distinction that repels transcendence. The latter leads to
an absolutisation of immanence through the expulsion of transcendence, but an
absolutisation which merely reinforces the reciprocal co-dependence between
immanence and transcendence; a reciprocity inscribed within the intrinsically
circular structure of philosophical Decision as relation of relation and nonrelation.
By way of contrast to Henry’s ontologisation of absolute immanence as
immanence-to-itself -a self-relation concomitant with the phenomenological
idealization of immanence ‘as such’, wherein the ‘to’ indexes the enstatic
immediation of immanence’s self-inherence-, Laruelle’s Prinçipe de Minorité
invokes a phenomenon of immanence which is “positively devoid [...] of
relation to...self. This new immanence can be said to be ontic or real. Ontic,
and not ontico-ontological: the objective entity, the one which appears as an
73Although implicit critiques of Henry abound throughout Laruelle’s Philosophie II, an explicit nonphilosophical critique of Henry’s philosophy of radical immanence does not appear in Laruelle’s work until
Philosophie III, in Prinçipes de la non-philosophie (1996). Moreover, although the main points of our critique
here draw on certain features of Laruelle’s analysis there, we have not attempted to reiterate it any detail because
of its considerable non-philosophical technicality. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp. 116-125; 133-143; 228-231.
49
which thought has ‘always already’ begun to think; yet it is simultaneously
unthinkable precisely insofar as it constitutes consciousness’ unrepresentable,
unintelligible grasping of itself. Consequently, the enstatic essence or originary
phenomenality of thinking is simultaneously qualified by Henry as inhering
constitutively in all thought, as the essence of the thinkable, through which
thought has always already begun thinking; but also as constitutively
unthinkable, as utterly recalcitrant to exposure in the ekstatic realm of
intentional cogitation. Yet that unthinkability is thought through the thinking it
has made possible; just as thought ‘is’ through its unthinkable ontological
essence. And although the enstatic immanence of thought’s self-sensing is the
absolute immediation of the transcendent distinction between the thinkable and
the unthinkable, that absolute immediation, that self-sensing, subsists in and as
thought: it both constitutes thought’s self-sensing essence as immediate
coincidence of thinkable and unthinkable; but is also inseparable from, and
ultimately co-constituted by, the intentional thinking or ‘transcendental seeing’
within which the dyadic distinction between thinkable and unthinkable subsists.
The result is that, for Henry, thinking is simultaneously something separate and
inseparable from auto-affection; immanence is both thinkable and unthinkable.
Moreover, it is thinkable as unthinkable, as self-sensing of thought; while its
unthinkable essence constitutes the essence of the thinkable as ‘transcendental
seeing’.
Immanence ‘itself’ or Immanence ‘as such’?
What are we to conclude then from Henry’s characterisation of radical
immanence as absolute immediation of the thinkable and the unthinkable? This
primarily: that auto-affecting immanence as enstatic immediacy of the thinkable
and the unthinkable, absolving itself from the dyadic distinction between
thinkable and unthinkable, engenders a quasi-absolute idealism of autoaffection wherein the ‘reality’ of enstatic immediacy is only separable as real
through its ideal inseparability from the transcendence of ekstatic mediation. In
other words, real immanence is posited as absolutely separate through its
inseparability from the transcendent ideality of thought; conversely, thought’s
transcendent positing is putatively constituted through the absolute separation
of real immanence. In the final analysis, real immanence is obliged to absolve
itself from ideal transcendence by transcendent means. Thus, Henry’s
phenomenological immanence is posited as the absolute immediation of given
and givenness; it is posited as absolute in virtue of a transcendent Decision
through which the unilateral asymmetry between enstatic immediation and
ekstatic mediation is surveyed from above, seen from a viewpoint of
50
transcendent exteriority and circumscribed within an encompassing
reversibility, an ultimately bi-lateral symmetry73.
This is the price to be paid for the ontologisation of immanence.
Immanence affects itself in order to phenomenalises itself, but through that
auto-phenomenalisation, it is the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’, rather
than the phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ that is manifested. Moreover, we
have seen how this ontological idealisation of immanence has its source in
Henry’s phenomenologically motivated elision of the transcendental separation
between the comme tel and the tel quel, thought and thing, description and
constitution; a refusal which leads him to construe immanence as consisting in
the auto-affecting ‘immediation’ of phenomenality and phenomenon; thought
and thing; description and constitution.
It is in terms of this phenomenological elision that we can understand
Henry’s attempt to trace the ekstatic distinction of thought and thing back to its
veritable phenomenological condition in the indivisible enstatic coincidence of
phenomenality and phenomenon, thinking and being; and his invocation of the
asymmetry between their enstatic coincidence and their ekstatic distinction. It is
this attempt to root transcendence in immanence, ekstasis in enstasis, through
the absolutisation of the latter, which leads to an idealism of auto-affecting
immanence; to the absolute ideality of an immanence which posits itself for
itself through its own transcendent other (ekstasis). Henry conflates the
phenomenon of immanence as radically separate (but separate-withoutseparation) and foreclosed to transcendence, with the phenomenality of
immanence as absolute distinction that repels transcendence. The latter leads to
an absolutisation of immanence through the expulsion of transcendence, but an
absolutisation which merely reinforces the reciprocal co-dependence between
immanence and transcendence; a reciprocity inscribed within the intrinsically
circular structure of philosophical Decision as relation of relation and nonrelation.
By way of contrast to Henry’s ontologisation of absolute immanence as
immanence-to-itself -a self-relation concomitant with the phenomenological
idealization of immanence ‘as such’, wherein the ‘to’ indexes the enstatic
immediation of immanence’s self-inherence-, Laruelle’s Prinçipe de Minorité
invokes a phenomenon of immanence which is “positively devoid [...] of
relation to...self. This new immanence can be said to be ontic or real. Ontic,
and not ontico-ontological: the objective entity, the one which appears as an
73Although implicit critiques of Henry abound throughout Laruelle’s Philosophie II, an explicit nonphilosophical critique of Henry’s philosophy of radical immanence does not appear in Laruelle’s work until
Philosophie III, in Prinçipes de la non-philosophie (1996). Moreover, although the main points of our critique
here draw on certain features of Laruelle’s analysis there, we have not attempted to reiterate it any detail because
of its considerable non-philosophical technicality. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp. 116-125; 133-143; 228-231.
51
object, is an ontico-ontological hybrid [mixte], and it is usually this hybrid
which is mistakenly confused with the entity.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.125)
Moreover, it is in terms of the unobjectifiable immanence proper to the
phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’, rather than that ontico-ontological
hybridisation of phenomenon and phenomenality, real and ideal, associated with
the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’, that we must seek the identity
proper to the phenomenon of matter itself; a radically immanent identity which
is separate (yet without-separation) from that process of ontological idealization
whereby it is confused with the phenomenological hybridisation of phenomenon
and phenomenality.
Thus, Laruelle’s non-phenomenological radicalisation of the separation
between thought and thing, phenomenon and phenomenality, comme tel and tel
quel, will necessitate a reconceptualisation of unilateral asymmetry wherein
immanence’s radical autonomy neither constitutes nor excludes, but rather
gives-without-givenness transcendence’s relative autonomy; a nonphenomenological giving which will transform the bilateral correspondence
between immanence and transcendence into an Identity without synthesis or
unity, and a Duality without distinction or difference74. Instead of the idealism
of Henry’s bilateral correspondence between immanence and transcendence;
instead of the circle of auto-position whereby the indivisible immediacy of
phenomenon and phenomenality simultaneously constitutes and is constituted
by the mediating division through which it is determined as immediate;
Laruelle’s non-phenomenological radicalisation aims at a separation whereby a
phenomenon-without-phenomenality unilaterally determines the Decisional or
phenomenological mixture of phenomenon and phenomenality; and the Real as
given-without-givenness unilaterally determines the Ideal self-positing circle of
given and givenness; the Ideal self-giving hybrid of real and ideal.
A fuller account of the precise ramifications of Laruelle’s position specifically of the initially baffling description of radical immanence as
‘separate-without-separation’- will have to wait until Chapters 5 and 6.
Nevertheless, we are now in a position to understand how Henry’s ‘material
phenomenology’ instantiates the three structural amphibolies in terms of which
we characterised materiological thinking in the previous chapter75: it
deliberately synthesizes the real phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ with the
ideal phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’; it substitutes an ultimately
bilateral co-determination of the ontologically ideal and the ontically real for
the strictly unilateral determination of the ideal by the real; finally, it roots the
74Once again, this is an anticipatory, but for the time being rather obscure, contrast. Further clarification will be
provided in Chapters 6 and 7.
75Cf. supra, Ch.1, pp.59-61.
52
unobjectifiable transcendence of ekstasis in the unobjectifiable immanence of
enstasis only to render the ontological absolutisation of the latter constitutively
inseparable from the former.
Thus, Henry confuses the unrepresentability of Being qua absolute
immediation of giveness and given, phenomenality and phenomenon; with that
of the Real as given-without-givenness, phenomenon-without-phenomenality.
Consequently, although by invoking Being’s unrepresentable exteriority vis a
vis ekstatic intentionality, Henry’s ‘material phenomenology’ proposes a nonmetaphysical radicalisation of the Marxist thesis asserting Being’s exteriority to
thought, it is able to do the former only insofar as it has characterised Being in
terms of the enstatic immediation of phenomenon and phenomenality. Yet we
have seen how, far from vouchsafing the radical separation of real and ideal,
their enstatic immediation indexes an idealism of ontological auto-affection. In
fact, Henry’s ‘material phenomenology’ merely supplants classical
metaphysical materiology, such as that of Marxism for instance, with a
transcendental materiology. For as Laruelle points out, the Marxist thesis of the
exteriority of Being to thought is itself the result of an idealist elision of the
distinction between the entity ‘as such’ and the entity ‘itself’, a confusion of the
entity with its Being and of the real with the ideal: “Being never opposes itself
to thought, the problem does not arise, it is the real that is capable of opposing
itself to those forms of ideality=of being=of presence wherein one must include
thought.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78) In other words, whereas the vulgar versions of
Marxist materialism posit the exteriority of Being to thought at an entirely
empirical or ontic level, on the basis of a ‘weak’ or empiricist interpretation and
critique of the Parmenidean axiom76 for which Hegel and Heidegger, albeit in
their very different ways, provide a ‘strong’ or quasi-transcendental reading;
Henry posits Being’s ‘exteriority’ as transcendental vis a vis the realm of
intentional ekstasis, but does so in terms of the enstatic immediation of thinking
and Being. Thus, whereas the pre-Heideggerean variants of materialism remain
materiological on account of an empiricist failure to recognize the onticoontological -which is to say, quasi-transcendental- status of the difference
between ideal and real, phenomenality and phenomenon, thought and thing; for
Laruelle, post-Heideggerean materiologies such as that of Henry operate on the
basis of a quasi-Hegelian ‘sublation’ (relève) of that difference.
76Usually rendered in English as “It is the same thing to think and to be”. The identity-in-difference of thought
and being posited by Parmenides is interpreted by Hegel in terms of the becoming-substance of subject and the
becoming-subject of substance through the self-sundering, self-synthesizing Notion; while Heidegger for his part
interprets it in terms of the originary Austrag or Unterschied through which thinking is ‘enowned’ to Being and
Being ‘enowned’ to thought. For a discussion of the way in which non-philosophy suspends the Parmenidean
axiom, cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp.259-263.
51
object, is an ontico-ontological hybrid [mixte], and it is usually this hybrid
which is mistakenly confused with the entity.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.125)
Moreover, it is in terms of the unobjectifiable immanence proper to the
phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’, rather than that ontico-ontological
hybridisation of phenomenon and phenomenality, real and ideal, associated with
the phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’, that we must seek the identity
proper to the phenomenon of matter itself; a radically immanent identity which
is separate (yet without-separation) from that process of ontological idealization
whereby it is confused with the phenomenological hybridisation of phenomenon
and phenomenality.
Thus, Laruelle’s non-phenomenological radicalisation of the separation
between thought and thing, phenomenon and phenomenality, comme tel and tel
quel, will necessitate a reconceptualisation of unilateral asymmetry wherein
immanence’s radical autonomy neither constitutes nor excludes, but rather
gives-without-givenness transcendence’s relative autonomy; a nonphenomenological giving which will transform the bilateral correspondence
between immanence and transcendence into an Identity without synthesis or
unity, and a Duality without distinction or difference74. Instead of the idealism
of Henry’s bilateral correspondence between immanence and transcendence;
instead of the circle of auto-position whereby the indivisible immediacy of
phenomenon and phenomenality simultaneously constitutes and is constituted
by the mediating division through which it is determined as immediate;
Laruelle’s non-phenomenological radicalisation aims at a separation whereby a
phenomenon-without-phenomenality unilaterally determines the Decisional or
phenomenological mixture of phenomenon and phenomenality; and the Real as
given-without-givenness unilaterally determines the Ideal self-positing circle of
given and givenness; the Ideal self-giving hybrid of real and ideal.
A fuller account of the precise ramifications of Laruelle’s position specifically of the initially baffling description of radical immanence as
‘separate-without-separation’- will have to wait until Chapters 5 and 6.
Nevertheless, we are now in a position to understand how Henry’s ‘material
phenomenology’ instantiates the three structural amphibolies in terms of which
we characterised materiological thinking in the previous chapter75: it
deliberately synthesizes the real phenomenon of immanence ‘itself’ with the
ideal phenomenality of immanence ‘as such’; it substitutes an ultimately
bilateral co-determination of the ontologically ideal and the ontically real for
the strictly unilateral determination of the ideal by the real; finally, it roots the
74Once again, this is an anticipatory, but for the time being rather obscure, contrast. Further clarification will be
provided in Chapters 6 and 7.
75Cf. supra, Ch.1, pp.59-61.
52
unobjectifiable transcendence of ekstasis in the unobjectifiable immanence of
enstasis only to render the ontological absolutisation of the latter constitutively
inseparable from the former.
Thus, Henry confuses the unrepresentability of Being qua absolute
immediation of giveness and given, phenomenality and phenomenon; with that
of the Real as given-without-givenness, phenomenon-without-phenomenality.
Consequently, although by invoking Being’s unrepresentable exteriority vis a
vis ekstatic intentionality, Henry’s ‘material phenomenology’ proposes a nonmetaphysical radicalisation of the Marxist thesis asserting Being’s exteriority to
thought, it is able to do the former only insofar as it has characterised Being in
terms of the enstatic immediation of phenomenon and phenomenality. Yet we
have seen how, far from vouchsafing the radical separation of real and ideal,
their enstatic immediation indexes an idealism of ontological auto-affection. In
fact, Henry’s ‘material phenomenology’ merely supplants classical
metaphysical materiology, such as that of Marxism for instance, with a
transcendental materiology. For as Laruelle points out, the Marxist thesis of the
exteriority of Being to thought is itself the result of an idealist elision of the
distinction between the entity ‘as such’ and the entity ‘itself’, a confusion of the
entity with its Being and of the real with the ideal: “Being never opposes itself
to thought, the problem does not arise, it is the real that is capable of opposing
itself to those forms of ideality=of being=of presence wherein one must include
thought.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78) In other words, whereas the vulgar versions of
Marxist materialism posit the exteriority of Being to thought at an entirely
empirical or ontic level, on the basis of a ‘weak’ or empiricist interpretation and
critique of the Parmenidean axiom76 for which Hegel and Heidegger, albeit in
their very different ways, provide a ‘strong’ or quasi-transcendental reading;
Henry posits Being’s ‘exteriority’ as transcendental vis a vis the realm of
intentional ekstasis, but does so in terms of the enstatic immediation of thinking
and Being. Thus, whereas the pre-Heideggerean variants of materialism remain
materiological on account of an empiricist failure to recognize the onticoontological -which is to say, quasi-transcendental- status of the difference
between ideal and real, phenomenality and phenomenon, thought and thing; for
Laruelle, post-Heideggerean materiologies such as that of Henry operate on the
basis of a quasi-Hegelian ‘sublation’ (relève) of that difference.
76Usually rendered in English as “It is the same thing to think and to be”. The identity-in-difference of thought
and being posited by Parmenides is interpreted by Hegel in terms of the becoming-substance of subject and the
becoming-subject of substance through the self-sundering, self-synthesizing Notion; while Heidegger for his part
interprets it in terms of the originary Austrag or Unterschied through which thinking is ‘enowned’ to Being and
Being ‘enowned’ to thought. For a discussion of the way in which non-philosophy suspends the Parmenidean
axiom, cf. infra, Chapter 5, pp.259-263.
53
Nowhere is the immense power of this ‘sublation’ better exemplified than
in the explicitly anti-phenomenological materialism promulgated in Deleuze’s
work (both with and without Guattari). Significantly in this regard, Laruelle’s
Prinçipe de Minorité contains a powerful but indirect critique of Deleuze’s
‘machinic’ materialism. The latter, Laruelle argues77 “consummates the logicotranscendental and synthetic tendency contained within Kantianism.
Nietzsche’s four or five fundamental theses (identity of force and of differential
relation; identity of force and of the subject of force; identity of force and of its
effects, etc.) provide the basis for an absolute hyletics [hylétique absolue] which
remains the hyletic form of absolute idealism. It is along this filiation that we
find the ultimate avatar of the Man-machine, albeit an obviously nonmechanistic one, that of the generalised industrial machine and of the cog-man
[l’homme-rouage] (in a non-metaphorical sense), that of ‘desiring-machines’,
and of the ‘machinic’ as synthesis of hyletic syntheses, re-affirmation of the
affirmation of relations of force, etc[...].”(Laruelle, 1981, p.79)
The next chapter will set out a detailed examination of Deleuze’s work,
and specifically of his collaborations with Guattari, in order to try and clarify
Laruelle’s oblique critique of what he designates here as the ‘hyletic form of
absolute idealism’, and to show how, in spite of Deleuze & Guattari’s virulently
anti-phenomenological stance, the Decisional structure of their machinic
materialism reinstantiates those three instances of materiological amphiboly
identified earlier in the context of Henry’s phenomenology.
We shall proceed in two stages. We will first set out the
preconditions for Deleuze & Guattari’s materialist transvaluation of the
transcendental in the Deleuzean critique of representation. Then we will try to
show why Laruelle believes the price to be paid for Deleuze & Guattari’s
‘machinic constructivism’ -matter’s becoming-thought and thought’s becomingmatter within an all encompassing hyletic continuum- is ultimately a kind of
absolute hyletic idealism.
77The reader should bear in mind that here as throughout almost all his writings, Laruelle deliberately indiscerns
Nietzsche and Deleuze, so that whenever he says ‘Nietzsche’, he also means ‘Deleuze’, and vice versa. This is
more than capricious indolence or lack of scholarly rigour on Laruelle’s part. Since the Deleuze-Nietzsche
tandem is used by Laruelle to index a specific variety of philosophical Decision, which is to say, a
transcendentally rather than historically determined set of abstract conceptual structures -a system of a priori
syntactical invariants rather than a historically identifiable body of doctrine- the proper names ‘Nietzsche and
‘Deleuze’ are used by him indifferently. Cf. in this regard the ‘User’s Guide’ to Laruelle’s Philosophies of
Difference (Laruelle, 1986, pp.5-14),wherein the rationale for this flagrantly anti-scholastic methodology is
explained.
54
CHAPTER 3
DELEUZE & GUATTARI: ABSOLUTE
HYLETICS
Materializing the Transcendental
The initiating gesture of Deleuze & Guattari’s philosophical
project consists precisely in the attempt to effect a materialist transvaluation of
the transcendental. In Anti-Oedipus the relation between ‘deleuzoguattarian’
schizo-analysis and the Kantian Critical apparatus is explicitly addressed: “In
what he called the Critical revolution, Kant set out to discover criteria that
were immanent to knowledge so as to distinguish a legitimate and illegitimate
use of the syntheses of consciousness. In the name of a transcendental
philosophy (immanence of the criteria) he denounced the transcendent use of
these syntheses such as it appeared in metaphysics. In the same way, we must
say that psychoanalysis possesses its own metaphysics, to wit, Oedipus. And
that a revolution, but this time a materialist one, can only proceed through the
critique of Oedipus and by denouncing the illegitimate use of the syntheses of
the unconscious as revealed in Oedipal psychoanalysis, in such a way as to
rediscover a transcendental unconscious defined through the immanence of its
criteria, along with a corresponding practise of schizoanalysis.” (Deleuze &
Guattari,1972, p.89) 78
Underlying this libidinal-materialist appropriation is the Deleuzean claim
that, as far as the empirical realm is concerned, the business of a genuinely
critical transcendentalism lies in articulating real conditions of ontological
actuality rather than ideal conditions of epistemological possibility.
Transcendental philosophy requires the critique of representation rather than its
legitimation. Thus, for Deleuze, the transcendental is not a substantive
philosophical thesis affirming the subordination of objectivity to subjectivity,
ontology to epistemology, but rather a polymorphic method wherein subjectivity
and objectivity are suspended as equivocal, pre-philosophical categories and
immanence becomes the operative functional criterion. In order to clarify the
78In upholding the rights of transcendental immanence against the claims of metaphysical transcendence,
Deleuze & Guattari accord explicitly with the strictures set out by Kant: “We shall entitle the principles whose
application is confined entirely within the limits of possible experience, immanent; and those, on the other hand,
which profess to pass beyond those limits, transcendent[,,,]Thus, transcendental and transcendent are not
interchangeable terms. The principles of pure understanding which we have set out above, allow only of
empirical, and not of transcendental employment, that is, employment extending beyond the limits of experience.
A principle, on the other hand, which takes away these limits, or even commands us actually to transgress them,
is called transcendent. If our criticism can succeed in disclosing the illusion in these alleged principles, then
even these principles which are merely of empirical employment may be called, in opposition to the others,
immanent principles of the pure understanding.” (Kant, 1929, A295-296/B352-353, p.299).
53
Nowhere is the immense power of this ‘sublation’ better exemplified than
in the explicitly anti-phenomenological materialism promulgated in Deleuze’s
work (both with and without Guattari). Significantly in this regard, Laruelle’s
Prinçipe de Minorité contains a powerful but indirect critique of Deleuze’s
‘machinic’ materialism. The latter, Laruelle argues77 “consummates the logicotranscendental and synthetic tendency contained within Kantianism.
Nietzsche’s four or five fundamental theses (identity of force and of differential
relation; identity of force and of the subject of force; identity of force and of its
effects, etc.) provide the basis for an absolute hyletics [hylétique absolue] which
remains the hyletic form of absolute idealism. It is along this filiation that we
find the ultimate avatar of the Man-machine, albeit an obviously nonmechanistic one, that of the generalised industrial machine and of the cog-man
[l’homme-rouage] (in a non-metaphorical sense), that of ‘desiring-machines’,
and of the ‘machinic’ as synthesis of hyletic syntheses, re-affirmation of the
affirmation of relations of force, etc[...].”(Laruelle, 1981, p.79)
The next chapter will set out a detailed examination of Deleuze’s work,
and specifically of his collaborations with Guattari, in order to try and clarify
Laruelle’s oblique critique of what he designates here as the ‘hyletic form of
absolute idealism’, and to show how, in spite of Deleuze & Guattari’s virulently
anti-phenomenological stance, the Decisional structure of their machinic
materialism reinstantiates those three instances of materiological amphiboly
identified earlier in the context of Henry’s phenomenology.
We shall proceed in two stages. We will first set out the
preconditions for Deleuze & Guattari’s materialist transvaluation of the
transcendental in the Deleuzean critique of representation. Then we will try to
show why Laruelle believes the price to be paid for Deleuze & Guattari’s
‘machinic constructivism’ -matter’s becoming-thought and thought’s becomingmatter within an all encompassing hyletic continuum- is ultimately a kind of
absolute hyletic idealism.
77The reader should bear in mind that here as throughout almost all his writings, Laruelle deliberately indiscerns
Nietzsche and Deleuze, so that whenever he says ‘Nietzsche’, he also means ‘Deleuze’, and vice versa. This is
more than capricious indolence or lack of scholarly rigour on Laruelle’s part. Since the Deleuze-Nietzsche
tandem is used by Laruelle to index a specific variety of philosophical Decision, which is to say, a
transcendentally rather than historically determined set of abstract conceptual structures -a system of a priori
syntactical invariants rather than a historically identifiable body of doctrine- the proper names ‘Nietzsche and
‘Deleuze’ are used by him indifferently. Cf. in this regard the ‘User’s Guide’ to Laruelle’s Philosophies of
Difference (Laruelle, 1986, pp.5-14),wherein the rationale for this flagrantly anti-scholastic methodology is
explained.
54
CHAPTER 3
DELEUZE & GUATTARI: ABSOLUTE
HYLETICS
Materializing the Transcendental
The initiating gesture of Deleuze & Guattari’s philosophical
project consists precisely in the attempt to effect a materialist transvaluation of
the transcendental. In Anti-Oedipus the relation between ‘deleuzoguattarian’
schizo-analysis and the Kantian Critical apparatus is explicitly addressed: “In
what he called the Critical revolution, Kant set out to discover criteria that
were immanent to knowledge so as to distinguish a legitimate and illegitimate
use of the syntheses of consciousness. In the name of a transcendental
philosophy (immanence of the criteria) he denounced the transcendent use of
these syntheses such as it appeared in metaphysics. In the same way, we must
say that psychoanalysis possesses its own metaphysics, to wit, Oedipus. And
that a revolution, but this time a materialist one, can only proceed through the
critique of Oedipus and by denouncing the illegitimate use of the syntheses of
the unconscious as revealed in Oedipal psychoanalysis, in such a way as to
rediscover a transcendental unconscious defined through the immanence of its
criteria, along with a corresponding practise of schizoanalysis.” (Deleuze &
Guattari,1972, p.89) 78
Underlying this libidinal-materialist appropriation is the Deleuzean claim
that, as far as the empirical realm is concerned, the business of a genuinely
critical transcendentalism lies in articulating real conditions of ontological
actuality rather than ideal conditions of epistemological possibility.
Transcendental philosophy requires the critique of representation rather than its
legitimation. Thus, for Deleuze, the transcendental is not a substantive
philosophical thesis affirming the subordination of objectivity to subjectivity,
ontology to epistemology, but rather a polymorphic method wherein subjectivity
and objectivity are suspended as equivocal, pre-philosophical categories and
immanence becomes the operative functional criterion. In order to clarify the
78In upholding the rights of transcendental immanence against the claims of metaphysical transcendence,
Deleuze & Guattari accord explicitly with the strictures set out by Kant: “We shall entitle the principles whose
application is confined entirely within the limits of possible experience, immanent; and those, on the other hand,
which profess to pass beyond those limits, transcendent[,,,]Thus, transcendental and transcendent are not
interchangeable terms. The principles of pure understanding which we have set out above, allow only of
empirical, and not of transcendental employment, that is, employment extending beyond the limits of experience.
A principle, on the other hand, which takes away these limits, or even commands us actually to transgress them,
is called transcendent. If our criticism can succeed in disclosing the illusion in these alleged principles, then
even these principles which are merely of empirical employment may be called, in opposition to the others,
immanent principles of the pure understanding.” (Kant, 1929, A295-296/B352-353, p.299).
55
full philosophical import of these claims, however, let’s briefly recapitulate the
Deleuzean critique of representation as set out in Difference and Repetition
(1968) and The Logic of Sense (1969).
The Deleuzean Critique of Representation
Already in Difference and Repetition and The Logic of Sense Deleuze is
explicitly striving to liberate a rigorously transcendental but subrepresentational realm from what he takes to be the extraneous and transcendent
set of phenomenological theses with which it had been saddled by Kant and
Husserl. Against both, Deleuze argues that “The error of all efforts to determine
the transcendental as consciousness is that they think of the transcendental in
the image of, and in the resemblance to, that which it is supposed to ground.”
(Deleuze, 1990, p.105) A rigorously immanent deployment of the
transcendental problematic, Deleuze maintains, should transform it into a
philosophical method capable of suspending every remnant of transcendent
empirical presupposition. Those presuppositions are grounded and spuriously
legitimated, Deleuze argues, in the apparatus of representation, with its four
cardinal hinges: identity in the concept, opposition in the predicate, analogy in
judgement, and resemblance in intuition79. These representational ‘collars’ at
once shackle thought and predetermine the parameters of possible experience,
confining philosophy within the bounds of a categorial grid excluding the
anomalous and uncategorisable incidences of difference unsubordinated by
conceptual identity, external to the form of opposition, independent of analogy
in judgement, and unrecognisable by intuition. Moreover, the representational
grid staked out by these categorial syntheses is itself ultimately grounded in the
form of the ‘I’ (cogito or apperception) as paradigm of identification, condition
of opposition, model of analogy and locus of intuition: “The ‘I think’ is the most
general principle of representation - in other words, the source of these
elements and of the unity of all these faculties: I conceive [through the concept],
I judge [through opposition], I imagine, I remember [through resemblance], and
I perceive [through intuition] - as though these were the four branches of the
Cogito.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.138)
Thus, Deleuze, a keen reader of Hume, reminds us that the form of
the Self as ground of representation is something that needs to be explained, not
an incontrovertible Given from which all explanation must begin. To assume
subjective consciousness as something from which philosophy must begin, as
was once supposed of God, is, argues Deleuze, to yield too quickly to a latent
dimension of crypto-theological superstition disguised beneath the empiricist
prejudices of common sense. Deleuze’s philosophical audacity lies in his
79Cf. Deleuze, 1994, for instance pp.29-35; pp.137-138.
56
willingness to try and effect the transcendental suspension or circumvention of
the first person phenomenological perspective, along with the supposed
indubitability of subjective individuation, as an extraneous albeit particularly
resilient form of dogmatic presupposition. This move is significantly more
radical than the superficially similar but still phenomenologically rooted attacks
on metaphysical subjectivism and the Cartesian theatre of representation80, for it
effectively explodes the very kernel of subjectivity, subverting it at its originary
root by dismantling the principle of ontological individuation through which it
is constituted, rather than, say, merely questioning its substantive status as an
ontologically separate realm, or highlighting the quasi-transcendental structure
of aporia through which intentional consciousness as self-presence is
simultaneously constituted and deconstituted at a point where subjective
individuation has already been given as a discrete field81. From a Deleuzean
point of view, it matters little whether one posits consciousness as an
internalised theatre of representation or an externalised set of intentional
relations to the world; as long as the field of phenomenological investigation is
delimited within the space of what Foucault called the ‘empirico-transcendental
doublet’82, it continues to perpetuate “the vicious circle which makes the
condition refer to the conditioned as it reproduces its image.” (Deleuze, 1990,
p.105)
So far then, it might seem as if Deleuze were doing little more than
reiterating Henry’s critique of the (Kantian/Husserlian) principle of empiricotranscendental parallelism. This impression, however, is misleading. Where
Deleuze’s materialization of the transcendental goes beyond anything envisaged
in Henry’s phenomenologisation of matter is in its explicit refusal to accept the
form of the Self as absolute paradigm of all possible individuation83. If
philosophical thought is to stop shamelessly reiterating the pieties of good sense
and start undermining the orthodoxies of common sense, Deleuze insists, it
must not shirk from positing a radical incommensurability between the
individuated realm of subjective experience (whether it be that of intentional
80Of the sort initiated by Nietzsche and Heidegger, and which subsequently became one of the few
incontrovertibly central strands running through much twentieth-century philosophy, common to thinkers as
otherwise dissimilar as Wittgenstein and Merleau-Ponty.
81Cf. for instance, Derrida’s deconstruction of the Husserlian ‘living present’ as locus of transcendental
consciousness in Derrida,1973.
82Cf. Foucault, 1970, pp. 318-328.
83The vital importance of Simondon’s work for the Deleuzean critique of phenomenology cannot be
overestimated (cf. Simondon, 1995). However trenchant his critique of ekstatic representation may be, never for
one moment will Henry envisage undermining the principle of the unity of the phenomenon or abandoning the
form of the Self as paradigm of individuation. Thus, whereas the figure of a radicalised Cartesianism provides the
main resource for Henry’s material phenomenology, Deleuze’s transcendental materialism finds what may well
be its chief philosophical inspiration in a cross-fertilization of Spinoza and Simondon.
55
full philosophical import of these claims, however, let’s briefly recapitulate the
Deleuzean critique of representation as set out in Difference and Repetition
(1968) and The Logic of Sense (1969).
The Deleuzean Critique of Representation
Already in Difference and Repetition and The Logic of Sense Deleuze is
explicitly striving to liberate a rigorously transcendental but subrepresentational realm from what he takes to be the extraneous and transcendent
set of phenomenological theses with which it had been saddled by Kant and
Husserl. Against both, Deleuze argues that “The error of all efforts to determine
the transcendental as consciousness is that they think of the transcendental in
the image of, and in the resemblance to, that which it is supposed to ground.”
(Deleuze, 1990, p.105) A rigorously immanent deployment of the
transcendental problematic, Deleuze maintains, should transform it into a
philosophical method capable of suspending every remnant of transcendent
empirical presupposition. Those presuppositions are grounded and spuriously
legitimated, Deleuze argues, in the apparatus of representation, with its four
cardinal hinges: identity in the concept, opposition in the predicate, analogy in
judgement, and resemblance in intuition79. These representational ‘collars’ at
once shackle thought and predetermine the parameters of possible experience,
confining philosophy within the bounds of a categorial grid excluding the
anomalous and uncategorisable incidences of difference unsubordinated by
conceptual identity, external to the form of opposition, independent of analogy
in judgement, and unrecognisable by intuition. Moreover, the representational
grid staked out by these categorial syntheses is itself ultimately grounded in the
form of the ‘I’ (cogito or apperception) as paradigm of identification, condition
of opposition, model of analogy and locus of intuition: “The ‘I think’ is the most
general principle of representation - in other words, the source of these
elements and of the unity of all these faculties: I conceive [through the concept],
I judge [through opposition], I imagine, I remember [through resemblance], and
I perceive [through intuition] - as though these were the four branches of the
Cogito.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.138)
Thus, Deleuze, a keen reader of Hume, reminds us that the form of
the Self as ground of representation is something that needs to be explained, not
an incontrovertible Given from which all explanation must begin. To assume
subjective consciousness as something from which philosophy must begin, as
was once supposed of God, is, argues Deleuze, to yield too quickly to a latent
dimension of crypto-theological superstition disguised beneath the empiricist
prejudices of common sense. Deleuze’s philosophical audacity lies in his
79Cf. Deleuze, 1994, for instance pp.29-35; pp.137-138.
56
willingness to try and effect the transcendental suspension or circumvention of
the first person phenomenological perspective, along with the supposed
indubitability of subjective individuation, as an extraneous albeit particularly
resilient form of dogmatic presupposition. This move is significantly more
radical than the superficially similar but still phenomenologically rooted attacks
on metaphysical subjectivism and the Cartesian theatre of representation80, for it
effectively explodes the very kernel of subjectivity, subverting it at its originary
root by dismantling the principle of ontological individuation through which it
is constituted, rather than, say, merely questioning its substantive status as an
ontologically separate realm, or highlighting the quasi-transcendental structure
of aporia through which intentional consciousness as self-presence is
simultaneously constituted and deconstituted at a point where subjective
individuation has already been given as a discrete field81. From a Deleuzean
point of view, it matters little whether one posits consciousness as an
internalised theatre of representation or an externalised set of intentional
relations to the world; as long as the field of phenomenological investigation is
delimited within the space of what Foucault called the ‘empirico-transcendental
doublet’82, it continues to perpetuate “the vicious circle which makes the
condition refer to the conditioned as it reproduces its image.” (Deleuze, 1990,
p.105)
So far then, it might seem as if Deleuze were doing little more than
reiterating Henry’s critique of the (Kantian/Husserlian) principle of empiricotranscendental parallelism. This impression, however, is misleading. Where
Deleuze’s materialization of the transcendental goes beyond anything envisaged
in Henry’s phenomenologisation of matter is in its explicit refusal to accept the
form of the Self as absolute paradigm of all possible individuation83. If
philosophical thought is to stop shamelessly reiterating the pieties of good sense
and start undermining the orthodoxies of common sense, Deleuze insists, it
must not shirk from positing a radical incommensurability between the
individuated realm of subjective experience (whether it be that of intentional
80Of the sort initiated by Nietzsche and Heidegger, and which subsequently became one of the few
incontrovertibly central strands running through much twentieth-century philosophy, common to thinkers as
otherwise dissimilar as Wittgenstein and Merleau-Ponty.
81Cf. for instance, Derrida’s deconstruction of the Husserlian ‘living present’ as locus of transcendental
consciousness in Derrida,1973.
82Cf. Foucault, 1970, pp. 318-328.
83The vital importance of Simondon’s work for the Deleuzean critique of phenomenology cannot be
overestimated (cf. Simondon, 1995). However trenchant his critique of ekstatic representation may be, never for
one moment will Henry envisage undermining the principle of the unity of the phenomenon or abandoning the
form of the Self as paradigm of individuation. Thus, whereas the figure of a radicalised Cartesianism provides the
main resource for Henry’s material phenomenology, Deleuze’s transcendental materialism finds what may well
be its chief philosophical inspiration in a cross-fertilization of Spinoza and Simondon.
57
consciousness or that of sub-intentional enstasis) and the pre-individual domain
which conditions that realm while bearing no resemblance to it. Consequently,
Deleuze cannot remain satisfied with Henry’s predominantly negative
characterisation of transcendental immanence as sub-representational, unconscious, and non-intentional. If it remains strictly incommensurable with the
categories of representation it is because, pace Kant, it teems with a-categorial
determinations and anomalous differentiations; if it remains rigorously
irreducible to the dimensions of consciousness it is because, pace Freud, it is
cosmic, anonymous, and anorganic; finally, if it remains utterly heteromorphic
vis a vis the form of the Self it is because, pace Henry, it is comprised of
impersonal individuations and pre-personal singularities. This pre-individual,
impersonal transcendental field sought for by Deleuze, constitutes the
empirically inexhaustible realm of virtual singularities, ‘real without being
actual, ideal without being abstract’, nomadically distributed via the limitlessly
productive, perpetually dynamic disequilibrium of an auto-differentiating,
ontological ‘heterogenesis’: “Despite Sartre’s attempts we cannot retain
consciousness as a milieu while at the same time we object to the form of the
person and the point of view of individuation. A consciousness is nothing
without the form of the I or the point of view of the Self. What is neither
individual nor personal are, on the contrary, emissions of singularities insofar
as they occur on an unconscious surface and possess a mobile, immanent
principle of auto-unification through a nomadic distribution, radically distinct
from fixed and sedentary distributions as conditions of the syntheses of
consciousness. Singularities are the true transcendental events and Ferlinghetti
calls them ‘the fourth person singular’. Far from being individual or personal,
singularities preside over the genesis of individuals and persons; they are
distributed in a ‘potential’ which admits neither Self nor I, but which produces
them by actualising or realizing itself, although the figures of this actualisation
do not at all resemble the realized potential. Only a theory of singular points is
capable of transcending the synthesis of the person and the analysis of the
individual as these are (or are made) in consciousness. We cannot accept the
alternative which thoroughly compromises psychology, cosmology, and
theology: either singularities already comprised in individuals and persons, or
the undifferentiated abyss. Only when the world, teaming with anonymous and
nomadic, impersonal and pre-individual singularities, opens up, do we tread at
last on the field of the transcendental.” (Deleuze, 1990, pp.102-103)
The fundamental components for the kind of transcendental materialism
that will be elaborated in the two volumes of Capitalism and Schizophrenia are
already in place in this passage: the decomposition of the phenomenological
perspective on the world (= dismantling of subjectification, signification, and
interpretation, the three structural hinges of Oedipal representation); the
58
emission of self-assembling virtual singularities by means of nomadic
distribution upon an unconscious surface (= inscription of molecular
intensities/machinic assemblages upon the body-without-organs or plane of
consistency); the actualisation of an impersonal virtual unconscious through
whose processual auto-differentiation or ‘heterogenesis’ the empirical realm is
effectively produced as actual (=machinic construction of the real via
connective, disjunctive, and conjunctive syntheses of desiring-production).
This last feature in particular will prove absolutely central in Deleuze &
Guattari’s anti-phenomenological brand of machinic constructivism, wherein
the transcendental is reconfigured in terms of primary processes of ontological
production engendering a real no longer circumscribed by the categorial
syntheses of representation.
Machinic Constructivism
If the immanence of the transcendental method requires the dissolution of
the phenomenological perspective invariably tied up with the viewpoint of
subjective individuation (a viewpoint, Deleuze insists, whose derivative
character as constituted via representational mediation it is the task of a
transcendental-materialist critique to expose by uncovering the ontogenetic
realm of disintegrated singularities and impersonal multiplicities underlying
representation), then philosophical method as such ceases to be
instrumentalisable through the agency of an ex machina philosophical subject
manipulating it from without. The transcendental immanence of philosophical
method requires that the method become subject of the real as a function of the
machinic unconscious ‘itself’. In other words, it is not the philosopher qua
subject who thinks the real; it is the real which singularises itself as an
impersonal event of thought to which the philosopher is merely accessory.
Thus, the full force of Deleuze & Guattari’s hypercritical -and hence antirepresentationalist- machinic constructivism becomes clear: in the materialist
transvaluation of the transcendental, methodological immanence realizes itself
through a limitless becoming-subject of the real in what Laruelle calls a
‘techno-ontological’ or ‘hyletic’ continuum: “It is this victory of method, its
universal reign as a techno-ontological continuum, its becoming a thinking
thought and a nature, simultaneously subject and substance, that we think
under the preliminary title of [the] transvaluation of the transcendental.”
(Laruelle, 1981, p.18-19.)
The deliberately Hegelian echoes in this Laruellean description of the
‘becoming-subject of method’ should not be misinterpreted. We are
emphatically not proposing some dubious assimilation of Deleuze & Guattari’s
thought to that of Hegel. If we invoke this Laruellean formulation here, it is in
order to point to an illuminating analogy between the Hegelian and
Deleuzoguattarian critiques of representational subjectivism: in both instances,
57
consciousness or that of sub-intentional enstasis) and the pre-individual domain
which conditions that realm while bearing no resemblance to it. Consequently,
Deleuze cannot remain satisfied with Henry’s predominantly negative
characterisation of transcendental immanence as sub-representational, unconscious, and non-intentional. If it remains strictly incommensurable with the
categories of representation it is because, pace Kant, it teems with a-categorial
determinations and anomalous differentiations; if it remains rigorously
irreducible to the dimensions of consciousness it is because, pace Freud, it is
cosmic, anonymous, and anorganic; finally, if it remains utterly heteromorphic
vis a vis the form of the Self it is because, pace Henry, it is comprised of
impersonal individuations and pre-personal singularities. This pre-individual,
impersonal transcendental field sought for by Deleuze, constitutes the
empirically inexhaustible realm of virtual singularities, ‘real without being
actual, ideal without being abstract’, nomadically distributed via the limitlessly
productive, perpetually dynamic disequilibrium of an auto-differentiating,
ontological ‘heterogenesis’: “Despite Sartre’s attempts we cannot retain
consciousness as a milieu while at the same time we object to the form of the
person and the point of view of individuation. A consciousness is nothing
without the form of the I or the point of view of the Self. What is neither
individual nor personal are, on the contrary, emissions of singularities insofar
as they occur on an unconscious surface and possess a mobile, immanent
principle of auto-unification through a nomadic distribution, radically distinct
from fixed and sedentary distributions as conditions of the syntheses of
consciousness. Singularities are the true transcendental events and Ferlinghetti
calls them ‘the fourth person singular’. Far from being individual or personal,
singularities preside over the genesis of individuals and persons; they are
distributed in a ‘potential’ which admits neither Self nor I, but which produces
them by actualising or realizing itself, although the figures of this actualisation
do not at all resemble the realized potential. Only a theory of singular points is
capable of transcending the synthesis of the person and the analysis of the
individual as these are (or are made) in consciousness. We cannot accept the
alternative which thoroughly compromises psychology, cosmology, and
theology: either singularities already comprised in individuals and persons, or
the undifferentiated abyss. Only when the world, teaming with anonymous and
nomadic, impersonal and pre-individual singularities, opens up, do we tread at
last on the field of the transcendental.” (Deleuze, 1990, pp.102-103)
The fundamental components for the kind of transcendental materialism
that will be elaborated in the two volumes of Capitalism and Schizophrenia are
already in place in this passage: the decomposition of the phenomenological
perspective on the world (= dismantling of subjectification, signification, and
interpretation, the three structural hinges of Oedipal representation); the
58
emission of self-assembling virtual singularities by means of nomadic
distribution upon an unconscious surface (= inscription of molecular
intensities/machinic assemblages upon the body-without-organs or plane of
consistency); the actualisation of an impersonal virtual unconscious through
whose processual auto-differentiation or ‘heterogenesis’ the empirical realm is
effectively produced as actual (=machinic construction of the real via
connective, disjunctive, and conjunctive syntheses of desiring-production).
This last feature in particular will prove absolutely central in Deleuze &
Guattari’s anti-phenomenological brand of machinic constructivism, wherein
the transcendental is reconfigured in terms of primary processes of ontological
production engendering a real no longer circumscribed by the categorial
syntheses of representation.
Machinic Constructivism
If the immanence of the transcendental method requires the dissolution of
the phenomenological perspective invariably tied up with the viewpoint of
subjective individuation (a viewpoint, Deleuze insists, whose derivative
character as constituted via representational mediation it is the task of a
transcendental-materialist critique to expose by uncovering the ontogenetic
realm of disintegrated singularities and impersonal multiplicities underlying
representation), then philosophical method as such ceases to be
instrumentalisable through the agency of an ex machina philosophical subject
manipulating it from without. The transcendental immanence of philosophical
method requires that the method become subject of the real as a function of the
machinic unconscious ‘itself’. In other words, it is not the philosopher qua
subject who thinks the real; it is the real which singularises itself as an
impersonal event of thought to which the philosopher is merely accessory.
Thus, the full force of Deleuze & Guattari’s hypercritical -and hence antirepresentationalist- machinic constructivism becomes clear: in the materialist
transvaluation of the transcendental, methodological immanence realizes itself
through a limitless becoming-subject of the real in what Laruelle calls a
‘techno-ontological’ or ‘hyletic’ continuum: “It is this victory of method, its
universal reign as a techno-ontological continuum, its becoming a thinking
thought and a nature, simultaneously subject and substance, that we think
under the preliminary title of [the] transvaluation of the transcendental.”
(Laruelle, 1981, p.18-19.)
The deliberately Hegelian echoes in this Laruellean description of the
‘becoming-subject of method’ should not be misinterpreted. We are
emphatically not proposing some dubious assimilation of Deleuze & Guattari’s
thought to that of Hegel. If we invoke this Laruellean formulation here, it is in
order to point to an illuminating analogy between the Hegelian and
Deleuzoguattarian critiques of representational subjectivism: in both instances,
59
it is not the philosophical subject who represents the real, but the real that thinks
itself by means of the philosophical subject. The crucial difference being this:
for Hegel, matter is internally animated by mind, and the becoming-subject of
substance already encompassed within Geist as absolute self-sundering or selfrelating negativity, so that the apex of philosophical illumination comes with
the realization that Spirit includes its own distinction from nature within itself84.
But for Deleuze & Guattari, mind is a transcendent abstraction from matter, and
the categorial distinction between ‘nature’ and ‘culture’ collapsed within the
neutral univocity of an all-encompassing mechanosphere, so that the highpoint
of philosophical meditation necessitates an ateleogical or ‘machinic’ becomingsubstance of the philosophical subject through the restitution of univocal being
as plane of immanence.
However, in order for philosophical thought to accede to its genuinely
impersonal or pre-subjective transcendental dimension, in conformity with the
Deleuzean commitment to this rigorously univocal ontological immanence, both
the representational cleavage between subject and object, and the
phenomenological intentionality binding thought and thing, noesis and noema,
must be disqualified as instances of equivocal transcendence. For Deleuze &
Guattari, philosophy only attains an authentically transcendental stance when it
becomes able to set aside the categorial constrictions of representation as well
as the equivocal structure of phenomenological intentionality, transforming
thinking as such into a means for mapping the unrepresentable (i.e. virtual)
regions of the real. It is no longer a question of the philosophical concept
adequately representing the real (i.e. materiality-in-itself or the
unrepresentable); it is rather a question of the concept becoming a material
segment of the real -material in the transcendental as opposed to empirical
sense-; a segment which is fully commensurate and entirely coterminous with
materiality as intensively rather than extensively defined.
The development of this transcendental continuity between ‘thought’ and
‘matter’ at the level of sub-representational immanence identified by Deleuze &
Guattari, with the attendant characterisation of the real as an uninterrupted
continuum of intensive materiality, a continuum within which philosophical
thinking is itself inscribed, and whose ‘smooth space’ it is the philosopher’s
task to map via the suspension of representational transcendence, can be charted
84 “The self-knowing Spirit knows not only itself but also the negative of itself, or its limit: to know one’s limit is
to know how to sacrifice oneself. This sacrifice is the externalisation in which Spirit displays the process of its
becoming Spirit in the form of its free contingent happening, intuiting its pure Self as Time outside of it, and
equally its Being as Space. This last becoming of Spirit, Nature, is its living immediate Becoming; Nature, the
externalised Spirit, is in its existence nothing but this eternal externalisation of its continuing existence and the
movement which reinstates the Subject.”(Hegel, 1977, p.492).
60
through the two volumes of Capitalism and Schizophrenia85, right up to What is
Philosophy?. Thus, in Anti-Oedipus, the auto-production of the real is
characterised in terms of the passive syntheses of desiring-production
(presumably by way of deliberate contrast to the active syntheses of
apperception in Kant): “If desire produces, it produces the real. If desire is
something that produces, this can only be production in reality and of
reality...The real follows from it, it is the result of the passive syntheses of
desire as auto-production of the unconscious.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1972,
p.34) In A Thousand Plateaus this production of the real via the autoassembling of the machinic unconscious has become a function of rhizomatic
proliferation. Philosophical thought is a rhizome-thought: “For both statements
and desires the issue is never to reduce the unconscious or to interpret it or to
make it signify according to the tree model. The issue is to produce the
unconscious, and with it new statements, different desires: the rhizome is
precisely this production of the unconscious.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.18)
Finally, in What is Philosophy? Deleuze & Guattari explicitly equate their
transcendental materialism with a radical form of pragmatic constructivism: a
virtual chaos of material intensities (i.e. of impersonal individuations and prepersonal singularities) actualises itself in the philosophical concept as
paraconsistent segment of the real, with the latter serving as immanent element
of the concept (i.e. the plane of immanence or consistency upon which it is
deployed): “A concept is a set of inseparable variations that is produced or
constructed on a plane of immanence insofar as the latter crosscuts the chaotic
variability and gives it consistency (reality). A concept is therefore a chaoid
state par excellence; it refers back to a chaos rendered consistent, become
Thought, mental chaosmos.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.208)
The Hyletic Continuum
It is now possible to begin to make a little more sense of Laruelle’s claim
that Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic materialism constitutes a form of ‘absolute
hyletic idealism’. If, for Deleuze & Guattari, intensive materiality becomes
essentially auto-productive, self-constituting, self-synthesizing, then it is
‘materiality’ as passive synthesis of (auto-)production, Laruelle argues, that has
the power to “synthesize itself, to relate to itself by itself alone through an
inclusive cut or difference.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78) This inclusive cut is
epitomized by the Deleuzean characterisation of intensive materiality as
inclusive disjunction86 of difference in degree and difference in kind, qualitative
and quantitative, intensity and extensity, virtual and actual, etc87.
85Volume I: Anti-Oedipus , 1972; Volume II: A Thousand Plateaus , 1980.
86For Deleuze’s account of intensive difference as ‘inclusive disjunction’ of virtual and actual, cf. Deleuze, 1994,
p.239. Although the expression itself first appears in Anti-Oedipus (co-written with Guattari) and doesn’t occur
59
it is not the philosophical subject who represents the real, but the real that thinks
itself by means of the philosophical subject. The crucial difference being this:
for Hegel, matter is internally animated by mind, and the becoming-subject of
substance already encompassed within Geist as absolute self-sundering or selfrelating negativity, so that the apex of philosophical illumination comes with
the realization that Spirit includes its own distinction from nature within itself84.
But for Deleuze & Guattari, mind is a transcendent abstraction from matter, and
the categorial distinction between ‘nature’ and ‘culture’ collapsed within the
neutral univocity of an all-encompassing mechanosphere, so that the highpoint
of philosophical meditation necessitates an ateleogical or ‘machinic’ becomingsubstance of the philosophical subject through the restitution of univocal being
as plane of immanence.
However, in order for philosophical thought to accede to its genuinely
impersonal or pre-subjective transcendental dimension, in conformity with the
Deleuzean commitment to this rigorously univocal ontological immanence, both
the representational cleavage between subject and object, and the
phenomenological intentionality binding thought and thing, noesis and noema,
must be disqualified as instances of equivocal transcendence. For Deleuze &
Guattari, philosophy only attains an authentically transcendental stance when it
becomes able to set aside the categorial constrictions of representation as well
as the equivocal structure of phenomenological intentionality, transforming
thinking as such into a means for mapping the unrepresentable (i.e. virtual)
regions of the real. It is no longer a question of the philosophical concept
adequately representing the real (i.e. materiality-in-itself or the
unrepresentable); it is rather a question of the concept becoming a material
segment of the real -material in the transcendental as opposed to empirical
sense-; a segment which is fully commensurate and entirely coterminous with
materiality as intensively rather than extensively defined.
The development of this transcendental continuity between ‘thought’ and
‘matter’ at the level of sub-representational immanence identified by Deleuze &
Guattari, with the attendant characterisation of the real as an uninterrupted
continuum of intensive materiality, a continuum within which philosophical
thinking is itself inscribed, and whose ‘smooth space’ it is the philosopher’s
task to map via the suspension of representational transcendence, can be charted
84 “The self-knowing Spirit knows not only itself but also the negative of itself, or its limit: to know one’s limit is
to know how to sacrifice oneself. This sacrifice is the externalisation in which Spirit displays the process of its
becoming Spirit in the form of its free contingent happening, intuiting its pure Self as Time outside of it, and
equally its Being as Space. This last becoming of Spirit, Nature, is its living immediate Becoming; Nature, the
externalised Spirit, is in its existence nothing but this eternal externalisation of its continuing existence and the
movement which reinstates the Subject.”(Hegel, 1977, p.492).
60
through the two volumes of Capitalism and Schizophrenia85, right up to What is
Philosophy?. Thus, in Anti-Oedipus, the auto-production of the real is
characterised in terms of the passive syntheses of desiring-production
(presumably by way of deliberate contrast to the active syntheses of
apperception in Kant): “If desire produces, it produces the real. If desire is
something that produces, this can only be production in reality and of
reality...The real follows from it, it is the result of the passive syntheses of
desire as auto-production of the unconscious.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1972,
p.34) In A Thousand Plateaus this production of the real via the autoassembling of the machinic unconscious has become a function of rhizomatic
proliferation. Philosophical thought is a rhizome-thought: “For both statements
and desires the issue is never to reduce the unconscious or to interpret it or to
make it signify according to the tree model. The issue is to produce the
unconscious, and with it new statements, different desires: the rhizome is
precisely this production of the unconscious.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.18)
Finally, in What is Philosophy? Deleuze & Guattari explicitly equate their
transcendental materialism with a radical form of pragmatic constructivism: a
virtual chaos of material intensities (i.e. of impersonal individuations and prepersonal singularities) actualises itself in the philosophical concept as
paraconsistent segment of the real, with the latter serving as immanent element
of the concept (i.e. the plane of immanence or consistency upon which it is
deployed): “A concept is a set of inseparable variations that is produced or
constructed on a plane of immanence insofar as the latter crosscuts the chaotic
variability and gives it consistency (reality). A concept is therefore a chaoid
state par excellence; it refers back to a chaos rendered consistent, become
Thought, mental chaosmos.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.208)
The Hyletic Continuum
It is now possible to begin to make a little more sense of Laruelle’s claim
that Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic materialism constitutes a form of ‘absolute
hyletic idealism’. If, for Deleuze & Guattari, intensive materiality becomes
essentially auto-productive, self-constituting, self-synthesizing, then it is
‘materiality’ as passive synthesis of (auto-)production, Laruelle argues, that has
the power to “synthesize itself, to relate to itself by itself alone through an
inclusive cut or difference.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.78) This inclusive cut is
epitomized by the Deleuzean characterisation of intensive materiality as
inclusive disjunction86 of difference in degree and difference in kind, qualitative
and quantitative, intensity and extensity, virtual and actual, etc87.
85Volume I: Anti-Oedipus , 1972; Volume II: A Thousand Plateaus , 1980.
86For Deleuze’s account of intensive difference as ‘inclusive disjunction’ of virtual and actual, cf. Deleuze, 1994,
p.239. Although the expression itself first appears in Anti-Oedipus (co-written with Guattari) and doesn’t occur
61
Moreover, Laruelle continues, in order to posit this co-incidence of
matter (or ‘the real’) and of its philosophical logos (or ‘the ideal’) within the
infinite hyletic continuum (or ‘chaos’) transected by the philosophical concept,
a non-representational form of materialism must proceed (as we noted above)
by transcendentally suspending the validity of all phenomenologically given or
representationally mediated instances of empirical transcendence, insofar as
these remain subsumed beneath analogical and categorial relations of negation
and exclusion. In other words, the passive syntheses (connective; disjunctive;
conjunctive) of desiring-production through which the machinic unconscious
produces itself can be identified only on the basis of an initial methodological
reduction isolating the sub-representational and pre-phenomenological domain
of transcendental immanence. Thus, strange as it may sound, for Laruelle,
Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism operates on the basis of an idealizing
transcendental reduction of the phenomenological and representational realms:
“One cannot raise the law of [hyletic] continuity to the level of principle, of an
auto-productive instance enjoying absolute autonomy, of a transcendental,
rather than empirico-legal, continuity, without reducing all external, exclusive
or transcendent instances of synthesis which are simply traced from the given:
unity of the object, unity of experience under laws, unity of the understanding,
of its categories and of the I think, unity of the ego, synthesis of the imagination,
etc.(...)The procedures for constituting a pure hyletic flux as auto-constitutive
or causa sui, are thus those of a transcendental reduction, but one which is
classical, which is to say idealizing. It renders synthesis immanent to itself,
relative to itself or absolute -and thus cancels the external, coded or reified
forms of unity, reducing them to the state of continuous cuts.” (Ibid, p.79)
Just what is meant by this last comment about the transcendental
materialist reduction of all empirical instances to the status of ‘continuous cuts’
will become clearer in the penultimate section of this chapter88. For the time
as such in Deleuze’s earlier work, the concept of inclusive disjunction is clearly present throughout Difference
and Repetition, specifically in the form of what Deleuze calls there an ‘asymmetrical synthesis’ or ‘pathos of
distance’.
87Crucially however, this Deleuzoguattarian methodology of machinic constructivism as abstract, intensive, selfsynthesizing process of transcendental materialization, simultaneously cutting across subject and substance,
remains for Laruelle a variant on a quasi-universal structural invariant governing the constellation of
contemporary theoretical problematics clustered around the philosophical motif of Difference: “We call infinite
hyletic Flux, or hyletic Continuum, this process of the infinite synthesis and difference of opposites, the river into
which all thinkings of Difference (including Heidegger, who reinscribes Difference in the Same) flow. This
hyletic flux divides and produces itself, it carries out on itself cuts, divisions, an entire process of ‘differing’, by
means of techniques which it produces and which co-belong to it, and with which, as Same or instance of
Repetition=Reproduction, it is coextensive. Here is where transcendental philosophy ends up with Nietzsche and
Heidegger after the neo-Kantian interlude: with the constitution of a universal a priori which is at the same time
or simultaneously the material, the technical means, [and] the result of its becoming.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.18).
88Cf. infra, pp.154-161.
62
being however, it is necessary to focus on the very specific character of the
idealizing transcendental reduction through which Deleuze & Guattari isolate
this absolute hyletic continuum. In fact, the absolute transcendental sphere
isolated through this materialist reduction is none other than that of the plane of
immanence upon which the philosophical Concept is to be deployed.
The Plane of Immanence
The plane of immanence is what remains after all empirico-transcendent
instances of synthesis have been suspended or reduced; yet at the same time it is
‘prephilosophical’89, or that which must be presupposed as ‘always already’ in
effect in order for the creation of a philosophical Concept to take place: “The
concept is the beginning of philosophy, but the plane is its instituting.” (Deleuze
& Guattari, 1994, p.41) Moreover, if Deleuze & Guattari compare the
instituting of the plane of immanence to a form of “groping experimentation”
involving “dreams, pathological processes, esoteric experiences, drunkenness
and excess”90, it is because a reduction which necessitates the simultaneous
‘bracketing’ or casting aside of the Self as subject of experience, of the Object
as locus of cognition, and of the World as horizonal backdrop, will be more
akin to a form of radical cognitive experimentation rather than to a rationally
orchestrated program of methodical doubt; a form of cognitive experimentation
aiming at the subversion of all fixed and stable epistemic guarantors, rather than
an instance of epistemological investigation hoping to excavate an indubitable
basis for knowledge. Only such experimentation is liable to succeed in
instituting the unenvisageable immanence of that prephilosophical plane
concomitant with the essentially anomalous image91 of philosophical thought.
Why describe this form of experimental reduction as ‘idealising’?
Clearly, if the instituting of the plane requires the bracketing of all instances of
transcendent synthesis such as that of Self, World, and Object, then this
reduction cannot be equated with the kind of methodological voluntarism
characteristic of Husserlian reduction. The latter can be described as idealising
precisely insofar as it seeks to reduce the World and the Object on the basis of
the transcendental Self;- the self as empirical instance is bracketed but not the
89 “Prephilosophical does not mean something pre-existent but rather something that does not exist outside
philosophy, although philosophy presupposes it.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.41).
90Ibid., p.41.
91The genuinely philosophical image of thought is ‘anomalous’ or nomadic by way of contrast to those
normative and sedentary images of thought regulated in conformity with the prejudices of good sense and
common sense.
61
Moreover, Laruelle continues, in order to posit this co-incidence of
matter (or ‘the real’) and of its philosophical logos (or ‘the ideal’) within the
infinite hyletic continuum (or ‘chaos’) transected by the philosophical concept,
a non-representational form of materialism must proceed (as we noted above)
by transcendentally suspending the validity of all phenomenologically given or
representationally mediated instances of empirical transcendence, insofar as
these remain subsumed beneath analogical and categorial relations of negation
and exclusion. In other words, the passive syntheses (connective; disjunctive;
conjunctive) of desiring-production through which the machinic unconscious
produces itself can be identified only on the basis of an initial methodological
reduction isolating the sub-representational and pre-phenomenological domain
of transcendental immanence. Thus, strange as it may sound, for Laruelle,
Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism operates on the basis of an idealizing
transcendental reduction of the phenomenological and representational realms:
“One cannot raise the law of [hyletic] continuity to the level of principle, of an
auto-productive instance enjoying absolute autonomy, of a transcendental,
rather than empirico-legal, continuity, without reducing all external, exclusive
or transcendent instances of synthesis which are simply traced from the given:
unity of the object, unity of experience under laws, unity of the understanding,
of its categories and of the I think, unity of the ego, synthesis of the imagination,
etc.(...)The procedures for constituting a pure hyletic flux as auto-constitutive
or causa sui, are thus those of a transcendental reduction, but one which is
classical, which is to say idealizing. It renders synthesis immanent to itself,
relative to itself or absolute -and thus cancels the external, coded or reified
forms of unity, reducing them to the state of continuous cuts.” (Ibid, p.79)
Just what is meant by this last comment about the transcendental
materialist reduction of all empirical instances to the status of ‘continuous cuts’
will become clearer in the penultimate section of this chapter88. For the time
as such in Deleuze’s earlier work, the concept of inclusive disjunction is clearly present throughout Difference
and Repetition, specifically in the form of what Deleuze calls there an ‘asymmetrical synthesis’ or ‘pathos of
distance’.
87Crucially however, this Deleuzoguattarian methodology of machinic constructivism as abstract, intensive, selfsynthesizing process of transcendental materialization, simultaneously cutting across subject and substance,
remains for Laruelle a variant on a quasi-universal structural invariant governing the constellation of
contemporary theoretical problematics clustered around the philosophical motif of Difference: “We call infinite
hyletic Flux, or hyletic Continuum, this process of the infinite synthesis and difference of opposites, the river into
which all thinkings of Difference (including Heidegger, who reinscribes Difference in the Same) flow. This
hyletic flux divides and produces itself, it carries out on itself cuts, divisions, an entire process of ‘differing’, by
means of techniques which it produces and which co-belong to it, and with which, as Same or instance of
Repetition=Reproduction, it is coextensive. Here is where transcendental philosophy ends up with Nietzsche and
Heidegger after the neo-Kantian interlude: with the constitution of a universal a priori which is at the same time
or simultaneously the material, the technical means, [and] the result of its becoming.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.18).
88Cf. infra, pp.154-161.
62
being however, it is necessary to focus on the very specific character of the
idealizing transcendental reduction through which Deleuze & Guattari isolate
this absolute hyletic continuum. In fact, the absolute transcendental sphere
isolated through this materialist reduction is none other than that of the plane of
immanence upon which the philosophical Concept is to be deployed.
The Plane of Immanence
The plane of immanence is what remains after all empirico-transcendent
instances of synthesis have been suspended or reduced; yet at the same time it is
‘prephilosophical’89, or that which must be presupposed as ‘always already’ in
effect in order for the creation of a philosophical Concept to take place: “The
concept is the beginning of philosophy, but the plane is its instituting.” (Deleuze
& Guattari, 1994, p.41) Moreover, if Deleuze & Guattari compare the
instituting of the plane of immanence to a form of “groping experimentation”
involving “dreams, pathological processes, esoteric experiences, drunkenness
and excess”90, it is because a reduction which necessitates the simultaneous
‘bracketing’ or casting aside of the Self as subject of experience, of the Object
as locus of cognition, and of the World as horizonal backdrop, will be more
akin to a form of radical cognitive experimentation rather than to a rationally
orchestrated program of methodical doubt; a form of cognitive experimentation
aiming at the subversion of all fixed and stable epistemic guarantors, rather than
an instance of epistemological investigation hoping to excavate an indubitable
basis for knowledge. Only such experimentation is liable to succeed in
instituting the unenvisageable immanence of that prephilosophical plane
concomitant with the essentially anomalous image91 of philosophical thought.
Why describe this form of experimental reduction as ‘idealising’?
Clearly, if the instituting of the plane requires the bracketing of all instances of
transcendent synthesis such as that of Self, World, and Object, then this
reduction cannot be equated with the kind of methodological voluntarism
characteristic of Husserlian reduction. The latter can be described as idealising
precisely insofar as it seeks to reduce the World and the Object on the basis of
the transcendental Self;- the self as empirical instance is bracketed but not the
89 “Prephilosophical does not mean something pre-existent but rather something that does not exist outside
philosophy, although philosophy presupposes it.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.41).
90Ibid., p.41.
91The genuinely philosophical image of thought is ‘anomalous’ or nomadic by way of contrast to those
normative and sedentary images of thought regulated in conformity with the prejudices of good sense and
common sense.
63
form of subjective individuation as such. Husserl maintains subjective
individuation as that absolute and irreducible ‘given’ on the basis of which it
becomes possible to isolate both the originary givenness of the World and of the
Object. The thesis of the independent existence of objectively given entities is
suspended in order to isolate the originary intentional syntheses through which
those worldly objects come to be constituted as given in and through
transcendental consciousness.
By way of contrast, what is ‘idealising’ about the Deleuzoguattarian
reduction is that the plane is instituted not according to the form of absolute
consciousness as ‘self-giving’92, but rather through the philosophical Concept
as ‘self-positing’ or as a relative-absolute which pre-supposes the plane in and
through its own self-supposing or self-positing93: “Philosophy is at once
concept creation and instituting of the plane[...]The plane is clearly not a
program, design, end or means: it is a plane of immanence that constitutes the
absolute ground of philosophy, its earth or deterritorialization, the foundation
on which it creates its concepts. Both the creation of concepts and the
instituting of the plane are required, like two wings or fins.” (Ibid., p.41) Thus,
the plane is instituted as limit or locus of absolute deterritorialization through
the Concept that pre-supposes it; it is pre-supposed as that which institutes
itself as absolute limit or ground for philosophy through its philosophical
positing. The plane has to be philosophically constructed; yet it is also that
which constructs itself through philosophy; it is at once ‘always already there’
or pre-supposed; and something that has to be laid out or constructed; which is
to say, posed. In other words, the plane is pre-supposed only insofar as it ‘will
have been’ posed; but posed only insofar has it ‘will have been’ pre-supposed94:
“[...]even the ‘prephilosophical’ plane is only so called because it is laid out as
92On the phenomenological requirement that absolute transcendental consciousness be ‘self-giving’, which is to
say, self-constituting, cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp. 66-70.
93 “The concept is defined by its consistency, its endoconsistency and exoconsistency, but it has no reference; it
is self-referential; it posits itself and its object at the same time as it is created. Constructivism unites the relative
and the absolute.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.22).
94One will recognize here the distinctive temporality of the future anterior as index of the transcendental: for
Deleuze, the time of transcendental immanence is the Aionic time wherein the immemorial and the unheard of;
the unrememberable past and the unanticipatable future, coincide virtually. The plane of immanence is Aionic or
virtual as that which simultaneously occupies the ‘already’ and the ‘not yet’. Interestingly enough, the process
whereby immanence is simultaneously posited and pre-supposed in the philosophical Concept is remarkably
reminiscent of the interplay between positing and pre-supposing reflection as articulated in Hegel’s ‘Logic of
Essence’: “Reflection thus finds before it an immediate which it transcends and from which it is the return. But
this return is only the presupposing of what reflection finds before it. What is thus found only comes to be
through being left behind; its immediacy is sublated immediacy”(Hegel, 1989, p.402). Cf. op. cit. , especially pp.
399-408. As we shall see, if immanence is conceived of as that whose pre-philosophical immediacy must be
posited and pre-supposed in the Concept, then its immediacy as unconditional exteriority for thought becomes the
result of its having been ‘always already’ sublated , or conceptually mediated, in accordance with a gesture of
idealizing transcendence which is strikingly consonant with Hegel’s absolute or ‘objective’ idealism.
64
presupposed and not because it pre-exists without being laid out.” (Ibid.,p.78)
As a result, the plane of immanence isolated through this transcendental
suspension of categorial synthesis and representational transcendence is selfsynthesising, self-constituting: relative only to itself, immanent only to itself.
Moreover, if this plane of immanence is immanent only to itself95 rather than to
the Self, the World, or the Object, it is because it lays itself out through the selfpositing of the philosophical Concept; thus, there is a sense in which it, just as
much as the Concept, must also be said to be self-positing, self-constructing.
And it is via forms of cognitive experimentation involving a total suspension of
the apparatus of categorial representation, a systematic disordering of all the
faculties96, that the philosopher must seek out that point of indiscernibility
between the unenvisageable ‘prephilosophical’ immanence which thought has
always already pre-supposed, and the initiatory crystallization of the Concept
through which that unenvisageable pre-supposition can be philosophically
posed.
The hyletic reduction effected by Deleuze & Guattari is idealizing then
because it reduces transcendence on the basis of an immanence which is
irreducible precisely insofar as it is self-presupposing or causa sui 97; a selfpresupposing immanence that is fundamentally indissociable (because posited
as presupposed and presupposed as posited) from the self-positing of the
philosophical Concept. The hyletic reduction operates by isolating its pure
transcendental residue in that point of indiscernibility between supposition and
pre-supposition; Concept and plane of immanence. That point, that
indiscernible residue, is nothing but the plane as synthesis of synthesis;
inclusive disjunction of positing and pre-positing. And this indiscernibility
ultimately coincides with that between the supposition of thought and its
95Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.44-49. We shall be highlighting the problematic character of Deleuze &
Guattari’s characterisation of immanence as ‘immanence-to-itself’ below. Cf. supra, pp. 136-142.
96For Deleuze’s account of the manner in which a discordant use of the faculties engenders an anomalous or
nomadic image of thought, shorn of the dogmatic prejudices of good sense and the restrictive concordances of
common sense, cf. Deleuze, 1994, p.143.
97It is on account of this indiscernible coincidence of (or absolute hyletic continuity between) immanence as
extrinsic ground for the Concept, and immanence as intrinsically pre-supposed in the Concept’s self-positing, that
the plane can function as an absolute, or self-constituting, hyletic residue. So it is with the plane of immanence or
hyletic continuum as causa sui in mind that Laruelle writes: “As far as given synthesis is concerned, there is
always some, and always too much, but the task of absolute materialism, which must, by virtue of this very fact,
remain a hyletics, an identity of matter and logos, is to render that synthesis productive, capable of itself or
cause of itself. The principle of an intensive rather than extensive material continuity is isolated through a
reduction which one could with some justification entitle phenomenologico-transcendental because it isolates
the residue of a matter -as hyle- in the instance of an absolute phenomenon or absolute objective appearance,
and it identifies Being with that phenomenon as a whole. Within an immanent realm of this sort, the phenomenological and the materio-logical remain exactly coextensive.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.79) The plane of immanence is
the hyletic continuum as absolute phenomenon; abstract or intensive materiality as point of indiscernibility
between the phenomeno- and materio-logical realms. It is the full body of the Earth; the Deterritorialized; Being
as inclusive disjunction.
63
form of subjective individuation as such. Husserl maintains subjective
individuation as that absolute and irreducible ‘given’ on the basis of which it
becomes possible to isolate both the originary givenness of the World and of the
Object. The thesis of the independent existence of objectively given entities is
suspended in order to isolate the originary intentional syntheses through which
those worldly objects come to be constituted as given in and through
transcendental consciousness.
By way of contrast, what is ‘idealising’ about the Deleuzoguattarian
reduction is that the plane is instituted not according to the form of absolute
consciousness as ‘self-giving’92, but rather through the philosophical Concept
as ‘self-positing’ or as a relative-absolute which pre-supposes the plane in and
through its own self-supposing or self-positing93: “Philosophy is at once
concept creation and instituting of the plane[...]The plane is clearly not a
program, design, end or means: it is a plane of immanence that constitutes the
absolute ground of philosophy, its earth or deterritorialization, the foundation
on which it creates its concepts. Both the creation of concepts and the
instituting of the plane are required, like two wings or fins.” (Ibid., p.41) Thus,
the plane is instituted as limit or locus of absolute deterritorialization through
the Concept that pre-supposes it; it is pre-supposed as that which institutes
itself as absolute limit or ground for philosophy through its philosophical
positing. The plane has to be philosophically constructed; yet it is also that
which constructs itself through philosophy; it is at once ‘always already there’
or pre-supposed; and something that has to be laid out or constructed; which is
to say, posed. In other words, the plane is pre-supposed only insofar as it ‘will
have been’ posed; but posed only insofar has it ‘will have been’ pre-supposed94:
“[...]even the ‘prephilosophical’ plane is only so called because it is laid out as
92On the phenomenological requirement that absolute transcendental consciousness be ‘self-giving’, which is to
say, self-constituting, cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp. 66-70.
93 “The concept is defined by its consistency, its endoconsistency and exoconsistency, but it has no reference; it
is self-referential; it posits itself and its object at the same time as it is created. Constructivism unites the relative
and the absolute.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.22).
94One will recognize here the distinctive temporality of the future anterior as index of the transcendental: for
Deleuze, the time of transcendental immanence is the Aionic time wherein the immemorial and the unheard of;
the unrememberable past and the unanticipatable future, coincide virtually. The plane of immanence is Aionic or
virtual as that which simultaneously occupies the ‘already’ and the ‘not yet’. Interestingly enough, the process
whereby immanence is simultaneously posited and pre-supposed in the philosophical Concept is remarkably
reminiscent of the interplay between positing and pre-supposing reflection as articulated in Hegel’s ‘Logic of
Essence’: “Reflection thus finds before it an immediate which it transcends and from which it is the return. But
this return is only the presupposing of what reflection finds before it. What is thus found only comes to be
through being left behind; its immediacy is sublated immediacy”(Hegel, 1989, p.402). Cf. op. cit. , especially pp.
399-408. As we shall see, if immanence is conceived of as that whose pre-philosophical immediacy must be
posited and pre-supposed in the Concept, then its immediacy as unconditional exteriority for thought becomes the
result of its having been ‘always already’ sublated , or conceptually mediated, in accordance with a gesture of
idealizing transcendence which is strikingly consonant with Hegel’s absolute or ‘objective’ idealism.
64
presupposed and not because it pre-exists without being laid out.” (Ibid.,p.78)
As a result, the plane of immanence isolated through this transcendental
suspension of categorial synthesis and representational transcendence is selfsynthesising, self-constituting: relative only to itself, immanent only to itself.
Moreover, if this plane of immanence is immanent only to itself95 rather than to
the Self, the World, or the Object, it is because it lays itself out through the selfpositing of the philosophical Concept; thus, there is a sense in which it, just as
much as the Concept, must also be said to be self-positing, self-constructing.
And it is via forms of cognitive experimentation involving a total suspension of
the apparatus of categorial representation, a systematic disordering of all the
faculties96, that the philosopher must seek out that point of indiscernibility
between the unenvisageable ‘prephilosophical’ immanence which thought has
always already pre-supposed, and the initiatory crystallization of the Concept
through which that unenvisageable pre-supposition can be philosophically
posed.
The hyletic reduction effected by Deleuze & Guattari is idealizing then
because it reduces transcendence on the basis of an immanence which is
irreducible precisely insofar as it is self-presupposing or causa sui 97; a selfpresupposing immanence that is fundamentally indissociable (because posited
as presupposed and presupposed as posited) from the self-positing of the
philosophical Concept. The hyletic reduction operates by isolating its pure
transcendental residue in that point of indiscernibility between supposition and
pre-supposition; Concept and plane of immanence. That point, that
indiscernible residue, is nothing but the plane as synthesis of synthesis;
inclusive disjunction of positing and pre-positing. And this indiscernibility
ultimately coincides with that between the supposition of thought and its
95Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.44-49. We shall be highlighting the problematic character of Deleuze &
Guattari’s characterisation of immanence as ‘immanence-to-itself’ below. Cf. supra, pp. 136-142.
96For Deleuze’s account of the manner in which a discordant use of the faculties engenders an anomalous or
nomadic image of thought, shorn of the dogmatic prejudices of good sense and the restrictive concordances of
common sense, cf. Deleuze, 1994, p.143.
97It is on account of this indiscernible coincidence of (or absolute hyletic continuity between) immanence as
extrinsic ground for the Concept, and immanence as intrinsically pre-supposed in the Concept’s self-positing, that
the plane can function as an absolute, or self-constituting, hyletic residue. So it is with the plane of immanence or
hyletic continuum as causa sui in mind that Laruelle writes: “As far as given synthesis is concerned, there is
always some, and always too much, but the task of absolute materialism, which must, by virtue of this very fact,
remain a hyletics, an identity of matter and logos, is to render that synthesis productive, capable of itself or
cause of itself. The principle of an intensive rather than extensive material continuity is isolated through a
reduction which one could with some justification entitle phenomenologico-transcendental because it isolates
the residue of a matter -as hyle- in the instance of an absolute phenomenon or absolute objective appearance,
and it identifies Being with that phenomenon as a whole. Within an immanent realm of this sort, the phenomenological and the materio-logical remain exactly coextensive.” (Laruelle, 1981, p.79) The plane of immanence is
the hyletic continuum as absolute phenomenon; abstract or intensive materiality as point of indiscernibility
between the phenomeno- and materio-logical realms. It is the full body of the Earth; the Deterritorialized; Being
as inclusive disjunction.
65
unthinkable pre-supposition; for the plane of immanence is also characterised
as “at the same time, that which must be thought and that which cannot be
thought. It is the non-thought within thought [...] the most intimate within
thought and yet the absolute outside [...] the not-external outside and the notinternal inside” (Ibid., p.59). Consequently, the philosopher thinks on the basis
of an unthinkable exteriority which lies at the heart of thought; an
unenvisageable immanence upon which the anomalous image of philosophical
thinking is deployed in the Concept.
We cannot fail to notice here a triadic structure echoing that which we
saw at work in Henry’s phenomenologised immediation of thinkable (ekstatic
intentionality of the videre) and unthinkable (absolute immanence of the
videor)98. The plane of immanence is an absolute transcendental residue of the
reduction of transcendence, but a residue posed as a pre-supposition for
philosophical thinking in and through the self-positing of the Concept; a residue
that is nothing independently of the operation of experimental construction by
which it is laid out in and through the Concept. Thus, the unthinkable is at once
absolute limit and ground of deterritorialization, which is to say,
deterritorialized earth or body-without-organs; and pre-supposition which is
internally posited as unthinkable exteriority via the self-positing of thought in
the Concept. Here we re-encounter that complex triadic structure which we will
come to recognize as definitive of philosophical Decision for Laruelle: on the
one hand, immanence as absolute deterritorialization, unthinkable Outside; on
the other, philosophical thinking as reciprocal presupposition or indiscernibility
of deterritorialization and reterritorialization, outside and inside, presupposed
plane and conceptual supposition. Or again: on the one hand, immanence as full
body of the Earth, limit of absolute deterritorialization, is of course the inclusive
disjunction of the ‘not-internal’ inside and the ‘not-external’ outside; of relative
supposition and absolute pre-supposition. While on the other, philosophy as
indiscernibility of position and presupposition, thought and unthought, inside
and outside, functions as the relation of relation and non-relation. For Deleuze
and Guattari, immanence can be affirmed as absolute exteriority only insofar as
it is indissociable from its presupposition in the Concept. In other words,
immanence functions as limit of deterritorialized exteriority, or as Real, for
thought only insofar as it has been ideally presupposed in the position of the
Concept; an auto-position according to which the latter operates as point of
indiscernibility between -which is to say explicit mixture or hybrid ofthinkable and unthinkable; territorialization and deterritorialization; supposition
and presupposition; transcendence and immanence; relative and absolute; etc.
98Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
66
Thus, if Deleuze & Guattari’s hyletic reduction is idealizing it is because
it establishes an ideal, self-constructing or self-assembling immanence as that
absolute transcendental residue wherein physis and nous, hyle and logos,
coincide99. The plane of immanence is Being as abstract or intensive
materiality; the smooth space of nomadic distribution upon which the Concept
is deployed as the aleatory point of indiscernibility inclusively disjoining -rather
than dialectically synthesizing- an impersonal philosophical subject and a preindividual intensive substance. Consequently, the reduction through which the
plane of immanence is laid out establishes the hyletic continuum as that
absolute transcendental residue or irreducible sub-jektum on whose basis the
coextensiveness of the phenomeno-logos and the materio-logos in the
philosophical Concept can be initiated. Having secured this transcendental
coextensiveness, Deleuze & Guattari can proceed to map out the rhizomatic
lineaments of nomadic distribution insofar as it now governs the smooth space
of abstract hyletic continuity between ‘phenomenon’ and ‘matter’.
Thus, the plane of immanence transects the hyletic continuum; it ‘slices
through the chaos’ of intensive materiality100. As performed by Deleuze &
Guattari, this methodological transection results in two fundamental features
that we wish to focus on now. First, that of the constitutive aparallelism
between smooth and striated, virtual and actual; the aparallelism between
representational extensity and non-representational intensity circumscribed
upon the plane of immanence and which can only be apprehended on the basis
of reduction. Second, that of the process of nomadic distribution as operator of
machinic conjunction through which the elements of the plane are distributed
and the plane itself constructed.
Parallelism and Asymmetry
In Difference and Repetition Deleuze recuses the early Heidegger’s
inscription of ontico-ontological difference as Da-sein, along with the
concomitant privileging of ‘being-in-the-world’ as an integrated structural
whole and transcendent horizon of pre-ontological understanding101. He thereby
jettisons both what he considers to be the residual phenomenological isomorphy
or parallelism between transcendental and empirical, Being and beings, in the
project of a ‘fundamental’ ontology; and the ontologically equivocal
subordination of the ‘regional’ to the ‘fundamental’. For Deleuze, once the
99 “The plane of immanence has two facets as Thought and as Nature, as Nous and as Physis.” (Deleuze &
Guattari, 1994, p.38).
100 “The plane of immanence is like a section of chaos and acts like a sieve.” (Ibid., p.42).
101 “The same attitude of refusing objective presuppositions, but on condition of assuming just as many
subjective presuppositions (which are perhaps the same ones in another form), appears when Heidegger invokes a
pre-ontological understanding of Being.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.129)
65
unthinkable pre-supposition; for the plane of immanence is also characterised
as “at the same time, that which must be thought and that which cannot be
thought. It is the non-thought within thought [...] the most intimate within
thought and yet the absolute outside [...] the not-external outside and the notinternal inside” (Ibid., p.59). Consequently, the philosopher thinks on the basis
of an unthinkable exteriority which lies at the heart of thought; an
unenvisageable immanence upon which the anomalous image of philosophical
thinking is deployed in the Concept.
We cannot fail to notice here a triadic structure echoing that which we
saw at work in Henry’s phenomenologised immediation of thinkable (ekstatic
intentionality of the videre) and unthinkable (absolute immanence of the
videor)98. The plane of immanence is an absolute transcendental residue of the
reduction of transcendence, but a residue posed as a pre-supposition for
philosophical thinking in and through the self-positing of the Concept; a residue
that is nothing independently of the operation of experimental construction by
which it is laid out in and through the Concept. Thus, the unthinkable is at once
absolute limit and ground of deterritorialization, which is to say,
deterritorialized earth or body-without-organs; and pre-supposition which is
internally posited as unthinkable exteriority via the self-positing of thought in
the Concept. Here we re-encounter that complex triadic structure which we will
come to recognize as definitive of philosophical Decision for Laruelle: on the
one hand, immanence as absolute deterritorialization, unthinkable Outside; on
the other, philosophical thinking as reciprocal presupposition or indiscernibility
of deterritorialization and reterritorialization, outside and inside, presupposed
plane and conceptual supposition. Or again: on the one hand, immanence as full
body of the Earth, limit of absolute deterritorialization, is of course the inclusive
disjunction of the ‘not-internal’ inside and the ‘not-external’ outside; of relative
supposition and absolute pre-supposition. While on the other, philosophy as
indiscernibility of position and presupposition, thought and unthought, inside
and outside, functions as the relation of relation and non-relation. For Deleuze
and Guattari, immanence can be affirmed as absolute exteriority only insofar as
it is indissociable from its presupposition in the Concept. In other words,
immanence functions as limit of deterritorialized exteriority, or as Real, for
thought only insofar as it has been ideally presupposed in the position of the
Concept; an auto-position according to which the latter operates as point of
indiscernibility between -which is to say explicit mixture or hybrid ofthinkable and unthinkable; territorialization and deterritorialization; supposition
and presupposition; transcendence and immanence; relative and absolute; etc.
98Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
66
Thus, if Deleuze & Guattari’s hyletic reduction is idealizing it is because
it establishes an ideal, self-constructing or self-assembling immanence as that
absolute transcendental residue wherein physis and nous, hyle and logos,
coincide99. The plane of immanence is Being as abstract or intensive
materiality; the smooth space of nomadic distribution upon which the Concept
is deployed as the aleatory point of indiscernibility inclusively disjoining -rather
than dialectically synthesizing- an impersonal philosophical subject and a preindividual intensive substance. Consequently, the reduction through which the
plane of immanence is laid out establishes the hyletic continuum as that
absolute transcendental residue or irreducible sub-jektum on whose basis the
coextensiveness of the phenomeno-logos and the materio-logos in the
philosophical Concept can be initiated. Having secured this transcendental
coextensiveness, Deleuze & Guattari can proceed to map out the rhizomatic
lineaments of nomadic distribution insofar as it now governs the smooth space
of abstract hyletic continuity between ‘phenomenon’ and ‘matter’.
Thus, the plane of immanence transects the hyletic continuum; it ‘slices
through the chaos’ of intensive materiality100. As performed by Deleuze &
Guattari, this methodological transection results in two fundamental features
that we wish to focus on now. First, that of the constitutive aparallelism
between smooth and striated, virtual and actual; the aparallelism between
representational extensity and non-representational intensity circumscribed
upon the plane of immanence and which can only be apprehended on the basis
of reduction. Second, that of the process of nomadic distribution as operator of
machinic conjunction through which the elements of the plane are distributed
and the plane itself constructed.
Parallelism and Asymmetry
In Difference and Repetition Deleuze recuses the early Heidegger’s
inscription of ontico-ontological difference as Da-sein, along with the
concomitant privileging of ‘being-in-the-world’ as an integrated structural
whole and transcendent horizon of pre-ontological understanding101. He thereby
jettisons both what he considers to be the residual phenomenological isomorphy
or parallelism between transcendental and empirical, Being and beings, in the
project of a ‘fundamental’ ontology; and the ontologically equivocal
subordination of the ‘regional’ to the ‘fundamental’. For Deleuze, once the
99 “The plane of immanence has two facets as Thought and as Nature, as Nous and as Physis.” (Deleuze &
Guattari, 1994, p.38).
100 “The plane of immanence is like a section of chaos and acts like a sieve.” (Ibid., p.42).
101 “The same attitude of refusing objective presuppositions, but on condition of assuming just as many
subjective presuppositions (which are perhaps the same ones in another form), appears when Heidegger invokes a
pre-ontological understanding of Being.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.129)
67
categorial filters of representational mediation have been transcendentally
suspended, the ontic realm ceases to consist either of fixed, stable, self-identical
entities amenable to representation, or phenomenologically apprehensible series
of shifting perspectival adumbrations (Abschattungen; esquisses) encompassed
within a unified eidetic horizon; there are only self-dissimilar, unrecognisable,
unidentifiable dispersions of simulacra, shorn of all resemblance, whether it be
to an originary model or another copy; differences which are neither different
relative to another identity nor identical to themselves since they remain
differences of differences of differences..., “demonic images, stripped of
resemblance”, images that have “externalised resemblance and live on
difference instead.”102
Conversely, for Deleuze, intensive difference, the Being of simulacra, is
not ‘a’ difference but the sheer differing of differences; the Disparate or
Unequal-in-itself103. The latter surges forth as that by virtue of which a
difference is ‘made’ or produced104 and simulacra given in their differing, says
Deleuze, through an act of transcendental determination whereby a part of the
virtual actualises itself. In Difference and Repetition Deleuze distinguishes a
complex triad of interrelated terms here: the realm of problematic singularities
or Ideas whose intensive differentiation renders the virtual entirely determinate;
a dimension of differenciation in extensity which is actually determinable;
finally, ‘different/ciation’ as the determination of the determinable by the
determinate through the chiasmatic explication of virtual intensities in actual
extensity, and envelopment of extensive actuality by intensive virtuality. Thus,
transcendental determination occurs via the simultaneous explication of the
intensive in extensity and envelopment of the extensive by intensity. The
catalyst for this reciprocal envelopment/explication of virtual and actual is the
circumscription of a circuit of problematic virtualities in an intensive spatium as
field of individuation. It this spatium as individuating threshold which functions
as the intensive determinant precipitating the process through which a part of
the virtual actualises itself105. Consequently, although virtual differentiation
determines actual differenciation, it is the process of intensive individuation as
different/ciating integration of problematic disparity (i.e. as extensive
integration of the Unequal-in-itself) which functions as the sufficient reason for
the actualisation of the virtual106: “Individuation is the act by which intensity
determines differential relations to become actualised, along the lines of
68
differenciation and within the qualities and extensities it creates. The total
notion is therefore that of: indi-different/ciation” (Deleuze, 1994, p.246).
It is important to note then that, according to Deleuze, intensive
individuation functions as the ‘sufficient reason’107 for the process of
actualisation precisely insofar as it is conceived in terms of this complex
integration or chiasmic interpenetration of virtual intensity and actual extensity.
Thus, Deleuze’s conception of transcendental ontogenesis as process of ‘indidifferent/ciation’ is explicitly composite or hybrid in character. Moreover, the
site of ontological ‘indi-different/ciation’ as
chiasmic locus for the
interpenetration or envelopment of the virtual in the actual and of the actual by
the virtual is the plane of immanence. The latter is the transcendental element of
their chiasmic indiscernibility, of their perpetually circuitous exchange: “The
plane of immanence at once comprises the virtual and its actualisation, without
there being an assignable limit between the two. The actual is the complement
or the product, the object of the actualisation, but the latter has only the virtual
as its subject. Actualisation belongs to the virtual. The actualisation of the
virtual is singularity, whereas the actual itself is the constituted individuality.
The actual drops out of the plane like fruit, whereas actualisation relates it
back to the plane as to that which makes the object subject once again.”
(Deleuze, 1986, pp.180-181). Consequently, every actualisation of a present
communicates via a ‘wide’ circuit of exchange with the virtual as heterogenetic
totality or Aionic coincidence of an unrepresentable past and an unanticipatable
future. At the same time, however, Deleuze also distinguishes the process of
intensive individuation in terms of a ‘narrow’ circuit of exchange binding the
actual image of the object and its virtual counterpart as “unequal, odd
halves”108. This is a circuit according to which individuation occurs as the
process of temporalising crystallization through the actual or present object’s
integration of that virtual half of itself which subsists in the absolute past.
Accordingly, it is through the actual present’s integration of its own
unrepresentable virtual image that individuation occurs as that processual
crystallization through which the passing of the present can take place: “This
perpetual exchange of virtual and actual defines a crystal. It is upon the plane
of immanence that crystals appear. Actual and virtual co-exist, and enter into a
narrow circuit which brings us back continuously from one to the other[...]The
two aspects of time, the actual image of the passing present, and the virtual
image of the past conserving itself, distinguish themselves in actualisation even
102Deleuze, 1994, p.128.
103Cf. Deleuze, ibid., pp. 222-223.
104 “We must therefore say that difference is made, or makes itself, as in the expression ‘make the difference’
[faire la difference].” (Deleuze, ibid., p.28).
105 “Intensity is the determinant in the process of actualisation.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.245).
106For all the above cf. Deleuze, 1994, especially pp. 244-256.
107 “The reason of the sensible, the condition of that which appears, is not space and time but the Unequal in
itself, disparateness as it is determined and comprised in difference of intensity, in intensity as difference.”
(Ibid., p.222-223).
108 Ibid., pp.209-210.
67
categorial filters of representational mediation have been transcendentally
suspended, the ontic realm ceases to consist either of fixed, stable, self-identical
entities amenable to representation, or phenomenologically apprehensible series
of shifting perspectival adumbrations (Abschattungen; esquisses) encompassed
within a unified eidetic horizon; there are only self-dissimilar, unrecognisable,
unidentifiable dispersions of simulacra, shorn of all resemblance, whether it be
to an originary model or another copy; differences which are neither different
relative to another identity nor identical to themselves since they remain
differences of differences of differences..., “demonic images, stripped of
resemblance”, images that have “externalised resemblance and live on
difference instead.”102
Conversely, for Deleuze, intensive difference, the Being of simulacra, is
not ‘a’ difference but the sheer differing of differences; the Disparate or
Unequal-in-itself103. The latter surges forth as that by virtue of which a
difference is ‘made’ or produced104 and simulacra given in their differing, says
Deleuze, through an act of transcendental determination whereby a part of the
virtual actualises itself. In Difference and Repetition Deleuze distinguishes a
complex triad of interrelated terms here: the realm of problematic singularities
or Ideas whose intensive differentiation renders the virtual entirely determinate;
a dimension of differenciation in extensity which is actually determinable;
finally, ‘different/ciation’ as the determination of the determinable by the
determinate through the chiasmatic explication of virtual intensities in actual
extensity, and envelopment of extensive actuality by intensive virtuality. Thus,
transcendental determination occurs via the simultaneous explication of the
intensive in extensity and envelopment of the extensive by intensity. The
catalyst for this reciprocal envelopment/explication of virtual and actual is the
circumscription of a circuit of problematic virtualities in an intensive spatium as
field of individuation. It this spatium as individuating threshold which functions
as the intensive determinant precipitating the process through which a part of
the virtual actualises itself105. Consequently, although virtual differentiation
determines actual differenciation, it is the process of intensive individuation as
different/ciating integration of problematic disparity (i.e. as extensive
integration of the Unequal-in-itself) which functions as the sufficient reason for
the actualisation of the virtual106: “Individuation is the act by which intensity
determines differential relations to become actualised, along the lines of
68
differenciation and within the qualities and extensities it creates. The total
notion is therefore that of: indi-different/ciation” (Deleuze, 1994, p.246).
It is important to note then that, according to Deleuze, intensive
individuation functions as the ‘sufficient reason’107 for the process of
actualisation precisely insofar as it is conceived in terms of this complex
integration or chiasmic interpenetration of virtual intensity and actual extensity.
Thus, Deleuze’s conception of transcendental ontogenesis as process of ‘indidifferent/ciation’ is explicitly composite or hybrid in character. Moreover, the
site of ontological ‘indi-different/ciation’ as
chiasmic locus for the
interpenetration or envelopment of the virtual in the actual and of the actual by
the virtual is the plane of immanence. The latter is the transcendental element of
their chiasmic indiscernibility, of their perpetually circuitous exchange: “The
plane of immanence at once comprises the virtual and its actualisation, without
there being an assignable limit between the two. The actual is the complement
or the product, the object of the actualisation, but the latter has only the virtual
as its subject. Actualisation belongs to the virtual. The actualisation of the
virtual is singularity, whereas the actual itself is the constituted individuality.
The actual drops out of the plane like fruit, whereas actualisation relates it
back to the plane as to that which makes the object subject once again.”
(Deleuze, 1986, pp.180-181). Consequently, every actualisation of a present
communicates via a ‘wide’ circuit of exchange with the virtual as heterogenetic
totality or Aionic coincidence of an unrepresentable past and an unanticipatable
future. At the same time, however, Deleuze also distinguishes the process of
intensive individuation in terms of a ‘narrow’ circuit of exchange binding the
actual image of the object and its virtual counterpart as “unequal, odd
halves”108. This is a circuit according to which individuation occurs as the
process of temporalising crystallization through the actual or present object’s
integration of that virtual half of itself which subsists in the absolute past.
Accordingly, it is through the actual present’s integration of its own
unrepresentable virtual image that individuation occurs as that processual
crystallization through which the passing of the present can take place: “This
perpetual exchange of virtual and actual defines a crystal. It is upon the plane
of immanence that crystals appear. Actual and virtual co-exist, and enter into a
narrow circuit which brings us back continuously from one to the other[...]The
two aspects of time, the actual image of the passing present, and the virtual
image of the past conserving itself, distinguish themselves in actualisation even
102Deleuze, 1994, p.128.
103Cf. Deleuze, ibid., pp. 222-223.
104 “We must therefore say that difference is made, or makes itself, as in the expression ‘make the difference’
[faire la difference].” (Deleuze, ibid., p.28).
105 “Intensity is the determinant in the process of actualisation.” (Deleuze, 1994, p.245).
106For all the above cf. Deleuze, 1994, especially pp. 244-256.
107 “The reason of the sensible, the condition of that which appears, is not space and time but the Unequal in
itself, disparateness as it is determined and comprised in difference of intensity, in intensity as difference.”
(Ibid., p.222-223).
108 Ibid., pp.209-210.
69
while having an unsinkable limit, but exchange themselves in crystallisation, to
the point of becoming indiscernible, each borrowing the role of the other.”
(Deleuze, 1986, p.185).
Thus, according to Deleuze’s account of the relation between virtual and
actual, the plane of immanence designates at once (as we saw above109) the site
for that point of indiscernibility or indistinction between virtual (past) and
actual (present) in the local circuit of crystallization or individuation; but also
that of their unassignable limit, which is the unilateral or asymmetrical
distinction between virtual and actual in the large circuit wherein the virtual’s
self-actualisation is the result of an individuating integration of problematic
differentiation. As a result, individuation as sufficient reason for the virtual’s
self-actualisation inscribes a circuitous loop; a relative asymmetrical parallelism
between virtual intensity and actual extensity; a reciprocal co-implication
whereby every actual differenciation of the virtual immediately implies a coresponding virtual differentiation of the actual. Crystallization as intensive
individuation requires the initiation of a positive feedback loop from virtual to
actual and back to virtual again, according to an ultimately autocatalytic process
of ontological genesis. In this process, the plane of immanence describes an
instantaneously
reversible
oscillation;
inclining
itself
for
that
‘transdescendence’110 whereby the actual drops out from the processual boughs
of intensive ‘different/ciation’ as individuated fruit in the wide circuit of
actualisation, only to immediately reverse the direction of its inclination in
order to allow for that ‘transascendence’ through which individuated actuality
feeds back into the realm of virtual problematicity in the narrow circuit of
crystallization via the intensive ‘in-different/ciation’ which is continuously
generating new virtualities for actualisation.
As a result, the non-resemblance or heteromorphy between virtual and
actual posited by Deleuze, would seem to be grounded in an ultimately
reversible asymmetry. Bi-lateral reciprocity, and with it the immediately
circular reversibility between conditioned and condition denounced by
Deleuze111, has been abolished. But Deleuze’s reconfiguration of the
problematic of transcendental genesis in terms of the ontogenetic production of
that which is given as actual through the process of its ontological ‘indifferent/ciation’, obliges him to posit the indissoluble co-belonging or coincidence of virtual production and actual product; the complex or
differentiated unity of intensive individuation and individuated extensity.
109Cf. supra, pp.120-124.
110Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.45. The distinction between ‘transascendence’ and ‘transdescendence’ comes
from the work of Jean Wahl.
111Cf. supra, p.104.
70
Deleuze has maximized the non-resemblance between conditioned and
condition by way of the unilateral disjunction between virtual production and
actual product, but he has not managed to sever a more deeply rooted
parallelism between them; a parallelism of which the autocatalytic circuit
‘virtual-actual-virtual’ is the most explicit indicator.
Thus, Deleuze’s transcendental empiricism, his insistence on ‘starting in
the middle’, with the weed rather than the root, in accordance with a rhizomethought112which engenders the plane of immanence as site for the ‘in-between’
or inclusive disjunction of virtual and actual, production and product,
substitutes an asymmetrical parallelism for the symmetrical parallelism with
which Kantian and Husserlian transcendentalism contented themselves.
However, far from being the result of some lapse or inconsistency in Deleuze’s
ontogenetic approach, this parallelism is in fact the latent premise rendering that
approach possible precisely insofar as it continues to conceive of the separation
of transcendental and empirical, condition and conditioned, in terms of an
essentially differential disjunction; a ‘between’. Like Heidegger before him113,
Deleuze affirms non-representational difference as ‘the between’, rather than
binding it to the distinction between hypostatised terms. Nevertheless, the
articulation of that ‘between’ in philosophical thought remains structurally
supervenient on an empirically given term. And the empirically available term
which rhizomatic thinking relies upon as its point of leverage must invariably
also be, by Deleuze’s own light, the transcendent product, the residue, of a
process of transcendental production. Thus, it is because of the constitutive
ontogenetic fissure between its two ‘odd, unequal halves’ -its virtual image and
its actual image- that the actualised, individuated fruit can serve as the explicitly
composite or hybrid crystal around which the plane of immanence as disjunctive
interface between intensive virtuality and extensive actuality can be
constructed. It is the object as fissure, as ‘in-between’, that relays the narrow
circuit of indiscernibility between virtual and actual in individuation, and the
wide circuit of unilateral distinction between them in actualisation, thereby
providing the complex chiasmatic locus, the empirico-transcendental
intersection on the basis of which the branchings of intensive indifferent/ciation can be pre-supposed in the philosophical Concept.
Accordingly, where phenomenology maintains the isomorphic symmetry
between the two branches of the empirico-transcendental doublet, Deleuze
112 “A rhizome has no beginning or end; it is always in the middle, between things, interbeing, intermezzo[...]
The middle is by no means an average; on the contrary, it is where things pick up speed. Between things does
not designate a localizable relation going from one thing to the other and back again, but a perpendicular
direction, a transversal movement that sweeps one and the other away, a stream without beginning or end that
undermines its banks and picks up speed in the middle.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.25).
113Cf. Heidegger, 1969.
69
while having an unsinkable limit, but exchange themselves in crystallisation, to
the point of becoming indiscernible, each borrowing the role of the other.”
(Deleuze, 1986, p.185).
Thus, according to Deleuze’s account of the relation between virtual and
actual, the plane of immanence designates at once (as we saw above109) the site
for that point of indiscernibility or indistinction between virtual (past) and
actual (present) in the local circuit of crystallization or individuation; but also
that of their unassignable limit, which is the unilateral or asymmetrical
distinction between virtual and actual in the large circuit wherein the virtual’s
self-actualisation is the result of an individuating integration of problematic
differentiation. As a result, individuation as sufficient reason for the virtual’s
self-actualisation inscribes a circuitous loop; a relative asymmetrical parallelism
between virtual intensity and actual extensity; a reciprocal co-implication
whereby every actual differenciation of the virtual immediately implies a coresponding virtual differentiation of the actual. Crystallization as intensive
individuation requires the initiation of a positive feedback loop from virtual to
actual and back to virtual again, according to an ultimately autocatalytic process
of ontological genesis. In this process, the plane of immanence describes an
instantaneously
reversible
oscillation;
inclining
itself
for
that
‘transdescendence’110 whereby the actual drops out from the processual boughs
of intensive ‘different/ciation’ as individuated fruit in the wide circuit of
actualisation, only to immediately reverse the direction of its inclination in
order to allow for that ‘transascendence’ through which individuated actuality
feeds back into the realm of virtual problematicity in the narrow circuit of
crystallization via the intensive ‘in-different/ciation’ which is continuously
generating new virtualities for actualisation.
As a result, the non-resemblance or heteromorphy between virtual and
actual posited by Deleuze, would seem to be grounded in an ultimately
reversible asymmetry. Bi-lateral reciprocity, and with it the immediately
circular reversibility between conditioned and condition denounced by
Deleuze111, has been abolished. But Deleuze’s reconfiguration of the
problematic of transcendental genesis in terms of the ontogenetic production of
that which is given as actual through the process of its ontological ‘indifferent/ciation’, obliges him to posit the indissoluble co-belonging or coincidence of virtual production and actual product; the complex or
differentiated unity of intensive individuation and individuated extensity.
109Cf. supra, pp.120-124.
110Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.45. The distinction between ‘transascendence’ and ‘transdescendence’ comes
from the work of Jean Wahl.
111Cf. supra, p.104.
70
Deleuze has maximized the non-resemblance between conditioned and
condition by way of the unilateral disjunction between virtual production and
actual product, but he has not managed to sever a more deeply rooted
parallelism between them; a parallelism of which the autocatalytic circuit
‘virtual-actual-virtual’ is the most explicit indicator.
Thus, Deleuze’s transcendental empiricism, his insistence on ‘starting in
the middle’, with the weed rather than the root, in accordance with a rhizomethought112which engenders the plane of immanence as site for the ‘in-between’
or inclusive disjunction of virtual and actual, production and product,
substitutes an asymmetrical parallelism for the symmetrical parallelism with
which Kantian and Husserlian transcendentalism contented themselves.
However, far from being the result of some lapse or inconsistency in Deleuze’s
ontogenetic approach, this parallelism is in fact the latent premise rendering that
approach possible precisely insofar as it continues to conceive of the separation
of transcendental and empirical, condition and conditioned, in terms of an
essentially differential disjunction; a ‘between’. Like Heidegger before him113,
Deleuze affirms non-representational difference as ‘the between’, rather than
binding it to the distinction between hypostatised terms. Nevertheless, the
articulation of that ‘between’ in philosophical thought remains structurally
supervenient on an empirically given term. And the empirically available term
which rhizomatic thinking relies upon as its point of leverage must invariably
also be, by Deleuze’s own light, the transcendent product, the residue, of a
process of transcendental production. Thus, it is because of the constitutive
ontogenetic fissure between its two ‘odd, unequal halves’ -its virtual image and
its actual image- that the actualised, individuated fruit can serve as the explicitly
composite or hybrid crystal around which the plane of immanence as disjunctive
interface between intensive virtuality and extensive actuality can be
constructed. It is the object as fissure, as ‘in-between’, that relays the narrow
circuit of indiscernibility between virtual and actual in individuation, and the
wide circuit of unilateral distinction between them in actualisation, thereby
providing the complex chiasmatic locus, the empirico-transcendental
intersection on the basis of which the branchings of intensive indifferent/ciation can be pre-supposed in the philosophical Concept.
Accordingly, where phenomenology maintains the isomorphic symmetry
between the two branches of the empirico-transcendental doublet, Deleuze
112 “A rhizome has no beginning or end; it is always in the middle, between things, interbeing, intermezzo[...]
The middle is by no means an average; on the contrary, it is where things pick up speed. Between things does
not designate a localizable relation going from one thing to the other and back again, but a perpendicular
direction, a transversal movement that sweeps one and the other away, a stream without beginning or end that
undermines its banks and picks up speed in the middle.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.25).
113Cf. Heidegger, 1969.
71
prizes the forks of the coupling as far apart as is conceivable the better to affirm
their non-symmetrical heteromorphy; their inclusive disjunction. But however
valiantly he twists and distorts the tines, however ingeniously he coils them
around one another so that intensive virtuality and extensive actuality become
wrapped together in a distended double-helix of reciprocal presupposition, he
cannot shatter the parallelism once and for all. And that helical spiral through
which intensity envelops extensity whilst extensity explicates intensity is
delineated by those ‘infinite movements’114 via which the plane of immanence
effects the instantaneous oscillation between the self-actualisation of the virtual
and the re-virtualisation of the actual.
Nowhere does this instantaneous interchange, and a fortiori, the
constitutively hybrid or composite nature of the plane as virtual/actual interface,
become more explicit than in Deleuze & Guattari’s account of the relation
between smooth and striated space in A Thousand Plateaus. There they write
that “we must remind ourselves that the two spaces in fact exist only in mixture:
smooth space is constantly being translated, tranversed into a striated space;
striated space is constantly being reversed, returned to a smooth space[...]But
the de facto mixes do not preclude a de jure, or abstract, distinction between
the two spaces. That there is such a distinction is what accounts for the fact that
the spaces do not communicate with each other in the same way: it is the de
jure distinction that determines the forms assumed by a given de facto mix and
the direction or meaning of the mix[...]” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.475)
Here, the de jure asymmetry, the non-reciprocity between smooth and
striated, is invoked in order to account for the de facto reversibility concomitant
with their empirical mixture;- i.e. the way in which a smooth nomadic space
becomes striated and ‘sedentarised’; or the process of striation itself reimparts a
smooth space. Since Deleuze & Guattari would vigorously deny the accusation
that they are simply tracing115 or abstracting the de jure distinction from the de
facto mixtures, presumably on the grounds that such a procedure would render
the distinction into a transcendent, gratuitously reified ideality, we can only
conclude that the empirical mixtures of smooth and striated, their de facto
reversibility, are already included a priori in the de jure asymmetry as such.
Which is to say that the former remains indissociable from the latter as a matter
of principle; and these de facto striations of smooth space and smoothings of
striated space, are necessarily inextricable from their de jure separation; their a
priori asymmetry. In other words, the unilateral asymmetry or disjunction
114 “The plane envelops infinite movements that pass back and forth through it[...]”(Deleuze & Guattari, 1994,
p.36). Cf. ibid, pp.35-60.
115For the distinction between representational tracing and rhizomatic mapping, cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1988,
pp.12-13.
72
between sedentary striation and smooth nomadism; like that between extensity
and intensity; molar and molecular; or actual and virtual; is subordinated to an
overarching reversibility that encompasses both terms of the disjunction and
guarantees their reciprocal communication at a level that is always transcendent
to the terms themselves. And it is this transcendence, this distance of survey or
overview, which guarantees the reversibility, the unitary encompassing of
symmetrical striation and asymmetrical smoothing; whilst also rendering the
subtle form of empirico-transcendental parallelism perpetuated by Deleuze &
Guattari possible.
Moreover, it is the transcendence implied by this distance of survey or
overview, the transcendence implied in this remove of unobjectifiable
exteriority whereby virtual and actual, intensity and extensity, smooth and
striated, are subject to unitary encompassment, which is responsible for
reinjecting a subtler, more rarefied form of transcendence into the immanence
which Deleuze & Guattari lay claim to. While the plane of immanence remains
devoid of all reifiable instances of transcendence such as those subsumed under
the generic rubrics of Self, World, and God, it nevertheless presupposes an
unreifiable or unobjectifiable form of transcendence in the shape of a latent
distance of transcendental objectivation116; a residual impersonal intentionality
indexed by its definition as ‘immanence to itself’. For this ‘to’ is not as
innocent as it seems; it is symptomatic of the procedure by which Deleuze &
Guattari are obliged to synthesize construction and intuition117; the positing and
the pre-supposing of the plane; in and through the agency of the philosophical
Concept in a manner that reinscribes unobjectifiable immanence within an
equally unobjectifiable but nevertheless ‘objectivating’ transcendence118. This
is a distance of objectivation as independent of the reified form of the Subject as
it is irreducible to the figure of the World as horizon of intentional ekstasis. It is
the unobjectifiable distance implied in the philosophical Decision through
which immanence is posited as immanent in a gesture of thought. The
simultaneous positing and pre-supposing of the plane through the Concept reenvelops immanence in the pure and empty form of transcendence as delineated
by the ‘infinite movement’ through which the plane achieves its immanence-to-
116Not to be confused with empirical objectification (i.e. reification; hypostatisation).
117 “But there is no reason to oppose knowledge through concepts and the construction of concepts within
possible experience on the one hand and through intuition on the other. For according to the Nietzschean verdict,
you will know nothing through concepts unless you have first created them- that is, constructed them in an
intuition specific to them: a field, a plane, and a ground that must not be confused with them but that shelters
their seeds and the personae who cultivate them. Constructivism requires every creation to be a construction on a
plane that gives it an autonomous existence.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.7).
118For the crucial distinction between unobjectifiable immanence and unobjectifiable transcendence; and the
importance of disentangling the former qua index of the Real-in-itself, from the latter qua principle of an Ideal
ontological objectivation (or phenomenologisation), cf. supra, Chapter 2, especially pp.78-80 and 90-96.
71
prizes the forks of the coupling as far apart as is conceivable the better to affirm
their non-symmetrical heteromorphy; their inclusive disjunction. But however
valiantly he twists and distorts the tines, however ingeniously he coils them
around one another so that intensive virtuality and extensive actuality become
wrapped together in a distended double-helix of reciprocal presupposition, he
cannot shatter the parallelism once and for all. And that helical spiral through
which intensity envelops extensity whilst extensity explicates intensity is
delineated by those ‘infinite movements’114 via which the plane of immanence
effects the instantaneous oscillation between the self-actualisation of the virtual
and the re-virtualisation of the actual.
Nowhere does this instantaneous interchange, and a fortiori, the
constitutively hybrid or composite nature of the plane as virtual/actual interface,
become more explicit than in Deleuze & Guattari’s account of the relation
between smooth and striated space in A Thousand Plateaus. There they write
that “we must remind ourselves that the two spaces in fact exist only in mixture:
smooth space is constantly being translated, tranversed into a striated space;
striated space is constantly being reversed, returned to a smooth space[...]But
the de facto mixes do not preclude a de jure, or abstract, distinction between
the two spaces. That there is such a distinction is what accounts for the fact that
the spaces do not communicate with each other in the same way: it is the de
jure distinction that determines the forms assumed by a given de facto mix and
the direction or meaning of the mix[...]” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.475)
Here, the de jure asymmetry, the non-reciprocity between smooth and
striated, is invoked in order to account for the de facto reversibility concomitant
with their empirical mixture;- i.e. the way in which a smooth nomadic space
becomes striated and ‘sedentarised’; or the process of striation itself reimparts a
smooth space. Since Deleuze & Guattari would vigorously deny the accusation
that they are simply tracing115 or abstracting the de jure distinction from the de
facto mixtures, presumably on the grounds that such a procedure would render
the distinction into a transcendent, gratuitously reified ideality, we can only
conclude that the empirical mixtures of smooth and striated, their de facto
reversibility, are already included a priori in the de jure asymmetry as such.
Which is to say that the former remains indissociable from the latter as a matter
of principle; and these de facto striations of smooth space and smoothings of
striated space, are necessarily inextricable from their de jure separation; their a
priori asymmetry. In other words, the unilateral asymmetry or disjunction
114 “The plane envelops infinite movements that pass back and forth through it[...]”(Deleuze & Guattari, 1994,
p.36). Cf. ibid, pp.35-60.
115For the distinction between representational tracing and rhizomatic mapping, cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1988,
pp.12-13.
72
between sedentary striation and smooth nomadism; like that between extensity
and intensity; molar and molecular; or actual and virtual; is subordinated to an
overarching reversibility that encompasses both terms of the disjunction and
guarantees their reciprocal communication at a level that is always transcendent
to the terms themselves. And it is this transcendence, this distance of survey or
overview, which guarantees the reversibility, the unitary encompassing of
symmetrical striation and asymmetrical smoothing; whilst also rendering the
subtle form of empirico-transcendental parallelism perpetuated by Deleuze &
Guattari possible.
Moreover, it is the transcendence implied by this distance of survey or
overview, the transcendence implied in this remove of unobjectifiable
exteriority whereby virtual and actual, intensity and extensity, smooth and
striated, are subject to unitary encompassment, which is responsible for
reinjecting a subtler, more rarefied form of transcendence into the immanence
which Deleuze & Guattari lay claim to. While the plane of immanence remains
devoid of all reifiable instances of transcendence such as those subsumed under
the generic rubrics of Self, World, and God, it nevertheless presupposes an
unreifiable or unobjectifiable form of transcendence in the shape of a latent
distance of transcendental objectivation116; a residual impersonal intentionality
indexed by its definition as ‘immanence to itself’. For this ‘to’ is not as
innocent as it seems; it is symptomatic of the procedure by which Deleuze &
Guattari are obliged to synthesize construction and intuition117; the positing and
the pre-supposing of the plane; in and through the agency of the philosophical
Concept in a manner that reinscribes unobjectifiable immanence within an
equally unobjectifiable but nevertheless ‘objectivating’ transcendence118. This
is a distance of objectivation as independent of the reified form of the Subject as
it is irreducible to the figure of the World as horizon of intentional ekstasis. It is
the unobjectifiable distance implied in the philosophical Decision through
which immanence is posited as immanent in a gesture of thought. The
simultaneous positing and pre-supposing of the plane through the Concept reenvelops immanence in the pure and empty form of transcendence as delineated
by the ‘infinite movement’ through which the plane achieves its immanence-to-
116Not to be confused with empirical objectification (i.e. reification; hypostatisation).
117 “But there is no reason to oppose knowledge through concepts and the construction of concepts within
possible experience on the one hand and through intuition on the other. For according to the Nietzschean verdict,
you will know nothing through concepts unless you have first created them- that is, constructed them in an
intuition specific to them: a field, a plane, and a ground that must not be confused with them but that shelters
their seeds and the personae who cultivate them. Constructivism requires every creation to be a construction on a
plane that gives it an autonomous existence.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.7).
118For the crucial distinction between unobjectifiable immanence and unobjectifiable transcendence; and the
importance of disentangling the former qua index of the Real-in-itself, from the latter qua principle of an Ideal
ontological objectivation (or phenomenologisation), cf. supra, Chapter 2, especially pp.78-80 and 90-96.
73
74
itself. Thus, the ‘to’ indexes the plane’s infinite movement of folding as
described in the instantaneously reversible oscillation between actualisation
and virtualisation. Without that movement, without that infinite folding,
immanence is no longer immanence to itself, for as Deleuze & Guattari insist
“Transcendence enters as soon as the movement of the infinite is stopped”
(1994, p.47).
Accordingly, it is through this instantaneous oscillation that immanence
is effectively folded back upon itself in a movement that simultaneously
envelops and is enveloped in the infinite speed of that finite movement
according to which the Concept achieves its own self-survey119. For although
the Concept surveys its components without transcendence or distance, the
infinite speed of survey which renders it immediately co-present to all its
components “requires a milieu that moves infinitely in itself -the plane, the void,
the horizon” (Ibid., p.36). As a result it remains ultimately inextricable from the
infinite oscillatory movement, the ‘fractalisation’, through which the plane both
folds itself and enfolds thought in the Concept: “It is this fractal nature that
makes the planomenon an infinite that is always different from any surface or
volume determinable as a concept. Every movement passes through the whole
of the plane by immediately turning back on and folding itself and also by
folding other movements or allowing itself to be folded by them, giving rise to
retroactions, connections, and proliferations in the fractalisation of this
infinitely folded up infinity (variable curvature of the plane)” (Ibid., p.39).
Thus, if the plane indexes the Earth, the Deterritorialized, the Outside, as an
“infinitely folded up infinity”, then the singular surface of the Concept on the
plane marks the folding of finite and infinite movement; the former’s
envelopment by the latter and the latter’s explication by the former. As juncture
for the finite folding of the infinite and infinite folding of the finite, the fold of
the Concept is both constitutive of and comprised in the plane’s fractal
curvature; in other words, it simultaneously posits and pre-supposes it;
constructs it and expresses it. And it is precisely insofar as it constitutes a fold
that is also an enfolding of the plane, that the pre-supposing of the plane via the
self-surveying Concept recomposes part of that objectivating (but
unobjectifiable) transcendence through which immanence is infinitely folded
back upon itself in this self-folding, fractalising curvature.
It is the ‘to’ in the formula ‘immanence to itself’ that expresses this
unreifiable distance of objectivation, this movement of unobjectifiable
transcendence through which the plane successfully purges itself of all reified
transcendence in its infinitely self-folding fractalisation. Thus, in his ‘Reply to
Deleuze’120, Laruelle argues that as far as the invocation of immanence is
concerned “The injunction to itself rather than to something else is certainly
imperative, but it conceals an indetermination, an ultimate ambiguity. An
amphiboly resides within the ‘to’ of ‘to itself’, one which reintroduces the pure
form of transcendence itself as distance or relation, as surface or universal
plane, in the absence of reified instances of transcendence. The philosophically
normal but theoretically amphibological concept of a plane of immanence
signifies that the latter still orbits around the plane and as plane; still orbits
around the to (to itself) as axis of transcendence. Immanence thereby remains
objective even if it is without an object, it remains an appearance of objectivity
and gives rise to a new image of the Real and of thought. Instead of being
absolutely faceless, unenvisageable, it takes on the facial aspect of a plane, of a
topology, of survey and contemplation.” (Laruelle, 1995b, pp. 63-65)
This objectivation of immanence is, according to Laruelle, intrinsic to the
structure of the philosophical Decision through which Deleuze & Guattari, like
Henry before them, unwittingly posit immanence as self-giving according to a
subtly idealizing gesture of objectivation; instead of accepting it as already
given or as given-without-givenness; as rigorously unenvisageable and
necessarily foreclosed to all conceptual position and pre-supposition. Decision
posits unobjectifiable immanence in a gesture of objectivating transcendence.
To decide in favour of unobjectifiable immanence as Henry does, or as Deleuze
& Guattari do (albeit in very different philosophical registers), is to effect its
transcendent ontological objectivation. And in the context of Deleuze &
Guattari’s materialist Decision to equate the plane of immanence with intensive
materiality, the result is yet another materiological idealization of matter itself.
Thus, in seeking to affirm ‘matter’ as unobjectifiable immanence, both Henry
and Deleuze & Guattari end up affirming a Decisional hybrid of matter ‘itself’
and matter ‘as such’; a Decisional composite of the materially real qua
unobjectifiable immanence and of the ontologically ideal qua unobjectifiable
transcendence.
By way of contrast, that on the basis of which we shall be attempting to
release the identity of matter ‘itself’ from its materiological intrication with
matter ‘as such’ is an immanence that is not only unobjectifiable but foreclosed
to all Decision, even to the Decision in favour of the unobjectifiable;- a nonDecisional immanence that is not so much undecidable as radically indifferent
to the Decisional alternative between decidable and undecidable; just as it
119“The concept is in a state of survey [survol] in relation to its components, endlessly traversing them
according to an order without distance. It is immediately co-present to all its components or variations, at no
distance from them, passing back and forth through them[...] ” (Ibid., p.20-21).
120Written as a critical rejoinder to Deleuze & Guattari’s What is Philosophy? Cf. Laruelle, 1995b.
73
74
itself. Thus, the ‘to’ indexes the plane’s infinite movement of folding as
described in the instantaneously reversible oscillation between actualisation
and virtualisation. Without that movement, without that infinite folding,
immanence is no longer immanence to itself, for as Deleuze & Guattari insist
“Transcendence enters as soon as the movement of the infinite is stopped”
(1994, p.47).
Accordingly, it is through this instantaneous oscillation that immanence
is effectively folded back upon itself in a movement that simultaneously
envelops and is enveloped in the infinite speed of that finite movement
according to which the Concept achieves its own self-survey119. For although
the Concept surveys its components without transcendence or distance, the
infinite speed of survey which renders it immediately co-present to all its
components “requires a milieu that moves infinitely in itself -the plane, the void,
the horizon” (Ibid., p.36). As a result it remains ultimately inextricable from the
infinite oscillatory movement, the ‘fractalisation’, through which the plane both
folds itself and enfolds thought in the Concept: “It is this fractal nature that
makes the planomenon an infinite that is always different from any surface or
volume determinable as a concept. Every movement passes through the whole
of the plane by immediately turning back on and folding itself and also by
folding other movements or allowing itself to be folded by them, giving rise to
retroactions, connections, and proliferations in the fractalisation of this
infinitely folded up infinity (variable curvature of the plane)” (Ibid., p.39).
Thus, if the plane indexes the Earth, the Deterritorialized, the Outside, as an
“infinitely folded up infinity”, then the singular surface of the Concept on the
plane marks the folding of finite and infinite movement; the former’s
envelopment by the latter and the latter’s explication by the former. As juncture
for the finite folding of the infinite and infinite folding of the finite, the fold of
the Concept is both constitutive of and comprised in the plane’s fractal
curvature; in other words, it simultaneously posits and pre-supposes it;
constructs it and expresses it. And it is precisely insofar as it constitutes a fold
that is also an enfolding of the plane, that the pre-supposing of the plane via the
self-surveying Concept recomposes part of that objectivating (but
unobjectifiable) transcendence through which immanence is infinitely folded
back upon itself in this self-folding, fractalising curvature.
It is the ‘to’ in the formula ‘immanence to itself’ that expresses this
unreifiable distance of objectivation, this movement of unobjectifiable
transcendence through which the plane successfully purges itself of all reified
transcendence in its infinitely self-folding fractalisation. Thus, in his ‘Reply to
Deleuze’120, Laruelle argues that as far as the invocation of immanence is
concerned “The injunction to itself rather than to something else is certainly
imperative, but it conceals an indetermination, an ultimate ambiguity. An
amphiboly resides within the ‘to’ of ‘to itself’, one which reintroduces the pure
form of transcendence itself as distance or relation, as surface or universal
plane, in the absence of reified instances of transcendence. The philosophically
normal but theoretically amphibological concept of a plane of immanence
signifies that the latter still orbits around the plane and as plane; still orbits
around the to (to itself) as axis of transcendence. Immanence thereby remains
objective even if it is without an object, it remains an appearance of objectivity
and gives rise to a new image of the Real and of thought. Instead of being
absolutely faceless, unenvisageable, it takes on the facial aspect of a plane, of a
topology, of survey and contemplation.” (Laruelle, 1995b, pp. 63-65)
This objectivation of immanence is, according to Laruelle, intrinsic to the
structure of the philosophical Decision through which Deleuze & Guattari, like
Henry before them, unwittingly posit immanence as self-giving according to a
subtly idealizing gesture of objectivation; instead of accepting it as already
given or as given-without-givenness; as rigorously unenvisageable and
necessarily foreclosed to all conceptual position and pre-supposition. Decision
posits unobjectifiable immanence in a gesture of objectivating transcendence.
To decide in favour of unobjectifiable immanence as Henry does, or as Deleuze
& Guattari do (albeit in very different philosophical registers), is to effect its
transcendent ontological objectivation. And in the context of Deleuze &
Guattari’s materialist Decision to equate the plane of immanence with intensive
materiality, the result is yet another materiological idealization of matter itself.
Thus, in seeking to affirm ‘matter’ as unobjectifiable immanence, both Henry
and Deleuze & Guattari end up affirming a Decisional hybrid of matter ‘itself’
and matter ‘as such’; a Decisional composite of the materially real qua
unobjectifiable immanence and of the ontologically ideal qua unobjectifiable
transcendence.
By way of contrast, that on the basis of which we shall be attempting to
release the identity of matter ‘itself’ from its materiological intrication with
matter ‘as such’ is an immanence that is not only unobjectifiable but foreclosed
to all Decision, even to the Decision in favour of the unobjectifiable;- a nonDecisional immanence that is not so much undecidable as radically indifferent
to the Decisional alternative between decidable and undecidable; just as it
119“The concept is in a state of survey [survol] in relation to its components, endlessly traversing them
according to an order without distance. It is immediately co-present to all its components or variations, at no
distance from them, passing back and forth through them[...] ” (Ibid., p.20-21).
120Written as a critical rejoinder to Deleuze & Guattari’s What is Philosophy? Cf. Laruelle, 1995b.
75
remains foreclosed to the alternative between thinkable and unthinkable121.
However, we shall have to wait until Chapter 5 to see in what way the discovery
that this immanence is already given necessitates reconfiguring the apparatus of
materialist theory in order to invent a thinking that operates according to
‘matter’s’ immanent foreclosure to Decision.
That immanence is amenable to a process of production, that it needs to
be constructed, is the inescapable correlate of the Decision through which
Deleuze & Guattari re-envelop the unobjectifiable immanence of matter ‘itself’
in the unobjectifiable transcendence of matter ‘as such’. Since that process of
machinic construction operates under the auspices of nomadic distribution, it is
to an examination of the latter that we now turn in order to grasp the ultimate
philosophical consequences of Deleuze & Guattari’s objectivation of
immanence.
Nomadic Distribution
Without oversimplifying the complexity of their thought too drastically,
it’s possible to discern two fundamental chains of terminological equivalences
running through Deleuze & Guattari’s work. On the one hand, we have ‘fuzzy
sets’ of distributed nomadic elements, what Deleuze & Guattari refer to as
‘zones of continuous variation’: assemblage; rhizome; plateau; Concept. On the
other, we have a surface of nomadic distribution, or what Deleuze & Guattari
call a transcendental field of machinic consistency: the body-without-organs or
plane of immanence. Yet both of these would seem to be supervenient on a
distributing principle as that which coordinates the distribution of the
distributed. This principle of nomadic distribution is the syntactical operator of
machinic synthesis. Deleuze & Guattari refer to it at various times as
‘conjunctive synthesis’; ‘aparallel evolution’; ‘double becoming’; ‘abstract
line’; ‘nomos’. These are all names for the process of machinic heterogenesis
through which intensive multiplicities are assembled. And whereas the
extensive manifold remains representational and thus quantifiable or
denumerable, the characteristic feature of intensive multiplicities according to
Deleuze & Guattari is their non-denumerability. Non-denumerable multiplicities
are indexes of intensity as ‘the Disparate’; ‘the Unequal in-itself’: the multiple
ceases being attributable to any transcendent molar unity when it becomes
autonomously substantive as a rhizome, a flat multiplicity of n-1 dimensions in
perpetual heterogenesis produced through the power of continuous variation
proper to ‘and’ as operator of conjunctive synthesis: “What characterises the
non-denumerable is neither the set nor its elements; rather, it is the connection,
121Rather than constituting the enstatic immediation of thinkable and unthinkable, as in the case of Henry. Cf.
supra, Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
76
the ‘and’ produced between elements, between sets, and which belongs to
neither, which eludes them or constitutes a line of flight” (Deleuze & Guattari,
1988, p.470).
Being as heterogenetic production, as rhizomatic becoming, is nothing
but this process of differential coordination through which the non-denumerable
is conjugated. ‘(A)nd’ is the distributive tensor capable of effecting machinic
assemblage and of releasing pure, virtual continuums of intensive variation.
Instead of delineating the actual determinations of constant relations between
variables, or tracing variable relations between discrete, punctual constants, the
abstract line122 of rhizomatic becoming conjugates heterogeneous variables by
initiating a flux of continuous variation. So whereas systems of structural
arborescence distribute variable relations between constants and constant
relations between variables, in accordance with a fixed, sedentary coordination
of identity and difference, continuous variation substitutes infinite differences
of differences for finite constant difference and replaces a variability in
extensity which remains subordinated to the power of the constant with an
ungovernable, intensive differentiation which abolishes the constant, exceeds
the sedentary distribution of identity and difference, and transforms the
structural tree into a rhizome: “In this sense ‘and’ is less a conjunction than the
atypical expression of all the possible conjunctions it places in continuous
variation. The tensor therefore is not reducible either to a constant or a
variable but assures the variation of the variable by subtracting in each
instance the value of the constant (n-1)” (Ibid., p.99). In other words, every
machinic conjunction of the form: ‘a and b and c...etc.’ simultaneously
expresses an infinite disjunction: ‘neither a nor b nor c...etc.’ because it is
continuously subtracting the value of the constant, so that the function through
which the series ‘a+b+c+...n’ is constructed becomes ‘n-a+(n-a+n-b)+(n-a+nb+n-c)+...etc’. By establishing this perpetual disjunction across a series of
elements that are continuously varying according to the constancy of the
function ‘n-1’, the ‘and’ as tensor of machinic synthesis simultaneously effects
their infinite exclusive conjunction.
Accordingly, a continuum of intensive variation is a rhizome line passing
between two determinate points and constituting a block of becoming that is
neither a relation of identification, analogy, or similitude; nor the reciprocal
exchange of individual characteristics, but rather an event that is entirely
distinct from, and irreducible to, the relation in extensity of the two terms
between which it passes. Through this process of machinic heterogenesis or
double-becoming, say Deleuze & Guattari, the reciprocal deterritorialization of
122 “There are no points or positions in a rhizome, such as those found in a structure, tree, or root. There are only
lines.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.8).
75
remains foreclosed to the alternative between thinkable and unthinkable121.
However, we shall have to wait until Chapter 5 to see in what way the discovery
that this immanence is already given necessitates reconfiguring the apparatus of
materialist theory in order to invent a thinking that operates according to
‘matter’s’ immanent foreclosure to Decision.
That immanence is amenable to a process of production, that it needs to
be constructed, is the inescapable correlate of the Decision through which
Deleuze & Guattari re-envelop the unobjectifiable immanence of matter ‘itself’
in the unobjectifiable transcendence of matter ‘as such’. Since that process of
machinic construction operates under the auspices of nomadic distribution, it is
to an examination of the latter that we now turn in order to grasp the ultimate
philosophical consequences of Deleuze & Guattari’s objectivation of
immanence.
Nomadic Distribution
Without oversimplifying the complexity of their thought too drastically,
it’s possible to discern two fundamental chains of terminological equivalences
running through Deleuze & Guattari’s work. On the one hand, we have ‘fuzzy
sets’ of distributed nomadic elements, what Deleuze & Guattari refer to as
‘zones of continuous variation’: assemblage; rhizome; plateau; Concept. On the
other, we have a surface of nomadic distribution, or what Deleuze & Guattari
call a transcendental field of machinic consistency: the body-without-organs or
plane of immanence. Yet both of these would seem to be supervenient on a
distributing principle as that which coordinates the distribution of the
distributed. This principle of nomadic distribution is the syntactical operator of
machinic synthesis. Deleuze & Guattari refer to it at various times as
‘conjunctive synthesis’; ‘aparallel evolution’; ‘double becoming’; ‘abstract
line’; ‘nomos’. These are all names for the process of machinic heterogenesis
through which intensive multiplicities are assembled. And whereas the
extensive manifold remains representational and thus quantifiable or
denumerable, the characteristic feature of intensive multiplicities according to
Deleuze & Guattari is their non-denumerability. Non-denumerable multiplicities
are indexes of intensity as ‘the Disparate’; ‘the Unequal in-itself’: the multiple
ceases being attributable to any transcendent molar unity when it becomes
autonomously substantive as a rhizome, a flat multiplicity of n-1 dimensions in
perpetual heterogenesis produced through the power of continuous variation
proper to ‘and’ as operator of conjunctive synthesis: “What characterises the
non-denumerable is neither the set nor its elements; rather, it is the connection,
121Rather than constituting the enstatic immediation of thinkable and unthinkable, as in the case of Henry. Cf.
supra, Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
76
the ‘and’ produced between elements, between sets, and which belongs to
neither, which eludes them or constitutes a line of flight” (Deleuze & Guattari,
1988, p.470).
Being as heterogenetic production, as rhizomatic becoming, is nothing
but this process of differential coordination through which the non-denumerable
is conjugated. ‘(A)nd’ is the distributive tensor capable of effecting machinic
assemblage and of releasing pure, virtual continuums of intensive variation.
Instead of delineating the actual determinations of constant relations between
variables, or tracing variable relations between discrete, punctual constants, the
abstract line122 of rhizomatic becoming conjugates heterogeneous variables by
initiating a flux of continuous variation. So whereas systems of structural
arborescence distribute variable relations between constants and constant
relations between variables, in accordance with a fixed, sedentary coordination
of identity and difference, continuous variation substitutes infinite differences
of differences for finite constant difference and replaces a variability in
extensity which remains subordinated to the power of the constant with an
ungovernable, intensive differentiation which abolishes the constant, exceeds
the sedentary distribution of identity and difference, and transforms the
structural tree into a rhizome: “In this sense ‘and’ is less a conjunction than the
atypical expression of all the possible conjunctions it places in continuous
variation. The tensor therefore is not reducible either to a constant or a
variable but assures the variation of the variable by subtracting in each
instance the value of the constant (n-1)” (Ibid., p.99). In other words, every
machinic conjunction of the form: ‘a and b and c...etc.’ simultaneously
expresses an infinite disjunction: ‘neither a nor b nor c...etc.’ because it is
continuously subtracting the value of the constant, so that the function through
which the series ‘a+b+c+...n’ is constructed becomes ‘n-a+(n-a+n-b)+(n-a+nb+n-c)+...etc’. By establishing this perpetual disjunction across a series of
elements that are continuously varying according to the constancy of the
function ‘n-1’, the ‘and’ as tensor of machinic synthesis simultaneously effects
their infinite exclusive conjunction.
Accordingly, a continuum of intensive variation is a rhizome line passing
between two determinate points and constituting a block of becoming that is
neither a relation of identification, analogy, or similitude; nor the reciprocal
exchange of individual characteristics, but rather an event that is entirely
distinct from, and irreducible to, the relation in extensity of the two terms
between which it passes. Through this process of machinic heterogenesis or
double-becoming, say Deleuze & Guattari, the reciprocal deterritorialization of
122 “There are no points or positions in a rhizome, such as those found in a structure, tree, or root. There are only
lines.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.8).
77
separate terms creates an autonomous zone of virtual indiscernibility or
continuous variation: the becoming-A of B and becoming-B of A does not
result in another term C which would be a synthesis of A and B, but in an event
of molecular transmutation, a non-localizable conjunction which sweeps away
the fixed identity of both terms and carries each into micrological proximity to
the other; a nomadic zone of intensive continuity wherein the border proximity
AB remains distinct from, and irreducible to, either the contiguity or the
distance between A and B.
Nomadic multiplicities ‘are’ insofar as they are in perpetual heterogenesis
through intensive variation. Thus, for Deleuze & Guattari, the notions of
‘becoming’ and of ‘multiplicity’ remain strictly inextricable if not
indistinguishable from one another. ‘(A)nd’, the tensor of nomadic distribution,
expresses being as becoming precisely insofar as it is the operator of machinic
construction, of rhizomatic conjugation, through which multiplicity bypasses
the opposition of the One and the Multiple to become instead an autonomous
ontological substantive;- but a substantive which subsists in a state of perpetual
heterogenetic transformation: “A multiplicity is defined not by its elements, nor
by a center of unification and comprehension. It is defined by the number of
dimensions it has; it is not divisible, it cannot lose or gain a dimension without
changing in nature. Since its variations and dimensions are immanent to it, it
amounts to the same thing to say that each multiplicity is already composed of
heterogeneous terms in symbiosis, and that a multiplicity is continually
transforming itself into a string of other multiplicities, according to its
thresholds and doors” (Ibid., p.249).
Moreover, it is also becoming as event that releases the hyletic continuum
of intensive matter, the machinic phylum composed of impersonal
individuations and pre-personal singularities: “The machinic phylum is
materiality, natural or artificial, and both simultaneously; it is matter in
movement, in flux, in variation, matter as a conveyor of singularities(...)” (Ibid.,
p.409).Thus, the machinic phylum is materiality defined as perpetual flux,
continuous variation, infinite becoming, nomadic distribution, etc. For if
becoming constitutes multiplicity as an ontological substantive, conjugated in
accordance with the ‘and’ as tensor of continuous variation, then the latter, as
operator of machinic synthesis, is ultimately synonymous with ‘materiality’ as
intensively defined. Consequently, for Deleuze & Guattari, ‘and’ is as much one
of the proper names for abstract materiality as are ‘the Earth’, or ‘anorganic
Life’, or ‘the Deterritorialized’. This is important because it reveals how
Deleuze & Guattari have ontologised matter, rendering it coextensive with the
philosophical Concept, in and through the same procedure of transcendental
reduction by means of which they sought to purge of it all representational
mediation.
78
Once again, we glimpse here the materiological amphiboly underlying
Deleuze & Guattari’s transcendentalisation of intensive materiality. Let us
recall that materiological thinking, according to our characterisation of it,
confuses the transcendental separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter
‘itself’, with an ontological disjunction between matter as representational
phenomenon -i.e. extensity- and materiality as non-representational residue, or
transcendental production -i.e. intensity; the Disparate; the Unequal-in-itself.
That is to say: materiology envelops the unobjectifiable immanence of the
transcendental separation between the tel quel and the comme tel in the
unobjectifiable transcendence of the ontological disjunction between the
intensive and the extensive. In Deleuze & Guattari’s case, that amphiboly is
initiated through the very gesture whereby hyletic reduction engenders an
instantaneously reversible asymmetry between the phenomeno-logos of
representational extensity and the materio-logos of machinic intensity on the
plane of immanence.
It is this reversibility that makes of What is Philosophy? at once a
materialist noology and a noological materialism. Where the categorial filters
of representation inaugurated a mediatory transcendence vis a vis the chaos of
intensive matter, the Concept ‘counter-effectuates’ that chaos through the
process of its own immanent auto-construction. Because the Concept is infrarepresentational, it is no longer immanent to matter (i.e. to the Real); it is
immanently self-assembling in and through materiality (the Real) as such
(positing and pre-supposing the plane of immanence). Thinking no longer
represents the multiple; it constructs it. It ceases being cogitative, legislative, or
reflexive, in order to participate in the self-effectuation of the Real qua
intensive materiality. For Deleuze & Guattari, philosophical thinking consists
not so much in forging concepts capable of ‘apprehending’ pre-individual
singularities and asubjective individuations, but of engendering the impersonal
singularisation of thought by counter-effectuating an intensive chaos in the
Concept, thereby creating Concepts that are themselves chaoids, haecceities,
plateaus; “self-vibrating regions of intensity whose development avoids any
orientation toward a culminating point or external end” (Deleuze & Guattari,
1994, p.22). Every Concept is composed of virtual singularities and conjugates
lines of continuous variation according to their intrinsic compatibility, thereby
rendering their grouping consistent and bringing about an intensive stabilization
of the power (puissance) of thought. Concepts are rhizomes: smooth, singular
continuums of nomadic distribution; plateaus of molecular becoming. They
represent nothing, denote nothing, signify nothing. They are self-assembling,
self-referential; positing themselves and their ‘objects’ at the same time as they
77
separate terms creates an autonomous zone of virtual indiscernibility or
continuous variation: the becoming-A of B and becoming-B of A does not
result in another term C which would be a synthesis of A and B, but in an event
of molecular transmutation, a non-localizable conjunction which sweeps away
the fixed identity of both terms and carries each into micrological proximity to
the other; a nomadic zone of intensive continuity wherein the border proximity
AB remains distinct from, and irreducible to, either the contiguity or the
distance between A and B.
Nomadic multiplicities ‘are’ insofar as they are in perpetual heterogenesis
through intensive variation. Thus, for Deleuze & Guattari, the notions of
‘becoming’ and of ‘multiplicity’ remain strictly inextricable if not
indistinguishable from one another. ‘(A)nd’, the tensor of nomadic distribution,
expresses being as becoming precisely insofar as it is the operator of machinic
construction, of rhizomatic conjugation, through which multiplicity bypasses
the opposition of the One and the Multiple to become instead an autonomous
ontological substantive;- but a substantive which subsists in a state of perpetual
heterogenetic transformation: “A multiplicity is defined not by its elements, nor
by a center of unification and comprehension. It is defined by the number of
dimensions it has; it is not divisible, it cannot lose or gain a dimension without
changing in nature. Since its variations and dimensions are immanent to it, it
amounts to the same thing to say that each multiplicity is already composed of
heterogeneous terms in symbiosis, and that a multiplicity is continually
transforming itself into a string of other multiplicities, according to its
thresholds and doors” (Ibid., p.249).
Moreover, it is also becoming as event that releases the hyletic continuum
of intensive matter, the machinic phylum composed of impersonal
individuations and pre-personal singularities: “The machinic phylum is
materiality, natural or artificial, and both simultaneously; it is matter in
movement, in flux, in variation, matter as a conveyor of singularities(...)” (Ibid.,
p.409).Thus, the machinic phylum is materiality defined as perpetual flux,
continuous variation, infinite becoming, nomadic distribution, etc. For if
becoming constitutes multiplicity as an ontological substantive, conjugated in
accordance with the ‘and’ as tensor of continuous variation, then the latter, as
operator of machinic synthesis, is ultimately synonymous with ‘materiality’ as
intensively defined. Consequently, for Deleuze & Guattari, ‘and’ is as much one
of the proper names for abstract materiality as are ‘the Earth’, or ‘anorganic
Life’, or ‘the Deterritorialized’. This is important because it reveals how
Deleuze & Guattari have ontologised matter, rendering it coextensive with the
philosophical Concept, in and through the same procedure of transcendental
reduction by means of which they sought to purge of it all representational
mediation.
78
Once again, we glimpse here the materiological amphiboly underlying
Deleuze & Guattari’s transcendentalisation of intensive materiality. Let us
recall that materiological thinking, according to our characterisation of it,
confuses the transcendental separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter
‘itself’, with an ontological disjunction between matter as representational
phenomenon -i.e. extensity- and materiality as non-representational residue, or
transcendental production -i.e. intensity; the Disparate; the Unequal-in-itself.
That is to say: materiology envelops the unobjectifiable immanence of the
transcendental separation between the tel quel and the comme tel in the
unobjectifiable transcendence of the ontological disjunction between the
intensive and the extensive. In Deleuze & Guattari’s case, that amphiboly is
initiated through the very gesture whereby hyletic reduction engenders an
instantaneously reversible asymmetry between the phenomeno-logos of
representational extensity and the materio-logos of machinic intensity on the
plane of immanence.
It is this reversibility that makes of What is Philosophy? at once a
materialist noology and a noological materialism. Where the categorial filters
of representation inaugurated a mediatory transcendence vis a vis the chaos of
intensive matter, the Concept ‘counter-effectuates’ that chaos through the
process of its own immanent auto-construction. Because the Concept is infrarepresentational, it is no longer immanent to matter (i.e. to the Real); it is
immanently self-assembling in and through materiality (the Real) as such
(positing and pre-supposing the plane of immanence). Thinking no longer
represents the multiple; it constructs it. It ceases being cogitative, legislative, or
reflexive, in order to participate in the self-effectuation of the Real qua
intensive materiality. For Deleuze & Guattari, philosophical thinking consists
not so much in forging concepts capable of ‘apprehending’ pre-individual
singularities and asubjective individuations, but of engendering the impersonal
singularisation of thought by counter-effectuating an intensive chaos in the
Concept, thereby creating Concepts that are themselves chaoids, haecceities,
plateaus; “self-vibrating regions of intensity whose development avoids any
orientation toward a culminating point or external end” (Deleuze & Guattari,
1994, p.22). Every Concept is composed of virtual singularities and conjugates
lines of continuous variation according to their intrinsic compatibility, thereby
rendering their grouping consistent and bringing about an intensive stabilization
of the power (puissance) of thought. Concepts are rhizomes: smooth, singular
continuums of nomadic distribution; plateaus of molecular becoming. They
represent nothing, denote nothing, signify nothing. They are self-assembling,
self-referential; positing themselves and their ‘objects’ at the same time as they
79
are created. They are virtual events: real without being actual; ideal without
being abstract; incorporeal without being immaterial123.
Yet given that Deleuze & Guattari insist that the plane of immanence is
neither a Concept of concepts, nor a fundamental ground or principle of any
sort, what then is the precise nature of the relation between Concept and plane?
Concepts are events, but the plane is the ‘absolute horizon for all events’;- they
inhabit and compose it without dividing or interrupting its indivisible
continuity. Concepts are absolute, self-contained surfaces or volumes composed
through finite movements executed at infinite speed; whereas the plane is the
boundless interweaving and reciprocal enfolding of the many different finite
movements or becomings making up its endlessly variegated, differential
texture, its fractal composition or ‘variable curvature’124. Yet the plane itself is
always singular, indivisible, ‘pure variation’. It is the ‘absolute horizon’ that
makes “the event as concept independent of a visible state of affairs in which it
is brought about”125; the Rhizosphere of infinite machinic consistency with
which every finite becoming intersects in its rhizomatic consistency. Thus, the
plane constitutes the Eventum Tantum; the infinite Event enfolding but never
encompassing all others. It is the Deterritorialized; the event of the Earth’s
infinite becoming. This infinite movement necessarily intersects with all finite
movements, so that the plane’s infinite enfolding, its fractal curvature, is
constituted through the absolute but finite surfaces or volumes which compose
it.
As a result, if ‘and’ is indeed one among the many names which Deleuze
& Guattari use to describe abstract matter, then it not only functions as the
tensor of nomadic distribution whereby the rhizome conjugates lines of
continuous variations; it is also an index of the disjunctive synthesis through
which virtual intensity and actual extensity are inclusively disjoined on the
plane of immanence. Consequently, if the plane of immanence is neither one
nor many, it is because the folding of the infinite - ‘the’ plane- repeats itself in
every finite fold - ‘this’ or ‘that’ plane. ‘Each’ plane is ‘the’ plane. For the ‘and’
as distributive tensor entails that “Every plane of immanence is a One-All: it is
not partial like a scientific system, or fragmentary like concepts, but distributive
-it is an ‘each’”(Ibid., p.50). Thus, the plane’s infinite folding is simultaneously
the generating tensor of the conjunctive synthesis which produces intensive
becoming; and the singular event or continuum, the finite fold generated by that
tensor, that folding, so that the former is continuously repeating and
recombining itself as its own higher form by means of the latter. The hyletic
123On all these points cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1996, pp.15-34.
124 Cf. supra, pp.137-139; and Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.39.
125Deleuze & Guattari, ibid., p.36.
80
continuum of impersonal individuations and pre-individual singularities
constitutes itself through the machinic syntax of continuum/cut
(continuum/coupure) -disjunctive synthesis- by in-different/ciating an
immanence which is always already different/ciated; an immanence which is
always a composite of virtual intensity and actual extensity; so that this infinite
continuum repeats itself in every finite cut as the absolute differing of the
Disparate or Unequal-in-itself. But because the cut, the moment of differing, is
a means for this repetition, one passes in a continuous fashion from a singular
continuum or cut (‘an’ abstract machine; ‘a’ plane of immanence) to its absolute
or Ideal form in the ‘and’ as ontogenetic tensor of nomadic distribution (‘the’
plane; ‘the’ hyletic continuum as One-All or Rhizosphere). Consequently, the
‘and’ is at once the machinic phylum as Eventum Tantum, producing events,
becomings, lines of continuous variation, etc.; but also an event, a becoming, a
variation which is produced; thereby immediately re-producing itself through its
product but always as its own Ideal, meta-immanent form. The ‘and’ raises itself
to its nth power as principle of its own Ideal repetition; it marks the
indiscernible co-incidence of the hyletic continuum as One-All and of a
continuum of continuous variation as haecceity. Accordingly, if the univocal
immanence of intensive matter bypasses the opposition between the One and
the Multiple, it is precisely because the plane is folded over itself:- infinitely
self-folding; infinitely self-objectivating; causa sui. It is immanent to itself
because it is its own meta-immanent, Ideal form.
What makes it Ideal is the fact that the ‘and’ as syntactical operator of
continuous variation is always reconstituting itself as transcendental on the
basis of a syntagmatic instance which is ultimately identified with its syntactical
condition; a conditioned endowed by Deleuze & Guattari with the power of
transcending itself, not only toward but also as its own condition, thereby coconstituting the latter. Moreover, this ultimately transcendent continuity
between becoming as infinite continuum and becoming as finite cut, between
Rhizosphere and rhizome, is established on the basis of the plane’s hybrid -i.e.
empirico-transcendental- composition, and in accordance with that parallelism,
that reversible asymmetry between actual extensity and virtual intensity, which
we diagnosed earlier. The plane of immanence remains Ideal because it
operates according to a logic of absolute self-relation: immanence is no longer
attributive as immanence ‘to’ a transcendent universal, but only at the cost of
becoming this self-positing, self-presupposing hybrid of the transcendental and
the transcendent -which is to say, of unobjectifiable immanence and
unobjectifiable transcendence- , so that every continuous multiplicity, every
molecular becoming is simultaneously virtual and actual, molecular and molar,
smooth and striated, dividing itself interminably between these two states,
passing from one to the other in a continuous circuit. As a result, Deleuze &
79
are created. They are virtual events: real without being actual; ideal without
being abstract; incorporeal without being immaterial123.
Yet given that Deleuze & Guattari insist that the plane of immanence is
neither a Concept of concepts, nor a fundamental ground or principle of any
sort, what then is the precise nature of the relation between Concept and plane?
Concepts are events, but the plane is the ‘absolute horizon for all events’;- they
inhabit and compose it without dividing or interrupting its indivisible
continuity. Concepts are absolute, self-contained surfaces or volumes composed
through finite movements executed at infinite speed; whereas the plane is the
boundless interweaving and reciprocal enfolding of the many different finite
movements or becomings making up its endlessly variegated, differential
texture, its fractal composition or ‘variable curvature’124. Yet the plane itself is
always singular, indivisible, ‘pure variation’. It is the ‘absolute horizon’ that
makes “the event as concept independent of a visible state of affairs in which it
is brought about”125; the Rhizosphere of infinite machinic consistency with
which every finite becoming intersects in its rhizomatic consistency. Thus, the
plane constitutes the Eventum Tantum; the infinite Event enfolding but never
encompassing all others. It is the Deterritorialized; the event of the Earth’s
infinite becoming. This infinite movement necessarily intersects with all finite
movements, so that the plane’s infinite enfolding, its fractal curvature, is
constituted through the absolute but finite surfaces or volumes which compose
it.
As a result, if ‘and’ is indeed one among the many names which Deleuze
& Guattari use to describe abstract matter, then it not only functions as the
tensor of nomadic distribution whereby the rhizome conjugates lines of
continuous variations; it is also an index of the disjunctive synthesis through
which virtual intensity and actual extensity are inclusively disjoined on the
plane of immanence. Consequently, if the plane of immanence is neither one
nor many, it is because the folding of the infinite - ‘the’ plane- repeats itself in
every finite fold - ‘this’ or ‘that’ plane. ‘Each’ plane is ‘the’ plane. For the ‘and’
as distributive tensor entails that “Every plane of immanence is a One-All: it is
not partial like a scientific system, or fragmentary like concepts, but distributive
-it is an ‘each’”(Ibid., p.50). Thus, the plane’s infinite folding is simultaneously
the generating tensor of the conjunctive synthesis which produces intensive
becoming; and the singular event or continuum, the finite fold generated by that
tensor, that folding, so that the former is continuously repeating and
recombining itself as its own higher form by means of the latter. The hyletic
123On all these points cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1996, pp.15-34.
124 Cf. supra, pp.137-139; and Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, p.39.
125Deleuze & Guattari, ibid., p.36.
80
continuum of impersonal individuations and pre-individual singularities
constitutes itself through the machinic syntax of continuum/cut
(continuum/coupure) -disjunctive synthesis- by in-different/ciating an
immanence which is always already different/ciated; an immanence which is
always a composite of virtual intensity and actual extensity; so that this infinite
continuum repeats itself in every finite cut as the absolute differing of the
Disparate or Unequal-in-itself. But because the cut, the moment of differing, is
a means for this repetition, one passes in a continuous fashion from a singular
continuum or cut (‘an’ abstract machine; ‘a’ plane of immanence) to its absolute
or Ideal form in the ‘and’ as ontogenetic tensor of nomadic distribution (‘the’
plane; ‘the’ hyletic continuum as One-All or Rhizosphere). Consequently, the
‘and’ is at once the machinic phylum as Eventum Tantum, producing events,
becomings, lines of continuous variation, etc.; but also an event, a becoming, a
variation which is produced; thereby immediately re-producing itself through its
product but always as its own Ideal, meta-immanent form. The ‘and’ raises itself
to its nth power as principle of its own Ideal repetition; it marks the
indiscernible co-incidence of the hyletic continuum as One-All and of a
continuum of continuous variation as haecceity. Accordingly, if the univocal
immanence of intensive matter bypasses the opposition between the One and
the Multiple, it is precisely because the plane is folded over itself:- infinitely
self-folding; infinitely self-objectivating; causa sui. It is immanent to itself
because it is its own meta-immanent, Ideal form.
What makes it Ideal is the fact that the ‘and’ as syntactical operator of
continuous variation is always reconstituting itself as transcendental on the
basis of a syntagmatic instance which is ultimately identified with its syntactical
condition; a conditioned endowed by Deleuze & Guattari with the power of
transcending itself, not only toward but also as its own condition, thereby coconstituting the latter. Moreover, this ultimately transcendent continuity
between becoming as infinite continuum and becoming as finite cut, between
Rhizosphere and rhizome, is established on the basis of the plane’s hybrid -i.e.
empirico-transcendental- composition, and in accordance with that parallelism,
that reversible asymmetry between actual extensity and virtual intensity, which
we diagnosed earlier. The plane of immanence remains Ideal because it
operates according to a logic of absolute self-relation: immanence is no longer
attributive as immanence ‘to’ a transcendent universal, but only at the cost of
becoming this self-positing, self-presupposing hybrid of the transcendental and
the transcendent -which is to say, of unobjectifiable immanence and
unobjectifiable transcendence- , so that every continuous multiplicity, every
molecular becoming is simultaneously virtual and actual, molecular and molar,
smooth and striated, dividing itself interminably between these two states,
passing from one to the other in a continuous circuit. As a result, Deleuze &
81
Guattari’s infinite hyletic continuum is perpetually obliged to re-affirm itself as
transcendental, as unobjectifiably immanent, by means of its own Ideal
repetition, its own unobjectifiable transcendence. It is causa sui: Ideal and selfpositing126.
Hyletic Idealism
Now at last, as well as beginning to appreciate the full import of
Laruelle’s characterisation of Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic constructivism as
a form of ‘absolute hyletic idealism’, perhaps we are also in a better position to
understand Laruelle’s earlier cryptic remark127 concerning the status of all
empirical instances as ‘continuous cuts’ in the hyletic continuum. Every
empirical instance, every finite cut, simultaneously indexes an infinite hyletic
continuum; every concrete assemblage transcends itself as a continuous cut
toward the infinite continuity of the plane of consistency. As a result, the plane
of immanence bears all the topological hallmarks of a transcendental Möbius
strip: a flat, single sided surface continuously twisting around itself through
180° so that it op-poses its inner and outer face to one another even as it renders
both opposites virtually contiguous through the single surface by virtue of
which they continue to flow smoothly into each other128. In the case of the plane
of consistency, this infinite twisting whereby inner and outer face are adjoined
without distance, coinciding on single continuous surface, is constituted
through the ‘in-different/ciation’ whereby virtual and actual are disjunctively
conjoined in an instantaneously reversible exchange;- or through the movement
of becoming in which the intensive and the extensive, the smooth and the
striated, are inclusively disjoined. It is through this infinite torsion, this
perpetual transversal communication between virtual and actual, that every
finite cut in the hyletic continuum comes to represent an infinite continuum for
another cut, and every real division becomes a means through which the
indivision of an Ideal continuity continuously reaffirms itself. Consequently, as
Laruelle puts it in Prinçipe de Minorité: “Precisely because the cut is only ever
a means at the hands of Repetition [i.e. the ‘and’ as tensor of disjunctive
synthesis- RB], one passes in a continuous manner from empirical cuts to ideal
126It is this capacity for absolute ‘auto-position’ which, as Laruelle himself puts it in Prinçipe de Minorité,
makes of the hyletic continuum the equivalent of a ‘transcendental Deduction in act’ and hence a paradigmatic
philosophical Decision (cf. infra, Chapter 5): “The limitless hyletic flux is doubtless perfect, it is at once (but this
is not what is problematic about it from now on) hetero- and auto-production of itself. Causa sui. [It constitutes]
a true transcendental Deduction in act because it synthesizes itself as ‘objective reality’ (unity of the real and of
ideal objectivity), legitimating itself and demonstrating its own objectivity to itself on the basis of criteria drawn
from itself because they shift and transform themselves along with it.”(Laruelle, 1981, p.88).
127Cf. supra, p.115.
128Laruelle explicitly discusses the transcendental topology of the plane of immanence in terms of the Möbius
strip in his ‘Reply to Deleuze’, pp. 69-72.
82
or hyletic cuts, from the empirical and transcendent to the ideal [i.e.
transcendentally immanent-RB] form of division. This continuity of processes is
the Idea as such; Repetition is the Idea or Being effecting its relation to the
data of Representation through the cut constituted by Difference. Division
simultaneously divides itself and divides experience. It forms a continuous line
that re-turns in itself and whose every point adjoins an empirical surface and
an ideal surface, both of which are pure (still ideal). Being and Becoming, the
flux and the cut, flow through experience whilst remaining irreducible to it,
just as experience flows through the Idea, identifying itself with it, but precisely
in an ideal mode. There is a prior identity, a precession of the Idea as the Same
[i.e. the indivisible co-belonging -RB] of empirical and ideal cuts, and this
prior identity is invested in experience as well as in the Idea. As a result,
experience is no longer an ontic region opposed to the realm of the Idea, it is an
ontico-ontological degree of the Difference/Idea complex, but one which is
diluted, distended, depotentiated, disintensified” (Laruelle, 1981, p.70).
Thus, between the infinite Ideality of the ontological continuum and the
finite actuality of the ontic cut, there is neither a straightforwardly
representational identity nor a crudely categorial opposition; there is instead a
hyletic indiscernibility; a machinic reversibility generated according to this
Ideal contiguity of transcendental virtuality and empirical actuality on the plane
of consistency. Perhaps the charge of idealism becomes readily comprehensible
once we have understood how, within the ambit of Deleuze & Guattari’s
machinic materialism, there can be no possibility of distinguishing between the
Idea of continuous multiplicity (i.e. the Rhizosphere) and its empirical actuality
as exhibited in the heterogeneous, empirical manifold of rhizomatic
assemblages. Deleuze & Guattari’s materiology delineates the onticoontological disjunction between extensive actuality and intensive virtuality on
the basis of a preliminary suspension, a methodological ‘sublation’, of the
representational distinction between the heterogeneous, empirical manifold of
assemblages, and the homogeneous, transcendental continuity proper to the
plane of consistency. In so doing however, they liquefy every singularity,
haecceity, becoming, or event, into a virtual ontological equivalence with every
other. Every event is dissolved into the universality of the Eventum Tantum;
every cut in the phylum must also be continuous. This indiscernibility between
One-becoming and All-becoming precludes the possibility of discovering a
radically discontinuous manifold as index of a One that would never
reconstitute itself as an All; or a cut that would not prove to be re-included a
priori within the seamless, ideal continuity of the machinic phylum. It is the
phylum’s infinite and Ideal relational continuity129, its elision of the separation
129As exhibited in the machinic syntax: continuum/cut/continuum/etc...; or virtual/actual/virtual/etc...
81
Guattari’s infinite hyletic continuum is perpetually obliged to re-affirm itself as
transcendental, as unobjectifiably immanent, by means of its own Ideal
repetition, its own unobjectifiable transcendence. It is causa sui: Ideal and selfpositing126.
Hyletic Idealism
Now at last, as well as beginning to appreciate the full import of
Laruelle’s characterisation of Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic constructivism as
a form of ‘absolute hyletic idealism’, perhaps we are also in a better position to
understand Laruelle’s earlier cryptic remark127 concerning the status of all
empirical instances as ‘continuous cuts’ in the hyletic continuum. Every
empirical instance, every finite cut, simultaneously indexes an infinite hyletic
continuum; every concrete assemblage transcends itself as a continuous cut
toward the infinite continuity of the plane of consistency. As a result, the plane
of immanence bears all the topological hallmarks of a transcendental Möbius
strip: a flat, single sided surface continuously twisting around itself through
180° so that it op-poses its inner and outer face to one another even as it renders
both opposites virtually contiguous through the single surface by virtue of
which they continue to flow smoothly into each other128. In the case of the plane
of consistency, this infinite twisting whereby inner and outer face are adjoined
without distance, coinciding on single continuous surface, is constituted
through the ‘in-different/ciation’ whereby virtual and actual are disjunctively
conjoined in an instantaneously reversible exchange;- or through the movement
of becoming in which the intensive and the extensive, the smooth and the
striated, are inclusively disjoined. It is through this infinite torsion, this
perpetual transversal communication between virtual and actual, that every
finite cut in the hyletic continuum comes to represent an infinite continuum for
another cut, and every real division becomes a means through which the
indivision of an Ideal continuity continuously reaffirms itself. Consequently, as
Laruelle puts it in Prinçipe de Minorité: “Precisely because the cut is only ever
a means at the hands of Repetition [i.e. the ‘and’ as tensor of disjunctive
synthesis- RB], one passes in a continuous manner from empirical cuts to ideal
126It is this capacity for absolute ‘auto-position’ which, as Laruelle himself puts it in Prinçipe de Minorité,
makes of the hyletic continuum the equivalent of a ‘transcendental Deduction in act’ and hence a paradigmatic
philosophical Decision (cf. infra, Chapter 5): “The limitless hyletic flux is doubtless perfect, it is at once (but this
is not what is problematic about it from now on) hetero- and auto-production of itself. Causa sui. [It constitutes]
a true transcendental Deduction in act because it synthesizes itself as ‘objective reality’ (unity of the real and of
ideal objectivity), legitimating itself and demonstrating its own objectivity to itself on the basis of criteria drawn
from itself because they shift and transform themselves along with it.”(Laruelle, 1981, p.88).
127Cf. supra, p.115.
128Laruelle explicitly discusses the transcendental topology of the plane of immanence in terms of the Möbius
strip in his ‘Reply to Deleuze’, pp. 69-72.
82
or hyletic cuts, from the empirical and transcendent to the ideal [i.e.
transcendentally immanent-RB] form of division. This continuity of processes is
the Idea as such; Repetition is the Idea or Being effecting its relation to the
data of Representation through the cut constituted by Difference. Division
simultaneously divides itself and divides experience. It forms a continuous line
that re-turns in itself and whose every point adjoins an empirical surface and
an ideal surface, both of which are pure (still ideal). Being and Becoming, the
flux and the cut, flow through experience whilst remaining irreducible to it,
just as experience flows through the Idea, identifying itself with it, but precisely
in an ideal mode. There is a prior identity, a precession of the Idea as the Same
[i.e. the indivisible co-belonging -RB] of empirical and ideal cuts, and this
prior identity is invested in experience as well as in the Idea. As a result,
experience is no longer an ontic region opposed to the realm of the Idea, it is an
ontico-ontological degree of the Difference/Idea complex, but one which is
diluted, distended, depotentiated, disintensified” (Laruelle, 1981, p.70).
Thus, between the infinite Ideality of the ontological continuum and the
finite actuality of the ontic cut, there is neither a straightforwardly
representational identity nor a crudely categorial opposition; there is instead a
hyletic indiscernibility; a machinic reversibility generated according to this
Ideal contiguity of transcendental virtuality and empirical actuality on the plane
of consistency. Perhaps the charge of idealism becomes readily comprehensible
once we have understood how, within the ambit of Deleuze & Guattari’s
machinic materialism, there can be no possibility of distinguishing between the
Idea of continuous multiplicity (i.e. the Rhizosphere) and its empirical actuality
as exhibited in the heterogeneous, empirical manifold of rhizomatic
assemblages. Deleuze & Guattari’s materiology delineates the onticoontological disjunction between extensive actuality and intensive virtuality on
the basis of a preliminary suspension, a methodological ‘sublation’, of the
representational distinction between the heterogeneous, empirical manifold of
assemblages, and the homogeneous, transcendental continuity proper to the
plane of consistency. In so doing however, they liquefy every singularity,
haecceity, becoming, or event, into a virtual ontological equivalence with every
other. Every event is dissolved into the universality of the Eventum Tantum;
every cut in the phylum must also be continuous. This indiscernibility between
One-becoming and All-becoming precludes the possibility of discovering a
radically discontinuous manifold as index of a One that would never
reconstitute itself as an All; or a cut that would not prove to be re-included a
priori within the seamless, ideal continuity of the machinic phylum. It is the
phylum’s infinite and Ideal relational continuity129, its elision of the separation
129As exhibited in the machinic syntax: continuum/cut/continuum/etc...; or virtual/actual/virtual/etc...
83
of matter ‘itself’ in the sovereignty of matter ‘as such’ qua nomadic distribution
as inclusive disjunction of representational extensity and machinic intensity,
which inhibits the possibility of discovering an Identity proper130 to matter
‘itself’, independently of the Idea and outside the Concept; according to the
foreclosure of its immanence devoid of transcendence; in its multiplicity
without Being.
In obscuring the purely transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from
matter ‘as such’ through the ontological disjunction between virtual intensity
and actual extensity, in deliberately maintaining an empirico-transcendental
hybridisation of immanence, Deleuze & Guattari effectively perpetuate a more
insidious phenomenalisation of matter; one which is asubjective and
anobjective, neither noetically circumscribed by intentional consciousness nor
horizonally encompassed within being-in-the-world, but one which is
nevertheless coextensive with that pure and empty form of objectivating
transcendence through which immanence or ‘matter’ is simultaneously posited
and pre-supposed in the Concept. Consequently, not only are those three
amphibolies which we characterised as definitive of materiological thought in
Chapter 1131 perfectly instantiated in Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism;machinic constructivism transforms those amphibolies into structurally
necessary, explicitly constitutive features. What was unintentional amphiboly in
the work of Henry becomes deliberate synthetic hybridisation in the case of
Deleuze & Guattari. Thus, machinic constructivism deliberately synthesizes
real, ontic immanence with ideal, ontological immanence; it explicitly replaces
unilateral determination of the ideal by the real with an immediately reversible
coincidence whereby every
virtual different/ciation of the actual is
indissociable from a reciprocal in-different/ciation of the virtual; finally, the
radically unobjectifiable immanence of matter ‘itself’ is methodically and
systematically reenveloped in the unobjectifiable transcendence of matter ‘as
such’ qua nomadic distribution.
Accordingly, and in spite of the remarkable vigour and sophistication of
Deleuze & Guattari’s transcendental materialism, in spite of their exhilarating
commitment to experimentation and invention, it would be a mistake to oppose,
in a naive or ideological manner, their brand of machinic constructivism to the
apparatus of Representation per se. Let us recall the remark by Laruelle that we
cited above: “Repetition is the Idea or Being effecting its relation to the data of
Representation through the cut constituted by Difference”132. Remembering
130Since the Identity in question is non-ontological -non-unitary and non-consistent-, it invokes no surreptitious
privileging of ‘propriety’ or of ‘the proper’ in any obviously deconstructible, ontotheological sense.
131Cf. infra , Chapter 1, pp.59-61.
132Cf. supra, p.155.
84
that, according to the account of Deleuze & Guattari’s thought which we have
just provided, ‘Repetition’ as Idea or Being is none other than the ‘and’ as
tensor of continuous variation, and that the ‘cut’ constituted by Difference
likewise finds expression in the ‘and’ as inclusive disjunction of intensity and
extensity; we see that it is the latter as ‘Being’ or ‘Idea’ which is perpetually
reinscribing and reincluding representational extensity within the immanence of
the hyletic continuum as its unavoidable complement of disintensification or
depotentiation; its actualised residue; its fallen fruit. Thus, it is the
transcendental topology proper to the plane of consistency as Möbius strip
which ensures that there is -not only in fact but also by right- a constitutive
continuity between representation and Concept; an a priori hybridisation of
representational extensity and machinic intensity; of representational striation
and nomadic smoothing. Deleuze & Guattari abolish the structures of categorial
analogy, with its equivocal circumscription of extensive difference in the
concept, in order to attain to the pure and empty form of Representation through
the Concept’s rhizomatic counter-effectuation -its simultaneous positing and
pre-supposing- of intensive Difference as Being, as Idea. Machinic
constructivism ditches representation qua equivocal analogisation of the real,
the better to effectuate Representation qua univocal analogue of matter.
Thus, in an ambiguity characteristic of the transcendental varieties of
materiological thinking, only the localised, objectively unified representations
of matter are dissolved and dismantled, the better to proceed to the
transcendental identification of matter with that Ideal, unitary continuity
guaranteed through an all embracing disjunctive synthesis. The hyletic
continuum is the Idea of matter ‘as such’ qua universal tensor of nomadic
distribution. But this position and pre-supposition of immanent materiality in
and through the Concept, this machinic phenomenalisation of intensive matter
‘as such’ in terms of the differential syntax of nomadic distribution, of the ‘and’
as tensor of machinic synthesis, is in fact Representation, or the Idea, in its
highest form, Representation raised to its own nth power. It guarantees the
intensive continuity between thought and matter and establishes an
instantaneous reversibility between the reality of/in the Concept and the
Concept of/in the real. As a result, machinic materialism appears not so much as
the immediate negation of empirical realism, but rather as its transcendental
sublation.
Transcendental Materialism versus Empirical Realism
As far the transcendental materialist is concerned, empirical realism is a
prejudice concomitant with those forms of pre-philosophical naivety
engendered in accordance with representational common sense and
phenomenological doxa. The phylum’s infinite continuity is perpetually
liquefying the reified stolidity of empirical actuality. Machinic constructivism
83
of matter ‘itself’ in the sovereignty of matter ‘as such’ qua nomadic distribution
as inclusive disjunction of representational extensity and machinic intensity,
which inhibits the possibility of discovering an Identity proper130 to matter
‘itself’, independently of the Idea and outside the Concept; according to the
foreclosure of its immanence devoid of transcendence; in its multiplicity
without Being.
In obscuring the purely transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from
matter ‘as such’ through the ontological disjunction between virtual intensity
and actual extensity, in deliberately maintaining an empirico-transcendental
hybridisation of immanence, Deleuze & Guattari effectively perpetuate a more
insidious phenomenalisation of matter; one which is asubjective and
anobjective, neither noetically circumscribed by intentional consciousness nor
horizonally encompassed within being-in-the-world, but one which is
nevertheless coextensive with that pure and empty form of objectivating
transcendence through which immanence or ‘matter’ is simultaneously posited
and pre-supposed in the Concept. Consequently, not only are those three
amphibolies which we characterised as definitive of materiological thought in
Chapter 1131 perfectly instantiated in Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism;machinic constructivism transforms those amphibolies into structurally
necessary, explicitly constitutive features. What was unintentional amphiboly in
the work of Henry becomes deliberate synthetic hybridisation in the case of
Deleuze & Guattari. Thus, machinic constructivism deliberately synthesizes
real, ontic immanence with ideal, ontological immanence; it explicitly replaces
unilateral determination of the ideal by the real with an immediately reversible
coincidence whereby every
virtual different/ciation of the actual is
indissociable from a reciprocal in-different/ciation of the virtual; finally, the
radically unobjectifiable immanence of matter ‘itself’ is methodically and
systematically reenveloped in the unobjectifiable transcendence of matter ‘as
such’ qua nomadic distribution.
Accordingly, and in spite of the remarkable vigour and sophistication of
Deleuze & Guattari’s transcendental materialism, in spite of their exhilarating
commitment to experimentation and invention, it would be a mistake to oppose,
in a naive or ideological manner, their brand of machinic constructivism to the
apparatus of Representation per se. Let us recall the remark by Laruelle that we
cited above: “Repetition is the Idea or Being effecting its relation to the data of
Representation through the cut constituted by Difference”132. Remembering
130Since the Identity in question is non-ontological -non-unitary and non-consistent-, it invokes no surreptitious
privileging of ‘propriety’ or of ‘the proper’ in any obviously deconstructible, ontotheological sense.
131Cf. infra , Chapter 1, pp.59-61.
132Cf. supra, p.155.
84
that, according to the account of Deleuze & Guattari’s thought which we have
just provided, ‘Repetition’ as Idea or Being is none other than the ‘and’ as
tensor of continuous variation, and that the ‘cut’ constituted by Difference
likewise finds expression in the ‘and’ as inclusive disjunction of intensity and
extensity; we see that it is the latter as ‘Being’ or ‘Idea’ which is perpetually
reinscribing and reincluding representational extensity within the immanence of
the hyletic continuum as its unavoidable complement of disintensification or
depotentiation; its actualised residue; its fallen fruit. Thus, it is the
transcendental topology proper to the plane of consistency as Möbius strip
which ensures that there is -not only in fact but also by right- a constitutive
continuity between representation and Concept; an a priori hybridisation of
representational extensity and machinic intensity; of representational striation
and nomadic smoothing. Deleuze & Guattari abolish the structures of categorial
analogy, with its equivocal circumscription of extensive difference in the
concept, in order to attain to the pure and empty form of Representation through
the Concept’s rhizomatic counter-effectuation -its simultaneous positing and
pre-supposing- of intensive Difference as Being, as Idea. Machinic
constructivism ditches representation qua equivocal analogisation of the real,
the better to effectuate Representation qua univocal analogue of matter.
Thus, in an ambiguity characteristic of the transcendental varieties of
materiological thinking, only the localised, objectively unified representations
of matter are dissolved and dismantled, the better to proceed to the
transcendental identification of matter with that Ideal, unitary continuity
guaranteed through an all embracing disjunctive synthesis. The hyletic
continuum is the Idea of matter ‘as such’ qua universal tensor of nomadic
distribution. But this position and pre-supposition of immanent materiality in
and through the Concept, this machinic phenomenalisation of intensive matter
‘as such’ in terms of the differential syntax of nomadic distribution, of the ‘and’
as tensor of machinic synthesis, is in fact Representation, or the Idea, in its
highest form, Representation raised to its own nth power. It guarantees the
intensive continuity between thought and matter and establishes an
instantaneous reversibility between the reality of/in the Concept and the
Concept of/in the real. As a result, machinic materialism appears not so much as
the immediate negation of empirical realism, but rather as its transcendental
sublation.
Transcendental Materialism versus Empirical Realism
As far the transcendental materialist is concerned, empirical realism is a
prejudice concomitant with those forms of pre-philosophical naivety
engendered in accordance with representational common sense and
phenomenological doxa. The phylum’s infinite continuity is perpetually
liquefying the reified stolidity of empirical actuality. Machinic constructivism
85
actively pulverizes the dogmas of empirical realism and the doxas of
phenomenological experience by continuously reinjecting infinite movement
into the hypostatised stasis of representational extensity. As we saw above, the
discontinuity of empirical extensity is seamlessly re-integrated into the Ideality
of the intensive continuum, but as a distillate - a ‘disintensification’ or
‘depotentiation’- of an infinite movement of actualisation. In the words of
Laruelle which we cited earlier133: “Experience is no longer an ontic region
opposed to the realm of the Idea, it is an ontico-ontological degree of the
Difference/Idea complex, but one which is diluted, distended, depotentiated,
disintensified” (Ibid.).
However, as Laruelle himself rather caustically points out in his ‘Reply to
Deleuze’, this indiscernible contiguity between the transcendental ideality of
virtual intensity and the empirical reality of actual extensity on the plane of
consistency, relegating as it does ‘experience’ qua empirical actuality to the
status of a residue distilled from the process of becoming, entails a set of
“(d)isastrous consequences for ‘empirical data’ [données empiriques]: not only
are they devoid of reality; they are above all necessarily conceived of as
deficient or degraded, as a reification or ‘actualisation’ of becoming. Their
reality is an illusion, an appearance, a deficiency of their auto-position in and
through the strip [i.e. the Möbius strip or plane of consistency-RB]. That which
is ‘auto’-posited (just as one says ‘suicided’), and posited by that which is
more powerful than it, the möbian form of all autoposition, is thus not posited
in itself or by itself and is obliged to sever all continuity with its empirical
‘double’ or ‘indication’, or reckon it as a mere appearance. Such is the most
general presupposition of all absolute idealism, and perhaps of all philosophy;
an idealism which in this instance constitutes an equally absolute realism (‘real
without being actual; ideal without being abstract’): ‘experience’ is in general,
and from the very outset, reckoned as devoid of all reality” (Laruelle, 1995a,
p.76)134.
133Cf. supra, p.156.
134Interestingly, Laruelle’s arguments here anticipate Badiou’s in The Clamour of Being; to wit; that Deleuze’s
transcendental reduction of representational extensity on the plane of immanence entails a derealisation of the
actual. Cf. Badiou, 1997b, passim, but especially pp. 65-81. In other words, both Laruelle and Badiou argue that,
for Deleuze, actuality as product remains intrinsically subordinate to intensive virtuality as realm of machinic
productivity. However, although we have been arguing here, along with Laruelle and Badiou, that there is a very
strong sense in which Deleuze’s philosophy is ultimately -albeit unconventionally- idealist in tenor, we do not
believe that this constitutes an unpardonable indictment in and of itself. The real question, it seems to us, consists
in asking whether or not Deleuze’s peculiar brand of idealism is necessarily a bad thing. For insofar as it
excoriates a certain dogmatic phenomenological realism, an excoriation which seems to us entirely consonant
with the pulverizing of phenomenological reality effected by the natural sciences, Deleuze’s hyletic idealism
strikes us as entirely honourable. Where we find that idealism problematic -which is also the reason why we find
the ramifications of Laruelle’s critique particularly valuable- is on account of the residual dimension of quasiphenomenological presupposition entailed by the indissociable coincidence of virtual and actual in Deleuze’s
thought. In other words, Deleuze does not go far enough in his suspension of all phenomenological
86
What ‘reality’ and which ‘experience’ does Laruelle accuse Deleuze &
Guattari of ‘suiciding’ here? Representational reality? Phenomenological
experience? Everything hinges on whether the accusation of ‘idealism’ is made
against machinic materialism - and, a fortiori, against philosophy - in a spirit of
pious conservatism, on behalf of a representational realism and a
phenomenological experience, or alternatively, in the name of an altogether
unrepresentable ‘reality’ and a definitively unphenomenologisable ‘experience’.
Since -as will hopefully become perfectly clear in the second half of this
thesis- Laruelle has absolutely no interest in providing reactionary apologias,
whether it be for the good-sense of representation, or for the Ur-doxas of
phenomenology, it is necessary for us to provide a brief explication of the
implicit but unstated series of argumentative steps which furnish the correct
framework for understanding why the ‘reality’ and ‘experience’ invoked by
Laruelle in this protest against ‘idealism’ are neither representational nor
phenomenological.
First, we need to clarify what exactly Laruelle means by the expression
‘empirical data’ (données empiriques) when he claims that the continuum’s
absolute auto-position deprives the latter of their autonomy and reality because
it turns the actual into a reified remainder, a residue leftover from the movement
of infinite becoming. Fortunately, Laruelle supplies us with an explicit
definition of what he means by ‘empirical data’ -one which is neither
representational nor phenomenological but overtly non-philosophical- in a text
from 1988 (also ostensibly ‘about’ Deleuze)135-: “By ‘empirical data’ I
understand that which is posited by philosophical decision and by its
sufficiency in order to affect the latter, in other words, that which is in the
presupposition: there is still a residual phenomenalisation of matter ‘as such’ entailed in Deleuze’s objectivation
of immanence through the positing and pre-supposing of the plane; a ‘machinic’ phenomenalisation of matter
engendered as a result of immanence’s idealization as an empirico-transcendental hybrid or composite.
135The text in question, which appeared in issue number 5 of La Décision philosophique, the journal edited by
Laruelle between 1987 and 1989, is entitled ‘Letter to Deleuze’. This ‘Letter’, written by way of reply to an
unpublished missive in which Deleuze asked Laruelle “What distinguishes the One from Spinoza’s substance?”,
is one of those texts which Laruelle classifies among his explicitly experimental or ‘hyperspeculative’ exercises
in ‘philo-fiction’. In an obvious allusion to Spinoza’s more geometrico , it responds to the Deleuzean query by
elaborating a non-philosophical axiomatic in a series of numbered definitions running from 1.1 to 15.2. In spite
of its considerable formal austerity, this particular text remains remarkably helpful because it furnishes us with
explicit definitions of all the basic conceptual components of non-philosophical theory (at least in the form in
which these existed in Philosophie II. Philosophie III purifies and refines all these components further still,
sometimes adding new ones, but it does not make any significant retractions;-save for discontinuing Philosophie
II’s residually philosophical identification of non-philosophy with science). The contrast - which we are trying to
highlight here- between ‘the empirical’ qua intra-Decisional ideality and ‘the empirical’ qua non-Decisional
reality, occurs in definitions 5.1 and 5.2 respectively. 5.1 defines ‘empirical data’ qua intra-Decisional
component; 5.2 defines empirical data qua Decision itself as occasional cause or support for non-philosophical
theory. Cf. Laruelle, 1988g.
85
actively pulverizes the dogmas of empirical realism and the doxas of
phenomenological experience by continuously reinjecting infinite movement
into the hypostatised stasis of representational extensity. As we saw above, the
discontinuity of empirical extensity is seamlessly re-integrated into the Ideality
of the intensive continuum, but as a distillate - a ‘disintensification’ or
‘depotentiation’- of an infinite movement of actualisation. In the words of
Laruelle which we cited earlier133: “Experience is no longer an ontic region
opposed to the realm of the Idea, it is an ontico-ontological degree of the
Difference/Idea complex, but one which is diluted, distended, depotentiated,
disintensified” (Ibid.).
However, as Laruelle himself rather caustically points out in his ‘Reply to
Deleuze’, this indiscernible contiguity between the transcendental ideality of
virtual intensity and the empirical reality of actual extensity on the plane of
consistency, relegating as it does ‘experience’ qua empirical actuality to the
status of a residue distilled from the process of becoming, entails a set of
“(d)isastrous consequences for ‘empirical data’ [données empiriques]: not only
are they devoid of reality; they are above all necessarily conceived of as
deficient or degraded, as a reification or ‘actualisation’ of becoming. Their
reality is an illusion, an appearance, a deficiency of their auto-position in and
through the strip [i.e. the Möbius strip or plane of consistency-RB]. That which
is ‘auto’-posited (just as one says ‘suicided’), and posited by that which is
more powerful than it, the möbian form of all autoposition, is thus not posited
in itself or by itself and is obliged to sever all continuity with its empirical
‘double’ or ‘indication’, or reckon it as a mere appearance. Such is the most
general presupposition of all absolute idealism, and perhaps of all philosophy;
an idealism which in this instance constitutes an equally absolute realism (‘real
without being actual; ideal without being abstract’): ‘experience’ is in general,
and from the very outset, reckoned as devoid of all reality” (Laruelle, 1995a,
p.76)134.
133Cf. supra, p.156.
134Interestingly, Laruelle’s arguments here anticipate Badiou’s in The Clamour of Being; to wit; that Deleuze’s
transcendental reduction of representational extensity on the plane of immanence entails a derealisation of the
actual. Cf. Badiou, 1997b, passim, but especially pp. 65-81. In other words, both Laruelle and Badiou argue that,
for Deleuze, actuality as product remains intrinsically subordinate to intensive virtuality as realm of machinic
productivity. However, although we have been arguing here, along with Laruelle and Badiou, that there is a very
strong sense in which Deleuze’s philosophy is ultimately -albeit unconventionally- idealist in tenor, we do not
believe that this constitutes an unpardonable indictment in and of itself. The real question, it seems to us, consists
in asking whether or not Deleuze’s peculiar brand of idealism is necessarily a bad thing. For insofar as it
excoriates a certain dogmatic phenomenological realism, an excoriation which seems to us entirely consonant
with the pulverizing of phenomenological reality effected by the natural sciences, Deleuze’s hyletic idealism
strikes us as entirely honourable. Where we find that idealism problematic -which is also the reason why we find
the ramifications of Laruelle’s critique particularly valuable- is on account of the residual dimension of quasiphenomenological presupposition entailed by the indissociable coincidence of virtual and actual in Deleuze’s
thought. In other words, Deleuze does not go far enough in his suspension of all phenomenological
86
What ‘reality’ and which ‘experience’ does Laruelle accuse Deleuze &
Guattari of ‘suiciding’ here? Representational reality? Phenomenological
experience? Everything hinges on whether the accusation of ‘idealism’ is made
against machinic materialism - and, a fortiori, against philosophy - in a spirit of
pious conservatism, on behalf of a representational realism and a
phenomenological experience, or alternatively, in the name of an altogether
unrepresentable ‘reality’ and a definitively unphenomenologisable ‘experience’.
Since -as will hopefully become perfectly clear in the second half of this
thesis- Laruelle has absolutely no interest in providing reactionary apologias,
whether it be for the good-sense of representation, or for the Ur-doxas of
phenomenology, it is necessary for us to provide a brief explication of the
implicit but unstated series of argumentative steps which furnish the correct
framework for understanding why the ‘reality’ and ‘experience’ invoked by
Laruelle in this protest against ‘idealism’ are neither representational nor
phenomenological.
First, we need to clarify what exactly Laruelle means by the expression
‘empirical data’ (données empiriques) when he claims that the continuum’s
absolute auto-position deprives the latter of their autonomy and reality because
it turns the actual into a reified remainder, a residue leftover from the movement
of infinite becoming. Fortunately, Laruelle supplies us with an explicit
definition of what he means by ‘empirical data’ -one which is neither
representational nor phenomenological but overtly non-philosophical- in a text
from 1988 (also ostensibly ‘about’ Deleuze)135-: “By ‘empirical data’ I
understand that which is posited by philosophical decision and by its
sufficiency in order to affect the latter, in other words, that which is in the
presupposition: there is still a residual phenomenalisation of matter ‘as such’ entailed in Deleuze’s objectivation
of immanence through the positing and pre-supposing of the plane; a ‘machinic’ phenomenalisation of matter
engendered as a result of immanence’s idealization as an empirico-transcendental hybrid or composite.
135The text in question, which appeared in issue number 5 of La Décision philosophique, the journal edited by
Laruelle between 1987 and 1989, is entitled ‘Letter to Deleuze’. This ‘Letter’, written by way of reply to an
unpublished missive in which Deleuze asked Laruelle “What distinguishes the One from Spinoza’s substance?”,
is one of those texts which Laruelle classifies among his explicitly experimental or ‘hyperspeculative’ exercises
in ‘philo-fiction’. In an obvious allusion to Spinoza’s more geometrico , it responds to the Deleuzean query by
elaborating a non-philosophical axiomatic in a series of numbered definitions running from 1.1 to 15.2. In spite
of its considerable formal austerity, this particular text remains remarkably helpful because it furnishes us with
explicit definitions of all the basic conceptual components of non-philosophical theory (at least in the form in
which these existed in Philosophie II. Philosophie III purifies and refines all these components further still,
sometimes adding new ones, but it does not make any significant retractions;-save for discontinuing Philosophie
II’s residually philosophical identification of non-philosophy with science). The contrast - which we are trying to
highlight here- between ‘the empirical’ qua intra-Decisional ideality and ‘the empirical’ qua non-Decisional
reality, occurs in definitions 5.1 and 5.2 respectively. 5.1 defines ‘empirical data’ qua intra-Decisional
component; 5.2 defines empirical data qua Decision itself as occasional cause or support for non-philosophical
theory. Cf. Laruelle, 1988g.
87
philosophical decision by means of which it is also interpreted” (Laruelle,
1988g, p.102).
How are we to interpret this definition ? Indisputably in this instance,
some degree of familiarity with the non-philosophical context it presupposes is
indispensable. Thus, for instance, we need to be aware of the fact that, as far as
Laruelle is concerned, it is intrinsic to the structure of philosophical Decision
insofar as it invariably instantiates an empirico-transcendental doublet that it
incorporate or encompass a priori the empirical wing of the doublet as the
necessary complement of factical contingency through which it achieves its own
absolute auto-affection and auto-position. Accordingly, in this nonphilosophical definition of ‘empirical data’, the latter provide that initial
leverage-point whose empirical presupposition is subsequently seen to have
been retroactively posited a priori in and through an ultimately self-sufficient
transcendental operation;- a structure we saw verified in Deleuze & Guattari’s
delineation of the methodological reduction whereby the actuality of the given
comes to be seen as the result of a process of production -an actualisation-; but
a process in which it is the initial presupposition of empirical extensity as
enveloped in the plane of immanence -the suspension of its empirical
autonomy- which allows for the uncovering of its conditions of production and
its subsequent positing as a component in the philosophical Concept. Thus, the
aleatory contingency of empirical actuality is posited by the Deleuzoguattarian
Decision, in order to furnish it with an exploitable resource; a pseudoheteronomous component which Decision will always already have presupposed. Empirical actuality effectively serves as the ‘vanishing mediator’ in
the circle of reciprocal position and presupposition between plane and Concept;
a circle in which the empirical immediacy of the actual is invariably understood
to have been ‘always already’ transcendentally suspended and preserved;
‘sublated’ as a posited intermediate; or as the product of an actualisation136.
Consequently, if philosophical thinking for Laruelle is necessarily and
constitutively idealist in character -or formally idealising regardless of whether
or not it is recognized as explicitly or substantially idealist- it is because the
intrinsically self-positing, self-presupposing structure of Decision -what
Laruelle calls its ‘sufficiency’- guarantees that ‘empirical data’ (‘actuality’, ‘the
given’, etc.), are always encompassed a priori as grist for the Decisional mill,
so that they remain merely of the order of a pretext, an exploitable resource
devoid of any real independence or autonomy, ready to be processed and
136Cf. supra,pp.127-130.
88
integrated as a homogeneous structural component in the mechanism of
Decision137.
By way of contrast to this transcendental imperialism of Decision as
practised in its autonomous, self-sufficient mode -the imperialism of
transcendental sufficiency or absolute auto-position whereby the independence
of the empirical is denied-, in the same text from 1988 which we have just cited,
Laruelle defends the relative autonomy of a non-representational, nonphenomenological empirical instance by effecting the transformation of
Decision itself -ergo, of intra-Decisional ‘empiricity’ as representationally
and/or phenomenologically defined- into an ‘occasional cause’ or ‘material
support’ for non-Decisional theory: “By support or occasion, I describe those
ideal or empirical data which are necessary as the material from which thought
extracts real a prioris, in other words, that which existing in the philosophical
decision, has its condition of reality in something else or in the real as last
instance” (Ibid.)
Once again, this definition of the empirical as ‘support’ or ‘occasion’ is
neither representational nor phenomenological but explicitly non-philosophical
(which is to say, at once rigorously theoretical and radically universal): the
empirical data that have their ideal but heteronomous existence as posited in
and through Decision, have their real or relatively autonomous existence -their
unrepresentable condition of reality, as well as their unphenomenologisable
condition of experience- in the immanence of the Real as radically
unobjectifiable last-instance.
Since, at this stage, it is still too early to attempt to provide all the
necessary technical clarifications required for an exhaustive analysis of this
non-philosophical translation of ‘empiricity’, we can only hope to provide the
reader with an anticipatory sketch of the transformation that has occurred in the
shift from the philosophical to the non-philosophical perspective; a sketch
whose initial aura of impenetrable obscurity will, we hope, become
considerably diminished in the light of subsequent clarifications furnished in
Chapter 5 of Part II138.
According to this sketch, where philosophical Decision invariably
presupposes the autonomous, pseudo-immanent reality of empirical data, the
better to dissolve the autonomy of that pseudo-immanent reality via the process
of its ideal sublation in and through a self-positing transcendence; non-
137Clearly, the credibility of this account, which we shall return to in greater detail in Chapter 5, depends on the
plausibility of the claim that all philosophy, whether it recognize it or not, and regardless of its stated antipathy to
the term (e.g. the British empiricists; Hegel; Nietzsche; the later Heidegger; etc.) is ultimately transcendental in
the very broad, generic sense used by Laruelle; which is to say, essentially Decisional.
138 For an explanation of philosophical Decision as relatively autonomous occasional cause for nonphilosophical thinking, cf. infra, Chapter 5, especially pp.249-251.
87
philosophical decision by means of which it is also interpreted” (Laruelle,
1988g, p.102).
How are we to interpret this definition ? Indisputably in this instance,
some degree of familiarity with the non-philosophical context it presupposes is
indispensable. Thus, for instance, we need to be aware of the fact that, as far as
Laruelle is concerned, it is intrinsic to the structure of philosophical Decision
insofar as it invariably instantiates an empirico-transcendental doublet that it
incorporate or encompass a priori the empirical wing of the doublet as the
necessary complement of factical contingency through which it achieves its own
absolute auto-affection and auto-position. Accordingly, in this nonphilosophical definition of ‘empirical data’, the latter provide that initial
leverage-point whose empirical presupposition is subsequently seen to have
been retroactively posited a priori in and through an ultimately self-sufficient
transcendental operation;- a structure we saw verified in Deleuze & Guattari’s
delineation of the methodological reduction whereby the actuality of the given
comes to be seen as the result of a process of production -an actualisation-; but
a process in which it is the initial presupposition of empirical extensity as
enveloped in the plane of immanence -the suspension of its empirical
autonomy- which allows for the uncovering of its conditions of production and
its subsequent positing as a component in the philosophical Concept. Thus, the
aleatory contingency of empirical actuality is posited by the Deleuzoguattarian
Decision, in order to furnish it with an exploitable resource; a pseudoheteronomous component which Decision will always already have presupposed. Empirical actuality effectively serves as the ‘vanishing mediator’ in
the circle of reciprocal position and presupposition between plane and Concept;
a circle in which the empirical immediacy of the actual is invariably understood
to have been ‘always already’ transcendentally suspended and preserved;
‘sublated’ as a posited intermediate; or as the product of an actualisation136.
Consequently, if philosophical thinking for Laruelle is necessarily and
constitutively idealist in character -or formally idealising regardless of whether
or not it is recognized as explicitly or substantially idealist- it is because the
intrinsically self-positing, self-presupposing structure of Decision -what
Laruelle calls its ‘sufficiency’- guarantees that ‘empirical data’ (‘actuality’, ‘the
given’, etc.), are always encompassed a priori as grist for the Decisional mill,
so that they remain merely of the order of a pretext, an exploitable resource
devoid of any real independence or autonomy, ready to be processed and
136Cf. supra,pp.127-130.
88
integrated as a homogeneous structural component in the mechanism of
Decision137.
By way of contrast to this transcendental imperialism of Decision as
practised in its autonomous, self-sufficient mode -the imperialism of
transcendental sufficiency or absolute auto-position whereby the independence
of the empirical is denied-, in the same text from 1988 which we have just cited,
Laruelle defends the relative autonomy of a non-representational, nonphenomenological empirical instance by effecting the transformation of
Decision itself -ergo, of intra-Decisional ‘empiricity’ as representationally
and/or phenomenologically defined- into an ‘occasional cause’ or ‘material
support’ for non-Decisional theory: “By support or occasion, I describe those
ideal or empirical data which are necessary as the material from which thought
extracts real a prioris, in other words, that which existing in the philosophical
decision, has its condition of reality in something else or in the real as last
instance” (Ibid.)
Once again, this definition of the empirical as ‘support’ or ‘occasion’ is
neither representational nor phenomenological but explicitly non-philosophical
(which is to say, at once rigorously theoretical and radically universal): the
empirical data that have their ideal but heteronomous existence as posited in
and through Decision, have their real or relatively autonomous existence -their
unrepresentable condition of reality, as well as their unphenomenologisable
condition of experience- in the immanence of the Real as radically
unobjectifiable last-instance.
Since, at this stage, it is still too early to attempt to provide all the
necessary technical clarifications required for an exhaustive analysis of this
non-philosophical translation of ‘empiricity’, we can only hope to provide the
reader with an anticipatory sketch of the transformation that has occurred in the
shift from the philosophical to the non-philosophical perspective; a sketch
whose initial aura of impenetrable obscurity will, we hope, become
considerably diminished in the light of subsequent clarifications furnished in
Chapter 5 of Part II138.
According to this sketch, where philosophical Decision invariably
presupposes the autonomous, pseudo-immanent reality of empirical data, the
better to dissolve the autonomy of that pseudo-immanent reality via the process
of its ideal sublation in and through a self-positing transcendence; non-
137Clearly, the credibility of this account, which we shall return to in greater detail in Chapter 5, depends on the
plausibility of the claim that all philosophy, whether it recognize it or not, and regardless of its stated antipathy to
the term (e.g. the British empiricists; Hegel; Nietzsche; the later Heidegger; etc.) is ultimately transcendental in
the very broad, generic sense used by Laruelle; which is to say, essentially Decisional.
138 For an explanation of philosophical Decision as relatively autonomous occasional cause for nonphilosophical thinking, cf. infra, Chapter 5, especially pp.249-251.
89
philosophy, in accordance with the radical autonomy of the Real qua Givenwithout-giveness, recognizes the relative autonomy of an empirical realm now
identified with Decision itself in its ideal, self-positing transcendence;- but does
so the better to extract a set of real -i.e. non-representational and nonphenomenological- a prioris from that ideal, transcendently posited reality and
experience. These non-Decisional a prioris determine-in-the-last-instance the
Decision’s own a priori idealisation of reality and experience139. In other
words, by discovering the ‘real’ or non-Decisional a priori for the ‘ideal’,
Decisional a priori, non-philosophy determines philosophical determination. It
discovers the Real, radically unobjectifiable condition for Ideal objectivation.
Thus, where materiological Decision undermines a certain restricted or
localised form of representational objectification and phenomenological
presupposition, only to replace these with a subtler, unobjectifiable form of
objectivation, a subtler, pre-phenomenological form of phenomenalisation; the
non-Decisional transmutation of materiological Decision into an empirical
occasion extracts from the latter the non-objectivating, non-phenomenalising140
a prioris determining these ultimate residues of objectivation and
phenomenalisation themselves.
Obscurity notwithstanding, we hope at least to have furnished the reader
with some inkling of the manner in which a concept which in its ordinary
philosophical
usage
invariably
remains
representational
and/or
phenomenological, is radicalised and generalised (i.e. universalised) nonphilosophically so that it achieves a rigorously transcendental theoretical
validity. It is crucial to notice the way in which this process involves a change
of scale: the concept of the empirical instance is radically expanded from that
of an intra-Decisional component
whose representational and/or
phenomenological pre-supposition involves at once an idealizing sublation of
empirical autonomy and an empirico-ideal hybridisation of the transcendental;
to that of Decision as such in its inviolable, self-sufficient integrity as an
indecomposable structural whole. Thus, the non-philosophical definition of the
empirical now encompasses the empirico-transcendental structure of Decision
in its autonomous, self-positing sufficiency. But its autonomy as self-positing
and self-giving is now merely conditional rather than absolute, for Decision is
now given and posited as relative to the radical autonomy of a Real which is
139 Cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.301-305.
140This is a particularly delicate point. We must distinguish between intra-Decisional phenomenologisation;
Decisional phenomenalisation; and non-Decisional phenomenality. Although the a prioris of non-Decisional
theory are neither straightforwardly phenomenological, nor phenomenalising in the subtler sense in which the
empirico-transcendental or hybrid structure of Decision itself constitutes a phenomenalising principle, they are
nevertheless ‘phenomenal-in-the-last-instance’ insofar as they are determined by the immanence of Real as ‘the
Phenomenon-in-itself’, or as ‘Phenomenon-without-phenomenalisation’. Cf. infra, Chapter 6, p.293; pp.296-301;
and Chapter 7, p.360.
90
given-without-givenness and posited-without-position. Absolute auto-position
is now heteronomously posited in its inalienable relativity to radical
immanence: it has becomes relatively autonomous.
Accordingly, if non-philosophy defends the inviolable integrity and
relative autonomy of the empirical, it is precisely insofar as the empirical has
now been definitively purged of every trace or residue of representational
and/or phenomenological pre-supposition. Whereas the machinic materialist’s
critique of representational realism and phenomenological experience remains
trapped in a double-bind, condemned to presuppose the irrecusable pertinence
of empirical actuality in order to effect that transcendental suspension of its
validity which is the prerequisite for uncovering its sub-representational and
sub-phenomenological conditions of production; non-philosophy proceeds on
the basis of a suspension of the empirical qua Decision that has always already
been achieved; always already been realized in accordance with the inalienable
immanence of the Real as ante-Decisional sine qua non for all Decision. Thus,
non-philosophy presupposes nothing -certainly nothing empirical- unless it be
the impredicable immanence of the Real as posited-without-position. Moreover,
if the empirical presents itself, it presents itself in terms of nothing more
substantial than an entirely contingent occasion or support for thinking. It is
purged of all representational and phenomenological concretion, of all factical
overdetermination, the better to be retained as an empty invariant, a purely
formal structure of position and pre-supposition now amenable to a potentially
limitless variety of structural reconfigurations.
Significantly then, there is a sense in which the (non-representational)
‘reality’ and (non-phenomenological) ‘experience’ of the empirical which
Laruelle defends against the idealism of the continuum’s absolute auto-position
are those of philosophical Decision itself as an empty formal invariant; as an
occasion and support for a potentially infinite series of non-representational and
non-phenomenological redescriptions through which the substance, tenor, and
character of intra-Decisional ‘reality’ as well as of intra-Decisional ‘experience’
can be perpetually renegotiated beyond the limits of what is empirically presupposed and transcendentally posited as given within those ontological
parameters governed by the sufficiency of Decision. For in the final analysis,
the continuum’s absolute, self-positing autonomy, the Ideal transcendental
continuity through which machinic constructivism attacks the good sense of
representational realism as well as the Ur-doxas of phenomenological
experience, masks its amphibological structure, its empirico-transcendental
hybridisation; and thus its ultimately empirical reliance on the data of
representation and phenomenology; a reliance which procures their localised
subversion at the cost of their global perpetuation.
89
philosophy, in accordance with the radical autonomy of the Real qua Givenwithout-giveness, recognizes the relative autonomy of an empirical realm now
identified with Decision itself in its ideal, self-positing transcendence;- but does
so the better to extract a set of real -i.e. non-representational and nonphenomenological- a prioris from that ideal, transcendently posited reality and
experience. These non-Decisional a prioris determine-in-the-last-instance the
Decision’s own a priori idealisation of reality and experience139. In other
words, by discovering the ‘real’ or non-Decisional a priori for the ‘ideal’,
Decisional a priori, non-philosophy determines philosophical determination. It
discovers the Real, radically unobjectifiable condition for Ideal objectivation.
Thus, where materiological Decision undermines a certain restricted or
localised form of representational objectification and phenomenological
presupposition, only to replace these with a subtler, unobjectifiable form of
objectivation, a subtler, pre-phenomenological form of phenomenalisation; the
non-Decisional transmutation of materiological Decision into an empirical
occasion extracts from the latter the non-objectivating, non-phenomenalising140
a prioris determining these ultimate residues of objectivation and
phenomenalisation themselves.
Obscurity notwithstanding, we hope at least to have furnished the reader
with some inkling of the manner in which a concept which in its ordinary
philosophical
usage
invariably
remains
representational
and/or
phenomenological, is radicalised and generalised (i.e. universalised) nonphilosophically so that it achieves a rigorously transcendental theoretical
validity. It is crucial to notice the way in which this process involves a change
of scale: the concept of the empirical instance is radically expanded from that
of an intra-Decisional component
whose representational and/or
phenomenological pre-supposition involves at once an idealizing sublation of
empirical autonomy and an empirico-ideal hybridisation of the transcendental;
to that of Decision as such in its inviolable, self-sufficient integrity as an
indecomposable structural whole. Thus, the non-philosophical definition of the
empirical now encompasses the empirico-transcendental structure of Decision
in its autonomous, self-positing sufficiency. But its autonomy as self-positing
and self-giving is now merely conditional rather than absolute, for Decision is
now given and posited as relative to the radical autonomy of a Real which is
139 Cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.301-305.
140This is a particularly delicate point. We must distinguish between intra-Decisional phenomenologisation;
Decisional phenomenalisation; and non-Decisional phenomenality. Although the a prioris of non-Decisional
theory are neither straightforwardly phenomenological, nor phenomenalising in the subtler sense in which the
empirico-transcendental or hybrid structure of Decision itself constitutes a phenomenalising principle, they are
nevertheless ‘phenomenal-in-the-last-instance’ insofar as they are determined by the immanence of Real as ‘the
Phenomenon-in-itself’, or as ‘Phenomenon-without-phenomenalisation’. Cf. infra, Chapter 6, p.293; pp.296-301;
and Chapter 7, p.360.
90
given-without-givenness and posited-without-position. Absolute auto-position
is now heteronomously posited in its inalienable relativity to radical
immanence: it has becomes relatively autonomous.
Accordingly, if non-philosophy defends the inviolable integrity and
relative autonomy of the empirical, it is precisely insofar as the empirical has
now been definitively purged of every trace or residue of representational
and/or phenomenological pre-supposition. Whereas the machinic materialist’s
critique of representational realism and phenomenological experience remains
trapped in a double-bind, condemned to presuppose the irrecusable pertinence
of empirical actuality in order to effect that transcendental suspension of its
validity which is the prerequisite for uncovering its sub-representational and
sub-phenomenological conditions of production; non-philosophy proceeds on
the basis of a suspension of the empirical qua Decision that has always already
been achieved; always already been realized in accordance with the inalienable
immanence of the Real as ante-Decisional sine qua non for all Decision. Thus,
non-philosophy presupposes nothing -certainly nothing empirical- unless it be
the impredicable immanence of the Real as posited-without-position. Moreover,
if the empirical presents itself, it presents itself in terms of nothing more
substantial than an entirely contingent occasion or support for thinking. It is
purged of all representational and phenomenological concretion, of all factical
overdetermination, the better to be retained as an empty invariant, a purely
formal structure of position and pre-supposition now amenable to a potentially
limitless variety of structural reconfigurations.
Significantly then, there is a sense in which the (non-representational)
‘reality’ and (non-phenomenological) ‘experience’ of the empirical which
Laruelle defends against the idealism of the continuum’s absolute auto-position
are those of philosophical Decision itself as an empty formal invariant; as an
occasion and support for a potentially infinite series of non-representational and
non-phenomenological redescriptions through which the substance, tenor, and
character of intra-Decisional ‘reality’ as well as of intra-Decisional ‘experience’
can be perpetually renegotiated beyond the limits of what is empirically presupposed and transcendentally posited as given within those ontological
parameters governed by the sufficiency of Decision. For in the final analysis,
the continuum’s absolute, self-positing autonomy, the Ideal transcendental
continuity through which machinic constructivism attacks the good sense of
representational realism as well as the Ur-doxas of phenomenological
experience, masks its amphibological structure, its empirico-transcendental
hybridisation; and thus its ultimately empirical reliance on the data of
representation and phenomenology; a reliance which procures their localised
subversion at the cost of their global perpetuation.
91
In order to clarify this latter point, let us reconsider those philosophical
mechanisms through which machinic constructivism effects its critical
subversion of representational reality and phenomenological experience.
For Deleuze in Difference and Repetition and The Logic of Sense141, the
ruin of representation is effected in accordance with the Nietzschean logic of
the dice-throw: the unconditional affirmation of Chance, of the Outside, as an
incompossible or virtual whole -i.e. as a representational impossibility-, results
in the philosopher’s counter-effectuation of chaosmotic Chance as event; an
effectuation whereby the phenomenological ‘I’ is cracked open and
representational subjectivity exploded, releasing those impersonal
individuations and pre-personal singularities that swarm through the cosmic
fissure in the self. It is this moment of Nietzschean affirmation -the autoaffirmation of impersonal Chance as an incompossible whole through the
philosopher as purified automaton- which seems to coincide with the selfpositing of the philosophical Concept, its counter-effectuation of intensive
chaos, in What is Philosophy?142.
Crucially, for Deleuze, it is because thought’s dice-throw is an
affirmation of the event’s unconditional exteriority that representational reality
and phenomenological experience do not need to be deconstructed, since
neither thought nor experience are necessarily ‘inscribed’ within them:
subjectification, signification and organization are no more than superficial
overlays; sedentary arrests; temporary interruptions of infinite movement;- both
‘thought’ and ‘experience’ are already outside143. Thus, if rhizomatic thinking
deploys itself immediately and unproblematically in the element of libidinal
intensities, it’s because it’s already operating outside, carried along by that
movement whose infinite speed allows it to evade the tri-partite cloister of
phenomenological subjectivation, linguistic signification, and corporeal
organization.
But in fact, things are not so simple, for as we have seen, machinic
thought is not so much already Outside as in-between inside and outside; or
rather ‘outside’ precisely insofar as it is on the margin or cusp ‘between’ virtual
and actual; between smooth and striated. This problematises the machinic
materialist’s insistence that thought and experience are already operating in
what Deleuze calls ‘the great Outside’ [le grand Dehors]; for if the thinking
deployed upon the plane of immanence always starts in the middle, ‘in-between’
virtual and actual, it turns out that this Outside is in fact always a hybrid or
92
mixture of nomadic intensity and stratified (or ‘representational’) extensity. As
we saw above144, the immanence affirmed by the transcendental empiricist is
constructed around that point of indiscernibility, that reciprocal exchange,
between virtual and actual, so that the heteromorphy, or unilateral disjunction
between nomadic intensity and stratified extensity, remains circumscribed
within a unitary parallelism: the hyletic continuum’s infinite movement
encompasses at once the continuous variation of nomadic distribution; and the
deceleration, the arresting of movement in stratified representation.
What then are the consequences of this continuity concerning the relation
between representational reality and phenomenological experience on the one
hand; and the destratified thought and experience of the Outside on the other ?
Since, for machinic constructivism, the distinction between ‘appearance’ and
‘reality’ remains intrinsically representational, it is not so much a matter of
denouncing subjectivation, signification, and organization as illusory, but rather
of effecting their transcendental circumvention by maintaining the infinite
speed through which rhizomatic thinking accelerates beyond subjectification;
and by perpetuating the infinite movement through which the plane of
immanence liquefies all eruptions of reified transcendence.
However, once again, things are not quite so simple. For hyletic
continuity entails that the unilateral disjunction between representation and
rhizome also necessitates their residual reciprocity, their constitutive
hybridisation, so that infinite speed and absolute movement remain relative to
the slow speeds and relative movements captured by stratic synthesis. Thus, the
transcendental hybridisation through which the continuum is constituted means
that the ‘absolute’ movements of the plane maintain a constitutive reference to
the relative movements of subjectification, signification and organization: as
with Henry, the absolute remains relative to that from which it absolves
itself145. As a result, the absolute Outside continues to remain liminal,
occupying the borderline between the signifying and the asignifying, between
the subjectified and the impersonal, precisely on account of its unconditional,
self-positing continuity.
This is the price to be paid for that necessary reversibility, that inevitable
complementarity whereby all deterritorializations remain “inseparable from
correlative reterritorializations”146. In other words, Deleuze & Guattari
maintain a transcendental amphiboly between, on the one hand, a ‘reality’ and
an ‘experience’ construed in terms of representation and phenomenology: i.e.
subjectified, signifying, organized; and, on the other, the impersonal,
141Cf. for instance Deleuze, 1994, pp.198-200; & Deleuze, 1990, especially pp.127-161.
142Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.159-160.
143“One will never cease returning to the question in order to succeed in getting outside it. But getting outside
never happens like this. Movement always occurs by itself, behind the thinker’s back, or at that moment when he
blinks. Either one is already outside, or it’ll never happen.” (Deleuze, 1977, pp.7-8).
144Cf. supra, pp.129-131.
145Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.85-87.
146Cf. for instance Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.509.
91
In order to clarify this latter point, let us reconsider those philosophical
mechanisms through which machinic constructivism effects its critical
subversion of representational reality and phenomenological experience.
For Deleuze in Difference and Repetition and The Logic of Sense141, the
ruin of representation is effected in accordance with the Nietzschean logic of
the dice-throw: the unconditional affirmation of Chance, of the Outside, as an
incompossible or virtual whole -i.e. as a representational impossibility-, results
in the philosopher’s counter-effectuation of chaosmotic Chance as event; an
effectuation whereby the phenomenological ‘I’ is cracked open and
representational subjectivity exploded, releasing those impersonal
individuations and pre-personal singularities that swarm through the cosmic
fissure in the self. It is this moment of Nietzschean affirmation -the autoaffirmation of impersonal Chance as an incompossible whole through the
philosopher as purified automaton- which seems to coincide with the selfpositing of the philosophical Concept, its counter-effectuation of intensive
chaos, in What is Philosophy?142.
Crucially, for Deleuze, it is because thought’s dice-throw is an
affirmation of the event’s unconditional exteriority that representational reality
and phenomenological experience do not need to be deconstructed, since
neither thought nor experience are necessarily ‘inscribed’ within them:
subjectification, signification and organization are no more than superficial
overlays; sedentary arrests; temporary interruptions of infinite movement;- both
‘thought’ and ‘experience’ are already outside143. Thus, if rhizomatic thinking
deploys itself immediately and unproblematically in the element of libidinal
intensities, it’s because it’s already operating outside, carried along by that
movement whose infinite speed allows it to evade the tri-partite cloister of
phenomenological subjectivation, linguistic signification, and corporeal
organization.
But in fact, things are not so simple, for as we have seen, machinic
thought is not so much already Outside as in-between inside and outside; or
rather ‘outside’ precisely insofar as it is on the margin or cusp ‘between’ virtual
and actual; between smooth and striated. This problematises the machinic
materialist’s insistence that thought and experience are already operating in
what Deleuze calls ‘the great Outside’ [le grand Dehors]; for if the thinking
deployed upon the plane of immanence always starts in the middle, ‘in-between’
virtual and actual, it turns out that this Outside is in fact always a hybrid or
92
mixture of nomadic intensity and stratified (or ‘representational’) extensity. As
we saw above144, the immanence affirmed by the transcendental empiricist is
constructed around that point of indiscernibility, that reciprocal exchange,
between virtual and actual, so that the heteromorphy, or unilateral disjunction
between nomadic intensity and stratified extensity, remains circumscribed
within a unitary parallelism: the hyletic continuum’s infinite movement
encompasses at once the continuous variation of nomadic distribution; and the
deceleration, the arresting of movement in stratified representation.
What then are the consequences of this continuity concerning the relation
between representational reality and phenomenological experience on the one
hand; and the destratified thought and experience of the Outside on the other ?
Since, for machinic constructivism, the distinction between ‘appearance’ and
‘reality’ remains intrinsically representational, it is not so much a matter of
denouncing subjectivation, signification, and organization as illusory, but rather
of effecting their transcendental circumvention by maintaining the infinite
speed through which rhizomatic thinking accelerates beyond subjectification;
and by perpetuating the infinite movement through which the plane of
immanence liquefies all eruptions of reified transcendence.
However, once again, things are not quite so simple. For hyletic
continuity entails that the unilateral disjunction between representation and
rhizome also necessitates their residual reciprocity, their constitutive
hybridisation, so that infinite speed and absolute movement remain relative to
the slow speeds and relative movements captured by stratic synthesis. Thus, the
transcendental hybridisation through which the continuum is constituted means
that the ‘absolute’ movements of the plane maintain a constitutive reference to
the relative movements of subjectification, signification and organization: as
with Henry, the absolute remains relative to that from which it absolves
itself145. As a result, the absolute Outside continues to remain liminal,
occupying the borderline between the signifying and the asignifying, between
the subjectified and the impersonal, precisely on account of its unconditional,
self-positing continuity.
This is the price to be paid for that necessary reversibility, that inevitable
complementarity whereby all deterritorializations remain “inseparable from
correlative reterritorializations”146. In other words, Deleuze & Guattari
maintain a transcendental amphiboly between, on the one hand, a ‘reality’ and
an ‘experience’ construed in terms of representation and phenomenology: i.e.
subjectified, signifying, organized; and, on the other, the impersonal,
141Cf. for instance Deleuze, 1994, pp.198-200; & Deleuze, 1990, especially pp.127-161.
142Cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.159-160.
143“One will never cease returning to the question in order to succeed in getting outside it. But getting outside
never happens like this. Movement always occurs by itself, behind the thinker’s back, or at that moment when he
blinks. Either one is already outside, or it’ll never happen.” (Deleuze, 1977, pp.7-8).
144Cf. supra, pp.129-131.
145Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.85-87.
146Cf. for instance Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.509.
93
asignifying, anorganic movements of a plane of consistency which supposedly
knows nothing of those processes of sedentary stratification. But it is precisely
insofar as this mixture of deterritorialized exteriority and reterritorialized
interiority, this hybridisation of absolute impersonality and empirical
subjectivity, fatally occludes the unrepresentable ‘reality’ of an immanence
which remains foreclosed to all objectivation; just as it obscures the
unphenomenologisable ‘experience’ of an immanence which is foreclosed to
subjectification, signification and organization, that Laruelle accuses Deleuze &
Guattari of idealism.
It is in order to preclude the possibility of such empirico-transcendental
hybridisation, that Laruelle, by way of contrast, will inaugurate an irreversible
unilateral duality ‘between’ a radically autonomous immanence; one that
remains definitively foreclosed to all representation, phenomenologisation, or
Conceptual pre-supposition; and a relatively autonomous empirical instance,
constituted by the philosophical hybridisation of immanence and transcendence
as such. The latter will serve as the occasional cause on the basis of which to
effect the non-Decisional separation -the ‘dualysation’- of the machinic
materialist’s Decisional mixture of deterritorialized exteriority and
reterritorialized interiority.
Using this strictly unilateral separation between the radical autonomy of
Real immanence and the relative autonomy of empirico-ideal transcendence as
its basis, non-materialist theory proposes to maintain a distinction between the
empirical and the transcendental that would neither reinstate an ontological
dualism of subjective ideality and substantial reality; nor effect the ontological
sublation of that dualism in the self-positing Idea147. The latter move invariably
prefigures the collapse of the separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter
‘itself’ in the hyle as ontological Idea. We have already seen how hyletic
idealism typically dissolves the distinction between matter as empirical datum
and matter as ideal a priori by effecting their ontological reconciliation in the
hyletic continuum as self-positing, self-presupposing Idea.
Moreover, to the extent that it ends up reaffirming that sublation, there is
a sense in which Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism remains consonant -albeit in
a particularly abstract fashion- with a certain underlying anti-Kantian thread
uniting an otherwise utterly disparate set of philosophical problematics: like
Hegel, Husserl, and Heidegger, each in their very different ways before them,
Deleuze & Guattari unequivocally reject the premise of an irrecusable
transcendental separation between thinking and being. This transcendental
147This particular dilemma constituted a problem which, in one form or another, plagued much post-Kantian
philosophy. We have in mind here Schelling’s account of the development of post-Kantianism as set out in On
the History of Modern Philosophy . Cf. Schelling, 1994, especially pp.94-185. But cf. also Miklos Vetö’s
reconstruction of the post-Kantian problematic in Vetö, 1998 and 2000, passim.
94
separation, lest we forget, is emphatically not ontological148, for Kant - through
a concatenation of gestures he himself only dimly appreciated- effectively
terminated the epistemic privileges of Cartesian subjectivity and the aporias of
ontological dualism -which is to say, the dualism of subject and substance- in
the same move whereby he prepared for the separation of matter ‘itself’ from
matter ‘as such’. Perhaps unsurprisingly, the ontological elision of Kant’s
transcendental distinction invariably results in one or other variation on the
theme of absolute idealism149. In Deleuze & Guattari’s case, the result is
probably the most philosophically sophisticated - hence, the most dangerously
seductive- version of absolute idealism thus far achieved (one which, despite
the oft-cited exoteric divergences, retains a certain esoteric affinity with that of
Hegel150): it argues for the virtual indiscernibility, the inclusive disjunction,
between the Ideal continuity of matter ‘as such’ and the Real discontinuity of
matter ‘itself’.
Since Being as continuous variation, as infinite hyletic continuum,
abolishes the separation of matter ‘itself’ from the Idea of matter in the
perpetual becoming-matter of thought and becoming-thought of matter, it no
longer makes sense, according to Deleuze & Guattari, to protest that there is an
immanence irreducible to Conceptual pre-supposition, or a matter irreducible to
Conceptual counter-effectuation. In aligning ourselves with this sort of protest
we surely appear guilty of the worst form of pre-philosophical naivety; the kind
of naivety which Husserl denounced in the transcendental realism which he
took to be concomitant with the scientist’s ‘natural attitude’, and which he
dismissed as phenomenologically ‘counter-sensical’151. Curiously then, and in
spite of their avowedly anti-phenomenological materialism, Deleuze & Guattari
148On this very point, cf. Allison, 1983, pp. 3-13 and passim .
149Positivism, for example, can be considered as an absolute empirical idealism.
150It is not difficult to reiterate the long litany of everything that supposedly serves to separate Deleuze from
Hegel: the attack on the reactive character of negation; the critique of opposition as representational inversion of
difference-in-itself; the emphasis on the externality of all relation; the suspension of teleological
transcendence...etc. Nevertheless, it might be useful to remind ourselves of a certain tone of deliberate comic
exaggeration in Deleuze’s remorseless excoriations of Hegelianism; of a certain mischievous humour in the
Deleuzean caricature of Hegel as punitive taskmaster for the interminable labour of the negative; despotic
suzerain of mediation; shameless apologist for the Christian State; as well as in the Deleuzean execration of the
dialectic as ultimate avatar of pious ressentiment, bad conscience, and all the rest. This diversionary smokescreen
should not be allowed to obscure the possibility of a subterranean concordance between the Deleuzean and
Hegelian doctrines of the self-positing Concept. Compare for example Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.15-34, with
Hegel, 1989, pp.67-78. For an extremely interesting attempt at articulating the relation between Hegel and
Deleuze using Kant as an intercessor, in a manner that is notably free of superficial ideological prejudices, cf.
Juliette Simont’s Les ‘Fleurs Noires’ de la logique philosophique. Essai sur la quantité, la qualité, la relation
chez Kant, Hegel, Deleuze , Paris: L’Harmattan, 1997.
151 “The countersense only arises when one philosophises and, while seeking ultimate intelligence about the
sense of the world, never even notices that the world itself has its whole being as a certain ‘sense’ which
presupposes absolute consciousness as the field where sense is bestowed[...]” (Husserl, 1982, p.129).
93
asignifying, anorganic movements of a plane of consistency which supposedly
knows nothing of those processes of sedentary stratification. But it is precisely
insofar as this mixture of deterritorialized exteriority and reterritorialized
interiority, this hybridisation of absolute impersonality and empirical
subjectivity, fatally occludes the unrepresentable ‘reality’ of an immanence
which remains foreclosed to all objectivation; just as it obscures the
unphenomenologisable ‘experience’ of an immanence which is foreclosed to
subjectification, signification and organization, that Laruelle accuses Deleuze &
Guattari of idealism.
It is in order to preclude the possibility of such empirico-transcendental
hybridisation, that Laruelle, by way of contrast, will inaugurate an irreversible
unilateral duality ‘between’ a radically autonomous immanence; one that
remains definitively foreclosed to all representation, phenomenologisation, or
Conceptual pre-supposition; and a relatively autonomous empirical instance,
constituted by the philosophical hybridisation of immanence and transcendence
as such. The latter will serve as the occasional cause on the basis of which to
effect the non-Decisional separation -the ‘dualysation’- of the machinic
materialist’s Decisional mixture of deterritorialized exteriority and
reterritorialized interiority.
Using this strictly unilateral separation between the radical autonomy of
Real immanence and the relative autonomy of empirico-ideal transcendence as
its basis, non-materialist theory proposes to maintain a distinction between the
empirical and the transcendental that would neither reinstate an ontological
dualism of subjective ideality and substantial reality; nor effect the ontological
sublation of that dualism in the self-positing Idea147. The latter move invariably
prefigures the collapse of the separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter
‘itself’ in the hyle as ontological Idea. We have already seen how hyletic
idealism typically dissolves the distinction between matter as empirical datum
and matter as ideal a priori by effecting their ontological reconciliation in the
hyletic continuum as self-positing, self-presupposing Idea.
Moreover, to the extent that it ends up reaffirming that sublation, there is
a sense in which Deleuze & Guattari’s materialism remains consonant -albeit in
a particularly abstract fashion- with a certain underlying anti-Kantian thread
uniting an otherwise utterly disparate set of philosophical problematics: like
Hegel, Husserl, and Heidegger, each in their very different ways before them,
Deleuze & Guattari unequivocally reject the premise of an irrecusable
transcendental separation between thinking and being. This transcendental
147This particular dilemma constituted a problem which, in one form or another, plagued much post-Kantian
philosophy. We have in mind here Schelling’s account of the development of post-Kantianism as set out in On
the History of Modern Philosophy . Cf. Schelling, 1994, especially pp.94-185. But cf. also Miklos Vetö’s
reconstruction of the post-Kantian problematic in Vetö, 1998 and 2000, passim.
94
separation, lest we forget, is emphatically not ontological148, for Kant - through
a concatenation of gestures he himself only dimly appreciated- effectively
terminated the epistemic privileges of Cartesian subjectivity and the aporias of
ontological dualism -which is to say, the dualism of subject and substance- in
the same move whereby he prepared for the separation of matter ‘itself’ from
matter ‘as such’. Perhaps unsurprisingly, the ontological elision of Kant’s
transcendental distinction invariably results in one or other variation on the
theme of absolute idealism149. In Deleuze & Guattari’s case, the result is
probably the most philosophically sophisticated - hence, the most dangerously
seductive- version of absolute idealism thus far achieved (one which, despite
the oft-cited exoteric divergences, retains a certain esoteric affinity with that of
Hegel150): it argues for the virtual indiscernibility, the inclusive disjunction,
between the Ideal continuity of matter ‘as such’ and the Real discontinuity of
matter ‘itself’.
Since Being as continuous variation, as infinite hyletic continuum,
abolishes the separation of matter ‘itself’ from the Idea of matter in the
perpetual becoming-matter of thought and becoming-thought of matter, it no
longer makes sense, according to Deleuze & Guattari, to protest that there is an
immanence irreducible to Conceptual pre-supposition, or a matter irreducible to
Conceptual counter-effectuation. In aligning ourselves with this sort of protest
we surely appear guilty of the worst form of pre-philosophical naivety; the kind
of naivety which Husserl denounced in the transcendental realism which he
took to be concomitant with the scientist’s ‘natural attitude’, and which he
dismissed as phenomenologically ‘counter-sensical’151. Curiously then, and in
spite of their avowedly anti-phenomenological materialism, Deleuze & Guattari
148On this very point, cf. Allison, 1983, pp. 3-13 and passim .
149Positivism, for example, can be considered as an absolute empirical idealism.
150It is not difficult to reiterate the long litany of everything that supposedly serves to separate Deleuze from
Hegel: the attack on the reactive character of negation; the critique of opposition as representational inversion of
difference-in-itself; the emphasis on the externality of all relation; the suspension of teleological
transcendence...etc. Nevertheless, it might be useful to remind ourselves of a certain tone of deliberate comic
exaggeration in Deleuze’s remorseless excoriations of Hegelianism; of a certain mischievous humour in the
Deleuzean caricature of Hegel as punitive taskmaster for the interminable labour of the negative; despotic
suzerain of mediation; shameless apologist for the Christian State; as well as in the Deleuzean execration of the
dialectic as ultimate avatar of pious ressentiment, bad conscience, and all the rest. This diversionary smokescreen
should not be allowed to obscure the possibility of a subterranean concordance between the Deleuzean and
Hegelian doctrines of the self-positing Concept. Compare for example Deleuze & Guattari, 1994, pp.15-34, with
Hegel, 1989, pp.67-78. For an extremely interesting attempt at articulating the relation between Hegel and
Deleuze using Kant as an intercessor, in a manner that is notably free of superficial ideological prejudices, cf.
Juliette Simont’s Les ‘Fleurs Noires’ de la logique philosophique. Essai sur la quantité, la qualité, la relation
chez Kant, Hegel, Deleuze , Paris: L’Harmattan, 1997.
151 “The countersense only arises when one philosophises and, while seeking ultimate intelligence about the
sense of the world, never even notices that the world itself has its whole being as a certain ‘sense’ which
presupposes absolute consciousness as the field where sense is bestowed[...]” (Husserl, 1982, p.129).
95
would seem to invite the assent of phenomenological idealism when,
presumably invoking the intensive power (puissance) of the Concept rather than
the ‘sense-bestowing’ (Sinngebung) power of consciousness, we imagine them
arraigning the non-conceptual realism which insists on upholding the
transcendental separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’ as a
species of transcendental idiocy152. Nevertheless, it is this idiocy, we wish to
suggest, which ultimately indexes the unobjectifiable immanence of matter
itself.
However, lest the non-philosophical idiocy concomitant with the
distinction between matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’ collapse back into prephilosophical stupidity by way of an arbitrary Decision in favour of a
hypothetically posited ‘in-itself’, we must explain how the transcendental
condition on the basis of which we are articulating that distinction precludes the
transcendent positing and presupposing of immanence through Decision.
Specifically, the next chapter will suggest that as far as the transcendental
separation of the tel quel from the comme tel is concerned, the only proper
index of its ante-Decisional immanence resides in the performative consistency
of material utterance (énonciation) and materialist statement (énoncé); the
rigorous, but non-logocentric co-incidence of materialist ‘saying’ and ‘doing’.
96
CHAPTER 4
FROM MATERIALISM ‘AS SUCH’ TO MATTER
‘ITSELF’
In the course of the last three chapters, we have been criticizing the
materiological conceptualisation of matter ‘as such’ on the basis of a
hypothetical postulate:- the ‘transcendental realist’ postulation of matter ‘itself’.
Yet how can we be sure that this postulation does not in turn reinstate a
conceptual equivocation ? That we are not reinscribing ‘matter itself’ in a
concept in the very process of invoking it in discourse ? What theoretical
conditions need to be met in order to ensure that the invocation of matter ‘itself’
does not collapse into a materiological circumscription of matter ‘as such’ ?
In this chapter we shall attempt to define these conditions by examining
Section 27 of Le Prinçipe de Minorité, entitled ‘Le réel contre le matérialisme
et l’idéalisme’(‘The real versus materialism and idealism’)153. It is in the
argument of this brief but particularly complex section that Laruelle tentatively
outlines for us the necessary preconditions for a truly non-materiological -which
is to say, non-philosophical- materialism. By way of contrast to those
‘constative’ varieties of philosophical materialism circumscribing matter ‘as
such’ through Decision, non-philosophical materialism, we shall try to argue,
must constitute a rigorously ‘performative’ material theory, enacting a set of
theoretical operations determined (in-the-last-instance) by ‘matter itself’ now
characterised as immanently foreclosed to Decision. Where the sufficiency of
the materialist Decision against idealism invariably envelops the unobjectifiable
immanence of matter ‘itself’ in the objectivating transcendence of matter ‘as
such’, thereby instituting an idealized materiality, a composite of real
immanence and ideal transcendence; non-Decisional materialism, suspending
the sufficiency of materialist Decision, will operate on the basis of an
immanence which does not presuppose a transcendent Decision about the
difference between materialism and idealism; -in other words, it shall operate in
accordance with an immanence which is foreclosed to the transcendent
distinction between material immanence and ideal transcendence.
‘Materialism’/ ‘Idealism’
‘Materialism’ and ‘idealism’, Laruelle reminds us, cannot be accepted as
ready made or pre-given categories. Neither their content, nor the distinction
between them is ever absolute or unvarying:- on the contrary, they are varyingly
fulfilled and exemplified according to the vagaries of doctrine. Consequently,
Laruelle continues, rather than ask what ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are ‘in
152 Both ‘idiom’ and ‘idiocy’, as Juan Diego Blanco observes, have their root in the Greek ιδιοζ , meaning
‘the proper’ or ‘singular’. Cf. Blanco, 1997, p.103.
153Cf. Laruelle, 1981, pp. 103-109.
95
would seem to invite the assent of phenomenological idealism when,
presumably invoking the intensive power (puissance) of the Concept rather than
the ‘sense-bestowing’ (Sinngebung) power of consciousness, we imagine them
arraigning the non-conceptual realism which insists on upholding the
transcendental separation between matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’ as a
species of transcendental idiocy152. Nevertheless, it is this idiocy, we wish to
suggest, which ultimately indexes the unobjectifiable immanence of matter
itself.
However, lest the non-philosophical idiocy concomitant with the
distinction between matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’ collapse back into prephilosophical stupidity by way of an arbitrary Decision in favour of a
hypothetically posited ‘in-itself’, we must explain how the transcendental
condition on the basis of which we are articulating that distinction precludes the
transcendent positing and presupposing of immanence through Decision.
Specifically, the next chapter will suggest that as far as the transcendental
separation of the tel quel from the comme tel is concerned, the only proper
index of its ante-Decisional immanence resides in the performative consistency
of material utterance (énonciation) and materialist statement (énoncé); the
rigorous, but non-logocentric co-incidence of materialist ‘saying’ and ‘doing’.
96
CHAPTER 4
FROM MATERIALISM ‘AS SUCH’ TO MATTER
‘ITSELF’
In the course of the last three chapters, we have been criticizing the
materiological conceptualisation of matter ‘as such’ on the basis of a
hypothetical postulate:- the ‘transcendental realist’ postulation of matter ‘itself’.
Yet how can we be sure that this postulation does not in turn reinstate a
conceptual equivocation ? That we are not reinscribing ‘matter itself’ in a
concept in the very process of invoking it in discourse ? What theoretical
conditions need to be met in order to ensure that the invocation of matter ‘itself’
does not collapse into a materiological circumscription of matter ‘as such’ ?
In this chapter we shall attempt to define these conditions by examining
Section 27 of Le Prinçipe de Minorité, entitled ‘Le réel contre le matérialisme
et l’idéalisme’(‘The real versus materialism and idealism’)153. It is in the
argument of this brief but particularly complex section that Laruelle tentatively
outlines for us the necessary preconditions for a truly non-materiological -which
is to say, non-philosophical- materialism. By way of contrast to those
‘constative’ varieties of philosophical materialism circumscribing matter ‘as
such’ through Decision, non-philosophical materialism, we shall try to argue,
must constitute a rigorously ‘performative’ material theory, enacting a set of
theoretical operations determined (in-the-last-instance) by ‘matter itself’ now
characterised as immanently foreclosed to Decision. Where the sufficiency of
the materialist Decision against idealism invariably envelops the unobjectifiable
immanence of matter ‘itself’ in the objectivating transcendence of matter ‘as
such’, thereby instituting an idealized materiality, a composite of real
immanence and ideal transcendence; non-Decisional materialism, suspending
the sufficiency of materialist Decision, will operate on the basis of an
immanence which does not presuppose a transcendent Decision about the
difference between materialism and idealism; -in other words, it shall operate in
accordance with an immanence which is foreclosed to the transcendent
distinction between material immanence and ideal transcendence.
‘Materialism’/ ‘Idealism’
‘Materialism’ and ‘idealism’, Laruelle reminds us, cannot be accepted as
ready made or pre-given categories. Neither their content, nor the distinction
between them is ever absolute or unvarying:- on the contrary, they are varyingly
fulfilled and exemplified according to the vagaries of doctrine. Consequently,
Laruelle continues, rather than ask what ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are ‘in
152 Both ‘idiom’ and ‘idiocy’, as Juan Diego Blanco observes, have their root in the Greek ιδιοζ , meaning
‘the proper’ or ‘singular’. Cf. Blanco, 1997, p.103.
153Cf. Laruelle, 1981, pp. 103-109.
97
themselves’, as if they were determinate doctrines, we should enquire into the
immanent transcendental conditions
in accordance with which these
philosophical categories are generated or produced. Thus, instead of treating
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ as determinate doctrines, Laruelle suggests we try
to uncover the genetic a priori154 conditioning the production of ‘materialist’ or
‘idealist’ doctrine. In other words, rather than trying to identify the putative
essence of ‘materialism’ or of ‘idealism’ via an empirical process of inductive
generalisation which consists in abstracting from historically contingent
systems of doctrine, Laruelle insists on the necessity of transcendentally
deducing those a priori conditions of theoretical production determining the
conceptual economies proper to ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’ discourse quite
independently of the particular system or doctrine produced. ‘Materialism’ and
‘idealism’ gain a specifically philosophical autonomy vis a vis the neighbouring
domains of science and politics within which these discursive markers also
circulate, when, rather than being considered as heteronomously conditioned
doctrines, they achieve an autonomous ‘metatheoretical’ status as immanent
transcendental criteria conditioning philosophical doctrine.
At the same time however, Laruelle points out that ‘materialism’s’
peculiar theoretical specificity comes from the way in which it not only indexes
its own metatheoretical conditions of production, but also their a priori
distinction from, and opposition to, the metatheoretical conditions proper to
‘idealism’. This marks a crucial unilaterality in the economy of relation between
the genetic a prioris proper to ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ respectively: the
mode of theoretical production proper to ‘materialism’ must generate or
produce its own a priori distinction from that of ‘idealism’, while the latter is
not necessarily obliged to distinguish itself from the former155. Consequently,
Laruelle concludes, in order to attain a rigorously transcendental criteria
specifying the conditions of reality -as opposed to ideality or possibility- for
materialist discourse, conditions precluding the materiological idealization of
matter ‘as such’, we must identify the real, genetic difference through which a
theoretical utterance distinguishes itself a priori as intrinsically ‘materialist’ regardless of its stated meaning- vis a vis a modality of utterance which is a
priori ‘idealist’- again, regardless of the utterance’s meaning: “One
simultaneously determines materialism’s genetic difference from idealism, and
a real, otherwise-than-materialist conception of their a priori difference and its
power of genesis. Against the empiricist mistake, which consists in injecting
154In Chapter 6, we shall see how -unlike Husserl’s- this ‘genetic a priori ’ qua ‘non-conceptual symbol’ will
turn out to be real rather than ideal, and dualysing rather than unitary or synthetic.
155That is to say: it can, but for Laruelle this identification is not a prerequisite for the operational efficacy of
idealism in the way in which it seems to be for all critical -post-Kantian- materialism.
98
into these categories an ‘immediate’ content which is in reality already
mediated, it is a question of thinking them at once in themselves and in terms of
what is more important than them, their relation, and more important than their
relation: their absolute difference” (Laruelle, 1981, p.104.).
However, this genetic or ‘absolute difference’156 conditioning the a priori
distinction between the conditions of theoretical production appropriate to
‘materialism’ and those appropriate to ‘idealism’, cannot be located at the level
of the doctrine which it conditions; it cannot be identified as a ‘materialist’ or
‘idealist’ statement of any kind. But if it cannot be characterised as explicitly
‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’ in its conceptual content, it must remain intrinsically
non-conceptual; which is to say: a-signifying. Thus, the genetic a priori
distinguishing ‘materialism’ from ‘idealism’ can only reside in those distinct but
non-conceptual or a-signifying modalities of utterance through which the
conceptual significations of ‘materialism’ or ‘idealism’ are produced.
Laruelle lists three varieties of categorial definition for ‘materialism’ and
‘idealism’; definitions that, he believes, fail to provide a satisfactory account of
this a priori genetic difference. The inadequacy of the first two, still operating
at the level of empirical objectivity and conceptual content, should (we hope) be
immediately apparent in the present context, thus requiring no further
explication on our part. Laruelle passes them over without further comment.
However, it is useful to list them here, not only in order to appreciate the
superiority of the third vis a vis its immediate predecessors, but also to
understand in what way the latter’s ultimately unsatisfactory character hinges in
large part on a residual form of empirical objectivation and conceptual
idealization carried over from its predecessors.
‘Matter’ and ‘Idea’ , Laruelle insists, cannot be taken as indexes of:
1. Supposedly given objectivities such as techno-economic production on
the one hand; ideology on the other.
2. Supposedly given conceptual significations, whereby, on the one hand,
the concept of ‘Matter’ combines general features of ‘materiality’ abstracted
from nature with empirical characteristics drawn from sense-perception; while,
on the other, that of the ‘Idea’ combines general features of ‘ideality’ abstracted
156Because Le Prinçipe de Minorité remains a transitional work, preparing the non-philosophical perspective
that will find its rigorous formulation in later texts, it is one in which Laruelle continues to operate within a
predominantly philosophical register: hence the talk of an ‘absolute difference’ between materialism and
idealism. The critique of Henry’s conception of ‘absolute immanence’ in Chapter 2 already hinted at the way in
which, in Laruelle’s non-philosophical work proper, the notion of ‘the absolute’ comes to be identified with that
of philosophical Decision as such in its pretension to pure, auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency. In
fact, as we shall see, it is by operating according to ‘matter itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol for
radical immanence -one which is foreclosed to the transcendent distinction between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’that non-materialist theory allows at once for a unilateral duality -rather than an ‘absolute difference’- and an
identity without synthesis, of ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’.
97
themselves’, as if they were determinate doctrines, we should enquire into the
immanent transcendental conditions
in accordance with which these
philosophical categories are generated or produced. Thus, instead of treating
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ as determinate doctrines, Laruelle suggests we try
to uncover the genetic a priori154 conditioning the production of ‘materialist’ or
‘idealist’ doctrine. In other words, rather than trying to identify the putative
essence of ‘materialism’ or of ‘idealism’ via an empirical process of inductive
generalisation which consists in abstracting from historically contingent
systems of doctrine, Laruelle insists on the necessity of transcendentally
deducing those a priori conditions of theoretical production determining the
conceptual economies proper to ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’ discourse quite
independently of the particular system or doctrine produced. ‘Materialism’ and
‘idealism’ gain a specifically philosophical autonomy vis a vis the neighbouring
domains of science and politics within which these discursive markers also
circulate, when, rather than being considered as heteronomously conditioned
doctrines, they achieve an autonomous ‘metatheoretical’ status as immanent
transcendental criteria conditioning philosophical doctrine.
At the same time however, Laruelle points out that ‘materialism’s’
peculiar theoretical specificity comes from the way in which it not only indexes
its own metatheoretical conditions of production, but also their a priori
distinction from, and opposition to, the metatheoretical conditions proper to
‘idealism’. This marks a crucial unilaterality in the economy of relation between
the genetic a prioris proper to ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ respectively: the
mode of theoretical production proper to ‘materialism’ must generate or
produce its own a priori distinction from that of ‘idealism’, while the latter is
not necessarily obliged to distinguish itself from the former155. Consequently,
Laruelle concludes, in order to attain a rigorously transcendental criteria
specifying the conditions of reality -as opposed to ideality or possibility- for
materialist discourse, conditions precluding the materiological idealization of
matter ‘as such’, we must identify the real, genetic difference through which a
theoretical utterance distinguishes itself a priori as intrinsically ‘materialist’ regardless of its stated meaning- vis a vis a modality of utterance which is a
priori ‘idealist’- again, regardless of the utterance’s meaning: “One
simultaneously determines materialism’s genetic difference from idealism, and
a real, otherwise-than-materialist conception of their a priori difference and its
power of genesis. Against the empiricist mistake, which consists in injecting
154In Chapter 6, we shall see how -unlike Husserl’s- this ‘genetic a priori ’ qua ‘non-conceptual symbol’ will
turn out to be real rather than ideal, and dualysing rather than unitary or synthetic.
155That is to say: it can, but for Laruelle this identification is not a prerequisite for the operational efficacy of
idealism in the way in which it seems to be for all critical -post-Kantian- materialism.
98
into these categories an ‘immediate’ content which is in reality already
mediated, it is a question of thinking them at once in themselves and in terms of
what is more important than them, their relation, and more important than their
relation: their absolute difference” (Laruelle, 1981, p.104.).
However, this genetic or ‘absolute difference’156 conditioning the a priori
distinction between the conditions of theoretical production appropriate to
‘materialism’ and those appropriate to ‘idealism’, cannot be located at the level
of the doctrine which it conditions; it cannot be identified as a ‘materialist’ or
‘idealist’ statement of any kind. But if it cannot be characterised as explicitly
‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’ in its conceptual content, it must remain intrinsically
non-conceptual; which is to say: a-signifying. Thus, the genetic a priori
distinguishing ‘materialism’ from ‘idealism’ can only reside in those distinct but
non-conceptual or a-signifying modalities of utterance through which the
conceptual significations of ‘materialism’ or ‘idealism’ are produced.
Laruelle lists three varieties of categorial definition for ‘materialism’ and
‘idealism’; definitions that, he believes, fail to provide a satisfactory account of
this a priori genetic difference. The inadequacy of the first two, still operating
at the level of empirical objectivity and conceptual content, should (we hope) be
immediately apparent in the present context, thus requiring no further
explication on our part. Laruelle passes them over without further comment.
However, it is useful to list them here, not only in order to appreciate the
superiority of the third vis a vis its immediate predecessors, but also to
understand in what way the latter’s ultimately unsatisfactory character hinges in
large part on a residual form of empirical objectivation and conceptual
idealization carried over from its predecessors.
‘Matter’ and ‘Idea’ , Laruelle insists, cannot be taken as indexes of:
1. Supposedly given objectivities such as techno-economic production on
the one hand; ideology on the other.
2. Supposedly given conceptual significations, whereby, on the one hand,
the concept of ‘Matter’ combines general features of ‘materiality’ abstracted
from nature with empirical characteristics drawn from sense-perception; while,
on the other, that of the ‘Idea’ combines general features of ‘ideality’ abstracted
156Because Le Prinçipe de Minorité remains a transitional work, preparing the non-philosophical perspective
that will find its rigorous formulation in later texts, it is one in which Laruelle continues to operate within a
predominantly philosophical register: hence the talk of an ‘absolute difference’ between materialism and
idealism. The critique of Henry’s conception of ‘absolute immanence’ in Chapter 2 already hinted at the way in
which, in Laruelle’s non-philosophical work proper, the notion of ‘the absolute’ comes to be identified with that
of philosophical Decision as such in its pretension to pure, auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency. In
fact, as we shall see, it is by operating according to ‘matter itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol for
radical immanence -one which is foreclosed to the transcendent distinction between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’that non-materialist theory allows at once for a unilateral duality -rather than an ‘absolute difference’- and an
identity without synthesis, of ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’.
99
from culture with empirical characteristics drawn from ‘inner sense’ or selfconsciousness.
3. ‘Discursive categories’ which are supposedly produced rather than
immediately given. Thus, in what Laruelle refers to as ‘structural Marxism’ (i.e.
Althusser157), ‘idealism’ and ‘materialism’ remain devoid of immediate
conceptual signification, but are endowed with a ‘differential’ meaning
produced through the complex interplay of various theoretical and political
positions. The meaning of ‘idealism’ and ‘materialism’ as discursive categories
is produced via the differential combination and determination of these
positions relative to one another. Thus, the difference between ‘materialism’
and ‘idealism’ is no longer articulated with reference to objectivities, or
conceptual generalities, or even statements as such: it is now characterised in
terms of a theoretical statement’s relation to differential elements which are in
themselves devoid of meaning, but which nevertheless determine the production
of discursive sense. ‘Materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are no longer defined at the
level of reified, determinable sense; they are no longer conceptually
hypostatised in intraconsistent systems of discursive statement; they are now
the result of differential relations between a-signifying modalities of utterance;
the product of modes of discursive production which have no intrinsic meaning
in themselves.
This ‘structural Marxist’ account clearly comes closest to grasping the
necessarily a-signifying, non-conceptual character of the sought-for genetic a
priori conditioning the intrinsic distinction between the modalities of
‘materialist’ and ‘idealist’ utterance. Consequently, Laruelle’s objection to this
structural Marxist account focuses on a single question: how can the sought-for
genetic a priori be at once a-signifying and non-conceptual, whilst remaining
intrinsically differential and constitutively relational, which is to say: dependent
on an objectively ideal structure of signifying coordination between irreducible
empirical elements? Although, the elements through which theoretical sense is
produced are neither conceptual nor signifying in themselves, they remain
empirically presupposed; they are already objectively given as subject to a
determinate socio-economic articulation, and thus already mediated through
various forms of conceptual presupposition. Structural relationality, Laruelle
insists, reintroduces ideality, which invariably involves a residual dimension of
transcendent objectivation and conceptual signification. The real, a priori,
transcendental separation between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ as intrinsically
distinct modalities of theoretical utterance cannot be confused with the ideal, a
posteriori and ultimately empirical differentiation between ‘materialism’ and
157Laruelle provides no textual references, but cf. Althusser & Balibar, 1997, passim ; and Althusser, 1996,
pp.161-224.
100
‘idealism’ as distinct discursive modalities produced through relations of
reciprocal determination.
Thus, although in the structural Marxist account, the distinction between
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ is neither supposedly given as empirically
objective, nor supposedly given as a conceptual signification, it nevertheless
remains empirical insofar as it is supposedly produced as given rather than
being transcendentally producing or giving. Moreover, as far as Laruelle is
concerned, structural differentiation cannot but presuppose a supra-conceptual
ideality; it continues to operate within an ultimately Ideal, objectivating
continuum of relation. Discrete differential elements remain subsumed within
an all-embracing continuum of differential relativity: “In the primacy of
‘relations’ (of production, of force, of texts, of power) which we took for
materialism, and which is one in effect, that is to say, an offshoot of idealism,
there is only a transfer of difference in and as the Idea,[...] an ultimate primacy
of ideality over the real, of Being over the entity” (Ibid., p.106).
Thus, in structural Marxism, ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ lose their
pseudo-absolute, empirically pre-given meaning as ‘theories in themselves’,
only to have that self-positing absoluteness now taken over by the differential
complex of politico-economic relation through which they are produced; a
relational continuum which is autonomous and no longer relative to its terms
because it is relative only to itself; which is to say, self-positing. But this latter
feature, as we saw in the case of machinic constructivism, is invariably an index
of idealism. And in structural Marxism just as in machinic constructivism, if
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are no longer hypostatised, ready-made doctrines
standing in perpetual opposition to one another, it is because they now form
instead a chiasmic nexus, each alternately serving as continuum or as cut, as
relay or as interruption, for the other. Of course, it is this chiasmic nexus which
now constitutes the ideal transcendental instance of materiality, the a priori
dimension of hyletic synthesis through which ‘materialism’ simultaneously
distinguishes and relates itself to ‘idealism’; as if, Laruelle maintains, in the
complex differential nexus out of which ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are
temporarily crystallized; “the ‘materialist’ side or aspect of the assemblage,
continuous point of dispersion of materialism and idealism, simultaneously
inhibited, limited the idealist side or aspect, and re-joined, reconstituted a
continuous system, an assemblage that is necessarily ‘idealist’ precisely insofar
as it is an assemblage. Idealist to the second degree, to the nth degree.
Generally, in the systems of Difference, materialism is merely idealism in the
nth degree, in the ‘andth’ degree, infinitely intensified. In raising ideality to the
level of auto-production in this circular fashion, which is to say, to the status of
causa sui (‘will to power’), they [the systems of Difference-RB] confirm ideality
99
from culture with empirical characteristics drawn from ‘inner sense’ or selfconsciousness.
3. ‘Discursive categories’ which are supposedly produced rather than
immediately given. Thus, in what Laruelle refers to as ‘structural Marxism’ (i.e.
Althusser157), ‘idealism’ and ‘materialism’ remain devoid of immediate
conceptual signification, but are endowed with a ‘differential’ meaning
produced through the complex interplay of various theoretical and political
positions. The meaning of ‘idealism’ and ‘materialism’ as discursive categories
is produced via the differential combination and determination of these
positions relative to one another. Thus, the difference between ‘materialism’
and ‘idealism’ is no longer articulated with reference to objectivities, or
conceptual generalities, or even statements as such: it is now characterised in
terms of a theoretical statement’s relation to differential elements which are in
themselves devoid of meaning, but which nevertheless determine the production
of discursive sense. ‘Materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are no longer defined at the
level of reified, determinable sense; they are no longer conceptually
hypostatised in intraconsistent systems of discursive statement; they are now
the result of differential relations between a-signifying modalities of utterance;
the product of modes of discursive production which have no intrinsic meaning
in themselves.
This ‘structural Marxist’ account clearly comes closest to grasping the
necessarily a-signifying, non-conceptual character of the sought-for genetic a
priori conditioning the intrinsic distinction between the modalities of
‘materialist’ and ‘idealist’ utterance. Consequently, Laruelle’s objection to this
structural Marxist account focuses on a single question: how can the sought-for
genetic a priori be at once a-signifying and non-conceptual, whilst remaining
intrinsically differential and constitutively relational, which is to say: dependent
on an objectively ideal structure of signifying coordination between irreducible
empirical elements? Although, the elements through which theoretical sense is
produced are neither conceptual nor signifying in themselves, they remain
empirically presupposed; they are already objectively given as subject to a
determinate socio-economic articulation, and thus already mediated through
various forms of conceptual presupposition. Structural relationality, Laruelle
insists, reintroduces ideality, which invariably involves a residual dimension of
transcendent objectivation and conceptual signification. The real, a priori,
transcendental separation between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ as intrinsically
distinct modalities of theoretical utterance cannot be confused with the ideal, a
posteriori and ultimately empirical differentiation between ‘materialism’ and
157Laruelle provides no textual references, but cf. Althusser & Balibar, 1997, passim ; and Althusser, 1996,
pp.161-224.
100
‘idealism’ as distinct discursive modalities produced through relations of
reciprocal determination.
Thus, although in the structural Marxist account, the distinction between
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ is neither supposedly given as empirically
objective, nor supposedly given as a conceptual signification, it nevertheless
remains empirical insofar as it is supposedly produced as given rather than
being transcendentally producing or giving. Moreover, as far as Laruelle is
concerned, structural differentiation cannot but presuppose a supra-conceptual
ideality; it continues to operate within an ultimately Ideal, objectivating
continuum of relation. Discrete differential elements remain subsumed within
an all-embracing continuum of differential relativity: “In the primacy of
‘relations’ (of production, of force, of texts, of power) which we took for
materialism, and which is one in effect, that is to say, an offshoot of idealism,
there is only a transfer of difference in and as the Idea,[...] an ultimate primacy
of ideality over the real, of Being over the entity” (Ibid., p.106).
Thus, in structural Marxism, ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ lose their
pseudo-absolute, empirically pre-given meaning as ‘theories in themselves’,
only to have that self-positing absoluteness now taken over by the differential
complex of politico-economic relation through which they are produced; a
relational continuum which is autonomous and no longer relative to its terms
because it is relative only to itself; which is to say, self-positing. But this latter
feature, as we saw in the case of machinic constructivism, is invariably an index
of idealism. And in structural Marxism just as in machinic constructivism, if
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are no longer hypostatised, ready-made doctrines
standing in perpetual opposition to one another, it is because they now form
instead a chiasmic nexus, each alternately serving as continuum or as cut, as
relay or as interruption, for the other. Of course, it is this chiasmic nexus which
now constitutes the ideal transcendental instance of materiality, the a priori
dimension of hyletic synthesis through which ‘materialism’ simultaneously
distinguishes and relates itself to ‘idealism’; as if, Laruelle maintains, in the
complex differential nexus out of which ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ are
temporarily crystallized; “the ‘materialist’ side or aspect of the assemblage,
continuous point of dispersion of materialism and idealism, simultaneously
inhibited, limited the idealist side or aspect, and re-joined, reconstituted a
continuous system, an assemblage that is necessarily ‘idealist’ precisely insofar
as it is an assemblage. Idealist to the second degree, to the nth degree.
Generally, in the systems of Difference, materialism is merely idealism in the
nth degree, in the ‘andth’ degree, infinitely intensified. In raising ideality to the
level of auto-production in this circular fashion, which is to say, to the status of
causa sui (‘will to power’), they [the systems of Difference-RB] confirm ideality
101
through itself, rendering the genesis of ideality and of its forms impossible ”
(Ibid., p.106-107).
It seems then that in structural Marxism just as in machinic
constructivism, the dogmatic empirical opposition between ‘materialism’ and
‘idealism’ becomes transcendentally suspended or reduced. The difference
between them is produced, not given; it becomes a relative, contingent, aleatory
product; the result of abstract processes of hyletic production. Thus, for the
transcendental materialist, the abstract materiality of hyletic synthesis upon
which all theoretical praxis is ultimately supervenient -whether that praxis be
determined through differentials of socio-economic force in infrastructural
production, or constituted through collective assemblages of enunciation in the
machinic phylum158- entails that ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ considered as
systems of signifying statement become materially equivalent at the level of asignifying utterance; indifferently encompassed within an all-embracing
continuum of self-differentiating hyletic production. One philosopher’s putative
‘idealism’ provides the basis for another’s equally putative ‘materialism’159.
However, as we saw in the previous chapter, in absolutising abstract
materiality in this way, in raising the hyletic continuum to the level of a causa
sui, transcendental materialism collapses into an absolute hyletic idealism
which effectively precludes the possibility of achieving a rigorously
transcendental separation of ‘materialist’ discourse from that of ‘idealism’. It
forecloses the possibility of discovering a genetic a priori which would
distinguish the mode of utterance proper to ‘materialist’ theory from that
concomitant with ‘idealism’. In absolutising hyletic continuity, transcendental
materialism renders itself indistinguishable from absolute idealism.
The Materiological Amphiboly of Utterance and Statement
To appreciate this latter point, it is necessary to understand how, in
Prinçipe de Minorité as well as in Laruelle’s later, explicitly non-philosophical
work, ‘idealism’ is no longer a system or a doctrine but a noological syntax: it is
that thinking which asserts the irrecusable primacy of Relation; of the All as
infinite, self-positing relation. It is a thinking that proceeds in and through the
absolute, self-positing element of an infinite relational continuum. But just as
for Spinoza the idea of a circle is not itself circular160, for Laruelle, the
158Cf. for instance Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, pp. 75-110.
159Hegel and Marx being the most famous example of this particular syndrome.
160 “A true idea (for we have a true idea) is something different from its ideal (ideatum). For a circle is one thing,
and the idea of one another; for the idea of a circle is not something having a circumference and a centre, as is a
circle, nor is the idea of a body the body itself”. (Spinoza, Treatise on the Correction of the Understanding, VI,
33) Cf. Spinoza, 1923, p.236. It is important to remember that Spinoza is not reiterating a banal categorial
dualism of thought and thing. The idea/ideatum distinction is inter-attributive; and attributes, each equally
102
transcendental condition that explains the genesis of relationality, and by
implication, ideality, can be neither relational nor ideal. Relational ideality
cannot account for its own genesis unless it be viciously. More precisely, the
Idea as causa sui occludes the possibility of a rigorously theoretical account
explaining the genesis and structure of relational ideality in non-ideal, nonrelational terms161.
Transcendental materialism deliberately suspends the transcendent,
empirical distinction between thought and thing, subject and substance. The
problem however is this: if, according to the versions of transcendental
materialism we have been discussing here, Matter is Relation, or infinite hyletic
continuity, then it is one with the Idea of matter, with its Decisional
circumscription as absolute, self-positing relationality. But then the criticaltranscendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from matter ‘as such’ is dissolved
along with the dogmatic-empirical distinction between subjectified thought and
objectified thing. The result, as we know, is a form of absolute idealism in
which there is no longer a real distinction, a radical separation, between
‘matter’ and its Decisional circumscription in the philosophical Idea.
More precisely, just as it posits its own presupposition, materiology
deliberately reinscribes its own conditions of enunciation within the enunciated
theory162. Like a serpent swallowing its own tail, it absorbs the real conditions
of utterance for materialism within the ideal realm of materialist theory.
However, in so doing, it insidiously subordinates the real, unobjectifiable
condition for materialist utterance to the ideal, objectivating statements of
materialist theory. It abolishes the representational codification of materialist
doctrine, liquefying its hypostatisation in terms of signifying statements, the
better to render the distinction between the transcendent ideality of statement
and the immanent reality of utterance, the ideality of the énoncé and the
materiality of its énonciation, perfectly porous, not to say ultimately reversible,
so that every utterance functions as a statement for another utterance and vice
versa. Thus, as Laruelle puts it, the utterance’s a-signifying material immanence
simultaneously serves as interruption and as relay, as cut and as continuum, vis
expressing substance’s infinite and eternal essence in a different way, are not categories. Although epistemically
incommensurable, they remain ontologically indistinguishable.
161We shall see how throughout his non-philosophical work, Laruelle will insist on the necessary heterogeneity
of transcendental theory vis a vis that which it is supposed to theorize. Thus, a transcendental theory of Decision
cannot itself be Decisional.
162This distinction between utterance and statement, énonciation and énoncé, roughly corresponds -albeit at an
entirely abstract, conceptual level- to what, in a completely different philosophical context, Levinas calls the
distinction between ethical ‘Saying’ and ontological ‘Said’. Cf. Levinas, 1990, especially pp.16-20; 64-67; 7886; and 239-253. However, whereas Levinasian ‘Saying’ as epekeina tes ousias or ‘Good beyond being’ is an
index of unobjectifiable transcendence, the notion of ‘utterance’ as used here obviously indexes unobjectifiable
immanence.
101
through itself, rendering the genesis of ideality and of its forms impossible ”
(Ibid., p.106-107).
It seems then that in structural Marxism just as in machinic
constructivism, the dogmatic empirical opposition between ‘materialism’ and
‘idealism’ becomes transcendentally suspended or reduced. The difference
between them is produced, not given; it becomes a relative, contingent, aleatory
product; the result of abstract processes of hyletic production. Thus, for the
transcendental materialist, the abstract materiality of hyletic synthesis upon
which all theoretical praxis is ultimately supervenient -whether that praxis be
determined through differentials of socio-economic force in infrastructural
production, or constituted through collective assemblages of enunciation in the
machinic phylum158- entails that ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ considered as
systems of signifying statement become materially equivalent at the level of asignifying utterance; indifferently encompassed within an all-embracing
continuum of self-differentiating hyletic production. One philosopher’s putative
‘idealism’ provides the basis for another’s equally putative ‘materialism’159.
However, as we saw in the previous chapter, in absolutising abstract
materiality in this way, in raising the hyletic continuum to the level of a causa
sui, transcendental materialism collapses into an absolute hyletic idealism
which effectively precludes the possibility of achieving a rigorously
transcendental separation of ‘materialist’ discourse from that of ‘idealism’. It
forecloses the possibility of discovering a genetic a priori which would
distinguish the mode of utterance proper to ‘materialist’ theory from that
concomitant with ‘idealism’. In absolutising hyletic continuity, transcendental
materialism renders itself indistinguishable from absolute idealism.
The Materiological Amphiboly of Utterance and Statement
To appreciate this latter point, it is necessary to understand how, in
Prinçipe de Minorité as well as in Laruelle’s later, explicitly non-philosophical
work, ‘idealism’ is no longer a system or a doctrine but a noological syntax: it is
that thinking which asserts the irrecusable primacy of Relation; of the All as
infinite, self-positing relation. It is a thinking that proceeds in and through the
absolute, self-positing element of an infinite relational continuum. But just as
for Spinoza the idea of a circle is not itself circular160, for Laruelle, the
158Cf. for instance Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, pp. 75-110.
159Hegel and Marx being the most famous example of this particular syndrome.
160 “A true idea (for we have a true idea) is something different from its ideal (ideatum). For a circle is one thing,
and the idea of one another; for the idea of a circle is not something having a circumference and a centre, as is a
circle, nor is the idea of a body the body itself”. (Spinoza, Treatise on the Correction of the Understanding, VI,
33) Cf. Spinoza, 1923, p.236. It is important to remember that Spinoza is not reiterating a banal categorial
dualism of thought and thing. The idea/ideatum distinction is inter-attributive; and attributes, each equally
102
transcendental condition that explains the genesis of relationality, and by
implication, ideality, can be neither relational nor ideal. Relational ideality
cannot account for its own genesis unless it be viciously. More precisely, the
Idea as causa sui occludes the possibility of a rigorously theoretical account
explaining the genesis and structure of relational ideality in non-ideal, nonrelational terms161.
Transcendental materialism deliberately suspends the transcendent,
empirical distinction between thought and thing, subject and substance. The
problem however is this: if, according to the versions of transcendental
materialism we have been discussing here, Matter is Relation, or infinite hyletic
continuity, then it is one with the Idea of matter, with its Decisional
circumscription as absolute, self-positing relationality. But then the criticaltranscendental separation of matter ‘itself’ from matter ‘as such’ is dissolved
along with the dogmatic-empirical distinction between subjectified thought and
objectified thing. The result, as we know, is a form of absolute idealism in
which there is no longer a real distinction, a radical separation, between
‘matter’ and its Decisional circumscription in the philosophical Idea.
More precisely, just as it posits its own presupposition, materiology
deliberately reinscribes its own conditions of enunciation within the enunciated
theory162. Like a serpent swallowing its own tail, it absorbs the real conditions
of utterance for materialism within the ideal realm of materialist theory.
However, in so doing, it insidiously subordinates the real, unobjectifiable
condition for materialist utterance to the ideal, objectivating statements of
materialist theory. It abolishes the representational codification of materialist
doctrine, liquefying its hypostatisation in terms of signifying statements, the
better to render the distinction between the transcendent ideality of statement
and the immanent reality of utterance, the ideality of the énoncé and the
materiality of its énonciation, perfectly porous, not to say ultimately reversible,
so that every utterance functions as a statement for another utterance and vice
versa. Thus, as Laruelle puts it, the utterance’s a-signifying material immanence
simultaneously serves as interruption and as relay, as cut and as continuum, vis
expressing substance’s infinite and eternal essence in a different way, are not categories. Although epistemically
incommensurable, they remain ontologically indistinguishable.
161We shall see how throughout his non-philosophical work, Laruelle will insist on the necessary heterogeneity
of transcendental theory vis a vis that which it is supposed to theorize. Thus, a transcendental theory of Decision
cannot itself be Decisional.
162This distinction between utterance and statement, énonciation and énoncé, roughly corresponds -albeit at an
entirely abstract, conceptual level- to what, in a completely different philosophical context, Levinas calls the
distinction between ethical ‘Saying’ and ontological ‘Said’. Cf. Levinas, 1990, especially pp.16-20; 64-67; 7886; and 239-253. However, whereas Levinasian ‘Saying’ as epekeina tes ousias or ‘Good beyond being’ is an
index of unobjectifiable transcendence, the notion of ‘utterance’ as used here obviously indexes unobjectifiable
immanence.
103
a vis the statement’s ideal, signifying transcendence. The materiality of
utterance and the ideality of statement are hyletically synthesized, inclusively
disjoined in the machinic phylum, flowing into one another in perfect intensive
continuity.
As a result, machinic constructivism effectively neutralizes the
hermeneutical aporias of significational inscription. It successfully circumvents
an interminable post-phenomenological negotiation with the metaphysical
signifier predicated on the representationalist assumption of the linguistic sign’s
empirical reality by transcendentally suspending the equivocal dualism of
signifier and signified. But it does so at the cost of effecting an idealizing
sublation of the real distinction between the immanence of material utterance
and the transcendence of materialist statement.
How are we to prevent this slide from transcendental materialism to
absolute idealism ? The solution to the problem requires a formulation of the
critical-transcendental distinction between relational phenomenality and the
unobjectifiable realm of the ‘in-itself’ that would not surreptitiously resurrect
the transcendent distinction between thought and thing, subject and substance.
Having seen how even an ostensibly anti-phenomenological instance of
materialist Decision involves a more subtle objectivation and
phenomenalisation of matter ‘as such’, it is clear that the solution to the
problem can only reside in a non-Decisional reformulation of the criticaltranscendental distinction such that it would now obtain between the realm of
phenomenality qua objectivating Decision and the unobjectifiable dimension of
the ‘in-itself’ qua ante-Decisional immanence. Thus, the sought-for genetic a
priori, the transcendental instance, separating the conditions of enunciation
proper to materialist theory from those characteristic of idealism is no longer
intra-philosophical, which is to say, Decisional. Moreover, it cannot even be
characterised as ‘material’ in that ontologically ideal sense through which
materialist Decision reinscribes its own putatively real ontological
presupposition within the charmed circle of its own idealizing auto-position.
Every Decision in favour of materialism qua system or doctrine, carried out in
accordance with the presumed self-sufficiency of Decision, remains formally
idealizing and hence ultimately indiscernible from a Decision in favour of
idealism. The real precondition for a rigorously ‘materialist’ enunciation cannot
itself be ‘material’, short of reinstituting the idealist circle of auto-position.
Accordingly, the separating instance, the genetic a priori, now passes
between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ qua intra-philosophical Decisions, and a
non-Decisional immanence which is indifferent or foreclosed to the
transcendent distinction between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’, but which
nevertheless provides a real or non-posited presupposition on the basis of which
a non-materiological theory can effect the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter
104
itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol163 for the unobjectifiable
immanence of the ‘in-itself’.
The Decline of Materialism
What are the consequences of this non-philosophical reformulation as far
the relation between material utterance and materialist statement is concerned ?
In what way does it avoid the materiological encompassment of the reality
proper to material utterance within the ideality of materialist statement ?
Crucially, in this reformulation, instead of perpetuating the materiological
subordination of ‘matter itself’ to the Decisional circumscription of matter ‘as
such’, we effect the subordination of materiological Decisionism to ‘matter
itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol for that non-Decisional
immanence which is the real determinant for all Decision. The next chapter
shall explain the function of this non-conceptual symbol in the non-materialist
axiomatic in considerable detail. For the time being, suffice it to say that it is as
non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable immanence of the ‘in itself’,
determining Decision without being determined by Decision in return, that the
first name ‘matter itself’ (or the radical hyle, as we shall begin calling it in the
next chapter) maintains the transcendental separation between Real immanence
and Ideal Decision in such a way as to prevent the slide from transcendental
materialism to absolute idealism.
Thus, the genetic a priori through which the real conditions of
enunciation for material utterance become radically separated from that ideal
reversibility between the reality of utterance and the ideality of statement -that
reversibility in accordance with which material utterance is perpetually
reinscribed in materialist statement- is finally discovered when ‘matter itself’ is
allowed to function as one among other possible first names for that
unobjectifiable immanence in virtue of which utterance remains foreclosed to
Decision, whether ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’. Accordingly, transcendental
materialism attains its rigorous performative consistency only when the asignifying immanence of material utterance becomes liberated from the
Decisional hybridisation of signifying statement and a-signifying utterance.
‘Matter itself’ no longer designates ineffable transcendence. It is henceforth
immanently separated –without a transcendent Decision of separation- from its
Decisional hybridisation with the idealized phenomenality of matter ‘as such’. It
is a non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable immanence of a radically a-
163This is a real or non-Decisional positing (which we shall also refer to as a ‘cloning’) - as opposed to an ideal
or Decisional auto-position- of ‘matter itself’. Thus, our non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as ‘first
name’ or ‘non-conceptual symbol’ for radical immanence functions in such a way as to preclude the idealising
elision of the separation between ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’, as well as preventing real immanence’s reenvelopment in ideal transcendence.
103
a vis the statement’s ideal, signifying transcendence. The materiality of
utterance and the ideality of statement are hyletically synthesized, inclusively
disjoined in the machinic phylum, flowing into one another in perfect intensive
continuity.
As a result, machinic constructivism effectively neutralizes the
hermeneutical aporias of significational inscription. It successfully circumvents
an interminable post-phenomenological negotiation with the metaphysical
signifier predicated on the representationalist assumption of the linguistic sign’s
empirical reality by transcendentally suspending the equivocal dualism of
signifier and signified. But it does so at the cost of effecting an idealizing
sublation of the real distinction between the immanence of material utterance
and the transcendence of materialist statement.
How are we to prevent this slide from transcendental materialism to
absolute idealism ? The solution to the problem requires a formulation of the
critical-transcendental distinction between relational phenomenality and the
unobjectifiable realm of the ‘in-itself’ that would not surreptitiously resurrect
the transcendent distinction between thought and thing, subject and substance.
Having seen how even an ostensibly anti-phenomenological instance of
materialist Decision involves a more subtle objectivation and
phenomenalisation of matter ‘as such’, it is clear that the solution to the
problem can only reside in a non-Decisional reformulation of the criticaltranscendental distinction such that it would now obtain between the realm of
phenomenality qua objectivating Decision and the unobjectifiable dimension of
the ‘in-itself’ qua ante-Decisional immanence. Thus, the sought-for genetic a
priori, the transcendental instance, separating the conditions of enunciation
proper to materialist theory from those characteristic of idealism is no longer
intra-philosophical, which is to say, Decisional. Moreover, it cannot even be
characterised as ‘material’ in that ontologically ideal sense through which
materialist Decision reinscribes its own putatively real ontological
presupposition within the charmed circle of its own idealizing auto-position.
Every Decision in favour of materialism qua system or doctrine, carried out in
accordance with the presumed self-sufficiency of Decision, remains formally
idealizing and hence ultimately indiscernible from a Decision in favour of
idealism. The real precondition for a rigorously ‘materialist’ enunciation cannot
itself be ‘material’, short of reinstituting the idealist circle of auto-position.
Accordingly, the separating instance, the genetic a priori, now passes
between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ qua intra-philosophical Decisions, and a
non-Decisional immanence which is indifferent or foreclosed to the
transcendent distinction between ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’, but which
nevertheless provides a real or non-posited presupposition on the basis of which
a non-materiological theory can effect the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter
104
itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol163 for the unobjectifiable
immanence of the ‘in-itself’.
The Decline of Materialism
What are the consequences of this non-philosophical reformulation as far
the relation between material utterance and materialist statement is concerned ?
In what way does it avoid the materiological encompassment of the reality
proper to material utterance within the ideality of materialist statement ?
Crucially, in this reformulation, instead of perpetuating the materiological
subordination of ‘matter itself’ to the Decisional circumscription of matter ‘as
such’, we effect the subordination of materiological Decisionism to ‘matter
itself’ as first name or non-conceptual symbol for that non-Decisional
immanence which is the real determinant for all Decision. The next chapter
shall explain the function of this non-conceptual symbol in the non-materialist
axiomatic in considerable detail. For the time being, suffice it to say that it is as
non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable immanence of the ‘in itself’,
determining Decision without being determined by Decision in return, that the
first name ‘matter itself’ (or the radical hyle, as we shall begin calling it in the
next chapter) maintains the transcendental separation between Real immanence
and Ideal Decision in such a way as to prevent the slide from transcendental
materialism to absolute idealism.
Thus, the genetic a priori through which the real conditions of
enunciation for material utterance become radically separated from that ideal
reversibility between the reality of utterance and the ideality of statement -that
reversibility in accordance with which material utterance is perpetually
reinscribed in materialist statement- is finally discovered when ‘matter itself’ is
allowed to function as one among other possible first names for that
unobjectifiable immanence in virtue of which utterance remains foreclosed to
Decision, whether ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’. Accordingly, transcendental
materialism attains its rigorous performative consistency only when the asignifying immanence of material utterance becomes liberated from the
Decisional hybridisation of signifying statement and a-signifying utterance.
‘Matter itself’ no longer designates ineffable transcendence. It is henceforth
immanently separated –without a transcendent Decision of separation- from its
Decisional hybridisation with the idealized phenomenality of matter ‘as such’. It
is a non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable immanence of a radically a-
163This is a real or non-Decisional positing (which we shall also refer to as a ‘cloning’) - as opposed to an ideal
or Decisional auto-position- of ‘matter itself’. Thus, our non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as ‘first
name’ or ‘non-conceptual symbol’ for radical immanence functions in such a way as to preclude the idealising
elision of the separation between ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’, as well as preventing real immanence’s reenvelopment in ideal transcendence.
105
signifying utterance; one indexing an unequivocal performative consistency of
saying and doing whilst remaining semantically in-consistent; which is to say,
foreclosed to every form of conceptual or hermeneutic delimitation.
It follows that in order to purge itself of the materiological hybridisation
of signifying ideality and phenomenological intelligibility, transcendental
materialism should be prepared to effect its own discontinuation as a system of
signifying statements. Materialism must be willing to ruin the conditions of its
own idealized theoretical intelligibility; to sacrifice its sufficiency and
autonomy as a self-positing, self-presupposing mixture of asignifying utterance
and signifying statement in order to achieve its ultimate theoretical vindication
by enacting the rigorously transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ qua first
name for the reality of utterance’s unobjectifiable foreclosure to Decision, from
matter ‘as such’ qua ontologically objectivated Decision.
This is what we shall refer to -following Laruelle- as ‘the decline of
materialism’. It represents the culminating point toward which the previous
three chapters have (we hope) been inexorably progressing. Materialism must
first consent to its own liquidation as a Decisional category, deliberately
eliminating that part of itself which consists of a system of doctrine or
constative statement, the better to secure its ultimate theoretical vindication as a
rigorously consistent form of performative utterance: “In order to stay faithful
to its inspiration and achieve a definitive victory over idealism, materialism
should first consent to its own partial liquidation -as category and statement-, it
should consent to the subordination of its materialist statements to a process of
utterance that is in itself material, relative or hyletic, then consent to stop
conceiving of this utterance as an ideal, relative process. The decline of
materialism in the name of matter, and of matter as hyle in the name of the real.
No longer materialism, but a more secret knowing of matter, one which would
no longer tread the luminous paths of the logos..., nor the amphiboly, the
limitless fusion of ideality and the real in the hyle” (Ibid., p.107)
Here at last we find ourselves at the threshold of a rigorously nonDecisional theory of matter ‘itself’: a non-materialist theory. That ‘more secret
knowing of matter’ invoked by Laruelle comes within our grasp once both
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ -or, more exactly, the materiological hybridisation
of ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ in the absolute autonomy of the hyletic
continuum as self-positing, self-presupposing Idea- comes to play the role for
us of an indifferent material index, an empirical support for a rigorously
performative transcendental theory operating according to ‘matter’s’ foreclosure
to ‘materialism’ as well as ‘idealism’. Whereas in materiological theorizing the
ideality of statement invariably became co-constitutive of the reality of the
utterance through which it was produced, the statements of non-materiological
theory now allow themselves to be axiomatically determined by the
106
unobjectifiable reality of utterance -via the intervention of ‘matter itself’ as nonconceptual symbol- without presuming to co-constitute the reality of utterance
in return.
We have now identified the necessary (albeit not sufficient) conditions
for a transcendental theory of ‘matter itself’. More exactly: we have begun to
delineate the conditions for a thinking operating according to the
unobjectifiable immanence of ‘matter itself’ as foreclosed to Decision; the
conditions for a thinking that is no longer ‘of’ matter in the sense of attempting
its Decisional objectivation, but ‘of’ matter in the sense of being adequate to
matter’s foreclosure to materiological determination. It is important to
emphasize how the basic parameters for materialist theorizing have been
transformed: instead of effecting a materiological determination of matter in
conformity with the idealizing elision of the transcendental separation between
‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’, we are about to reposition ourselves so as to
allow the unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance to determine thought
through the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ as its non-conceptual
symbol. In other words, we have shifted from a posture wherein thought and
materiality (or the Real) are co-constituting or amphibologically coextensive, to
one wherein matter determines thought without thought determining matter in
return. Thought -specifically, the philosophical or materiological idealization of
matter- will provide the empirical material from which the unobjectifiable
immanence of ‘matter itself’ shall extract a non-materiological thinking; one
that is unilaterally determined by the immanence of material utterance. Instead
of idealising matter according to the arbitrary strictures of thought, we shall
materialise thought in accordance with matter’s necessary foreclosure to
thought.
It is here that a further nuance explaining the requirement of a sufficient
as well as a necessary condition for non-materialist theory is needed. For if
‘matter’ is foreclosed to intentional objectivation, indifferent to thought, then
how is it possible even to construct a thinking that would operate ‘according to’
that radical foreclosure to thinking? Clearly, ‘matter itself’ as first name for the
unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance is characterised by a radical
indifference to thought which withdraws it from the order of the
problematisable. Radical immanence is non-problematic: it does not call for
thinking, it does not petition Decision, it simply has no need for thought. But
since there is thinking, or since philosophical Decision is the immediate,
empirically given form within which thinking is already operating164, nonmaterialist theory will use the Decisional hybridisation of thought and matter,
164 We will have more to say concerning this particular point in the next chapter’s account of philosophical
Decision .
105
signifying utterance; one indexing an unequivocal performative consistency of
saying and doing whilst remaining semantically in-consistent; which is to say,
foreclosed to every form of conceptual or hermeneutic delimitation.
It follows that in order to purge itself of the materiological hybridisation
of signifying ideality and phenomenological intelligibility, transcendental
materialism should be prepared to effect its own discontinuation as a system of
signifying statements. Materialism must be willing to ruin the conditions of its
own idealized theoretical intelligibility; to sacrifice its sufficiency and
autonomy as a self-positing, self-presupposing mixture of asignifying utterance
and signifying statement in order to achieve its ultimate theoretical vindication
by enacting the rigorously transcendental separation of matter ‘itself’ qua first
name for the reality of utterance’s unobjectifiable foreclosure to Decision, from
matter ‘as such’ qua ontologically objectivated Decision.
This is what we shall refer to -following Laruelle- as ‘the decline of
materialism’. It represents the culminating point toward which the previous
three chapters have (we hope) been inexorably progressing. Materialism must
first consent to its own liquidation as a Decisional category, deliberately
eliminating that part of itself which consists of a system of doctrine or
constative statement, the better to secure its ultimate theoretical vindication as a
rigorously consistent form of performative utterance: “In order to stay faithful
to its inspiration and achieve a definitive victory over idealism, materialism
should first consent to its own partial liquidation -as category and statement-, it
should consent to the subordination of its materialist statements to a process of
utterance that is in itself material, relative or hyletic, then consent to stop
conceiving of this utterance as an ideal, relative process. The decline of
materialism in the name of matter, and of matter as hyle in the name of the real.
No longer materialism, but a more secret knowing of matter, one which would
no longer tread the luminous paths of the logos..., nor the amphiboly, the
limitless fusion of ideality and the real in the hyle” (Ibid., p.107)
Here at last we find ourselves at the threshold of a rigorously nonDecisional theory of matter ‘itself’: a non-materialist theory. That ‘more secret
knowing of matter’ invoked by Laruelle comes within our grasp once both
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ -or, more exactly, the materiological hybridisation
of ‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ in the absolute autonomy of the hyletic
continuum as self-positing, self-presupposing Idea- comes to play the role for
us of an indifferent material index, an empirical support for a rigorously
performative transcendental theory operating according to ‘matter’s’ foreclosure
to ‘materialism’ as well as ‘idealism’. Whereas in materiological theorizing the
ideality of statement invariably became co-constitutive of the reality of the
utterance through which it was produced, the statements of non-materiological
theory now allow themselves to be axiomatically determined by the
106
unobjectifiable reality of utterance -via the intervention of ‘matter itself’ as nonconceptual symbol- without presuming to co-constitute the reality of utterance
in return.
We have now identified the necessary (albeit not sufficient) conditions
for a transcendental theory of ‘matter itself’. More exactly: we have begun to
delineate the conditions for a thinking operating according to the
unobjectifiable immanence of ‘matter itself’ as foreclosed to Decision; the
conditions for a thinking that is no longer ‘of’ matter in the sense of attempting
its Decisional objectivation, but ‘of’ matter in the sense of being adequate to
matter’s foreclosure to materiological determination. It is important to
emphasize how the basic parameters for materialist theorizing have been
transformed: instead of effecting a materiological determination of matter in
conformity with the idealizing elision of the transcendental separation between
‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’, we are about to reposition ourselves so as to
allow the unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance to determine thought
through the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ as its non-conceptual
symbol. In other words, we have shifted from a posture wherein thought and
materiality (or the Real) are co-constituting or amphibologically coextensive, to
one wherein matter determines thought without thought determining matter in
return. Thought -specifically, the philosophical or materiological idealization of
matter- will provide the empirical material from which the unobjectifiable
immanence of ‘matter itself’ shall extract a non-materiological thinking; one
that is unilaterally determined by the immanence of material utterance. Instead
of idealising matter according to the arbitrary strictures of thought, we shall
materialise thought in accordance with matter’s necessary foreclosure to
thought.
It is here that a further nuance explaining the requirement of a sufficient
as well as a necessary condition for non-materialist theory is needed. For if
‘matter’ is foreclosed to intentional objectivation, indifferent to thought, then
how is it possible even to construct a thinking that would operate ‘according to’
that radical foreclosure to thinking? Clearly, ‘matter itself’ as first name for the
unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance is characterised by a radical
indifference to thought which withdraws it from the order of the
problematisable. Radical immanence is non-problematic: it does not call for
thinking, it does not petition Decision, it simply has no need for thought. But
since there is thinking, or since philosophical Decision is the immediate,
empirically given form within which thinking is already operating164, nonmaterialist theory will use the Decisional hybridisation of thought and matter,
164 We will have more to say concerning this particular point in the next chapter’s account of philosophical
Decision .
107
the materiological amphiboly of unobjectifiable reality and objectivating
ideality, as its occasional but non-determining cause. That is to say, nonDecisional materialism will use thought’s transcendence, its pretension to
absolute, self-positing sufficiency (exemplified by the hyletic continuum’s
absolute auto-position) as the contingently given empirical occasion for
thought’s determination by the necessary but non-sufficient immanence of
material utterance. The unobjectifiable immanence of utterance as necessary
condition for theory does not need discursive objectivation, but since the form
of philosophical thinking has, in a sense, ‘always already’ articulated itself
within that amphibological mixture of utterance and statement, the latter can be
used as the occasional cause, the empirical support, for a thinking-inaccordance-with the unobjectifiability of utterance taking that objectivating
amphiboly, that Decisional hybridisation itself, as its object.
The key difference is this: whereas materiological thought mistakes its
own hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence and objectivating
transcendence for the Real (i.e. matter as Idea) because it believes that Decision
is sufficient unto the Real, non-materiological thinking unilaterally determines
the Decisional mixture of objectivating transcendence and unobjectifiable
immanence on the basis of unobjectifiable immanence alone. It uses
materiological Decision as the occasion for a non-materiological theory which
lets the unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance determine or dualyse
the materiological confusion of ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’ via the nonDecisional positing of ‘matter itself’ as first name for the unobjectifiable
immanence which determines all Decision in-the-last-instance.
Philosophical Summary and Transition to Non-Philosophy
Let’s briefly recapitulate the movement charted thus far in the four
chapters that make up the first half of this thesis. We saw how the
transcendental hypothesis of a critical/problematic separation between ‘matter
itself’ and ‘matter as such’ was turned into an ontological dualism of enstasis
and ekstasis in the material phenomenology of Michel Henry and subjected to
an idealizing sublation in the absolute hyletics of Deleuze & Guattari. Henry’s
discovery of a quasi-radical or ‘enstatic’ immanence remains vitiated by its
phenomenologisation. By absolutising immanence as pure auto-affecting ipseity
continuously absolving itself from transcendent objectification, Henry renders
unobjectifiable immanence relative once more to the ekstatico-horizonal
transcendence from which it distinguishes itself. Henry transcendently posits
the unilateral asymmetry between enstatic immanence and ekstatic
transcendence within the element of Decisional transcendence. Thus, Henry reenvelops immanence in transcendence through the very gesture whereby he
attempts to render it radically autonomous. In the case of Deleuze & Guattari,
immanence is withdrawn from the realm of phenomenological ipseity and shorn
108
of the transcendent interruptions of Self, World, and Object only to be
absolutised once again in a familiar philosophical gesture. Thus, although
immanence is immanent only to itself, its auto-constructing character, its
positing and presupposing in and through the philosophical Concept with
which it remains coextensive, renders the immanence of intensive materiality
into a paradigmatic instance of absolute idealist auto-position.
Moreover, this materiological hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence
and objectivating transcendence in both Henry and Deleuze & Guattari is more
than an idiosyncrasy of doctrine. On the contrary, it is a necessary precondition
for their Decisional circumscription of materiality in and through philosophical
thinking. Thus, in this chapter we tried to show how materiological thinking
operates by continuously reinscribing the unobjectifiable materiality of
asignifying utterance into the constative statements of materialist theory. It is in
order to interrupt this self-presupposing circle of absolute auto-position and to
forestall this idealizing elision of the distinction between the constative
circumscription of matter ‘as such’ and the radically immanent performativity of
material utterance as index of matter ‘itself’, that we proposed the drastic
reorganisation of the syntax of materialist theory outlined above. Consequently,
we have argued that it is only what we call ‘the decline of materialism’ as such
which promises to vouchsafe the triumph of materialism itself. More precisely:
the decline of philosophical materialism as such coincides with the rise of nonmaterialist theory as non-materiological essence of materialism itself.
In effect, the successful transition from the speculative materiological
idealism of philosophical Decisionism ‘about’ matter to a non-materialist
axiomatic determined-in-the-last-instance by matter ‘itself’, entails replacing the
Decisional transcendentalisation of matter with a transcendental materialisation
of Decision. Accordingly, in the second part of this thesis we shall be using
materiological hybridisations of matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’, as
articulated in certain selected instances of philosophical materialism, as the
empirical material from which we shall extract or clone the rudiments of a nonmaterialist axiomatic. Moreover, we shall do so through the non-Decisional
positing of the radical hyle as non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable
immanence of material utterance.
We are now ready to enter into the properly non-philosophical part of this
thesis, in which we shall attempt to explain in what way this decline of
materialism in the name of ‘matter itself’ promises an unexpected enlargement,
rather than an impoverishment, of the possibilities of materialist theory.
Focusing in particular on the constantly reiterated function of the prefix ‘non-’
in non-materialist thought, the following chapter will begin to set out the
methodology in accordance with which the non-materialist axiomatic shall
operate. Subsequent chapters will explain in greater detail this new economy of
107
the materiological amphiboly of unobjectifiable reality and objectivating
ideality, as its occasional but non-determining cause. That is to say, nonDecisional materialism will use thought’s transcendence, its pretension to
absolute, self-positing sufficiency (exemplified by the hyletic continuum’s
absolute auto-position) as the contingently given empirical occasion for
thought’s determination by the necessary but non-sufficient immanence of
material utterance. The unobjectifiable immanence of utterance as necessary
condition for theory does not need discursive objectivation, but since the form
of philosophical thinking has, in a sense, ‘always already’ articulated itself
within that amphibological mixture of utterance and statement, the latter can be
used as the occasional cause, the empirical support, for a thinking-inaccordance-with the unobjectifiability of utterance taking that objectivating
amphiboly, that Decisional hybridisation itself, as its object.
The key difference is this: whereas materiological thought mistakes its
own hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence and objectivating
transcendence for the Real (i.e. matter as Idea) because it believes that Decision
is sufficient unto the Real, non-materiological thinking unilaterally determines
the Decisional mixture of objectivating transcendence and unobjectifiable
immanence on the basis of unobjectifiable immanence alone. It uses
materiological Decision as the occasion for a non-materiological theory which
lets the unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance determine or dualyse
the materiological confusion of ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’ via the nonDecisional positing of ‘matter itself’ as first name for the unobjectifiable
immanence which determines all Decision in-the-last-instance.
Philosophical Summary and Transition to Non-Philosophy
Let’s briefly recapitulate the movement charted thus far in the four
chapters that make up the first half of this thesis. We saw how the
transcendental hypothesis of a critical/problematic separation between ‘matter
itself’ and ‘matter as such’ was turned into an ontological dualism of enstasis
and ekstasis in the material phenomenology of Michel Henry and subjected to
an idealizing sublation in the absolute hyletics of Deleuze & Guattari. Henry’s
discovery of a quasi-radical or ‘enstatic’ immanence remains vitiated by its
phenomenologisation. By absolutising immanence as pure auto-affecting ipseity
continuously absolving itself from transcendent objectification, Henry renders
unobjectifiable immanence relative once more to the ekstatico-horizonal
transcendence from which it distinguishes itself. Henry transcendently posits
the unilateral asymmetry between enstatic immanence and ekstatic
transcendence within the element of Decisional transcendence. Thus, Henry reenvelops immanence in transcendence through the very gesture whereby he
attempts to render it radically autonomous. In the case of Deleuze & Guattari,
immanence is withdrawn from the realm of phenomenological ipseity and shorn
108
of the transcendent interruptions of Self, World, and Object only to be
absolutised once again in a familiar philosophical gesture. Thus, although
immanence is immanent only to itself, its auto-constructing character, its
positing and presupposing in and through the philosophical Concept with
which it remains coextensive, renders the immanence of intensive materiality
into a paradigmatic instance of absolute idealist auto-position.
Moreover, this materiological hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence
and objectivating transcendence in both Henry and Deleuze & Guattari is more
than an idiosyncrasy of doctrine. On the contrary, it is a necessary precondition
for their Decisional circumscription of materiality in and through philosophical
thinking. Thus, in this chapter we tried to show how materiological thinking
operates by continuously reinscribing the unobjectifiable materiality of
asignifying utterance into the constative statements of materialist theory. It is in
order to interrupt this self-presupposing circle of absolute auto-position and to
forestall this idealizing elision of the distinction between the constative
circumscription of matter ‘as such’ and the radically immanent performativity of
material utterance as index of matter ‘itself’, that we proposed the drastic
reorganisation of the syntax of materialist theory outlined above. Consequently,
we have argued that it is only what we call ‘the decline of materialism’ as such
which promises to vouchsafe the triumph of materialism itself. More precisely:
the decline of philosophical materialism as such coincides with the rise of nonmaterialist theory as non-materiological essence of materialism itself.
In effect, the successful transition from the speculative materiological
idealism of philosophical Decisionism ‘about’ matter to a non-materialist
axiomatic determined-in-the-last-instance by matter ‘itself’, entails replacing the
Decisional transcendentalisation of matter with a transcendental materialisation
of Decision. Accordingly, in the second part of this thesis we shall be using
materiological hybridisations of matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’, as
articulated in certain selected instances of philosophical materialism, as the
empirical material from which we shall extract or clone the rudiments of a nonmaterialist axiomatic. Moreover, we shall do so through the non-Decisional
positing of the radical hyle as non-conceptual symbol for the unobjectifiable
immanence of material utterance.
We are now ready to enter into the properly non-philosophical part of this
thesis, in which we shall attempt to explain in what way this decline of
materialism in the name of ‘matter itself’ promises an unexpected enlargement,
rather than an impoverishment, of the possibilities of materialist theory.
Focusing in particular on the constantly reiterated function of the prefix ‘non-’
in non-materialist thought, the following chapter will begin to set out the
methodology in accordance with which the non-materialist axiomatic shall
operate. Subsequent chapters will explain in greater detail this new economy of
109
110
non-philosophical relation between ‘the radical hyle’ as non-conceptual symbol
for unobjectifiable immanence; the hyletic continuum as occasional cause or
empirical support for a unified theory of phenomenology and materialism; and
‘the Alien-subject’ as transcendental locus for the non-materialist identity of
utterance and statement.
PART II
THE NAME OF MATTER ITSELF
109
110
non-philosophical relation between ‘the radical hyle’ as non-conceptual symbol
for unobjectifiable immanence; the hyletic continuum as occasional cause or
empirical support for a unified theory of phenomenology and materialism; and
‘the Alien-subject’ as transcendental locus for the non-materialist identity of
utterance and statement.
PART II
THE NAME OF MATTER ITSELF
111
CHAPTER 5
LARUELLE’S RAZOR
“The apprenticeship of radicality is an ascesis of thought rather than a
new position” (Laruelle, 2000a, p.76)
Throughout the preceding account of materiological idealism, we have
continuously maintained that the materiological hybridisation of unobjectifiable
immanence and objectivating transcendence remains an ineluctable structural
feature of every materialism predicated on an immediate, quasi-dogmatic faith
in the sufficiency of philosophical Decision. Materiological idealism is an
inevitable consequence of this spontaneous belief that philosophical Decision is
sufficient unto matter. And it is by way of contrast to this spontaneous
philosophical faith in Decisional thinking that we have constantly invoked, and
tentatively delineated, the possibility of a non-Decisional theory ‘of’ matter; a
thinking that by suspending this belief in the sufficiency of Decision, would try
to proceed instead in accordance with a non-Decisional positing of ‘matter’s’
foreclosure to Decision. What we call a non-Decisional materialism will
suspend the spontaneous philosophical faith in the sufficiency of Decision to
determine matter, the better to let Decision be determined by matter.
None of this will be clear however, until we have clarified what we mean
by ‘philosophical Decision’ and what we mean by ‘non-Decisional’ thinking.
Thus, it is now necessary to explain more fully our Laruellean usage of the
‘non-’ prefix, in the hope that this explanation will serve to clarify the way in
which our non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as first name of ‘matter
itself’ marks a profound change of posture vis a vis the materiological positing
of matter as a hybrid of immanent reality and transcendent ideality.
‘Non-’
The crucial, all-pervasive165 function of the prefix ‘non-’ in Laruelle’s
thought provides the key to his entire theoretical enterprise. To understand what
Laruelle means by ‘non-philosophy’ is to understand what Laruelle entails in
his rigorously idiosyncratic use of the prefix ‘non-’. But that use can only
properly be explained through an account of the structure which Laruelle refers
to as ‘the philosophical Decision’. That is to say, the expression ‘nonphilosophy’ must be understood essentially as meaning ‘non-Decisional
philosophy’. Over and above metaphysics, representation, logocentrism, and
ontotheology, the philosophical Decision, Laruelle insists, is the universal
structural invariant presupposed by any and every possible variant on the
philosophical gesture as such, including the recent critiques or deconstructions
165 E.g. ‘non-phenomenology’; ‘non-epistemology’; ‘non-technology’; ‘non-psychoanalysis’; ‘non-religion’;
‘non-aesthetics’; ‘non-intuitive’; and perhaps most fundamentally ‘non-philosophy’.
112
of representation and logocentrism themselves. Accordingly, if the singular
import of Laruelle’s thought is to be properly grasped, it is necessary that the
‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Decisional philosophy’ be interpreted as the
rigorous but anexact counterpart of the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Euclidean
geometry’166. By suspending167 the spontaneous philosophical faith in the
sufficiency of Decision –as expressed in what Laruelle regards as the latent
‘Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’ implicitly presupposed in every DecisionLaruelle initiates a philosophically unprecedented type of transcendental theory,
one which takes the myriad Decisions of philosophical ontology itself as its
basic empirical material.
In suspending the sufficiency of Decision, the Laruellean ‘non-’
suspends a specific structural condition that has hitherto served only to delimit
and constrain the possibilities of thought. Thus, the ‘non-’ is somewhat akin to
the lifting of a speed restriction. It expresses the ascent168 from the quasitranscendental level of the ontological determination of exclusive conditions of
possibility for experience (the philosophical Decision), to a
‘hypertranscendental’169 or non-Decisional level determining the real
equivalence of any and every possible ontological Decision concerning
experience. Where Decisional thinking produces intelligible possibilities for
cognition on the basis of that which is already empirically known as ‘real’, nonDecisional thinking discovers un-intelligible possibilities for cognition on the
basis of the Real as unknown.
166 Cf. Laruelle, 1989, pp.99-129.
167 In a manner roughly analogous to the suspension of Euclid’s fifth axiom concerning parallels carried out by
Bolyai and Lobatchevski, then by Gauss and Rieman.
168 Although our use of the term ‘ascent’ in this context is intended to echo the Quinean strategy of semantic
ascent which involves the shift from first-order talk about things –object talk- to second-order talk about objecttalk, an unbridgeable gulf nevertheless separates this Quinean strategy of metalinguistic ascent as strategic logical
possibility (i.e. Decision) from what is, from a Laruellean perspective, the ineluctable character of
‘metatranscendental’ ascent as index of an inalienable, non-logical (non-Decisional) reality. Furthermore, the
non-philosophical suspension of the onto-logical a priori simultaneously neutralises and de-stratifies the
hierarchical distinction between meta-language and object-language, thereby incorporating every variety of
metalinguistic discourse within the bounds of its empirical material. These issues should become clearer in the
next chapter when we discuss how Laruelle’s thought both radicalises and generalises certain aspects of Quinean
physicalism. For an account of semantic ascent as philosophical tactic cf. Quine, 1960, pp.271-276.
169 By ‘hypertranscendental’ we mean the radically immanent but non-ontological instance capable of
determining every transcendental instance of ontological determination. It should be emphasised however, that
the term ‘hypertranscendental’ is not one Laruelle has ever used or one he would be likely to favour precisely
because he adamantly rejects any attempt to categorise non-philosophy as some kind of metaphilosophical
enterprise. Such an enterprise would presuppose the validity of the eminently philosophical distinction between
object-language and meta-language. But it is precisely these kinds of hierarchical division, Laruelle maintains,
that are completely invalidated from within the unconditional immanence proper to the non-philosophical
perspective. Laruelle refuses any attempt to conflate the real but non-Decisional dimension of transcendental
immanence within which non-philosophical thinking operates, with the ideal, metastructural hierarchies of
philosophy. He does so, he insists, because what philosophers call ‘transcendental’ is merely a transcendent,
metaempirical construct.
111
CHAPTER 5
LARUELLE’S RAZOR
“The apprenticeship of radicality is an ascesis of thought rather than a
new position” (Laruelle, 2000a, p.76)
Throughout the preceding account of materiological idealism, we have
continuously maintained that the materiological hybridisation of unobjectifiable
immanence and objectivating transcendence remains an ineluctable structural
feature of every materialism predicated on an immediate, quasi-dogmatic faith
in the sufficiency of philosophical Decision. Materiological idealism is an
inevitable consequence of this spontaneous belief that philosophical Decision is
sufficient unto matter. And it is by way of contrast to this spontaneous
philosophical faith in Decisional thinking that we have constantly invoked, and
tentatively delineated, the possibility of a non-Decisional theory ‘of’ matter; a
thinking that by suspending this belief in the sufficiency of Decision, would try
to proceed instead in accordance with a non-Decisional positing of ‘matter’s’
foreclosure to Decision. What we call a non-Decisional materialism will
suspend the spontaneous philosophical faith in the sufficiency of Decision to
determine matter, the better to let Decision be determined by matter.
None of this will be clear however, until we have clarified what we mean
by ‘philosophical Decision’ and what we mean by ‘non-Decisional’ thinking.
Thus, it is now necessary to explain more fully our Laruellean usage of the
‘non-’ prefix, in the hope that this explanation will serve to clarify the way in
which our non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as first name of ‘matter
itself’ marks a profound change of posture vis a vis the materiological positing
of matter as a hybrid of immanent reality and transcendent ideality.
‘Non-’
The crucial, all-pervasive165 function of the prefix ‘non-’ in Laruelle’s
thought provides the key to his entire theoretical enterprise. To understand what
Laruelle means by ‘non-philosophy’ is to understand what Laruelle entails in
his rigorously idiosyncratic use of the prefix ‘non-’. But that use can only
properly be explained through an account of the structure which Laruelle refers
to as ‘the philosophical Decision’. That is to say, the expression ‘nonphilosophy’ must be understood essentially as meaning ‘non-Decisional
philosophy’. Over and above metaphysics, representation, logocentrism, and
ontotheology, the philosophical Decision, Laruelle insists, is the universal
structural invariant presupposed by any and every possible variant on the
philosophical gesture as such, including the recent critiques or deconstructions
165 E.g. ‘non-phenomenology’; ‘non-epistemology’; ‘non-technology’; ‘non-psychoanalysis’; ‘non-religion’;
‘non-aesthetics’; ‘non-intuitive’; and perhaps most fundamentally ‘non-philosophy’.
112
of representation and logocentrism themselves. Accordingly, if the singular
import of Laruelle’s thought is to be properly grasped, it is necessary that the
‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Decisional philosophy’ be interpreted as the
rigorous but anexact counterpart of the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Euclidean
geometry’166. By suspending167 the spontaneous philosophical faith in the
sufficiency of Decision –as expressed in what Laruelle regards as the latent
‘Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’ implicitly presupposed in every DecisionLaruelle initiates a philosophically unprecedented type of transcendental theory,
one which takes the myriad Decisions of philosophical ontology itself as its
basic empirical material.
In suspending the sufficiency of Decision, the Laruellean ‘non-’
suspends a specific structural condition that has hitherto served only to delimit
and constrain the possibilities of thought. Thus, the ‘non-’ is somewhat akin to
the lifting of a speed restriction. It expresses the ascent168 from the quasitranscendental level of the ontological determination of exclusive conditions of
possibility for experience (the philosophical Decision), to a
‘hypertranscendental’169 or non-Decisional level determining the real
equivalence of any and every possible ontological Decision concerning
experience. Where Decisional thinking produces intelligible possibilities for
cognition on the basis of that which is already empirically known as ‘real’, nonDecisional thinking discovers un-intelligible possibilities for cognition on the
basis of the Real as unknown.
166 Cf. Laruelle, 1989, pp.99-129.
167 In a manner roughly analogous to the suspension of Euclid’s fifth axiom concerning parallels carried out by
Bolyai and Lobatchevski, then by Gauss and Rieman.
168 Although our use of the term ‘ascent’ in this context is intended to echo the Quinean strategy of semantic
ascent which involves the shift from first-order talk about things –object talk- to second-order talk about objecttalk, an unbridgeable gulf nevertheless separates this Quinean strategy of metalinguistic ascent as strategic logical
possibility (i.e. Decision) from what is, from a Laruellean perspective, the ineluctable character of
‘metatranscendental’ ascent as index of an inalienable, non-logical (non-Decisional) reality. Furthermore, the
non-philosophical suspension of the onto-logical a priori simultaneously neutralises and de-stratifies the
hierarchical distinction between meta-language and object-language, thereby incorporating every variety of
metalinguistic discourse within the bounds of its empirical material. These issues should become clearer in the
next chapter when we discuss how Laruelle’s thought both radicalises and generalises certain aspects of Quinean
physicalism. For an account of semantic ascent as philosophical tactic cf. Quine, 1960, pp.271-276.
169 By ‘hypertranscendental’ we mean the radically immanent but non-ontological instance capable of
determining every transcendental instance of ontological determination. It should be emphasised however, that
the term ‘hypertranscendental’ is not one Laruelle has ever used or one he would be likely to favour precisely
because he adamantly rejects any attempt to categorise non-philosophy as some kind of metaphilosophical
enterprise. Such an enterprise would presuppose the validity of the eminently philosophical distinction between
object-language and meta-language. But it is precisely these kinds of hierarchical division, Laruelle maintains,
that are completely invalidated from within the unconditional immanence proper to the non-philosophical
perspective. Laruelle refuses any attempt to conflate the real but non-Decisional dimension of transcendental
immanence within which non-philosophical thinking operates, with the ideal, metastructural hierarchies of
philosophy. He does so, he insists, because what philosophers call ‘transcendental’ is merely a transcendent,
metaempirical construct.
113
As a result, the Laruellean ‘non-’ entails -as we will hopefully show- an
unprecedented change of scale vis a vis the intra-Decisional units of ontological
measure. In Decisional thinking, the internal structure of Decision functions as
a systemic grid governing conceptual coordination, and hence as the implicit
ontological yardstick in accordance with which every variety of philosophical
perspective –whether it be ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’- seeks to limn the grain and
texture of the real. But in non-Decisional thinking, the absolute sufficiency of
Decision becomes relativised vis a vis a radically autonomous invariant, and
hence the internal structure of ontological Decision subjected to variation on the
basis of its determination by that non-ontological invariant170. Thus, the
absolute sufficiency of Decision as practised in its spontaneous philosophical
mode becomes relativised,- it becomes one among a potentially infinite
manifold of equivalent but incommensurable ontological Decisions each of
which has been determined-in-the-last-instance by a radically autonomous but
non-Decisional invariant. By separating non-Decisional immanence from
Decisional transcendence, Laruelle’s razor discontinues the auto-positional and
auto-donational circle of Decision, and suspends the hallucinatory sufficiency
through which Decision continues to function as a syntactical invariant for all
philosophising.
In order to clarify this function of the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘nonDecisional materialism’ this chapter will provide:
1.
a brief, general description of the structure of Decision in
terms of its key characteristics of ‘auto-position/auto-donation’, wherein the
‘auto-’ expresses the absolute sufficiency of Decision.
2.
an account of the link between the absolute sufficiency of
Decisional auto-position/auto-donation and the structure of Decision as a
transcendental deduction in effect. The latter explains what Laruelle takes to be
the exclusive or totalising character of all philosophical Decision.
3.
an explanation of how the razor allows for what we shall
describe as a ‘non-Decisional cloning of Decision’. The radical separation
effected by the razor between Decision and non-Decisional immanence allows
the former to function as the occasional cause for a non-Decisional thinking
wherein immanence’s foreclosure to Decision becomes effectuated as a
determination of Decision in accordance with immanence.
170This is a controversial point in our mobilisation of non-philosophical theory, and one with which we believe
Laruelle himself would in all likelihood probably disagree, insisting that the cloning or determination-in-the-lastinstance of Decision does not constitute an intervention within the latter’s internal structure. Thus, cf. for instance
Laruelle, 1989, pp. 247-249. We shall consider the question concerning the peculiar nature of non-philosophical
‘agency’ in our Conclusion; specifically, the sense in which the non-philosophical cloning of Decision does or
does not constitute an intervention within Decision qua World. Cf. infra, pp.430-440.
114
Once this has been done, it should hopefully be easier to understand the
entirely positive character of our attempt to effect a ‘non-Decisional’
suspension of the hallucinatory sufficiency of materiological Decisionism. We
shall see how the expression ‘non-Decisional materialism’ must be understood
as shorthand for the ‘non-auto-positional/non-auto-donational’ radicalisation of
materialism; one that entails a generalisation of ‘materiality’ beyond the
restrictive confines of its materiological circumvention within the viciously
circular ambit of Decision. Which is to say: a ‘non-Decisional materialism’
expresses the shift from the Decisional idealisation of matter, to the nonDecisional materialisation of Decision.
The Structure of the Philosophical Decision
A non-Decisional materialism does not negate the materialist Decision
but radicalises its basic possibilities by suspending its constitutive pretension to
unconditional, self-sufficient autonomy. But what is it in this unconditional
sufficiency, this ‘auto-Decisional’ materialism that warrants the need for a
heteronomous, non-auto-Decisional suspension of its spontaneous autonomy ?
Laruelle’s answer is, at first glance, extremely simple: the autonomy
grounding the possibility of all materialist thought expresses the materialist’s
philosophical faith in the supposition that the nature of matter can be
sufficiently determined through a Decision, and hence, by implication, through
thought, even in the limit-cases where it is decided that ‘matter itself’ must
remain undeterminable, unthinkable or undecidable.
This philosophical faith in sufficient determination finds expression in
the two basic structural features of a Decision: it is self-positing (autopositional) and self-giving (auto-donational). All philosophising, Laruelle
insists, begins with a Decision, with a division traced between an empirical (but
not necessarily perceptual) datum and an a priori (but not necessarily rational)
faktum, both of which are posited as given in and through a synthetic unity
wherein empirical and a priori, datum and faktum, are conjoined. Thus, the
philosopher posits a structure of articulation which is simultaneously
epistemological and ontological, one which immediately binds and
distinguishes a given empirical datum, whether it be perceptual,
phenomenological, linguistic, social, or historical; and an a priori intelligible
faktum through which that datum is given: e.g. Sensibility, Subjectivity,
Language, Society, or History.
What is crucial here is the way in which such a structure is immediately
independent of yet inseparable from the two terms which it both serves to
connect and differentiate. It is a basically fractional structure comprising two
differentiated terms and their difference as a third term that is simultaneously
intrinsic and extrinsic, immanent and transcendent to those two terms. Thus, for
any philosophical distinction between two terms (or Dyad), such as, in the
113
As a result, the Laruellean ‘non-’ entails -as we will hopefully show- an
unprecedented change of scale vis a vis the intra-Decisional units of ontological
measure. In Decisional thinking, the internal structure of Decision functions as
a systemic grid governing conceptual coordination, and hence as the implicit
ontological yardstick in accordance with which every variety of philosophical
perspective –whether it be ‘materialist’ or ‘idealist’- seeks to limn the grain and
texture of the real. But in non-Decisional thinking, the absolute sufficiency of
Decision becomes relativised vis a vis a radically autonomous invariant, and
hence the internal structure of ontological Decision subjected to variation on the
basis of its determination by that non-ontological invariant170. Thus, the
absolute sufficiency of Decision as practised in its spontaneous philosophical
mode becomes relativised,- it becomes one among a potentially infinite
manifold of equivalent but incommensurable ontological Decisions each of
which has been determined-in-the-last-instance by a radically autonomous but
non-Decisional invariant. By separating non-Decisional immanence from
Decisional transcendence, Laruelle’s razor discontinues the auto-positional and
auto-donational circle of Decision, and suspends the hallucinatory sufficiency
through which Decision continues to function as a syntactical invariant for all
philosophising.
In order to clarify this function of the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘nonDecisional materialism’ this chapter will provide:
1.
a brief, general description of the structure of Decision in
terms of its key characteristics of ‘auto-position/auto-donation’, wherein the
‘auto-’ expresses the absolute sufficiency of Decision.
2.
an account of the link between the absolute sufficiency of
Decisional auto-position/auto-donation and the structure of Decision as a
transcendental deduction in effect. The latter explains what Laruelle takes to be
the exclusive or totalising character of all philosophical Decision.
3.
an explanation of how the razor allows for what we shall
describe as a ‘non-Decisional cloning of Decision’. The radical separation
effected by the razor between Decision and non-Decisional immanence allows
the former to function as the occasional cause for a non-Decisional thinking
wherein immanence’s foreclosure to Decision becomes effectuated as a
determination of Decision in accordance with immanence.
170This is a controversial point in our mobilisation of non-philosophical theory, and one with which we believe
Laruelle himself would in all likelihood probably disagree, insisting that the cloning or determination-in-the-lastinstance of Decision does not constitute an intervention within the latter’s internal structure. Thus, cf. for instance
Laruelle, 1989, pp. 247-249. We shall consider the question concerning the peculiar nature of non-philosophical
‘agency’ in our Conclusion; specifically, the sense in which the non-philosophical cloning of Decision does or
does not constitute an intervention within Decision qua World. Cf. infra, pp.430-440.
114
Once this has been done, it should hopefully be easier to understand the
entirely positive character of our attempt to effect a ‘non-Decisional’
suspension of the hallucinatory sufficiency of materiological Decisionism. We
shall see how the expression ‘non-Decisional materialism’ must be understood
as shorthand for the ‘non-auto-positional/non-auto-donational’ radicalisation of
materialism; one that entails a generalisation of ‘materiality’ beyond the
restrictive confines of its materiological circumvention within the viciously
circular ambit of Decision. Which is to say: a ‘non-Decisional materialism’
expresses the shift from the Decisional idealisation of matter, to the nonDecisional materialisation of Decision.
The Structure of the Philosophical Decision
A non-Decisional materialism does not negate the materialist Decision
but radicalises its basic possibilities by suspending its constitutive pretension to
unconditional, self-sufficient autonomy. But what is it in this unconditional
sufficiency, this ‘auto-Decisional’ materialism that warrants the need for a
heteronomous, non-auto-Decisional suspension of its spontaneous autonomy ?
Laruelle’s answer is, at first glance, extremely simple: the autonomy
grounding the possibility of all materialist thought expresses the materialist’s
philosophical faith in the supposition that the nature of matter can be
sufficiently determined through a Decision, and hence, by implication, through
thought, even in the limit-cases where it is decided that ‘matter itself’ must
remain undeterminable, unthinkable or undecidable.
This philosophical faith in sufficient determination finds expression in
the two basic structural features of a Decision: it is self-positing (autopositional) and self-giving (auto-donational). All philosophising, Laruelle
insists, begins with a Decision, with a division traced between an empirical (but
not necessarily perceptual) datum and an a priori (but not necessarily rational)
faktum, both of which are posited as given in and through a synthetic unity
wherein empirical and a priori, datum and faktum, are conjoined. Thus, the
philosopher posits a structure of articulation which is simultaneously
epistemological and ontological, one which immediately binds and
distinguishes a given empirical datum, whether it be perceptual,
phenomenological, linguistic, social, or historical; and an a priori intelligible
faktum through which that datum is given: e.g. Sensibility, Subjectivity,
Language, Society, or History.
What is crucial here is the way in which such a structure is immediately
independent of yet inseparable from the two terms which it both serves to
connect and differentiate. It is a basically fractional structure comprising two
differentiated terms and their difference as a third term that is simultaneously
intrinsic and extrinsic, immanent and transcendent to those two terms. Thus, for
any philosophical distinction between two terms (or Dyad), such as, in the
115
simplest possible case, knower and known, or perceiver and perceived, the
distinction is simultaneously intrinsic and immanent to the identity of the
distinguished terms, and extrinsic and transcendent insofar as it is supposed to
remain genetically constitutive of the difference between the terms themselves.
For the division is inseparable from a moment of indivision (=One)
guaranteeing the unity-in-differentiation of the Dyad of distinguished terms.
The result is a composite structure wherein the condition that guarantees the
coupling of the related terms -e.g. (and again in the simplest possible case) the
knowing that binds knower and known, or the perceiving that binds perceiver
and perceived- remains irrevocably co-constituted by the two terms it is
supposed to condition and so implicitly contained within both. And because it
is posited as given in and through the immediate distinction between empirical
datum and a priori faktum which it is supposed to constitute, this structure ends
up presupposing itself empirically in and through the datum which it
constitutes, and positing itself a priori in and through the faktum which is
posited by it171.
So insofar as the extrinsic genetic difference between condition and
conditioned is already intrinsic to the identity of the conditioned, all the
moments of a philosophical Decision remain irrecusably self-positing (or autopositional) and self-presupposing (or auto-donational): a given datum achieves
empirical manifestation by being posited a priori through some faktum which
in turn is only articulated a priori insofar as it is empirically presupposed
through some datum, and so on. In other words, every philosophical Decision is
a species of what Foucault called the ‘empirico-transcendental doublet’172, and
as such remains a viciously circular structure that already presupposes itself in
whatever phenomenon or set of phenomena it is supposed to explain.
Consequently, there is a sense in which explanations of phenomena couched in
terms of philosophical Decisions explain nothing because the formal structure
of the explanatory theory, the explanans, already constitutes the content of the
thing to be explained, the explanandum, and vice versa. Thus, a philosophical
Decision is neither genuinely explanatory nor authentically theoretical vis a vis
the phenomena it pretends to encompass: it is at once insufficiently
heterogeneous vis a vis the phenomena in question and lacking in any
rigorously theorematic consistency.
At its most abstract then, a philosophical Decision is a Dyad of
immanence and transcendence, but one wherein immanence features twice, its
internal structure subdivided between an empirical and a transcendental
171We saw a particularly sophisticated version of this structure at work in our account of the relation between
Concept and plane in Deleuze & Guattari. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.116-124.
172 Cf. Foucault, 1970, pp.318-322.
116
function. It is at once internal to the Dyad as the empirical immanence of the
datum coupled to the transcendence of the a priori faktum, but also external as
that supplement of transcendental immanence required for gluing empirical
immanence and a priori transcendence together. Every Decision divides
immanence between the empiricity of a datum that it supposes as given through
the a priori faktum, and a transcendental immanence which it has to invoke as
already given in order to guarantee the unity of a presupposed faktum and a
posited datum. It is as a result of this Decisional splitting of immanence that
philosophy requires the latter to intervene both as the empirical corollary of
transcendence and as the transcendental guarantor for the unity of a priori
condition and empirically conditioned – or ‘experience’. For crucially, in order
to secure this coincidence of positing and presupposition, the reciprocal
articulation of faktum and datum -the a priori positing of a datum and the
empirical pre-supposing of a faktum- necessarily petitions a dimension of
unobjectifiable immanence as already given (without-givenness), one which is
itself neither posited nor presupposed. Thus, Decision simultaneously posits as
given an objectivated immanence as a moment of dyadic division and assumes
an unobjectifiable immanence as already given in order to ensure the indivisible
unity of the Dyad. According to the complex structure of philosophical
Decision then, the One as indivisible immanence is simultaneously internal and
immanent, and external and transcendent, to the Dyadic division between
immanence and transcendence. More precisely, the unobjectifiable immanence
of transcendental Indivision is both constitutive of and co-constituted by the
transcendent moments of dyadic Division between empirical objectivity and a
priori conditions of objectivation.
The Laruellean razor then will ‘cut’ into this complex Decisional mixture
of empirical immanence, a priori transcendence and transcendental immanence,
separating the radically indivisible immanence of that which is already given
independently of all Decision, from the Decision which uses it to secure the
bond between an empirical immanence which it presupposes as given and an a
priori transcendence which it posits as given. By discontinuing the reciprocity
or reversibility which Decision introduces between that immanence which is
already given (without-givenness) and that immanence which is empirically
presupposed as given through the transcendence of an a priori positing, nonDecisional thinking inaugurates an irreversible separation between the radical
indivision of unobjectifiable immanence on the one hand, and the Decisional
hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence, objectivating transcendence and
empirical objectivity on the other.
What prevents this ‘cutting’ from amounting to yet another Decisional
scission between immanence and transcendence is the fact that it constitutes a
suspension of Decision effected on the basis of an immanence which has not
115
simplest possible case, knower and known, or perceiver and perceived, the
distinction is simultaneously intrinsic and immanent to the identity of the
distinguished terms, and extrinsic and transcendent insofar as it is supposed to
remain genetically constitutive of the difference between the terms themselves.
For the division is inseparable from a moment of indivision (=One)
guaranteeing the unity-in-differentiation of the Dyad of distinguished terms.
The result is a composite structure wherein the condition that guarantees the
coupling of the related terms -e.g. (and again in the simplest possible case) the
knowing that binds knower and known, or the perceiving that binds perceiver
and perceived- remains irrevocably co-constituted by the two terms it is
supposed to condition and so implicitly contained within both. And because it
is posited as given in and through the immediate distinction between empirical
datum and a priori faktum which it is supposed to constitute, this structure ends
up presupposing itself empirically in and through the datum which it
constitutes, and positing itself a priori in and through the faktum which is
posited by it171.
So insofar as the extrinsic genetic difference between condition and
conditioned is already intrinsic to the identity of the conditioned, all the
moments of a philosophical Decision remain irrecusably self-positing (or autopositional) and self-presupposing (or auto-donational): a given datum achieves
empirical manifestation by being posited a priori through some faktum which
in turn is only articulated a priori insofar as it is empirically presupposed
through some datum, and so on. In other words, every philosophical Decision is
a species of what Foucault called the ‘empirico-transcendental doublet’172, and
as such remains a viciously circular structure that already presupposes itself in
whatever phenomenon or set of phenomena it is supposed to explain.
Consequently, there is a sense in which explanations of phenomena couched in
terms of philosophical Decisions explain nothing because the formal structure
of the explanatory theory, the explanans, already constitutes the content of the
thing to be explained, the explanandum, and vice versa. Thus, a philosophical
Decision is neither genuinely explanatory nor authentically theoretical vis a vis
the phenomena it pretends to encompass: it is at once insufficiently
heterogeneous vis a vis the phenomena in question and lacking in any
rigorously theorematic consistency.
At its most abstract then, a philosophical Decision is a Dyad of
immanence and transcendence, but one wherein immanence features twice, its
internal structure subdivided between an empirical and a transcendental
171We saw a particularly sophisticated version of this structure at work in our account of the relation between
Concept and plane in Deleuze & Guattari. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.116-124.
172 Cf. Foucault, 1970, pp.318-322.
116
function. It is at once internal to the Dyad as the empirical immanence of the
datum coupled to the transcendence of the a priori faktum, but also external as
that supplement of transcendental immanence required for gluing empirical
immanence and a priori transcendence together. Every Decision divides
immanence between the empiricity of a datum that it supposes as given through
the a priori faktum, and a transcendental immanence which it has to invoke as
already given in order to guarantee the unity of a presupposed faktum and a
posited datum. It is as a result of this Decisional splitting of immanence that
philosophy requires the latter to intervene both as the empirical corollary of
transcendence and as the transcendental guarantor for the unity of a priori
condition and empirically conditioned – or ‘experience’. For crucially, in order
to secure this coincidence of positing and presupposition, the reciprocal
articulation of faktum and datum -the a priori positing of a datum and the
empirical pre-supposing of a faktum- necessarily petitions a dimension of
unobjectifiable immanence as already given (without-givenness), one which is
itself neither posited nor presupposed. Thus, Decision simultaneously posits as
given an objectivated immanence as a moment of dyadic division and assumes
an unobjectifiable immanence as already given in order to ensure the indivisible
unity of the Dyad. According to the complex structure of philosophical
Decision then, the One as indivisible immanence is simultaneously internal and
immanent, and external and transcendent, to the Dyadic division between
immanence and transcendence. More precisely, the unobjectifiable immanence
of transcendental Indivision is both constitutive of and co-constituted by the
transcendent moments of dyadic Division between empirical objectivity and a
priori conditions of objectivation.
The Laruellean razor then will ‘cut’ into this complex Decisional mixture
of empirical immanence, a priori transcendence and transcendental immanence,
separating the radically indivisible immanence of that which is already given
independently of all Decision, from the Decision which uses it to secure the
bond between an empirical immanence which it presupposes as given and an a
priori transcendence which it posits as given. By discontinuing the reciprocity
or reversibility which Decision introduces between that immanence which is
already given (without-givenness) and that immanence which is empirically
presupposed as given through the transcendence of an a priori positing, nonDecisional thinking inaugurates an irreversible separation between the radical
indivision of unobjectifiable immanence on the one hand, and the Decisional
hybridisation of unobjectifiable immanence, objectivating transcendence and
empirical objectivity on the other.
What prevents this ‘cutting’ from amounting to yet another Decisional
scission between immanence and transcendence is the fact that it constitutes a
suspension of Decision effected on the basis of an immanence which has not
117
itself been decided about; an immanence which has not been posited and
presupposed as given through some transcendent act of Decision, but already
given independently of every perceptual or intentional presupposition, as well
as from every gesture of ontological or phenomenological position. This is an
immanence that does not even need to be liberated from transcendence because
it is precisely as that which is already separated (without-separation) from the
Decisional mixture of immanence and transcendence that it functions as the
inalienable sine qua non for the transcendental synthesis of immanence and
transcendence in Decision. Non-Decisional immanence does not absolve itself
from Decision as did Henry’s phenomenologised version of radical immanence.
On the contrary, it causes Decision to absolve itself as absolutely transcendent
in relation to it, even though the Decisional synthesis of immanence and
transcendence petitions that immanence as its own sine qua non. It is foreclosed
rather than opposed to Decision –which is to say: radically indifferent to the
dyadic distinction between immanence and transcendence as well as to every
other Decisional dyad such as for instance the one distinguishing the absolute
from the relative. In other words, it is radically indifferent to all dyadic
couplings of the form: thinkable/unthinkable; decidable/undecidable;
determinable/undeterminable.
At this juncture, it is important that we pause briefly in order to stave off
in advance certain automatic but misguided philosophical objections. Thus, for
instance, one of the most frequently reiterated philosophical objections to
radical immanence is the one which tries to argue that in characterising
immanence as unobjectifiable or non-Decisional we have unwittingly allowed it
to become co-constituted once again by the objectifiable or by Decision,
reinscribing it in the dyad objectifiable/unobjectifiable or Decision/nonDecision. Objections of this type are mistaken on two counts.
First, whereas philosophical thinking seems to assume a fundamental
reciprocity or reversibility between conceptual description and ontological
constitution, non-philosophical thinking operates on the basis of their radically
irreversible duality. Thus, our characterisation of radical immanence as
unobjectifiable does not constitute it as unobjectifiable. Radical immanence is
ontologically foreclosed; which is to say that it remains non-constitutable not
because it opposes or resists constitution but because it is foreclosed or
indifferent to the dyadic distinction between description and constitution. It is
that very foreclosure which guarantees that our discursive descriptions of
radical immanence are adequate-in-the-last-instance to it without being
constitutive of it. Moreover, that radical immanence is foreclosed to conceptual
characterisation does not mean that it is unconceptualisable. On the contrary, it
becomes limitlessly conceptualisable on the basis of any given conceptual
material precisely insofar as it already determines our descriptions of it as being
118
adequate-in-the-last-instance to it, without any of our conceptual
characterisations or linguistic descriptions becoming co-constitutive or codetermining of it. Thus, where Decisional thinking posits and presupposes a
reversible equivalence between immanence’s indivisible reality and the
transcendent divisions of its own linguistico-conceptual idealisations of
immanence, non-Decisional thinking installs an irreversible duality between
them, so that immanence’s indivisible reality unilaterally determines all the
idealised divisions of linguistico-conceptual usage.
Second, the separation between the Decisional and non-Decisional is not
itself dyadic, which is to say, Decisional. To maintain that it is to fail to
recognise the way in which that separation has already been effected in
accordance with the nature of radical immanence as given-without-givenness or
posited-without-position, quite independently of all Decision. Accordingly, it is
imperative that we appreciate the peculiar radicality of the manner in which the
‘non-’ as razor separates the Decisional from the non-Decisional. It is not two
distinct ‘things’ that are being separated. If it were, we would still be operating
within the ambit of Decision. What the razor serves to separate is the realm of
separability in its entirety (Decision) and the Inseparable as that which is
already separated prior to the need for a separating act. In other words, the razor
separates Decisional separation (scission, distinction, differentiation, division,
etc.) from the Inseparable as that which is already separated independently of
any separating gesture.
Of course, it is intrinsic to the character of Decisional thinking that it
remain incapable of acknowledging the fact that that separation is already
realised, already achieved. It is precisely on account of radical immanence’s
foreclosure to Decision that Decision remains incapable of recognizing the
former’s radical, non-Decisional autonomy. But to insist that immanence’s
foreclosure to Decision amounts to another instance of Decisional division is to
mistake immanence’s non-Decisional suspension of Decision for an intraDecisional opposition to Decision, or an anti-Decisional annihilation of
Decision. By now however, the reader should be beginning to appreciate in
what way immanence’s foreclosure to Decision, as expressed by the ‘non-’,
cannot be reduced to either of these two philosophical alternatives. Instead of
opposition or annihilation, the Laruellean ‘non-’ promises an unprecedented
radicalisation and universalisation of the possibilities of Decision. It cuts into
the charmed circle of auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency,
subjecting Decisional autonomy to a process of radically heteronomous
determination. In other words, the reciprocal articulation or tri-lateral
reciprocity between that which is empirically presupposed as given, posited a
priori as given, and transcendentally invoked as already given –which is to say:
the Decisional hybridisation of empirical objectivity, objectivating
117
itself been decided about; an immanence which has not been posited and
presupposed as given through some transcendent act of Decision, but already
given independently of every perceptual or intentional presupposition, as well
as from every gesture of ontological or phenomenological position. This is an
immanence that does not even need to be liberated from transcendence because
it is precisely as that which is already separated (without-separation) from the
Decisional mixture of immanence and transcendence that it functions as the
inalienable sine qua non for the transcendental synthesis of immanence and
transcendence in Decision. Non-Decisional immanence does not absolve itself
from Decision as did Henry’s phenomenologised version of radical immanence.
On the contrary, it causes Decision to absolve itself as absolutely transcendent
in relation to it, even though the Decisional synthesis of immanence and
transcendence petitions that immanence as its own sine qua non. It is foreclosed
rather than opposed to Decision –which is to say: radically indifferent to the
dyadic distinction between immanence and transcendence as well as to every
other Decisional dyad such as for instance the one distinguishing the absolute
from the relative. In other words, it is radically indifferent to all dyadic
couplings of the form: thinkable/unthinkable; decidable/undecidable;
determinable/undeterminable.
At this juncture, it is important that we pause briefly in order to stave off
in advance certain automatic but misguided philosophical objections. Thus, for
instance, one of the most frequently reiterated philosophical objections to
radical immanence is the one which tries to argue that in characterising
immanence as unobjectifiable or non-Decisional we have unwittingly allowed it
to become co-constituted once again by the objectifiable or by Decision,
reinscribing it in the dyad objectifiable/unobjectifiable or Decision/nonDecision. Objections of this type are mistaken on two counts.
First, whereas philosophical thinking seems to assume a fundamental
reciprocity or reversibility between conceptual description and ontological
constitution, non-philosophical thinking operates on the basis of their radically
irreversible duality. Thus, our characterisation of radical immanence as
unobjectifiable does not constitute it as unobjectifiable. Radical immanence is
ontologically foreclosed; which is to say that it remains non-constitutable not
because it opposes or resists constitution but because it is foreclosed or
indifferent to the dyadic distinction between description and constitution. It is
that very foreclosure which guarantees that our discursive descriptions of
radical immanence are adequate-in-the-last-instance to it without being
constitutive of it. Moreover, that radical immanence is foreclosed to conceptual
characterisation does not mean that it is unconceptualisable. On the contrary, it
becomes limitlessly conceptualisable on the basis of any given conceptual
material precisely insofar as it already determines our descriptions of it as being
118
adequate-in-the-last-instance to it, without any of our conceptual
characterisations or linguistic descriptions becoming co-constitutive or codetermining of it. Thus, where Decisional thinking posits and presupposes a
reversible equivalence between immanence’s indivisible reality and the
transcendent divisions of its own linguistico-conceptual idealisations of
immanence, non-Decisional thinking installs an irreversible duality between
them, so that immanence’s indivisible reality unilaterally determines all the
idealised divisions of linguistico-conceptual usage.
Second, the separation between the Decisional and non-Decisional is not
itself dyadic, which is to say, Decisional. To maintain that it is to fail to
recognise the way in which that separation has already been effected in
accordance with the nature of radical immanence as given-without-givenness or
posited-without-position, quite independently of all Decision. Accordingly, it is
imperative that we appreciate the peculiar radicality of the manner in which the
‘non-’ as razor separates the Decisional from the non-Decisional. It is not two
distinct ‘things’ that are being separated. If it were, we would still be operating
within the ambit of Decision. What the razor serves to separate is the realm of
separability in its entirety (Decision) and the Inseparable as that which is
already separated prior to the need for a separating act. In other words, the razor
separates Decisional separation (scission, distinction, differentiation, division,
etc.) from the Inseparable as that which is already separated independently of
any separating gesture.
Of course, it is intrinsic to the character of Decisional thinking that it
remain incapable of acknowledging the fact that that separation is already
realised, already achieved. It is precisely on account of radical immanence’s
foreclosure to Decision that Decision remains incapable of recognizing the
former’s radical, non-Decisional autonomy. But to insist that immanence’s
foreclosure to Decision amounts to another instance of Decisional division is to
mistake immanence’s non-Decisional suspension of Decision for an intraDecisional opposition to Decision, or an anti-Decisional annihilation of
Decision. By now however, the reader should be beginning to appreciate in
what way immanence’s foreclosure to Decision, as expressed by the ‘non-’,
cannot be reduced to either of these two philosophical alternatives. Instead of
opposition or annihilation, the Laruellean ‘non-’ promises an unprecedented
radicalisation and universalisation of the possibilities of Decision. It cuts into
the charmed circle of auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency,
subjecting Decisional autonomy to a process of radically heteronomous
determination. In other words, the reciprocal articulation or tri-lateral
reciprocity between that which is empirically presupposed as given, posited a
priori as given, and transcendentally invoked as already given –which is to say:
the Decisional hybridisation of empirical objectivity, objectivating
119
transcendence and unobjectifiable immanence- is to be replaced by a nonreciprocal separation or unilateral duality between unobjectifiable immanence
as already given or radically separate -without the need for an act of Decisional
separation- and the entire structure of self-positing, self-presupposing
hybridisation on the other.
It is important that we note the way in which the ubiquity of the
adverb ‘already’ functions as a marker of non-thetic immanence as such, as an
index of an unconditionally given ‘real’, one which has always preceded the
need for any constituting process of ‘realisation’. This ‘already’ indexes that
which is non-Decisionally or non-thetically ‘given’ independently of every
operation of phenomenological ‘givenness’ articulated through Decision. Thus,
the use of ‘already’ in all these descriptions is effectively shorthand for ‘nonDecisional’. But since we have already identified the defining characteristic of
Decision in terms of the structure of reciprocal articulation whereby the a
priori posits its own empirical presupposition while the latter presupposes its
own a priori position via their mutual and complementary autoposition/donation, then clearly the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Decisional’
must itself be understood as an abbreviation
for ‘non-auto(positional/donational)’, where the prefix ‘auto-’ is now seen as perfectly
condensing the essence of Decisional sufficiency. For if, as Heidegger’s own
‘turning’ in thought (Kehre) attests173, every philosophical Decision carries an
implicit ontological charge as a ‘de-scission’ (Unter-schied) wherein Being
operates as the One-of-the-Dyad –the indivisible division which discloses and
withholds, joins as it dis-joins- , then as Laruelle points out, the self-positing,
self-presupposing transcendence articulated in the Decisional ‘auto-’ will also
express the essence of all ontological transcendence insofar as it is Decisionally
deployed: “To the extent that philosophy exploits ‘transcendence’ or ‘Being’ in
a privileged and dominant manner (…) the essence of transcendence or Being
according to their philosophical usage (…) is the Auto, that is to say, the idea
of philosophy’s absolute autonomy in the form of a circle, of a self-reference
such as becomes apparent in the dimensions of Auto-donation and Autoposition”(Laruelle, 1996, p.284)
Accordingly, we can now begin to discern a chain of equivalences
whereby the Laruellean ‘non-’=‘non-Decisional’=‘non-auto-positional/nonauto-donational’. Thus, the ‘non-’ effects a suspension of auto-Decisional
transcendence on the basis of non-Decisional immanence. As a result, every
173Cf. Much of Heidegger’s remarkable Contributions to Philosophy revolve around a sustained meditation on
the event of Being as Unterschied or ‘de-scission’. Cf. Heidegger, 1999, passim but especially pp. 60-71 for an
explicit discussion of Decision and of the link between Being’s ‘essential swaying’ as Ereignis and the ‘leap’ or
‘crossing over’ enacted by an ‘inceptual’ (i.e. non-metaphysical) thinking between what Heidegger calls
philosophy’s ‘first’ and its ‘other’ beginning.
120
term prefixed by the Laruellean ‘non-’ will bear the hallmark of that which is
unconditionally or radically given in and through non-Decisional immanence,
rather than according to the double articulation of position and donation
through the structure of Decision. Moreover, to the extent that the sufficiency of
the Decisional ‘auto-‘ expresses the essence of ontological transcendence per
se, the manifestation of a term in accordance with non-Decisional immanence
shall effectively release that term’s radically immanent non-ontological essence,
its non-auto-Decisional Identity as cloned174 or determined-in-the-last-instance
by radical immanence.
Decision as Transcendental Method
It is on account of this constitutively self-positing and self-presupposing
aspect, Laruelle maintains, that every philosophical Decision recapitulates the
formal structure of a transcendental deduction. In his article on ‘The
transcendental method’ in the Universal Philosophical Encyclopaedia175,
Laruelle, having reiterated his conviction that the transcendental method
represents a methodological invariant for philosophy both before and after Kant
-one the formal features of whose functioning can be described independently
of any determinate set of ontological or even epistemological presuppositionsgoes on to identify the three distinct structural moments which he takes to be
constitutive of philosophising as such:
1.
The analytical inventory of a manifold of categorial a prioris
on the basis of the empirical reality or experience whose conditions of
possibility one seeks. In Kant, this is the moment of the metaphysical exposition
of space and time as a priori forms of intuition and of the metaphysical
deduction of the categories as pure, a priori forms of judgment176. It
corresponds to the moment of metaphysical distinction between conditioned and
condition, empirical and a priori, datum and faktum.
2.
The gathering together or unification of this manifold of local
or regional (i.e. categorial) a prioris into a form of universal Unity by means of
a single, unifying, transcendental a priori. Whereas the form of every categorial
a priori remains a function of the a posteriori, of experience, that of the
transcendental is no longer tied to any form of regional experience because it
functions as that superior or absolute condition which makes experience itself
possible. It is no longer the result of synthesis, but rather the pre-synthetic Unity
that makes all a priori forms of synthesis themselves possible. This Unity is
said to be ‘transcendental’ then, because it is supposed to exceed experience
174The notion of non-Decisional cloning will be explained below in the third section of this Chapter, pp.245-258.
175Edited by A. Jacob, Paris: PUF, 1989. Cf. Laruelle, 1989c.
176 Cf. Kant, 1929, B33-B116, pp. 65-119.
119
transcendence and unobjectifiable immanence- is to be replaced by a nonreciprocal separation or unilateral duality between unobjectifiable immanence
as already given or radically separate -without the need for an act of Decisional
separation- and the entire structure of self-positing, self-presupposing
hybridisation on the other.
It is important that we note the way in which the ubiquity of the
adverb ‘already’ functions as a marker of non-thetic immanence as such, as an
index of an unconditionally given ‘real’, one which has always preceded the
need for any constituting process of ‘realisation’. This ‘already’ indexes that
which is non-Decisionally or non-thetically ‘given’ independently of every
operation of phenomenological ‘givenness’ articulated through Decision. Thus,
the use of ‘already’ in all these descriptions is effectively shorthand for ‘nonDecisional’. But since we have already identified the defining characteristic of
Decision in terms of the structure of reciprocal articulation whereby the a
priori posits its own empirical presupposition while the latter presupposes its
own a priori position via their mutual and complementary autoposition/donation, then clearly the ‘non-’ in the expression ‘non-Decisional’
must itself be understood as an abbreviation
for ‘non-auto(positional/donational)’, where the prefix ‘auto-’ is now seen as perfectly
condensing the essence of Decisional sufficiency. For if, as Heidegger’s own
‘turning’ in thought (Kehre) attests173, every philosophical Decision carries an
implicit ontological charge as a ‘de-scission’ (Unter-schied) wherein Being
operates as the One-of-the-Dyad –the indivisible division which discloses and
withholds, joins as it dis-joins- , then as Laruelle points out, the self-positing,
self-presupposing transcendence articulated in the Decisional ‘auto-’ will also
express the essence of all ontological transcendence insofar as it is Decisionally
deployed: “To the extent that philosophy exploits ‘transcendence’ or ‘Being’ in
a privileged and dominant manner (…) the essence of transcendence or Being
according to their philosophical usage (…) is the Auto, that is to say, the idea
of philosophy’s absolute autonomy in the form of a circle, of a self-reference
such as becomes apparent in the dimensions of Auto-donation and Autoposition”(Laruelle, 1996, p.284)
Accordingly, we can now begin to discern a chain of equivalences
whereby the Laruellean ‘non-’=‘non-Decisional’=‘non-auto-positional/nonauto-donational’. Thus, the ‘non-’ effects a suspension of auto-Decisional
transcendence on the basis of non-Decisional immanence. As a result, every
173Cf. Much of Heidegger’s remarkable Contributions to Philosophy revolve around a sustained meditation on
the event of Being as Unterschied or ‘de-scission’. Cf. Heidegger, 1999, passim but especially pp. 60-71 for an
explicit discussion of Decision and of the link between Being’s ‘essential swaying’ as Ereignis and the ‘leap’ or
‘crossing over’ enacted by an ‘inceptual’ (i.e. non-metaphysical) thinking between what Heidegger calls
philosophy’s ‘first’ and its ‘other’ beginning.
120
term prefixed by the Laruellean ‘non-’ will bear the hallmark of that which is
unconditionally or radically given in and through non-Decisional immanence,
rather than according to the double articulation of position and donation
through the structure of Decision. Moreover, to the extent that the sufficiency of
the Decisional ‘auto-‘ expresses the essence of ontological transcendence per
se, the manifestation of a term in accordance with non-Decisional immanence
shall effectively release that term’s radically immanent non-ontological essence,
its non-auto-Decisional Identity as cloned174 or determined-in-the-last-instance
by radical immanence.
Decision as Transcendental Method
It is on account of this constitutively self-positing and self-presupposing
aspect, Laruelle maintains, that every philosophical Decision recapitulates the
formal structure of a transcendental deduction. In his article on ‘The
transcendental method’ in the Universal Philosophical Encyclopaedia175,
Laruelle, having reiterated his conviction that the transcendental method
represents a methodological invariant for philosophy both before and after Kant
-one the formal features of whose functioning can be described independently
of any determinate set of ontological or even epistemological presuppositionsgoes on to identify the three distinct structural moments which he takes to be
constitutive of philosophising as such:
1.
The analytical inventory of a manifold of categorial a prioris
on the basis of the empirical reality or experience whose conditions of
possibility one seeks. In Kant, this is the moment of the metaphysical exposition
of space and time as a priori forms of intuition and of the metaphysical
deduction of the categories as pure, a priori forms of judgment176. It
corresponds to the moment of metaphysical distinction between conditioned and
condition, empirical and a priori, datum and faktum.
2.
The gathering together or unification of this manifold of local
or regional (i.e. categorial) a prioris into a form of universal Unity by means of
a single, unifying, transcendental a priori. Whereas the form of every categorial
a priori remains a function of the a posteriori, of experience, that of the
transcendental is no longer tied to any form of regional experience because it
functions as that superior or absolute condition which makes experience itself
possible. It is no longer the result of synthesis, but rather the pre-synthetic Unity
that makes all a priori forms of synthesis themselves possible. This Unity is
said to be ‘transcendental’ then, because it is supposed to exceed experience
174The notion of non-Decisional cloning will be explained below in the third section of this Chapter, pp.245-258.
175Edited by A. Jacob, Paris: PUF, 1989. Cf. Laruelle, 1989c.
176 Cf. Kant, 1929, B33-B116, pp. 65-119.
121
absolutely, rather than merely relatively, in the manner of the metaphysical or
categorial a prioris, which are always local, multiple, and tied to a specific
region or form of experience. It transcends absolutely beyond the specific
generic distinctions of the relatively transcendent, categorial a prioris that it
ultimately grounds and unifies. Kant, famously, will locate this transcendental
ground of the synthetic a priori in the indivisible Unity of pure apperception.
Crucially, Laruelle points out, it is this very absoluteness required of the
transcendental a priori which is compromised insofar as it remains tied in
varying degrees, according to the philosopher in question, to one or other form
of metaphysically transcendent empirical entity (e.g. Kant: the ‘I think’ and the
facultative apparatus; Husserl: the Ego of pure phenomenological
consciousness). Thus, the supposedly unconditional transcendence demanded of
the transcendental remains fatally compromised precisely because the structure
of transcendence invariably binds it to some reified, transcendent entity.
3.
The third and final moment is that of the unification of these
modes of categorial synthesis with this transcendental Unity, but now
understood in terms of their constitutive relation to experience through the
offices of the latter. It is the binding of the metaphysical a priori to the
empirical experience that it conditions via the transcendental Unity conditioning
the possibility of the a priori itself. This, of course, is the stage corresponding
to Kant's transcendental Deduction of the categories177. It is the moment of
transcendental synthesis, of reciprocal co-belonging, guaranteeing the
immanence to one another of conditioning and conditioned, either in terms of
the unity of possible experience (Kant), or of the Lebenswelt (Husserl), or of
Being-in-the-World as Care (Heidegger). In any case it is that for which the
moment of transcendental analysis functioned only as an enabling
preliminary178.
Laruelle’s account of Deduction here deliberately invokes a
Heideggerean resonance: Deduction constitutes the movement whereby the
transcendent metaphysical scission of analytic division pivots back (Kehre)179
toward empirical immanence via the binding function of transcendental Unity
and its indivisible synthesis. Through Deduction the motion from the
metaphysically transcendent categorial manifold to the transcendental Unity
177 Cf. Kant, 1929, A95-A130 and B129-B169, pp.129-175.
178Ibid., pp.120-175. A case could be made for the schematism here as better exemplifying this unificatory
function insofar as it is that which ultimately guarantees the categories’ objective reality, over and above their
merely formal or logical objective validity.
179In The Philosophies of Difference Laruelle will explicitly identify the Heideggerean shift from Being as
ontico-ontological Differenz to the event of ‘Enowing’ as Unter-schied with the Decisional transition from
metaphysical to transcendental difference.Cf. Laruelle, 1986, pp.48-120. On the Heideggerean notion of ‘turning’
–or more precisely, what Heidegger calls a ‘turning-in-enowning’-,cf. for example section 255 in Heidegger
1999, pp.286-288.
122
which makes that a priori manifold possible is turned back toward empirical
experience in the shape of a transcendental synthesis binding the a priori to the
a posteriori, the logical syntax of the ideal to the contingent empirical
congruences of the real. In this way, Deduction simultaneously circumscribes
the empirical insofar as it is concerned with its a priori condition, and delimits
the transcendent by folding the a priori back within the bounds of empirical
sense and forbidding metaphysical attempts to loose it from its moorings as
defined according to the limits of possible experience.
Yet not only does Deduction explain the empirical reality of cognition,
but also the transcendental reality of its a priori possibility. So Laruelle is
entirely willing to concur with Kant's immediate successors in ascribing an
unparalled philosophical importance to the notion of the synthetic a priori180.
But only if (as Schelling and Hegel rightly saw) the function of the latter is desubjectivised and de-objectivised, or generalised beyond its Kantian reification
in pure apperception. If interpreted in the broadest sense as an abstract
philosophical mechanism, then Laruelle sees in it that which is simultaneously
both the means and the end of transcendental Deduction per se, so much so that
one or other version of the synthetic a priori as principle of the pre-synthetic
Unity of the ideal and the real, of logos and phusys, can be seen to lie at the
very heart of all Decision (so long, of course, as one continues to insist, as
Laruelle does, on an irrecusably transcendental dimension as constitutive of
every philosophical gesture per se).
It is this indivisible synthesis operated through the offices of the
transcendental a priori in Deduction, this an-objective, pre-subjective and
thereby superior (which is to say, transcendental) reality proper to the Unity-indifference of real and ideal which Laruelle will identify as the consummating
moment of Decision. It constitutes the transcendental Indivision (=One) which
is simultaneously intrinsic and extrinsic, immanent and transcendent to the
fundamental Dyadic scission of metaphysical faktum and empirical datum,
condition and conditioned: “The telos of the transcendental is fulfilled by
Deduction and this constitutes the real: not in any empirical or contingent
sense, but in the superior or specifically philosophical sense which is that of
the concrete synthetic Unity of the empirically real and of a priori or ideal
possibility.” (Laruelle, 1989c, p.697)
Only now does it become possible to appreciate the full import of the
Laruellean claim that Decision presumes to co-constitute the Real. For the
‘reality’ of the Real in question at the level of Decision is neither that of the
empirically immanent res, nor that of the metaphysically transcendent and ideal
180 See for example Vetö, 1998, pp.61-85 and passim; Schelling, 1993, pp. 95-163; Hegel, 1989, p.209.
121
absolutely, rather than merely relatively, in the manner of the metaphysical or
categorial a prioris, which are always local, multiple, and tied to a specific
region or form of experience. It transcends absolutely beyond the specific
generic distinctions of the relatively transcendent, categorial a prioris that it
ultimately grounds and unifies. Kant, famously, will locate this transcendental
ground of the synthetic a priori in the indivisible Unity of pure apperception.
Crucially, Laruelle points out, it is this very absoluteness required of the
transcendental a priori which is compromised insofar as it remains tied in
varying degrees, according to the philosopher in question, to one or other form
of metaphysically transcendent empirical entity (e.g. Kant: the ‘I think’ and the
facultative apparatus; Husserl: the Ego of pure phenomenological
consciousness). Thus, the supposedly unconditional transcendence demanded of
the transcendental remains fatally compromised precisely because the structure
of transcendence invariably binds it to some reified, transcendent entity.
3.
The third and final moment is that of the unification of these
modes of categorial synthesis with this transcendental Unity, but now
understood in terms of their constitutive relation to experience through the
offices of the latter. It is the binding of the metaphysical a priori to the
empirical experience that it conditions via the transcendental Unity conditioning
the possibility of the a priori itself. This, of course, is the stage corresponding
to Kant's transcendental Deduction of the categories177. It is the moment of
transcendental synthesis, of reciprocal co-belonging, guaranteeing the
immanence to one another of conditioning and conditioned, either in terms of
the unity of possible experience (Kant), or of the Lebenswelt (Husserl), or of
Being-in-the-World as Care (Heidegger). In any case it is that for which the
moment of transcendental analysis functioned only as an enabling
preliminary178.
Laruelle’s account of Deduction here deliberately invokes a
Heideggerean resonance: Deduction constitutes the movement whereby the
transcendent metaphysical scission of analytic division pivots back (Kehre)179
toward empirical immanence via the binding function of transcendental Unity
and its indivisible synthesis. Through Deduction the motion from the
metaphysically transcendent categorial manifold to the transcendental Unity
177 Cf. Kant, 1929, A95-A130 and B129-B169, pp.129-175.
178Ibid., pp.120-175. A case could be made for the schematism here as better exemplifying this unificatory
function insofar as it is that which ultimately guarantees the categories’ objective reality, over and above their
merely formal or logical objective validity.
179In The Philosophies of Difference Laruelle will explicitly identify the Heideggerean shift from Being as
ontico-ontological Differenz to the event of ‘Enowing’ as Unter-schied with the Decisional transition from
metaphysical to transcendental difference.Cf. Laruelle, 1986, pp.48-120. On the Heideggerean notion of ‘turning’
–or more precisely, what Heidegger calls a ‘turning-in-enowning’-,cf. for example section 255 in Heidegger
1999, pp.286-288.
122
which makes that a priori manifold possible is turned back toward empirical
experience in the shape of a transcendental synthesis binding the a priori to the
a posteriori, the logical syntax of the ideal to the contingent empirical
congruences of the real. In this way, Deduction simultaneously circumscribes
the empirical insofar as it is concerned with its a priori condition, and delimits
the transcendent by folding the a priori back within the bounds of empirical
sense and forbidding metaphysical attempts to loose it from its moorings as
defined according to the limits of possible experience.
Yet not only does Deduction explain the empirical reality of cognition,
but also the transcendental reality of its a priori possibility. So Laruelle is
entirely willing to concur with Kant's immediate successors in ascribing an
unparalled philosophical importance to the notion of the synthetic a priori180.
But only if (as Schelling and Hegel rightly saw) the function of the latter is desubjectivised and de-objectivised, or generalised beyond its Kantian reification
in pure apperception. If interpreted in the broadest sense as an abstract
philosophical mechanism, then Laruelle sees in it that which is simultaneously
both the means and the end of transcendental Deduction per se, so much so that
one or other version of the synthetic a priori as principle of the pre-synthetic
Unity of the ideal and the real, of logos and phusys, can be seen to lie at the
very heart of all Decision (so long, of course, as one continues to insist, as
Laruelle does, on an irrecusably transcendental dimension as constitutive of
every philosophical gesture per se).
It is this indivisible synthesis operated through the offices of the
transcendental a priori in Deduction, this an-objective, pre-subjective and
thereby superior (which is to say, transcendental) reality proper to the Unity-indifference of real and ideal which Laruelle will identify as the consummating
moment of Decision. It constitutes the transcendental Indivision (=One) which
is simultaneously intrinsic and extrinsic, immanent and transcendent to the
fundamental Dyadic scission of metaphysical faktum and empirical datum,
condition and conditioned: “The telos of the transcendental is fulfilled by
Deduction and this constitutes the real: not in any empirical or contingent
sense, but in the superior or specifically philosophical sense which is that of
the concrete synthetic Unity of the empirically real and of a priori or ideal
possibility.” (Laruelle, 1989c, p.697)
Only now does it become possible to appreciate the full import of the
Laruellean claim that Decision presumes to co-constitute the Real. For the
‘reality’ of the Real in question at the level of Decision is neither that of the
empirically immanent res, nor that of the metaphysically transcendent and ideal
180 See for example Vetö, 1998, pp.61-85 and passim; Schelling, 1993, pp. 95-163; Hegel, 1989, p.209.
123
a priori (Kant: reality defined as coextensive with the bounds of real possibility
through the objective validity of the a priori conditioning possible experience),
but rather that which conditions both. It is the reality peculiar to the
transcendental as ubiquitous guarantor unifying, and thereby constituting, the
possibilities of thought and experience at a level that remains both presubjective
and anobjective, so that the principle is as valid for Nietzsche and Deleuze as
for Kant and Husserl. This higher Unity of Decision is not only indissociable
from the Unity of experience, it yields it, so that the latter is always structurally
isomorphic with the former. Through the operation of Deduction, the Decision
as indivisible division or One-of-the-Dyad is always coextensive with the a
priori categorial manifold of experience.
But this is not all. The philosopher reinscribes his/her own philosophical
activity within the transcendental structure which renders the experience of that
thought possible as a part of the real at a level that is simultaneously onticoempirical and ontologico-transcendental (the Decisional hybrid or composite
once again). More exactly, the syntax of Decision enacts or performs its own
peculiarly transcendental reality in what effectively amounts to an operation of
auto-Deduction possessing a tripartite structure: Decision is at once an
empirical event of thought, some immanent being or some thing; but also a
transcendent, onto-metaphysical thought of Being as Event; and finally that
which transcendentally enunciates the Being of thought as Event of Being. This
is the complex internal architecture proper to the Decisional ‘autos’ as selfpositing/self-donating circle or doublet181.
Two points need to be made here. First, the way in which Laruelle, in
conformity with the characterisation of the non-philosophical ethos mentioned
earlier, both radicalises and generalises the restricted Heideggerean/Derridean
conception (and critique) of the metaphysics of presence, extending its scope
beyond that of the ‘presence of the present’ and a narrowly circumscribed
domain of metaphysical thinking defined according to what, for Laruelle,
remains an ad hoc, empirical (i.e. Decisional) definition of metaphysics. He
does this by providing a non-Decisional identification of the ‘auto’, one
according to which it is identified with the essence of Decision as auto-
181We have already seen this Decisional structure at work in the case of Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic
constructivism: the philosophical Concept’s counter-effectuation of intensive materiality is at once extracted from
an empirical state of affairs through which the philosopher is forced to think and transcendentally productive of
Being qua Event. Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.109-124 and 150-161. But perhaps it is best exemplified by
Heidegger, who reinscribes the conditions for the genesis of the project of fundamental ontology within the
structure of fundamental ontology itself. Thus, the philosophical project delineated in Being and Time
encompasses its own conditions of possibility, as explicated in Dasein’s shift from dispersion in average
everydayness to the properly meta-physical appropriation of being-unto-death as its ownmost potentiality for
being. Since it is via the latter that Dasein’s own being comes into question for it, fundamental ontology as
theoretical project is ultimately supervenient on the existential ur-project delineated in being-unto-death.
124
positional and auto-donational sufficiency. As a result, the range of applicability
for ‘auto’ as a philosophical notion is generalised both beyond its metaphysical
definition in terms of the substantivity or presence of that which is a ‘standingalongside’ or ‘beside-itself’-, and beyond what Heidegger calls its thoughtful or
essential redefinition as ‘the Same’, as the belonging-together of that which
differs182. Consequently, the self-positing/self-presupposing structure of autoDecision becomes applicable even to the thinking that tries to uncover the
unpresentable conditions for presencing or retrieve the constitutive dimension
of self-withholding in every self-disclosure of Being.
Once again we witness a change of theoretical scale in moving from the
philosophical to the non-philosophical level of description. The auto-nomy of
Decision is defined purely in terms of its abstract theoretical essence
independently of any set of assumptions about what can and cannot count as an
instance of ontological reification, thereby becoming indifferently applicable
both to presence, and to its unpresentable presencing, so that the auto-logical
structure of self-position and self-presupposition pertains even at the level of
Ereignis/Enteignis as unrepresentable disclosing-withdrawal of Being. Thus,
from a non-Decisional viewpoint, there is no compelling theoretical reason to
prefer Heidegger’s retrieval of the unthought essence concealed within the
Parmenidean το αυτο (‘the Same’)183 as non-metaphysical co-belonging of
disclosure and withholding (unrepresentable advent of presencing), to the
ontotheological interpretation of the ‘auto’ as substantial metaphysical identity
(reified presence). Both are entirely equivalent variants of a structural invariant:
Decision as auto-presupposing composite of thinking and being.
The second point that needs to be made concerns philosophy's theoretical
status (or lack thereof), and the precise character of what many will doubtlessly
see as Laruelle’s own excessive ‘theoreticism’. It is on account of this autoDeductive structure (which is to say, on account of the Principle of the
Sufficiency of Decision which it serves to articulate) that philosophy itself (la
philosophie) for Laruelle is not a theory but rather an activity whose claim to
theoretical legitimacy is only ever assured by its performance; a game the rules
for which are always effectively guaranteed through the very operation through
which their stipulation is enacted. For Laruelle, the trouble with this
constitutively performative dimension of philosophical activity, this Decisional
auto-enactment in Deduction, lies not in this performativity (far from it) but in
the way in which the latter invariably operates on the basis of an unstated set of
182 Cf. Heidegger, 1969.
183For a suggestive indication of the profound link between the structure of the Parmenidean axiom (‘It is the
same thing to think and to be’) and the Kantian problematic of transcendental deduction, cf. Heidegger, 1968,
p.243. The latter seems to support Laruelle's claim that all Decision recapitulates a process of transcendental
deduction as a variant on the Unity-in-Difference of thinking and being or of ideal logos and real phusys.
123
a priori (Kant: reality defined as coextensive with the bounds of real possibility
through the objective validity of the a priori conditioning possible experience),
but rather that which conditions both. It is the reality peculiar to the
transcendental as ubiquitous guarantor unifying, and thereby constituting, the
possibilities of thought and experience at a level that remains both presubjective
and anobjective, so that the principle is as valid for Nietzsche and Deleuze as
for Kant and Husserl. This higher Unity of Decision is not only indissociable
from the Unity of experience, it yields it, so that the latter is always structurally
isomorphic with the former. Through the operation of Deduction, the Decision
as indivisible division or One-of-the-Dyad is always coextensive with the a
priori categorial manifold of experience.
But this is not all. The philosopher reinscribes his/her own philosophical
activity within the transcendental structure which renders the experience of that
thought possible as a part of the real at a level that is simultaneously onticoempirical and ontologico-transcendental (the Decisional hybrid or composite
once again). More exactly, the syntax of Decision enacts or performs its own
peculiarly transcendental reality in what effectively amounts to an operation of
auto-Deduction possessing a tripartite structure: Decision is at once an
empirical event of thought, some immanent being or some thing; but also a
transcendent, onto-metaphysical thought of Being as Event; and finally that
which transcendentally enunciates the Being of thought as Event of Being. This
is the complex internal architecture proper to the Decisional ‘autos’ as selfpositing/self-donating circle or doublet181.
Two points need to be made here. First, the way in which Laruelle, in
conformity with the characterisation of the non-philosophical ethos mentioned
earlier, both radicalises and generalises the restricted Heideggerean/Derridean
conception (and critique) of the metaphysics of presence, extending its scope
beyond that of the ‘presence of the present’ and a narrowly circumscribed
domain of metaphysical thinking defined according to what, for Laruelle,
remains an ad hoc, empirical (i.e. Decisional) definition of metaphysics. He
does this by providing a non-Decisional identification of the ‘auto’, one
according to which it is identified with the essence of Decision as auto-
181We have already seen this Decisional structure at work in the case of Deleuze & Guattari’s machinic
constructivism: the philosophical Concept’s counter-effectuation of intensive materiality is at once extracted from
an empirical state of affairs through which the philosopher is forced to think and transcendentally productive of
Being qua Event. Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.109-124 and 150-161. But perhaps it is best exemplified by
Heidegger, who reinscribes the conditions for the genesis of the project of fundamental ontology within the
structure of fundamental ontology itself. Thus, the philosophical project delineated in Being and Time
encompasses its own conditions of possibility, as explicated in Dasein’s shift from dispersion in average
everydayness to the properly meta-physical appropriation of being-unto-death as its ownmost potentiality for
being. Since it is via the latter that Dasein’s own being comes into question for it, fundamental ontology as
theoretical project is ultimately supervenient on the existential ur-project delineated in being-unto-death.
124
positional and auto-donational sufficiency. As a result, the range of applicability
for ‘auto’ as a philosophical notion is generalised both beyond its metaphysical
definition in terms of the substantivity or presence of that which is a ‘standingalongside’ or ‘beside-itself’-, and beyond what Heidegger calls its thoughtful or
essential redefinition as ‘the Same’, as the belonging-together of that which
differs182. Consequently, the self-positing/self-presupposing structure of autoDecision becomes applicable even to the thinking that tries to uncover the
unpresentable conditions for presencing or retrieve the constitutive dimension
of self-withholding in every self-disclosure of Being.
Once again we witness a change of theoretical scale in moving from the
philosophical to the non-philosophical level of description. The auto-nomy of
Decision is defined purely in terms of its abstract theoretical essence
independently of any set of assumptions about what can and cannot count as an
instance of ontological reification, thereby becoming indifferently applicable
both to presence, and to its unpresentable presencing, so that the auto-logical
structure of self-position and self-presupposition pertains even at the level of
Ereignis/Enteignis as unrepresentable disclosing-withdrawal of Being. Thus,
from a non-Decisional viewpoint, there is no compelling theoretical reason to
prefer Heidegger’s retrieval of the unthought essence concealed within the
Parmenidean το αυτο (‘the Same’)183 as non-metaphysical co-belonging of
disclosure and withholding (unrepresentable advent of presencing), to the
ontotheological interpretation of the ‘auto’ as substantial metaphysical identity
(reified presence). Both are entirely equivalent variants of a structural invariant:
Decision as auto-presupposing composite of thinking and being.
The second point that needs to be made concerns philosophy's theoretical
status (or lack thereof), and the precise character of what many will doubtlessly
see as Laruelle’s own excessive ‘theoreticism’. It is on account of this autoDeductive structure (which is to say, on account of the Principle of the
Sufficiency of Decision which it serves to articulate) that philosophy itself (la
philosophie) for Laruelle is not a theory but rather an activity whose claim to
theoretical legitimacy is only ever assured by its performance; a game the rules
for which are always effectively guaranteed through the very operation through
which their stipulation is enacted. For Laruelle, the trouble with this
constitutively performative dimension of philosophical activity, this Decisional
auto-enactment in Deduction, lies not in this performativity (far from it) but in
the way in which the latter invariably operates on the basis of an unstated set of
182 Cf. Heidegger, 1969.
183For a suggestive indication of the profound link between the structure of the Parmenidean axiom (‘It is the
same thing to think and to be’) and the Kantian problematic of transcendental deduction, cf. Heidegger, 1968,
p.243. The latter seems to support Laruelle's claim that all Decision recapitulates a process of transcendental
deduction as a variant on the Unity-in-Difference of thinking and being or of ideal logos and real phusys.
125
constative assumptions which themselves only ever become performatively
legitimated. In other words, philosophy is a hybrid of theory and practise: it is a
theory whose cognitive possibilities are compromised through an extraneous set
of practical exigencies, and a practise whose performative capacities are
hindered by a needlessly restrictive system of theoretical presumptions184. The
philosopher, in effect, never says what he/she is really doing, nor does what
he/she is really saying.
It is to this hybridisation of theory and practise, of the constative and the
performative, of saying and doing, to which Laruelle objects, on the grounds
that it needlessly constricts both the possibilities of saying and those of doing,
of thought and of experience. Moreover, simply to affirm the différance
between theory and praxis, constative and performative, as Derrida, for
instance, seems to185, is to complacently re-affirm the philosophical Decision’s
constitutive, self-perpetuating embroilment in its own basically fractional, selfpresupposing structure.
By way of contrast, it is radical immanence as the already-performed, as
the Performed-without-performance186, which furnishes us with the nonDecisional essence of performativity. By using the razor to effect the nonDecisional separation or dualysation of these auto-Decisional hybridisations of
the constative and the performative, of performance and performativity, on the
basis of radical immanence as performed-without-performance, we will clone
the identity (without synthesis or unity), and the duality (without reciprocity or
relation) of theory and praxis, or of the constative and the performative, thereby
emancipating the non-Decisional essence of theory as radically performative, at
the same time as we liberate the non-thetic essence of praxis as rigorously
cognitive. Non-philosophy is at once a radically theoretical praxis, and a
radically performative theory. Moreover, we shall see in the next section how it
is precisely insofar as we are already operating in accordance with the
184“As soon as [philosophy]begins to be used as a material and an occasion, it loses its traditional finalities, all
of which are based in a ‘spontaneous philosophical faith’. The latter forms a circle: it obliges one to practise
philosophy for reasons that are external to it, whether they be ethical, juridical, scientific, aesthetic,etc.;but
inversely, philosophy in turn uses these finalities the better to triumph and to affirm itself, on the basis of their
subordination, as the only activity which is genuinely excellent, uncircumventable or ‘absolute’. All this
prescriptive activity –whether it be ethical or pedagogical, etc.-,all this normative or auto-normative use of
philosophy ‘with a view to experience’, all of spontaneous philosophy’s latent or explicit teleology, must be
abandoned, which is to say, treated as a mere material and practised henceforth within these limits rather than
destroyed.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.27)
185 Cf. Derrida, 1982.
186 “It is this Performed, shorn of the fetishes of performativity and of activity and the causa sui in general,
which invests thinking itself as identity (within its relatively autonomous order of thought) of science and
philosophy, and more generally, of the theoretical and the pragmatic. We shall not say too hastily -confusing once
again thinking with the Real- that the latter [this identity-RB] is performed directly in-One, but that it is so only in
the last instance by the One as the Performed itself.” (Laruelle, 1996, p.215).
126
immanence of the Real as ‘already-performed’ that we cannot help but say what
we do and do as we say187.
Finally, it is the auto-Deductive character of Decision, its self-legislating
sufficiency, which explains the fundamentally unitary nature of all
philosophical Decision. Perhaps the most important consequence of the autoDeductive structure described above is that the transcendental isomorphy
between the a priori conditions for thinking and for Being excludes de jure the
possibility of two Decisions (i.e. two Deductions) possessing an equally valid
claim on the real. Philosophy as arena of Decision is necessarily the war of all
against all. This claim seems to carry a peculiarly Levinasian resonance, but
Laruelle seems less inclined to condemn war on ethical grounds as an originary
evil, than to indict it on theoretical grounds simply because it presents us with
an unnecessarily tedious and predictable spectacle: “Philosophy’s closure, both
within itself and in its own unitary or polemological multiplicity obliges it to
exploit itself as a supposedly inexhaustible but fundamentally scarce resource.
There is a scarcity of decision, one which is a consequence of its unity or
circularity, its self-reference or self-sufficiency: all the various philosophies –
the manifold of the Dyad- parcel out Unity, indivisible in itself, among
themselves as their unique booty, and this scarcity is identical with the war
which they all reciprocally wage on one another.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.106)
Thus, Laruelle insists that the root of philosophy’s unitary presumption
lies in this auto-Deductive syntax of Decision: there could never be, as a matter
of philosophical principle, more than one way of validly effecting the
transcendental synthesis of logos and phusys conditioning the possibilities of
thinking and being to yield an ontologically a priori or philosophical
experience of reality, because the formal Unity of Decision transcendentally
conditions the structure of what for philosophy is equivalent to the real. All
substantive ontological multiplicity articulated through the hybridisation of
immanence and transcendence remains syntactically circumscribed by the
transcendental synthesis of Decision. Consequently, however much multiplicity
a philosophy lays claim to at the ontic, or even ontological level, the formal
structure of Decision invariably necessitates that what philosophy affirms as
being irreducibly multiple and singular, is always the result of a pure synthesis
187We will also see later to what extent the non-materialist invalidation of the transcendent, phenomenological
distinction between theory and experience, undermining as it does the quasi-sacrosanct status popularly accorded
to a supposedly originary dimension of non-representational facticity or embodiment in much contemporary
continental philosophy, resonates with the kind of militantly neuroscientific theoreticism espoused by
philosophers like Paul Churchland. From a non-materialist perspective, with the exception of the radical hyle as
Given-without-givenness, nothing, no residue of worldly, social, historical, or phenomenological experience is
given without the intercession of philosophical Decision. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp.212-225, and infra, Chapters 7
and 8, where the ramifications of these claims will be examined in detail.
125
constative assumptions which themselves only ever become performatively
legitimated. In other words, philosophy is a hybrid of theory and practise: it is a
theory whose cognitive possibilities are compromised through an extraneous set
of practical exigencies, and a practise whose performative capacities are
hindered by a needlessly restrictive system of theoretical presumptions184. The
philosopher, in effect, never says what he/she is really doing, nor does what
he/she is really saying.
It is to this hybridisation of theory and practise, of the constative and the
performative, of saying and doing, to which Laruelle objects, on the grounds
that it needlessly constricts both the possibilities of saying and those of doing,
of thought and of experience. Moreover, simply to affirm the différance
between theory and praxis, constative and performative, as Derrida, for
instance, seems to185, is to complacently re-affirm the philosophical Decision’s
constitutive, self-perpetuating embroilment in its own basically fractional, selfpresupposing structure.
By way of contrast, it is radical immanence as the already-performed, as
the Performed-without-performance186, which furnishes us with the nonDecisional essence of performativity. By using the razor to effect the nonDecisional separation or dualysation of these auto-Decisional hybridisations of
the constative and the performative, of performance and performativity, on the
basis of radical immanence as performed-without-performance, we will clone
the identity (without synthesis or unity), and the duality (without reciprocity or
relation) of theory and praxis, or of the constative and the performative, thereby
emancipating the non-Decisional essence of theory as radically performative, at
the same time as we liberate the non-thetic essence of praxis as rigorously
cognitive. Non-philosophy is at once a radically theoretical praxis, and a
radically performative theory. Moreover, we shall see in the next section how it
is precisely insofar as we are already operating in accordance with the
184“As soon as [philosophy]begins to be used as a material and an occasion, it loses its traditional finalities, all
of which are based in a ‘spontaneous philosophical faith’. The latter forms a circle: it obliges one to practise
philosophy for reasons that are external to it, whether they be ethical, juridical, scientific, aesthetic,etc.;but
inversely, philosophy in turn uses these finalities the better to triumph and to affirm itself, on the basis of their
subordination, as the only activity which is genuinely excellent, uncircumventable or ‘absolute’. All this
prescriptive activity –whether it be ethical or pedagogical, etc.-,all this normative or auto-normative use of
philosophy ‘with a view to experience’, all of spontaneous philosophy’s latent or explicit teleology, must be
abandoned, which is to say, treated as a mere material and practised henceforth within these limits rather than
destroyed.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.27)
185 Cf. Derrida, 1982.
186 “It is this Performed, shorn of the fetishes of performativity and of activity and the causa sui in general,
which invests thinking itself as identity (within its relatively autonomous order of thought) of science and
philosophy, and more generally, of the theoretical and the pragmatic. We shall not say too hastily -confusing once
again thinking with the Real- that the latter [this identity-RB] is performed directly in-One, but that it is so only in
the last instance by the One as the Performed itself.” (Laruelle, 1996, p.215).
126
immanence of the Real as ‘already-performed’ that we cannot help but say what
we do and do as we say187.
Finally, it is the auto-Deductive character of Decision, its self-legislating
sufficiency, which explains the fundamentally unitary nature of all
philosophical Decision. Perhaps the most important consequence of the autoDeductive structure described above is that the transcendental isomorphy
between the a priori conditions for thinking and for Being excludes de jure the
possibility of two Decisions (i.e. two Deductions) possessing an equally valid
claim on the real. Philosophy as arena of Decision is necessarily the war of all
against all. This claim seems to carry a peculiarly Levinasian resonance, but
Laruelle seems less inclined to condemn war on ethical grounds as an originary
evil, than to indict it on theoretical grounds simply because it presents us with
an unnecessarily tedious and predictable spectacle: “Philosophy’s closure, both
within itself and in its own unitary or polemological multiplicity obliges it to
exploit itself as a supposedly inexhaustible but fundamentally scarce resource.
There is a scarcity of decision, one which is a consequence of its unity or
circularity, its self-reference or self-sufficiency: all the various philosophies –
the manifold of the Dyad- parcel out Unity, indivisible in itself, among
themselves as their unique booty, and this scarcity is identical with the war
which they all reciprocally wage on one another.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.106)
Thus, Laruelle insists that the root of philosophy’s unitary presumption
lies in this auto-Deductive syntax of Decision: there could never be, as a matter
of philosophical principle, more than one way of validly effecting the
transcendental synthesis of logos and phusys conditioning the possibilities of
thinking and being to yield an ontologically a priori or philosophical
experience of reality, because the formal Unity of Decision transcendentally
conditions the structure of what for philosophy is equivalent to the real. All
substantive ontological multiplicity articulated through the hybridisation of
immanence and transcendence remains syntactically circumscribed by the
transcendental synthesis of Decision. Consequently, however much multiplicity
a philosophy lays claim to at the ontic, or even ontological level, the formal
structure of Decision invariably necessitates that what philosophy affirms as
being irreducibly multiple and singular, is always the result of a pure synthesis
187We will also see later to what extent the non-materialist invalidation of the transcendent, phenomenological
distinction between theory and experience, undermining as it does the quasi-sacrosanct status popularly accorded
to a supposedly originary dimension of non-representational facticity or embodiment in much contemporary
continental philosophy, resonates with the kind of militantly neuroscientific theoreticism espoused by
philosophers like Paul Churchland. From a non-materialist perspective, with the exception of the radical hyle as
Given-without-givenness, nothing, no residue of worldly, social, historical, or phenomenological experience is
given without the intercession of philosophical Decision. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp.212-225, and infra, Chapters 7
and 8, where the ramifications of these claims will be examined in detail.
127
of transcendental Unity and a priori multiplicity, of ideal syntax and real
experience188.
Such synthesis invariably bears two distinct but inseparable
characteristics. First, the character of indivisible synthetic Unity or the fact that
transcendental synthesis must equal One. There can only ever be one way in
which the ontological reality of experience is transcendentally constituted.
Second, the characteristic that what is to count as ontically real multiplicity will
be defined a priori as a function of real possibility or ontological reality at the
transcendental level. Thus, what counts as singular, manifold, aleatory and
heterogeneous according to the structure of Decision is invariably the result of
a de jure indiscernibility or undecidability between the possibility of real
experience as a priori manifold at the ontic level and the reality of ideal syntax
as transcendental Unity at the ontological level. And it is this hybrid or mixture
of syntax and experience, of ideal unity and a priori multiplicity, of ontological
reality and ontically real, which Decision affirms as coincidence of the
indivisible immanence of the Real qua One and the unencompassable
transcendence of the Ideal qua Multiple189.
The Non-Decisional Cloning of Decision
At this stage, we must address an obvious philosophical rejoinder to the
account of Decision that we have just delineated. What kind of validity are
these claims concerning the auto-Deductive character of Decision supposed to
have? Aren’t they simply wild, reckless generalisations? Clearly, from a
philosophical perspective, Laruelle’s assertions strain our credulity. On what
possible basis can he presume to claim that all philosophical thinking is
Decisional and that every Decision invariably repeats the structure of a
transcendental Deduction ?
It may be however, that such a question misconstrues the explanatory
intent of the theoretical posture presupposed in all these descriptions of
philosophical activity, and consequently fails to appreciate the way in which
188 Cf. in this regard Laruelle’s account of the relation between Difference as ideal metaphysical syntax and as
real transcendental experience in The Philosophies of Difference: Laruelle, 1986, pp. 37-92.
189In Chapter 3 we saw with reference to the case of Deleuze & Guattari how this Decisional synthesis or
‘sublation’ of the One qua Real and the Multiple qua Ideal inevitably reinscribes untotalisable multiplicity as
indivisible Unity. Cf. supra, pp.149-153. By way of contrast, it is by suspending the sufficiency of Decision and
irreversibly dissociating the moment of transcendental indivision from that of metaphysical division, unilaterally
determining the latter on the basis of the former but never vice versa, that non-materialism will hypothesize that
there are in principle an infinite number of possible ways in which the ontic singularity of a phenomenon may be
ontologically constituted,- a de jure infinite number of possible Decisions capable of conditioning a priori the
reality of experience. This is (hyper)transcendental dispersion, the non-materialist radicalisation and
generalisation of the notion of an a priori manifold, one which would make it impossible to reinsert the latter
within any horizon of ontological differentiation. Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372, for our account of the a
priori fractalisation of Decisionally articulated instances of ontological unity.
128
Laruelle’s account functions as a transcendental hypothesis constructed in order
to explain the possibility of that activity. We have already insisted that nonphilosophy is not anti-Decisional: it is a theory and a practise for philosophy, an
attempt to explain the autonomy of Decision heteronomously, which is to say,
in non-Decisional terms. Moreover, we have already seen that the suspension of
Decisional sufficiency on the basis of a non-Decisional immanence that is
already given cannot be reduced to an anti-Decisional stance. Consequently, it
cannot be confused with an immediately philosophical critique or denunciation
of Decision. On the contrary, it is by thinking in accordance with radical
immanence as utterly heterogeneous to Decision that we access the possibility
of explaining Decision.
Thus, the non-philosophical description of auto-Decisional sufficiency is
neither a critique nor a deconstruction: it is an explanatory hypothesis. The
point is not to denounce, to delimit or to end all possibility of Decision, but to
provide a heteronomous theoretical description of its functioning which
simultaneously promises to untether the possibilities of thinking from the
narrow ambit of auto-Decisional sufficiency. Accordingly, the Laruellean
description of auto-Decisional sufficiency in terms of a generalised process of
transcendental Deduction is an explanatory hypothesis that Laruelle is prepared
to adopt to see if it will yield fruitful results in the attempt to illuminate the
functioning of Decision. And it is in The Philosophies of Difference -a text
which is roughly contemporaneous with the account of Decision put forward in
‘The Transcendental Method’- that Laruelle submits this particular nonphilosophical hypothesis to a process of experimental verification by applying it
to a widely disparate set of philosophies, thereby testing its range of
applicability and explanatory coherence with reference to a heterogeneous
assortment of philosophical methodologies and problematics190.
Moreover, this non-philosophical hypothesis about the essence of
philosophical thinking is transcendental. That is to say: it accepts the separation
between Decisional transcendence and non-Decisional immanence as alreadygiven the better to allow for a transcendental effectuation of that separation in
thought, an effectuation presupposed in its non-Decisional description of the
essence of philosophy. For to theorize by means of the adoption of axioms, the
construction of theorems and the experimental testing of explanatory
hypotheses is already to engage in non-Decisional or non-philosophical
190 Although we lack space for a proper examination of Laruelle’s systematic adoption and testing of the autoDeductive hypothesis for philosophy in The Philosophies of Difference, we feel that the ability to provide a
unified, conceptually coherent explanation for what are habitually regarded as utterly disparate, not to say
incommensurable, sets of philosophical data (Nietzsche, Deleuze, Heidegger, Derrida) tend, when coupled with
the variety of penetrating insights and illuminating analyses which characterise the results yielded in the process
of hypothetical experimentation, to validate the hypothesis' explanatory legitimacy.
127
of transcendental Unity and a priori multiplicity, of ideal syntax and real
experience188.
Such synthesis invariably bears two distinct but inseparable
characteristics. First, the character of indivisible synthetic Unity or the fact that
transcendental synthesis must equal One. There can only ever be one way in
which the ontological reality of experience is transcendentally constituted.
Second, the characteristic that what is to count as ontically real multiplicity will
be defined a priori as a function of real possibility or ontological reality at the
transcendental level. Thus, what counts as singular, manifold, aleatory and
heterogeneous according to the structure of Decision is invariably the result of
a de jure indiscernibility or undecidability between the possibility of real
experience as a priori manifold at the ontic level and the reality of ideal syntax
as transcendental Unity at the ontological level. And it is this hybrid or mixture
of syntax and experience, of ideal unity and a priori multiplicity, of ontological
reality and ontically real, which Decision affirms as coincidence of the
indivisible immanence of the Real qua One and the unencompassable
transcendence of the Ideal qua Multiple189.
The Non-Decisional Cloning of Decision
At this stage, we must address an obvious philosophical rejoinder to the
account of Decision that we have just delineated. What kind of validity are
these claims concerning the auto-Deductive character of Decision supposed to
have? Aren’t they simply wild, reckless generalisations? Clearly, from a
philosophical perspective, Laruelle’s assertions strain our credulity. On what
possible basis can he presume to claim that all philosophical thinking is
Decisional and that every Decision invariably repeats the structure of a
transcendental Deduction ?
It may be however, that such a question misconstrues the explanatory
intent of the theoretical posture presupposed in all these descriptions of
philosophical activity, and consequently fails to appreciate the way in which
188 Cf. in this regard Laruelle’s account of the relation between Difference as ideal metaphysical syntax and as
real transcendental experience in The Philosophies of Difference: Laruelle, 1986, pp. 37-92.
189In Chapter 3 we saw with reference to the case of Deleuze & Guattari how this Decisional synthesis or
‘sublation’ of the One qua Real and the Multiple qua Ideal inevitably reinscribes untotalisable multiplicity as
indivisible Unity. Cf. supra, pp.149-153. By way of contrast, it is by suspending the sufficiency of Decision and
irreversibly dissociating the moment of transcendental indivision from that of metaphysical division, unilaterally
determining the latter on the basis of the former but never vice versa, that non-materialism will hypothesize that
there are in principle an infinite number of possible ways in which the ontic singularity of a phenomenon may be
ontologically constituted,- a de jure infinite number of possible Decisions capable of conditioning a priori the
reality of experience. This is (hyper)transcendental dispersion, the non-materialist radicalisation and
generalisation of the notion of an a priori manifold, one which would make it impossible to reinsert the latter
within any horizon of ontological differentiation. Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372, for our account of the a
priori fractalisation of Decisionally articulated instances of ontological unity.
128
Laruelle’s account functions as a transcendental hypothesis constructed in order
to explain the possibility of that activity. We have already insisted that nonphilosophy is not anti-Decisional: it is a theory and a practise for philosophy, an
attempt to explain the autonomy of Decision heteronomously, which is to say,
in non-Decisional terms. Moreover, we have already seen that the suspension of
Decisional sufficiency on the basis of a non-Decisional immanence that is
already given cannot be reduced to an anti-Decisional stance. Consequently, it
cannot be confused with an immediately philosophical critique or denunciation
of Decision. On the contrary, it is by thinking in accordance with radical
immanence as utterly heterogeneous to Decision that we access the possibility
of explaining Decision.
Thus, the non-philosophical description of auto-Decisional sufficiency is
neither a critique nor a deconstruction: it is an explanatory hypothesis. The
point is not to denounce, to delimit or to end all possibility of Decision, but to
provide a heteronomous theoretical description of its functioning which
simultaneously promises to untether the possibilities of thinking from the
narrow ambit of auto-Decisional sufficiency. Accordingly, the Laruellean
description of auto-Decisional sufficiency in terms of a generalised process of
transcendental Deduction is an explanatory hypothesis that Laruelle is prepared
to adopt to see if it will yield fruitful results in the attempt to illuminate the
functioning of Decision. And it is in The Philosophies of Difference -a text
which is roughly contemporaneous with the account of Decision put forward in
‘The Transcendental Method’- that Laruelle submits this particular nonphilosophical hypothesis to a process of experimental verification by applying it
to a widely disparate set of philosophies, thereby testing its range of
applicability and explanatory coherence with reference to a heterogeneous
assortment of philosophical methodologies and problematics190.
Moreover, this non-philosophical hypothesis about the essence of
philosophical thinking is transcendental. That is to say: it accepts the separation
between Decisional transcendence and non-Decisional immanence as alreadygiven the better to allow for a transcendental effectuation of that separation in
thought, an effectuation presupposed in its non-Decisional description of the
essence of philosophy. For to theorize by means of the adoption of axioms, the
construction of theorems and the experimental testing of explanatory
hypotheses is already to engage in non-Decisional or non-philosophical
190 Although we lack space for a proper examination of Laruelle’s systematic adoption and testing of the autoDeductive hypothesis for philosophy in The Philosophies of Difference, we feel that the ability to provide a
unified, conceptually coherent explanation for what are habitually regarded as utterly disparate, not to say
incommensurable, sets of philosophical data (Nietzsche, Deleuze, Heidegger, Derrida) tend, when coupled with
the variety of penetrating insights and illuminating analyses which characterise the results yielded in the process
of hypothetical experimentation, to validate the hypothesis' explanatory legitimacy.
129
thinking. Accordingly, the characterisation of Decision as auto-Deductive
which we have just provided is already non-philosophical, and the account of
philosophical thought put forward by Laruelle in ‘The Transcendental Method’,
must, along with all of his works since A Biography of the Ordinary Man, be
read as intrinsically and unequivocally non-philosophical in character.
That the very identification of philosophical thinking as intrinsically
Decisional is already non-philosophical, which is to say, operating from a
transcendental perspective for philosophy, is what now needs to be clarified.
However, we must warn the reader that in the course of this clarification we
shall be obliged to describe the workings of non-philosophical theory in some
detail, thereby entering into a degree of technical intricacy191 that he or she may
find excessively convoluted, not to say tortuous. Although regrettable, that
tortuousness is nevertheless unavoidable in the present circumstances. The
requirements of non-philosophical precision sometimes obviate the demands of
philosophical clarity.
The intelligibility of the claim that the non-philosophical description of
philosophy is already transcendental requires an acknowledgement that the
‘perspective’ of radical immanence (the vision-in-One) is already-givenwithout-givenness, prior to every auto-positional or auto-donational
hybridisation of given and givenness, empirical and a priori, real and ideal. For
the vision-in-One entails that the spontaneous philosophical presumption that
every given presupposes an operation of givenness already be invalidated and
suspended. As a result, the radical separation or unilateral duality of nonDecisional immanence as already-given and Decisional transcendence as
mixture of given and givenness is itself already given-without-givenness:-it has
already been performed (without the need for an act or Decision of
performance). Which is to say: the real separation performed by the Laruellean
razor is not between Decision and non-Decision but between the philosophical
positing of the dyad ‘Decision/non-Decision’ and the already-given or radically
unilateral duality separating dyadic Decision from non-Decisional duality.
But this means that even the absolute autonomy of Decision is
nevertheless relative-in-the-last-instance to non-Decisional immanence. Thus,
the fact that the absolute sufficiency of Decision can only be posited-as-given
by petitioning an immanence that is already-given renders that absolutely
sufficient condition relative-in-the-last-instance to a radically necessary but
non-sufficient condition. It renders the absolute, self-positing autonomy of
Decision relatively autonomous vis a vis the radical autonomy of that which is
191Some –although not all- of the details of the following account –specifically those concerning the theory of
cloning- are drawn largely from Laruelle, 1996, pp.34-38,162-168, 225-228; 1999, pp. 141-146; 2000a, pp.5675, 226-238; 2000b, pp.49-53; and 2000c, pp.185-186.
130
already-given. Even the absolute autonomy of Decision remains relative to that
radically autonomous last-instance which it petitions as already-given in order
to effect its synthesis of ideal positing and real presupposition192.
Accordingly, the autonomy of Decisional sufficiency is never just given
as an absolute ‘in-itself’ in terms of the metaphysical dyad ‘Decisional
transcendence/non-Decisional immanence’. It is also already-given-in-One or
given-without-givenness as a relative autonomy - which is to say, given as an
occasional cause or empirical support for non-Decisional thinking. Crucially,
this heteronomous or non-auto-donational giving of Decision as an occasional
cause -the non-Decisional donation of its absolute autonomy as a merely
relative autonomy-, lifts or suspends its pretension to absolute, self-positing
sufficiency, thereby reducing it to the status of an indifferent empirical material.
Thus, the absolute autonomy of Decision –otherwise known by Laruelle as ‘The
Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’- is suspended once it is understood that the
supposedly unconditional sufficiency of Decision has already been givenwithout-givenness as no more than a relatively sufficient condition, an
occasional but non-determining cause for non-Decisional thinking.
Moreover, it is on the basis of Decision as empirical occasion that
immanence’s foreclosure to Decision can become transcendentally effectuated
in thought. Consequently, the fact that Decision itself is already-given-withoutgivenness as a potential occasion or material for non-Decisional thinking -its
pretension to absolute sufficiency already-suspended and reduced to a merely
relative sufficiency-, explains how immanence’s foreclosure to Decisional
thinking may nevertheless become effectuated in thought on the basis of
Decision. For with its pretension to absolute autonomy suspended, Decision as
a relatively sufficient, but non-determining occasional cause becomes
susceptible to determination by a radically necessary but non-sufficient cause:
immanence as cause of determination-in-the-last-instance. And this
determination of Decision as sufficient but non-necessary occasional cause,
according to immanence as necessary but non-sufficient cause-in-the-lastinstance, is performed by non-Decisional thought. This effectuation of
immanence’s foreclosure to Decision in non-Decisional thought, or Decision’s
determination-in-the-last-instance through the non-Decisional effectuation of
immanence in thought, is what Laruelle calls ‘cloning’.
192 “Real immanence neither absorbs nor annihilates [Decisional] transcendence, it is not opposed to it, but is
capable of ‘receiving’ it and of determining it as a relative autonomy. Real immanence is so radical –rather than
absolute- that it does not reduce the transcendence of the World –whether philosophically or
phenomenologically-, it does not deny or limit it, but, on the contrary, gives it –albeit in accordance with its own
modality: as that being-given-without-givenness of transcendence which, whilst remaining ‘absolute’ or autopositional in its own register, acquires a relative autonomy with regard to the Real.”(Laruelle, 2000b, pp.50-51)
129
thinking. Accordingly, the characterisation of Decision as auto-Deductive
which we have just provided is already non-philosophical, and the account of
philosophical thought put forward by Laruelle in ‘The Transcendental Method’,
must, along with all of his works since A Biography of the Ordinary Man, be
read as intrinsically and unequivocally non-philosophical in character.
That the very identification of philosophical thinking as intrinsically
Decisional is already non-philosophical, which is to say, operating from a
transcendental perspective for philosophy, is what now needs to be clarified.
However, we must warn the reader that in the course of this clarification we
shall be obliged to describe the workings of non-philosophical theory in some
detail, thereby entering into a degree of technical intricacy191 that he or she may
find excessively convoluted, not to say tortuous. Although regrettable, that
tortuousness is nevertheless unavoidable in the present circumstances. The
requirements of non-philosophical precision sometimes obviate the demands of
philosophical clarity.
The intelligibility of the claim that the non-philosophical description of
philosophy is already transcendental requires an acknowledgement that the
‘perspective’ of radical immanence (the vision-in-One) is already-givenwithout-givenness, prior to every auto-positional or auto-donational
hybridisation of given and givenness, empirical and a priori, real and ideal. For
the vision-in-One entails that the spontaneous philosophical presumption that
every given presupposes an operation of givenness already be invalidated and
suspended. As a result, the radical separation or unilateral duality of nonDecisional immanence as already-given and Decisional transcendence as
mixture of given and givenness is itself already given-without-givenness:-it has
already been performed (without the need for an act or Decision of
performance). Which is to say: the real separation performed by the Laruellean
razor is not between Decision and non-Decision but between the philosophical
positing of the dyad ‘Decision/non-Decision’ and the already-given or radically
unilateral duality separating dyadic Decision from non-Decisional duality.
But this means that even the absolute autonomy of Decision is
nevertheless relative-in-the-last-instance to non-Decisional immanence. Thus,
the fact that the absolute sufficiency of Decision can only be posited-as-given
by petitioning an immanence that is already-given renders that absolutely
sufficient condition relative-in-the-last-instance to a radically necessary but
non-sufficient condition. It renders the absolute, self-positing autonomy of
Decision relatively autonomous vis a vis the radical autonomy of that which is
191Some –although not all- of the details of the following account –specifically those concerning the theory of
cloning- are drawn largely from Laruelle, 1996, pp.34-38,162-168, 225-228; 1999, pp. 141-146; 2000a, pp.5675, 226-238; 2000b, pp.49-53; and 2000c, pp.185-186.
130
already-given. Even the absolute autonomy of Decision remains relative to that
radically autonomous last-instance which it petitions as already-given in order
to effect its synthesis of ideal positing and real presupposition192.
Accordingly, the autonomy of Decisional sufficiency is never just given
as an absolute ‘in-itself’ in terms of the metaphysical dyad ‘Decisional
transcendence/non-Decisional immanence’. It is also already-given-in-One or
given-without-givenness as a relative autonomy - which is to say, given as an
occasional cause or empirical support for non-Decisional thinking. Crucially,
this heteronomous or non-auto-donational giving of Decision as an occasional
cause -the non-Decisional donation of its absolute autonomy as a merely
relative autonomy-, lifts or suspends its pretension to absolute, self-positing
sufficiency, thereby reducing it to the status of an indifferent empirical material.
Thus, the absolute autonomy of Decision –otherwise known by Laruelle as ‘The
Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’- is suspended once it is understood that the
supposedly unconditional sufficiency of Decision has already been givenwithout-givenness as no more than a relatively sufficient condition, an
occasional but non-determining cause for non-Decisional thinking.
Moreover, it is on the basis of Decision as empirical occasion that
immanence’s foreclosure to Decision can become transcendentally effectuated
in thought. Consequently, the fact that Decision itself is already-given-withoutgivenness as a potential occasion or material for non-Decisional thinking -its
pretension to absolute sufficiency already-suspended and reduced to a merely
relative sufficiency-, explains how immanence’s foreclosure to Decisional
thinking may nevertheless become effectuated in thought on the basis of
Decision. For with its pretension to absolute autonomy suspended, Decision as
a relatively sufficient, but non-determining occasional cause becomes
susceptible to determination by a radically necessary but non-sufficient cause:
immanence as cause of determination-in-the-last-instance. And this
determination of Decision as sufficient but non-necessary occasional cause,
according to immanence as necessary but non-sufficient cause-in-the-lastinstance, is performed by non-Decisional thought. This effectuation of
immanence’s foreclosure to Decision in non-Decisional thought, or Decision’s
determination-in-the-last-instance through the non-Decisional effectuation of
immanence in thought, is what Laruelle calls ‘cloning’.
192 “Real immanence neither absorbs nor annihilates [Decisional] transcendence, it is not opposed to it, but is
capable of ‘receiving’ it and of determining it as a relative autonomy. Real immanence is so radical –rather than
absolute- that it does not reduce the transcendence of the World –whether philosophically or
phenomenologically-, it does not deny or limit it, but, on the contrary, gives it –albeit in accordance with its own
modality: as that being-given-without-givenness of transcendence which, whilst remaining ‘absolute’ or autopositional in its own register, acquires a relative autonomy with regard to the Real.”(Laruelle, 2000b, pp.50-51)
131
Here we arrive at the heart of non-Decisional thinking; that aspect of nonphilosophy which is at once the most crucial but also the most difficult to
understand as far as Decisional thinking is concerned. For doesn’t this putative
‘effectuation’ by thought of an immanence which is supposed to remain
radically foreclosed to thought re-institute a reciprocity –and thereby a bi-lateral
determination- between immanence and thought?
In order to appreciate why this is not the case, it is important to remember
that immanence’s ‘foreclosure’ to Decision simply means that it is separatewithout-separation from every Decisional dyad, such as, for instance, the one
distinguishing the thinkable from the unthinkable. Thus, immanence’s
foreclosure to the Decisional alternative between thinkable and unthinkable
does not render it ‘unthinkable’. On the contrary: it is immanence’s foreclosure
to thought that allows it to use the Decisional hybridisation of the thinkable and
the unthinkable –one which we have already seen exemplified in the work of
Michel Henry193- as an empirical occasion from which to clone thought’s
transcendental Identity as determined-in-the-last-instance by immanence as that
non-thinkable foreclosure which is simultaneously the already-thought.
Accordingly, although Real immanence is foreclosed to thought as well
as Decision, the fact that it nevertheless gives or manifests the thinking which is
inscribed in Decision as an empirical occasion allows immanence’s foreclosure
to effectuate itself as thought; to clone itself as a transcendental Identity for
non-Decisional thinking –one which Laruelle will call ‘the force-(of)-thought’-;
but an Identity-(of)-thought which is now in its own turn foreclosed as
transcendental, rather than as Real, to the Decisional distinction between
thinkable and unthinkable which it uses as its material support.
At this point, in order to minimize the potential for confusion, it is
particularly important that we enforce a set of rigorous but non-philosophical
distinctions between immanence qua Real foreclosure, Decision qua empirical
occasion, and non-Decisional thought qua transcendental effectuation of the
Real’s foreclosure. Cloning allows Real immanence’s foreclosure to Decision to
become transcendentally effectuated as non-Decisional thinking on the basis of
Decision as its empirical occasion, but it does so without reconstituting a
philosophical dyad between ‘thought’ and ‘Real’, or between ‘transcendental
foreclosure’ and ‘Real foreclosure’. Thus, the distinction between the Real’s
radical foreclosure to all thought, whether Decisional or non-Decisional, and
non-Decisional thought’s transcendental effectuation or cloning of the Real’s
foreclosure to Decision, is not a dyadic distinction between different, reifiable
‘things’. Neither Real immanence, nor its transcendental effectuation, can count
as philosophically distinguishable ‘things’. There is only one ‘thing’: Decision
193 Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp. 87-90.
132
as empirical occasion. ‘Between’ Real foreclosure and transcendental
foreclosure there is neither identity nor difference but an Identity-of-the-lastinstance. The Real’s foreclosure clones itself as non-Decisional thinking’s
transcendental foreclosure to Decision on the basis of Decision as empirical
occasion. Which is to say, the Real clones itself transcendentally for thought –as
force-(of)-thought- as an identity-without-unity. Cloning describes the way in
which the Real as an Identity-without-ontological consistency, an Identity
foreclosed to all criteria of discrete, numerical unity, can allow for a limitless
number of effectuations without numerical reduplication194.
By the same token, it is important that we do not apply the term
‘unilateral duality’ when speaking of the non-dyadic distinction or Identity-ofthe-last-instance between immanence qua Real and immanence qua
transcendental. For it is the unilateral duality between Real immanence and
Decision which becomes transcendentally effectuated or cloned as the unilateral
duality between the non-Decisional clone and its Decisional occasion. Once
again, in spite of appearances, non-philosophical theory operates with only one
term: philosophical Decision qua empirical occasion. Instead of the Decisional
triad of relations between empirical, a priori, and transcendental, we have a
unilateral duality with only one term: that Decisional triad as an indivisible,
empirical occasion. Neither the Real nor its transcendental clone constitutes a
relational term. Consequently, the unilateral duality ‘between’ Real and
Decision is strictly indiscernible from –or is nothing over and above- its
effectuation as the unilateral duality between Decision and non-Decisional
clone. But its effectuation requires the occasion of Decision: the Real’s
foreclosure to Decision does not need to be thought –it is radically indifferent to
all thinking- but if (and only if) Decision occasions it, that foreclosure is
transcendentally effectuated or cloned as non-Decisional thought. Only on the
basis of Decision as empirical occasion does the Real’s radical foreclosure to
Decision becomes effectuated as non-Decisional thinking in order to become
transcendentally determining vis a vis Decision.
Thus, the Real as foreclosed or as separate-without-separation from
Decision is cloned as that force-(of)-thought which is separate-withoutseparation or foreclosed to the Decision that serves as its empirical support.
Because the Real’s foreclosure to thought simply means that it is the necessary
but non-sufficient condition for all thinking, the non-Decisional thinking
194This is what Laruelle describes as immanence’s radically universal (but non-unitary or non-ontological)
character as the already-given: its capacity to give (without-givenness) a de jure limitless variety of reciprocally
exclusive and therefore ontologically unitary Decisions as mere occasions for thinking in accordance with the
Real’s non-unitary, non-ontological and non-consistent essence as an Identity-without-unity. Cf. Chapter 7,
pp.349-372; and Chapter 8, pp.415-421.
131
Here we arrive at the heart of non-Decisional thinking; that aspect of nonphilosophy which is at once the most crucial but also the most difficult to
understand as far as Decisional thinking is concerned. For doesn’t this putative
‘effectuation’ by thought of an immanence which is supposed to remain
radically foreclosed to thought re-institute a reciprocity –and thereby a bi-lateral
determination- between immanence and thought?
In order to appreciate why this is not the case, it is important to remember
that immanence’s ‘foreclosure’ to Decision simply means that it is separatewithout-separation from every Decisional dyad, such as, for instance, the one
distinguishing the thinkable from the unthinkable. Thus, immanence’s
foreclosure to the Decisional alternative between thinkable and unthinkable
does not render it ‘unthinkable’. On the contrary: it is immanence’s foreclosure
to thought that allows it to use the Decisional hybridisation of the thinkable and
the unthinkable –one which we have already seen exemplified in the work of
Michel Henry193- as an empirical occasion from which to clone thought’s
transcendental Identity as determined-in-the-last-instance by immanence as that
non-thinkable foreclosure which is simultaneously the already-thought.
Accordingly, although Real immanence is foreclosed to thought as well
as Decision, the fact that it nevertheless gives or manifests the thinking which is
inscribed in Decision as an empirical occasion allows immanence’s foreclosure
to effectuate itself as thought; to clone itself as a transcendental Identity for
non-Decisional thinking –one which Laruelle will call ‘the force-(of)-thought’-;
but an Identity-(of)-thought which is now in its own turn foreclosed as
transcendental, rather than as Real, to the Decisional distinction between
thinkable and unthinkable which it uses as its material support.
At this point, in order to minimize the potential for confusion, it is
particularly important that we enforce a set of rigorous but non-philosophical
distinctions between immanence qua Real foreclosure, Decision qua empirical
occasion, and non-Decisional thought qua transcendental effectuation of the
Real’s foreclosure. Cloning allows Real immanence’s foreclosure to Decision to
become transcendentally effectuated as non-Decisional thinking on the basis of
Decision as its empirical occasion, but it does so without reconstituting a
philosophical dyad between ‘thought’ and ‘Real’, or between ‘transcendental
foreclosure’ and ‘Real foreclosure’. Thus, the distinction between the Real’s
radical foreclosure to all thought, whether Decisional or non-Decisional, and
non-Decisional thought’s transcendental effectuation or cloning of the Real’s
foreclosure to Decision, is not a dyadic distinction between different, reifiable
‘things’. Neither Real immanence, nor its transcendental effectuation, can count
as philosophically distinguishable ‘things’. There is only one ‘thing’: Decision
193 Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp. 87-90.
132
as empirical occasion. ‘Between’ Real foreclosure and transcendental
foreclosure there is neither identity nor difference but an Identity-of-the-lastinstance. The Real’s foreclosure clones itself as non-Decisional thinking’s
transcendental foreclosure to Decision on the basis of Decision as empirical
occasion. Which is to say, the Real clones itself transcendentally for thought –as
force-(of)-thought- as an identity-without-unity. Cloning describes the way in
which the Real as an Identity-without-ontological consistency, an Identity
foreclosed to all criteria of discrete, numerical unity, can allow for a limitless
number of effectuations without numerical reduplication194.
By the same token, it is important that we do not apply the term
‘unilateral duality’ when speaking of the non-dyadic distinction or Identity-ofthe-last-instance between immanence qua Real and immanence qua
transcendental. For it is the unilateral duality between Real immanence and
Decision which becomes transcendentally effectuated or cloned as the unilateral
duality between the non-Decisional clone and its Decisional occasion. Once
again, in spite of appearances, non-philosophical theory operates with only one
term: philosophical Decision qua empirical occasion. Instead of the Decisional
triad of relations between empirical, a priori, and transcendental, we have a
unilateral duality with only one term: that Decisional triad as an indivisible,
empirical occasion. Neither the Real nor its transcendental clone constitutes a
relational term. Consequently, the unilateral duality ‘between’ Real and
Decision is strictly indiscernible from –or is nothing over and above- its
effectuation as the unilateral duality between Decision and non-Decisional
clone. But its effectuation requires the occasion of Decision: the Real’s
foreclosure to Decision does not need to be thought –it is radically indifferent to
all thinking- but if (and only if) Decision occasions it, that foreclosure is
transcendentally effectuated or cloned as non-Decisional thought. Only on the
basis of Decision as empirical occasion does the Real’s radical foreclosure to
Decision becomes effectuated as non-Decisional thinking in order to become
transcendentally determining vis a vis Decision.
Thus, the Real as foreclosed or as separate-without-separation from
Decision is cloned as that force-(of)-thought which is separate-withoutseparation or foreclosed to the Decision that serves as its empirical support.
Because the Real’s foreclosure to thought simply means that it is the necessary
but non-sufficient condition for all thinking, the non-Decisional thinking
194This is what Laruelle describes as immanence’s radically universal (but non-unitary or non-ontological)
character as the already-given: its capacity to give (without-givenness) a de jure limitless variety of reciprocally
exclusive and therefore ontologically unitary Decisions as mere occasions for thinking in accordance with the
Real’s non-unitary, non-ontological and non-consistent essence as an Identity-without-unity. Cf. Chapter 7,
pp.349-372; and Chapter 8, pp.415-421.
133
operating according to the Real’s foreclosure requires for its manifestation the
occasion of Decisional thought as a contingent but non-determining factor.
Accordingly, the inception of non-Decisional thinking’s force-(of)-thought as
that which effectuates the Real’s foreclosure occurs without the inauguration of
a bi-lateral reciprocity, a co- determination, between the latter and the former.
This point is important enough to be worth labouring: the radical
separation between immanence and Decision is not reduplicated but cloned as
the unilateral duality between thought’s non-Decisional Identity and the
Decisional hybridisation of Real and thought which serves as its empirical
support. For it is as this force-(of)-thought that the Real is able to determine
Decision without Decision being able to determine the Real in return. Because
Decision’s non-Decisional Identity, its transcendental clone, is identical-in-thelast-instance with the Real, it functions as the determining instance, the
organon, as which (rather than ‘through which’) the Real unilaterally
determines Decision.
In what way then do these extraordinarily convoluted explanations serve
to mitigate the charge of arbitrariness levelled against the Laruellean account of
Decision? To the extent that it is predicated upon the mobilisation of this
difficult but remarkably sophisticated theoretical apparatus, and on the
invocation of this non-philosophical force-(of)-thought, it would be premature
simply to dismiss Laruelle’s non-philosophical identification of the autoDeductive essence of philosophical Decision as a gratuitous instance of
philosophical generalisation. On the contrary, that identification seems to us to
constitute a rigorously transcendental, albeit non-Decisional, hypothesis for the
explanation of philosophical thinking. Although contingently occasioned by the
Kantian paradigm of Decision, Laruelle’s account constitutes a non-Kantian
universalisation of Deduction. It sees the Kantian apparatus of Deduction ‘inOne’. It invokes the non-Decisional perspective upon philosophising
concomitant with ‘the vision-in-One’ –the reduction of ‘the history of
philosophy’ to the status of a contingent empirical material- in order to effect an
authentically transcendental universalisation, rather than a metaphysical
generalisation, of the Kantian paradigm as a hypothesis for the explanation of
philosophising195.
This is the non-philosopher’s force-(of)-thought, and it is as the latter that
an instance of Decision, in this case Kant’s, serves merely as an occasion from
195 Compared to many of the currently available attempts to provide a universal schema which would
encapsulate ‘the history of philosophy’ in its essence -as exemplified, for instance, by the Heideggerean ‘history
of metaphysics as forgetting of Being’, the Levinasian alternation between ontological totalisation and ethical
infinity, or even the Deleuzean contrast between sedentary State thinker and anarchic nomad-, the Laruellean
account of philosophical Decision displays a far greater degree of theoretical probity: it offers us a genuinely
sophisticated, versatile and enriching explanation of philosophising.
134
which a transcendental Identity is extracted, one which will assume the status of
a non-thetic axiom, or axiom given according to the One (i.e. without selfgivenness) on whose basis a set of transcendental theorems can be elaborated in
conformity with their determination-in-the-last-instance by that transcendentally
axiomatic theoretical Identity196.
Consequently, the Laruellean procedure in dealing with philosophy can
be seen as a variation on the following general non-philosophical injunction:
‘Let immanence be given-without-givenness. What follows for philosophy?’
Cloning allows this injunction to be satisfied in a limitless variety of ways,
depending on which instance of Decision is to assume the status of a
transcendental axiom through its being-given-in-One or without-givenness. In
this particular instance, Laruelle’s non-philosophical hypothesis for the
purposes of providing a theoretical explanation of philosophy’s Identity
assumes the following form: ‘Let the Kantian distinction between metaphysical
and transcendental deduction be given-without-givenness. What follows for
philosophy?’ The result in this case is that the apparatus of Deduction is
radicalised and generalised beyond the context of its narrowly Kantian
application, in order to serve as a universally valid hypothesis capable of
generating a legitimately theoretical explanation of the phenomenon in
question: the philosophical Decision.
Suspending the Parmenidean Axiom
Doubtless, the persistent repetition of the ‘non-’ prefix in Laruelle’s work
invites the suspicion that an entirely negative mode of determination, or a
species of conceptual via negativa, has been substituted for positive
characterisation. Such suspicions, although understandable, are nevertheless
misguided. They fail to bear in mind the way in which Laruelle uses the ‘non-’
as a kind of auxiliary classifier or index for non-auto-Decisional radicality, one
which always unleashes a dimension of positive characterisation already
immanent in the terms and concepts to which it is applied. In this respect, its
function is best understood as akin to the lifting of a speed restriction or the
raising of a floodgate. Far from blanketly negating the term to which it is
affixed, it actually suspends or disqualifies a precise set of conceptual strictures
through which a determinate species of thinking (i.e. the auto-positional/autodonational kind) superimposes certain systemically structured conditions onto
the ineradicable simplicity of a phenomenon whose parameters of immanent
manifestation are as conceptually uncircumscribable as they are
phenomenologically unencompassable.
196 Cf. Laruelle, 1999, p.140; and 1996, pp. 83, 162-185, 240.
133
operating according to the Real’s foreclosure requires for its manifestation the
occasion of Decisional thought as a contingent but non-determining factor.
Accordingly, the inception of non-Decisional thinking’s force-(of)-thought as
that which effectuates the Real’s foreclosure occurs without the inauguration of
a bi-lateral reciprocity, a co- determination, between the latter and the former.
This point is important enough to be worth labouring: the radical
separation between immanence and Decision is not reduplicated but cloned as
the unilateral duality between thought’s non-Decisional Identity and the
Decisional hybridisation of Real and thought which serves as its empirical
support. For it is as this force-(of)-thought that the Real is able to determine
Decision without Decision being able to determine the Real in return. Because
Decision’s non-Decisional Identity, its transcendental clone, is identical-in-thelast-instance with the Real, it functions as the determining instance, the
organon, as which (rather than ‘through which’) the Real unilaterally
determines Decision.
In what way then do these extraordinarily convoluted explanations serve
to mitigate the charge of arbitrariness levelled against the Laruellean account of
Decision? To the extent that it is predicated upon the mobilisation of this
difficult but remarkably sophisticated theoretical apparatus, and on the
invocation of this non-philosophical force-(of)-thought, it would be premature
simply to dismiss Laruelle’s non-philosophical identification of the autoDeductive essence of philosophical Decision as a gratuitous instance of
philosophical generalisation. On the contrary, that identification seems to us to
constitute a rigorously transcendental, albeit non-Decisional, hypothesis for the
explanation of philosophical thinking. Although contingently occasioned by the
Kantian paradigm of Decision, Laruelle’s account constitutes a non-Kantian
universalisation of Deduction. It sees the Kantian apparatus of Deduction ‘inOne’. It invokes the non-Decisional perspective upon philosophising
concomitant with ‘the vision-in-One’ –the reduction of ‘the history of
philosophy’ to the status of a contingent empirical material- in order to effect an
authentically transcendental universalisation, rather than a metaphysical
generalisation, of the Kantian paradigm as a hypothesis for the explanation of
philosophising195.
This is the non-philosopher’s force-(of)-thought, and it is as the latter that
an instance of Decision, in this case Kant’s, serves merely as an occasion from
195 Compared to many of the currently available attempts to provide a universal schema which would
encapsulate ‘the history of philosophy’ in its essence -as exemplified, for instance, by the Heideggerean ‘history
of metaphysics as forgetting of Being’, the Levinasian alternation between ontological totalisation and ethical
infinity, or even the Deleuzean contrast between sedentary State thinker and anarchic nomad-, the Laruellean
account of philosophical Decision displays a far greater degree of theoretical probity: it offers us a genuinely
sophisticated, versatile and enriching explanation of philosophising.
134
which a transcendental Identity is extracted, one which will assume the status of
a non-thetic axiom, or axiom given according to the One (i.e. without selfgivenness) on whose basis a set of transcendental theorems can be elaborated in
conformity with their determination-in-the-last-instance by that transcendentally
axiomatic theoretical Identity196.
Consequently, the Laruellean procedure in dealing with philosophy can
be seen as a variation on the following general non-philosophical injunction:
‘Let immanence be given-without-givenness. What follows for philosophy?’
Cloning allows this injunction to be satisfied in a limitless variety of ways,
depending on which instance of Decision is to assume the status of a
transcendental axiom through its being-given-in-One or without-givenness. In
this particular instance, Laruelle’s non-philosophical hypothesis for the
purposes of providing a theoretical explanation of philosophy’s Identity
assumes the following form: ‘Let the Kantian distinction between metaphysical
and transcendental deduction be given-without-givenness. What follows for
philosophy?’ The result in this case is that the apparatus of Deduction is
radicalised and generalised beyond the context of its narrowly Kantian
application, in order to serve as a universally valid hypothesis capable of
generating a legitimately theoretical explanation of the phenomenon in
question: the philosophical Decision.
Suspending the Parmenidean Axiom
Doubtless, the persistent repetition of the ‘non-’ prefix in Laruelle’s work
invites the suspicion that an entirely negative mode of determination, or a
species of conceptual via negativa, has been substituted for positive
characterisation. Such suspicions, although understandable, are nevertheless
misguided. They fail to bear in mind the way in which Laruelle uses the ‘non-’
as a kind of auxiliary classifier or index for non-auto-Decisional radicality, one
which always unleashes a dimension of positive characterisation already
immanent in the terms and concepts to which it is applied. In this respect, its
function is best understood as akin to the lifting of a speed restriction or the
raising of a floodgate. Far from blanketly negating the term to which it is
affixed, it actually suspends or disqualifies a precise set of conceptual strictures
through which a determinate species of thinking (i.e. the auto-positional/autodonational kind) superimposes certain systemically structured conditions onto
the ineradicable simplicity of a phenomenon whose parameters of immanent
manifestation are as conceptually uncircumscribable as they are
phenomenologically unencompassable.
196 Cf. Laruelle, 1999, p.140; and 1996, pp. 83, 162-185, 240.
135
Thus, although it seems to deny, like Zarathustra’s No197, Laruelle’s
‘non-’ is ultimately a No that performs the Yes. What it suspends is the selfimposed constriction of philosophical thought’s auto-Decisional sufficiency, the
charmed circle of its auto-positional and auto-donational autonomy. The
cancellation of that sufficiency actually dissimulates an affirmation of the
radically unconditioned; that which frees Decision from its absolute selfsufficiency by conditioning Decision without being conditioned by it in return.
Accordingly, non-Decisional thinking reaffirms the ineradicable immanence of
the phenomenon ‘itself’ by suspending the hallucinatory character of its
attempted phenomenologisation at the hands of Decision.
As a result, the function of Laruellean razor might be summarized in the
following way: it allows for the radicalisation and generalisation of every
philosophical Decision on the basis of a last instance that is Undecidable only
because it is the already Decided irreversibly determining every Decision; a last
instance that is Undeterminable only because it is the already Determinate
irreversibly determining or cloning whatever remains
philosophically
Determinable. Thus, the razor is the organon for the non-Decisional
determination of Decision.
Consequently, the razor provides us with that non-materialist force-(of)thought through which we intend to clone matter’s non-Decisional Identity from
the Decisional hybrids of unobjectifiable immanence and objectivating
transcendence. By suspending the illusion of absolute autonomy through which
the materialist Decision believed itself sufficient to determine matter, we
transform the materiological hybridisations of ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter
itself’ into an occasion for the non-materiological cloning of the radical hyle as
a non-conceptual symbol for matter’s radical foreclosure to Decision, for its
non-materiological Identity as separate-without-separation.
Moreover, implicit in this non-materiological use of Laruelle’s razor is
nothing less than a discontinuation or suspension of the Parmenidean axiom that
we saw to be latent in the auto-Deductive structure of every philosophical
Decision. That axiom posits the identity-in-difference, the reciprocal cobelonging or mutual pre-supposition of thinking and Being, Logos and Phusys,
in the form of the Same as Decisional ‘auto’. Every Decision, viewed
transcendentally in terms of its pretension to absolute sufficiency as autoDeductive synthesis of the real and the ideal, or One-of-the-Dyad, effectively
recapitulates the structure of the Parmenidean axiom: it posits the reciprocal
co-determination of thinking and Being. But in lifting this axiom, a nonParmenidean thinking subordinates all thinking to a Real which is now
foreclosed a priori to the dyadic distinction between thinking and Being,
136
thereby suspending the Decisional determination of the Real in favour of a
determination of Decision according to the Real’s foreclosure: “Instead of
supposing that thinking co-determines the Real as Being, it is the Real –but as
One- which determines thinking through foreclosure (which is to say: without
any reflexion whatsoever of the one in the other) rather than merely unilaterally
or without reversibility. The formula for their relation is the following: ‘the One
and thinking, or the One and Being, are identical but only in-the-lastinstance.’” (Laruelle (ed.), 1998, pp.150-1).
By severing the bi-lateral reciprocity that allowed for the reciprocal
determinability, continuous reversibility and hence the merely synthetic or
unitary disjunction between thinking and Being, the Laruellean razor opens up
the possibility of discovering a Real without ontological Unity, a Real
definitively shorn of every vestigial residue of ontological consistency.
Accordingly, it is the Real as foreclosed to those dyadic syntheses of thinking
and Being which guarantee ontological consistency; the Real as an Identity
foreclosed to Decisional unity, rather than as auto-Decisional synthesis of ideal
unity and real multiplicity, which, through its universal giving of Decision as a
determinable occasion, indexes a genuinely unencompassable, utterly
inconsistent manifold of radically indivisible divisions198. Thus, in Chapter 7
we shall see how this non-Decisional cloning of the Real as separate-withoutseparation uses the Decisional hybridisation of identity and duality, of real
indivision and ideal division, in order to engender Identities-without-unity
which are simultaneously dualities-without-synthesis; each radically universal
without being generic, irreducibly individual without being ontologically
individuated, and no longer circumscribable within the horizons of objective
disclosure199.
For the time being however, having (we hope) somewhat clarified the
function of the Laruellean razor qua instrument for the non-Decisional cloning
of Decision, let’s see if we can provide further elucidation of this important but
undeniably difficult idea by putting forward a concrete exemplification of it,
using as our material the Decisional distinction between ‘matter as such’ and
‘matter itself’ with which we began.
198 Cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.312-313.
197Cf. Gilles Deleuze, Nietzsche and Philosophy, London: Athlone, 1983, pp. 171-186.
199 Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372.
135
Thus, although it seems to deny, like Zarathustra’s No197, Laruelle’s
‘non-’ is ultimately a No that performs the Yes. What it suspends is the selfimposed constriction of philosophical thought’s auto-Decisional sufficiency, the
charmed circle of its auto-positional and auto-donational autonomy. The
cancellation of that sufficiency actually dissimulates an affirmation of the
radically unconditioned; that which frees Decision from its absolute selfsufficiency by conditioning Decision without being conditioned by it in return.
Accordingly, non-Decisional thinking reaffirms the ineradicable immanence of
the phenomenon ‘itself’ by suspending the hallucinatory character of its
attempted phenomenologisation at the hands of Decision.
As a result, the function of Laruellean razor might be summarized in the
following way: it allows for the radicalisation and generalisation of every
philosophical Decision on the basis of a last instance that is Undecidable only
because it is the already Decided irreversibly determining every Decision; a last
instance that is Undeterminable only because it is the already Determinate
irreversibly determining or cloning whatever remains
philosophically
Determinable. Thus, the razor is the organon for the non-Decisional
determination of Decision.
Consequently, the razor provides us with that non-materialist force-(of)thought through which we intend to clone matter’s non-Decisional Identity from
the Decisional hybrids of unobjectifiable immanence and objectivating
transcendence. By suspending the illusion of absolute autonomy through which
the materialist Decision believed itself sufficient to determine matter, we
transform the materiological hybridisations of ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter
itself’ into an occasion for the non-materiological cloning of the radical hyle as
a non-conceptual symbol for matter’s radical foreclosure to Decision, for its
non-materiological Identity as separate-without-separation.
Moreover, implicit in this non-materiological use of Laruelle’s razor is
nothing less than a discontinuation or suspension of the Parmenidean axiom that
we saw to be latent in the auto-Deductive structure of every philosophical
Decision. That axiom posits the identity-in-difference, the reciprocal cobelonging or mutual pre-supposition of thinking and Being, Logos and Phusys,
in the form of the Same as Decisional ‘auto’. Every Decision, viewed
transcendentally in terms of its pretension to absolute sufficiency as autoDeductive synthesis of the real and the ideal, or One-of-the-Dyad, effectively
recapitulates the structure of the Parmenidean axiom: it posits the reciprocal
co-determination of thinking and Being. But in lifting this axiom, a nonParmenidean thinking subordinates all thinking to a Real which is now
foreclosed a priori to the dyadic distinction between thinking and Being,
136
thereby suspending the Decisional determination of the Real in favour of a
determination of Decision according to the Real’s foreclosure: “Instead of
supposing that thinking co-determines the Real as Being, it is the Real –but as
One- which determines thinking through foreclosure (which is to say: without
any reflexion whatsoever of the one in the other) rather than merely unilaterally
or without reversibility. The formula for their relation is the following: ‘the One
and thinking, or the One and Being, are identical but only in-the-lastinstance.’” (Laruelle (ed.), 1998, pp.150-1).
By severing the bi-lateral reciprocity that allowed for the reciprocal
determinability, continuous reversibility and hence the merely synthetic or
unitary disjunction between thinking and Being, the Laruellean razor opens up
the possibility of discovering a Real without ontological Unity, a Real
definitively shorn of every vestigial residue of ontological consistency.
Accordingly, it is the Real as foreclosed to those dyadic syntheses of thinking
and Being which guarantee ontological consistency; the Real as an Identity
foreclosed to Decisional unity, rather than as auto-Decisional synthesis of ideal
unity and real multiplicity, which, through its universal giving of Decision as a
determinable occasion, indexes a genuinely unencompassable, utterly
inconsistent manifold of radically indivisible divisions198. Thus, in Chapter 7
we shall see how this non-Decisional cloning of the Real as separate-withoutseparation uses the Decisional hybridisation of identity and duality, of real
indivision and ideal division, in order to engender Identities-without-unity
which are simultaneously dualities-without-synthesis; each radically universal
without being generic, irreducibly individual without being ontologically
individuated, and no longer circumscribable within the horizons of objective
disclosure199.
For the time being however, having (we hope) somewhat clarified the
function of the Laruellean razor qua instrument for the non-Decisional cloning
of Decision, let’s see if we can provide further elucidation of this important but
undeniably difficult idea by putting forward a concrete exemplification of it,
using as our material the Decisional distinction between ‘matter as such’ and
‘matter itself’ with which we began.
198 Cf. infra, Chapter 6, pp.312-313.
197Cf. Gilles Deleuze, Nietzsche and Philosophy, London: Athlone, 1983, pp. 171-186.
199 Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372.
137
CHAPTER 6
THE RADICAL HYLE AS FIRST NAME OF
MATTER
We are now ready to see in what way the Laruellean razor can allow us to
use the Decisional distinction between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’ as the
basis for their non-Decisional separation. In other words, we are going to use
the Decisionally posited distinction between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’
as the occasion for a non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ in its radically
immanent Identity as already-separate or separate-without-separation.
Because it is carried out in accordance with the radicality of
unobjectifiable immanence –the vision-in-One as given-without-givenness- this
non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ envelops four distinct but
indissociable aspects:
1.
A radically performative200 aspect as the identity-(of)-utterance
through which the radical hyle is posited as a non-conceptual symbol for
‘matter itself’.
2.
A radically subjective201 aspect in the Alien-subject of the nonDecisional theory through which this positing is performed.
3.
A radically axiomatic202 aspect in accordance with which nonmaterialism posits matter’s non-intuitive and non-conceptual Identity.
4.
Finally, a radically phenomenal203 aspect in the dimension of
non-intuitive or non-phenomenological phenomenality proper to the register of
theorematic descriptions following from the axiomatic positing of the radical
hyle.
This latter aspect is particularly important with regard to countering
certain spontaneous but shortsighted philosophical objections to the nonmaterialist suspension of the materialist Decision, viz., that it represents a
200 The performative dimension of non-philosophical thought is explicitly discussed in Laruelle, 1985, pp. 198202; 1989, pp. 169-171; 1996, pp.204-225 & 231-235; and Laruelle (ed.)1998, pp. 155-158. However, it is
important to remember that all of Laruelle’s works subsequent to Principes de la Non-Philosophie, i.e. those in
which he effects the non-philosophical axiomatisation of a specific philosophical material -exemplified in
Laruelle, 2000a, and 2000b- are nothing but detailed and extended descriptions of this non-Decisional
performativity in effect.
201For Laruelle’s account of the non-philosophical subject as a transcendental Stranger (Etranger) for the World
of philosophical Decision, cf. Laruelle, 1995, especially Chapters I and II, pp.60-169; 1996, Chapter III, pp. 95143; 2000a, pp.249-285; 1999, pp. 146-148; and Laruelle (ed.) 1998, pp. 64-66.
202 The theme of a transcendental axiomatisation of philosophical Decision is omnipresent throughout
Philosophie III, but cf. in particular Laruelle, 1995, pp.138-143; 1996, pp.240-242; 1999, §2.1.6., p.140; 2000a,
pp.71-98; 2000b, pp.74-78; and Laruelle (ed.), pp.33-35.
203Although always implicit in the premises of the non-philosophical project, the notion of a ‘non-intuitive’ or
‘non-phenomenological’ phenomenality has only recently been explicitly thematised by Laruelle. Cf. Laruelle,
1999, § 3.1.4., p.141; 2000a, pp.231-235; and 2000c, pp. 186-187.
138
peculiarly sterile, inconsequential, and ultimately impotent way of operating.
For it is in virtue of this dimension of non-intuitive phenomenality that the nonmaterialist axiomatic endows thinking with an unprecedented universal scope.
Non-materialist thinking posits the Identity of ‘matter itself’ as foreclosed to
Decision; which is to say that it posits the Identity of matter as foreclosed to
conceptual circumscription or as being intrinsically without-concept. But it is as
a result of this foreclosure that non-materialist theory is able to discover and to
operate within unheard-of parameters of phenomenal descriptions for ‘matter
itself’, unconstrained by the bounds of phenomenological –which is to say,
neurophysiological -possibility204. The non-materialist axiomatic engenders
modalities of theorematic description for ‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle which
are each incommensurable at the phenomenological level but phenomenally
equivalent insofar as all are determined as adequate-in-the-last-instance to the
radical hyle as phenomenon-without-logos. Thus, its cognitive capacities
unhampered by the twin constraints of empirical physiology and human-beingin-the-world, the Alien-subject of non-materialist theory accesses a genuinely
transcendental –which is to say, rigorously universal or extra-terrestrialdimension of phenomenal ‘experience’. This is non-materialist gnosis as that
‘more secret knowing of matter’ which was hinted at earlier by Laruelle
himself205.
Lastly, and before we proceed, it is important to remind the reader that, as
we describe in turn each of these three aspects of the non-Decisional positing of
‘matter itself’, he or she should note the way in which, at each stage of the
description, this non-Decisional procedure engenders a transparent -but
obviously non phono-logocentric206- coincidence of saying and doing. In other
words, at each stage of the description, we are doing what we describe and
describing what we are doing. This is the simplest index of what we mean by a
thinking in accordance with radical immanence.
The Radical Hyle as Non-Conceptual Symbol for the Identity of
Utterance
Our non-Decisional cloning of materialist Decision involves releasing
matter’s non-materiological Identity as transcendentally foreclosed to the
materiological hybridisation of ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’. But since
matter’s foreclosure to Decision also entails its foreclosure to conceptual
circumscription and symbolic representation, the operation of cloning will
204 Cf. infra Chapter 7, but especially Chapter 8, pp.415-421.
205 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, p.202; and Laruelle 1981, p.109.
206Because of its non-auto-positional and non-auto-donational character, this non-Decisional Identity of saying
and doing -or of statement and utterance- cannot be equated with the phono-logocentric unity of signifying
speech and phenomenological sense as deconstructed by Derrida via his reading of Husserl. Cf. Derrida, 1973.
137
CHAPTER 6
THE RADICAL HYLE AS FIRST NAME OF
MATTER
We are now ready to see in what way the Laruellean razor can allow us to
use the Decisional distinction between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’ as the
basis for their non-Decisional separation. In other words, we are going to use
the Decisionally posited distinction between ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’
as the occasion for a non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ in its radically
immanent Identity as already-separate or separate-without-separation.
Because it is carried out in accordance with the radicality of
unobjectifiable immanence –the vision-in-One as given-without-givenness- this
non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ envelops four distinct but
indissociable aspects:
1.
A radically performative200 aspect as the identity-(of)-utterance
through which the radical hyle is posited as a non-conceptual symbol for
‘matter itself’.
2.
A radically subjective201 aspect in the Alien-subject of the nonDecisional theory through which this positing is performed.
3.
A radically axiomatic202 aspect in accordance with which nonmaterialism posits matter’s non-intuitive and non-conceptual Identity.
4.
Finally, a radically phenomenal203 aspect in the dimension of
non-intuitive or non-phenomenological phenomenality proper to the register of
theorematic descriptions following from the axiomatic positing of the radical
hyle.
This latter aspect is particularly important with regard to countering
certain spontaneous but shortsighted philosophical objections to the nonmaterialist suspension of the materialist Decision, viz., that it represents a
200 The performative dimension of non-philosophical thought is explicitly discussed in Laruelle, 1985, pp. 198202; 1989, pp. 169-171; 1996, pp.204-225 & 231-235; and Laruelle (ed.)1998, pp. 155-158. However, it is
important to remember that all of Laruelle’s works subsequent to Principes de la Non-Philosophie, i.e. those in
which he effects the non-philosophical axiomatisation of a specific philosophical material -exemplified in
Laruelle, 2000a, and 2000b- are nothing but detailed and extended descriptions of this non-Decisional
performativity in effect.
201For Laruelle’s account of the non-philosophical subject as a transcendental Stranger (Etranger) for the World
of philosophical Decision, cf. Laruelle, 1995, especially Chapters I and II, pp.60-169; 1996, Chapter III, pp. 95143; 2000a, pp.249-285; 1999, pp. 146-148; and Laruelle (ed.) 1998, pp. 64-66.
202 The theme of a transcendental axiomatisation of philosophical Decision is omnipresent throughout
Philosophie III, but cf. in particular Laruelle, 1995, pp.138-143; 1996, pp.240-242; 1999, §2.1.6., p.140; 2000a,
pp.71-98; 2000b, pp.74-78; and Laruelle (ed.), pp.33-35.
203Although always implicit in the premises of the non-philosophical project, the notion of a ‘non-intuitive’ or
‘non-phenomenological’ phenomenality has only recently been explicitly thematised by Laruelle. Cf. Laruelle,
1999, § 3.1.4., p.141; 2000a, pp.231-235; and 2000c, pp. 186-187.
138
peculiarly sterile, inconsequential, and ultimately impotent way of operating.
For it is in virtue of this dimension of non-intuitive phenomenality that the nonmaterialist axiomatic endows thinking with an unprecedented universal scope.
Non-materialist thinking posits the Identity of ‘matter itself’ as foreclosed to
Decision; which is to say that it posits the Identity of matter as foreclosed to
conceptual circumscription or as being intrinsically without-concept. But it is as
a result of this foreclosure that non-materialist theory is able to discover and to
operate within unheard-of parameters of phenomenal descriptions for ‘matter
itself’, unconstrained by the bounds of phenomenological –which is to say,
neurophysiological -possibility204. The non-materialist axiomatic engenders
modalities of theorematic description for ‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle which
are each incommensurable at the phenomenological level but phenomenally
equivalent insofar as all are determined as adequate-in-the-last-instance to the
radical hyle as phenomenon-without-logos. Thus, its cognitive capacities
unhampered by the twin constraints of empirical physiology and human-beingin-the-world, the Alien-subject of non-materialist theory accesses a genuinely
transcendental –which is to say, rigorously universal or extra-terrestrialdimension of phenomenal ‘experience’. This is non-materialist gnosis as that
‘more secret knowing of matter’ which was hinted at earlier by Laruelle
himself205.
Lastly, and before we proceed, it is important to remind the reader that, as
we describe in turn each of these three aspects of the non-Decisional positing of
‘matter itself’, he or she should note the way in which, at each stage of the
description, this non-Decisional procedure engenders a transparent -but
obviously non phono-logocentric206- coincidence of saying and doing. In other
words, at each stage of the description, we are doing what we describe and
describing what we are doing. This is the simplest index of what we mean by a
thinking in accordance with radical immanence.
The Radical Hyle as Non-Conceptual Symbol for the Identity of
Utterance
Our non-Decisional cloning of materialist Decision involves releasing
matter’s non-materiological Identity as transcendentally foreclosed to the
materiological hybridisation of ‘matter as such’ and ‘matter itself’. But since
matter’s foreclosure to Decision also entails its foreclosure to conceptual
circumscription and symbolic representation, the operation of cloning will
204 Cf. infra Chapter 7, but especially Chapter 8, pp.415-421.
205 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, p.202; and Laruelle 1981, p.109.
206Because of its non-auto-positional and non-auto-donational character, this non-Decisional Identity of saying
and doing -or of statement and utterance- cannot be equated with the phono-logocentric unity of signifying
speech and phenomenological sense as deconstructed by Derrida via his reading of Husserl. Cf. Derrida, 1973.
139
necessitate suspending the materiological faith in the sufficiency of conceptual
circumscriptions and signifying representations ‘of’ matter. In other words, we
are about to discontinue the materiological amphiboly of utterance and
statement; the amphiboly whereby the unobjectifiable conditions of utterance
are perpetually reinscribed within the objectivating ideality of statement207.
For by suspending the sufficiency of materialist Decision we suspend the
sufficiency presumed in any and every conceptual symbolisation of matter ‘as
such’; which is to say, every discursive circumscription of matter ‘itself’ by
means of signifying statements.
Accordingly, the non-Decisional cloning of materialist Decision will
necessitate subordinating all those conceptual symbolisations ‘of’ matter which
are inseparable from the putative sufficiency of matter’s Decisional
determination to the non-Decisional positing of an improper first-name or nonconceptual symbol enacting matter’s foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation.
Instead of matter’s supposedly-sufficient determination via the materiological
hybridisation of ontological concept and signifying symbol, in conformity with
the Decisional amphiboly of linguistic description and ontological constitution,
it is now matter in its foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation and linguistic
signification, matter as first-name or non-conceptual symbol, that will
transcendentally determine –or give-without-givenness- its own nomination and
symbolisation.
Thus, it is important to bear in mind that in suspending the spontaneous
philosophical faith in the sufficiency of Decision, we also suspend the
presupposition that all thinking is necessarily sustained by the complex,
tripartite structure of the philosophical logos. That structure effects the
transcendental synthesis of thought, word and thing: conceptually posited
ideality and linguistically presupposed reality are reciprocally articulated and
synthesised through the petitioning of the logos as the already-given Unity of
thinking, speaking, and being; the identity-in-difference of conceptual position,
linguistic presupposition, and ontological manifestation. Thus, the philosophical
logos as Decisional ‘autos’, absolute auto-position/auto-donation, or identity-indifference of thinking and Being, performs an ontologically disclosive function
in which the linguistic sign is necessarily incorporated. It is this onto-logical
unity of conceptualisation and signification that is supposed to furnish thinking
with its sine qua non. This is the presupposition which sustains the
philosopher’s spontaneous confidence in the irrecusable empirical reality of the
signifier as well as his trust in the co-constitutive reciprocity between language
and Being.
207 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, pp.194-199.
140
It is this amphiboly of thought and language, concept and sign, which has
been suspended along with the sufficiency of Decision. The onto-logical unity
of conceptualisation and signification remains enveloped within the autodonational/auto-positional structure of philosophical Decision that we have
non-Decisionally suspended and reduced to the level of empirical occasion for a
thinking in which the amphiboly of description and constitution is no longer
operative. In separating ‘matter itself’ from its Decisional hybridisation with
‘matter as such’, we effect an irrevocable separation between matter as the
already-constituted determinant of description, and description as a mere
determinable occasion. This separation of description and constitution involves
the positing of a non-conceptual symbol enacting matter’s foreclosure to
ontological constitution. The non-conceptual symbolisation of matter reduces
the amphiboly of concept and sign, the reciprocal articulation of philosophy and
language, to the level of a neutral, non-constitutive symbolic support208 for
thought; one from which it is possible to clone a radically performative term or
symbol which will enact, rather than designate or refer to, matter’s foreclosure
to conceptual symbolisation. Thus, the non-materiological identification of
matter as already-separate-without-separation from the mixtures of name and
concept, of the performative and the constative, consists in the axiomatic
positing of a first-name or non-conceptual symbol which enacts the foreclosure
through which matter determines Decision in-the-last-instance209.
The radical hyle is the first-name or non-conceptual symbol that we have
chosen in order to designate matter’s foreclosure to the materiological
hybridisation of conceptual symbolisation and linguistic nomination. Moreover,
it is clear that in this particular instance, our cloning of the Identity of ‘matter
itself’ as a hyle devoid of all ontological consistency and hyletic continuity has
been occasioned by our earlier descriptions of the hyletic continuum as infinite,
self-positing synthesis of unobjectifiable materiality and objectivating
208 “There are two paradigmatic uses of language: as logos, which is to say, as ether of Being and faktum for
philosophy, as language endowed with the power of disclosure and transcendence; or as symbolic (which is to
say, irreducible to the logico-linguistic signifier) whereby it serves as a support for pure theoretical
representation, but no longer as faktum. The status of language shifts from that of horizon, instrumental circuit
for thought, polysemic or disseminatory resource, to that of functioning as a ‘mere’ support, one which no longer
enjoys a supposedly originary continuity with the dimension of theoreticity. The words, the statements, and even
the themes of philosophy give rise to now inert, philosophically sterile symbols, but symbols that are combined
or assembled according to a priori rules which are those of pure theoretical representation, of the theoreticity of
all possible theory.”(Laruelle, 1991, p.201)
209 “ A first name is not only posited-as-first in the order of thought in general, it is also -here at least- the object
of an act-of-position but one that is determined-in-the-last-instance by its ‘object’, and hence adequate in this
manner to [its object] as given-without-givenness or posited-without-position. Such first names are not ancient
proper names now philosophically treated as also being first (in the manner of the philosophical ‘axiomatic)’.
They are identically and intrinsically proper and first, devoid of all ontico-metaphysical primacy. Here the name
is only proper(to)itself but in the manner of an identity given to it only in-the-last-instance, and one which,
according to this use, does not fall within the purview of a deconstruction.”(Laruelle, 2000a, p.72)
139
necessitate suspending the materiological faith in the sufficiency of conceptual
circumscriptions and signifying representations ‘of’ matter. In other words, we
are about to discontinue the materiological amphiboly of utterance and
statement; the amphiboly whereby the unobjectifiable conditions of utterance
are perpetually reinscribed within the objectivating ideality of statement207.
For by suspending the sufficiency of materialist Decision we suspend the
sufficiency presumed in any and every conceptual symbolisation of matter ‘as
such’; which is to say, every discursive circumscription of matter ‘itself’ by
means of signifying statements.
Accordingly, the non-Decisional cloning of materialist Decision will
necessitate subordinating all those conceptual symbolisations ‘of’ matter which
are inseparable from the putative sufficiency of matter’s Decisional
determination to the non-Decisional positing of an improper first-name or nonconceptual symbol enacting matter’s foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation.
Instead of matter’s supposedly-sufficient determination via the materiological
hybridisation of ontological concept and signifying symbol, in conformity with
the Decisional amphiboly of linguistic description and ontological constitution,
it is now matter in its foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation and linguistic
signification, matter as first-name or non-conceptual symbol, that will
transcendentally determine –or give-without-givenness- its own nomination and
symbolisation.
Thus, it is important to bear in mind that in suspending the spontaneous
philosophical faith in the sufficiency of Decision, we also suspend the
presupposition that all thinking is necessarily sustained by the complex,
tripartite structure of the philosophical logos. That structure effects the
transcendental synthesis of thought, word and thing: conceptually posited
ideality and linguistically presupposed reality are reciprocally articulated and
synthesised through the petitioning of the logos as the already-given Unity of
thinking, speaking, and being; the identity-in-difference of conceptual position,
linguistic presupposition, and ontological manifestation. Thus, the philosophical
logos as Decisional ‘autos’, absolute auto-position/auto-donation, or identity-indifference of thinking and Being, performs an ontologically disclosive function
in which the linguistic sign is necessarily incorporated. It is this onto-logical
unity of conceptualisation and signification that is supposed to furnish thinking
with its sine qua non. This is the presupposition which sustains the
philosopher’s spontaneous confidence in the irrecusable empirical reality of the
signifier as well as his trust in the co-constitutive reciprocity between language
and Being.
207 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, pp.194-199.
140
It is this amphiboly of thought and language, concept and sign, which has
been suspended along with the sufficiency of Decision. The onto-logical unity
of conceptualisation and signification remains enveloped within the autodonational/auto-positional structure of philosophical Decision that we have
non-Decisionally suspended and reduced to the level of empirical occasion for a
thinking in which the amphiboly of description and constitution is no longer
operative. In separating ‘matter itself’ from its Decisional hybridisation with
‘matter as such’, we effect an irrevocable separation between matter as the
already-constituted determinant of description, and description as a mere
determinable occasion. This separation of description and constitution involves
the positing of a non-conceptual symbol enacting matter’s foreclosure to
ontological constitution. The non-conceptual symbolisation of matter reduces
the amphiboly of concept and sign, the reciprocal articulation of philosophy and
language, to the level of a neutral, non-constitutive symbolic support208 for
thought; one from which it is possible to clone a radically performative term or
symbol which will enact, rather than designate or refer to, matter’s foreclosure
to conceptual symbolisation. Thus, the non-materiological identification of
matter as already-separate-without-separation from the mixtures of name and
concept, of the performative and the constative, consists in the axiomatic
positing of a first-name or non-conceptual symbol which enacts the foreclosure
through which matter determines Decision in-the-last-instance209.
The radical hyle is the first-name or non-conceptual symbol that we have
chosen in order to designate matter’s foreclosure to the materiological
hybridisation of conceptual symbolisation and linguistic nomination. Moreover,
it is clear that in this particular instance, our cloning of the Identity of ‘matter
itself’ as a hyle devoid of all ontological consistency and hyletic continuity has
been occasioned by our earlier descriptions of the hyletic continuum as infinite,
self-positing synthesis of unobjectifiable materiality and objectivating
208 “There are two paradigmatic uses of language: as logos, which is to say, as ether of Being and faktum for
philosophy, as language endowed with the power of disclosure and transcendence; or as symbolic (which is to
say, irreducible to the logico-linguistic signifier) whereby it serves as a support for pure theoretical
representation, but no longer as faktum. The status of language shifts from that of horizon, instrumental circuit
for thought, polysemic or disseminatory resource, to that of functioning as a ‘mere’ support, one which no longer
enjoys a supposedly originary continuity with the dimension of theoreticity. The words, the statements, and even
the themes of philosophy give rise to now inert, philosophically sterile symbols, but symbols that are combined
or assembled according to a priori rules which are those of pure theoretical representation, of the theoreticity of
all possible theory.”(Laruelle, 1991, p.201)
209 “ A first name is not only posited-as-first in the order of thought in general, it is also -here at least- the object
of an act-of-position but one that is determined-in-the-last-instance by its ‘object’, and hence adequate in this
manner to [its object] as given-without-givenness or posited-without-position. Such first names are not ancient
proper names now philosophically treated as also being first (in the manner of the philosophical ‘axiomatic)’.
They are identically and intrinsically proper and first, devoid of all ontico-metaphysical primacy. Here the name
is only proper(to)itself but in the manner of an identity given to it only in-the-last-instance, and one which,
according to this use, does not fall within the purview of a deconstruction.”(Laruelle, 2000a, p.72)
141
ideality210. Thus, the radical hyle is our non-conceptual symbol for the
unobjectifiable immanence of ‘matter itself’ in its foreclosure to ideal continuity
and ontological consistency. And it is as a non-signifying symbol cloned from
the hyletic continuum qua Decisional hybrid of ontological constitution and
linguistic nomination that the radical hyle is non-Decisionally posited or givenwithout-givenness in its foreclosure to the idealised consistency of conceptual
symbolisation as well as to the idealised continuity of ontological objectivation.
Accordingly, the radical hyle211 is neither a symbol nor a name in the
conventional philosophical senses of those terms. It does not ‘stand in’, via a
relation of designation or reference, for some putatively extra-linguistic or
supra-conceptual reality. Likewise, it is not a metaphysically proper name, in
the sense of a sign bearing an exclusive or intrinsic proprietary relation to some
absolutely present entity or transcendental signified. But neither is it an instance
of the différance or cross-contamination between signifier and signified, word
and object, thought and thing. On the contrary, the radical hyle enacts its own
foreclosure to the materiological amphiboly –which includes the différance between signifying transcendence and transcendental signified. Whereas
différance qua Undecidable remains bound to the metaphysical opposition from
which it absolves itself as a metaphysically indeterminable oscillation between
empirical signifier and transcendental signified, the radical hyle is the nonDecidable as foreclosed to the philosophical dyad ‘decidable/undecidable’
whose validity différance continues to presuppose even in order to disrupt it.
Hence, the Identity of the radical hyle as non-conceptual symbol is that of the
non-Decidable as already-decided determinant for the undecidable différance
between signifier and signified. The radical hyle is the non-Determinable as the
already-determined which determines the onto-logical amphiboly of description
and constitution.
Thus, the radical hyle can be understood neither as a nomination of
‘matter’ qua transcendental signified, which is to say, transcendent
metaphysical reality; nor as a conceptual materialisation, in the manner for
instance in which the Deleuzoguattarian Concept counter-effectuated an
intensively defined materiality212. It is neither an empirical conceptualisation of
matter nor a transcendental materialisation of the concept213. It is a non210 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.113-161.
211Hence the fact that we refuse to distinguish –as would be customary in this very instance- between its use and
its mention by adorning it with inverted commas. The reason being that this is a philosophical distinction which
presupposes the validity of the signifying use of language which we have already suspended.
212 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.108-124.
213Although it is by operating according to the radical hyle’s foreclosure to materialist Decision that we effect a
transcendental materialisation of Decision qua empirical occasion. The point being that the non-philosophical
materialisation of Decision constitutes a radical universalisation of the philosophical materialisation of the
concept.
142
conceptual symbol for ‘matter itself’ in its Identity as already-manifest-withoutmanifestation and foreclosed a priori to the materiological différance that tries
to substitute an undecidable mixture of statement and utterance for the hyle’s
radically immanent Identity as that which is already-uttered or uttered-withoutstatement.
Accordingly, instead of Deciding that ‘matter itself’ is
unconceptualisable because it is the enstatic immediation of materiality as
excluding the ekstatic distinction of thought and thing -an exclusion which
reincludes the unthinkable within thought214; or Deciding that it is
conceptualisable but only via the sublation of the distinction between ‘matter as
such’ and ‘matter itself’-a sublation which renders thought and materiality coconstitutive215; we clone the radical hyle as a first-name for ‘matter itself’ now
considered as already-given, already-manifest, and foreclosed to the distinction
between the conceptualisable and the unconceptualisable.
This non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as non-conceptual
symbol for ‘matter itself’ in its Identity as already-uttered constitutes the ‘first
ultimation’ in the inception of a non-materialist axiomatic. The radical hyle is
non-Decisionally presupposed as given-without-givenness through an act of
axiomatic positing; it is posited-without-presupposition as a first-name for
radical immanence. Consequently, the radical hyle enacts the immanent Identity
of material utterance as already-uttered, an Identity-(of)-utterance which cannot
be conflated with the materiological nomination of ‘matter’ as a mixture of
objectivated reality, objectivating ideality, and unobjectifiable immanence; a
hybrid which, as we saw in Chapter 4, perpetually reincludes the unobjectifiable
immanence of material utterance within the objectivating transcendence of
materialist statement.
But this means that the act of non-Decisional positing or first ultimation
described above, whereby the radical hyle is posited-without-position as the
first-name of matter, is immanently determined-in-the-last-instance by the
radical hyle itself. If this is so, it is important to see why this does not repeat the
auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency whereby Decisional thinking
posits its own presupposition. For in this instance, the positing of the radical
hyle as already-given is merely contingently occasioned by the sufficiency of
the materiological Decision. Which is to say that this positing is itself
determined by the radical hyle insofar as the latter has already-given Decision
as an occasion for thinking and been cloned as an Identity for thought on that
basis. In other words, the act of non-materiological positing –the axiomatic
ultimation- described above remains non-constitutive or non-determining vis a
214Cf. Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
215 Cf. Chapter 3, pp.154-161.
141
ideality210. Thus, the radical hyle is our non-conceptual symbol for the
unobjectifiable immanence of ‘matter itself’ in its foreclosure to ideal continuity
and ontological consistency. And it is as a non-signifying symbol cloned from
the hyletic continuum qua Decisional hybrid of ontological constitution and
linguistic nomination that the radical hyle is non-Decisionally posited or givenwithout-givenness in its foreclosure to the idealised consistency of conceptual
symbolisation as well as to the idealised continuity of ontological objectivation.
Accordingly, the radical hyle211 is neither a symbol nor a name in the
conventional philosophical senses of those terms. It does not ‘stand in’, via a
relation of designation or reference, for some putatively extra-linguistic or
supra-conceptual reality. Likewise, it is not a metaphysically proper name, in
the sense of a sign bearing an exclusive or intrinsic proprietary relation to some
absolutely present entity or transcendental signified. But neither is it an instance
of the différance or cross-contamination between signifier and signified, word
and object, thought and thing. On the contrary, the radical hyle enacts its own
foreclosure to the materiological amphiboly –which includes the différance between signifying transcendence and transcendental signified. Whereas
différance qua Undecidable remains bound to the metaphysical opposition from
which it absolves itself as a metaphysically indeterminable oscillation between
empirical signifier and transcendental signified, the radical hyle is the nonDecidable as foreclosed to the philosophical dyad ‘decidable/undecidable’
whose validity différance continues to presuppose even in order to disrupt it.
Hence, the Identity of the radical hyle as non-conceptual symbol is that of the
non-Decidable as already-decided determinant for the undecidable différance
between signifier and signified. The radical hyle is the non-Determinable as the
already-determined which determines the onto-logical amphiboly of description
and constitution.
Thus, the radical hyle can be understood neither as a nomination of
‘matter’ qua transcendental signified, which is to say, transcendent
metaphysical reality; nor as a conceptual materialisation, in the manner for
instance in which the Deleuzoguattarian Concept counter-effectuated an
intensively defined materiality212. It is neither an empirical conceptualisation of
matter nor a transcendental materialisation of the concept213. It is a non210 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.113-161.
211Hence the fact that we refuse to distinguish –as would be customary in this very instance- between its use and
its mention by adorning it with inverted commas. The reason being that this is a philosophical distinction which
presupposes the validity of the signifying use of language which we have already suspended.
212 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.108-124.
213Although it is by operating according to the radical hyle’s foreclosure to materialist Decision that we effect a
transcendental materialisation of Decision qua empirical occasion. The point being that the non-philosophical
materialisation of Decision constitutes a radical universalisation of the philosophical materialisation of the
concept.
142
conceptual symbol for ‘matter itself’ in its Identity as already-manifest-withoutmanifestation and foreclosed a priori to the materiological différance that tries
to substitute an undecidable mixture of statement and utterance for the hyle’s
radically immanent Identity as that which is already-uttered or uttered-withoutstatement.
Accordingly, instead of Deciding that ‘matter itself’ is
unconceptualisable because it is the enstatic immediation of materiality as
excluding the ekstatic distinction of thought and thing -an exclusion which
reincludes the unthinkable within thought214; or Deciding that it is
conceptualisable but only via the sublation of the distinction between ‘matter as
such’ and ‘matter itself’-a sublation which renders thought and materiality coconstitutive215; we clone the radical hyle as a first-name for ‘matter itself’ now
considered as already-given, already-manifest, and foreclosed to the distinction
between the conceptualisable and the unconceptualisable.
This non-Decisional positing of the radical hyle as non-conceptual
symbol for ‘matter itself’ in its Identity as already-uttered constitutes the ‘first
ultimation’ in the inception of a non-materialist axiomatic. The radical hyle is
non-Decisionally presupposed as given-without-givenness through an act of
axiomatic positing; it is posited-without-presupposition as a first-name for
radical immanence. Consequently, the radical hyle enacts the immanent Identity
of material utterance as already-uttered, an Identity-(of)-utterance which cannot
be conflated with the materiological nomination of ‘matter’ as a mixture of
objectivated reality, objectivating ideality, and unobjectifiable immanence; a
hybrid which, as we saw in Chapter 4, perpetually reincludes the unobjectifiable
immanence of material utterance within the objectivating transcendence of
materialist statement.
But this means that the act of non-Decisional positing or first ultimation
described above, whereby the radical hyle is posited-without-position as the
first-name of matter, is immanently determined-in-the-last-instance by the
radical hyle itself. If this is so, it is important to see why this does not repeat the
auto-positional and auto-donational sufficiency whereby Decisional thinking
posits its own presupposition. For in this instance, the positing of the radical
hyle as already-given is merely contingently occasioned by the sufficiency of
the materiological Decision. Which is to say that this positing is itself
determined by the radical hyle insofar as the latter has already-given Decision
as an occasion for thinking and been cloned as an Identity for thought on that
basis. In other words, the act of non-materiological positing –the axiomatic
ultimation- described above remains non-constitutive or non-determining vis a
214Cf. Chapter 2, pp.87-90.
215 Cf. Chapter 3, pp.154-161.
143
vis the immanence of the hyle considered as already-given. Thus, the manner in
which ‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle determines its own naming as a nonconceptual symbol on the occasional basis of its materiological nomination ‘as
such’ must be sharply differentiated from the manner in which, for instance, the
plane of immanence is presupposed as given through the self-positing of the
philosophical Concept216. For in the latter case, the presupposition of the plane
via the Concept and the positing of the Concept on the basis of the plane remain
co-constitutive, whilst in the former, the fact that the radical hyle is alreadyforeclosed to constitution determines its nomination as foreclosed without that
nomination determining or constituting that foreclosure in return.
Accordingly, the non-materialist ultimation of the radical hyle as nonconceptual symbol discontinues the materiological auto-position through which
the objectivating transcendence of materialist statement reinscribes the
unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance. The materiological
reversibility between nomination and constitution has been suspended and
reduced to the level of an occasion. The first ultimation of non-materialist
thinking is itself determined (in-the-last-instance) –i.e. non-Decisionally
cloned- from materiological Decision by the radical hyle despite the fact that we
have been speaking as if it were ‘we’ who were deciding to clone the Identity of
the hyle from Decision. ‘We’ are, but only as the non-philosophical or Aliensubject whose ‘decision’ has already been determined in accordance with the
hyle’s foreclosure. Decisional thinking has already been given as a mere
occasion and determined or cloned as a non-Decisional effectuation of the
hyle’s foreclosure. And the latter is non-Decisionally posited through an
axiomatic ultimation determined by the radical hyle itself. Consequently, the
conditions for this non-Decisional positing are immanently determined-in-thelast-instance by the radical hyle itself. For it is the radical hyle which
immanently determines the conditions for its cloning on the basis of Decision
by effectuating itself as this radically subjective force-(of)-non-materialist
thought.
The non-materialist’s force-(of)-thought consists in enacting this
performative nomination of the radical hyle as first-name for the Identity of
‘utterance itself’, a nomination that consists in the immanent coincidence of
saying and doing. By operating in accordance with the immanence of the radical
hyle as that which is already-uttered (without-statement) and already-performed
(without-performance) by virtue of its foreclosure to the materiological
hybridisation of utterance and statement, non-materialist thinking cannot help
but say what it does and do as it says. Moreover, as we mentioned above, this
216 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.116-124.
144
performative consistency of saying and doing concomitant with the nonmaterialist’s force-(of)-thought is radically subjective in character.
The Alien-Subject
For although the radical hyle is foreclosed to thought –whether
phenomenological or materiological, Decisional or non-Decisional-, that
foreclosure is transcendentally effectuated on the occasional basis of the
materiological Decision as an immanent Identity for non-materiological
thought. It is cloned as a non-materialist force-(of)-thought. And this force-ofthought is synonymous with the radically immanent subjectivation of nonmateriological thinking. Although ‘the Stranger’ (l’Etranger) is Laruelle’s
preferred term for designating the universal subject of non-philosophical theory,
we shall mark its occasional specificity here by referring to the radically
immanent subject of non-materialist thinking as ‘the Alien’. The name is
intended to invoke neither an empirically determinable quality of foreignness,
nor visions of some phantasmatic speculative hybrid, but rather a radically
transcendental and therefore rigorously unenvisageable exteriority217; an
exteriority which is identical with the non-materialist’s force-(of)-thought.
Whereas ‘the Other’ as paradigm of phenomenological alterity –
exemplified in the work of the later Levinas218- is an absolute alterity of infinite
transcendence simultaneously constituting and deconstituting intentional
consciousness, but by that token one which is still phenomenologically posited
and presupposed as given through the offices of Decision, the unobjectifiable
transcendence of the Alien-subject constitutes a non-phenomenologisable
exteriority, one which is given-without-givenness because it is the
transcendental effectuation or cloning of the radical hyle’s foreclosure to the
apophantic logos. Thus, the Alien-subject is foreclosed to the phenomenological
delimitation of absolute alterity as infinitely other relative to intentional
consciousness because it is foreclosed not only to all intentional apprehension
but also to all
Decisional dyads of the sort conscious/unconscious,
objectifiable/unobjectifiable. The latter serve merely as its occasion or empirical
support.
217 In order to diminish the aura of gratuity surrounding our choice of nomination, it might be apposite to recall
one of Laruelle’s most spontaneous, but also most suggestive, characterisations of non-thetic transcendence (the
precursor to the non-auto-positional transcendence of the Stranger-subject) in one of the interviews contained in
1991’s As One (En Tant Qu’Un): “Non-thetic transcendence is ‘the Alien’, an absolutely faceless monster, a
rigorously faceless alterity”(p.224). The ‘non-thetic transcendence’ in terms of which Laruelle characterised the
non-philosopher’s force-(of)-thought throughout Philosophie II prefigures the non-auto-positional transcendence
or distance in terms of which he will characterise the Stranger qua transcendental clone in Philosophie III. More
recently, Laruelle has sketched the lineaments of a unified theory of philosophy and science-fiction -or philofiction- on the basis of a radically immanent Identity of alterity which he sees as science-fiction’s defining affect
and which he qualifies as that of the Alien-without-alienation. Cf. Laruelle, 2000d and infra, Chapters 7 and 8.
218 Cf. for instance, Levinas, 1990.
143
vis the immanence of the hyle considered as already-given. Thus, the manner in
which ‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle determines its own naming as a nonconceptual symbol on the occasional basis of its materiological nomination ‘as
such’ must be sharply differentiated from the manner in which, for instance, the
plane of immanence is presupposed as given through the self-positing of the
philosophical Concept216. For in the latter case, the presupposition of the plane
via the Concept and the positing of the Concept on the basis of the plane remain
co-constitutive, whilst in the former, the fact that the radical hyle is alreadyforeclosed to constitution determines its nomination as foreclosed without that
nomination determining or constituting that foreclosure in return.
Accordingly, the non-materialist ultimation of the radical hyle as nonconceptual symbol discontinues the materiological auto-position through which
the objectivating transcendence of materialist statement reinscribes the
unobjectifiable immanence of material utterance. The materiological
reversibility between nomination and constitution has been suspended and
reduced to the level of an occasion. The first ultimation of non-materialist
thinking is itself determined (in-the-last-instance) –i.e. non-Decisionally
cloned- from materiological Decision by the radical hyle despite the fact that we
have been speaking as if it were ‘we’ who were deciding to clone the Identity of
the hyle from Decision. ‘We’ are, but only as the non-philosophical or Aliensubject whose ‘decision’ has already been determined in accordance with the
hyle’s foreclosure. Decisional thinking has already been given as a mere
occasion and determined or cloned as a non-Decisional effectuation of the
hyle’s foreclosure. And the latter is non-Decisionally posited through an
axiomatic ultimation determined by the radical hyle itself. Consequently, the
conditions for this non-Decisional positing are immanently determined-in-thelast-instance by the radical hyle itself. For it is the radical hyle which
immanently determines the conditions for its cloning on the basis of Decision
by effectuating itself as this radically subjective force-(of)-non-materialist
thought.
The non-materialist’s force-(of)-thought consists in enacting this
performative nomination of the radical hyle as first-name for the Identity of
‘utterance itself’, a nomination that consists in the immanent coincidence of
saying and doing. By operating in accordance with the immanence of the radical
hyle as that which is already-uttered (without-statement) and already-performed
(without-performance) by virtue of its foreclosure to the materiological
hybridisation of utterance and statement, non-materialist thinking cannot help
but say what it does and do as it says. Moreover, as we mentioned above, this
216 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.116-124.
144
performative consistency of saying and doing concomitant with the nonmaterialist’s force-(of)-thought is radically subjective in character.
The Alien-Subject
For although the radical hyle is foreclosed to thought –whether
phenomenological or materiological, Decisional or non-Decisional-, that
foreclosure is transcendentally effectuated on the occasional basis of the
materiological Decision as an immanent Identity for non-materiological
thought. It is cloned as a non-materialist force-(of)-thought. And this force-ofthought is synonymous with the radically immanent subjectivation of nonmateriological thinking. Although ‘the Stranger’ (l’Etranger) is Laruelle’s
preferred term for designating the universal subject of non-philosophical theory,
we shall mark its occasional specificity here by referring to the radically
immanent subject of non-materialist thinking as ‘the Alien’. The name is
intended to invoke neither an empirically determinable quality of foreignness,
nor visions of some phantasmatic speculative hybrid, but rather a radically
transcendental and therefore rigorously unenvisageable exteriority217; an
exteriority which is identical with the non-materialist’s force-(of)-thought.
Whereas ‘the Other’ as paradigm of phenomenological alterity –
exemplified in the work of the later Levinas218- is an absolute alterity of infinite
transcendence simultaneously constituting and deconstituting intentional
consciousness, but by that token one which is still phenomenologically posited
and presupposed as given through the offices of Decision, the unobjectifiable
transcendence of the Alien-subject constitutes a non-phenomenologisable
exteriority, one which is given-without-givenness because it is the
transcendental effectuation or cloning of the radical hyle’s foreclosure to the
apophantic logos. Thus, the Alien-subject is foreclosed to the phenomenological
delimitation of absolute alterity as infinitely other relative to intentional
consciousness because it is foreclosed not only to all intentional apprehension
but also to all
Decisional dyads of the sort conscious/unconscious,
objectifiable/unobjectifiable. The latter serve merely as its occasion or empirical
support.
217 In order to diminish the aura of gratuity surrounding our choice of nomination, it might be apposite to recall
one of Laruelle’s most spontaneous, but also most suggestive, characterisations of non-thetic transcendence (the
precursor to the non-auto-positional transcendence of the Stranger-subject) in one of the interviews contained in
1991’s As One (En Tant Qu’Un): “Non-thetic transcendence is ‘the Alien’, an absolutely faceless monster, a
rigorously faceless alterity”(p.224). The ‘non-thetic transcendence’ in terms of which Laruelle characterised the
non-philosopher’s force-(of)-thought throughout Philosophie II prefigures the non-auto-positional transcendence
or distance in terms of which he will characterise the Stranger qua transcendental clone in Philosophie III. More
recently, Laruelle has sketched the lineaments of a unified theory of philosophy and science-fiction -or philofiction- on the basis of a radically immanent Identity of alterity which he sees as science-fiction’s defining affect
and which he qualifies as that of the Alien-without-alienation. Cf. Laruelle, 2000d and infra, Chapters 7 and 8.
218 Cf. for instance, Levinas, 1990.
145
Consequently, rather than
merely constituting an alterity-toconsciousness, the Alien-subject constitutes a radically unobjectifiable
exteriority for the World of auto-Decisional sufficiency in its entirety. Where
Levinas’s phenomenological paradigm of alterity centres around the absolute
transcendence of the infinitely Other as epiphenomenal trace and ethical enigma
–an absolute transcendence which, for reasons with which the reader is now
beginning to become familiar219, remains relative to the immanence of the
intentional consciousness from which it absolves itself-, the Alien-subject
effectuates a radical transcendence not ‘to’ but for the phenomenological realm
in its entirety which serves as its occasional support, and this precisely insofar
as it remains rooted in-the-last-instance in the immanence of the hyle. That is to
say: the Alien’s non-Decisional transcendence is given-without-givenness or
cloned in accordance with immanence and on the occasional basis of Decisional
transcendence but as a radically subjective force-of-thought which is now Alien
for the World of Decisional transcendence;- Alien for the Decisional realm
wherein phenomenological ideality and materiological reality are ultimately
coextensive. It is a non-auto-positional and non-auto-donational transcendence
rooted in the non-Decisional immanence that determines it, but occasioned by
the Decisional transcendence that merely overdetermines it.
Thus, the Alien as subject of non-materialist theory remains irreducible to
every variety of Worldly alterity, be it phenomenologically or materiologically
defined. At the same time however, we shall see how it functions as the
rigorously transcendental prototype –or more precisely, xenotype- for those
somewhat clumsily delineated versions of unenvisageable alterity groped after
but misprised in the more adventurous varieties of speculative science-fiction;misprised precisely insofar as they continue to rely on incongruous
juxtapositions of empirically heterogeneous predicates which remain ‘figurable’
through the empirical imagination and therefore ultimately envisageable by
consciousness220. Not only does the Alien-subject remain unenvisageable as an
ethical enigma for phenomenological consciousness; it remains ‘unfigurable’
even as a monstrous, trans-categorial hybridisation of terrestrial predicates. The
Alien-subject’s force-(of)-thought constitutes an immanently transcendental, but
non-phenomenological transcendence; a transcendence which is foreclosed a
priori to the parameters of human being-in-the-world and to the ambit of
terrestrial experience. Operating in accordance with the radical hyle’s
219Recall the critique of the notion of the ‘absolute’ as intrinsically relational in our discussions of Henry’s as
well as Deleuze & Guattari’s versions of immanence (cf. supra Chapter 2, pp.85-87 and Chapter 3, pp.176-177),
as well as the account of Decision as absolute-auto-position (supra Chapter 5, pp.218-245).
220In Chapter 7 we shall discuss the example of the ‘non-rabbit’ as instance of an entity-without-unity cloned
from the World of thetic-auto-position. The ‘non-rabbit’ provides the rigorously cognitive ‘xenotype’ for a
recurrent trope in Lovecraftian fantasy:- that of the unnameable, unenvisageable ‘Thing’.
146
foreclosure to the materiological mixtures of objectivating phenomenality and
unobjectifiable materiality, it uses those mixtures as an occasional basis and the
hyle as its Unknown but determining cause, in order to clone un-intuitable
axioms for the phenomenal description of ‘matter itself’ from the realm of
phenomenological empiricity.
However, before proceeding with instances of the aforementioned
descriptions, deduced by the Alien-subject from the radical hyle’s nonphenomenological foreclosure, it is important to specify in what way the
cloning of the Alien-subject remains irreducible to the phenomenological
presupposition of subjectivity. For whereas phenomenological subjectivity is
merely supposed-as-given via a mixture of a priori positing and empirical
presupposition, the Alien-subject is given in a stringently transcendental
fashion, in accordance with the radical hyle’s foreclosure to all
phenomenological givenness, as the subject of its own theory. That is to say: it
performs its own cloning in accordance with the positing of the radical hyle as
its non-Decisional cause and on the basis of materiological Decision as its
empirical occasion. Accordingly, the Alien-subject enacts its own theoretical
explanation. For it is nothing but the immanent description of its non-sufficient
or hetero-deduction as an instance of thinking necessarily determined by the
radical hyle but contingently occasioned by Decision’s empirical existence.
Thus, there is nothing either irrecusable or even necessary about this
instance of thought’s transcendental subjectivation, as opposed to the manner in
which phenomenology requires some residue of transcendental subjectivation,
some minimal degree of ipseity (supposedly non-Cartesian or post-metaphysical
in nature) as an uncircumventable prerequisite for the possibility of
phenomenality221. Although occasioned by phenomenological Decision as the
transcendental effectuation of the hyle’s determination of Decision, the Aliensubject remains foreclosed to the ambit of the phenomenologisable precisely
insofar as the latter remains encompassed within the Decisional structure which
serves as its empirical support. As the transcendental determinant for the
phenomenologically circumscribed experience that serves as its occasion, the
Alien-subject cannot be confused with some putatively necessary structural
221Typically, much post-Heideggerean phenomenology denounces ‘metaphysical subjectivism’ (supposedly
running from Descartes to Nietzsche), the better to render the phenomenon of individuated sentience ever more
irreducible to the vulgar prejudices of egological substantialism, which is to say, ever more unobjectifiable and
divorced as a matter of principle from the possibility of integration into the body of the natural sciences. Most
recently for instance, Jean-Luc Marion has sought to effect a bold and ambitious crystallisation of what he sees as
the central phenomenological problematic running from Husserl and Heidegger through to Henry and Levinas that of the phenomenon’s phenomenality or givenness- by attempting to emancipate ipseity’s originary, presubjective givenness in its passivity as ‘the devotee of donation’ [l’adonné de la donation] from the constrictive
grip of the Cartesian cogito, the Kantian ‘I think’, the Husserlian ‘Ego’, and even Heideggerean ‘mineness’
[Jemeinigkeit]]. Cf. Marion, 1997, esp. Book V, pp.343-373.
145
Consequently, rather than
merely constituting an alterity-toconsciousness, the Alien-subject constitutes a radically unobjectifiable
exteriority for the World of auto-Decisional sufficiency in its entirety. Where
Levinas’s phenomenological paradigm of alterity centres around the absolute
transcendence of the infinitely Other as epiphenomenal trace and ethical enigma
–an absolute transcendence which, for reasons with which the reader is now
beginning to become familiar219, remains relative to the immanence of the
intentional consciousness from which it absolves itself-, the Alien-subject
effectuates a radical transcendence not ‘to’ but for the phenomenological realm
in its entirety which serves as its occasional support, and this precisely insofar
as it remains rooted in-the-last-instance in the immanence of the hyle. That is to
say: the Alien’s non-Decisional transcendence is given-without-givenness or
cloned in accordance with immanence and on the occasional basis of Decisional
transcendence but as a radically subjective force-of-thought which is now Alien
for the World of Decisional transcendence;- Alien for the Decisional realm
wherein phenomenological ideality and materiological reality are ultimately
coextensive. It is a non-auto-positional and non-auto-donational transcendence
rooted in the non-Decisional immanence that determines it, but occasioned by
the Decisional transcendence that merely overdetermines it.
Thus, the Alien as subject of non-materialist theory remains irreducible to
every variety of Worldly alterity, be it phenomenologically or materiologically
defined. At the same time however, we shall see how it functions as the
rigorously transcendental prototype –or more precisely, xenotype- for those
somewhat clumsily delineated versions of unenvisageable alterity groped after
but misprised in the more adventurous varieties of speculative science-fiction;misprised precisely insofar as they continue to rely on incongruous
juxtapositions of empirically heterogeneous predicates which remain ‘figurable’
through the empirical imagination and therefore ultimately envisageable by
consciousness220. Not only does the Alien-subject remain unenvisageable as an
ethical enigma for phenomenological consciousness; it remains ‘unfigurable’
even as a monstrous, trans-categorial hybridisation of terrestrial predicates. The
Alien-subject’s force-(of)-thought constitutes an immanently transcendental, but
non-phenomenological transcendence; a transcendence which is foreclosed a
priori to the parameters of human being-in-the-world and to the ambit of
terrestrial experience. Operating in accordance with the radical hyle’s
219Recall the critique of the notion of the ‘absolute’ as intrinsically relational in our discussions of Henry’s as
well as Deleuze & Guattari’s versions of immanence (cf. supra Chapter 2, pp.85-87 and Chapter 3, pp.176-177),
as well as the account of Decision as absolute-auto-position (supra Chapter 5, pp.218-245).
220In Chapter 7 we shall discuss the example of the ‘non-rabbit’ as instance of an entity-without-unity cloned
from the World of thetic-auto-position. The ‘non-rabbit’ provides the rigorously cognitive ‘xenotype’ for a
recurrent trope in Lovecraftian fantasy:- that of the unnameable, unenvisageable ‘Thing’.
146
foreclosure to the materiological mixtures of objectivating phenomenality and
unobjectifiable materiality, it uses those mixtures as an occasional basis and the
hyle as its Unknown but determining cause, in order to clone un-intuitable
axioms for the phenomenal description of ‘matter itself’ from the realm of
phenomenological empiricity.
However, before proceeding with instances of the aforementioned
descriptions, deduced by the Alien-subject from the radical hyle’s nonphenomenological foreclosure, it is important to specify in what way the
cloning of the Alien-subject remains irreducible to the phenomenological
presupposition of subjectivity. For whereas phenomenological subjectivity is
merely supposed-as-given via a mixture of a priori positing and empirical
presupposition, the Alien-subject is given in a stringently transcendental
fashion, in accordance with the radical hyle’s foreclosure to all
phenomenological givenness, as the subject of its own theory. That is to say: it
performs its own cloning in accordance with the positing of the radical hyle as
its non-Decisional cause and on the basis of materiological Decision as its
empirical occasion. Accordingly, the Alien-subject enacts its own theoretical
explanation. For it is nothing but the immanent description of its non-sufficient
or hetero-deduction as an instance of thinking necessarily determined by the
radical hyle but contingently occasioned by Decision’s empirical existence.
Thus, there is nothing either irrecusable or even necessary about this
instance of thought’s transcendental subjectivation, as opposed to the manner in
which phenomenology requires some residue of transcendental subjectivation,
some minimal degree of ipseity (supposedly non-Cartesian or post-metaphysical
in nature) as an uncircumventable prerequisite for the possibility of
phenomenality221. Although occasioned by phenomenological Decision as the
transcendental effectuation of the hyle’s determination of Decision, the Aliensubject remains foreclosed to the ambit of the phenomenologisable precisely
insofar as the latter remains encompassed within the Decisional structure which
serves as its empirical support. As the transcendental determinant for the
phenomenologically circumscribed experience that serves as its occasion, the
Alien-subject cannot be confused with some putatively necessary structural
221Typically, much post-Heideggerean phenomenology denounces ‘metaphysical subjectivism’ (supposedly
running from Descartes to Nietzsche), the better to render the phenomenon of individuated sentience ever more
irreducible to the vulgar prejudices of egological substantialism, which is to say, ever more unobjectifiable and
divorced as a matter of principle from the possibility of integration into the body of the natural sciences. Most
recently for instance, Jean-Luc Marion has sought to effect a bold and ambitious crystallisation of what he sees as
the central phenomenological problematic running from Husserl and Heidegger through to Henry and Levinas that of the phenomenon’s phenomenality or givenness- by attempting to emancipate ipseity’s originary, presubjective givenness in its passivity as ‘the devotee of donation’ [l’adonné de la donation] from the constrictive
grip of the Cartesian cogito, the Kantian ‘I think’, the Husserlian ‘Ego’, and even Heideggerean ‘mineness’
[Jemeinigkeit]]. Cf. Marion, 1997, esp. Book V, pp.343-373.
147
feature intrinsically conditioning the possibility of that empirical experience. On
the contrary, the radical exteriority through which the Alien-subject determines
Decision remains extrinsic to the relatively autonomous reality and consistency
of Decision, and to the domain of phenomenological experience encompassed
within it. Thus, the Alien-subject is a radically extrinsic determinant for the
phenomenological domain, rather than some absolutely intrinsic feature of it.
That domain, and the Decision through which it is articulated, continues to
enjoy a relative autonomy as an empirically determinable occasion222. For
although the Alien-subject transcendentally effectuates the hyle’s determination
of phenomenological Decision, this is an entirely contingent effectuation,
occasioned by the fact that materiological Decision has already been givenwithout-givenness as a mere support for non-phenomenological thinking.
Moreover, this non-sufficiency of the Alien-subject, concomitant with the
non-phenomenological donation of empirical contingency as an occasional but
non-determining cause for thinking, is irreducible to the phenomenological
presupposition of facticity. For the phenomenological subject, facticity is a
transcendentally constitutive factor, whereas for the non-phenomenological
subject, occasion is a determinable empirical material. And whereas the
phenomenological subject remains a subject of ‘experience’, that is to say,
encompassed within the ambit of Decision; the Alien-subject is exclusively the
subject of transcendental theory, that is to say, the heterogeneous determinant of
Decision and of phenomenological experience as circumscribed within the
ambit of Decision. Thus, with the radical hyle as its determining cause and
phenomenological Decision as its occasion, the non-sufficiency proper to the
Alien-subject guarantees that its transcendental effectuation is at one with its
explanation.
Accordingly, there is a sense in which, although not causa sui, the Aliensubject is self-explanatory. As we mentioned above, it ‘exists’ or is effectuated
as the radically immanent performance of its own theory. It is constituted as the
non-Decisional separation, the performative dualysation, of ‘matter itself’ and
‘matter as such’ that we have just described and enacted. Once again, however,
non-philosophical precision demands that we complicate this schema. For in
fact, rather than simply separating ‘matter itself’ from ‘matter as such’, the
structure of the Alien-subject enacts the non-Decisional separation between the
radical hyle as non-conceptual Identity of ‘matter itself’, and the materiological
mixture or hybridisation of ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’ –which is to say,
the hyletic continuum described in Chapters 3 and 4 of Part I- ; a hybridisation
222Cloning guarantees the radical autonomy of the Real in its foreclosure to Decision, the relative autonomy of
Decision qua empirical occasion, and the relatively radical autonomy of the transcendental as that which
effectuates the Real’s foreclosure for Decision.
148
now reconfigured as a strictly unilateral Duality between the hyletic continuum
as empirically determinable occasion, and the Alien-subject as transcendental
determinant for that occasion. As a result, the structure of the Alien-subject
spans the Identity of the radical hyle –but an Identity which is now shorn of the
presupposition of ontological unity-, and the unilateral Duality of the Aliensubject and its occasional cause - a duality which no longer constitutes a dyadic
distinction because the Alien-subject transcendentally determines the hyletic
continuum in accordance with the radical hyle without the continuum either
determining or constituting it in return. It is as this coincidence of an Identitywithout-synthesis (or ‘unidentity’) and a Duality-without-distinction (or
‘unilaterality’) that the Alien-subject’s foreclosure to its occasioning cause –the
hyletic continuum- transcendentally effectuates the radical hyle’s foreclosure to
ontological Decision.
In light of its unusual difficulty, it is worth pausing a while longer to
recapitulate once more the complex structure of the Alien-subject, in the hope
that reiteration might provide a modicum of clarification. This is crucial to our
entire enterprise, since it is in the name of the Alien-subject that everything
described so far has also been performed.
The Alien-subject’s non-ontological ‘existence’, its effectuation as the
separation of radical hyle and Decision, amounts to a cloning of matter’s
foreclosure to Decision as the unilateral duality between the Alien-subject’s
own positing of the radical hyle, and the hyletic continuum –the materiological
Decision- as that which has occasioned that positing. Remember that ‘matter
itself’ is no longer some ineffable, transcendent philosophical ‘thing’ for us, and
that the radical hyle is no longer an attempt to conceptualise the ineffable but
merely a non-conceptual symbol for matter’s foreclosure to Decision, a
foreclosure which is now effectuated in non-materialist thinking through the
Alien-subject’s positing of the non-conceptual symbol enacting that
foreclosure. Accordingly, the Alien-subject is nothing but the unilateral duality
between that symbol’s foreclosure to conceptualisation, and the conceptual
symbolisations that have occasioned the non-Decisional positing of that
foreclosure. Or again: it is at once the non-Decisional positing of the radical
hyle’s non-conceptual Identity, and the Duality between that non-Decisional
Identity and the Decision which has occasioned it.
Thus, with its pretension to absolute, self-positing autonomy suspended,
the hyletic continuum enjoys a merely relative autonomy as the indifferent
material support for the Alien-subject’s effectuation of the hyle’s foreclosure to
ontological continuity and conceptual consistency. In other words, the
materiological idealisation of ‘matter itself’ has become materialised through
the Alien-subject’s effectuation of matter’s foreclosure to idealisation. Which is
to say that materialism’s transcendental determination of ‘matter itself’ has
147
feature intrinsically conditioning the possibility of that empirical experience. On
the contrary, the radical exteriority through which the Alien-subject determines
Decision remains extrinsic to the relatively autonomous reality and consistency
of Decision, and to the domain of phenomenological experience encompassed
within it. Thus, the Alien-subject is a radically extrinsic determinant for the
phenomenological domain, rather than some absolutely intrinsic feature of it.
That domain, and the Decision through which it is articulated, continues to
enjoy a relative autonomy as an empirically determinable occasion222. For
although the Alien-subject transcendentally effectuates the hyle’s determination
of phenomenological Decision, this is an entirely contingent effectuation,
occasioned by the fact that materiological Decision has already been givenwithout-givenness as a mere support for non-phenomenological thinking.
Moreover, this non-sufficiency of the Alien-subject, concomitant with the
non-phenomenological donation of empirical contingency as an occasional but
non-determining cause for thinking, is irreducible to the phenomenological
presupposition of facticity. For the phenomenological subject, facticity is a
transcendentally constitutive factor, whereas for the non-phenomenological
subject, occasion is a determinable empirical material. And whereas the
phenomenological subject remains a subject of ‘experience’, that is to say,
encompassed within the ambit of Decision; the Alien-subject is exclusively the
subject of transcendental theory, that is to say, the heterogeneous determinant of
Decision and of phenomenological experience as circumscribed within the
ambit of Decision. Thus, with the radical hyle as its determining cause and
phenomenological Decision as its occasion, the non-sufficiency proper to the
Alien-subject guarantees that its transcendental effectuation is at one with its
explanation.
Accordingly, there is a sense in which, although not causa sui, the Aliensubject is self-explanatory. As we mentioned above, it ‘exists’ or is effectuated
as the radically immanent performance of its own theory. It is constituted as the
non-Decisional separation, the performative dualysation, of ‘matter itself’ and
‘matter as such’ that we have just described and enacted. Once again, however,
non-philosophical precision demands that we complicate this schema. For in
fact, rather than simply separating ‘matter itself’ from ‘matter as such’, the
structure of the Alien-subject enacts the non-Decisional separation between the
radical hyle as non-conceptual Identity of ‘matter itself’, and the materiological
mixture or hybridisation of ‘matter itself’ and ‘matter as such’ –which is to say,
the hyletic continuum described in Chapters 3 and 4 of Part I- ; a hybridisation
222Cloning guarantees the radical autonomy of the Real in its foreclosure to Decision, the relative autonomy of
Decision qua empirical occasion, and the relatively radical autonomy of the transcendental as that which
effectuates the Real’s foreclosure for Decision.
148
now reconfigured as a strictly unilateral Duality between the hyletic continuum
as empirically determinable occasion, and the Alien-subject as transcendental
determinant for that occasion. As a result, the structure of the Alien-subject
spans the Identity of the radical hyle –but an Identity which is now shorn of the
presupposition of ontological unity-, and the unilateral Duality of the Aliensubject and its occasional cause - a duality which no longer constitutes a dyadic
distinction because the Alien-subject transcendentally determines the hyletic
continuum in accordance with the radical hyle without the continuum either
determining or constituting it in return. It is as this coincidence of an Identitywithout-synthesis (or ‘unidentity’) and a Duality-without-distinction (or
‘unilaterality’) that the Alien-subject’s foreclosure to its occasioning cause –the
hyletic continuum- transcendentally effectuates the radical hyle’s foreclosure to
ontological Decision.
In light of its unusual difficulty, it is worth pausing a while longer to
recapitulate once more the complex structure of the Alien-subject, in the hope
that reiteration might provide a modicum of clarification. This is crucial to our
entire enterprise, since it is in the name of the Alien-subject that everything
described so far has also been performed.
The Alien-subject’s non-ontological ‘existence’, its effectuation as the
separation of radical hyle and Decision, amounts to a cloning of matter’s
foreclosure to Decision as the unilateral duality between the Alien-subject’s
own positing of the radical hyle, and the hyletic continuum –the materiological
Decision- as that which has occasioned that positing. Remember that ‘matter
itself’ is no longer some ineffable, transcendent philosophical ‘thing’ for us, and
that the radical hyle is no longer an attempt to conceptualise the ineffable but
merely a non-conceptual symbol for matter’s foreclosure to Decision, a
foreclosure which is now effectuated in non-materialist thinking through the
Alien-subject’s positing of the non-conceptual symbol enacting that
foreclosure. Accordingly, the Alien-subject is nothing but the unilateral duality
between that symbol’s foreclosure to conceptualisation, and the conceptual
symbolisations that have occasioned the non-Decisional positing of that
foreclosure. Or again: it is at once the non-Decisional positing of the radical
hyle’s non-conceptual Identity, and the Duality between that non-Decisional
Identity and the Decision which has occasioned it.
Thus, with its pretension to absolute, self-positing autonomy suspended,
the hyletic continuum enjoys a merely relative autonomy as the indifferent
material support for the Alien-subject’s effectuation of the hyle’s foreclosure to
ontological continuity and conceptual consistency. In other words, the
materiological idealisation of ‘matter itself’ has become materialised through
the Alien-subject’s effectuation of matter’s foreclosure to idealisation. Which is
to say that materialism’s transcendental determination of ‘matter itself’ has
149
itself become transcendentally determined –materialised-, but now as a mere
occasion for describing matter in accordance with matter’s foreclosure to
determination. Even more significantly, this transcendental materialisation of
materialist Decision occurs or ‘exists’ in the form of a radically subjective
separation between the immanence of matter’s non-ontological reality and the
transcendence of materialism’s ontological ideality. For it is the structure of the
Alien-subject which articulates this unilateral separation between radical hyle
and hyletic continuum. Accordingly, where the hyletic continuum incorporated
philosophical subjectivity within materiality, but only at the cost of
reincorporating materiality within the ambit of philosophical subjectivity223, it
is by separating the radical hyle from the hyletic continuum qua selfpresupposing structure of philosophical subjectivity that the Alien-subject
materialises the latter. Materialism subjectivates matter philosophically by
repressing subjectivity; non-materialism materialises subjectivity by rendering
philosophical subjectivation empirical. In other words, where philosophical
materialism surreptiously phenomenologises matter by inscribing it in Decision
qua hybrid of objectivating transcendence and unobjectifiable immanence, nonphilosophical materialism materialises phenomenology by separating or
dualysing that hybrid through the structure of the Alien-subject, thereby
reducing the phenomenologising Decision to the level of an empirically
determinable occasion. Thus, in non-philosophical materialism, the
materialising instance is radically subjective.
Ultimately, if the Alien-subject remains incommensurable with every
phenomenologically grounded paradigm of subjectivity –whether it go by the
name of ‘Dasein’, ‘Life’ or ‘adonné’ – it is on account of this radically
materialising function as that which separates ‘matter itself’ in its foreclosure to
phenomenologisation from the materiological hybrids of unobjectifiable
materiality and objectivating phenomenality. Significantly, the radical hyle’s
foreclosure to materiological conceptualisation is mirrored -or better cloned- in
terms of the Alien-subject’s foreclosure to, or radical exteriority for, the
phenomenological World. It is by virtue of this radical exteriority that the
Alien-subject is able to describe the radical hyle according to its foreclosure to
materiological conceptualisation in ways that fall outside the phenomenological
parameters of human-being-in-the-world. Thus, the Alien-subject functions as
the performative locus for a radically counter-intuitive or nonphenomenological axiomatisation of ‘matter itself’, an axiomatisation that
generates a radically immanent but intrinsically abstract or theoretically
determined phenomenalisation of ‘matter itself’.
223 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.154-161.
150
The Non-Materialist Axiomatic
1.
2.
3.
In Chapter 4224, we cited three versions of the distinction between
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ –and by implication, three varieties of definition
for the concept of ‘matter’-, and argued that all three were insufficient because
they relied on intuitive or semi-intuitive idealisations of matter ‘as such’;
idealisations that led to a basic indiscernibility between the theoretical postures
of materialism and idealism. Implicit in this argument was the suggestion that
every intuitive or semi-intuitive conceptualisation of matter ‘as such’ should be
abandoned in favour of a stringently theoretical and therefore non-intuitive
definition of ‘matter itself’; one carried out on the basis of a rigorously
transcendental separation between the theoretical postures proper to materialism
and idealism respectively.
Let’s quickly remind ourselves of the way in which these intuitive or
semi-intuitive idealisations of matter operate. The first two straightforwardly
conflate ‘matter itself’ with ‘matter as such’ by way of a spontaneous
hybridisation of concept and empirical intuition, whilst the third, and more
sophisticated, proposes an absolutely idealising sublation of concept and
intuition, or of matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’, by identifying ‘materiality’
with its differentially produced determination within an ideal continuum of
signifying relations.
Thus, ‘matter itself’ cannot be characterised in terms of:
A supposedly given objectivity such as techno-economic
production.
A supposedly given conceptual signification whereby the
concept of ‘matter’ combines general features of ‘materiality’ abstracted from
nature with empirical characteristics drawn from sense perception.
A supposedly produced rather than immediately given
‘discursive category’. ‘Matter’ remains devoid of immediate conceptual
signification, but is endowed with a determinate theoretico-discursive potency
on the basis of the ‘differentially’ produced signifying force that it comes to
acquire through the complex interplay of various theoretical and political
positions. The meaning of ‘materialism’ as discursive category is produced via
the differential combination and determination of these positions relative to one
another.
It is by way of contrast to these variedly proportioned materiological
hybrids of empirical intuition, conceptual symbolisation, and signifying ideality
that we intend to use our non-Decisional postulation of the radical hyle in its
immanent Identity as non-conceptual symbol as the first ultimation in a
rigorously non-intuitive materialist axiomatic. Thus, having carried out our first
224 Cf. supra, pp.188-190.
149
itself become transcendentally determined –materialised-, but now as a mere
occasion for describing matter in accordance with matter’s foreclosure to
determination. Even more significantly, this transcendental materialisation of
materialist Decision occurs or ‘exists’ in the form of a radically subjective
separation between the immanence of matter’s non-ontological reality and the
transcendence of materialism’s ontological ideality. For it is the structure of the
Alien-subject which articulates this unilateral separation between radical hyle
and hyletic continuum. Accordingly, where the hyletic continuum incorporated
philosophical subjectivity within materiality, but only at the cost of
reincorporating materiality within the ambit of philosophical subjectivity223, it
is by separating the radical hyle from the hyletic continuum qua selfpresupposing structure of philosophical subjectivity that the Alien-subject
materialises the latter. Materialism subjectivates matter philosophically by
repressing subjectivity; non-materialism materialises subjectivity by rendering
philosophical subjectivation empirical. In other words, where philosophical
materialism surreptiously phenomenologises matter by inscribing it in Decision
qua hybrid of objectivating transcendence and unobjectifiable immanence, nonphilosophical materialism materialises phenomenology by separating or
dualysing that hybrid through the structure of the Alien-subject, thereby
reducing the phenomenologising Decision to the level of an empirically
determinable occasion. Thus, in non-philosophical materialism, the
materialising instance is radically subjective.
Ultimately, if the Alien-subject remains incommensurable with every
phenomenologically grounded paradigm of subjectivity –whether it go by the
name of ‘Dasein’, ‘Life’ or ‘adonné’ – it is on account of this radically
materialising function as that which separates ‘matter itself’ in its foreclosure to
phenomenologisation from the materiological hybrids of unobjectifiable
materiality and objectivating phenomenality. Significantly, the radical hyle’s
foreclosure to materiological conceptualisation is mirrored -or better cloned- in
terms of the Alien-subject’s foreclosure to, or radical exteriority for, the
phenomenological World. It is by virtue of this radical exteriority that the
Alien-subject is able to describe the radical hyle according to its foreclosure to
materiological conceptualisation in ways that fall outside the phenomenological
parameters of human-being-in-the-world. Thus, the Alien-subject functions as
the performative locus for a radically counter-intuitive or nonphenomenological axiomatisation of ‘matter itself’, an axiomatisation that
generates a radically immanent but intrinsically abstract or theoretically
determined phenomenalisation of ‘matter itself’.
223 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.154-161.
150
The Non-Materialist Axiomatic
1.
2.
3.
In Chapter 4224, we cited three versions of the distinction between
‘materialism’ and ‘idealism’ –and by implication, three varieties of definition
for the concept of ‘matter’-, and argued that all three were insufficient because
they relied on intuitive or semi-intuitive idealisations of matter ‘as such’;
idealisations that led to a basic indiscernibility between the theoretical postures
of materialism and idealism. Implicit in this argument was the suggestion that
every intuitive or semi-intuitive conceptualisation of matter ‘as such’ should be
abandoned in favour of a stringently theoretical and therefore non-intuitive
definition of ‘matter itself’; one carried out on the basis of a rigorously
transcendental separation between the theoretical postures proper to materialism
and idealism respectively.
Let’s quickly remind ourselves of the way in which these intuitive or
semi-intuitive idealisations of matter operate. The first two straightforwardly
conflate ‘matter itself’ with ‘matter as such’ by way of a spontaneous
hybridisation of concept and empirical intuition, whilst the third, and more
sophisticated, proposes an absolutely idealising sublation of concept and
intuition, or of matter ‘as such’ and matter ‘itself’, by identifying ‘materiality’
with its differentially produced determination within an ideal continuum of
signifying relations.
Thus, ‘matter itself’ cannot be characterised in terms of:
A supposedly given objectivity such as techno-economic
production.
A supposedly given conceptual signification whereby the
concept of ‘matter’ combines general features of ‘materiality’ abstracted from
nature with empirical characteristics drawn from sense perception.
A supposedly produced rather than immediately given
‘discursive category’. ‘Matter’ remains devoid of immediate conceptual
signification, but is endowed with a determinate theoretico-discursive potency
on the basis of the ‘differentially’ produced signifying force that it comes to
acquire through the complex interplay of various theoretical and political
positions. The meaning of ‘materialism’ as discursive category is produced via
the differential combination and determination of these positions relative to one
another.
It is by way of contrast to these variedly proportioned materiological
hybrids of empirical intuition, conceptual symbolisation, and signifying ideality
that we intend to use our non-Decisional postulation of the radical hyle in its
immanent Identity as non-conceptual symbol as the first ultimation in a
rigorously non-intuitive materialist axiomatic. Thus, having carried out our first
224 Cf. supra, pp.188-190.
151
ultimation of the radical hyle through the auspices of the Alien-subject, we are
now in a position to begin formulating axiomatic definitions and deducing
transcendental theorems which have likewise been posited-withoutpresupposition by the Alien-subject in accordance with the radical hyle’s
foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation and phenomenological intuition.
Consequently, rather than being supposedly sufficient conceptual
determinations, or supposedly sufficient phenomenological intuitions of ‘matter
itself’, both axioms and theorems will be determined as adequate-in-the-lastinstance by the radical hyle as that which enacts matter’s foreclosure to all
determination or intuition. That is to say, rather than conceptually
corresponding to the radical hyle, or phenomenologically apprehending it, these
definitions and descriptions are now simultaneously non-conceptual
adequations and non-phenomenological manifestations, determined by the
radical hyle as adequate to it but only in-the-last-instance225.
In Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Laruelle provides us with a matrix of
ten characterisations of radical immanence selected from what he reminds us
must remain by rights a strictly limitless variety of possible definitions226. We
will appropriate eight of them here, modifying them slightly for our own
purposes, as the founding axioms for our non-materialist theory of ‘matter
itself’. All eight are instances of axiomatic position –rather than conceptual
constitution- performed by the Alien-subject and determined-in-the-lastinstance by the radical hyle itself:
1.
The radical hyle is the phenomenon-in-itself as Already-Given,
the phenomenon-without-phenomenality, rather than the supposedly-given
immediacy of phenomenon and phenomenality.
2.
The radical hyle is the Already-Imprinted prior to every
supposedly original imprint.
3.
The radical hyle is that in and through which we have been
Already-Grasped rather than any originary faktum or datum by which we
suppose ourselves to be grasped.
4.
The radical hyle is the Already-Acquired prior to all cognitive
or intuitive acquisition, rather than that which is merely supposed-as-acquired
through a priori forms of cognition or intuition.
5.
The radical hyle is the Already-Inherent before all the
substantialist forcings of inherence, conditioning all those supposedly-inherent
models of Identity, be they analytic, synthetic, or differential.
152
6.
The radical hyle is the Already-Undivided rather than the
transcendent Unity which is supposed-as-undivided by philosophers.
7.
The radical hyle is the Already-Full anorganic body within
which we see and assemble all of the universal figures and a priori dimensions
through which every figure or body in the world is assembled, constructed, and
supposed-as-full.
8.
The radical hyle is the postural Identity of thought as AlreadyAchieved rather than a conceptual unity supposed-as-given through synthetic
position. It is that real, postural Identity through which thinking is already free
of the posited, ideal norms of transcendent exteriority, of the rules of
speculative figuration and imagination, of the constraints of the World and the
codes of philosophy.
According to this axiomatisation, both the phenomenological and the
materiological idealisation of ‘matter itself’ are immediately discounted. With
axiom 1, we see that the radical hyle cannot be conflated with the
phenomenologically presupposed immediation of phenomenon and
phenomenality (Henry), while with axiom 7, we see that it cannot be confused
with the materiologically presupposed anorganic body-without-organs of
intensive materiality (Deleuze & Guattari). ‘Matter itself’ has been radicalised
and generalised qua radical hyle in a manner that is simultaneously irreducible
to the norms of phenomenological intuition and to the codes of materiological
conceptualisation. With the suspension of materiological sufficiency it is now
‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle which determines-in-the-last-instance the
syntactical a prioris and transcendental codes governing philosophical
conceptuality, as well as the modalities of phenomenological intuition and the
parameters of phenomenal manifestation. Thus, the non-materialist axiomatic
engenders an immanently transcendental dimension of non-intuitive
phenomenality according to the radical hyle’s twofold character as a
phenomenon-without-logos and a matter-without-concept. We shall call this
dimension of non-intuitive or non-phenomenological phenomenality
axiomatically determined according to the radical hyle, the non-thetic universe.
And in order to explore some of the ramifications of axioms 1, 7 and 8 for nonmaterialist thought, we will consider the way in which thinking-in-accordancewith the radical hyle’s determination of Decision engenders a non-thetic
universe within which the distinction between theory and experience is
inoperative.
Non-Intuitive Phenomenality
225With the suspension of the Principle of Sufficient Determination –the belief that Decision is sufficient to
determine the Real- the bi-lateral correspondence between thought and Real is replaced by an Identity-of-thelast-instance only, and transcendental truth becomes adequation-without-correspondence. Cf. Laruelle, 2000a,
pp.239-241; and 2000b, pp.89-92.
226 Cf. Laruelle, 1989, pp.41-45.
1. Theory and experience
Phenomenology reconfigures Kant’s transcendental difference between
phenomenon and thing-in-itself in terms of the distinction between phenomenon
and phenomenality. Thus, phenomenology abandons Kant’s critical hypothesis
151
ultimation of the radical hyle through the auspices of the Alien-subject, we are
now in a position to begin formulating axiomatic definitions and deducing
transcendental theorems which have likewise been posited-withoutpresupposition by the Alien-subject in accordance with the radical hyle’s
foreclosure to conceptual symbolisation and phenomenological intuition.
Consequently, rather than being supposedly sufficient conceptual
determinations, or supposedly sufficient phenomenological intuitions of ‘matter
itself’, both axioms and theorems will be determined as adequate-in-the-lastinstance by the radical hyle as that which enacts matter’s foreclosure to all
determination or intuition. That is to say, rather than conceptually
corresponding to the radical hyle, or phenomenologically apprehending it, these
definitions and descriptions are now simultaneously non-conceptual
adequations and non-phenomenological manifestations, determined by the
radical hyle as adequate to it but only in-the-last-instance225.
In Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Laruelle provides us with a matrix of
ten characterisations of radical immanence selected from what he reminds us
must remain by rights a strictly limitless variety of possible definitions226. We
will appropriate eight of them here, modifying them slightly for our own
purposes, as the founding axioms for our non-materialist theory of ‘matter
itself’. All eight are instances of axiomatic position –rather than conceptual
constitution- performed by the Alien-subject and determined-in-the-lastinstance by the radical hyle itself:
1.
The radical hyle is the phenomenon-in-itself as Already-Given,
the phenomenon-without-phenomenality, rather than the supposedly-given
immediacy of phenomenon and phenomenality.
2.
The radical hyle is the Already-Imprinted prior to every
supposedly original imprint.
3.
The radical hyle is that in and through which we have been
Already-Grasped rather than any originary faktum or datum by which we
suppose ourselves to be grasped.
4.
The radical hyle is the Already-Acquired prior to all cognitive
or intuitive acquisition, rather than that which is merely supposed-as-acquired
through a priori forms of cognition or intuition.
5.
The radical hyle is the Already-Inherent before all the
substantialist forcings of inherence, conditioning all those supposedly-inherent
models of Identity, be they analytic, synthetic, or differential.
152
6.
The radical hyle is the Already-Undivided rather than the
transcendent Unity which is supposed-as-undivided by philosophers.
7.
The radical hyle is the Already-Full anorganic body within
which we see and assemble all of the universal figures and a priori dimensions
through which every figure or body in the world is assembled, constructed, and
supposed-as-full.
8.
The radical hyle is the postural Identity of thought as AlreadyAchieved rather than a conceptual unity supposed-as-given through synthetic
position. It is that real, postural Identity through which thinking is already free
of the posited, ideal norms of transcendent exteriority, of the rules of
speculative figuration and imagination, of the constraints of the World and the
codes of philosophy.
According to this axiomatisation, both the phenomenological and the
materiological idealisation of ‘matter itself’ are immediately discounted. With
axiom 1, we see that the radical hyle cannot be conflated with the
phenomenologically presupposed immediation of phenomenon and
phenomenality (Henry), while with axiom 7, we see that it cannot be confused
with the materiologically presupposed anorganic body-without-organs of
intensive materiality (Deleuze & Guattari). ‘Matter itself’ has been radicalised
and generalised qua radical hyle in a manner that is simultaneously irreducible
to the norms of phenomenological intuition and to the codes of materiological
conceptualisation. With the suspension of materiological sufficiency it is now
‘matter itself’ qua radical hyle which determines-in-the-last-instance the
syntactical a prioris and transcendental codes governing philosophical
conceptuality, as well as the modalities of phenomenological intuition and the
parameters of phenomenal manifestation. Thus, the non-materialist axiomatic
engenders an immanently transcendental dimension of non-intuitive
phenomenality according to the radical hyle’s twofold character as a
phenomenon-without-logos and a matter-without-concept. We shall call this
dimension of non-intuitive or non-phenomenological phenomenality
axiomatically determined according to the radical hyle, the non-thetic universe.
And in order to explore some of the ramifications of axioms 1, 7 and 8 for nonmaterialist thought, we will consider the way in which thinking-in-accordancewith the radical hyle’s determination of Decision engenders a non-thetic
universe within which the distinction between theory and experience is
inoperative.
Non-Intuitive Phenomenality
225With the suspension of the Principle of Sufficient Determination –the belief that Decision is sufficient to
determine the Real- the bi-lateral correspondence between thought and Real is replaced by an Identity-of-thelast-instance only, and transcendental truth becomes adequation-without-correspondence. Cf. Laruelle, 2000a,
pp.239-241; and 2000b, pp.89-92.
226 Cf. Laruelle, 1989, pp.41-45.
1. Theory and experience
Phenomenology reconfigures Kant’s transcendental difference between
phenomenon and thing-in-itself in terms of the distinction between phenomenon
and phenomenality. Thus, phenomenology abandons Kant’s critical hypothesis
153
of the thing-in-itself as that which delimits the parameters of human cognition
by being transcendentally separated from the bounds of phenomenal
immanence. Ironically, it does so on the grounds that the postulate of the thingin-itself represents a residual form of metaphysical dogmatism. But without the
implicitly sceptical hypothesis of the ‘in-itself’, the radical, corrosive kernel of
the critical philosophy is lost, leaving only the reactionary complacency of its
idealist husk. Transcendentalism degenerates into a pious apologia for the preestablished harmony whereby human consciousness enjoys unconditional
access to ‘the things themselves’, now identified solely with intentional
phenomena227. The critical asymmetry between phenomenon and ‘in-itself’ is
replaced by the transcendental parallelism between phenomenon and
phenomenality. Thus, for phenomenology, phenomenon and phenomenality are
intuitively given together in the immanent indivisibility of an intrinsically pretheoretical immediacy.
Non-materialism, however, dualyses the phenomenological parallelism
between the immanence of the phenomenon and the transcendence of
phenomenality into a non-phenomenological separation between the immanence
of the radical hyle as ‘the phenomenon-in-itself’, or the phenomenon-withoutphenomenality; and the transcendence of phenomenological Decision as the
phenomenality which the latter now determines-in-the-last-instance. Moreover,
by effecting this non-phenomenological dualysis of phenomenon and
phenomenality, the Alien-subject destratifies the latent structural hierarchy
through which the phenomenological Decision implicitly subordinated the ontic
phenomenon to its ontological phenomenality. Since it is this subordination,
ratified through the hierarchical parallelism constitutive of Decision as
empirico-transcendental doublet, which also serves to enshrine the distinction
between the pre-theoretical immediacy of phenomenological experience, and
theoretically mediated philosophical experience, the dualysation of the former
implies the dualysation of the latter. For since the indivisible parallelism of
phenomenon and phenomenality constitutes the pre-theoretical immediacy
proper to ‘experience’ as characterised by phenomenology, whilst their
distinction is a function of philosophically mediated ‘theory’, then the
phenomenological presupposition of an indivisible parallelism between ontic
phenomenon and ontological phenomenality also enshrines a hybridisation of
phenomenological experience and philosophical theory.
227“An object existing in itself is never one with which consciousness or the Ego pertaining to consciousness has
nothing to do”; “If there are any worlds, any real physical things whatever, then the experienced motivations
constituting them must be able to extend into my experience and into that of each Ego[…]”(Husserl, 1982,
pp.106 and 109 respectively).
154
Thus, in a complex gesture that should be familiar to us in light of our
earlier analysis of philosophical Decision228, phenomenology posits the a priori
distinction of phenomenon and phenomenality, whilst presupposing their
empirical immediation. That is to say: it posits their indivisible pre-theoretical
immediacy through a gesture of theoretical mediation, and presupposes that
their theoretical distinction is already articulated in experience. Accordingly, by
dualysing the phenomenological hybridisation of phenomenon and
phenomenality, which is to say, the presupposition of their intuitively given,
indivisible immediacy, the Alien-subject also dualyses the amphiboly of
phenomenological experience qua pre-theoretical immediacy and philosophical
theory qua conceptual mediation. The Alien-subject now articulates the
unilateral duality between the radical hyle as the phenomenon-in-itself, a
phenomenon which is foreclosed to theory, rather than pre-theoretical, and
phenomenological Decision as dimension of theoretically determinable
phenomenality. Thus, the Alien-subject enjoys a non-phenomenological
existence as the transcendental theoretical determination of empirical
phenomenality according to the phenomenon’s foreclosure to theory. As a
result, the Alien-subject’s transcendental exteriority, its non-phenomenological
transcendence as the determinant for phenomenological Decision, constitutes a
cloning, a determination-in-the-last-instance of phenomenological Decision in
terms of a theoretically determined or non-intuitive phenomenality. The Aliensubject exists as the (practico-)theoretical effectuation of the hyle’s
determination of phenomenality; an effectuation occasioned by phenomenology
but one for which the transcendent distinction between the pre-theoretical
immediacy of phenomenological experience and the mediation of philosophical
theory is no longer operative or pertinent. That distinction has been reduced to
the level of an indifferent empirical support.
However, the Alien-subject is not merely the subject ‘of’ nonphilosophical theory, in the sense of being a subjective agent distinct or
separable from theory qua objective instrument. Its non-phenomenological
existence is essentially and irrecusably theoretical by virtue of being
determined or cloned according to the radical hyle as an effectuation of nonintuitive phenomenality. Thus, the Alien-subject ‘lives’ or ‘experiences’ this
non-intuitive or non-thetic mode of phenomenality as incommensurable,
unintuitable and unintelligible for the phenomenologically articulated
parameters of human-being-in-the-world. The Alien-subject ‘of’ non-materialist
theory experiences a phenomenality-without-phenomenology, a phenomenality
which is more rigorously fundamental or archi-originary, but also more
genuinely universal than every species of phenomenological experience. Where
228 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.218-230.
153
of the thing-in-itself as that which delimits the parameters of human cognition
by being transcendentally separated from the bounds of phenomenal
immanence. Ironically, it does so on the grounds that the postulate of the thingin-itself represents a residual form of metaphysical dogmatism. But without the
implicitly sceptical hypothesis of the ‘in-itself’, the radical, corrosive kernel of
the critical philosophy is lost, leaving only the reactionary complacency of its
idealist husk. Transcendentalism degenerates into a pious apologia for the preestablished harmony whereby human consciousness enjoys unconditional
access to ‘the things themselves’, now identified solely with intentional
phenomena227. The critical asymmetry between phenomenon and ‘in-itself’ is
replaced by the transcendental parallelism between phenomenon and
phenomenality. Thus, for phenomenology, phenomenon and phenomenality are
intuitively given together in the immanent indivisibility of an intrinsically pretheoretical immediacy.
Non-materialism, however, dualyses the phenomenological parallelism
between the immanence of the phenomenon and the transcendence of
phenomenality into a non-phenomenological separation between the immanence
of the radical hyle as ‘the phenomenon-in-itself’, or the phenomenon-withoutphenomenality; and the transcendence of phenomenological Decision as the
phenomenality which the latter now determines-in-the-last-instance. Moreover,
by effecting this non-phenomenological dualysis of phenomenon and
phenomenality, the Alien-subject destratifies the latent structural hierarchy
through which the phenomenological Decision implicitly subordinated the ontic
phenomenon to its ontological phenomenality. Since it is this subordination,
ratified through the hierarchical parallelism constitutive of Decision as
empirico-transcendental doublet, which also serves to enshrine the distinction
between the pre-theoretical immediacy of phenomenological experience, and
theoretically mediated philosophical experience, the dualysation of the former
implies the dualysation of the latter. For since the indivisible parallelism of
phenomenon and phenomenality constitutes the pre-theoretical immediacy
proper to ‘experience’ as characterised by phenomenology, whilst their
distinction is a function of philosophically mediated ‘theory’, then the
phenomenological presupposition of an indivisible parallelism between ontic
phenomenon and ontological phenomenality also enshrines a hybridisation of
phenomenological experience and philosophical theory.
227“An object existing in itself is never one with which consciousness or the Ego pertaining to consciousness has
nothing to do”; “If there are any worlds, any real physical things whatever, then the experienced motivations
constituting them must be able to extend into my experience and into that of each Ego[…]”(Husserl, 1982,
pp.106 and 109 respectively).
154
Thus, in a complex gesture that should be familiar to us in light of our
earlier analysis of philosophical Decision228, phenomenology posits the a priori
distinction of phenomenon and phenomenality, whilst presupposing their
empirical immediation. That is to say: it posits their indivisible pre-theoretical
immediacy through a gesture of theoretical mediation, and presupposes that
their theoretical distinction is already articulated in experience. Accordingly, by
dualysing the phenomenological hybridisation of phenomenon and
phenomenality, which is to say, the presupposition of their intuitively given,
indivisible immediacy, the Alien-subject also dualyses the amphiboly of
phenomenological experience qua pre-theoretical immediacy and philosophical
theory qua conceptual mediation. The Alien-subject now articulates the
unilateral duality between the radical hyle as the phenomenon-in-itself, a
phenomenon which is foreclosed to theory, rather than pre-theoretical, and
phenomenological Decision as dimension of theoretically determinable
phenomenality. Thus, the Alien-subject enjoys a non-phenomenological
existence as the transcendental theoretical determination of empirical
phenomenality according to the phenomenon’s foreclosure to theory. As a
result, the Alien-subject’s transcendental exteriority, its non-phenomenological
transcendence as the determinant for phenomenological Decision, constitutes a
cloning, a determination-in-the-last-instance of phenomenological Decision in
terms of a theoretically determined or non-intuitive phenomenality. The Aliensubject exists as the (practico-)theoretical effectuation of the hyle’s
determination of phenomenality; an effectuation occasioned by phenomenology
but one for which the transcendent distinction between the pre-theoretical
immediacy of phenomenological experience and the mediation of philosophical
theory is no longer operative or pertinent. That distinction has been reduced to
the level of an indifferent empirical support.
However, the Alien-subject is not merely the subject ‘of’ nonphilosophical theory, in the sense of being a subjective agent distinct or
separable from theory qua objective instrument. Its non-phenomenological
existence is essentially and irrecusably theoretical by virtue of being
determined or cloned according to the radical hyle as an effectuation of nonintuitive phenomenality. Thus, the Alien-subject ‘lives’ or ‘experiences’ this
non-intuitive or non-thetic mode of phenomenality as incommensurable,
unintuitable and unintelligible for the phenomenologically articulated
parameters of human-being-in-the-world. The Alien-subject ‘of’ non-materialist
theory experiences a phenomenality-without-phenomenology, a phenomenality
which is more rigorously fundamental or archi-originary, but also more
genuinely universal than every species of phenomenological experience. Where
228 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.218-230.
155
the lived experience attributed to the phenomenological subject is at once
immanently lived and transcendently surveyed at one remove by the
philosopher whose experience of pre-theoretical immediacy is simultaneously
posited as immediate through Decision, the ‘lived experience’ of the Aliensubject remains unconditionally performative, non-reflexive, and non-thetic,
precisely insofar as it is theoretically constituted, rather than a spontaneously
presupposed hybrid of theory and experience.
Accordingly, for the Alien-subject of non-materialist theory, the
phenomenological hybridisation of experience and theory, which is to say, the
reciprocal presupposition and co-positing of empirical immediacy and
transcendental mediation (empirical experience of immediacy posited in and
through theory, theoretical mediation presupposed in and through empirical
experience) as articulated in the empirico-transcendental parallelism which
binds phenomenon and phenomenality, becomes the basis for a radically
immanent or non-thetic theoretical experience (rather than an experience ‘of’
theory); one which is equally and simultaneously a radically experiential theory
(rather than a theory ‘of’ experience).
2. The six-dimensions of Decision
Moreover, as far as the internal structure of phenomenological Decision
is concerned, the empirico-transcendental parallelism binding phenomenon and
phenomenality remains inseparable from the abstract structural isomorphy
between the phenomenological dimensions of experience and the six
transcendental a prioris that Laruelle identifies as the invariants of all
Decision229. That structural isomorphy yokes together three distinct pairs of
doubly articulated or reciprocally presupposing a prioris for position and
donation. Thus, the positional dimension of Decision comprises three structural
moments:
1.
The Transcendence or scission between condition and
conditioned, a priori faktum and a posteriori datum.
2.
The Plane or latent horizonal frame within the parameters of
which the division is carried out.
3.
Finally, the moment of Unity as indivisible contraction of the
dyad of Transcendence and Plane, the Unity through which a determinate entity
or thing is crystallized as objective noematic correlate of position. This last is
the moment whereby position posits itself.
The donational dimension in turn comprises three corresponding
moments:
229Laruelle sets out his transcendental analytic of Decision in Chapter VI of The Principles of Non-Philosophy.
In light of its extraordinary technical complexity, and for the purposes of coherence, we have considerably
simplified and schematised that analysis here, focussing only on the dimensional a prioris and ignoring the other,
equally fundamental components of Decision. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp.281-346, but especially pp. 285-288
156
1.
Affection as the donation of an empirico-regional datum, the
putatively real transcendence of the initial, extra-philosophical given.
2.
The Reception of the formal codes of the philosophical as such
in its specificity vis a vis all other forms of experience or as regulative or
normative ideal given for thinking, paradigmatic horizon for the cognitive
processing of experiential data.
3.
Finally, Intuition as unity of the dyad of Affection and
Reception, synthesis of the regional, extra-philosophical given and of the
universal philosophical form as paradigm for the reception of experience. This
is the moment through which donation donates or gives itself.
These three reciprocally paired moments of position and donation are the
invariant structural hinges through which every Decision framing the
phenomenological parameters of experience is articulated. Thus, an extraphilosophical Affection is posited through meta-physical Transcendence, while
meta-physical Transcendence is given as extra-philosophical Affection; prephilosophical Reception is posited through an ontological Plane, while this
ontological Plane is given as a pre-philosophical Reception; and philosophical
Intuition is posited through a transcendental Unity while transcendental Unity is
given as philosophical Intuition.
The Alien-subject exists as the de-hybridisation or dualysation of these
six reciprocally presupposing dimensions of Decisional auto-position and autodonation. It suspends the circular loop of bi-lateral determination through which
the positional a prioris are constituted as a function of a corresponding a priori
donation, and the donational ones constituted as a function of a corresponding a
priori position. The Alien-subject simplifies or irons out these multifarious
foldings and doublings whereby the cardinal hinges of phenomenological
position and donation remain reciprocally enfolded and doubled up within one
another. It effects a radically heteronomous or unilateralising determination of
this bi-lateral Decisional autonomy, extracting or cloning the non-autopositional/non-auto-donational essence from each of these auto-positional/autodonational a prioris. It separates Affection from Transcendence, Reception
from Plane, and Intuition from Unity, cloning these bi-lateral dyads as unilateral
dualities. Thus, it determines or articulates them non-phenomenologically as
Identities-without-unity and Dualities-without-distinction.
As a result, the sedimented structural hierarchy whereby Decision
superimposes a phenomenologising frame for every phenomenon, an
ontologising horizon for every entity, and objectivating conditions for every
object, is unstacked, desedimented and steamrollered out into an immanent
continuum of non-intuitive or theoretically determined phenomenality wherein
thought operates independently of the conditions of consciousness, words
function independently of the conditions of language, and experience is given
155
the lived experience attributed to the phenomenological subject is at once
immanently lived and transcendently surveyed at one remove by the
philosopher whose experience of pre-theoretical immediacy is simultaneously
posited as immediate through Decision, the ‘lived experience’ of the Aliensubject remains unconditionally performative, non-reflexive, and non-thetic,
precisely insofar as it is theoretically constituted, rather than a spontaneously
presupposed hybrid of theory and experience.
Accordingly, for the Alien-subject of non-materialist theory, the
phenomenological hybridisation of experience and theory, which is to say, the
reciprocal presupposition and co-positing of empirical immediacy and
transcendental mediation (empirical experience of immediacy posited in and
through theory, theoretical mediation presupposed in and through empirical
experience) as articulated in the empirico-transcendental parallelism which
binds phenomenon and phenomenality, becomes the basis for a radically
immanent or non-thetic theoretical experience (rather than an experience ‘of’
theory); one which is equally and simultaneously a radically experiential theory
(rather than a theory ‘of’ experience).
2. The six-dimensions of Decision
Moreover, as far as the internal structure of phenomenological Decision
is concerned, the empirico-transcendental parallelism binding phenomenon and
phenomenality remains inseparable from the abstract structural isomorphy
between the phenomenological dimensions of experience and the six
transcendental a prioris that Laruelle identifies as the invariants of all
Decision229. That structural isomorphy yokes together three distinct pairs of
doubly articulated or reciprocally presupposing a prioris for position and
donation. Thus, the positional dimension of Decision comprises three structural
moments:
1.
The Transcendence or scission between condition and
conditioned, a priori faktum and a posteriori datum.
2.
The Plane or latent horizonal frame within the parameters of
which the division is carried out.
3.
Finally, the moment of Unity as indivisible contraction of the
dyad of Transcendence and Plane, the Unity through which a determinate entity
or thing is crystallized as objective noematic correlate of position. This last is
the moment whereby position posits itself.
The donational dimension in turn comprises three corresponding
moments:
229Laruelle sets out his transcendental analytic of Decision in Chapter VI of The Principles of Non-Philosophy.
In light of its extraordinary technical complexity, and for the purposes of coherence, we have considerably
simplified and schematised that analysis here, focussing only on the dimensional a prioris and ignoring the other,
equally fundamental components of Decision. Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp.281-346, but especially pp. 285-288
156
1.
Affection as the donation of an empirico-regional datum, the
putatively real transcendence of the initial, extra-philosophical given.
2.
The Reception of the formal codes of the philosophical as such
in its specificity vis a vis all other forms of experience or as regulative or
normative ideal given for thinking, paradigmatic horizon for the cognitive
processing of experiential data.
3.
Finally, Intuition as unity of the dyad of Affection and
Reception, synthesis of the regional, extra-philosophical given and of the
universal philosophical form as paradigm for the reception of experience. This
is the moment through which donation donates or gives itself.
These three reciprocally paired moments of position and donation are the
invariant structural hinges through which every Decision framing the
phenomenological parameters of experience is articulated. Thus, an extraphilosophical Affection is posited through meta-physical Transcendence, while
meta-physical Transcendence is given as extra-philosophical Affection; prephilosophical Reception is posited through an ontological Plane, while this
ontological Plane is given as a pre-philosophical Reception; and philosophical
Intuition is posited through a transcendental Unity while transcendental Unity is
given as philosophical Intuition.
The Alien-subject exists as the de-hybridisation or dualysation of these
six reciprocally presupposing dimensions of Decisional auto-position and autodonation. It suspends the circular loop of bi-lateral determination through which
the positional a prioris are constituted as a function of a corresponding a priori
donation, and the donational ones constituted as a function of a corresponding a
priori position. The Alien-subject simplifies or irons out these multifarious
foldings and doublings whereby the cardinal hinges of phenomenological
position and donation remain reciprocally enfolded and doubled up within one
another. It effects a radically heteronomous or unilateralising determination of
this bi-lateral Decisional autonomy, extracting or cloning the non-autopositional/non-auto-donational essence from each of these auto-positional/autodonational a prioris. It separates Affection from Transcendence, Reception
from Plane, and Intuition from Unity, cloning these bi-lateral dyads as unilateral
dualities. Thus, it determines or articulates them non-phenomenologically as
Identities-without-unity and Dualities-without-distinction.
As a result, the sedimented structural hierarchy whereby Decision
superimposes a phenomenologising frame for every phenomenon, an
ontologising horizon for every entity, and objectivating conditions for every
object, is unstacked, desedimented and steamrollered out into an immanent
continuum of non-intuitive or theoretically determined phenomenality wherein
thought operates independently of the conditions of consciousness, words
function independently of the conditions of language, and experience is given
157
independently of the conditions of perception. Through their unilateralisation or
dualysing separation within the elemental immanence of the Alien-subject, the
meta-physical Transcendence of extra-philosophical Affection, the ontological
Plane of pre-philosophical Reception, and the transcendental Unity of
philosophical Intuition attain their non-auto-Decisional –which is to say, nonphenomenological- Identity as unilateral dualities, as the simultaneity of
identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction. They are lived-inOne by the Alien-subject and experienced non-phenomenologically through its
unilateralising structure as a Transcendence free of its constrictive relational
residue of meta-physical scission or ekstasis; as a Plane devoid of the
counterpoises of ontological ground and horizonal enclosure; and as Unity
without synthesis or objectivity, as the transcendental Entity = x, the immanent
noumenon or thing-in-itself, definitively shorn of the ontological apparatus of
categorial determination.
3. The transcendental prosthetic
The Alien-subject’s immanent medium of phenomenal manifestation is
that of this non-intuitive phenomenality determined in accordance with the
radical hyle. It exists as Alien for the phenomenological realm insofar as it is
determined in accordance with the non-phenomenological essence of
phenomenality. Thus, the effectuation of the Alien-subject as dualysation of
phenomenon and phenomenality frees non-materialist thinking from the
parameters of phenomenological intuition as well as from the codes of
materiological conceptuality. Moreover, by dualysing the auto-positional and
auto-donational structure of phenomenological Decision and articulating this
non-intuitive dimension of phenomenality, the Alien-subject functions as a
theoretical vehicle providing unprecedented opportunities for cognitive
experimentation. In fact, it furnishes the non-materialist axiomatic with a
theoretical organon whose function might be likened to that of a transcendental
prosthetic. As organon for the non-materialist axiomatic, the Alien-subject uses
phenomenological Decision as its occasional material in order to construct
theorematic descriptions of ‘matter itself’ determined-in-the-last-instance by the
radical hyle;- thus, it uses phenomenological Decision in a way which precludes
the possibility that the parameters of phenomenological intuition become
constitutive or determining for a transcendental theory ‘of’ matter. In effect, the
Alien-subject amplifies cognitive capacities by intervening directly at what is,
from a philosophical perspective at least, the ‘metatranscendental’ level of the
phenomenological syntheses conditioning the possibilities of experience.
However, it is this transcendent distinction between ‘experience’ and
‘theory’ in their phenomenological acceptation that becomes inoperative when
viewed from the radically external, ‘utopian’ perspective of the Alien-subject.
Such a distinction was only tenable so long as it was possible to hold on to a
158
division between some putatively pre-theoretical (i.e. pre-Decisional) realm of
experiential immediacy and a theoretically articulated dimension specifying the
ontological pre-conditions for the experience of immediacy (i.e. a Decision).
But it is the very possibility of such a distinction that becomes untenable once
the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy has been suspended and the rigorously
transcendental stance of the Alien-subject effectuated. There can be no such
thing as ‘experience-in-itself’ before the advent of phenomenological Decision,
just as there can be no such thing as Decision-in-itself, given independently of
the radical hyle, unless it be by virtue of philosophical illusion. Experience
defined in terms of pre-theoretical, intuitive phenomenological immediacy, of
Consciousness or Subjectivity, remains, like Perception, Language, or History,
an auto-positional, auto-donational ontological construct, the product of a
Decision.
Thus, it is possible to provide a non-materialist generalisation of Kant:
the Alien-subject as organon for a transcendental determination that is real-inthe-last-instance but non-phenomenological reduces all phenomenological
ontology to the level of empirical Idealism. Phenomenological ontology itself
now becomes a contingent item of empirical data for non-materialist theory.
That is to say: whereas for Kant, the ideal conditions for the possibility for
experience were also the ideal conditions for the possibility of the objects of
experience230, for non-materialism the real, non-phenomenological conditions
for the reality of a theory of experience (i.e. for the determination of
phenomenological Decision in accordance with the radical hyle) now determine
the phenomenological conditions of empirical experience (i.e. of consciousness,
perception, etc., insofar as these are all encompassed as a function of Decision).
‘Consciousness’, ‘perception’, ‘language’, ‘history’, and all those other
Decisionally circumscribed generalities supposedly intrinsic to the possibility of
what we think, see, feel, and hear, are empirical idealisations, convenient
speculative fictions gratuitously erected and maintained on the basis of
philosophical Decision (the latter being a rigorously universal structure which,
as we shall see later, ultimately encompasses capital and the apparatuses of
socio-economic production231). But through the Alien-subject these generalities,
along with the Decisions by means of which they are sustained as hybrids of
empirical presupposition and ideal positing, can be dualysed and reconfigured
as unilateral Identities.
4. The non-thetic universe
230“We then assert that the conditions of the possibility of experience in general are likewise conditions of the
possibility of the objects of experience, and that for this reason they have objective validity in a synthetic a priori
judgement” (Kant, 1929, p.194, A158/B197)
231Cf. our Conclusion, infra, pp.422-430.
157
independently of the conditions of perception. Through their unilateralisation or
dualysing separation within the elemental immanence of the Alien-subject, the
meta-physical Transcendence of extra-philosophical Affection, the ontological
Plane of pre-philosophical Reception, and the transcendental Unity of
philosophical Intuition attain their non-auto-Decisional –which is to say, nonphenomenological- Identity as unilateral dualities, as the simultaneity of
identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction. They are lived-inOne by the Alien-subject and experienced non-phenomenologically through its
unilateralising structure as a Transcendence free of its constrictive relational
residue of meta-physical scission or ekstasis; as a Plane devoid of the
counterpoises of ontological ground and horizonal enclosure; and as Unity
without synthesis or objectivity, as the transcendental Entity = x, the immanent
noumenon or thing-in-itself, definitively shorn of the ontological apparatus of
categorial determination.
3. The transcendental prosthetic
The Alien-subject’s immanent medium of phenomenal manifestation is
that of this non-intuitive phenomenality determined in accordance with the
radical hyle. It exists as Alien for the phenomenological realm insofar as it is
determined in accordance with the non-phenomenological essence of
phenomenality. Thus, the effectuation of the Alien-subject as dualysation of
phenomenon and phenomenality frees non-materialist thinking from the
parameters of phenomenological intuition as well as from the codes of
materiological conceptuality. Moreover, by dualysing the auto-positional and
auto-donational structure of phenomenological Decision and articulating this
non-intuitive dimension of phenomenality, the Alien-subject functions as a
theoretical vehicle providing unprecedented opportunities for cognitive
experimentation. In fact, it furnishes the non-materialist axiomatic with a
theoretical organon whose function might be likened to that of a transcendental
prosthetic. As organon for the non-materialist axiomatic, the Alien-subject uses
phenomenological Decision as its occasional material in order to construct
theorematic descriptions of ‘matter itself’ determined-in-the-last-instance by the
radical hyle;- thus, it uses phenomenological Decision in a way which precludes
the possibility that the parameters of phenomenological intuition become
constitutive or determining for a transcendental theory ‘of’ matter. In effect, the
Alien-subject amplifies cognitive capacities by intervening directly at what is,
from a philosophical perspective at least, the ‘metatranscendental’ level of the
phenomenological syntheses conditioning the possibilities of experience.
However, it is this transcendent distinction between ‘experience’ and
‘theory’ in their phenomenological acceptation that becomes inoperative when
viewed from the radically external, ‘utopian’ perspective of the Alien-subject.
Such a distinction was only tenable so long as it was possible to hold on to a
158
division between some putatively pre-theoretical (i.e. pre-Decisional) realm of
experiential immediacy and a theoretically articulated dimension specifying the
ontological pre-conditions for the experience of immediacy (i.e. a Decision).
But it is the very possibility of such a distinction that becomes untenable once
the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy has been suspended and the rigorously
transcendental stance of the Alien-subject effectuated. There can be no such
thing as ‘experience-in-itself’ before the advent of phenomenological Decision,
just as there can be no such thing as Decision-in-itself, given independently of
the radical hyle, unless it be by virtue of philosophical illusion. Experience
defined in terms of pre-theoretical, intuitive phenomenological immediacy, of
Consciousness or Subjectivity, remains, like Perception, Language, or History,
an auto-positional, auto-donational ontological construct, the product of a
Decision.
Thus, it is possible to provide a non-materialist generalisation of Kant:
the Alien-subject as organon for a transcendental determination that is real-inthe-last-instance but non-phenomenological reduces all phenomenological
ontology to the level of empirical Idealism. Phenomenological ontology itself
now becomes a contingent item of empirical data for non-materialist theory.
That is to say: whereas for Kant, the ideal conditions for the possibility for
experience were also the ideal conditions for the possibility of the objects of
experience230, for non-materialism the real, non-phenomenological conditions
for the reality of a theory of experience (i.e. for the determination of
phenomenological Decision in accordance with the radical hyle) now determine
the phenomenological conditions of empirical experience (i.e. of consciousness,
perception, etc., insofar as these are all encompassed as a function of Decision).
‘Consciousness’, ‘perception’, ‘language’, ‘history’, and all those other
Decisionally circumscribed generalities supposedly intrinsic to the possibility of
what we think, see, feel, and hear, are empirical idealisations, convenient
speculative fictions gratuitously erected and maintained on the basis of
philosophical Decision (the latter being a rigorously universal structure which,
as we shall see later, ultimately encompasses capital and the apparatuses of
socio-economic production231). But through the Alien-subject these generalities,
along with the Decisions by means of which they are sustained as hybrids of
empirical presupposition and ideal positing, can be dualysed and reconfigured
as unilateral Identities.
4. The non-thetic universe
230“We then assert that the conditions of the possibility of experience in general are likewise conditions of the
possibility of the objects of experience, and that for this reason they have objective validity in a synthetic a priori
judgement” (Kant, 1929, p.194, A158/B197)
231Cf. our Conclusion, infra, pp.422-430.
159
Accordingly, every phenomenological Decision reconfigured in terms of
the non-thetic a prioris of donation and position unleashes a dimension of
unconditional possibility, a transcendental continuum of radically immanent
virtuality now definitively untethered from the philosophical moorings that tied
it to empirical actuality. Non-materialism refuses the ontological constraints
that obliged Deleuze to postulate a merely relative asymmetrical parallelism
between virtual and actual, one whereby every actual differenciation of the
virtual immediately implies a virtual differentiation of the actual, and hence the
initiation of a positive feedback loop from virtual to actual and back to the
virtual again, according to an autocatalytic process of ontological genesis232. By
reducing every Decision, and thus the entire realm of phenomenological
experience concomitant with it, to the level of a neutral and indifferent symbolic
support for the Alien-subject, the non-materialist axiomatic installs a strictly
irreversible and aparallel asymmetry between the empirical dimension of
phenomenological experience and the non-intuitive xenotype which the Aliensubject clones or effectuates using Decision.
Accordingly, the dimension of non-intuitive phenomenality effectuated
by the Alien-subject constitutes a rigorously transcendental dimension of
virtuality; one wherein possibility is no longer a function of empirical actuality.
The Alien-subject’s transcendental exteriority vis a vis the empirical realm
which serves as its occasional support precludes its reincorporation within the
ambit of empirical possibility. In Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Laruelle calls
the dimension of radical virtuality concomitant with the Alien-subject’s nonintuitive phenomenality ‘the non-thetic universe’. The latter is “is lived before
the advent of a horizon or project, in the form of a manifold of singular points
of transcendence, a manifold of affects of universality, now apprehended as the
phenomenal content of that which science calls ‘objectivity’ […] it constitutes a
manifold of real, primitive transcendence, shorn of all external Unity and of all
finality[…] a manifold of radical or individual possibles. These possibles are
well and truly universals, but devoid of position, devoid of space even if it be
‘pure’, and devoid even of intensity. The hybrid of the particular and the
universal is broken, science [i.e. non-philosophical thought-RB] finally accedes
to a universal liberated from its limitation in the particular, and even from its
limitation in the ‘individual’. Precisely because the universal now derives from
the individual in the rigorous sense and no longer co-determines it, it is beyond
its restricted and transcendent forms. This is the most universal experience of
the universal or the possible: when the latter is no longer condemned to go by
way of its own self-representation or hybrid states.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.200)
232 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.129-131.
160
The non-thetic universe is the transcendental dimension of non-intuitive
phenomenality effectuated through the existence of the Alien-subject. In its
simplest, most invariant form, it comprises the Affect of Transcendence without
horizonal enclosure, the Reception of a Plane without ontological ground and
the Intuition of a Unity without objective determination. It is by virtue of its
effectuation of the non-thetic universe that the Alien-subject functions like a
transcendental prosthetic amplifying the possibilities of thought and allowing
for a non-phenomenological universalisation of materialism; a universalisation
whereby materialism is allowed to access matter’s non-phenomenological
exteriority as thing-in-itself, as Entity finally released from the parameters of
phenomenological intuition and the codes of materiological conceptualisation.
Thus, if the non-thetic universe can be said to correspond to the Alien-subject’s
noetic dimension of transcendence as unilateralising duality, then the strictly
unobjectifiable exteriority of the Entity is its noematic correlate, that which the
Alien-subject experiences as the non-intentional correlate or unilate for the
foreclosure of the radical hyle. The non-materiological Entity is the
transcendental xenotype for matter’s unobjectifiable exteriority, but a radically
phenomenal exteriority cloned from the phenomenological hybridisation of
objectivating phenomenality and objective phenomenon. This is the rigorously
cognitive prototype for the non-phenomenological exteriority hinted at or
evoked, but only ever caricatured, in the hyperbolic constructs of Lovecraftian
fantasy and science fiction233.
5. Non-materialism and gnosis
The non-materialist axiomatic represents a variant of what Laruelle calls
‘the vision-in-One’. The latter, Laruelle insists, is a third kind of knowledge that
is almost the opposite of Malebranche’s vision-in-God: it remains radically
singular, finite, and non-paradigmatic234. Non-materialism reduces or suspends
what Laruelle refers to as the ‘Greco-unitary’ epistemological paradigm and
ascribes to it the status of an occasional material or empirical support for an anarchic or gnostic model of cognition235. Gnosis can never become epistemically
normative or paradigmatic precisely because it remains radically singular and
233Cf. for instance the short-story -favoured by Deleuze & Guattari in A Thousand Plateaus- ‘Through the Gates
of the Silver Key’ in H.P.Lovecraft Omnibus I: At the Mountains of Madness, London: HarperCollins, 1993,
pp.505-552.
234 Cf.Laruelle, 1991, p.19.
235In his brief but poetic rumination on gnosticism, Jacques Lacarrière constantly highlights its militantly anarchic, anti-authoritarian aspect. Cf. Laccarrière, 1989. Jonas’s (1991) classic study, for its part, underlines
gnosticism’s profoundly anti-anthropocentric character as religion of an alien god, while Filoramo (1992)
provides a more prosaic but nevertheless indispensable scholarly synopsis.
159
Accordingly, every phenomenological Decision reconfigured in terms of
the non-thetic a prioris of donation and position unleashes a dimension of
unconditional possibility, a transcendental continuum of radically immanent
virtuality now definitively untethered from the philosophical moorings that tied
it to empirical actuality. Non-materialism refuses the ontological constraints
that obliged Deleuze to postulate a merely relative asymmetrical parallelism
between virtual and actual, one whereby every actual differenciation of the
virtual immediately implies a virtual differentiation of the actual, and hence the
initiation of a positive feedback loop from virtual to actual and back to the
virtual again, according to an autocatalytic process of ontological genesis232. By
reducing every Decision, and thus the entire realm of phenomenological
experience concomitant with it, to the level of a neutral and indifferent symbolic
support for the Alien-subject, the non-materialist axiomatic installs a strictly
irreversible and aparallel asymmetry between the empirical dimension of
phenomenological experience and the non-intuitive xenotype which the Aliensubject clones or effectuates using Decision.
Accordingly, the dimension of non-intuitive phenomenality effectuated
by the Alien-subject constitutes a rigorously transcendental dimension of
virtuality; one wherein possibility is no longer a function of empirical actuality.
The Alien-subject’s transcendental exteriority vis a vis the empirical realm
which serves as its occasional support precludes its reincorporation within the
ambit of empirical possibility. In Philosophy and Non-Philosophy Laruelle calls
the dimension of radical virtuality concomitant with the Alien-subject’s nonintuitive phenomenality ‘the non-thetic universe’. The latter is “is lived before
the advent of a horizon or project, in the form of a manifold of singular points
of transcendence, a manifold of affects of universality, now apprehended as the
phenomenal content of that which science calls ‘objectivity’ […] it constitutes a
manifold of real, primitive transcendence, shorn of all external Unity and of all
finality[…] a manifold of radical or individual possibles. These possibles are
well and truly universals, but devoid of position, devoid of space even if it be
‘pure’, and devoid even of intensity. The hybrid of the particular and the
universal is broken, science [i.e. non-philosophical thought-RB] finally accedes
to a universal liberated from its limitation in the particular, and even from its
limitation in the ‘individual’. Precisely because the universal now derives from
the individual in the rigorous sense and no longer co-determines it, it is beyond
its restricted and transcendent forms. This is the most universal experience of
the universal or the possible: when the latter is no longer condemned to go by
way of its own self-representation or hybrid states.” (Laruelle, 1989, p.200)
232 Cf. supra, Chapter 3, pp.129-131.
160
The non-thetic universe is the transcendental dimension of non-intuitive
phenomenality effectuated through the existence of the Alien-subject. In its
simplest, most invariant form, it comprises the Affect of Transcendence without
horizonal enclosure, the Reception of a Plane without ontological ground and
the Intuition of a Unity without objective determination. It is by virtue of its
effectuation of the non-thetic universe that the Alien-subject functions like a
transcendental prosthetic amplifying the possibilities of thought and allowing
for a non-phenomenological universalisation of materialism; a universalisation
whereby materialism is allowed to access matter’s non-phenomenological
exteriority as thing-in-itself, as Entity finally released from the parameters of
phenomenological intuition and the codes of materiological conceptualisation.
Thus, if the non-thetic universe can be said to correspond to the Alien-subject’s
noetic dimension of transcendence as unilateralising duality, then the strictly
unobjectifiable exteriority of the Entity is its noematic correlate, that which the
Alien-subject experiences as the non-intentional correlate or unilate for the
foreclosure of the radical hyle. The non-materiological Entity is the
transcendental xenotype for matter’s unobjectifiable exteriority, but a radically
phenomenal exteriority cloned from the phenomenological hybridisation of
objectivating phenomenality and objective phenomenon. This is the rigorously
cognitive prototype for the non-phenomenological exteriority hinted at or
evoked, but only ever caricatured, in the hyperbolic constructs of Lovecraftian
fantasy and science fiction233.
5. Non-materialism and gnosis
The non-materialist axiomatic represents a variant of what Laruelle calls
‘the vision-in-One’. The latter, Laruelle insists, is a third kind of knowledge that
is almost the opposite of Malebranche’s vision-in-God: it remains radically
singular, finite, and non-paradigmatic234. Non-materialism reduces or suspends
what Laruelle refers to as the ‘Greco-unitary’ epistemological paradigm and
ascribes to it the status of an occasional material or empirical support for an anarchic or gnostic model of cognition235. Gnosis can never become epistemically
normative or paradigmatic precisely because it remains radically singular and
233Cf. for instance the short-story -favoured by Deleuze & Guattari in A Thousand Plateaus- ‘Through the Gates
of the Silver Key’ in H.P.Lovecraft Omnibus I: At the Mountains of Madness, London: HarperCollins, 1993,
pp.505-552.
234 Cf.Laruelle, 1991, p.19.
235In his brief but poetic rumination on gnosticism, Jacques Lacarrière constantly highlights its militantly anarchic, anti-authoritarian aspect. Cf. Laccarrière, 1989. Jonas’s (1991) classic study, for its part, underlines
gnosticism’s profoundly anti-anthropocentric character as religion of an alien god, while Filoramo (1992)
provides a more prosaic but nevertheless indispensable scholarly synopsis.
161
ontologically unencompassable in each and every instance. Laruelle’s ‘One’ –
i.e. radical immanence- never reconstitutes an ‘All’, and the radical hyle which
non-materialist thinking clones from the hyletic continuum as philosophical
hybridisation of singularity and multiplicity is not merely another version of the
body-without-organs. Similarly, the non-thetic universe cloned in accordance
with matter’s foreclosure to ontological unification is not simply another
version of the plane of immanence. Since what Laruelle refers to as ‘the Onewithout-Being’ (l’Un-sans-l’Etre) never under any circumstances constitutes an
instance of ontological unity or totality, there can never be one One but only an
indenumerable plurality of Ones, an unencompassable non-ontological manifold
of ‘indivi-dualities’: Identities-without-unity which are simultaneously
Dualities-without-distinction. The non-Decisional separation of radically
indivisible immanence and radically transcendent division releases their
unilateral duality: unobjectifiable indivision is now the condition that causes or
engenders unencompassable division. Immanence’s uni-laterality brings forth a
radically dispersive manifold of utterly discontinuous universes. This unilateral
duality of indivision and division cannot be synthesised through Decision.
Identity and Duality cannot be reintegrated into the Decisional synthesis of the
One and the Multiple. Their unilateral separation as Identity-without-unity and
Duality-without-difference precludes the bilateral ontological reciprocity
between Unity and Difference, a reciprocity perpetuated through the unitary
structure of philosophical Decision and one which invariably leads to the
ontological reinscription of multiplicity as unity236.
Thus, the manifestation of a non-thetic universe of theorematic
description for the radical hyle engenders a unilateral duality of ‘matter itself’
and materialist Decision; a duality that forecloses the possibility of reinscribing
matter within Decision. Nevertheless, and despite philosophical appearances,
the hypo-thetical positing of matter’s foreclosure to Decision remains perfectly
compatible with the scientific-materialist assignation of a univocal ontological
consistency to matter. It is not an ontological thesis about the constitution of
matter but a transcendental hypothesis enforcing the distinction between
matter’s description and its constitution, specifically one which seeks to
discontinue the philosophical amphiboly of phenomenological description and
ontological constitution. The guiding hypothesis for non-materialist thinking is
simply that matter’s univocal ontological consistency –about which nonmaterialism has nothing to say- cannot be decided on the basis of
phenomenological evidence since it is multiply instantiable in a manifold of
phenomenologically incommensurable registers of phenomenal description. In
236 Cf. in particular Chapter 3, pp.154-161; and Chapter 5, pp.243-245.
162
this sense, non-materialism is a critical hypothesis that seeks to purge
transcendental materialism of its residual phenomenological empiricism.
That this critical hypothesis also constitutes a gnosis of matter is
something that can be appreciated only once one has understood that gnosis
represents a species of practico-theoretical description rather than of ethicoontological dogma. Non-materialist gnosis is an-archic insofar as it dualyses
every unitary ontological arche or principle according to the rigorously
unilateral and irreversible order of the non-materialist axiomatic. As performed
by the Alien-subject, the gnosis of ‘matter itself’ consists in the articulation of a
non-intuitive universe for the theorematic description and phenomenalisation of
the radical hyle; a universe of theorematic description whose conceptual codes
and phenomenological dimensions –as circumscribed through the Affect of
Transcendence, the Reception of the Plane and the Intuition of Unity- are
simplified, which is to say, unidentified and unilateralised-, thereby
engendering an an-archic, paraphenomenological chaos wherein thought is
loosed from the conditions of intentional consciousness, words are freed from
the strictures of linguistic signification, and entities liberated from the armature
of ontological coordination.
Gnosis allows ontologically extraterritorial individuals –Alien-subjectsto proceed in an orderly but irreversible manner
from the fixed
phenomenological organisation of empirical ideality to a transcendental
chaos237 of unencompassable cognitive possibility. And by reducing
phenomenological Decision to the status of idealised empirical fiction, nonmaterialism invites individuals to submit transcendent ontological generalities
to a set of precise, systematic (but non-systemic), yet utterly heterogeneous
variations, thereby extracting from the latter an immanently transcendental and
radically universal dimension of phenomenality which remains strictly
incommensurable with the phenomenological realm which supports it.
More interestingly perhaps, through the non-materialist axiomatic, the
Alien-subject operates directly at what a philosopher would call the
‘metatranscendental’ level at which the phenomenological parameters and
cognitive architecture of all cultural software remains determinable, thereby
suspending the contingent epistemic armature which an aleatory evolutionary
history, allied to a random set of sociocultural practises, have grafted onto the
237Non-philosophical ‘chaos’ is neither mere disorder nor something which falls within the purview of non-linear
dynamics. Whilst the former remains encompassed within the unitary philosophical dyad ‘order/disorder’, the
latter, for all their unpredictable complexity, are mathematically well regulated systems of phenomena produced
through the recursive reiteration of homothetic invariants (cf. Gleick, 1998). For Laruelle, by way of contrast, the
term ‘chaos’ designates that unencompassable or dispersive manifold of unilateral dualities manifested in
accordance with immanence’s radically inconsistent Identity. Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372; Chapter 8,
pp.419-421; and also Laruelle, 1992, passim.
161
ontologically unencompassable in each and every instance. Laruelle’s ‘One’ –
i.e. radical immanence- never reconstitutes an ‘All’, and the radical hyle which
non-materialist thinking clones from the hyletic continuum as philosophical
hybridisation of singularity and multiplicity is not merely another version of the
body-without-organs. Similarly, the non-thetic universe cloned in accordance
with matter’s foreclosure to ontological unification is not simply another
version of the plane of immanence. Since what Laruelle refers to as ‘the Onewithout-Being’ (l’Un-sans-l’Etre) never under any circumstances constitutes an
instance of ontological unity or totality, there can never be one One but only an
indenumerable plurality of Ones, an unencompassable non-ontological manifold
of ‘indivi-dualities’: Identities-without-unity which are simultaneously
Dualities-without-distinction. The non-Decisional separation of radically
indivisible immanence and radically transcendent division releases their
unilateral duality: unobjectifiable indivision is now the condition that causes or
engenders unencompassable division. Immanence’s uni-laterality brings forth a
radically dispersive manifold of utterly discontinuous universes. This unilateral
duality of indivision and division cannot be synthesised through Decision.
Identity and Duality cannot be reintegrated into the Decisional synthesis of the
One and the Multiple. Their unilateral separation as Identity-without-unity and
Duality-without-difference precludes the bilateral ontological reciprocity
between Unity and Difference, a reciprocity perpetuated through the unitary
structure of philosophical Decision and one which invariably leads to the
ontological reinscription of multiplicity as unity236.
Thus, the manifestation of a non-thetic universe of theorematic
description for the radical hyle engenders a unilateral duality of ‘matter itself’
and materialist Decision; a duality that forecloses the possibility of reinscribing
matter within Decision. Nevertheless, and despite philosophical appearances,
the hypo-thetical positing of matter’s foreclosure to Decision remains perfectly
compatible with the scientific-materialist assignation of a univocal ontological
consistency to matter. It is not an ontological thesis about the constitution of
matter but a transcendental hypothesis enforcing the distinction between
matter’s description and its constitution, specifically one which seeks to
discontinue the philosophical amphiboly of phenomenological description and
ontological constitution. The guiding hypothesis for non-materialist thinking is
simply that matter’s univocal ontological consistency –about which nonmaterialism has nothing to say- cannot be decided on the basis of
phenomenological evidence since it is multiply instantiable in a manifold of
phenomenologically incommensurable registers of phenomenal description. In
236 Cf. in particular Chapter 3, pp.154-161; and Chapter 5, pp.243-245.
162
this sense, non-materialism is a critical hypothesis that seeks to purge
transcendental materialism of its residual phenomenological empiricism.
That this critical hypothesis also constitutes a gnosis of matter is
something that can be appreciated only once one has understood that gnosis
represents a species of practico-theoretical description rather than of ethicoontological dogma. Non-materialist gnosis is an-archic insofar as it dualyses
every unitary ontological arche or principle according to the rigorously
unilateral and irreversible order of the non-materialist axiomatic. As performed
by the Alien-subject, the gnosis of ‘matter itself’ consists in the articulation of a
non-intuitive universe for the theorematic description and phenomenalisation of
the radical hyle; a universe of theorematic description whose conceptual codes
and phenomenological dimensions –as circumscribed through the Affect of
Transcendence, the Reception of the Plane and the Intuition of Unity- are
simplified, which is to say, unidentified and unilateralised-, thereby
engendering an an-archic, paraphenomenological chaos wherein thought is
loosed from the conditions of intentional consciousness, words are freed from
the strictures of linguistic signification, and entities liberated from the armature
of ontological coordination.
Gnosis allows ontologically extraterritorial individuals –Alien-subjectsto proceed in an orderly but irreversible manner
from the fixed
phenomenological organisation of empirical ideality to a transcendental
chaos237 of unencompassable cognitive possibility. And by reducing
phenomenological Decision to the status of idealised empirical fiction, nonmaterialism invites individuals to submit transcendent ontological generalities
to a set of precise, systematic (but non-systemic), yet utterly heterogeneous
variations, thereby extracting from the latter an immanently transcendental and
radically universal dimension of phenomenality which remains strictly
incommensurable with the phenomenological realm which supports it.
More interestingly perhaps, through the non-materialist axiomatic, the
Alien-subject operates directly at what a philosopher would call the
‘metatranscendental’ level at which the phenomenological parameters and
cognitive architecture of all cultural software remains determinable, thereby
suspending the contingent epistemic armature which an aleatory evolutionary
history, allied to a random set of sociocultural practises, have grafted onto the
237Non-philosophical ‘chaos’ is neither mere disorder nor something which falls within the purview of non-linear
dynamics. Whilst the former remains encompassed within the unitary philosophical dyad ‘order/disorder’, the
latter, for all their unpredictable complexity, are mathematically well regulated systems of phenomena produced
through the recursive reiteration of homothetic invariants (cf. Gleick, 1998). For Laruelle, by way of contrast, the
term ‘chaos’ designates that unencompassable or dispersive manifold of unilateral dualities manifested in
accordance with immanence’s radically inconsistent Identity. Cf. infra, Chapter 7, pp.361-372; Chapter 8,
pp.419-421; and also Laruelle, 1992, passim.
163
intrinsic plasticity of our neurophysiological apparatus238. Perceptual intuition,
whether empirical and a posteriori, or phenomenological and a priori, is now
entirely incorporated within the Decisional ambit that serves merely as the
occasion for the Alien-subject’s descriptions of the radical hyle.
Accordingly, this non-intuitive generalisation of matter coincides with
materialism’s non-Decisional universalisation beyond the bounds of the
anthropocognitive. For the charmed circle of philosophical auto-position
perpetuated a reciprocity between the empirical and the transcendental whereby
matter and thought remained either co-constitutive or co-extensive. The price
for the spontaneous sufficiency of philosophical materialism was a
circumscription of ‘matter itself’ within the restricted ambit of conceptual
position and phenomenological donation as delineated according to the arbitrary
empirical vagaries of the philosopher’s speculative imagination. Thus, implicit
in materiological Decisionism is an uncritical faith in the sufficiency of the
philosophical imagination, one that seems to disregard the latter’s entirely
arbitrary character. Yet if the history of philosophy teaches us anything, it is
that the philosopher’s speculative imagination is always empirically limited. In
other words, implicit in the speculative materialist’s confidence in the
sufficiency of Decision is the quasi-idealist assumption that an arbitrarily
selected epistemic apparatus is sufficient to grasp matter ‘itself’, irrespective of
the biologically delimited parameters of human sapience. By our lights, natural
science gives us every reason to doubt this239.
Consequently, there is a sense in which, philosophical appearances
notwithstanding, the asceticism of non-materialist theory and practise accords
more readily with natural science than do the speculative indulgences of
philosophical materialism. For it is in accordance with its refusal to subordinate
science to philosophy that non-materialist thinking, on the basis of matter’s
radical autonomy, now recognises science’s claim to a relatively absolute
autonomy which is the equal of philosophy’s, and that it attempts to reconfigure
the apparatus of materialist theory in such a way as to grant the latter a measure
of transcendental independence vis a vis the limits which an empirically
overdetermined set of cognitive faculties impose upon the speculative
imagination.
That science stands on an equal footing with philosophy, that philosophy
–like mathematics or logic- is merely part of the abstract wing of the empirical
sciences, is a central tenet of philosophical naturalism, and specifically of the
238Cf. Chapter 8 where the theme of neurophysiological plasticity will be explored via the work of Paul
Churchland.
239Cf. our brief comments concerning the philosophical ramifications of string theory in our Introduction, supra,
p.21.
164
‘naturalised epistemology’ formulated by W.V.O. Quine and championed by
Paul Churchland. The next two chapters will try to recapitulate and to clarify
the fundamental components of the non-materialist stance by comparing and
contrasting them with certain of the central philosophical doctrines which
characterise the vigorously naturalistic brand of materialism exemplified in the
work of Quine and Churchland.
Our aim is to show how two apparently irreconcilable, not to say
contradictory theoretical trajectories leading out of the Kantian problematic –
Quinean naturalism and Laruellean hypertranscendentalism- display an
unexpected degree of theoretical convergence by virtue of their shared antipathy
to phenomenology. Thus, Quine’s is an anti-phenomenological naturalism,
while Laruelle’s is an anti-phenomenological transcendentalism. In the
following chapter, we will see how the hypertranscendental register of nonmaterialist theory not only accords with Quine’s anti-transcendental and antiphenomenological naturalism, but also how it radicalises and generalises certain
of its theses –specifically those of the inscrutability of reference, of ontological
relativity, and of the indeterminacy of translation.
163
intrinsic plasticity of our neurophysiological apparatus238. Perceptual intuition,
whether empirical and a posteriori, or phenomenological and a priori, is now
entirely incorporated within the Decisional ambit that serves merely as the
occasion for the Alien-subject’s descriptions of the radical hyle.
Accordingly, this non-intuitive generalisation of matter coincides with
materialism’s non-Decisional universalisation beyond the bounds of the
anthropocognitive. For the charmed circle of philosophical auto-position
perpetuated a reciprocity between the empirical and the transcendental whereby
matter and thought remained either co-constitutive or co-extensive. The price
for the spontaneous sufficiency of philosophical materialism was a
circumscription of ‘matter itself’ within the restricted ambit of conceptual
position and phenomenological donation as delineated according to the arbitrary
empirical vagaries of the philosopher’s speculative imagination. Thus, implicit
in materiological Decisionism is an uncritical faith in the sufficiency of the
philosophical imagination, one that seems to disregard the latter’s entirely
arbitrary character. Yet if the history of philosophy teaches us anything, it is
that the philosopher’s speculative imagination is always empirically limited. In
other words, implicit in the speculative materialist’s confidence in the
sufficiency of Decision is the quasi-idealist assumption that an arbitrarily
selected epistemic apparatus is sufficient to grasp matter ‘itself’, irrespective of
the biologically delimited parameters of human sapience. By our lights, natural
science gives us every reason to doubt this239.
Consequently, there is a sense in which, philosophical appearances
notwithstanding, the asceticism of non-materialist theory and practise accords
more readily with natural science than do the speculative indulgences of
philosophical materialism. For it is in accordance with its refusal to subordinate
science to philosophy that non-materialist thinking, on the basis of matter’s
radical autonomy, now recognises science’s claim to a relatively absolute
autonomy which is the equal of philosophy’s, and that it attempts to reconfigure
the apparatus of materialist theory in such a way as to grant the latter a measure
of transcendental independence vis a vis the limits which an empirically
overdetermined set of cognitive faculties impose upon the speculative
imagination.
That science stands on an equal footing with philosophy, that philosophy
–like mathematics or logic- is merely part of the abstract wing of the empirical
sciences, is a central tenet of philosophical naturalism, and specifically of the
238Cf. Chapter 8 where the theme of neurophysiological plasticity will be explored via the work of Paul
Churchland.
239Cf. our brief comments concerning the philosophical ramifications of string theory in our Introduction, supra,
p.21.
164
‘naturalised epistemology’ formulated by W.V.O. Quine and championed by
Paul Churchland. The next two chapters will try to recapitulate and to clarify
the fundamental components of the non-materialist stance by comparing and
contrasting them with certain of the central philosophical doctrines which
characterise the vigorously naturalistic brand of materialism exemplified in the
work of Quine and Churchland.
Our aim is to show how two apparently irreconcilable, not to say
contradictory theoretical trajectories leading out of the Kantian problematic –
Quinean naturalism and Laruellean hypertranscendentalism- display an
unexpected degree of theoretical convergence by virtue of their shared antipathy
to phenomenology. Thus, Quine’s is an anti-phenomenological naturalism,
while Laruelle’s is an anti-phenomenological transcendentalism. In the
following chapter, we will see how the hypertranscendental register of nonmaterialist theory not only accords with Quine’s anti-transcendental and antiphenomenological naturalism, but also how it radicalises and generalises certain
of its theses –specifically those of the inscrutability of reference, of ontological
relativity, and of the indeterminacy of translation.
165
CHAPTER 7
BEHOLD THE NON-RABBIT
This chapter will discuss the relation between individuation, theory, and
experience, and will examine the way in which these concepts are intertwined in
the work of Kant, Quine, and Laruelle. More precisely, we will be
foregrounding the theme of individuation but only in order to use it as a lens
through which to focus on the way in which the relation between theory and
experience is understood by these three thinkers.
By ‘individuation’ we mean the problem which can be summarized in
the question: how is it that something comes to be counted as ‘one’ ? In this
regard, Leibniz’s famous claim according to which “That which is not one
being is not a being” encapsulates an entire ontological tradition. But is it
possible to think ‘something’ without having thereby immediately counted it as
‘one’ thing ? Taking this question as a starting point, our aim in considering the
issue of individuation here is twofold. First, to look at one way to which this
traditional (but largely unstated) conceptual equivalence between ‘being’ and
‘being-one’, or between entity and unity, has figured as an uncircumventable
precondition for ontology. Second, to suggest some of the ways in which the
assumption of that precondition might be challenged or undermined. In order to
do this we will chart a trajectory through three distinct theoretical stances
concerning individuation. We will begin with the Kantian account, according to
which an invariable transcendental paradigm for objective individuation is
available. Then we’ll move on to consider the more sceptical, Quinean stance,
whereby far from being universal and paradigmatic, individuation is actually a
matter of linguistic convention, hence epistemically relative, and ultimately
ontologically indeterminate. Finally, we will conclude by trying to elucidate the
Laruellean suggestion that only a strictly transcendental determination of the
singular can sever the link between entity and unity, thereby guaranteeing the
de-objectification and de-phenomenologisation of the singular.
We would also like to suggest that the first and second of these theses
concerning individuation can be roughly correlated with certain more or less
generic philosophical postures, in order to give some inkling of the peculiar
way in which Laruelle’s own non-philosophical stance constitutes neither a
negation nor a synthesis of the Kantian and Quinean postures, but something
like their radicalisation and generalisation.
Thus, in the first section of the paper, we will see how Kant, the idealist,
mobilizes an invariant transcendental criterion guaranteeing the objective unity
of individuation. In the second, we shall examine the way in which Quine, the
materialist, undermines the assumption that any such transcendental guarantor
for individuation exists. In the third and final section, however, we hope to
166
show how Laruelle -circumventing both the idealist and the materialist
schemas- effectively generalises Quine’s materialist subversion of objective
unity by radicalising Kant’s transcendental method. Accordingly, it is by way of
a concurrent radicalisation of transcendental determination and generalisation
of empirical under-determination that the Laruelle-inspired or nonphilosophical materialism we are attempting to articulate here proposes to sever
the presumed link between entity and unity.
Consequently, the ‘non-rabbit’ mentioned in the title of this chapter is not
an ‘anti-rabbit’ or a ‘not-rabbit’ but an entity without unity. We have already
seen how the prefix ‘non-’ -whether in ‘non-rabbit’ or ‘non-philosophy’- is not
to be understood negatively or privatively240. It has a very specific technical
sense as an abbreviation for ‘non-Decisional’, which, as we saw earlier, is in
turn shorthand for ‘non-auto-positional’ and ‘non-auto-donational’. Thankfully,
for present purposes, these somewhat cumbersome locutions can be usefully
compressed into the far more economical ‘non-thetic’: it will be a ‘non-thetic
rabbit’ that is in question here. Thus, one of the key claims we would like to
make in this chapter is that although a ‘non-thetic rabbit’ is effectively
unobjectifiable, it is neither ineffable nor inconceivable. We now know that
neither objectification nor phenomenologisation can presume to exhaust the
entire available spectrum of immanent phenomenal manifestation. So not only
does a ‘non-thetic rabbit’ remain entirely immanent, precisely articulated within
the bounds of conceptual thought, it also remains available to perception;- albeit
only with the crucial proviso that the empirical parameters of the human sensory
apparatus become theoretically reconfigured in accordance with certain
transcendental strictures (we will return to this latter point in the final section of
this chapter).
Hence the use of the word ‘behold’ in the title of this chapter: the nonrabbit is entirely immanent, entirely manifest, in spite of the fact that is neither a
unitary nor an intentional phenomenon. In this regard, the overarching aim of
this exercise in comparative analysis is to clarify and to elucidate the crucial
but difficult notion of a ‘non-phenomenological phenomenality’. To sum up
very briefly: in Husserl’s case, the phenomenological definition of
phenomenality designates a mode of manifestation defined in terms of its
immanence to intentional consciousness241, while in (the early) Heidegger’s
case, it designates an apophantic mode of manifestation defined in terms of an
ekstatic structure of ontological transcendence articulated through Dasein’s
being-in-the-world242. The non-phenomenological definition, however, refers to
240 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.213-230 and 259-260.
241Cf. for instance Husserl, 1982.
242Cf. Heidegger, 1962.
165
CHAPTER 7
BEHOLD THE NON-RABBIT
This chapter will discuss the relation between individuation, theory, and
experience, and will examine the way in which these concepts are intertwined in
the work of Kant, Quine, and Laruelle. More precisely, we will be
foregrounding the theme of individuation but only in order to use it as a lens
through which to focus on the way in which the relation between theory and
experience is understood by these three thinkers.
By ‘individuation’ we mean the problem which can be summarized in
the question: how is it that something comes to be counted as ‘one’ ? In this
regard, Leibniz’s famous claim according to which “That which is not one
being is not a being” encapsulates an entire ontological tradition. But is it
possible to think ‘something’ without having thereby immediately counted it as
‘one’ thing ? Taking this question as a starting point, our aim in considering the
issue of individuation here is twofold. First, to look at one way to which this
traditional (but largely unstated) conceptual equivalence between ‘being’ and
‘being-one’, or between entity and unity, has figured as an uncircumventable
precondition for ontology. Second, to suggest some of the ways in which the
assumption of that precondition might be challenged or undermined. In order to
do this we will chart a trajectory through three distinct theoretical stances
concerning individuation. We will begin with the Kantian account, according to
which an invariable transcendental paradigm for objective individuation is
available. Then we’ll move on to consider the more sceptical, Quinean stance,
whereby far from being universal and paradigmatic, individuation is actually a
matter of linguistic convention, hence epistemically relative, and ultimately
ontologically indeterminate. Finally, we will conclude by trying to elucidate the
Laruellean suggestion that only a strictly transcendental determination of the
singular can sever the link between entity and unity, thereby guaranteeing the
de-objectification and de-phenomenologisation of the singular.
We would also like to suggest that the first and second of these theses
concerning individuation can be roughly correlated with certain more or less
generic philosophical postures, in order to give some inkling of the peculiar
way in which Laruelle’s own non-philosophical stance constitutes neither a
negation nor a synthesis of the Kantian and Quinean postures, but something
like their radicalisation and generalisation.
Thus, in the first section of the paper, we will see how Kant, the idealist,
mobilizes an invariant transcendental criterion guaranteeing the objective unity
of individuation. In the second, we shall examine the way in which Quine, the
materialist, undermines the assumption that any such transcendental guarantor
for individuation exists. In the third and final section, however, we hope to
166
show how Laruelle -circumventing both the idealist and the materialist
schemas- effectively generalises Quine’s materialist subversion of objective
unity by radicalising Kant’s transcendental method. Accordingly, it is by way of
a concurrent radicalisation of transcendental determination and generalisation
of empirical under-determination that the Laruelle-inspired or nonphilosophical materialism we are attempting to articulate here proposes to sever
the presumed link between entity and unity.
Consequently, the ‘non-rabbit’ mentioned in the title of this chapter is not
an ‘anti-rabbit’ or a ‘not-rabbit’ but an entity without unity. We have already
seen how the prefix ‘non-’ -whether in ‘non-rabbit’ or ‘non-philosophy’- is not
to be understood negatively or privatively240. It has a very specific technical
sense as an abbreviation for ‘non-Decisional’, which, as we saw earlier, is in
turn shorthand for ‘non-auto-positional’ and ‘non-auto-donational’. Thankfully,
for present purposes, these somewhat cumbersome locutions can be usefully
compressed into the far more economical ‘non-thetic’: it will be a ‘non-thetic
rabbit’ that is in question here. Thus, one of the key claims we would like to
make in this chapter is that although a ‘non-thetic rabbit’ is effectively
unobjectifiable, it is neither ineffable nor inconceivable. We now know that
neither objectification nor phenomenologisation can presume to exhaust the
entire available spectrum of immanent phenomenal manifestation. So not only
does a ‘non-thetic rabbit’ remain entirely immanent, precisely articulated within
the bounds of conceptual thought, it also remains available to perception;- albeit
only with the crucial proviso that the empirical parameters of the human sensory
apparatus become theoretically reconfigured in accordance with certain
transcendental strictures (we will return to this latter point in the final section of
this chapter).
Hence the use of the word ‘behold’ in the title of this chapter: the nonrabbit is entirely immanent, entirely manifest, in spite of the fact that is neither a
unitary nor an intentional phenomenon. In this regard, the overarching aim of
this exercise in comparative analysis is to clarify and to elucidate the crucial
but difficult notion of a ‘non-phenomenological phenomenality’. To sum up
very briefly: in Husserl’s case, the phenomenological definition of
phenomenality designates a mode of manifestation defined in terms of its
immanence to intentional consciousness241, while in (the early) Heidegger’s
case, it designates an apophantic mode of manifestation defined in terms of an
ekstatic structure of ontological transcendence articulated through Dasein’s
being-in-the-world242. The non-phenomenological definition, however, refers to
240 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.213-230 and 259-260.
241Cf. for instance Husserl, 1982.
242Cf. Heidegger, 1962.
167
a non-intentional, non-apophantic, and non-worldly mode of phenomenal
manifestation defined exclusively in terms of its immanence ‘in’ theory. It refers
to a constitutively theoretical mode of phenomenality. So because it is an
intrinsically theoretical phenomenon - one, moreover, entirely devoid of
apophantic intelligibility, intentional unity or worldly horizonality by virtue of
its constitutively theoretical status - the non-rabbit will only become manifest
according to the strictures of a non-empirical, non-intuitive, or theoretically
determined phenomenality, as opposed to those of consciousness, sensibility, or
being-in-the-world.
Kant
In all three of the thinkers under consideration here, there’s a complex
interrelation between individuation, theory and experience. But perhaps most
significantly, all three are concerned with undermining the basically Cartesian
notion that there exists some kind of essentially pre-theoretical immediacy
through which ‘consciousness’ -supposing there to be such a thing- enjoys
privileged access to phenomena or ‘things themselves’. If they have anything at
all in common, it’s this basic refusal to have any truck with the homely
phenomenological faith in the pre-theoretical experiential immediacy of ‘the
things themselves’.
Kant, for instance, denies the fanciful notion that we have privileged
introspective access to the contents of our own heads. As far as the
investigation into the conditions of possibility for experience is concerned,
introspection provides no more of a solid basis than wand dowsing. The
transcendental difference between phenomenon and in-itself cuts all the way
into the subject: empirical consciousness is just as conditioned, just as
determined, as every other kind of objective phenomenon. Moreover, as the
ultimate ground for the possibility of transcendental synthesis, pure
apperception maintains a formal, impersonal and objective status which
precludes its identification with the personal subject of empirical consciousness;
although transcendentally immanent to experience it is never given in
experience, it remains external to inner sense: “The transcendental unity of
apperception [...] is therefore entitled objective, and must be distinguished from
the subjective unity of consciousness, which is a determination of inner sense”
(Kant, 1929, B139, p.157). Consequently, the experience into whose conditions
of possibility Kant is investigating is neither the ‘lived’ experience of
phenomenological consciousness, nor the putatively private realm of subjective
qualia, but the universal cognitive experience whose structures are mapped out
in the theories of Euclid and Newton. Kant is laying out transcendental
conditions for the possibility of a single, universal but ultimately impersonal
objective experience as theoretically articulated by Euclid and Newton, rather
than as phenomenologically apprehended or ‘lived’ by a conscious subject:
168
“There is one single experience in which all perceptions are represented
as in thoroughgoing and orderly connection, just as there is only one space and
one time in which all modes of appearance and all relations of being or notbeing occur. When we speak of different experiences, we can refer only to the
various perceptions, all of which, as such, belong to one and the same general
experience. This thoroughgoing synthetic unity of perceptions is indeed the
form of experience; it is nothing else than the synthetic unity of appearances in
accordance with concepts.” (Kant, 1929, A111, p.138).
For Kant, this ‘synthetic unity of appearances in accordance with
concepts’ provides the transcendental basis for the universal cognitive
experience whose invariant features are delineated in Euclidean geometry and
Newtonian physics. These invariants constitute the universal laws in conformity
with which all possible appearances are woven together into one unified,
cohesive whole. Moreover, Kant claims that “The unity of apperception is thus
the transcendental ground of the necessary conformity to law of all
appearances in one experience”(Ibid., A127, p.148). If this is so, it follows that
pure apperception, the indivisible integer of categorial judgement and
transcendental synthesis, is the formal principle grounding the synthetic unity of
appearances, and ultimately the universal, impersonal, and objective principle in
which the nomological consistency of all appearances finds its basis. Which is
to say that pure apperception is in fact the subject of Euclidean and Newtonian
theory: it is the transcendental guarantor for the possibility of the nomological
consistency of appearances as set out in geometry and physics. Thus, Kant is
attempting to define conditions of possibility for experience in accordance with
a specific set of theoretical strictures which carve out certain necessary and law
like invariances through which that experience is structured. Pure apperception,
the wellspring of the synthetic a priori, is the cardinal hinge bridging the divide
between the empty logical necessity of the analytical a priori and the contentful
empirical contingency of the synthetic a posteriori. In doing so it ensures the
transcendental isomorphy of theory and experience. But how then does pure
apperception serve to articulate the link between theory, experience, and
individuation?
To answer this question, it is imperative we bear in mind Kant’s crucial
distinction between combination or Verbindung as function of the
transcendental imagination, and unity or Einheit as rooted in the pure
understanding. Thus, Kant writes: “Combination is representation of the
synthetic unity of the manifold. The representation of this unity cannot,
therefore, arise out of the combination. On the contrary, it is what, by adding
itself to the representation of the manifold, first makes possible the concept of
167
a non-intentional, non-apophantic, and non-worldly mode of phenomenal
manifestation defined exclusively in terms of its immanence ‘in’ theory. It refers
to a constitutively theoretical mode of phenomenality. So because it is an
intrinsically theoretical phenomenon - one, moreover, entirely devoid of
apophantic intelligibility, intentional unity or worldly horizonality by virtue of
its constitutively theoretical status - the non-rabbit will only become manifest
according to the strictures of a non-empirical, non-intuitive, or theoretically
determined phenomenality, as opposed to those of consciousness, sensibility, or
being-in-the-world.
Kant
In all three of the thinkers under consideration here, there’s a complex
interrelation between individuation, theory and experience. But perhaps most
significantly, all three are concerned with undermining the basically Cartesian
notion that there exists some kind of essentially pre-theoretical immediacy
through which ‘consciousness’ -supposing there to be such a thing- enjoys
privileged access to phenomena or ‘things themselves’. If they have anything at
all in common, it’s this basic refusal to have any truck with the homely
phenomenological faith in the pre-theoretical experiential immediacy of ‘the
things themselves’.
Kant, for instance, denies the fanciful notion that we have privileged
introspective access to the contents of our own heads. As far as the
investigation into the conditions of possibility for experience is concerned,
introspection provides no more of a solid basis than wand dowsing. The
transcendental difference between phenomenon and in-itself cuts all the way
into the subject: empirical consciousness is just as conditioned, just as
determined, as every other kind of objective phenomenon. Moreover, as the
ultimate ground for the possibility of transcendental synthesis, pure
apperception maintains a formal, impersonal and objective status which
precludes its identification with the personal subject of empirical consciousness;
although transcendentally immanent to experience it is never given in
experience, it remains external to inner sense: “The transcendental unity of
apperception [...] is therefore entitled objective, and must be distinguished from
the subjective unity of consciousness, which is a determination of inner sense”
(Kant, 1929, B139, p.157). Consequently, the experience into whose conditions
of possibility Kant is investigating is neither the ‘lived’ experience of
phenomenological consciousness, nor the putatively private realm of subjective
qualia, but the universal cognitive experience whose structures are mapped out
in the theories of Euclid and Newton. Kant is laying out transcendental
conditions for the possibility of a single, universal but ultimately impersonal
objective experience as theoretically articulated by Euclid and Newton, rather
than as phenomenologically apprehended or ‘lived’ by a conscious subject:
168
“There is one single experience in which all perceptions are represented
as in thoroughgoing and orderly connection, just as there is only one space and
one time in which all modes of appearance and all relations of being or notbeing occur. When we speak of different experiences, we can refer only to the
various perceptions, all of which, as such, belong to one and the same general
experience. This thoroughgoing synthetic unity of perceptions is indeed the
form of experience; it is nothing else than the synthetic unity of appearances in
accordance with concepts.” (Kant, 1929, A111, p.138).
For Kant, this ‘synthetic unity of appearances in accordance with
concepts’ provides the transcendental basis for the universal cognitive
experience whose invariant features are delineated in Euclidean geometry and
Newtonian physics. These invariants constitute the universal laws in conformity
with which all possible appearances are woven together into one unified,
cohesive whole. Moreover, Kant claims that “The unity of apperception is thus
the transcendental ground of the necessary conformity to law of all
appearances in one experience”(Ibid., A127, p.148). If this is so, it follows that
pure apperception, the indivisible integer of categorial judgement and
transcendental synthesis, is the formal principle grounding the synthetic unity of
appearances, and ultimately the universal, impersonal, and objective principle in
which the nomological consistency of all appearances finds its basis. Which is
to say that pure apperception is in fact the subject of Euclidean and Newtonian
theory: it is the transcendental guarantor for the possibility of the nomological
consistency of appearances as set out in geometry and physics. Thus, Kant is
attempting to define conditions of possibility for experience in accordance with
a specific set of theoretical strictures which carve out certain necessary and law
like invariances through which that experience is structured. Pure apperception,
the wellspring of the synthetic a priori, is the cardinal hinge bridging the divide
between the empty logical necessity of the analytical a priori and the contentful
empirical contingency of the synthetic a posteriori. In doing so it ensures the
transcendental isomorphy of theory and experience. But how then does pure
apperception serve to articulate the link between theory, experience, and
individuation?
To answer this question, it is imperative we bear in mind Kant’s crucial
distinction between combination or Verbindung as function of the
transcendental imagination, and unity or Einheit as rooted in the pure
understanding. Thus, Kant writes: “Combination is representation of the
synthetic unity of the manifold. The representation of this unity cannot,
therefore, arise out of the combination. On the contrary, it is what, by adding
itself to the representation of the manifold, first makes possible the concept of
169
the combination”(Ibid., B131, p.152)243. The synthesizing function Kant
ascribes to the transcendental imagination would not be possible, he argues,
unless that combinatory activity was rooted in an essentially pre-synthetic or
indivisible integer of transcendental unity proper to the pure understanding.
This unity, of course, is provided by transcendental apperception. And it is
precisely insofar as it first makes possible the a priori combination of the
manifold in pure intuition that apperception provides the transcendental ground
binding together subjective individuation and individuated objectivity. This is
why, as Kant famously maintains: “the conditions of the possibility of
experience in general are likewise conditions of the possibility of the objects of
experience”(Ibid., A 158/B 197, p.194). Because apperception is indissociably
correlated with the pure and empty form of objectivity in general - the
transcendental object = x -, it yields the isomorphic reciprocity between
representing subject and represented object which grounds the possibility of
empirical experience. It is thereby the universal synthetic principle out of which
both subjective and objective individuation are crystallized. For although
‘unity’ is one of the categories of quantity and hence one of the twelve
determinate modalities of objective synthesis, it is finally apperception which
furnishes the qualitative unity from which objective synthesis originarily arises
as a mode of categorial judgement. In this regard, pure apperception is the
ultimate determining instance for individuation, and the schematism and the
principles of the pure understanding merely provide supplementary details
concerning the a priori structures of spatio-temporal combination into which
appearances which have already been individuated through apperception
become woven in order to produce an intra-consistent network for cognitive
representation.
It comes as no surprise then to find that Kant’s account of individuation
is basically hylomorphic. Pure apperception is the indivisible paradigm of
formal unity stamping an essentially amorphous manifold of spatio-temporal
presentation with its individuating seal. It would be a mistake, however, to
regard that unity as merely subjective in character, for as Kant repeatedly
insists, it is from the indivisibility of pure apperception that the representing
subject and the represented object both derive. Thus, Kant’s account of
individuation necessitates a transcendental isomorphy between subjective and
objective unity. In fact, subjectivation, objectivation, and individuation all
become virtually indistinguishable processes inasmuch as apperceptive
synthesis exhausts the possibilities of phenomenal manifestation. As far as Kant
243For a brilliantly innovative reading of Kant exploring the ramifications of this fundamental distinction
between Verbindung and Einheit, cf. Alain Badiou, ‘L'ontologie soustractive de Kant’ in his Court Traité
d'Ontologie Transitoire: Badiou, 1998, pp.153-165.
170
is concerned, to be something is to be an object of possible experience, and pure
apperception is the ultimate transcendental determinant for all possible
experience. Consequently, although Kant’s transcendentalism critically
undermines the idea that consciousness is the domain of a privileged pretheoretical immediacy - for that idea conflates conscious experience of
phenomena with experience of ‘things-in-themselves’ - , not only does Kant fail
to critically examine the link between entity and unity, he reinforces it by
identifying the notions of phenomenon and object, thereby subordinating both
to the indivisible transcendental bond between subjective and objective unity.
In short, the Kantian rabbit-entity is one with which we are all perfectly
familiar: it is an objectively individuated, three dimensional physical
phenomenon persisting in time and locatable by reference to an entirelydeterminate system of spatio-temporal coordinates, its objective contours fixed
through a stable set of spatial boundaries and a homogeneous segment of
temporal continuity.
What then can we conclude about the relation between individuation,
theory and experience in Kant ? We have already mentioned how, because of its
universal, impersonal and objective character, the unified experience correlated
with pure apperception is that whose invariant, law like features are jointly
delineated by the theories of Euclid and Newton. Clearly then, Kant’s entire
transcendental project is intimately bound to the presupposition of an
immanent, already constituted system of scientific theory. The substantive
character of the synthetic a priori judgements whose formal possibility Kant is
trying to uncover is, to all intents and purposes, defined by Newton and Euclid.
The empirical immanence of an experience whose universally necessary
features are jointly described in Euclidean geometry and Newtonian physics
defines the parameters of possible experience for which Kant seeks to provide a
transcendental ground. Borrowing a useful schema from Deleuze and Guattari,
we might say that the transcendental and the synthetic a priori, critical
philosophy and science, are wedded together and doubly articulated in a relation
of reciprocal presupposition. Thus, Kant’s Critical project presupposes an
empirically immanent scientific theory of experience, for which he then tries to
provide an a priori but nevertheless transcendentally immanent epistemological
footing.
However, as subsequent scientific developments have all too clearly
shown, this relation of presupposition remains fatally one-sided. It is Kant’s
transcendental philosophy which presupposes the empirical immanence of
scientific theory and a scientific delineation of the synthetic a priori in the
shape of an already extant system of apodictic mathematical and scientific
truths; not, as Kant mistakenly believed, empirical science which presupposes a
transcendental basis. This one-sidedness is a consequence of the unmistakeably
169
the combination”(Ibid., B131, p.152)243. The synthesizing function Kant
ascribes to the transcendental imagination would not be possible, he argues,
unless that combinatory activity was rooted in an essentially pre-synthetic or
indivisible integer of transcendental unity proper to the pure understanding.
This unity, of course, is provided by transcendental apperception. And it is
precisely insofar as it first makes possible the a priori combination of the
manifold in pure intuition that apperception provides the transcendental ground
binding together subjective individuation and individuated objectivity. This is
why, as Kant famously maintains: “the conditions of the possibility of
experience in general are likewise conditions of the possibility of the objects of
experience”(Ibid., A 158/B 197, p.194). Because apperception is indissociably
correlated with the pure and empty form of objectivity in general - the
transcendental object = x -, it yields the isomorphic reciprocity between
representing subject and represented object which grounds the possibility of
empirical experience. It is thereby the universal synthetic principle out of which
both subjective and objective individuation are crystallized. For although
‘unity’ is one of the categories of quantity and hence one of the twelve
determinate modalities of objective synthesis, it is finally apperception which
furnishes the qualitative unity from which objective synthesis originarily arises
as a mode of categorial judgement. In this regard, pure apperception is the
ultimate determining instance for individuation, and the schematism and the
principles of the pure understanding merely provide supplementary details
concerning the a priori structures of spatio-temporal combination into which
appearances which have already been individuated through apperception
become woven in order to produce an intra-consistent network for cognitive
representation.
It comes as no surprise then to find that Kant’s account of individuation
is basically hylomorphic. Pure apperception is the indivisible paradigm of
formal unity stamping an essentially amorphous manifold of spatio-temporal
presentation with its individuating seal. It would be a mistake, however, to
regard that unity as merely subjective in character, for as Kant repeatedly
insists, it is from the indivisibility of pure apperception that the representing
subject and the represented object both derive. Thus, Kant’s account of
individuation necessitates a transcendental isomorphy between subjective and
objective unity. In fact, subjectivation, objectivation, and individuation all
become virtually indistinguishable processes inasmuch as apperceptive
synthesis exhausts the possibilities of phenomenal manifestation. As far as Kant
243For a brilliantly innovative reading of Kant exploring the ramifications of this fundamental distinction
between Verbindung and Einheit, cf. Alain Badiou, ‘L'ontologie soustractive de Kant’ in his Court Traité
d'Ontologie Transitoire: Badiou, 1998, pp.153-165.
170
is concerned, to be something is to be an object of possible experience, and pure
apperception is the ultimate transcendental determinant for all possible
experience. Consequently, although Kant’s transcendentalism critically
undermines the idea that consciousness is the domain of a privileged pretheoretical immediacy - for that idea conflates conscious experience of
phenomena with experience of ‘things-in-themselves’ - , not only does Kant fail
to critically examine the link between entity and unity, he reinforces it by
identifying the notions of phenomenon and object, thereby subordinating both
to the indivisible transcendental bond between subjective and objective unity.
In short, the Kantian rabbit-entity is one with which we are all perfectly
familiar: it is an objectively individuated, three dimensional physical
phenomenon persisting in time and locatable by reference to an entirelydeterminate system of spatio-temporal coordinates, its objective contours fixed
through a stable set of spatial boundaries and a homogeneous segment of
temporal continuity.
What then can we conclude about the relation between individuation,
theory and experience in Kant ? We have already mentioned how, because of its
universal, impersonal and objective character, the unified experience correlated
with pure apperception is that whose invariant, law like features are jointly
delineated by the theories of Euclid and Newton. Clearly then, Kant’s entire
transcendental project is intimately bound to the presupposition of an
immanent, already constituted system of scientific theory. The substantive
character of the synthetic a priori judgements whose formal possibility Kant is
trying to uncover is, to all intents and purposes, defined by Newton and Euclid.
The empirical immanence of an experience whose universally necessary
features are jointly described in Euclidean geometry and Newtonian physics
defines the parameters of possible experience for which Kant seeks to provide a
transcendental ground. Borrowing a useful schema from Deleuze and Guattari,
we might say that the transcendental and the synthetic a priori, critical
philosophy and science, are wedded together and doubly articulated in a relation
of reciprocal presupposition. Thus, Kant’s Critical project presupposes an
empirically immanent scientific theory of experience, for which he then tries to
provide an a priori but nevertheless transcendentally immanent epistemological
footing.
However, as subsequent scientific developments have all too clearly
shown, this relation of presupposition remains fatally one-sided. It is Kant’s
transcendental philosophy which presupposes the empirical immanence of
scientific theory and a scientific delineation of the synthetic a priori in the
shape of an already extant system of apodictic mathematical and scientific
truths; not, as Kant mistakenly believed, empirical science which presupposes a
transcendental basis. This one-sidedness is a consequence of the unmistakeably
171
transcendent character of Kant’s transcendental a priori. And given the extent
to which the internal coherence of the critical project as a whole hinges on the
1st Critique’s crucial distinction between the transcendental and the
transcendent244, this is deeply problematic for Kant. More than one
commentator245 has remarked how, by simply tracing transcendental conditions
from the empirically conditioned, and superimposing the presumed unity of
pure apperception onto the synthetic combinations of the empirical manifold,
Kant merely constructs a redundant, 2nd order abstraction which, far from
explaining them, simply reproduces the formal features of empirical generality
at a higher level. Consequently, the supposedly transcendental reciprocity
between critical philosophy and the scientific mapping of experience is only
operative from the perspective of the former.
The trouble with Kant’s transcendentalism can be summarized in the
following way: in principle, the empirically immanent bounds of possible
experience, its universal, law like features as laid out in the theories of Euclid
and Newton, are supposed to be transcendentally girded, necessarily rooted in
the constitutive structures of cognition by those forms of a priori synthesis
grounded in the immanence of pure apperception. But in fact they are not, as the
discoveries of Lobatchevski, Rieman and Einstein (among others) showed only
too clearly, revealing to what extent Kant’s transcendental girding was flimsy,
makeshift, and expedient, its foundations far too shallowly excavated. Kant’s
critical project remains trapped within the ambit of the empirico-transcendental
doublet as circumscribed through the structure of philosophical Decision. It is
only by presupposing science as empirically given that Kant is able to posit the
a priori conditions through which the empirical comes to be constituted as
given. Because of this Decisional structure, Kant’s transcendental a priori ends
up floundering in extraneous metaphysical transcendence: neither rigorously
transcendental, nor authentically immanent vis a vis the empirical domain of
possible experience mapped out in scientific theory.
Quine
Interestingly enough, this relation of double articulation and reciprocal
presupposition between philosophy and science is also one of the most striking
features of Quine’s work, albeit reconfigured in a vigorously naturalistic, antitranscendental fashion. Quine’s demolition of the analytic-synthetic
172
distinction246 invalidates the Kantian conception of the transcendental and
liquidates the very notion of the synthetic a priori. For Quine, truth is immanent
and disquotational247, while reference remains a strictly intra-theoretical
relation; thus, there is no difference in kind between truths of logic and truths of
fact, only a difference of degree measured in terms of their susceptibility to
empirical refutation. Consequently, there is no gap to bridge between essence
and existence, logic and fact, judgement and experience; and no justification
whatsoever for positing a transcendental isomorphy between representing and
represented through the good offices of a synthetic a priori. Quine’s dissolution
of the analytic/synthetic distinction necessitates abandoning the idea that the
possibilities of empirical experience can be delimited through certain a priori
epistemic structures possessing an inviolable formal necessity. As far as Quine
is concerned, there simply are no purely a priori formal structures constraining
the bounds of possible experience. Which is to say that the possibilities of
scientific theory are continuously being reconfigured in accordance with real
occurrences in the world, rather than eternally fixed according to ideal
structures in the subject.
Thus, although Quine’s empiricism operates on the basis of a
presupposition of immanence defined in terms of an already extant body of
scientific theory, in a manner initially analogous to Kant’s, he refuses the
Kantian dissociation of philosophical epistemology from science in the shift to
a transcendental epistemological register. This is Quine’s thesis of the
reciprocal containment of epistemology and ontology248. With the denial of
analytic/synthetic distinction and the dissolution of the synthetic a priori goes
the idea that there can be a first philosophy providing transcendental grounds
for scientific theory. Not only does philosophical epistemology presupposes
scientific ontology -ultimately the ontology of microphysical states provided by
physics; the epistemological investigation into the genesis of scientific ontology
must be carried out within the conceptual framework provided by that
fundamental physical ontology. There can be no transcendental bracketing or
suspension of the natural scientific attitude.
Thus, the fundamental
methodological presupposition underlying Quine’s empiricism is the espousal
of an uncompromisingly physicalist ontology. And the physicalist holds that
246 Cf. Quine, 1961, pp. 20-46.
244 Cf. Kant, op. cit., A295-6/B352-3,pp.298-299.
245Dufrenne, Deleuze and Foucault have made this particular criticism almost ubiquitous in recent years, but
Miklos Vetö reveals the extent to which it had already been more or less explicitly formulated by many of Kant's
contemporaries and immediate successors: e.g. Haaman, Fichte, Schelling, Hegel. Cf. Vetö, 1998. In view of the
now elephantine proportions of secondary literature on Kant, many more names could doubtless be added to this
list.
247 “Where it makes sense to apply ‘true’ is to a sentence couched in terms of a given theory and seen from
within that theory, complete with its posited reality...To say that the statement ‘Brutus killed Caesar’ is true, or
that ‘The atomic weight of sodium is 23’ is true, is in effect simply to say that Brutus killed Caesar or that the
atomic weight of sodium is 23.” (Quine, 1960, p.24).
248For an account of this thesis’ fundamental importance in Quine’s thought, and for an exemplary exposition
and defence of Quine’s philosophy in its systematic consistency, see Roger Gibson’s, Enlightened Empiricism.
Cf. Gibson, 1988.
171
transcendent character of Kant’s transcendental a priori. And given the extent
to which the internal coherence of the critical project as a whole hinges on the
1st Critique’s crucial distinction between the transcendental and the
transcendent244, this is deeply problematic for Kant. More than one
commentator245 has remarked how, by simply tracing transcendental conditions
from the empirically conditioned, and superimposing the presumed unity of
pure apperception onto the synthetic combinations of the empirical manifold,
Kant merely constructs a redundant, 2nd order abstraction which, far from
explaining them, simply reproduces the formal features of empirical generality
at a higher level. Consequently, the supposedly transcendental reciprocity
between critical philosophy and the scientific mapping of experience is only
operative from the perspective of the former.
The trouble with Kant’s transcendentalism can be summarized in the
following way: in principle, the empirically immanent bounds of possible
experience, its universal, law like features as laid out in the theories of Euclid
and Newton, are supposed to be transcendentally girded, necessarily rooted in
the constitutive structures of cognition by those forms of a priori synthesis
grounded in the immanence of pure apperception. But in fact they are not, as the
discoveries of Lobatchevski, Rieman and Einstein (among others) showed only
too clearly, revealing to what extent Kant’s transcendental girding was flimsy,
makeshift, and expedient, its foundations far too shallowly excavated. Kant’s
critical project remains trapped within the ambit of the empirico-transcendental
doublet as circumscribed through the structure of philosophical Decision. It is
only by presupposing science as empirically given that Kant is able to posit the
a priori conditions through which the empirical comes to be constituted as
given. Because of this Decisional structure, Kant’s transcendental a priori ends
up floundering in extraneous metaphysical transcendence: neither rigorously
transcendental, nor authentically immanent vis a vis the empirical domain of
possible experience mapped out in scientific theory.
Quine
Interestingly enough, this relation of double articulation and reciprocal
presupposition between philosophy and science is also one of the most striking
features of Quine’s work, albeit reconfigured in a vigorously naturalistic, antitranscendental fashion. Quine’s demolition of the analytic-synthetic
172
distinction246 invalidates the Kantian conception of the transcendental and
liquidates the very notion of the synthetic a priori. For Quine, truth is immanent
and disquotational247, while reference remains a strictly intra-theoretical
relation; thus, there is no difference in kind between truths of logic and truths of
fact, only a difference of degree measured in terms of their susceptibility to
empirical refutation. Consequently, there is no gap to bridge between essence
and existence, logic and fact, judgement and experience; and no justification
whatsoever for positing a transcendental isomorphy between representing and
represented through the good offices of a synthetic a priori. Quine’s dissolution
of the analytic/synthetic distinction necessitates abandoning the idea that the
possibilities of empirical experience can be delimited through certain a priori
epistemic structures possessing an inviolable formal necessity. As far as Quine
is concerned, there simply are no purely a priori formal structures constraining
the bounds of possible experience. Which is to say that the possibilities of
scientific theory are continuously being reconfigured in accordance with real
occurrences in the world, rather than eternally fixed according to ideal
structures in the subject.
Thus, although Quine’s empiricism operates on the basis of a
presupposition of immanence defined in terms of an already extant body of
scientific theory, in a manner initially analogous to Kant’s, he refuses the
Kantian dissociation of philosophical epistemology from science in the shift to
a transcendental epistemological register. This is Quine’s thesis of the
reciprocal containment of epistemology and ontology248. With the denial of
analytic/synthetic distinction and the dissolution of the synthetic a priori goes
the idea that there can be a first philosophy providing transcendental grounds
for scientific theory. Not only does philosophical epistemology presupposes
scientific ontology -ultimately the ontology of microphysical states provided by
physics; the epistemological investigation into the genesis of scientific ontology
must be carried out within the conceptual framework provided by that
fundamental physical ontology. There can be no transcendental bracketing or
suspension of the natural scientific attitude.
Thus, the fundamental
methodological presupposition underlying Quine’s empiricism is the espousal
of an uncompromisingly physicalist ontology. And the physicalist holds that
246 Cf. Quine, 1961, pp. 20-46.
244 Cf. Kant, op. cit., A295-6/B352-3,pp.298-299.
245Dufrenne, Deleuze and Foucault have made this particular criticism almost ubiquitous in recent years, but
Miklos Vetö reveals the extent to which it had already been more or less explicitly formulated by many of Kant's
contemporaries and immediate successors: e.g. Haaman, Fichte, Schelling, Hegel. Cf. Vetö, 1998. In view of the
now elephantine proportions of secondary literature on Kant, many more names could doubtless be added to this
list.
247 “Where it makes sense to apply ‘true’ is to a sentence couched in terms of a given theory and seen from
within that theory, complete with its posited reality...To say that the statement ‘Brutus killed Caesar’ is true, or
that ‘The atomic weight of sodium is 23’ is true, is in effect simply to say that Brutus killed Caesar or that the
atomic weight of sodium is 23.” (Quine, 1960, p.24).
248For an account of this thesis’ fundamental importance in Quine’s thought, and for an exemplary exposition
and defence of Quine’s philosophy in its systematic consistency, see Roger Gibson’s, Enlightened Empiricism.
Cf. Gibson, 1988.
173
there can be no difference in the world that would not ultimately prove
reducible to some physical difference explainable in terms of the distribution of
elementary particles. As a physicalist Quine insists that “nothing happens in the
world, not the flutter of an eyelid, not the flicker of a thought, without some
redistribution of microphysical states.” (Quine, 1981, p.98) Consequently,
although epistemology can investigate the process of scientific theory
formation, it must do so from a vantage point included within that scientific
theory. The ontological framework provided by the physical sciences provides
the basis for epistemology even as the latter investigates the genesis of the
former. Thus, for Quine, science’s empirical immanence functions like a kind of
transcendental presupposition for epistemology. Where Kant sought to ground
scientific ontology in transcendental epistemology, Quine grounds a naturalized
epistemology in the transcendentally immanent ontology provided by physics:
“my position is a naturalistic one; I see philosophy not as an a priori
propaedeutic or groundwork for science, but as continuous with science. I see
philosophy and science as in the same boat - a boat which, to revert to
Neurath’s figure as I so often do, we can rebuild only at sea while staying
afloat in it. There is no external vantage point, no first philosophy.”( Quine,
1969, pp.126-127)
It is this idea that the boat of empirical science functions as an
inalienable presupposition for philosophy -in other words, that it functions as a
real, rather than ideal, condition of possibility- which permits us to qualify it
with the otherwise resolutely un-Quinean epithet of ‘transcendental’. But note
that what we are calling ‘transcendental’ here, in the context of Quine’s
allusion to Neurath’s boat, is neither the wood from which the ship’s planks
have been hewn, nor any specific feature concerning the shape and structure of
those planks: this was Kant’s mistake. It is simply the fact that philosophy
begins as ‘always already’ inscribed within a complex global network of
intricately interrelated conceptual presuppositions. There is always some
fundamental theory of the world keeping the possibility of philosophical
investigation afloat. Without it, philosophy could not even begin to operate.
Moreover that global web of belief, that intricate network of conceptual
presupposition, is irreducible to the perspective of first-person subjectivity. For
although the fabric and tissue of the web are woven -via intricate micrological
processes of probably unimaginable complexity- in the course a vast and
ongoing collective cultural enterprise, it is scientific praxis that constructs and
articulates its interconnecting nodes. Scientific theory furnishes the abstract
logical filters, syntactical connectives, and conceptual joints which ensure the
cohesive articulation of the whole. And science, as an impersonal theoretical
praxis intrinsically embedded within a collective socio-cultural enterprise, is too
variegated, heterogeneous and complex a phenomenon to be ascribed a unique
174
and invariable essence. The structure of scientific praxis remains irreducible to
the sum of individual scientific subjectivities that compose its parts. Thus,
science as abstract, impersonal socio-historical structure cannot be
phenomenologically encompassed. To attempt to bracket or reduce science, to
try to ground our global theory of the world, painstakingly accumulated through
millennia of collective cultural evolution, in individuated subjectivity is not
only to try reduce the whole to the sum of its parts; it is to believe that one can
generate the whole, along with its inconceivably intricate structural articulation,
on the basis of one of its microscopic parts. From a Quinean perspective, to try
to ground science in subjectivity is not just to indulge in asinine philosophical
solipsism; it is to commit a rudimentary category mistake.
Accordingly, for Quine, it is science that functions as an irreducible sine
qua non for philosophical subjectivity, and not the reverse. In this regard, it may
be that Quine’s doctrine of disquotational truth, his intra-theoretical account of
word-world correspondence, and his commitment to the methodological
primacy of a physicalist ontology, although all resolutely anti-Kantian in
inspiration, amount to something like a reconfiguration of the notion of
transcendental immanence, rather than its simple obliteration. What is certain is
that it is Quine’s radical empiricism and his physicalism that underlie two of his
most provocative doctrines: indeterminacy of translation and ontological
relativity. One frequently sees both doctrines dismissed out of hand, largely by
those failing to appreciate the way in which they are underwritten by the quasitranscendental methodological primacy Quine ascribes to his presupposition of
an unequivocally physicalist ontology. Nevertheless, it is this methodological
presupposition that provides the theoretical basis for Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism. According to the latter, a scientific theory is primarily a
structurally intraconsistent system of sentences, and the appropriate focus of
epistemic analysis as far the empiricist philosopher is concerned is linguistic
utterance as instance of publicly observable behaviour. Consequently, a
rigorously naturalistic epistemology will, as a matter of principle, forgo all
references to subjectivity, whether it be in the shape of appeals to
phenomenological introspection or latent mental processes, in order to recast
epistemology in a explicitly behaviourist mode. It will then be seen to consist
for the most part in a study of the relation between patterns of sensory
stimulation and dispositions to overt verbal behaviour as observable in a
particularly sophisticated species of biological organism - i.e. homo sapiens.
More precisely, it will seek to establish a correlation between the various
modalities of sensory input and the various patterns of linguistic output
exhibited by those organisms. In the context of a behaviourist epistemology,
the cognitive subject is merely the functional black box relaying input and
output, and the precise nature of the mechanisms mediating between sensory
173
there can be no difference in the world that would not ultimately prove
reducible to some physical difference explainable in terms of the distribution of
elementary particles. As a physicalist Quine insists that “nothing happens in the
world, not the flutter of an eyelid, not the flicker of a thought, without some
redistribution of microphysical states.” (Quine, 1981, p.98) Consequently,
although epistemology can investigate the process of scientific theory
formation, it must do so from a vantage point included within that scientific
theory. The ontological framework provided by the physical sciences provides
the basis for epistemology even as the latter investigates the genesis of the
former. Thus, for Quine, science’s empirical immanence functions like a kind of
transcendental presupposition for epistemology. Where Kant sought to ground
scientific ontology in transcendental epistemology, Quine grounds a naturalized
epistemology in the transcendentally immanent ontology provided by physics:
“my position is a naturalistic one; I see philosophy not as an a priori
propaedeutic or groundwork for science, but as continuous with science. I see
philosophy and science as in the same boat - a boat which, to revert to
Neurath’s figure as I so often do, we can rebuild only at sea while staying
afloat in it. There is no external vantage point, no first philosophy.”( Quine,
1969, pp.126-127)
It is this idea that the boat of empirical science functions as an
inalienable presupposition for philosophy -in other words, that it functions as a
real, rather than ideal, condition of possibility- which permits us to qualify it
with the otherwise resolutely un-Quinean epithet of ‘transcendental’. But note
that what we are calling ‘transcendental’ here, in the context of Quine’s
allusion to Neurath’s boat, is neither the wood from which the ship’s planks
have been hewn, nor any specific feature concerning the shape and structure of
those planks: this was Kant’s mistake. It is simply the fact that philosophy
begins as ‘always already’ inscribed within a complex global network of
intricately interrelated conceptual presuppositions. There is always some
fundamental theory of the world keeping the possibility of philosophical
investigation afloat. Without it, philosophy could not even begin to operate.
Moreover that global web of belief, that intricate network of conceptual
presupposition, is irreducible to the perspective of first-person subjectivity. For
although the fabric and tissue of the web are woven -via intricate micrological
processes of probably unimaginable complexity- in the course a vast and
ongoing collective cultural enterprise, it is scientific praxis that constructs and
articulates its interconnecting nodes. Scientific theory furnishes the abstract
logical filters, syntactical connectives, and conceptual joints which ensure the
cohesive articulation of the whole. And science, as an impersonal theoretical
praxis intrinsically embedded within a collective socio-cultural enterprise, is too
variegated, heterogeneous and complex a phenomenon to be ascribed a unique
174
and invariable essence. The structure of scientific praxis remains irreducible to
the sum of individual scientific subjectivities that compose its parts. Thus,
science as abstract, impersonal socio-historical structure cannot be
phenomenologically encompassed. To attempt to bracket or reduce science, to
try to ground our global theory of the world, painstakingly accumulated through
millennia of collective cultural evolution, in individuated subjectivity is not
only to try reduce the whole to the sum of its parts; it is to believe that one can
generate the whole, along with its inconceivably intricate structural articulation,
on the basis of one of its microscopic parts. From a Quinean perspective, to try
to ground science in subjectivity is not just to indulge in asinine philosophical
solipsism; it is to commit a rudimentary category mistake.
Accordingly, for Quine, it is science that functions as an irreducible sine
qua non for philosophical subjectivity, and not the reverse. In this regard, it may
be that Quine’s doctrine of disquotational truth, his intra-theoretical account of
word-world correspondence, and his commitment to the methodological
primacy of a physicalist ontology, although all resolutely anti-Kantian in
inspiration, amount to something like a reconfiguration of the notion of
transcendental immanence, rather than its simple obliteration. What is certain is
that it is Quine’s radical empiricism and his physicalism that underlie two of his
most provocative doctrines: indeterminacy of translation and ontological
relativity. One frequently sees both doctrines dismissed out of hand, largely by
those failing to appreciate the way in which they are underwritten by the quasitranscendental methodological primacy Quine ascribes to his presupposition of
an unequivocally physicalist ontology. Nevertheless, it is this methodological
presupposition that provides the theoretical basis for Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism. According to the latter, a scientific theory is primarily a
structurally intraconsistent system of sentences, and the appropriate focus of
epistemic analysis as far the empiricist philosopher is concerned is linguistic
utterance as instance of publicly observable behaviour. Consequently, a
rigorously naturalistic epistemology will, as a matter of principle, forgo all
references to subjectivity, whether it be in the shape of appeals to
phenomenological introspection or latent mental processes, in order to recast
epistemology in a explicitly behaviourist mode. It will then be seen to consist
for the most part in a study of the relation between patterns of sensory
stimulation and dispositions to overt verbal behaviour as observable in a
particularly sophisticated species of biological organism - i.e. homo sapiens.
More precisely, it will seek to establish a correlation between the various
modalities of sensory input and the various patterns of linguistic output
exhibited by those organisms. In the context of a behaviourist epistemology,
the cognitive subject is merely the functional black box relaying input and
output, and the precise nature of the mechanisms mediating between sensory
175
input and linguistic output, or between stimulus and science, remains a matter
for neurophysiological investigation rather than phenomenological speculation.
The startling and far-reaching consequences of Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism become apparent in the test case of radical translation. The radical
translator has to decipher what is presumably an instance of ostensive definition
in the case of an entirely alien language. Thus, the alien utters the phrase
‘Gavagai!’ while ostensively indicating a passing rabbit. But as far as
behavioural evidence is concerned, the translator is no more empirically
justified in concluding that the alien is indicating an individual rabbit, than he
would be in concluding that the native was actually pointing to an undetached
rabbit-part, or a temporal segment in the history of a rabbit, or the instantiation
of rabbithood, and so on. The alien’s behavioural disposition to utter the phrase
‘Gavagai!’ and point a tentacle whenever a rabbit hops by will be the same
whether he ‘means’ to indicate a rabbit, a rabbit-segment, or an undetached
rabbit-part. Consequently, Quine argues, there is nothing in principle to prevent
a pair of rival translators from constructing two mutually conflicting manuals of
translation for the alien tongue, both of which would be completely compatible
with the totality of the alien’s speech-dispositions, providing a smooth sentence
to sentence mapping between English and alien sentences, yet both entirely
incompatible with one another, inasmuch as one translates ‘Gavagai!’ with ‘Lo,
a rabbit!’, while the other translates it with ‘Lo, an undetached rabbit-part!’.
Now the point, Quine argues, is not that radical translation is
epistemologically underdetermined and that we lack enough evidence to
discover what the alien ‘really’ means. It is that translation is ontologically
indeterminate and that there is nothing to discover about meaning, no fact of
the matter about what the alien ‘means’ for the translator to be right or wrong
about: “The discontinuity of radical translation tries our meanings: really sets
them over against their verbal embodiments, or, more typically, finds nothing
there.”(Quine, 1960, p.76)
If ‘Gavagai!’ doesn’t mean anything, Quine insists, it’s because ‘Lo, a
rabbit!’ doesn’t mean anything either. There simply are no such things as
‘meanings’. For the truth is that indeterminacy of translation begins at home.
Thus, Quine’s epistemological behaviourism and his principled disqualification
of the ‘first person point of view’ applies even in the case of our own native
language: we could suspend our habitual practise of homophonic translation
when conversing with other English speakers and, by systematically
reinterpreting words and sentential constructions, construe utterances such as
‘there’s a rabbit’ as being ‘about’ rabbithood or undetached rabbit parts while
still respecting all the available empirical facts about behavioural
predispositions.
176
Moreover, this holds even in the case of the individual speaker: I could
systematically reconstrue even my own utterances and conclude that the word
‘rabbit’ as I use it is actually true of rabbit parts or rabbit stages. Or, and
perhaps even more interestingly, that the word ‘I’ as ‘I’ use it actually refers to
some other entity. Quine’s hostility to the phenomenological superstitions
enshrined in ‘the first person point of view’ is utterly uncompromising: not even
my own utterances can have any determinate meaning for me. The assumption
that speakers enjoy privileged access to their own phenomenological states is no
more than a widespread but scientifically unwarranted cultural prejudice. Since
truth is disquotational and the reference scheme governing a language’s
ontological commitments remains relative to a translation manual, the
ontological commitments of my own assertions remain inscrutable even to
myself.
This is Quine’s doctrine of the inscrutability of reference, which shades
off indiscernibly into that of ontological relativity. The latter provides the basic
theoretical underpinning for the thesis of translational indeterminacy. It states
that ontologies are not fixed and absolute but aleatory and relative: different
theories will have different ontological commitments insofar as the range of
bound variables over which the sentences of a theory must quantify will vary
according to the kind of entities required to stand in as values of those variables
in order for the sentences of the theory to be true. Rabbits and undetached rabbit
parts are alike, Quine suggests, insofar as the question of their existence or nonexistence only makes sense within the context of the relevant world-theory. But
it is important to stress that as far as Quine is concerned, there can be no fact of
the matter concerning ‘what there really is’ independently of any and all theory.
The criterion according to which rabbits afford greater epistemological
convenience as theoretical posits in the context of our own particular worldsystem remains an instrumental one: it so happens that we, as biological
organisms striving to organize the raw flux of sensory input, have so far found
it simpler and more profitable to formulate our accounts of those sensory
stimulations and successfully predict their future occurrence by explaining them
in terms of rabbits rather than undetached rabbit-parts. Beyond this purely
instrumental criteria and the immanence of the world-theory we happen to
inhabit, there is no higher court of ontological appeal, and ultimately no answer
to questions about whether the world ‘really’ consists of rabbits or rabbit-stages
since “it makes no sense to say what the objects of a theory are, beyond saying
how to interpret or reinterpret that theory in another.”(Quine, 1969, p.50)
Accordingly, there is no right or wrong way in which to carve up the world
independently of the best available theory, and what counts as the ‘best’ theory
for an organism is simply a function of adaptational efficiency.
175
input and linguistic output, or between stimulus and science, remains a matter
for neurophysiological investigation rather than phenomenological speculation.
The startling and far-reaching consequences of Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism become apparent in the test case of radical translation. The radical
translator has to decipher what is presumably an instance of ostensive definition
in the case of an entirely alien language. Thus, the alien utters the phrase
‘Gavagai!’ while ostensively indicating a passing rabbit. But as far as
behavioural evidence is concerned, the translator is no more empirically
justified in concluding that the alien is indicating an individual rabbit, than he
would be in concluding that the native was actually pointing to an undetached
rabbit-part, or a temporal segment in the history of a rabbit, or the instantiation
of rabbithood, and so on. The alien’s behavioural disposition to utter the phrase
‘Gavagai!’ and point a tentacle whenever a rabbit hops by will be the same
whether he ‘means’ to indicate a rabbit, a rabbit-segment, or an undetached
rabbit-part. Consequently, Quine argues, there is nothing in principle to prevent
a pair of rival translators from constructing two mutually conflicting manuals of
translation for the alien tongue, both of which would be completely compatible
with the totality of the alien’s speech-dispositions, providing a smooth sentence
to sentence mapping between English and alien sentences, yet both entirely
incompatible with one another, inasmuch as one translates ‘Gavagai!’ with ‘Lo,
a rabbit!’, while the other translates it with ‘Lo, an undetached rabbit-part!’.
Now the point, Quine argues, is not that radical translation is
epistemologically underdetermined and that we lack enough evidence to
discover what the alien ‘really’ means. It is that translation is ontologically
indeterminate and that there is nothing to discover about meaning, no fact of
the matter about what the alien ‘means’ for the translator to be right or wrong
about: “The discontinuity of radical translation tries our meanings: really sets
them over against their verbal embodiments, or, more typically, finds nothing
there.”(Quine, 1960, p.76)
If ‘Gavagai!’ doesn’t mean anything, Quine insists, it’s because ‘Lo, a
rabbit!’ doesn’t mean anything either. There simply are no such things as
‘meanings’. For the truth is that indeterminacy of translation begins at home.
Thus, Quine’s epistemological behaviourism and his principled disqualification
of the ‘first person point of view’ applies even in the case of our own native
language: we could suspend our habitual practise of homophonic translation
when conversing with other English speakers and, by systematically
reinterpreting words and sentential constructions, construe utterances such as
‘there’s a rabbit’ as being ‘about’ rabbithood or undetached rabbit parts while
still respecting all the available empirical facts about behavioural
predispositions.
176
Moreover, this holds even in the case of the individual speaker: I could
systematically reconstrue even my own utterances and conclude that the word
‘rabbit’ as I use it is actually true of rabbit parts or rabbit stages. Or, and
perhaps even more interestingly, that the word ‘I’ as ‘I’ use it actually refers to
some other entity. Quine’s hostility to the phenomenological superstitions
enshrined in ‘the first person point of view’ is utterly uncompromising: not even
my own utterances can have any determinate meaning for me. The assumption
that speakers enjoy privileged access to their own phenomenological states is no
more than a widespread but scientifically unwarranted cultural prejudice. Since
truth is disquotational and the reference scheme governing a language’s
ontological commitments remains relative to a translation manual, the
ontological commitments of my own assertions remain inscrutable even to
myself.
This is Quine’s doctrine of the inscrutability of reference, which shades
off indiscernibly into that of ontological relativity. The latter provides the basic
theoretical underpinning for the thesis of translational indeterminacy. It states
that ontologies are not fixed and absolute but aleatory and relative: different
theories will have different ontological commitments insofar as the range of
bound variables over which the sentences of a theory must quantify will vary
according to the kind of entities required to stand in as values of those variables
in order for the sentences of the theory to be true. Rabbits and undetached rabbit
parts are alike, Quine suggests, insofar as the question of their existence or nonexistence only makes sense within the context of the relevant world-theory. But
it is important to stress that as far as Quine is concerned, there can be no fact of
the matter concerning ‘what there really is’ independently of any and all theory.
The criterion according to which rabbits afford greater epistemological
convenience as theoretical posits in the context of our own particular worldsystem remains an instrumental one: it so happens that we, as biological
organisms striving to organize the raw flux of sensory input, have so far found
it simpler and more profitable to formulate our accounts of those sensory
stimulations and successfully predict their future occurrence by explaining them
in terms of rabbits rather than undetached rabbit-parts. Beyond this purely
instrumental criteria and the immanence of the world-theory we happen to
inhabit, there is no higher court of ontological appeal, and ultimately no answer
to questions about whether the world ‘really’ consists of rabbits or rabbit-stages
since “it makes no sense to say what the objects of a theory are, beyond saying
how to interpret or reinterpret that theory in another.”(Quine, 1969, p.50)
Accordingly, there is no right or wrong way in which to carve up the world
independently of the best available theory, and what counts as the ‘best’ theory
for an organism is simply a function of adaptational efficiency.
177
Moreover, given that Quine believes that the best ontology is that of the
best unified science, and that he also believes that physics offers the widestranging avenue for the projected unification of the natural sciences, it follows
that, as far as Quine is concerned, physics should be afforded pride of place at
the heart of our scientific system of the world. By systematically reconstruing
and reinterpreting quantificational predicates, apparent divergences in the
ontologies of the various sub-systems of science can be eliminated, thereby
maximizing the potential convergence of those discrete scientific regions with a
view to a seamlessly unified, universal physical theory. Whenever possible,
Quine maintains, we should strive for physical reduction, or at least reidentification:- substituting a frugal ontology of microphysical objects for our
luxurious ontology of bodies and substances, eliminating these microphysical
objects in favour of regions of pure space-time, and ultimately abandoning the
latter in order to replace them with corresponding classes of quadruple numbers
as specified within the bounds of arbitrarily adopted coordinate systems,
thereby arriving at the austerely minimalist ontology of pure set theory.
Given that our own scientific system of the world already exhibits this
high degree of functional plasticity, it would be churlish to impose fixed
ontological parameters onto the process of radical translation. When confronted
with an alien it may be more convenient to assume that its ostensive practises
more or less coincide with our own, and that it individuates things in the world
very much like we do. Quine’s point is that although such assumptions are
pragmatically warranted, they will always remain ontologically indeterminable
insofar as they exceed all possible epistemological, which is to say behavioural,
evidence;- the only empirically legitimate evidence as far as Quine is
concerned:
“Such is the quandary over ‘gavagai’: where one gavagai leaves off and
another begins. The only difference between rabbits, undetached rabbit parts
and rabbit stages is in their individuation. If you take the total scattered portion
of the spatiotemporal world that is made up of rabbits, and that which is made
up of undetached rabbit parts, and that which is made up of rabbit stages, you
come out with the same scattered portion of the world each of the three times.
The only difference is in how you slice it. And how to slice it is what ostension
or simple conditioning, however persistently repeated, cannot teach.”(Quine,
ibid. pp.31-32)
Thus, what the indeterminacy of translation really boils down to is an
indeterminacy of individuation. Although the total scattered portion of the
spatiotemporal world comprising rabbits, rabbit parts and rabbit stages, is
178
ultimately ‘one and the same’249, the fact remains that at the local level, there
will always be a greater number of undetached rabbit-parts present than single
rabbits, an even greater number of temporal segments in the history of a rabbit
than undetached rabbit parts present, but conversely, only a single rabbithood
present whenever a multiplicity of rabbits, rabbit stages or rabbit parts are
present. The truth is that this incommensurability at the global level of that
which ostension counts as one remains inscrutable at the local level of
behavioural equivalence for ostensive indication, in other words, inscrutable at
the level of the way in which ostension count something as one. This is
because, for Quine, there is no ‘thing-in-itself’, nothing left over once you’ve
subtracted the how of ostensive individuation from the what which is
supposedly being pointed to. There simply are no facts of the matter - i.e. no
behavioural, and ultimately no physical facts - about what we ‘intend’ to single
out when uttering ‘Lo, a rabbit !’ and pointing, or to tell us whether we are
indicating rabbits, rabbit stages, or rabbithood.
Individuation is indeterminate, and the reference of our singular terms
inscrutable, argues Quine, because there are no entities there for us to scrute in
the absence of a global theory fixing the conventions for ostension and
specifying determinate criteria for the individuation of entities. Unless it’s
determined in the context of an overarching background theory, reference is
indeterminate and being inscrutable. Hence the famous Quinean formula: ‘to be
is to be the value of a variable’. Reference as a basic ontological relation
between word and world cannot be construed in a transcendent and extratheoretical fashion, because only the presupposition of physics as the most
fundamental and all-encompassing available system of global ontology can
provide the immanent, empirically legitimate condition of possibility for
defining that relation. And herein lies the potent anti-phenomenological thrust
of Quine’s radical empiricism: if practises of ostension and criteria for
individuation are relative to theory, so are all those perceptual or
phenomenological ‘experiences’ subsequently attributed to the epistemological
subject as a function of those theoretically grounded conventions and criteria.
Change the translation manual and the customary rules of homophonic
equivalence whereby your utterances are habitually mapped onto the familiar
lexicon of standard English, their reference fixed in conformity with the
conventional criteria of ordinary usage, and you effectively reconfigure the
249Although, strictly speaking, from a Quinean perspective, to say that it remains ‘one and the same’ is
problematic insofar as it erroneously suggests we might have some means of accessing this scattered portion of
the spatiotemporal world independently of our habitual practises of ostensive individuation as nested within the
overarching world-theory we happen to inhabit. As we’ll see shortly, it’s this possibility of gaining theoretical
access to a pre-individuated ontological realm which becomes feasible in the context of Laruelle’s work, in spite
of the fact that it remains a strictly incoherent notion for Quine.
177
Moreover, given that Quine believes that the best ontology is that of the
best unified science, and that he also believes that physics offers the widestranging avenue for the projected unification of the natural sciences, it follows
that, as far as Quine is concerned, physics should be afforded pride of place at
the heart of our scientific system of the world. By systematically reconstruing
and reinterpreting quantificational predicates, apparent divergences in the
ontologies of the various sub-systems of science can be eliminated, thereby
maximizing the potential convergence of those discrete scientific regions with a
view to a seamlessly unified, universal physical theory. Whenever possible,
Quine maintains, we should strive for physical reduction, or at least reidentification:- substituting a frugal ontology of microphysical objects for our
luxurious ontology of bodies and substances, eliminating these microphysical
objects in favour of regions of pure space-time, and ultimately abandoning the
latter in order to replace them with corresponding classes of quadruple numbers
as specified within the bounds of arbitrarily adopted coordinate systems,
thereby arriving at the austerely minimalist ontology of pure set theory.
Given that our own scientific system of the world already exhibits this
high degree of functional plasticity, it would be churlish to impose fixed
ontological parameters onto the process of radical translation. When confronted
with an alien it may be more convenient to assume that its ostensive practises
more or less coincide with our own, and that it individuates things in the world
very much like we do. Quine’s point is that although such assumptions are
pragmatically warranted, they will always remain ontologically indeterminable
insofar as they exceed all possible epistemological, which is to say behavioural,
evidence;- the only empirically legitimate evidence as far as Quine is
concerned:
“Such is the quandary over ‘gavagai’: where one gavagai leaves off and
another begins. The only difference between rabbits, undetached rabbit parts
and rabbit stages is in their individuation. If you take the total scattered portion
of the spatiotemporal world that is made up of rabbits, and that which is made
up of undetached rabbit parts, and that which is made up of rabbit stages, you
come out with the same scattered portion of the world each of the three times.
The only difference is in how you slice it. And how to slice it is what ostension
or simple conditioning, however persistently repeated, cannot teach.”(Quine,
ibid. pp.31-32)
Thus, what the indeterminacy of translation really boils down to is an
indeterminacy of individuation. Although the total scattered portion of the
spatiotemporal world comprising rabbits, rabbit parts and rabbit stages, is
178
ultimately ‘one and the same’249, the fact remains that at the local level, there
will always be a greater number of undetached rabbit-parts present than single
rabbits, an even greater number of temporal segments in the history of a rabbit
than undetached rabbit parts present, but conversely, only a single rabbithood
present whenever a multiplicity of rabbits, rabbit stages or rabbit parts are
present. The truth is that this incommensurability at the global level of that
which ostension counts as one remains inscrutable at the local level of
behavioural equivalence for ostensive indication, in other words, inscrutable at
the level of the way in which ostension count something as one. This is
because, for Quine, there is no ‘thing-in-itself’, nothing left over once you’ve
subtracted the how of ostensive individuation from the what which is
supposedly being pointed to. There simply are no facts of the matter - i.e. no
behavioural, and ultimately no physical facts - about what we ‘intend’ to single
out when uttering ‘Lo, a rabbit !’ and pointing, or to tell us whether we are
indicating rabbits, rabbit stages, or rabbithood.
Individuation is indeterminate, and the reference of our singular terms
inscrutable, argues Quine, because there are no entities there for us to scrute in
the absence of a global theory fixing the conventions for ostension and
specifying determinate criteria for the individuation of entities. Unless it’s
determined in the context of an overarching background theory, reference is
indeterminate and being inscrutable. Hence the famous Quinean formula: ‘to be
is to be the value of a variable’. Reference as a basic ontological relation
between word and world cannot be construed in a transcendent and extratheoretical fashion, because only the presupposition of physics as the most
fundamental and all-encompassing available system of global ontology can
provide the immanent, empirically legitimate condition of possibility for
defining that relation. And herein lies the potent anti-phenomenological thrust
of Quine’s radical empiricism: if practises of ostension and criteria for
individuation are relative to theory, so are all those perceptual or
phenomenological ‘experiences’ subsequently attributed to the epistemological
subject as a function of those theoretically grounded conventions and criteria.
Change the translation manual and the customary rules of homophonic
equivalence whereby your utterances are habitually mapped onto the familiar
lexicon of standard English, their reference fixed in conformity with the
conventional criteria of ordinary usage, and you effectively reconfigure the
249Although, strictly speaking, from a Quinean perspective, to say that it remains ‘one and the same’ is
problematic insofar as it erroneously suggests we might have some means of accessing this scattered portion of
the spatiotemporal world independently of our habitual practises of ostensive individuation as nested within the
overarching world-theory we happen to inhabit. As we’ll see shortly, it’s this possibility of gaining theoretical
access to a pre-individuated ontological realm which becomes feasible in the context of Laruelle’s work, in spite
of the fact that it remains a strictly incoherent notion for Quine.
179
phenomenological furnishings of your own being-in-the-world. Rabbit-stage
qualia will be substituted for rabbit qualia.
Accordingly, Quine’s epistemological behaviourism and his sceptical
stance toward the conventions of propositional attitude ascription and the
ontological trappings of folk psychological discourse, as crystallised in the
indeterminacy of translation250, provide us with as an explicitly materialist
variant on what was most valuable in Kant: the transcendental critique of the
supposition that we possess unmediated access to our own first-person
phenomenological awareness as though it were something immediate and ‘initself’, and the latent implication that there simply is no ‘experience in-itself’
since experience is conceptually defined and ‘always already’ theoretically
articulated. It is this idea of a transcendental suspension or bracketing of the
realm of phenomenologically defined immediacy in its entirety, coupled with
the possibility of a subsequent theoretical reconfiguration of what counts as
experience, which links Laruelle’s work to that of Kant and Quine.
Laruelle
Laruelle is interested in clarifying the notion of a transcendental
presupposition for philosophical thought. In other words, he’s interested in
clarifying the notion of transcendental immanence that, we suggested, was
already operative in the thought of Kant and Quine. But unlike Kant, Laruelle is
trying to define this notion of transcendental immanence in terms of a real
rather merely ideal presupposition for experience. And unlike Quine, he refuses
to identify this real presupposition with an already extant body of empirical
science. This is because he thinks that both Kant’s synthetic a priori, as rooted
in pure apperception, and Quine’s epistemological behaviourism, as rooted in
his physicalism, are ultimately equivalent gestures of transcendence, that is to
say, philosophical Decisions about what should count as an inevitable
presupposition for philosophy. Thus, what Laruelle is after is a precondition for
philosophy that is real without being empirically determinate and capable of
assuming a transcendental function without becoming ideally transcendent. The
question then is: can we discover this real but non-empirical presupposition,
this unconditional immanence that is always already presupposed by
philosophy, without having to make a philosophical Decision about its
character? For by immediately characterizing its own precondition
250Of course, there are many who view the indeterminacy of translation as a reductio of Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism, protesting that such a profoundly counter-intuitive doctrine could not possibly be correct. Appeals
to the incontrovertible obviousness of first-person phenomenology invariably figure largely in protests of this
sort. An altogether more interesting and less-question begging critique comes from Donald Davidson, a
philosopher much influenced by Quine. In ‘On the Very Idea of a Conceptual Scheme’ Davidson criticizes Quine
for holding on to a ‘third dogma’ of empiricism; the dualism of conceptual scheme and sensory content which he
sees as mirroring the Kantian dualism of concept and intuition. Cf. Davidson, 1984.
180
philosophically, Decision institutes a vicious circularity whereby philosophy’s
minimal precondition or sine qua non always turns out to be already
philosophical. But is there some ultimate presupposition for philosophical
thought that would not turn out to be posited as presupposed through Decision?
We know that Laruelle believes he has discovered this non-Decisional
precondition for philosophising, and that defining it as the authentically
ineliminable sine qua non for all philosophical thought is a matter of purifying
the notion of immanence of every residue of ideal transcendence and empirical
determination. For the philosophical presupposition of transcendental
immanence, whether as ideal (Kant) or as real (Quine), invariably renders it
immanent to something. Thus, for Kant, the transcendental qua ideal synthetic a
priori is immanent to possible experience, while for Quine the transcendental
qua real physical theory of the world is immanent to empirical science.
Accordingly, in order to safeguard immanence’s autonomy and prevent its
contamination through transcendent ideality and empirical reality, Laruelle must
achieve a seemingly impossible feat: he has to separate immanence qua
immanence from immanence qua transcendental without differentiating them as
two distinct ‘things’. Immanence must be capable of fulfilling a transcendental
function without becoming transcendental. The function of the transcendental
entails a relation of determination (whether this be one of conditioning (Kant),
constitution (Husserl) or production (Deleuze)), a relation that would
compromise the radical autonomy of the immanence Laruelle seeks.
Accordingly, in order not to render immanence relative to that which it
transcendentally determines, Laruelle will carefully distinguish immanence as a
necessary but negative condition, as sine qua non for the relation of
determination, from its effectuation as transcendentally determining condition
insofar as this is contingently occasioned by the empirical instance that it
necessarily determines. Immanence is a necessary but not a sufficient condition
for the determination of philosophy because it requires the supplement of
philosophical thought as a contingent occasion in order to fulfil its necessary
determining function vis a vis philosophy. Consequently, whereas
transcendental immanence is merely posited-as-presupposed through
philosophical Decision, Laruelle will separate or dualyse the two moments of
Decision, so that non-Decisional immanence is first presupposed -without being
posited- in its radical autonomy as immanence, which is to say, as foreclosed to
Decision, the better to be occasionally posited -without being presupposed- as a
transcendentally foreclosed but nevertheless determining condition for
philosophical Decision.
Accordingly, unlike Kant and Quine, Laruelle separates the gesture of
presupposition from that of position at the same time as he separates immanence
from its transcendental effectuation. First, immanence is presupposed (without-
179
phenomenological furnishings of your own being-in-the-world. Rabbit-stage
qualia will be substituted for rabbit qualia.
Accordingly, Quine’s epistemological behaviourism and his sceptical
stance toward the conventions of propositional attitude ascription and the
ontological trappings of folk psychological discourse, as crystallised in the
indeterminacy of translation250, provide us with as an explicitly materialist
variant on what was most valuable in Kant: the transcendental critique of the
supposition that we possess unmediated access to our own first-person
phenomenological awareness as though it were something immediate and ‘initself’, and the latent implication that there simply is no ‘experience in-itself’
since experience is conceptually defined and ‘always already’ theoretically
articulated. It is this idea of a transcendental suspension or bracketing of the
realm of phenomenologically defined immediacy in its entirety, coupled with
the possibility of a subsequent theoretical reconfiguration of what counts as
experience, which links Laruelle’s work to that of Kant and Quine.
Laruelle
Laruelle is interested in clarifying the notion of a transcendental
presupposition for philosophical thought. In other words, he’s interested in
clarifying the notion of transcendental immanence that, we suggested, was
already operative in the thought of Kant and Quine. But unlike Kant, Laruelle is
trying to define this notion of transcendental immanence in terms of a real
rather merely ideal presupposition for experience. And unlike Quine, he refuses
to identify this real presupposition with an already extant body of empirical
science. This is because he thinks that both Kant’s synthetic a priori, as rooted
in pure apperception, and Quine’s epistemological behaviourism, as rooted in
his physicalism, are ultimately equivalent gestures of transcendence, that is to
say, philosophical Decisions about what should count as an inevitable
presupposition for philosophy. Thus, what Laruelle is after is a precondition for
philosophy that is real without being empirically determinate and capable of
assuming a transcendental function without becoming ideally transcendent. The
question then is: can we discover this real but non-empirical presupposition,
this unconditional immanence that is always already presupposed by
philosophy, without having to make a philosophical Decision about its
character? For by immediately characterizing its own precondition
250Of course, there are many who view the indeterminacy of translation as a reductio of Quine’s epistemological
behaviourism, protesting that such a profoundly counter-intuitive doctrine could not possibly be correct. Appeals
to the incontrovertible obviousness of first-person phenomenology invariably figure largely in protests of this
sort. An altogether more interesting and less-question begging critique comes from Donald Davidson, a
philosopher much influenced by Quine. In ‘On the Very Idea of a Conceptual Scheme’ Davidson criticizes Quine
for holding on to a ‘third dogma’ of empiricism; the dualism of conceptual scheme and sensory content which he
sees as mirroring the Kantian dualism of concept and intuition. Cf. Davidson, 1984.
180
philosophically, Decision institutes a vicious circularity whereby philosophy’s
minimal precondition or sine qua non always turns out to be already
philosophical. But is there some ultimate presupposition for philosophical
thought that would not turn out to be posited as presupposed through Decision?
We know that Laruelle believes he has discovered this non-Decisional
precondition for philosophising, and that defining it as the authentically
ineliminable sine qua non for all philosophical thought is a matter of purifying
the notion of immanence of every residue of ideal transcendence and empirical
determination. For the philosophical presupposition of transcendental
immanence, whether as ideal (Kant) or as real (Quine), invariably renders it
immanent to something. Thus, for Kant, the transcendental qua ideal synthetic a
priori is immanent to possible experience, while for Quine the transcendental
qua real physical theory of the world is immanent to empirical science.
Accordingly, in order to safeguard immanence’s autonomy and prevent its
contamination through transcendent ideality and empirical reality, Laruelle must
achieve a seemingly impossible feat: he has to separate immanence qua
immanence from immanence qua transcendental without differentiating them as
two distinct ‘things’. Immanence must be capable of fulfilling a transcendental
function without becoming transcendental. The function of the transcendental
entails a relation of determination (whether this be one of conditioning (Kant),
constitution (Husserl) or production (Deleuze)), a relation that would
compromise the radical autonomy of the immanence Laruelle seeks.
Accordingly, in order not to render immanence relative to that which it
transcendentally determines, Laruelle will carefully distinguish immanence as a
necessary but negative condition, as sine qua non for the relation of
determination, from its effectuation as transcendentally determining condition
insofar as this is contingently occasioned by the empirical instance that it
necessarily determines. Immanence is a necessary but not a sufficient condition
for the determination of philosophy because it requires the supplement of
philosophical thought as a contingent occasion in order to fulfil its necessary
determining function vis a vis philosophy. Consequently, whereas
transcendental immanence is merely posited-as-presupposed through
philosophical Decision, Laruelle will separate or dualyse the two moments of
Decision, so that non-Decisional immanence is first presupposed -without being
posited- in its radical autonomy as immanence, which is to say, as foreclosed to
Decision, the better to be occasionally posited -without being presupposed- as a
transcendentally foreclosed but nevertheless determining condition for
philosophical Decision.
Accordingly, unlike Kant and Quine, Laruelle separates the gesture of
presupposition from that of position at the same time as he separates immanence
from its transcendental effectuation. First, immanence is presupposed (without-
181
position) in its foreclosure to Decision as utterly empty and transparent, void of
any and every form of predicative content, whether it be empirical or ideal. It is
presupposed as the minimally necessary precondition for thought, as a negative
or empty condition, rather than a positive, ontologically sufficient or substantive
state of affairs. Which is to say that it is presupposed as foreclosed to the advent
of ontological Decision concerning that which is or the way in which what is
(i.e. foreclosed to the possibility of articulating the distinction between essence
and existence). Second, and only by virtue of being presupposed as this
necessary but non-sufficient condition, immanence is posited (withoutpresupposition) on the occasional basis of Decision, as transcendentally
necessary for Decision. Only on the occasional basis of philosophical Decision
can immanence be posited as transcendental and thereby become positively
effectuated as a necessary condition for Decisional thought.
What are the consequences of this delicate procedure? The most
important for our present purposes is that whereas the Decisional mixture of
presupposition and position invariably hybridises immanence’s conceptual
definition with its ontological constitution, Laruelle manages to characterise it
as foreclosed to definition as well as constitution. Immanence ‘itself’ is a
radically autonomous instance that simply has no need for definition or
constitution. Immanence ‘itself’ remains foreclosed to conceptual symbolisation
and ontological predication, and therefore independent of the Decisional
mixture of description and constitution.
We might almost be tempted to say that in invoking immanence ‘itself’,
Laruelle is defining it substantively, were it not for the fact that once
immanence is thought in and by itself, it can no longer even be characterised as
substantively immanent to itself. This is what separates Laruelle from Deleuze
and Henry251: the conviction that once immanence has been purged of every
residue of transcendence, it is no longer possible to say of it, as Deleuze and
Henry do in their very different ways, that it’s immanent to itself, because that
‘to’ still maintains a modicum of reflexive folding, a doubling up, a residual
intentionality252. If immanence is to be unconditional it must remain non-thetic:
neither immanence ‘in’ itself nor immanent ‘to’ itself, but rather non-theticimmanence ‘itself’.
Moreover, it is through this intransitive ‘bracketing’ or suspension of
intentional relationality and reflexive doubling, that the non-thetic suspends the
premise of unitary ontological consistency. Because the Laruellean invocation
of immanence is no longer defined as an identity ‘to’ something, not even to
251Cf. supra, Chapters 2 and 3. Whereas both Deleuze and Henry define immanence philosophically
(Decisionally) as an absolute, Laruelle defines immanence non-philosophically (non-Decisionally) as the radical.
252 Cf. Laruelle 1995a, and supra, Chapter 3, pp.136-141.
182
itself, it becomes the immanence of an Identity without consistency and without
unity. Laruellean immanence is the radical or the One-in-One, the One-withoutBeing (l'Un-sans-l'Être), rather than the absolute as transcendence or Onebeyond-Being (l'au-dela de l'Être or the epekeina tes ousias). Accordingly, the
non-thetic immanence of what Laruelle calls ‘the One’ or ‘the Real’ becomes an
index of radically singular but non-consistent Identity, an identity shorn of the
presumption of ontological unity. And it is this suspension of thetic positing, of
intentional correlation and transitivity, which the ‘non’ in ‘non-thetic
immanence’ imparts to thought insofar as it begins to think, as Laruelle puts it,
according to, or on the basis of radical immanence as its real, yet nonontological, presupposition. This has four very important consequences as far as
our consideration of the relation between individuation, theory, and experience
is concerned; consequences which we shall now proceed to elaborate on in turn.
First consequence: immanence –which is to say, the radical hyle-, through
its foreclosure to Decision, causes253 the phenomenological World to
distinguish itself as absolutely transcendent in relation to it, while it remains
without relation to that World’s unilaterally thetic transcendence. However, the
latter provides the empirical occasion for a transcendental clone that articulates
or exists as the unilateral duality between the hyle’s non-thetic immanence and
the thetic transcendence of the phenomenological realm. This transcendental
clone is a non-thetic model of thetic transcendence. In other words, non-thetic
immanence has as its (non-intentional) correlate (or uni-late, as Laruelle says)
not the World of phenomenological transcendence but the radical, nonphenomenological exteriority of the Alien-subject; an unencompassable
exteriority which exists as a fathomless well or abyss of non-thetic
transcendence into which absolutely everything drops: subjectivity, objectivity,
and all extant horizons of phenomenological disclosure. Yet we know it is this
dimension of non-thetic transcendence, the exteriority of the Alien-subject as
effectuation of the radical hyle’s foreclosure to phenomenological Decision,
which provides the vehicle for non-materialist thought. Thus, Alien-subjectivity
is articulated as a unilateral duality separating the radical hyle qua
phenomenon-in-itself from the phenomenological distinction between
phenomenon and phenomenality. Of particular importance for us here is the
way in which the hyle’s transcendental modelling or cloning as sine qua non
for thought
-a modelling contingently occasioned by the World’s
transcendenceengenders a (practico-)theoretical -rather than
phenomenological- instance of immanent subjectivation. Thus, in being
transcendentally effectuated or cloned as Alien-subject, the radical hyle
253 “Causes-only-in-the-last-instance”; i.e. according to a novel, non-metaphysical characterisation of the notion
of cause as neither formal nor final, neither efficient nor material.
181
position) in its foreclosure to Decision as utterly empty and transparent, void of
any and every form of predicative content, whether it be empirical or ideal. It is
presupposed as the minimally necessary precondition for thought, as a negative
or empty condition, rather than a positive, ontologically sufficient or substantive
state of affairs. Which is to say that it is presupposed as foreclosed to the advent
of ontological Decision concerning that which is or the way in which what is
(i.e. foreclosed to the possibility of articulating the distinction between essence
and existence). Second, and only by virtue of being presupposed as this
necessary but non-sufficient condition, immanence is posited (withoutpresupposition) on the occasional basis of Decision, as transcendentally
necessary for Decision. Only on the occasional basis of philosophical Decision
can immanence be posited as transcendental and thereby become positively
effectuated as a necessary condition for Decisional thought.
What are the consequences of this delicate procedure? The most
important for our present purposes is that whereas the Decisional mixture of
presupposition and position invariably hybridises immanence’s conceptual
definition with its ontological constitution, Laruelle manages to characterise it
as foreclosed to definition as well as constitution. Immanence ‘itself’ is a
radically autonomous instance that simply has no need for definition or
constitution. Immanence ‘itself’ remains foreclosed to conceptual symbolisation
and ontological predication, and therefore independent of the Decisional
mixture of description and constitution.
We might almost be tempted to say that in invoking immanence ‘itself’,
Laruelle is defining it substantively, were it not for the fact that once
immanence is thought in and by itself, it can no longer even be characterised as
substantively immanent to itself. This is what separates Laruelle from Deleuze
and Henry251: the conviction that once immanence has been purged of every
residue of transcendence, it is no longer possible to say of it, as Deleuze and
Henry do in their very different ways, that it’s immanent to itself, because that
‘to’ still maintains a modicum of reflexive folding, a doubling up, a residual
intentionality252. If immanence is to be unconditional it must remain non-thetic:
neither immanence ‘in’ itself nor immanent ‘to’ itself, but rather non-theticimmanence ‘itself’.
Moreover, it is through this intransitive ‘bracketing’ or suspension of
intentional relationality and reflexive doubling, that the non-thetic suspends the
premise of unitary ontological consistency. Because the Laruellean invocation
of immanence is no longer defined as an identity ‘to’ something, not even to
251Cf. supra, Chapters 2 and 3. Whereas both Deleuze and Henry define immanence philosophically
(Decisionally) as an absolute, Laruelle defines immanence non-philosophically (non-Decisionally) as the radical.
252 Cf. Laruelle 1995a, and supra, Chapter 3, pp.136-141.
182
itself, it becomes the immanence of an Identity without consistency and without
unity. Laruellean immanence is the radical or the One-in-One, the One-withoutBeing (l'Un-sans-l'Être), rather than the absolute as transcendence or Onebeyond-Being (l'au-dela de l'Être or the epekeina tes ousias). Accordingly, the
non-thetic immanence of what Laruelle calls ‘the One’ or ‘the Real’ becomes an
index of radically singular but non-consistent Identity, an identity shorn of the
presumption of ontological unity. And it is this suspension of thetic positing, of
intentional correlation and transitivity, which the ‘non’ in ‘non-thetic
immanence’ imparts to thought insofar as it begins to think, as Laruelle puts it,
according to, or on the basis of radical immanence as its real, yet nonontological, presupposition. This has four very important consequences as far as
our consideration of the relation between individuation, theory, and experience
is concerned; consequences which we shall now proceed to elaborate on in turn.
First consequence: immanence –which is to say, the radical hyle-, through
its foreclosure to Decision, causes253 the phenomenological World to
distinguish itself as absolutely transcendent in relation to it, while it remains
without relation to that World’s unilaterally thetic transcendence. However, the
latter provides the empirical occasion for a transcendental clone that articulates
or exists as the unilateral duality between the hyle’s non-thetic immanence and
the thetic transcendence of the phenomenological realm. This transcendental
clone is a non-thetic model of thetic transcendence. In other words, non-thetic
immanence has as its (non-intentional) correlate (or uni-late, as Laruelle says)
not the World of phenomenological transcendence but the radical, nonphenomenological exteriority of the Alien-subject; an unencompassable
exteriority which exists as a fathomless well or abyss of non-thetic
transcendence into which absolutely everything drops: subjectivity, objectivity,
and all extant horizons of phenomenological disclosure. Yet we know it is this
dimension of non-thetic transcendence, the exteriority of the Alien-subject as
effectuation of the radical hyle’s foreclosure to phenomenological Decision,
which provides the vehicle for non-materialist thought. Thus, Alien-subjectivity
is articulated as a unilateral duality separating the radical hyle qua
phenomenon-in-itself from the phenomenological distinction between
phenomenon and phenomenality. Of particular importance for us here is the
way in which the hyle’s transcendental modelling or cloning as sine qua non
for thought
-a modelling contingently occasioned by the World’s
transcendenceengenders a (practico-)theoretical -rather than
phenomenological- instance of immanent subjectivation. Thus, in being
transcendentally effectuated or cloned as Alien-subject, the radical hyle
253 “Causes-only-in-the-last-instance”; i.e. according to a novel, non-metaphysical characterisation of the notion
of cause as neither formal nor final, neither efficient nor material.
183
184
becomes the subject of transcendental theory according to its foreclosure to
phenomenological consciousness and without becoming immanent ‘to’
subjectivity or consciousness.
Consequently, from a Laruellean perspective, the radical exteriority
through which the Alien-subject of non-phenomenological theory comes to be
constituted is neither an empirical fact given ‘in’ experience, nor a necessary
precondition for the givenness ‘of’ experience: it is a radically transcendental
and therefore exclusively theoretical organon for the determination of
phenomenological experience; an organon devoid of every residue of
phenomenological determination or intra-worldly experience. This last point is
particularly crucial: the non-phenomenological subject does not ‘do’ theory as if
it were already a pre-existing agency pragmatically engaged ‘in the world’ prior
to and independently of being a theoretical instance for the world; its ‘being’ is
exclusively that of theory, its articulation is exhaustively theoretical, and it is
nothing apart from that theoretical effectuation254. The only authentically
immanent articulation of the Subject for Laruelle is effectuated in the structure
of the transcendental clone suspending, modelling, and ultimately reconfiguring
the World’s thetic transcendence.
It is the World as structure of
phenomenological transcendence in toto that is now reduced to the status of
theoretical ‘object’:- a merely occasional support or material for theory.
Second consequence: through this dimension of radical exteriority or
non-thetic transcendence which constitutes the structure of theoretical
subjectivity, Laruelle effects a transcendental dilation of the empirical realm;
one which, like Quine but for very different reasons, discontinues the possibility
of presupposing a phenomenological distinction between experience and
judgement, fact and essence, a posteriori and a priori. In emancipating the pure
and empty form of the transcendental, Laruelle extends the bounds of empiricity
beyond the phenomenological parameters of what it’s possible to define as
empirical relative to a subject. Which is to say that everything becomes
indifferently empirical:- not just rabbits and rabbit-parts, but the a priori criteria
of individuation for rabbits and rabbit-parts. Once the rigorously transcendental
viewpoint of the Alien-subject has been effectuated, then according to the
latter’s radically universalising perspective qua ‘vision-in-One’, all
phenomenologically rooted distinctions between proprietary proximity and
expropriatory distance, or between a (so-called) concrete subjective immanence
and a (so-called) abstract objective transcendence become completely
invalidated. Everything is at once univocally concrete or equivalently
phenomenal in its non-thetic immanence and indifferently abstract or utterly
excarnate in its non-thetic transcendence. Which is to say that according to the
Alien-subject’s radically non-worldly theoretical perspective, there’s no
distinction in phenomenal or perceptual status between being hit by a brick and
constructing a proof for Cantor’s continuum hypothesis. Envisaged according to
radical immanence, or ‘seen-in-One’, a bunny-rabbit has exactly the same
phenomenal status as an axiom of set theory, and a particle accelerator has
exactly the same phenomenal status as a toothache.
Third consequence: a thinking operating on the basis of non-thetic
immanence isn’t about anything:– it’s non-intentional, intransitive. It is (as
Beckett famously remarked apropos of Finnegan’s Wake) that ‘something’
itself. Because transcendental theory is Subject without being dependent on any
empirically given instance of subjectivity, non-materialist thinking is neither
grounded in a conscious subject nor dependent on an intentional object. Like
Kant, Laruelle includes the subject of consciousness within the realm of
empirically determinable objectivity. So Laruelle’s non-philosophical version of
transcendental theory does not depend on a subject of consciousness because it
remains rooted in the foreclosure of radical immanence as the non-conscious
cause that determines that theory-in-the-last-instance. Moreover, and by the
same token, it has no intentional object either because it constitutes itself on the
occasional basis of those a priori theories of objectivation –i.e. philosophical
Decisions- which function as its empirical material255, rather than relative to an
already objectivated or empirically determinate phenomenological field. This is
why it operates in an exclusively transcendental as opposed to
phenomenological register: it relates to theories of objects rather than to objects
themselves, the point being that from the viewpoint of radical immanence, the
possibility of establishing a phenomenological distinction between ‘objects’ and
‘theories of objects’ becomes completely invalidated. That distinction is now
supplanted by a transcendental Identity of phenomenological-object and
objectivating-theory that is itself radically phenomenal (non-phenomenological)
or non-thetically immanent in-the-last-instance.
In this respect, Laruelle can be seen to be radicalising the combined
Kantian and Quinean critiques of the idea that our experience is of things-inthemselves, defined independently of theoretical mediation. There are no pretheoretical experiences of rabbits-in-themselves, only an experience constructed
through theories of rabbithood. But in another respect, Laruelle vigorously
reinstates the thing-in-itself: for this is exactly what non-thetic immanence is.
We have already seen how, once it ceases being defined privatively as a limiting
concept, it becomes possible to redefine the thing-in-itself positively as an
254 Cf. Laruelle, 1999, pp.146-147.
255 Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp. 32-34.
183
184
becomes the subject of transcendental theory according to its foreclosure to
phenomenological consciousness and without becoming immanent ‘to’
subjectivity or consciousness.
Consequently, from a Laruellean perspective, the radical exteriority
through which the Alien-subject of non-phenomenological theory comes to be
constituted is neither an empirical fact given ‘in’ experience, nor a necessary
precondition for the givenness ‘of’ experience: it is a radically transcendental
and therefore exclusively theoretical organon for the determination of
phenomenological experience; an organon devoid of every residue of
phenomenological determination or intra-worldly experience. This last point is
particularly crucial: the non-phenomenological subject does not ‘do’ theory as if
it were already a pre-existing agency pragmatically engaged ‘in the world’ prior
to and independently of being a theoretical instance for the world; its ‘being’ is
exclusively that of theory, its articulation is exhaustively theoretical, and it is
nothing apart from that theoretical effectuation254. The only authentically
immanent articulation of the Subject for Laruelle is effectuated in the structure
of the transcendental clone suspending, modelling, and ultimately reconfiguring
the World’s thetic transcendence.
It is the World as structure of
phenomenological transcendence in toto that is now reduced to the status of
theoretical ‘object’:- a merely occasional support or material for theory.
Second consequence: through this dimension of radical exteriority or
non-thetic transcendence which constitutes the structure of theoretical
subjectivity, Laruelle effects a transcendental dilation of the empirical realm;
one which, like Quine but for very different reasons, discontinues the possibility
of presupposing a phenomenological distinction between experience and
judgement, fact and essence, a posteriori and a priori. In emancipating the pure
and empty form of the transcendental, Laruelle extends the bounds of empiricity
beyond the phenomenological parameters of what it’s possible to define as
empirical relative to a subject. Which is to say that everything becomes
indifferently empirical:- not just rabbits and rabbit-parts, but the a priori criteria
of individuation for rabbits and rabbit-parts. Once the rigorously transcendental
viewpoint of the Alien-subject has been effectuated, then according to the
latter’s radically universalising perspective qua ‘vision-in-One’, all
phenomenologically rooted distinctions between proprietary proximity and
expropriatory distance, or between a (so-called) concrete subjective immanence
and a (so-called) abstract objective transcendence become completely
invalidated. Everything is at once univocally concrete or equivalently
phenomenal in its non-thetic immanence and indifferently abstract or utterly
excarnate in its non-thetic transcendence. Which is to say that according to the
Alien-subject’s radically non-worldly theoretical perspective, there’s no
distinction in phenomenal or perceptual status between being hit by a brick and
constructing a proof for Cantor’s continuum hypothesis. Envisaged according to
radical immanence, or ‘seen-in-One’, a bunny-rabbit has exactly the same
phenomenal status as an axiom of set theory, and a particle accelerator has
exactly the same phenomenal status as a toothache.
Third consequence: a thinking operating on the basis of non-thetic
immanence isn’t about anything:– it’s non-intentional, intransitive. It is (as
Beckett famously remarked apropos of Finnegan’s Wake) that ‘something’
itself. Because transcendental theory is Subject without being dependent on any
empirically given instance of subjectivity, non-materialist thinking is neither
grounded in a conscious subject nor dependent on an intentional object. Like
Kant, Laruelle includes the subject of consciousness within the realm of
empirically determinable objectivity. So Laruelle’s non-philosophical version of
transcendental theory does not depend on a subject of consciousness because it
remains rooted in the foreclosure of radical immanence as the non-conscious
cause that determines that theory-in-the-last-instance. Moreover, and by the
same token, it has no intentional object either because it constitutes itself on the
occasional basis of those a priori theories of objectivation –i.e. philosophical
Decisions- which function as its empirical material255, rather than relative to an
already objectivated or empirically determinate phenomenological field. This is
why it operates in an exclusively transcendental as opposed to
phenomenological register: it relates to theories of objects rather than to objects
themselves, the point being that from the viewpoint of radical immanence, the
possibility of establishing a phenomenological distinction between ‘objects’ and
‘theories of objects’ becomes completely invalidated. That distinction is now
supplanted by a transcendental Identity of phenomenological-object and
objectivating-theory that is itself radically phenomenal (non-phenomenological)
or non-thetically immanent in-the-last-instance.
In this respect, Laruelle can be seen to be radicalising the combined
Kantian and Quinean critiques of the idea that our experience is of things-inthemselves, defined independently of theoretical mediation. There are no pretheoretical experiences of rabbits-in-themselves, only an experience constructed
through theories of rabbithood. But in another respect, Laruelle vigorously
reinstates the thing-in-itself: for this is exactly what non-thetic immanence is.
We have already seen how, once it ceases being defined privatively as a limiting
concept, it becomes possible to redefine the thing-in-itself positively as an
254 Cf. Laruelle, 1999, pp.146-147.
255 Cf. Laruelle, 1996, pp. 32-34.
185
unconditionally immanent phenomenon, or as the phenomenon-in-itself = x 256.
It is this philosophically oxymoronic definition of the Real that serves as the
impetus for the Laruellean shift to a non-philosophical register;- that is to say,
one which takes conceptual accounts of objectivation themselves, rather than
objects, as its empirical material. And it is radical immanence’s unconditionally
positive phenomenal transparency as the phenomenon-in-itself (which Laruelle
also calls ‘the One’ or ‘the Real’), rather than the kind of negatively defined
noumenal opacity characteristically ascribed to the in-itself by philosophers,
which makes of it the unknown but determining cause in accordance with which
the Real qua phenomenon-without-phenomenality can be limitlessly
redescribed using philosophical theories of phenomenality as a merely
occasional index. This process of redescription is the business of nonphilosophical theory.
Fourth consequence: the redescription at issue involves thinking the
Identity –but an identity-without-unity- and Duality –but a duality-withoutdistinction- of the Real qua phenomenon-in-itself or immanent cause of
thought, and of the Ideal qua phenomenological objectivation or individuating
schema for the scattered portion of the spatio-temporal world indexed by the
‘Gavagai!’ or ‘Rabbit!’ occasioning occurrence. In other words, the nonphenomenological redescription of phenomenologically articulated cognition
strives to construct a theoretical clone of the “Gavagai!” occasioning
occurrence by producing the concurrent Identity (without-synthesis) and
Duality (without-difference) of the latter’s indeterminable reality as a preindividual ‘Thing’ or phenomenon-in-itself, and its phenomenologically
determinable ideality as individuated entity. Thus, the non-phenomenological
redescription of phenomenologically articulated rabbithood will strive to
liberate the rabbity-occurrence’s pre-individual or non-ontological257 character,
which is to say, its non-thetic essence, in terms of the radically immanent
Identity (without-unity) and radically transcendent Duality (without-difference)
proper to the rabbity-occurrence as simultaneity of a determinate but
unobjectifiable reality and a phenomenologically determinable or objectivated
ideality. In other words, it is a question of dualysing the phenomenological
hybridisation of individuating phenomenality and individuated phenomenon in
terms of a unilateral duality whereby an individual-without-individuation now
256 Cf. our earlier definition of the radical hyle as phenomenon-without-phenomenality, supra, Chapter 6, p.293
and pp.296-301. Laruelle himself makes this point explicitly in Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie: “The Real is
rather like Kant's ‘thing-in-itself’: unknowable and even unthinkable, but with this difference: it is constituted by
a foreclosed immanence rather than by transcendence (it is the One rather than the Other), and consists in an
experience or cognition of the third kind; - the vision-in-One.” (Laruelle, ibid., p. 271).
257‘Non-ontological’ insofar as phenomenology tends to identify ‘being’ qua ‘essence of manifestation’ with
transcendental phenomenality. Cf. supra, Chapter 2.
186
determines the hylomorphic dyad of individuating form and individuated matter
as the unidentity and unilaterality of a matter-without-form, or individualwithout-individuation, and a form-without-matter, or individuation-withoutindividual.
It is Gilbert Simondon who, in his seminal work258, originally identified
the fundamental circularity in all hylomorphic accounts of individuation. That
circularity derives from their retroactive imposition of the characteristics of
constituted individual unity back onto the pre-individual conditions of
ontological individuation. Pre-individual being will never be conceptually
conceived, Simondon argued, so long as the only available theoretical schema is
that of the basically Kantian model according to which the unity of the concept
is mirrored in the object and that of the object in the concept, thereby
presupposing the isomorphy of thought and thing at the level of individuation.
However, Simondon not only diagnosed the problem, he also suggested an
alternative:
“The individuation of the real external to the subject is grasped by the
subject thanks to the analogical individuation of cognition in the subject; but it
is through the individuation of cognition rather than through cognition alone
that the individuation of those beings which are not subjects is grasped. Beings
can be known through the cognition of the subject, but the individuation of
beings can be grasped only through the individuation of the subject’s
cognition” (Simondon, 1995, p.34)
Thus, the only to way to grasp pre-individual singularity, Simondon
suggests, is through the pre-individual singularisation of thought. Simondon’s
philosophical quest to articulate the conditions for a thought of pre-individual
being provides us with a useful (albeit tangential as far as Laruelle himself is
concerned) way of delineating some of the novel conceptual possibilities
opened up by non-phenomenological thought. The latter furnishes us with the
relevant methodological apparatus required in order to effect the transfiguration
of transcendental cognition demanded for the successful realization of the
former. What the theoretical grasp of individuation as pre-individual
ontological process demands is a suspension of phenomenological intuition, a
dissolution of intentional correlation, and a dualysis of the hylomorphic
synthesis of individual phenomenon and individuating phenomenality (insofar
as it is the temporalising function of phenomenality which singularises or
individuates the temporal phenomenon). The Laruellean apparatus effects the
relevant transformation by discontinuing all vestiges of merely analogical
equivalence or representational isomorphy between individuated cognition and
individuated being, as well as all phenomenological correlation between
258 Cf. Simondon, 1995.
185
unconditionally immanent phenomenon, or as the phenomenon-in-itself = x 256.
It is this philosophically oxymoronic definition of the Real that serves as the
impetus for the Laruellean shift to a non-philosophical register;- that is to say,
one which takes conceptual accounts of objectivation themselves, rather than
objects, as its empirical material. And it is radical immanence’s unconditionally
positive phenomenal transparency as the phenomenon-in-itself (which Laruelle
also calls ‘the One’ or ‘the Real’), rather than the kind of negatively defined
noumenal opacity characteristically ascribed to the in-itself by philosophers,
which makes of it the unknown but determining cause in accordance with which
the Real qua phenomenon-without-phenomenality can be limitlessly
redescribed using philosophical theories of phenomenality as a merely
occasional index. This process of redescription is the business of nonphilosophical theory.
Fourth consequence: the redescription at issue involves thinking the
Identity –but an identity-without-unity- and Duality –but a duality-withoutdistinction- of the Real qua phenomenon-in-itself or immanent cause of
thought, and of the Ideal qua phenomenological objectivation or individuating
schema for the scattered portion of the spatio-temporal world indexed by the
‘Gavagai!’ or ‘Rabbit!’ occasioning occurrence. In other words, the nonphenomenological redescription of phenomenologically articulated cognition
strives to construct a theoretical clone of the “Gavagai!” occasioning
occurrence by producing the concurrent Identity (without-synthesis) and
Duality (without-difference) of the latter’s indeterminable reality as a preindividual ‘Thing’ or phenomenon-in-itself, and its phenomenologically
determinable ideality as individuated entity. Thus, the non-phenomenological
redescription of phenomenologically articulated rabbithood will strive to
liberate the rabbity-occurrence’s pre-individual or non-ontological257 character,
which is to say, its non-thetic essence, in terms of the radically immanent
Identity (without-unity) and radically transcendent Duality (without-difference)
proper to the rabbity-occurrence as simultaneity of a determinate but
unobjectifiable reality and a phenomenologically determinable or objectivated
ideality. In other words, it is a question of dualysing the phenomenological
hybridisation of individuating phenomenality and individuated phenomenon in
terms of a unilateral duality whereby an individual-without-individuation now
256 Cf. our earlier definition of the radical hyle as phenomenon-without-phenomenality, supra, Chapter 6, p.293
and pp.296-301. Laruelle himself makes this point explicitly in Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie: “The Real is
rather like Kant's ‘thing-in-itself’: unknowable and even unthinkable, but with this difference: it is constituted by
a foreclosed immanence rather than by transcendence (it is the One rather than the Other), and consists in an
experience or cognition of the third kind; - the vision-in-One.” (Laruelle, ibid., p. 271).
257‘Non-ontological’ insofar as phenomenology tends to identify ‘being’ qua ‘essence of manifestation’ with
transcendental phenomenality. Cf. supra, Chapter 2.
186
determines the hylomorphic dyad of individuating form and individuated matter
as the unidentity and unilaterality of a matter-without-form, or individualwithout-individuation, and a form-without-matter, or individuation-withoutindividual.
It is Gilbert Simondon who, in his seminal work258, originally identified
the fundamental circularity in all hylomorphic accounts of individuation. That
circularity derives from their retroactive imposition of the characteristics of
constituted individual unity back onto the pre-individual conditions of
ontological individuation. Pre-individual being will never be conceptually
conceived, Simondon argued, so long as the only available theoretical schema is
that of the basically Kantian model according to which the unity of the concept
is mirrored in the object and that of the object in the concept, thereby
presupposing the isomorphy of thought and thing at the level of individuation.
However, Simondon not only diagnosed the problem, he also suggested an
alternative:
“The individuation of the real external to the subject is grasped by the
subject thanks to the analogical individuation of cognition in the subject; but it
is through the individuation of cognition rather than through cognition alone
that the individuation of those beings which are not subjects is grasped. Beings
can be known through the cognition of the subject, but the individuation of
beings can be grasped only through the individuation of the subject’s
cognition” (Simondon, 1995, p.34)
Thus, the only to way to grasp pre-individual singularity, Simondon
suggests, is through the pre-individual singularisation of thought. Simondon’s
philosophical quest to articulate the conditions for a thought of pre-individual
being provides us with a useful (albeit tangential as far as Laruelle himself is
concerned) way of delineating some of the novel conceptual possibilities
opened up by non-phenomenological thought. The latter furnishes us with the
relevant methodological apparatus required in order to effect the transfiguration
of transcendental cognition demanded for the successful realization of the
former. What the theoretical grasp of individuation as pre-individual
ontological process demands is a suspension of phenomenological intuition, a
dissolution of intentional correlation, and a dualysis of the hylomorphic
synthesis of individual phenomenon and individuating phenomenality (insofar
as it is the temporalising function of phenomenality which singularises or
individuates the temporal phenomenon). The Laruellean apparatus effects the
relevant transformation by discontinuing all vestiges of merely analogical
equivalence or representational isomorphy between individuated cognition and
individuated being, as well as all phenomenological correlation between
258 Cf. Simondon, 1995.
187
individuated consciousness and individuated phenomenon. This severance is to
be effected through the medium of non-phenomenological cognition as
articulation of unilateral duality rather than unitary synthesis between
individuation and individuated. Thus, by way of contrast to the unitary
intentional consistency of phenomenological adumbrations (Abschattung), this
duality is effectuated in thought according to the radical inconsistency of the
phenomenon ‘itself’ as an individual-without-individuation. And instead of
phenomenologically presupposing the intuition or ‘perception’ of the
individuated phenomenon as encompassed within a unitary horizon of
intentional adumbration, it is the phenomenological phenomenon as
hylomorphic synthesis of individuated phenomenon and individuating
phenomenality which is dualysed as a phenomenologically unencompassable
unilateral duality, a dispersive singularity, in accordance with the phenomenon
‘itself’ as individual-without-individuation. Thus, the inconsistent transparency
of the phenomenon ‘itself’ qua individual-without-individuation determines or
dualyses individuated phenomena as identities-without-synthesis and dualitieswithout-difference.
In this regard, let’s consider once more the case of radical translation. In
order to grasp the ‘Gavagai!’ occasioning occurrence without presupposing
that the alien shares in our own familiar ostensive practises or that it subscribes
to our conventional criteria for individuation, we would have to become capable
of accessing the ‘Gavagai!’ prompting event in its pre-individuated ontological
heterogeneity. This would entail achieving some kind of cognitive access to the
occurrence-occurrence without presupposing a determinate individuating
schema; in other words, accessing it as equally and simultaneously comprising
rabbithood, rabbit-parts, rabbit-segments, and so on. Such a feat of cognitive
redescription requires the effectuation of a non-intentional or non-unitary
syntax –a unilateralising syntax or uni-tax- at the level of the nonphenomenological theory which takes the phenomenological hybridisation of
individual and individuation as its empirical material, the better to extract from
the latter the occurrence’s-occurrence’s unilateralised or dispersive identity, its
unidentity and unilaterality as phenomenon-in-itself: neither rabbit-object nor
rabbit-segment nor rabbit-part, but the transcendental determinant, the nonindividuated precondition, for these and all other rabbit-individuating schemas.
Thus, the indivi-dualisation of non-phenomenological cognition in accordance
with its cause (the individual-without-individuation) results in the deindividuation or dualysation of its empirical support (the rabbit-individuating
schema) as unilateral duality of individuated phenomenon and individuating
phenomenality. Non-phenomenological –which is to say, non-materialisttheory grasps the occurrence-occurrence in its non-thetic universality according
to a mode of non-intuitive, or theoretically determined phenomenality, a
188
phenomenality determined independently of any and every empirically
determinate modality of perceptual intuition or phenomenological
manifestation.
Moreover, if the putatively invariant or pseudo-transcendental parameters
of phenomenological individuation remain entirely arbitrary and contingent, and
if there are as many possible modalities of immanent phenomenalisation as
there are possible transcendental redescriptions of individuation, it is because
the indivisible immanence of the phenomenon ‘itself’ –the radical hyle- remains
commensurate with a radically heterogeneous and phenomenologically
unencompassable manifold of potential modes of individuation. That is to say,
any given schema for individuation, any given phenomenological hybrid of
individuated phenomenon and individuating phenomenality, can be dualysed in
accordance with the Identity of the phenomenon ‘itself’ qua individual-withoutindividuation in an limitless variety of mutually incommensurable ways, leading
to an unencompassable manifold of alternative modes of individuation –which
is to say, of entification and phenomenalisation- each of them identical-in-thelast-instance with the individual ‘itself’259.
To understand this notion of a transcendental manifold of registers of
phenomenalisation entails making sense of Laruelle’s conception of an
immanent but theoretically malleable manifold of basically in-consistent spacetimes. Unfortunately, however suggestive, Laruelle’s indications in this regard
are frustratingly sketchy260. Nevertheless, in light of the foregoing account,
there are a few positive claims we can make concerning the nature of this
malleable, inconsistent space-time within which the non-thetic or preindividuated rabbit gaily capers and gambols. Given the immanence of the
phenomenon ‘itself’, which is its cause-in-the-last-instance, and given the
various phenomenological schemas of rabbit-individuation, which are its
empirical support, a non-phenomenological modelling of ‘rabbithood’ will
strive to extract or clone a non-thetic xenotype from the thetic schematisations
of the individuated rabbit-phenomenon which serve as its empirical support.
The complex structure of this xenotype as transcendental clone spans its
unidentity as radically immanent indivision and unilaterality as radically
transcendent division. Which is to say that the non-thetic or nonphenomenological essence of the rabbit ‘itself’ spans its radical immanence as
individual-without-individuation and its radical transcendence as individuation-
259Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.312-314. It would be interesting to ask whether the status of this transcendental
manifold of modalities of phenomenalisation is to be regarded as potentially or actually infinite. To the best of
our knowledge, Laruelle himself leaves the issue unresolved. In this regard, some kind of dialogue between
Laruellean non-philosophy and Cantorian set-theory seems necessary. The latter would prove a fascinating albeit
profoundly difficult enterprise.
260 See for instance the tantalising but inconclusive remarks in Laruelle, 1992, pp. 210-214.
187
individuated consciousness and individuated phenomenon. This severance is to
be effected through the medium of non-phenomenological cognition as
articulation of unilateral duality rather than unitary synthesis between
individuation and individuated. Thus, by way of contrast to the unitary
intentional consistency of phenomenological adumbrations (Abschattung), this
duality is effectuated in thought according to the radical inconsistency of the
phenomenon ‘itself’ as an individual-without-individuation. And instead of
phenomenologically presupposing the intuition or ‘perception’ of the
individuated phenomenon as encompassed within a unitary horizon of
intentional adumbration, it is the phenomenological phenomenon as
hylomorphic synthesis of individuated phenomenon and individuating
phenomenality which is dualysed as a phenomenologically unencompassable
unilateral duality, a dispersive singularity, in accordance with the phenomenon
‘itself’ as individual-without-individuation. Thus, the inconsistent transparency
of the phenomenon ‘itself’ qua individual-without-individuation determines or
dualyses individuated phenomena as identities-without-synthesis and dualitieswithout-difference.
In this regard, let’s consider once more the case of radical translation. In
order to grasp the ‘Gavagai!’ occasioning occurrence without presupposing
that the alien shares in our own familiar ostensive practises or that it subscribes
to our conventional criteria for individuation, we would have to become capable
of accessing the ‘Gavagai!’ prompting event in its pre-individuated ontological
heterogeneity. This would entail achieving some kind of cognitive access to the
occurrence-occurrence without presupposing a determinate individuating
schema; in other words, accessing it as equally and simultaneously comprising
rabbithood, rabbit-parts, rabbit-segments, and so on. Such a feat of cognitive
redescription requires the effectuation of a non-intentional or non-unitary
syntax –a unilateralising syntax or uni-tax- at the level of the nonphenomenological theory which takes the phenomenological hybridisation of
individual and individuation as its empirical material, the better to extract from
the latter the occurrence’s-occurrence’s unilateralised or dispersive identity, its
unidentity and unilaterality as phenomenon-in-itself: neither rabbit-object nor
rabbit-segment nor rabbit-part, but the transcendental determinant, the nonindividuated precondition, for these and all other rabbit-individuating schemas.
Thus, the indivi-dualisation of non-phenomenological cognition in accordance
with its cause (the individual-without-individuation) results in the deindividuation or dualysation of its empirical support (the rabbit-individuating
schema) as unilateral duality of individuated phenomenon and individuating
phenomenality. Non-phenomenological –which is to say, non-materialisttheory grasps the occurrence-occurrence in its non-thetic universality according
to a mode of non-intuitive, or theoretically determined phenomenality, a
188
phenomenality determined independently of any and every empirically
determinate modality of perceptual intuition or phenomenological
manifestation.
Moreover, if the putatively invariant or pseudo-transcendental parameters
of phenomenological individuation remain entirely arbitrary and contingent, and
if there are as many possible modalities of immanent phenomenalisation as
there are possible transcendental redescriptions of individuation, it is because
the indivisible immanence of the phenomenon ‘itself’ –the radical hyle- remains
commensurate with a radically heterogeneous and phenomenologically
unencompassable manifold of potential modes of individuation. That is to say,
any given schema for individuation, any given phenomenological hybrid of
individuated phenomenon and individuating phenomenality, can be dualysed in
accordance with the Identity of the phenomenon ‘itself’ qua individual-withoutindividuation in an limitless variety of mutually incommensurable ways, leading
to an unencompassable manifold of alternative modes of individuation –which
is to say, of entification and phenomenalisation- each of them identical-in-thelast-instance with the individual ‘itself’259.
To understand this notion of a transcendental manifold of registers of
phenomenalisation entails making sense of Laruelle’s conception of an
immanent but theoretically malleable manifold of basically in-consistent spacetimes. Unfortunately, however suggestive, Laruelle’s indications in this regard
are frustratingly sketchy260. Nevertheless, in light of the foregoing account,
there are a few positive claims we can make concerning the nature of this
malleable, inconsistent space-time within which the non-thetic or preindividuated rabbit gaily capers and gambols. Given the immanence of the
phenomenon ‘itself’, which is its cause-in-the-last-instance, and given the
various phenomenological schemas of rabbit-individuation, which are its
empirical support, a non-phenomenological modelling of ‘rabbithood’ will
strive to extract or clone a non-thetic xenotype from the thetic schematisations
of the individuated rabbit-phenomenon which serve as its empirical support.
The complex structure of this xenotype as transcendental clone spans its
unidentity as radically immanent indivision and unilaterality as radically
transcendent division. Which is to say that the non-thetic or nonphenomenological essence of the rabbit ‘itself’ spans its radical immanence as
individual-without-individuation and its radical transcendence as individuation-
259Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.312-314. It would be interesting to ask whether the status of this transcendental
manifold of modalities of phenomenalisation is to be regarded as potentially or actually infinite. To the best of
our knowledge, Laruelle himself leaves the issue unresolved. In this regard, some kind of dialogue between
Laruellean non-philosophy and Cantorian set-theory seems necessary. The latter would prove a fascinating albeit
profoundly difficult enterprise.
260 See for instance the tantalising but inconclusive remarks in Laruelle, 1992, pp. 210-214.
189
without-individual. Thus, the rabbit xenotype comprises the pre-individuated or
non-consistent essence of the rabbit’s immanent phenomenal identity as
simultaneously rabbit-part, rabbit-segment, rabbithood, and so on. As a result,
the occurrence’s-occurrence’s non-thetic xenotype indexes its singular but preindividuated nature as inconsistent Entity=x; a theoretically immanent but
unobjectifiable phenomenal entity which has been subtracted from the
retentional and protentional syntheses of temporal presentation, as well as from
all intuitive forms of spatial presence. It is as coincidence of an identitywithout-unity and a duality-without-difference, of a singular indivision and a
universal division, that the occurrence-occurrence constitutes a dispersive
singularity, neither homogeneous in space nor continuous through time.
In Theory of Identities261, Laruelle characterises this theoretical
reconfiguration of Decisionally circumscribed spatio-temporal phenomena in
terms of a process of a priori fractalisation. The latter is to be understood in
terms of the proliferation of inconsistent, discontinuous and mutually
incommensurable phenomenalisations of the ‘same’ occasional phenomenon; its
reiterated ‘irregularisation’ as determined by a transcendentally homothetic
invariant rupturing the spatio-temporal consistency in accordance with which
intentional consciousness continuously reinscribes phenomena within the
horizon of a potential phenomenological unity262. Yet paradoxically, it is the
phenomenon ‘itself’ through its invariant but inconsistent nonphenomenological transparency, which conditions this fractalisation.
Accordingly, insofar as the severing of the bond between entity and unity is
inseparable from the theoretical effectuation of the phenomenon’s inconsistency
as fractalising a priori, it is the latter’s non-phenomenological inconsistency
which guarantees the transcendental equivalence or universal translatability263
of all these mutually incommensurable instances of spatio-temporal
phenomenalisation. Thus, it is as a direct consequence of the dimension of
universality proper to non-intuitive phenomenality insofar as it effectuates
immanence’s radically inconsistent univocity, that all Decisionally
261 Cf. Laruelle, 1992, Part II, pp.133-232
190
circumscribed spatio-temporal phenomena can be subjected to a process of
theoretical fractalisation rendering them at once stringently individual and
universally translatable.
Consequently, and as we suggested earlier264, non-phenomenological
theory could be said to function like a kind of transcendental prosthetic for
conceptual cognition, emancipating it from the functional specificities of the
human sensory apparatus and the constraints of empirical sensibility, the better
to provide it with a rigorously theoretical mode of cognitive access to the
authentically universal realm of pre-individual phenomena. Moreover, in
providing this non-phenomenological amplification of cognition, a nonmaterialist axiomatic determined according to the radical hyle as Identity of the
phenomenon ‘itself’ might be said to operate somewhat like a universal organon
for radical translation, allowing creatures with otherwise utterly disparate
sensory modalities and incommensurate individuation criteria to communicate
via a cognitive vocabulary shorn of all contamination by empirically
overdetermined conceptual schemes. Thus, the non-phenomenological ‘individualisation’ of phenomenality through transcendental theory liberates the
phenomenal target of cognition (e.g. the ‘Gavaigai!’ occasioning occurrence)
from its circumscription within the empirical ambit of a determinate set of
basically anthropocognitive perceptual modalities.
What then is a ‘non-rabbit’?
It is the transcendental coincidence of an individual phenomenon that no
longer presupposes an individuating logos, and an individuating matter that is
no longer posited on the basis of an individuated concept. More precisely, it is
the unilateral duality of an unobjectifiably immanent phenomenon, one that has
not been posited by means of an individuating phenomenality, and a
unobjectifiably transcendent phenomenality, one that has not been presupposed
through an individuated phenomenon265. It is a xenotype: an unenvisageable,
unfigurable yet radically immanent theoretical phenomenon.
But what then is non-materialism that it is able to reconfigure the
parameters of perception in so drastic a fashion as to allow for the apprehension
of such phenomena?
A transcendental adrenochrome266.
262 Cf. Laruelle, ibid, pp. 153- 232.
263 The idea of non-philosophy as universal medium for the translation of all philosophical languages into one
another is a recurrent theme in Philosophie III. In Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie, for instance, Laruelle writes:
“It is thus through this theoretical usage, through this transcendental theory of private philosophical languages
(these being at once general and total), and on the basis of this non-linguistic identity of language, that the
problem of philosophical translation can be posed in terms of a translation of philosophical languages ‘into’
one another, which is to say, ‘into-the-One-in-the-last-instance’, rather than in terms of a translation between
philosophies carried out under the ultimate authority of philosophy. Non-philosophy is this translation of Kant
‘into’ Descartes, of Descartes ‘into’ Marx, of Marx ‘into’Husserl, etc.; which is to say, under the condition of
the vision-in-One as un-translatable Real.”(1996, p.273) More recently, the topic of the non-philosophical
translation of philosophy has provided the theme for an unpublished conference paper entitled ‘Translated From
the Philosophical’. Cf. Laruelle, 2001.
264 Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.305-308.
265Thus, non-philosophy dualyses the phenomenological amphiboly of unobjectifiable immanence and
unobjectifiable transcendence identified earlier. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.89-92.
266‘Adrenochrome’: mythical hallucinogen, of reputedly terrifying potency, supposedly synthesized from the
living body’s pituitary gland. The aftermath of an adrenochrome binge is described in Hunter S. Thompson’s
Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas (London: Paladin, 1972): “The room looked like the site of some disastrous
zoological experiment involving whiskey and gorillas. The ten-foot mirror was shattered, but still hanging
together -bad evidence of that afternoon when my attorney ran amok with the coconut hammer, smashing the
mirror and all the lightbulbs […]The bathroom floor was about six-inches deep with soap bars, vomit, and
189
without-individual. Thus, the rabbit xenotype comprises the pre-individuated or
non-consistent essence of the rabbit’s immanent phenomenal identity as
simultaneously rabbit-part, rabbit-segment, rabbithood, and so on. As a result,
the occurrence’s-occurrence’s non-thetic xenotype indexes its singular but preindividuated nature as inconsistent Entity=x; a theoretically immanent but
unobjectifiable phenomenal entity which has been subtracted from the
retentional and protentional syntheses of temporal presentation, as well as from
all intuitive forms of spatial presence. It is as coincidence of an identitywithout-unity and a duality-without-difference, of a singular indivision and a
universal division, that the occurrence-occurrence constitutes a dispersive
singularity, neither homogeneous in space nor continuous through time.
In Theory of Identities261, Laruelle characterises this theoretical
reconfiguration of Decisionally circumscribed spatio-temporal phenomena in
terms of a process of a priori fractalisation. The latter is to be understood in
terms of the proliferation of inconsistent, discontinuous and mutually
incommensurable phenomenalisations of the ‘same’ occasional phenomenon; its
reiterated ‘irregularisation’ as determined by a transcendentally homothetic
invariant rupturing the spatio-temporal consistency in accordance with which
intentional consciousness continuously reinscribes phenomena within the
horizon of a potential phenomenological unity262. Yet paradoxically, it is the
phenomenon ‘itself’ through its invariant but inconsistent nonphenomenological transparency, which conditions this fractalisation.
Accordingly, insofar as the severing of the bond between entity and unity is
inseparable from the theoretical effectuation of the phenomenon’s inconsistency
as fractalising a priori, it is the latter’s non-phenomenological inconsistency
which guarantees the transcendental equivalence or universal translatability263
of all these mutually incommensurable instances of spatio-temporal
phenomenalisation. Thus, it is as a direct consequence of the dimension of
universality proper to non-intuitive phenomenality insofar as it effectuates
immanence’s radically inconsistent univocity, that all Decisionally
261 Cf. Laruelle, 1992, Part II, pp.133-232
190
circumscribed spatio-temporal phenomena can be subjected to a process of
theoretical fractalisation rendering them at once stringently individual and
universally translatable.
Consequently, and as we suggested earlier264, non-phenomenological
theory could be said to function like a kind of transcendental prosthetic for
conceptual cognition, emancipating it from the functional specificities of the
human sensory apparatus and the constraints of empirical sensibility, the better
to provide it with a rigorously theoretical mode of cognitive access to the
authentically universal realm of pre-individual phenomena. Moreover, in
providing this non-phenomenological amplification of cognition, a nonmaterialist axiomatic determined according to the radical hyle as Identity of the
phenomenon ‘itself’ might be said to operate somewhat like a universal organon
for radical translation, allowing creatures with otherwise utterly disparate
sensory modalities and incommensurate individuation criteria to communicate
via a cognitive vocabulary shorn of all contamination by empirically
overdetermined conceptual schemes. Thus, the non-phenomenological ‘individualisation’ of phenomenality through transcendental theory liberates the
phenomenal target of cognition (e.g. the ‘Gavaigai!’ occasioning occurrence)
from its circumscription within the empirical ambit of a determinate set of
basically anthropocognitive perceptual modalities.
What then is a ‘non-rabbit’?
It is the transcendental coincidence of an individual phenomenon that no
longer presupposes an individuating logos, and an individuating matter that is
no longer posited on the basis of an individuated concept. More precisely, it is
the unilateral duality of an unobjectifiably immanent phenomenon, one that has
not been posited by means of an individuating phenomenality, and a
unobjectifiably transcendent phenomenality, one that has not been presupposed
through an individuated phenomenon265. It is a xenotype: an unenvisageable,
unfigurable yet radically immanent theoretical phenomenon.
But what then is non-materialism that it is able to reconfigure the
parameters of perception in so drastic a fashion as to allow for the apprehension
of such phenomena?
A transcendental adrenochrome266.
262 Cf. Laruelle, ibid, pp. 153- 232.
263 The idea of non-philosophy as universal medium for the translation of all philosophical languages into one
another is a recurrent theme in Philosophie III. In Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie, for instance, Laruelle writes:
“It is thus through this theoretical usage, through this transcendental theory of private philosophical languages
(these being at once general and total), and on the basis of this non-linguistic identity of language, that the
problem of philosophical translation can be posed in terms of a translation of philosophical languages ‘into’
one another, which is to say, ‘into-the-One-in-the-last-instance’, rather than in terms of a translation between
philosophies carried out under the ultimate authority of philosophy. Non-philosophy is this translation of Kant
‘into’ Descartes, of Descartes ‘into’ Marx, of Marx ‘into’Husserl, etc.; which is to say, under the condition of
the vision-in-One as un-translatable Real.”(1996, p.273) More recently, the topic of the non-philosophical
translation of philosophy has provided the theme for an unpublished conference paper entitled ‘Translated From
the Philosophical’. Cf. Laruelle, 2001.
264 Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.305-308.
265Thus, non-philosophy dualyses the phenomenological amphiboly of unobjectifiable immanence and
unobjectifiable transcendence identified earlier. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.89-92.
266‘Adrenochrome’: mythical hallucinogen, of reputedly terrifying potency, supposedly synthesized from the
living body’s pituitary gland. The aftermath of an adrenochrome binge is described in Hunter S. Thompson’s
Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas (London: Paladin, 1972): “The room looked like the site of some disastrous
zoological experiment involving whiskey and gorillas. The ten-foot mirror was shattered, but still hanging
together -bad evidence of that afternoon when my attorney ran amok with the coconut hammer, smashing the
mirror and all the lightbulbs […]The bathroom floor was about six-inches deep with soap bars, vomit, and
191
In the next Chapter, we will use Paul Churchland’s eliminative
materialism as the basis for further exploration of the hallucinatory
ramifications of non-materialist thought; specifically, the way in which the
philosophically unprecedented degree of phenomenological plasticity it allows
ultimately engenders a transcendental chaos of epistemic possibility.
grapefruit rinds […]crude pornographic photos, ripped out of magazines like Whores of Sweden and Orgies in
the Casbah[…] were plastered on the broken mirror with smears of mustard that had dried to a hard yellow
crust…and all these signs of violence, these strange red and blue bulbs and shards of broken glass embedded in
the wall plaster…No; these were not the hoofprints of your average god-fearing junkie. It was too savage, too
aggressive. There was evidence in this room of excessive consumption of almost every type of drug known to
civilized man since A.D.1544. It could only be explained as a montage, a sort of exaggerated medical exhibit,
put together very carefully to show what might happen if twenty-two serious drug felons –each with a different
addiction- were penned up together in the same room for five days and nights without relief.”(pp. 167-172).
192
CHAPTER 8
PHENOMENOLOGICAL PLASTICITY AND
EPISTEMIC CHAOS
“Our epistemic situation I assert, is one in which even the humblest
judgement or assertion is always a speculative leap, not just in its assertion
over its denial, but also in the background conceptual framework in which that
judgement is constituted, in preference to the infinity of other conceptual
frameworks that one might have used instead.” (Churchland,1989, p.278)
The claim that there is no difference in kind between perceptual
judgements and theoretical judgements plays a crucial role in Paul Churchland’s
eliminativist program. Bluntly put, Churchland’s argument runs as follows: if
one accepts the rigorously naturalistic conception of human beings as a
particularly sophisticated species of information processing system267, and if
there exists a univocal continuity, rather than a categorial divide, between socalled concrete perceptual immediacy and supposedly abstract conceptual
mediation, then nothing precludes in principle the possibility that our basic
perceptual capacities can be revised or transformed simply by reconfiguring the
conceptual frameworks within which they are nested. In other words, there is
nothing intrinsically natural or necessary about the world we perceive or the
way in which we perceive it. Both are ultimately theoretical constructs.
The critique of perceptual immediacy (or sense-certainty, as Hegel called
it) is certainly nothing new in philosophy. Where Churchland differs from
philosophers like Hegel, Wittgenstein, or even Quine (by whom he has certainly
been influenced), is in rooting the mechanism of theoretical mediation firmly in
the physical structure of the brain, rather than in self-consciousness or sets of
discursive practises. According to Churchland’s neurocomputational
physicalism, it is the brain, not the mind, which represents the world. And
insofar as the brain is just one part of the physical world representing another,
there are no differences in kind between the neurological representer, the
neurocomputational representation and the electrochemical input which is
represented: all three are merely different moments in a homogeneous physical
continuum of informational transfer. It is because of this uninterrupted material
continuity that, for Churchland, the brain itself comes to figure as an abstract
theoretical mediator, an essentially plastic locus of informational processing.
But before examining Churchland’s arguments in favour of phenomenological
267Among the precursors for Churchland’s unrepentantly naturalistic approach to human sapience are figures
such as Quine (1960), Smart (1963), Wiener (1967) and Sayre (1976). For a summary of the Quinean approach,
cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.334-349.
191
In the next Chapter, we will use Paul Churchland’s eliminative
materialism as the basis for further exploration of the hallucinatory
ramifications of non-materialist thought; specifically, the way in which the
philosophically unprecedented degree of phenomenological plasticity it allows
ultimately engenders a transcendental chaos of epistemic possibility.
grapefruit rinds […]crude pornographic photos, ripped out of magazines like Whores of Sweden and Orgies in
the Casbah[…] were plastered on the broken mirror with smears of mustard that had dried to a hard yellow
crust…and all these signs of violence, these strange red and blue bulbs and shards of broken glass embedded in
the wall plaster…No; these were not the hoofprints of your average god-fearing junkie. It was too savage, too
aggressive. There was evidence in this room of excessive consumption of almost every type of drug known to
civilized man since A.D.1544. It could only be explained as a montage, a sort of exaggerated medical exhibit,
put together very carefully to show what might happen if twenty-two serious drug felons –each with a different
addiction- were penned up together in the same room for five days and nights without relief.”(pp. 167-172).
192
CHAPTER 8
PHENOMENOLOGICAL PLASTICITY AND
EPISTEMIC CHAOS
“Our epistemic situation I assert, is one in which even the humblest
judgement or assertion is always a speculative leap, not just in its assertion
over its denial, but also in the background conceptual framework in which that
judgement is constituted, in preference to the infinity of other conceptual
frameworks that one might have used instead.” (Churchland,1989, p.278)
The claim that there is no difference in kind between perceptual
judgements and theoretical judgements plays a crucial role in Paul Churchland’s
eliminativist program. Bluntly put, Churchland’s argument runs as follows: if
one accepts the rigorously naturalistic conception of human beings as a
particularly sophisticated species of information processing system267, and if
there exists a univocal continuity, rather than a categorial divide, between socalled concrete perceptual immediacy and supposedly abstract conceptual
mediation, then nothing precludes in principle the possibility that our basic
perceptual capacities can be revised or transformed simply by reconfiguring the
conceptual frameworks within which they are nested. In other words, there is
nothing intrinsically natural or necessary about the world we perceive or the
way in which we perceive it. Both are ultimately theoretical constructs.
The critique of perceptual immediacy (or sense-certainty, as Hegel called
it) is certainly nothing new in philosophy. Where Churchland differs from
philosophers like Hegel, Wittgenstein, or even Quine (by whom he has certainly
been influenced), is in rooting the mechanism of theoretical mediation firmly in
the physical structure of the brain, rather than in self-consciousness or sets of
discursive practises. According to Churchland’s neurocomputational
physicalism, it is the brain, not the mind, which represents the world. And
insofar as the brain is just one part of the physical world representing another,
there are no differences in kind between the neurological representer, the
neurocomputational representation and the electrochemical input which is
represented: all three are merely different moments in a homogeneous physical
continuum of informational transfer. It is because of this uninterrupted material
continuity that, for Churchland, the brain itself comes to figure as an abstract
theoretical mediator, an essentially plastic locus of informational processing.
But before examining Churchland’s arguments in favour of phenomenological
267Among the precursors for Churchland’s unrepentantly naturalistic approach to human sapience are figures
such as Quine (1960), Smart (1963), Wiener (1967) and Sayre (1976). For a summary of the Quinean approach,
cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.334-349.
193
plasticity in greater detail, we need to recapitulate the basic premises of the
eliminativist program.
Eliminativism and Folk Psychology
Eliminativism is routinely dismissed as a particularly virulent, wildly
implausible brand of rabidly neurocentric reductionism. But contrary to popular
prejudice, Churchland’s reductionism does not entail the claim that cognitive
structures are neurologically hard-wired. The driving idea behind Churchland’s
eliminativism is quite the reverse: almost all of the brain’s cognitive capacities
are learnt, and next to none of them are hard-wired. However, Churchland’s is
not a Humean ‘blank-slate’ epistemological empiricism, for he readily
acknowledges the existence of certain high-level epistemic invariants or
neurocomputational metastructures (‘ampliative coding layers’ as he calls them)
conditioning the information processing function; metastructural invariants
whose functioning could be characterised as a priori relative to the low-level
input data they serve to structure and synthesize268. Such high-level
neurocomputational a prioris remain a prerequisite for sophisticated cognition.
Nevertheless, although so deeply embedded within the brain’s
neurological configuration as to count as nominal invariants, even these
neurocomputational a prioris are acquired rather than innate. Which is to say
that they have been gradually inculcated during the formative stages of the
organism’s development by virtue of its continuous immersion in a vast
sociolinguisitic habitus; a conceptual habitus which has in turn been shaped
over long stretches of socio-cultural evolution. Like Quine then269, Churchland
maintains that there is merely a difference in degree rather than in kind between
a priori and a posteriori, or between the abstract, metastructural invariants that
condition the structures of information processing, and the structured or
processed data themselves. And as a result, for Churchland, even those
epistemic structures that seem most neurologically ingrained are the result of a
complex process of exogenous conditioning exercised by a bewildering variety
268“For many reason then, this [Churchland’s ‘Parallel Distributed Processing’ or ‘connectionist’ model of
cognition-RB]is not a Humean concept empiricism. According to Humean empiricism, we are forever tied to
immediately given peripheral sensory simples. According to connectionism, by contrast, the whole point of a
hierarchy of ampliative coding layers is precisely to transcend the limitations of our peripheral sensory coding. It
is to try to ‘look past’ the teeming noise and perspectival idiosyncrasy of one’s peripheral sensory input
representations to the more stable and more predictive ‘forms’ that lie beyond the mercurial sensory surface,
stable forms that are always only partially and imperfectly reflected within that sensory surface, universal forms
that might be differently but quite successfully reflected in a variety of alternative sensory manifolds[…]I agree
with Plato that seeing past the ephemeral is the first goal of learning, and I agree further that it is precisely the
‘abstract forms’ that allow us to make any sense of the relentless flux of the ephemeral. The principal difference
between me and Plato concerns the location of those forms (they are inside the head) and their genesis within us:
they are gradually sculpted de novo, by a deeply sublinguistic process, in the course of extended interactions with
the environment.”(P.M.Churchland, 1996, pp. 281-282)
269Cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.334-339.
194
of factors and influences extending well beyond narrowly neurophysiological
limits. These factors include fluctuating environmental conditions, changing
socio-historical custom, and accelerating technological evolution.
Accordingly, if the brain is a neurocomputer, Churchland maintains, then
it is a flexible, massively parallel distributed processor, rather than the kind of
chronically inflexible serial processor privileged by classical AI. The model of
the brain favoured by Churchland is that of a complex, non-linear system; a
neurological network capable of spontaneous self-regulation by tuning into new
patterns of sophisticated cognitive discrimination without the benefit of prior
programming; radically reconfiguring its own cognitive parameters in order to
adapt to new input and unexpected circumstances. It is this capacity for
spontaneous readjustment in the face of the unanticipated and the unforeseen
which endows the human brain with its high degree of functional plasticity.
Moreover, Churchland suggests, the brain’s remarkable capacity for cognitive
plasticity tends to be overlooked by philosophers who mistake
neurocomputational expediency for neurological necessity, thereby severely
underestimating the extent to which many of what are assumed to be basic
features of consciousness are in fact a function of determinate varieties of
neurocomputational processing; processes which –once again- have themselves
been learnt. Thus, if consciousness is a neurocomputational phenomenon, then
what philosophers take to be its necessary conditions, constitutive features, or
invariable characteristics, may in fact be entirely contingent properties,
representing little more than a tiny fraction of the range of cognitive
possibilities available to the human brain.
Accordingly, if there are no invariable phenomenological facts about the
world, Churchland continues, it’s because underlying all such facts are just
varying neurocomputational encodings of electrochemical information. This is
the point at which Churchland most emphatically rejects the notion that natural
language possesses any kind of uncircumventable epistemological status. Not
only are linguistic structures not hard-wired in the brain270, language itself is
neither a constitutive nor even a basic feature of human cognition. Language as
a medium for social intercourse has engendered a theory in terms of which
humans understand themselves and the world around them. That theory is folk
psychology271. As a theory, folk psychology operates by quantifying over272
propositional attitudes such as beliefs, desires, intentions, fears, hopes, wishes,
270Pace Chomsky and the Chomskyan brand of cognitivism championed by Fodor, Lepore, and others.
271For a canonical expression of Churchland’s view of folk-psychology cf. ‘Folk Psychology’ in
P.M.Churchland & P.S.Churchland, 1998, pp. 3-15.
272 Cf. supra, Chapter 7, p.343.
193
plasticity in greater detail, we need to recapitulate the basic premises of the
eliminativist program.
Eliminativism and Folk Psychology
Eliminativism is routinely dismissed as a particularly virulent, wildly
implausible brand of rabidly neurocentric reductionism. But contrary to popular
prejudice, Churchland’s reductionism does not entail the claim that cognitive
structures are neurologically hard-wired. The driving idea behind Churchland’s
eliminativism is quite the reverse: almost all of the brain’s cognitive capacities
are learnt, and next to none of them are hard-wired. However, Churchland’s is
not a Humean ‘blank-slate’ epistemological empiricism, for he readily
acknowledges the existence of certain high-level epistemic invariants or
neurocomputational metastructures (‘ampliative coding layers’ as he calls them)
conditioning the information processing function; metastructural invariants
whose functioning could be characterised as a priori relative to the low-level
input data they serve to structure and synthesize268. Such high-level
neurocomputational a prioris remain a prerequisite for sophisticated cognition.
Nevertheless, although so deeply embedded within the brain’s
neurological configuration as to count as nominal invariants, even these
neurocomputational a prioris are acquired rather than innate. Which is to say
that they have been gradually inculcated during the formative stages of the
organism’s development by virtue of its continuous immersion in a vast
sociolinguisitic habitus; a conceptual habitus which has in turn been shaped
over long stretches of socio-cultural evolution. Like Quine then269, Churchland
maintains that there is merely a difference in degree rather than in kind between
a priori and a posteriori, or between the abstract, metastructural invariants that
condition the structures of information processing, and the structured or
processed data themselves. And as a result, for Churchland, even those
epistemic structures that seem most neurologically ingrained are the result of a
complex process of exogenous conditioning exercised by a bewildering variety
268“For many reason then, this [Churchland’s ‘Parallel Distributed Processing’ or ‘connectionist’ model of
cognition-RB]is not a Humean concept empiricism. According to Humean empiricism, we are forever tied to
immediately given peripheral sensory simples. According to connectionism, by contrast, the whole point of a
hierarchy of ampliative coding layers is precisely to transcend the limitations of our peripheral sensory coding. It
is to try to ‘look past’ the teeming noise and perspectival idiosyncrasy of one’s peripheral sensory input
representations to the more stable and more predictive ‘forms’ that lie beyond the mercurial sensory surface,
stable forms that are always only partially and imperfectly reflected within that sensory surface, universal forms
that might be differently but quite successfully reflected in a variety of alternative sensory manifolds[…]I agree
with Plato that seeing past the ephemeral is the first goal of learning, and I agree further that it is precisely the
‘abstract forms’ that allow us to make any sense of the relentless flux of the ephemeral. The principal difference
between me and Plato concerns the location of those forms (they are inside the head) and their genesis within us:
they are gradually sculpted de novo, by a deeply sublinguistic process, in the course of extended interactions with
the environment.”(P.M.Churchland, 1996, pp. 281-282)
269Cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.334-339.
194
of factors and influences extending well beyond narrowly neurophysiological
limits. These factors include fluctuating environmental conditions, changing
socio-historical custom, and accelerating technological evolution.
Accordingly, if the brain is a neurocomputer, Churchland maintains, then
it is a flexible, massively parallel distributed processor, rather than the kind of
chronically inflexible serial processor privileged by classical AI. The model of
the brain favoured by Churchland is that of a complex, non-linear system; a
neurological network capable of spontaneous self-regulation by tuning into new
patterns of sophisticated cognitive discrimination without the benefit of prior
programming; radically reconfiguring its own cognitive parameters in order to
adapt to new input and unexpected circumstances. It is this capacity for
spontaneous readjustment in the face of the unanticipated and the unforeseen
which endows the human brain with its high degree of functional plasticity.
Moreover, Churchland suggests, the brain’s remarkable capacity for cognitive
plasticity tends to be overlooked by philosophers who mistake
neurocomputational expediency for neurological necessity, thereby severely
underestimating the extent to which many of what are assumed to be basic
features of consciousness are in fact a function of determinate varieties of
neurocomputational processing; processes which –once again- have themselves
been learnt. Thus, if consciousness is a neurocomputational phenomenon, then
what philosophers take to be its necessary conditions, constitutive features, or
invariable characteristics, may in fact be entirely contingent properties,
representing little more than a tiny fraction of the range of cognitive
possibilities available to the human brain.
Accordingly, if there are no invariable phenomenological facts about the
world, Churchland continues, it’s because underlying all such facts are just
varying neurocomputational encodings of electrochemical information. This is
the point at which Churchland most emphatically rejects the notion that natural
language possesses any kind of uncircumventable epistemological status. Not
only are linguistic structures not hard-wired in the brain270, language itself is
neither a constitutive nor even a basic feature of human cognition. Language as
a medium for social intercourse has engendered a theory in terms of which
humans understand themselves and the world around them. That theory is folk
psychology271. As a theory, folk psychology operates by quantifying over272
propositional attitudes such as beliefs, desires, intentions, fears, hopes, wishes,
270Pace Chomsky and the Chomskyan brand of cognitivism championed by Fodor, Lepore, and others.
271For a canonical expression of Churchland’s view of folk-psychology cf. ‘Folk Psychology’ in
P.M.Churchland & P.S.Churchland, 1998, pp. 3-15.
272 Cf. supra, Chapter 7, p.343.
195
etc. Moreover, Churchland argues, following Sellars273, not only did the
theory’s longstanding practical success as a social instrument for publicly
predicting and explaining communal human behaviour precede its adoption in
subjective self-description, thereby conditioning its now automatic use in firstperson introspection; it is this universal adoption of folk psychological
discourse in subjective reports which, more than any other factor, has
subsequently and illegitimately endowed it with a quasi-sacrosanct status,
lending it an aura of incorrigible authenticity which obscures its theoretical
status and entirely conventional origin: “a spontaneous introspective judgement
is just an instance of an acquired habit of conceptual response to one's own
internal states, and the integrity of any particular response is always contingent
on the integrity of the acquired conceptual framework (theory) in which the
response is framed. Accordingly, one's own introspective certainty that one's
mind is the seat of beliefs and desires may be as badly misplaced as was the
classical man's visual certainty that the star-flecked sphere of the heavens turns
daily.” (Churchland, 1989, p.3)
As a result of folk psychology’s socio-cultural institutionalisation, the
panoply of beliefs, desires, intentions, fears, hopes, wishes, etc., laid claim to in
introspective judgement, have -along with all the other phenomenological
entities mobilized in folk psychological discourse- taken on an inviolable aura
of subjective and objective reality, in a manner similar to that once claimed on
behalf of the flatness of the earth. Nevertheless, Churchland suggests, it may be
that conscious beings are the least well placed to understand consciousness, that
they have least access to information about the theoretically structured
processes underlying perceptual immediacy; much in the same way in which,
prior to the invention of the telescope, inhabitants of the earth’s surface were
the least well placed to appreciate either the true character of the earth’s shape
or the reality of astronomical motions. Consequently, Churchland argues, there
are perfectly good scientific grounds for insisting that, just as the earth is not
flat, denizens of folk psychological discourse such as beliefs, desires,
intentions, etc., may not actually exist, and that as a result, folk psychology is an
entirely false theory, and hence ripe for elimination.274
A crucial nuance in Churchland’s eliminativist argument needs to be
underlined here. Churchland does not deny privileged introspective access per
273 Cf. Sellars, 1997.
274Churchland cites three basic reasons for the elimination of folk-psychology: 1. the significant number of
phenomena for which folk psychological theory is incapable of providing either a coherent explanation or
successful prediction (brain damage, mental illness, scientific discovery, artistic creativity); 2. its theoretical
stagnation, its failure to evolve, develop, or change in accordance with the rapidly accelerating rate of cultural
evolution; 3. its increasingly isolated and anomalous character vis a vis the corpus of the natural sciences, its
conceptual irreducibility to the emerging discourse of cognitive neuroscience.
196
se; he does not deny that our minds seem to be the seat of beliefs, desires, and
intentions, or the authenticity of our phenomenological experience when we lay
claim to experiencing fears, hopes, wishes, etc. Churchland is emphatically not
a philosophical behaviourist in the way in which perhaps Quine is. What he
does deny however is the putatively pre-theoretical immediacy attributed to
such phenomenological experiences and to the introspective judgements
associated with them. In other words, it is not phenomenological seeming which
he questions, but the reliability of that seeming as an evidential guide for
gauging the actual cognitive processes through which that seeming is produced.
Consequently, Churchland wishes to drive a critical wedge between the
legitimate incorrigibility of phenomenological experience qua authentic
seeming, and the pseudo-incorrigibility of the folk psychological trappings used
in the theoretical articulation and description of those processes through which
that phenomenological seeming is produced. The eliminativist’s contention is
that folk psychology’s cultural enshrinement, its unrivalled social investiture as
the privileged descriptive medium used for accounts of human sapience has
resulted in mistaking an artificial theoretical construct for an intrinsically
necessary feature of all possible phenomenological experience. By explicitly
underlining the theoretical character of folk psychological discourse as a
socially enforced construct, eliminativism seeks to undermine both the
assumption that the linguistic infrastructure of folk psychological theory has a
proprietary entitlement to characterisations of consciousness; and that it is the
only possible medium for phenomenological description: “Our selfunderstanding, I continue to maintain, is no different in character from our
understanding of any other empirical domain. It is speculative, systematic,
corrigible, and in principle replaceable. It is just not so specifically linguistic
as we have chronically assumed.”(Churchland, ibid., p.112)
Neurocomputational Plasticity
Thus, Churchland proposes to replace the dominant folk psychological
theory of sapience, according to which consciousness is seen as an intrinsically
linguistic medium structured through the ‘sentential dance’ of propositional
attitudes, with a new theoretical model drawing on the resources of
connectionist neuroscience, in which cognition is understood in terms of
resolutely non-linguistic patterns of neuronal vector activation275. According to
this new paradigm, the internal kinematics of cognition find expression in
activation patterns across populations of neurons, rather than in sententially
articulated propositional attitudes, while the dynamics of cognition reside in
275For a useful précis of the vector activation paradigm in neuroscience cf. particularly pp. 41-42 in Paul
Churchland’s, ‘Activation Vectors vs. Propositional Attitudes: How the brain represents reality’ in
P.M.Churchland & P.S.Churchland, 1998, pp.39-44,
195
etc. Moreover, Churchland argues, following Sellars273, not only did the
theory’s longstanding practical success as a social instrument for publicly
predicting and explaining communal human behaviour precede its adoption in
subjective self-description, thereby conditioning its now automatic use in firstperson introspection; it is this universal adoption of folk psychological
discourse in subjective reports which, more than any other factor, has
subsequently and illegitimately endowed it with a quasi-sacrosanct status,
lending it an aura of incorrigible authenticity which obscures its theoretical
status and entirely conventional origin: “a spontaneous introspective judgement
is just an instance of an acquired habit of conceptual response to one's own
internal states, and the integrity of any particular response is always contingent
on the integrity of the acquired conceptual framework (theory) in which the
response is framed. Accordingly, one's own introspective certainty that one's
mind is the seat of beliefs and desires may be as badly misplaced as was the
classical man's visual certainty that the star-flecked sphere of the heavens turns
daily.” (Churchland, 1989, p.3)
As a result of folk psychology’s socio-cultural institutionalisation, the
panoply of beliefs, desires, intentions, fears, hopes, wishes, etc., laid claim to in
introspective judgement, have -along with all the other phenomenological
entities mobilized in folk psychological discourse- taken on an inviolable aura
of subjective and objective reality, in a manner similar to that once claimed on
behalf of the flatness of the earth. Nevertheless, Churchland suggests, it may be
that conscious beings are the least well placed to understand consciousness, that
they have least access to information about the theoretically structured
processes underlying perceptual immediacy; much in the same way in which,
prior to the invention of the telescope, inhabitants of the earth’s surface were
the least well placed to appreciate either the true character of the earth’s shape
or the reality of astronomical motions. Consequently, Churchland argues, there
are perfectly good scientific grounds for insisting that, just as the earth is not
flat, denizens of folk psychological discourse such as beliefs, desires,
intentions, etc., may not actually exist, and that as a result, folk psychology is an
entirely false theory, and hence ripe for elimination.274
A crucial nuance in Churchland’s eliminativist argument needs to be
underlined here. Churchland does not deny privileged introspective access per
273 Cf. Sellars, 1997.
274Churchland cites three basic reasons for the elimination of folk-psychology: 1. the significant number of
phenomena for which folk psychological theory is incapable of providing either a coherent explanation or
successful prediction (brain damage, mental illness, scientific discovery, artistic creativity); 2. its theoretical
stagnation, its failure to evolve, develop, or change in accordance with the rapidly accelerating rate of cultural
evolution; 3. its increasingly isolated and anomalous character vis a vis the corpus of the natural sciences, its
conceptual irreducibility to the emerging discourse of cognitive neuroscience.
196
se; he does not deny that our minds seem to be the seat of beliefs, desires, and
intentions, or the authenticity of our phenomenological experience when we lay
claim to experiencing fears, hopes, wishes, etc. Churchland is emphatically not
a philosophical behaviourist in the way in which perhaps Quine is. What he
does deny however is the putatively pre-theoretical immediacy attributed to
such phenomenological experiences and to the introspective judgements
associated with them. In other words, it is not phenomenological seeming which
he questions, but the reliability of that seeming as an evidential guide for
gauging the actual cognitive processes through which that seeming is produced.
Consequently, Churchland wishes to drive a critical wedge between the
legitimate incorrigibility of phenomenological experience qua authentic
seeming, and the pseudo-incorrigibility of the folk psychological trappings used
in the theoretical articulation and description of those processes through which
that phenomenological seeming is produced. The eliminativist’s contention is
that folk psychology’s cultural enshrinement, its unrivalled social investiture as
the privileged descriptive medium used for accounts of human sapience has
resulted in mistaking an artificial theoretical construct for an intrinsically
necessary feature of all possible phenomenological experience. By explicitly
underlining the theoretical character of folk psychological discourse as a
socially enforced construct, eliminativism seeks to undermine both the
assumption that the linguistic infrastructure of folk psychological theory has a
proprietary entitlement to characterisations of consciousness; and that it is the
only possible medium for phenomenological description: “Our selfunderstanding, I continue to maintain, is no different in character from our
understanding of any other empirical domain. It is speculative, systematic,
corrigible, and in principle replaceable. It is just not so specifically linguistic
as we have chronically assumed.”(Churchland, ibid., p.112)
Neurocomputational Plasticity
Thus, Churchland proposes to replace the dominant folk psychological
theory of sapience, according to which consciousness is seen as an intrinsically
linguistic medium structured through the ‘sentential dance’ of propositional
attitudes, with a new theoretical model drawing on the resources of
connectionist neuroscience, in which cognition is understood in terms of
resolutely non-linguistic patterns of neuronal vector activation275. According to
this new paradigm, the internal kinematics of cognition find expression in
activation patterns across populations of neurons, rather than in sententially
articulated propositional attitudes, while the dynamics of cognition reside in
275For a useful précis of the vector activation paradigm in neuroscience cf. particularly pp. 41-42 in Paul
Churchland’s, ‘Activation Vectors vs. Propositional Attitudes: How the brain represents reality’ in
P.M.Churchland & P.S.Churchland, 1998, pp.39-44,
197
vector-to-vector transformations driven by learned configurations of synaptic
connection, rather than in deductive inferences governed by relations of logical
entailment from one sentential structure to another. So while the brain’s basic
unit of representation is the activation vector, its fundamental computational
operation is the vector-to-vector transformation, as performed on those
configurations of neuronal activation.
Crucially, according to this paradigm, a ‘theory’ is no longer to be
understood as a linguaformal system of propositional attitudes connected to
one another by relations of logical entailment. It is no longer a linguistically
encoded structure of beliefs that ‘such and such is the case’ or judgements that
‘if x then y’ articulated within the sentential parameters of propositional attitude
ascription. A ‘theory’ is now a network or brain’s specific neurocomputational
configuration in vector activation space. More precisely, it is a determinate
partitioning of a brain’s vector activation space into a manifold of prototypical
divisions and sub-divisions relative to typically reiterated inputs. Interestingly,
according to this neurocomputational reduction of theoretical cognition, the
presumption that there exists a significant difference in kind between an
individual concept and a theory must be abandoned: both are just prototypical
partitions of vector space endowed with a greater (theory) or lesser (concept)
degree of substructural complexity276.
Consequently, Churchland continues, the sheer quantity of distinct
concepts/theories that the human brain is capable of embodying according to
this neurocomputational paradigm will be gargantuan: “If we assume that the
human brain is a multilayered network of interconnected units, we can uniquely
specify its current position in conceptual space by specifying the individual
strengths or weights of its myriad synaptic connections[...]That configuration
of weights can
be directly represented by a specific point in
a
multidimensional space, a space with a distinct axis in each of the brain's 1014
synaptic connections[...]For a human brain, therefore, this ‘weight space’, as it
is called, will have fully 1014 dimensions with at least 10 possible positions
along each. Its volume is almost unimaginably vast -at least 101014 functionally
distinct positions [i.e. 10 to the power of 100,000,000,000,000 distinct
concepts/theories–RB]” (Churchland, ibid.,1989, pp. 231-232)277
276“This account does put single concepts and entire theories on the same footing: a theory is just a highly
structured prototype”(P.M. Churchland, 1998, p.283)
277Interestingly, this suggestion is made purely on the basis of empirical fact. For the ‘unimaginably vast’ space
of conceptual possibility referred to above is defined by Churchland in conformity with the physical structure of
the brain and on the basis of the range of individually specifiable synaptic configurations -i.e. distinct patterns of
neuronal vector activation or individual representations- available within the finite parameters of human
neurophysiology. So while it is certainly true that there may be some fundamental physical constraints delimiting
the range of possible perceptual experience for humans, nevertheless, Churchland insists, even within the bounds
of those physical limitations constraining the manner in which the human organism is able to process information
198
However, it is important not to conflate weight space with vector space.
While the weight configuration uniquely determines the partitioning of vector
space, only the latter, Churchland reminds us, is to be identified with the theory
or conceptual scheme in terms of which the brain represents the world: “People
react to the world in similar ways not because their underlying weight
configurations are closely similar on a synapse-by-synapse comparison, but
because their activation spaces are similarly partitioned. Like trees similar in
their gross physical profile, brains can be similar in their gross functional
profiles while being highly idiosyncratic in the myriad details of their fine
grained arborisation”(Churchland, 1989, p.234). Thus, it is by acquiring a
determinate configuration in synaptic weight space that a brain comes to
achieve a specific prototypical partitioning of its vector activation space. And it
is this partitioning of vector space, rather than that configuration of synaptic
weights, which is the neurocomputational index for the theory in terms of which
the brain represents the physical world.
Moreover, since, for Churchland, a theory simply is a specific
partitioning of vector activation space, and since all incoming sensory stimuli
are afferently processed through a specific configuration of vector coding, there
can be no difference in kind between the perceptual processing of sensory
information going on at the physical boundaries of the organism via the
nervous system’s afferent nerve endings, and the conceptual processing of
symbolically encoded information going on in the depths of the cerebral cortex
via the same nervous system’s ‘higher’ cognitive functions. Perception and
conception are neurocomputationally continuous; which is to say that they run
seamlessly into one another, conjoined through the univocal informational
continuum linking electro-chemical stimuli to neurocomputational
processing278.
But if sensory perception is on a par with theoretical conception, it
follows that the parameters of perceptual sensitivity will be supervenient on the
(e.g. the ear’s limited auditory range, the eye’s limited capacity for registering electromagnetic radiation, etc.),
that vast space of as yet unexplored conceptual possibility obtains. Moreover, further augmenting this already
huge space of possibility is the fact that human sensory modalities have and will continue to undergo profound
physical modification and amplification as a result of technological intervention. Thus, even those basic
constraints which organic structure imposes upon our processing of physical information are neither definitive
nor irrevocable.
278“The only place in the network where the weights need play no role is at the absolute sensory periphery of the
system, where the external stimulus is transduced into a coded input vector for subsequent delivery to the
transforming layers of weights. However, at the first occasion on which these preconceptual states have any effect
at all on the downstream cognitive system, it is through a changeable configuration of synaptic weights, a
configuration that produces one set of partitions on the activation-vector space of the relevant layers of neurons,
one set out of millions of alternative possible sets. In other words, the very first thing that happens to the input
signal is that it gets conceptualised in one of many different possible ways.” (Churchland, 1989, p.189).
197
vector-to-vector transformations driven by learned configurations of synaptic
connection, rather than in deductive inferences governed by relations of logical
entailment from one sentential structure to another. So while the brain’s basic
unit of representation is the activation vector, its fundamental computational
operation is the vector-to-vector transformation, as performed on those
configurations of neuronal activation.
Crucially, according to this paradigm, a ‘theory’ is no longer to be
understood as a linguaformal system of propositional attitudes connected to
one another by relations of logical entailment. It is no longer a linguistically
encoded structure of beliefs that ‘such and such is the case’ or judgements that
‘if x then y’ articulated within the sentential parameters of propositional attitude
ascription. A ‘theory’ is now a network or brain’s specific neurocomputational
configuration in vector activation space. More precisely, it is a determinate
partitioning of a brain’s vector activation space into a manifold of prototypical
divisions and sub-divisions relative to typically reiterated inputs. Interestingly,
according to this neurocomputational reduction of theoretical cognition, the
presumption that there exists a significant difference in kind between an
individual concept and a theory must be abandoned: both are just prototypical
partitions of vector space endowed with a greater (theory) or lesser (concept)
degree of substructural complexity276.
Consequently, Churchland continues, the sheer quantity of distinct
concepts/theories that the human brain is capable of embodying according to
this neurocomputational paradigm will be gargantuan: “If we assume that the
human brain is a multilayered network of interconnected units, we can uniquely
specify its current position in conceptual space by specifying the individual
strengths or weights of its myriad synaptic connections[...]That configuration
of weights can
be directly represented by a specific point in
a
multidimensional space, a space with a distinct axis in each of the brain's 1014
synaptic connections[...]For a human brain, therefore, this ‘weight space’, as it
is called, will have fully 1014 dimensions with at least 10 possible positions
along each. Its volume is almost unimaginably vast -at least 101014 functionally
distinct positions [i.e. 10 to the power of 100,000,000,000,000 distinct
concepts/theories–RB]” (Churchland, ibid.,1989, pp. 231-232)277
276“This account does put single concepts and entire theories on the same footing: a theory is just a highly
structured prototype”(P.M. Churchland, 1998, p.283)
277Interestingly, this suggestion is made purely on the basis of empirical fact. For the ‘unimaginably vast’ space
of conceptual possibility referred to above is defined by Churchland in conformity with the physical structure of
the brain and on the basis of the range of individually specifiable synaptic configurations -i.e. distinct patterns of
neuronal vector activation or individual representations- available within the finite parameters of human
neurophysiology. So while it is certainly true that there may be some fundamental physical constraints delimiting
the range of possible perceptual experience for humans, nevertheless, Churchland insists, even within the bounds
of those physical limitations constraining the manner in which the human organism is able to process information
198
However, it is important not to conflate weight space with vector space.
While the weight configuration uniquely determines the partitioning of vector
space, only the latter, Churchland reminds us, is to be identified with the theory
or conceptual scheme in terms of which the brain represents the world: “People
react to the world in similar ways not because their underlying weight
configurations are closely similar on a synapse-by-synapse comparison, but
because their activation spaces are similarly partitioned. Like trees similar in
their gross physical profile, brains can be similar in their gross functional
profiles while being highly idiosyncratic in the myriad details of their fine
grained arborisation”(Churchland, 1989, p.234). Thus, it is by acquiring a
determinate configuration in synaptic weight space that a brain comes to
achieve a specific prototypical partitioning of its vector activation space. And it
is this partitioning of vector space, rather than that configuration of synaptic
weights, which is the neurocomputational index for the theory in terms of which
the brain represents the physical world.
Moreover, since, for Churchland, a theory simply is a specific
partitioning of vector activation space, and since all incoming sensory stimuli
are afferently processed through a specific configuration of vector coding, there
can be no difference in kind between the perceptual processing of sensory
information going on at the physical boundaries of the organism via the
nervous system’s afferent nerve endings, and the conceptual processing of
symbolically encoded information going on in the depths of the cerebral cortex
via the same nervous system’s ‘higher’ cognitive functions. Perception and
conception are neurocomputationally continuous; which is to say that they run
seamlessly into one another, conjoined through the univocal informational
continuum linking electro-chemical stimuli to neurocomputational
processing278.
But if sensory perception is on a par with theoretical conception, it
follows that the parameters of perceptual sensitivity will be supervenient on the
(e.g. the ear’s limited auditory range, the eye’s limited capacity for registering electromagnetic radiation, etc.),
that vast space of as yet unexplored conceptual possibility obtains. Moreover, further augmenting this already
huge space of possibility is the fact that human sensory modalities have and will continue to undergo profound
physical modification and amplification as a result of technological intervention. Thus, even those basic
constraints which organic structure imposes upon our processing of physical information are neither definitive
nor irrevocable.
278“The only place in the network where the weights need play no role is at the absolute sensory periphery of the
system, where the external stimulus is transduced into a coded input vector for subsequent delivery to the
transforming layers of weights. However, at the first occasion on which these preconceptual states have any effect
at all on the downstream cognitive system, it is through a changeable configuration of synaptic weights, a
configuration that produces one set of partitions on the activation-vector space of the relevant layers of neurons,
one set out of millions of alternative possible sets. In other words, the very first thing that happens to the input
signal is that it gets conceptualised in one of many different possible ways.” (Churchland, 1989, p.189).
199
discriminatory prowesses of our neurologically embodied theoretical
frameworks279. Consequently, not only is all observation theory-laden; it is
constitutively theoretical; so much so that a change of neurocomputational
theory transfigures the parameters of our perceptual capacities along with those
of our cognitive frameworks. Thus, Churchland maintains, we can change what
we perceive by changing the theoretical framework –i.e. the prototypical
partitioning of our vector activation space- that determines the manner in which
our nervous systems process perceptual information; such as, for instance,
whether it individuates on the basis of rabbits or undetached rabbit-parts280. In
other words, as far as Churchland is concerned, phenomenology is a function of
neurophysiology.
Accordingly, concomitant with the brain’s almost inconceivable
neurocomputational density is an extreme phenomenological plasticity. Just as
the domain of cognitive possibility is no longer coextensive with the narrowly
linguaformal ambit of sentential structure and propositional form, the realm of
phenomenological possibility is no longer necessarily fixed once and for all in
conformity with the morphological specificities of the organism. Thus, contra
Fodor, Churchland insists that perceptual processing is not physiologically
encapsulated, which is to say, immutably specified and insulated from
theoretical penetration281. Apparently incommensurable perceptual modalities
can be made to function as an analogue of the other: the physiological
modalities of perception are neurocomputationally continuous; that is, fluid and
endlessly transformable: “In recent centuries most humans have learnt to
perceive speech not just auditorally but visually: we have learned to read. And
some have learned to perceive speech by touch: they read Braille. And some of
us have learned not just to hear music, but to see it: we have learned to sight
read musical notation. Now, neither the eyes nor the fingers were evolved for
the instantaneous perception of those complex structures and organizations
originally found in auditory phenomena, but their acquired mastery here
illustrates the highly sophisticated and decidedly supernormal capacities that
learning can produce in them. And if these capacities, why not others?”(Ibid,
p.265)282
279Specifically, on the range and degree of fine-grained perceptual discrimination that the brain is capable of
effecting in conformity with the prototypical partitioning of its vector activation space.
280 Cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.340-348.
281 Cf. Churchland, 1989, pp.255-279.
282 Churchland’s thesis of ‘diachronic interpenetration’ between perceptual modalities could be seen as an
empirical analogue for what Deleuze in Difference and Repetition called the ‘transcendental’ or ‘discordant’ use
of the faculties: “The transcendental operation of the faculties is a properly paradoxical operation, opposed to
their exercise under the rule of a common sense. In consequence, the harmony between the faculties can appear
only in the form of a discordant harmony, since each communicates to the other only the violence which
confronts it with its own difference and its divergence from the others[…]There is therefore something which is
200
Accordingly, not only does the neurocomputational perspective lead to an
appreciation of the constitutively theoretical character of perceptual immediacy
and insight into those neurocomputational processes through which
phenomenological ‘seeming’ is produced. It also describes the ways in which
perceptual ‘seeming’ can be theoretically manipulated through
neurocomputational intervention, and thus how, by amplifying the human
organism’s perceptual capacities via technological prostheses, the parameters of
our phenomenological seeming can be reconfigured so that we become
phenomenological mutants or perceptual aliens: “we begin to become such
mutants or aliens […] when we change our sensory modalities by augmenting
them with unusual instruments, such as phase-contrast microscopes, deep-sky
telescopes, long-baseline stereoscopes, infrared scopes, and so forth. And the
metamorphosis is complete when, after years of professional practise, we learn
to see the world appropriately and efficiently with these new senses. This
learning requires both that we suppress certain habits of processing ‘natural’
to the naked eye and to the familiar world of middle-sized material objects, and
that we learn to process the retinal data in novel ways, ways that are
appropriate to the unfamiliar features one perceives by these novel means (e.g.
interference patterns, diffraction rings, dark nebulae, fusion planes,
temperature gradients, etc.).”(Ibid., p.259)
Vector Coding: From Superempirical Virtue to Transcendental A
Priori
Nevertheless, in spite of appearances, a transcendental dimension is also
operative in Churchland’s seemingly wholly empirical or naturalistic modus
operandi. To understand how this is the case, it is necessary to appreciate the
two-tiered relation between Churchland’s vector activation paradigm and the
linguaformal or folk psychological accounts it is intended to displace. On the
one hand, Churchland explicitly or empirically posits the explanatory
excellence of the vector activation model on the grounds of what he calls its
‘superempirical virtues’ (conceptual simplicity, explanatory unity, theoretical
cohesiveness). On the other, that excellence is implicitly or metaphysically
presupposed as though its function were that of a transcendental a priori.
Thus, although Churchland’s PDP (parallel distributed processing) model
of cognition remains explicitly representational -with propositional attitudes
being supplanted by activation vectors- it is one wherein representation no
longer operates under the normative aegis of truth-as-correspondence. In lieu of
truth, Churchland proposes to discriminate between theories on the basis of
communicated from one faculty to
sense.”(Deleuze, 1994, pp.145-146).
the other but it is metamorphosed and does not form a common
199
discriminatory prowesses of our neurologically embodied theoretical
frameworks279. Consequently, not only is all observation theory-laden; it is
constitutively theoretical; so much so that a change of neurocomputational
theory transfigures the parameters of our perceptual capacities along with those
of our cognitive frameworks. Thus, Churchland maintains, we can change what
we perceive by changing the theoretical framework –i.e. the prototypical
partitioning of our vector activation space- that determines the manner in which
our nervous systems process perceptual information; such as, for instance,
whether it individuates on the basis of rabbits or undetached rabbit-parts280. In
other words, as far as Churchland is concerned, phenomenology is a function of
neurophysiology.
Accordingly, concomitant with the brain’s almost inconceivable
neurocomputational density is an extreme phenomenological plasticity. Just as
the domain of cognitive possibility is no longer coextensive with the narrowly
linguaformal ambit of sentential structure and propositional form, the realm of
phenomenological possibility is no longer necessarily fixed once and for all in
conformity with the morphological specificities of the organism. Thus, contra
Fodor, Churchland insists that perceptual processing is not physiologically
encapsulated, which is to say, immutably specified and insulated from
theoretical penetration281. Apparently incommensurable perceptual modalities
can be made to function as an analogue of the other: the physiological
modalities of perception are neurocomputationally continuous; that is, fluid and
endlessly transformable: “In recent centuries most humans have learnt to
perceive speech not just auditorally but visually: we have learned to read. And
some have learned to perceive speech by touch: they read Braille. And some of
us have learned not just to hear music, but to see it: we have learned to sight
read musical notation. Now, neither the eyes nor the fingers were evolved for
the instantaneous perception of those complex structures and organizations
originally found in auditory phenomena, but their acquired mastery here
illustrates the highly sophisticated and decidedly supernormal capacities that
learning can produce in them. And if these capacities, why not others?”(Ibid,
p.265)282
279Specifically, on the range and degree of fine-grained perceptual discrimination that the brain is capable of
effecting in conformity with the prototypical partitioning of its vector activation space.
280 Cf. supra, Chapter 7, pp.340-348.
281 Cf. Churchland, 1989, pp.255-279.
282 Churchland’s thesis of ‘diachronic interpenetration’ between perceptual modalities could be seen as an
empirical analogue for what Deleuze in Difference and Repetition called the ‘transcendental’ or ‘discordant’ use
of the faculties: “The transcendental operation of the faculties is a properly paradoxical operation, opposed to
their exercise under the rule of a common sense. In consequence, the harmony between the faculties can appear
only in the form of a discordant harmony, since each communicates to the other only the violence which
confronts it with its own difference and its divergence from the others[…]There is therefore something which is
200
Accordingly, not only does the neurocomputational perspective lead to an
appreciation of the constitutively theoretical character of perceptual immediacy
and insight into those neurocomputational processes through which
phenomenological ‘seeming’ is produced. It also describes the ways in which
perceptual ‘seeming’ can be theoretically manipulated through
neurocomputational intervention, and thus how, by amplifying the human
organism’s perceptual capacities via technological prostheses, the parameters of
our phenomenological seeming can be reconfigured so that we become
phenomenological mutants or perceptual aliens: “we begin to become such
mutants or aliens […] when we change our sensory modalities by augmenting
them with unusual instruments, such as phase-contrast microscopes, deep-sky
telescopes, long-baseline stereoscopes, infrared scopes, and so forth. And the
metamorphosis is complete when, after years of professional practise, we learn
to see the world appropriately and efficiently with these new senses. This
learning requires both that we suppress certain habits of processing ‘natural’
to the naked eye and to the familiar world of middle-sized material objects, and
that we learn to process the retinal data in novel ways, ways that are
appropriate to the unfamiliar features one perceives by these novel means (e.g.
interference patterns, diffraction rings, dark nebulae, fusion planes,
temperature gradients, etc.).”(Ibid., p.259)
Vector Coding: From Superempirical Virtue to Transcendental A
Priori
Nevertheless, in spite of appearances, a transcendental dimension is also
operative in Churchland’s seemingly wholly empirical or naturalistic modus
operandi. To understand how this is the case, it is necessary to appreciate the
two-tiered relation between Churchland’s vector activation paradigm and the
linguaformal or folk psychological accounts it is intended to displace. On the
one hand, Churchland explicitly or empirically posits the explanatory
excellence of the vector activation model on the grounds of what he calls its
‘superempirical virtues’ (conceptual simplicity, explanatory unity, theoretical
cohesiveness). On the other, that excellence is implicitly or metaphysically
presupposed as though its function were that of a transcendental a priori.
Thus, although Churchland’s PDP (parallel distributed processing) model
of cognition remains explicitly representational -with propositional attitudes
being supplanted by activation vectors- it is one wherein representation no
longer operates under the normative aegis of truth-as-correspondence. In lieu of
truth, Churchland proposes to discriminate between theories on the basis of
communicated from one faculty to
sense.”(Deleuze, 1994, pp.145-146).
the other but it is metamorphosed and does not form a common
201
what he calls the ‘super-empirical’ virtues of ontological simplicity, conceptual
coherence, and explanatory power: “As I see it then, values such as ontological
simplicity, coherence and explanatory power are among the brain’s most basic
criteria for recognizing information, for distinguishing information from
noise”(Ibid., p.147)283. But as a result, Churchland is obliged to ascribe degrees
of neurocomputational adequation between representation and represented
without reintroducing a substantive difference between true and false kinds of
representation. For by Churchland’s own lights, there are no substantive, which
is to say, ontological, differences between theories: all theories, including folk
psychology, consist in a specific partitioning of a brain’s vector activation
space284. Yet there is a noticeable tension between Churchland’s insistence that
theories are to be discriminated between solely on the basis of differences in
degree of superempirical virtue, rather than in representational kind, and his
conviction that the PDP paradigm which reveals this underlying
neurocomputational univocity common to all representations exhibits such an
elevated degree of superiority vis a vis folk psychology in the realm of
superempirical virtue as to necessitate the latter’s elimination. As a result, the
case for eliminativism oscillates between the claim that it is entirely a matter of
empirical expediency285, and the argument that seem to point to the a priori
necessity of eliminating folk psychology by invoking the PDP paradigm’s
intrinsically metaphysical superiority. It is this tension between eliminativism’s
avowals of empirical humility and its unavowable metaphysical presumptions,
which we now propose to examine in greater detail.
Thus, on the one hand, since such ‘folk-semantical’ notions as those of
‘truth’ and ‘reference’286 no longer function as guarantors of adequation
between ‘representation’ and ‘reality’, as they did in the predominantly folk
psychological or linguaformal acceptation of theoretical adequation -which sees
the latter as consisting in a set of word-world correspondences-, there is an
283 “Ceteris paribus, an activated prototype [i.e. an explanation] is better if it is part of the most unified
conceptual configuration[…]networks that have formed the simplest or most unified partitions across their
activation space are networks that do much better at generalising their knowledge to novel cases. Very briefly,
they do better at recognising novel situations for what they are because they have generated a relevantly unified
similarity gradient that will catch novel cases in the same subvolume that catches the training case.”(P.M.
Churchland, 1998, p.286)
284 “FP [folk-psychology], like any other theory, is a family of learned vectorial prototypes, prototypes that
sustain recognition of current reality, anticipation of future reality, and manipulation of ongoing reality” (P.M.
Churchland, 1998, p.15)
285 “Whether FP [folk-psychology]is false and whether it will fail to reduce are empirical issues whose decisive
settlement must flow from experimental research and theoretical development, not from any arguments a priori”
(P.M.Churchland, 1998, p.10)
286 “[…]the folk-semantical notion of ‘reference’ is without any real integrity. Reference is uniquely fixed
neither by networks of belief, nor by causal relations, nor by anything else, because there is no single uniform
relation that connects each descriptive term to the world in anything like the fashion that common sense
supposes” (Churchland, 1989, pp.276-277)
202
important sense in which all theoretical paradigms are neurocomputationally
equal. They are equal insofar as there is nothing in a configuration of synaptic
weights or a partitioning of vector space per se which could serve to explain
why one theory is ‘better’ than another. All are to be gauged exclusively in
terms of what Churchland calls their superempirical virtues; viz. according to
the greater or lesser degree of efficiency with which they enable the organism to
adapt successfully to its environment.
In other words, if all ‘theories’ are instances of vector activation, and if
the vector activation paradigm -to which all other theoretical paradigms reduce
according to Churchland- dispenses with the notion of theoretical ‘truth’, then
we are obliged to stipulate that theories be judged pragmatically287 in terms of
the greater or lesser degree of adaptational efficiency with which they enable
the organism to flourish. Thus, Churchland is perfectly explicit in explaining
why he considers the vector activation paradigm of cognition to be ‘better’ than
its folk psychological rivals, and his neurocomputational pragmatism proposes a
perfectly precise formula for gauging theoretical excellence. Global excellence
of theory is measured by straightforwardly pragmatic virtues: maximal
explanatory cohesiveness vis a vis maximal empirical heterogeneity purchased
with minimal conceptual expenditure. One theory is ‘better’ than another when
it affords greater theoretical cohesiveness along with greater explanatory unity
whilst using fewer conceptual means to synthesize a wider assortment of data.
But the trouble for Churchland is that it remains deeply unclear in
precisely what way the extent of an organism’s adaptational efficiency, as
revealed by the degree to which its representation of the world exhibits the
superempirical virtues of simplicity, unity, and coherence, could ever be ‘read
off’ its brain’s neurocomputational microstructure. In what sense precisely are
theoretical virtues such as simplicity, unity, and coherence necessarily
concomitant at the neurological level with an organism’s reproductively
advantageous behaviour? Churchland simply states that the aforementioned
virtues are already a constitutive feature of the brain’s functional architecture
without offering anything in the way of argument regarding how and why it is
that a neural network’s learned configuration in synaptic weight space is
constrained as a matter of neurocomputational necessity by the imperatives of
unity, cohesion and simplicity288. Perhaps Churchland’s reticence in this regard
287“[…]if we are to reconsider truth as the aim or product of cognitive activity, I think we must reconsider its
applicability right across the board[…]That is, if we are to move away from the more naïve formulations of
scientific realism, we should move in the direction of pragmatism rather than positivistic instrumentalism[…]it is
far from obvious that truth is either the primary or the principal product of [cognitive]activity. Rather, its function
would appear to be the ever more finely tuned administration of the organism’s behaviour.” (Ibid., p.149-150).
288Indeed, Churchland frequently adduces empirical data that would seem to imply the opposite: viz. his
discussion of the ways in which a network can stop learning by becoming trapped within a merely local minimum
in its global error gradient. Cf. Churchland, 1989, pp.192-194
201
what he calls the ‘super-empirical’ virtues of ontological simplicity, conceptual
coherence, and explanatory power: “As I see it then, values such as ontological
simplicity, coherence and explanatory power are among the brain’s most basic
criteria for recognizing information, for distinguishing information from
noise”(Ibid., p.147)283. But as a result, Churchland is obliged to ascribe degrees
of neurocomputational adequation between representation and represented
without reintroducing a substantive difference between true and false kinds of
representation. For by Churchland’s own lights, there are no substantive, which
is to say, ontological, differences between theories: all theories, including folk
psychology, consist in a specific partitioning of a brain’s vector activation
space284. Yet there is a noticeable tension between Churchland’s insistence that
theories are to be discriminated between solely on the basis of differences in
degree of superempirical virtue, rather than in representational kind, and his
conviction that the PDP paradigm which reveals this underlying
neurocomputational univocity common to all representations exhibits such an
elevated degree of superiority vis a vis folk psychology in the realm of
superempirical virtue as to necessitate the latter’s elimination. As a result, the
case for eliminativism oscillates between the claim that it is entirely a matter of
empirical expediency285, and the argument that seem to point to the a priori
necessity of eliminating folk psychology by invoking the PDP paradigm’s
intrinsically metaphysical superiority. It is this tension between eliminativism’s
avowals of empirical humility and its unavowable metaphysical presumptions,
which we now propose to examine in greater detail.
Thus, on the one hand, since such ‘folk-semantical’ notions as those of
‘truth’ and ‘reference’286 no longer function as guarantors of adequation
between ‘representation’ and ‘reality’, as they did in the predominantly folk
psychological or linguaformal acceptation of theoretical adequation -which sees
the latter as consisting in a set of word-world correspondences-, there is an
283 “Ceteris paribus, an activated prototype [i.e. an explanation] is better if it is part of the most unified
conceptual configuration[…]networks that have formed the simplest or most unified partitions across their
activation space are networks that do much better at generalising their knowledge to novel cases. Very briefly,
they do better at recognising novel situations for what they are because they have generated a relevantly unified
similarity gradient that will catch novel cases in the same subvolume that catches the training case.”(P.M.
Churchland, 1998, p.286)
284 “FP [folk-psychology], like any other theory, is a family of learned vectorial prototypes, prototypes that
sustain recognition of current reality, anticipation of future reality, and manipulation of ongoing reality” (P.M.
Churchland, 1998, p.15)
285 “Whether FP [folk-psychology]is false and whether it will fail to reduce are empirical issues whose decisive
settlement must flow from experimental research and theoretical development, not from any arguments a priori”
(P.M.Churchland, 1998, p.10)
286 “[…]the folk-semantical notion of ‘reference’ is without any real integrity. Reference is uniquely fixed
neither by networks of belief, nor by causal relations, nor by anything else, because there is no single uniform
relation that connects each descriptive term to the world in anything like the fashion that common sense
supposes” (Churchland, 1989, pp.276-277)
202
important sense in which all theoretical paradigms are neurocomputationally
equal. They are equal insofar as there is nothing in a configuration of synaptic
weights or a partitioning of vector space per se which could serve to explain
why one theory is ‘better’ than another. All are to be gauged exclusively in
terms of what Churchland calls their superempirical virtues; viz. according to
the greater or lesser degree of efficiency with which they enable the organism to
adapt successfully to its environment.
In other words, if all ‘theories’ are instances of vector activation, and if
the vector activation paradigm -to which all other theoretical paradigms reduce
according to Churchland- dispenses with the notion of theoretical ‘truth’, then
we are obliged to stipulate that theories be judged pragmatically287 in terms of
the greater or lesser degree of adaptational efficiency with which they enable
the organism to flourish. Thus, Churchland is perfectly explicit in explaining
why he considers the vector activation paradigm of cognition to be ‘better’ than
its folk psychological rivals, and his neurocomputational pragmatism proposes a
perfectly precise formula for gauging theoretical excellence. Global excellence
of theory is measured by straightforwardly pragmatic virtues: maximal
explanatory cohesiveness vis a vis maximal empirical heterogeneity purchased
with minimal conceptual expenditure. One theory is ‘better’ than another when
it affords greater theoretical cohesiveness along with greater explanatory unity
whilst using fewer conceptual means to synthesize a wider assortment of data.
But the trouble for Churchland is that it remains deeply unclear in
precisely what way the extent of an organism’s adaptational efficiency, as
revealed by the degree to which its representation of the world exhibits the
superempirical virtues of simplicity, unity, and coherence, could ever be ‘read
off’ its brain’s neurocomputational microstructure. In what sense precisely are
theoretical virtues such as simplicity, unity, and coherence necessarily
concomitant at the neurological level with an organism’s reproductively
advantageous behaviour? Churchland simply states that the aforementioned
virtues are already a constitutive feature of the brain’s functional architecture
without offering anything in the way of argument regarding how and why it is
that a neural network’s learned configuration in synaptic weight space is
constrained as a matter of neurocomputational necessity by the imperatives of
unity, cohesion and simplicity288. Perhaps Churchland’s reticence in this regard
287“[…]if we are to reconsider truth as the aim or product of cognitive activity, I think we must reconsider its
applicability right across the board[…]That is, if we are to move away from the more naïve formulations of
scientific realism, we should move in the direction of pragmatism rather than positivistic instrumentalism[…]it is
far from obvious that truth is either the primary or the principal product of [cognitive]activity. Rather, its function
would appear to be the ever more finely tuned administration of the organism’s behaviour.” (Ibid., p.149-150).
288Indeed, Churchland frequently adduces empirical data that would seem to imply the opposite: viz. his
discussion of the ways in which a network can stop learning by becoming trapped within a merely local minimum
in its global error gradient. Cf. Churchland, 1989, pp.192-194
203
is a matter of caution. For in order to make a case for the neurocomputational
necessity of superempirical virtue, Churchland would need to demonstrate that
the latter are indeed strictly information theoretic constraints intrinsic to the
vector coding process, as opposed to extrinsic regulatory considerations
contingently imposed on the network in the course of its ongoing interaction
with the environment. However, in pursuing this particular line of argument,
Churchland immediately finds himself confronted with a choice between two
peculiarly unappealing alternatives.
The first alternative follows inescapably from the fact that, by
Churchland’s own admission, the process of informational transduction via
which the brain processes incoming stimuli is physically demarcated by the
boundaries of the organism289. Beyond those boundaries lies ‘information-initself’. Thus, if Churchland tries to integrate the superempirical virtues into the
neurocomputational process by pushing the brain’s vector coding activity out
beyond the physical boundaries of the organism so that they become
constitutive features of the world, he is forced into the uncomfortable position
of having to claim that the physical world is neurocomputationally constituted.
The result is a neurocomputational transcendentalism: the brain represents the
world but cannot be conditioned by the world in return because the latter will
‘always already’ have been neurocomputationally represented. We end up with
a thoroughgoing neurocomputational idealism whereby the brain constitutes the
physical world without it being possible to explain either how the brain comes
to be part of the world, or even indeed how the world could have originally
produced the brain.
Alternatively, instead of trying to achieve a neurocomputational reduction
of the superempirical virtues by projecting the brain’s vector coding activity out
onto the environing world, Churchland can abjure the notion of an absolute
physical boundary between information-in-itself and as already coded by the
brain’s prototypical vector partitions in order to allow the physical world to
reach ‘into’ the brain, thereby allowing a pre-constituted physical reality to
play an intrinsic role in neurological activity. But in widening the focus of his
epistemological vision in this way, Churchland will be obliged to abandon the
representationalist dualism of brain and world and to forsake his deliberately
neurocentric perspective in order to adopt a more global or meta-neurological which is to say, meta-physical- vision of materialism; one in which
‘materiality’ is endowed with a far greater degree of abstract, substrate
independent functional univocity. Clearly however, with the shift to a nonrepresentationalist materialism and the abstract, functional definition of ‘matter’
as that which is capable of encompassing a heterogeneous variety of
289 Cf. supra, footnote 278, p.387.
204
incommensurable physical processes, the categorical distinction between
processor and processed, network and world, becomes entirely redundant. Since
this is the very distinction that lies at the heart of Churchland’s commitment to
neurological reductionism, and the one that underwrites all his arguments for
eliminativism, we cannot expect Churchland to find this second alternative any
more appealing than the first.
Thus, Churchland cannot effect a neurocomputational reduction of
superempirical virtue without engendering a neurological idealism, and he
cannot reintegrate the neurocomputational brain into the wider realm of
superempirical virtue
without abandoning eliminativism altogether.
Nevertheless, let us, for the sake of argument, put the former of these two
difficulties aside for the moment and suppose that Churchland were to manage a
successful but non-idealising neurocomputational reduction of superempirical
virtue. The trouble then is that in arguing that simplicity, unity and coherence
are constitutive functional features of the brain’s neuroanatomy, Churchland is
but one slippery step away from claiming that brains represent the world
correctly as a matter of evolutionary necessity; i.e. that they necessarily have
‘true’ representations. Unfortunately, this is precisely the sort of claim that
Churchland had sworn to abjure: “Natural selection does not care whether a
brain has or tends towards true beliefs, so long as the organism reliably
exhibits reproductively advantageous behaviour”(Churchland, 1989, p.150)
Consequently, everything hinges on whether the superempirical virtues
are a precondition or a by-product of the organism’s reproductively
advantageous behaviour. Churchland implies the former, on the basis of what
appears to be a latent brand of neurocomputational idealism, whereas all
available empirical (i.e. evolutionary) evidence290 seems to point to the latter,
and hence towards a less neurocentric, less stridently representationalist version
of materialism. From the perspective of the latter, that successful networks do
indeed tend to exhibit these superempirical characteristics as a matter of
empirical fact is uncontroversial; but it is a fact about cognitive ethology, which
is to say, a fact which makes sense only within the macrophysical purview of
evolutionary biology and in the context of the relation between organism and
environment; rather than a fact obtaining within the microphysical or purely
information theoretic ambit of the brain’s neurocomputational anatomy. That
the macrophysical fact has a microphysical analogue, that the ethological
imperative is neurologically encoded, is precisely what we might expect having
suspended the premise of an absolute representational cleavage between the
290Monod, 1974; Kauffman, 1993, 1995; and Dennett, 1995, all provide instances of such supporting evidence.
On the whole, we take the claim that adaptation grounds representational efficacy, and not the reverse, to be
reasonably uncontroversial.
203
is a matter of caution. For in order to make a case for the neurocomputational
necessity of superempirical virtue, Churchland would need to demonstrate that
the latter are indeed strictly information theoretic constraints intrinsic to the
vector coding process, as opposed to extrinsic regulatory considerations
contingently imposed on the network in the course of its ongoing interaction
with the environment. However, in pursuing this particular line of argument,
Churchland immediately finds himself confronted with a choice between two
peculiarly unappealing alternatives.
The first alternative follows inescapably from the fact that, by
Churchland’s own admission, the process of informational transduction via
which the brain processes incoming stimuli is physically demarcated by the
boundaries of the organism289. Beyond those boundaries lies ‘information-initself’. Thus, if Churchland tries to integrate the superempirical virtues into the
neurocomputational process by pushing the brain’s vector coding activity out
beyond the physical boundaries of the organism so that they become
constitutive features of the world, he is forced into the uncomfortable position
of having to claim that the physical world is neurocomputationally constituted.
The result is a neurocomputational transcendentalism: the brain represents the
world but cannot be conditioned by the world in return because the latter will
‘always already’ have been neurocomputationally represented. We end up with
a thoroughgoing neurocomputational idealism whereby the brain constitutes the
physical world without it being possible to explain either how the brain comes
to be part of the world, or even indeed how the world could have originally
produced the brain.
Alternatively, instead of trying to achieve a neurocomputational reduction
of the superempirical virtues by projecting the brain’s vector coding activity out
onto the environing world, Churchland can abjure the notion of an absolute
physical boundary between information-in-itself and as already coded by the
brain’s prototypical vector partitions in order to allow the physical world to
reach ‘into’ the brain, thereby allowing a pre-constituted physical reality to
play an intrinsic role in neurological activity. But in widening the focus of his
epistemological vision in this way, Churchland will be obliged to abandon the
representationalist dualism of brain and world and to forsake his deliberately
neurocentric perspective in order to adopt a more global or meta-neurological which is to say, meta-physical- vision of materialism; one in which
‘materiality’ is endowed with a far greater degree of abstract, substrate
independent functional univocity. Clearly however, with the shift to a nonrepresentationalist materialism and the abstract, functional definition of ‘matter’
as that which is capable of encompassing a heterogeneous variety of
289 Cf. supra, footnote 278, p.387.
204
incommensurable physical processes, the categorical distinction between
processor and processed, network and world, becomes entirely redundant. Since
this is the very distinction that lies at the heart of Churchland’s commitment to
neurological reductionism, and the one that underwrites all his arguments for
eliminativism, we cannot expect Churchland to find this second alternative any
more appealing than the first.
Thus, Churchland cannot effect a neurocomputational reduction of
superempirical virtue without engendering a neurological idealism, and he
cannot reintegrate the neurocomputational brain into the wider realm of
superempirical virtue
without abandoning eliminativism altogether.
Nevertheless, let us, for the sake of argument, put the former of these two
difficulties aside for the moment and suppose that Churchland were to manage a
successful but non-idealising neurocomputational reduction of superempirical
virtue. The trouble then is that in arguing that simplicity, unity and coherence
are constitutive functional features of the brain’s neuroanatomy, Churchland is
but one slippery step away from claiming that brains represent the world
correctly as a matter of evolutionary necessity; i.e. that they necessarily have
‘true’ representations. Unfortunately, this is precisely the sort of claim that
Churchland had sworn to abjure: “Natural selection does not care whether a
brain has or tends towards true beliefs, so long as the organism reliably
exhibits reproductively advantageous behaviour”(Churchland, 1989, p.150)
Consequently, everything hinges on whether the superempirical virtues
are a precondition or a by-product of the organism’s reproductively
advantageous behaviour. Churchland implies the former, on the basis of what
appears to be a latent brand of neurocomputational idealism, whereas all
available empirical (i.e. evolutionary) evidence290 seems to point to the latter,
and hence towards a less neurocentric, less stridently representationalist version
of materialism. From the perspective of the latter, that successful networks do
indeed tend to exhibit these superempirical characteristics as a matter of
empirical fact is uncontroversial; but it is a fact about cognitive ethology, which
is to say, a fact which makes sense only within the macrophysical purview of
evolutionary biology and in the context of the relation between organism and
environment; rather than a fact obtaining within the microphysical or purely
information theoretic ambit of the brain’s neurocomputational anatomy. That
the macrophysical fact has a microphysical analogue, that the ethological
imperative is neurologically encoded, is precisely what we might expect having
suspended the premise of an absolute representational cleavage between the
290Monod, 1974; Kauffman, 1993, 1995; and Dennett, 1995, all provide instances of such supporting evidence.
On the whole, we take the claim that adaptation grounds representational efficacy, and not the reverse, to be
reasonably uncontroversial.
205
micro- and macro-physical dimensions, and accepted the extent to which these
must remain not only physically conterminous, but bound together by reciprocal
presupposition.
Thus, considered by itself, the neurocomputational encoding of
superempirical virtue is not enough to vindicate Churchland. For Churchland’s
account is predicated on the idealist premise that neurocomputational
representation is the necessary precondition for adaptational success, that
neurocomputational function determines-in-the-last-instance evolutionary
ethology, whereas it seems to be adaptation which grounds representational
efficacy. Consequently, and in the absence of some non question-begging
account as to how macrophysical facts pertaining to evolutionary ethology are
ultimately supervenient on microphysical facts about the brain’s functional
neuroanatomy, it seems that the superempirical virtues Churchland invokes in
order to discriminate between theories must remain extra-neurological
characteristics; characteristics which reveal themselves only in the course of an
ethological analysis of the organism’s cognitive behaviour within the world,
rather than via a neurological analysis of the brain’s microstructure.
Accordingly, the tension between eliminativism’s avowals of empirical
humility and its latent metaphysical pretensions reveals itself when it becomes
apparent that the pragmatic or superempirical virtues in terms of which
Churchland proposes to discriminate between theories cannot be accounted for
exclusively in neurocomputational terms. They seem to exceed the neurocentric
remit of the neurocomputational economy. And it is in trying to accommodate
them that Churchland begins unwittingly to drift away from the rigidly
empirical premises that provide the naturalistic rationale for eliminativism
towards a metaphysical stance wherein the vector coding paradigm begins to
take on all the characteristics of a transcendental a priori. As a result, the tenor
of the argument for the elimination of folk psychology shifts from that of
empirical assessment to that of metaphysical imperative.
For presumably, were Churchland correct in maintaining that the
superempirical virtues of ontological simplicity, conceptual coherence, and
explanatory power are, as he puts it, “among the brain’s most basic criteria for
recognizing information, for distinguishing information from noise”, then a
conceptual framework as baroque, as incoherent and as obfuscatory as folk
psychology is supposed to be would have been eliminated as a matter of
evolutionary routine, and Churchland would be spared the trouble of militating
so brilliantly for its displacement. If superempirical virtues were already
endogenously specified and intrinsic to the brain’s neurocomputational
microstructure, then it would presumably be a matter of neurophysiological
impossibility for an organism to embody any theory wholly lacking in these
virtues. Paradoxically, it is the eliminativist’s supposition that the former are
206
intrinsically encoded in the brain’s cognitive microstructure that ends up
considerably narrowing the extent for the degree of superempirical distinction
between theories and ultimately undermining the strength of the case against
folk psychology. Thus, although Churchland’s trenchant critique of
philosophies which insist on transcendentalising folk psychology as an
epistemological sine qua non strikes us as entirely admirable, we fear that,
whatever else is wrong with it, folk psychology cannot be as chronically
deficient in the superempirical virtues as Churchland requires in order to render
the argument for its elimination incontrovertible; certainly not deficient enough
to explain why eliminativism insists on ascribing such a dramatic degree of
superempirical superiority to the vector activation paradigm.
Thus, even as it continues to insist that all theories are
neurocomputationally equal inasmuch as all display greater or lesser degrees of
superempirical distinction, eliminativism insinuates that the vector coding
paradigm is nevertheless more equal, more pragmatic, more superempirically
virtuous than all previous folk psychological paradigms of cognition. What
underlies this claim to radical superiority? Given that Churchland seems to
accept Quine’s thesis that theories are underdetermined by empirical
evidence291, the superiority of the vector activation paradigm cannot be held to
reside in any precisely quantifiable increase in the efficiency with which it
enables the human organism to process information. For according to
Churchland, there can be no absolute -which is to say, theory neutral- measure
of superiority when we compare the degree of adaptational efficiency bestowed
upon organisms by the theories they incorporate. By transforming the data it
purports to explain, every theory moves the empirical goalposts as far as
adaptational efficiency is concerned292. Thus, it is perfectly possible to envisage
the possibility of ‘subtler’, or more ‘refined’ versions of folk psychological
theory endowing organisms with all the additional discriminatory capacities,
conceptual enhancements and explanatory advantages of the PDP paradigm
favoured by Churchland293.
But if this is this case, it suggests that, for Churchland, the putative
superiority of the vector activation paradigm is ‘meta-empirical’ in a sense
which is more than pragmatic and quite irreducible to those super-empirical
virtues in terms of which Churchland discerns theoretical excellence: a sense
291Cf. for example Churchland, 1989, pp.139-151.
292Thus, Churchland invokes Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity to underline the extent to which “new
theories often bring with them a novel and proprietary vocabulary for describing the observable world, a
vocabulary that can augment or even displace the old observational vocabulary” (P.M.Churchland, 1998, p.18)
293Churchland himself frequently uses the argument that Ptolemaic astronomy could have happily continued
‘explaining’ and accommodating recalcitrant astronomical data by piling virtual epicycle upon virtual epicycle.
Cf. for instance, Churchland, 1999, p.767.
205
micro- and macro-physical dimensions, and accepted the extent to which these
must remain not only physically conterminous, but bound together by reciprocal
presupposition.
Thus, considered by itself, the neurocomputational encoding of
superempirical virtue is not enough to vindicate Churchland. For Churchland’s
account is predicated on the idealist premise that neurocomputational
representation is the necessary precondition for adaptational success, that
neurocomputational function determines-in-the-last-instance evolutionary
ethology, whereas it seems to be adaptation which grounds representational
efficacy. Consequently, and in the absence of some non question-begging
account as to how macrophysical facts pertaining to evolutionary ethology are
ultimately supervenient on microphysical facts about the brain’s functional
neuroanatomy, it seems that the superempirical virtues Churchland invokes in
order to discriminate between theories must remain extra-neurological
characteristics; characteristics which reveal themselves only in the course of an
ethological analysis of the organism’s cognitive behaviour within the world,
rather than via a neurological analysis of the brain’s microstructure.
Accordingly, the tension between eliminativism’s avowals of empirical
humility and its latent metaphysical pretensions reveals itself when it becomes
apparent that the pragmatic or superempirical virtues in terms of which
Churchland proposes to discriminate between theories cannot be accounted for
exclusively in neurocomputational terms. They seem to exceed the neurocentric
remit of the neurocomputational economy. And it is in trying to accommodate
them that Churchland begins unwittingly to drift away from the rigidly
empirical premises that provide the naturalistic rationale for eliminativism
towards a metaphysical stance wherein the vector coding paradigm begins to
take on all the characteristics of a transcendental a priori. As a result, the tenor
of the argument for the elimination of folk psychology shifts from that of
empirical assessment to that of metaphysical imperative.
For presumably, were Churchland correct in maintaining that the
superempirical virtues of ontological simplicity, conceptual coherence, and
explanatory power are, as he puts it, “among the brain’s most basic criteria for
recognizing information, for distinguishing information from noise”, then a
conceptual framework as baroque, as incoherent and as obfuscatory as folk
psychology is supposed to be would have been eliminated as a matter of
evolutionary routine, and Churchland would be spared the trouble of militating
so brilliantly for its displacement. If superempirical virtues were already
endogenously specified and intrinsic to the brain’s neurocomputational
microstructure, then it would presumably be a matter of neurophysiological
impossibility for an organism to embody any theory wholly lacking in these
virtues. Paradoxically, it is the eliminativist’s supposition that the former are
206
intrinsically encoded in the brain’s cognitive microstructure that ends up
considerably narrowing the extent for the degree of superempirical distinction
between theories and ultimately undermining the strength of the case against
folk psychology. Thus, although Churchland’s trenchant critique of
philosophies which insist on transcendentalising folk psychology as an
epistemological sine qua non strikes us as entirely admirable, we fear that,
whatever else is wrong with it, folk psychology cannot be as chronically
deficient in the superempirical virtues as Churchland requires in order to render
the argument for its elimination incontrovertible; certainly not deficient enough
to explain why eliminativism insists on ascribing such a dramatic degree of
superempirical superiority to the vector activation paradigm.
Thus, even as it continues to insist that all theories are
neurocomputationally equal inasmuch as all display greater or lesser degrees of
superempirical distinction, eliminativism insinuates that the vector coding
paradigm is nevertheless more equal, more pragmatic, more superempirically
virtuous than all previous folk psychological paradigms of cognition. What
underlies this claim to radical superiority? Given that Churchland seems to
accept Quine’s thesis that theories are underdetermined by empirical
evidence291, the superiority of the vector activation paradigm cannot be held to
reside in any precisely quantifiable increase in the efficiency with which it
enables the human organism to process information. For according to
Churchland, there can be no absolute -which is to say, theory neutral- measure
of superiority when we compare the degree of adaptational efficiency bestowed
upon organisms by the theories they incorporate. By transforming the data it
purports to explain, every theory moves the empirical goalposts as far as
adaptational efficiency is concerned292. Thus, it is perfectly possible to envisage
the possibility of ‘subtler’, or more ‘refined’ versions of folk psychological
theory endowing organisms with all the additional discriminatory capacities,
conceptual enhancements and explanatory advantages of the PDP paradigm
favoured by Churchland293.
But if this is this case, it suggests that, for Churchland, the putative
superiority of the vector activation paradigm is ‘meta-empirical’ in a sense
which is more than pragmatic and quite irreducible to those super-empirical
virtues in terms of which Churchland discerns theoretical excellence: a sense
291Cf. for example Churchland, 1989, pp.139-151.
292Thus, Churchland invokes Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity to underline the extent to which “new
theories often bring with them a novel and proprietary vocabulary for describing the observable world, a
vocabulary that can augment or even displace the old observational vocabulary” (P.M.Churchland, 1998, p.18)
293Churchland himself frequently uses the argument that Ptolemaic astronomy could have happily continued
‘explaining’ and accommodating recalcitrant astronomical data by piling virtual epicycle upon virtual epicycle.
Cf. for instance, Churchland, 1999, p.767.
207
which is transcendentally a priori and meta-physical rather than merely superempirical. Which is to say that Churchland holds the PDP paradigm as
irrecusably superior to all available linguaformal alternatives simply because he
implicitly supposes that it alone is capable of furnishing a genuinely universal
explanation of cognition, one which metaphysically encompasses all others.
Thus, all theories are equally instances of vector activation; but the vector
activation theory of vector activation is more equal because it is revealed as the
properly transcendental precondition for all the others294.
Accordingly, the PDP paradigm is at once the latest in a historically
embedded empirical sequence; and the latent precondition for a rigorously a
priori explanatory account of the veritable character of the succession of
paradigms encompassed in that sequence. The vector activation paradigm is the
universal prototype of which all other models of cognition are merely
instantiations. In Hegelese, we might say that the latter are instances of vector
coding in themselves, but not yet in and for themselves. For Churchland
explicitly claims that he has found the veritable material instantiation of what
Kuhn called a ‘paradigm’295: this is precisely what a network’s prototypical
partitioning of vector activation space is. And we should also bear in mind that
a paradigm in Kuhn’s sense –just as in Churchland’s meta-physically
transformed sense- is more than just an empirical datum; it is a quasitranscendental faktum296. Thus, a network’s prototypical vector configuration is
at once an empirical fact, and the precondition for anything’s coming to count
as an empirical fact, for it is that which defines a priori the parameters for all
perceptual judgement. In other words, Churchland’s neurocomputational
paradigm of cognition operates like an empirico-transcendental doublet: it is at
once given empirically as an intra-historical datum; but also, and in the very
same gesture, posited as an a priori, supra-historical faktum which furnishes us
with the genuinely universal explanatory precondition for our ability to
recognise and explain that historical sequence of paradigm shifts for what they
were: changing configurations in synaptic weight-space. Which is to say that, in
spite of its considerable intra-philosophical radicality, eliminativism is
ultimately an instance of philosophical Decision like any other.
Epistemic Engines and the Transcendental Function
294Perhaps the properly transcendental potency of the neurocomputational paradigm is additionally
compromised by the fact that it continues to be loosely clothed in natural language rather than stringently
encoded in vector algebraic dress.
295Cf. Thomas Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1962, and
Churchland, 1989, p.191.
296For an account of the faktum/datum dyad as intrinsic to the structure of philosophical Decision, cf. supra,
Chapter 5, pp.218-223.
208
We have seen that there is an entirely positive or constructive dimension
to Churchland’s eliminativist program, one that describes how
‘phenomenological mutation’ can be effected technologically, through the use
of empirical prostheses at the level of the individual organism. What we wish to
focus on now is the possibility of radicalising and generalising this particular
aspect of eliminativism by way of non-materialist theory. What if it were
possible to effect a more rigorously universal instance of phenomenological
mutation than that envisaged by Churchland at the level of the individual brain?
A global as opposed to empirico-regional phenomenological mutation would
have to be effectuated by intervening directly at the transcendental level of the
philosophical Decision via which Churchland chooses to subordinate folk
psychology to his own neurocomputational perspective. Where the eliminativist
Decision empirically presupposes and metaphysically posits the informational
continuum
whereby
neurocomputational
conception
determines
phenomenological perception, non-materialism proposes to radicalise and
generalise eliminativism by cloning a transcendental, which is to say, radically
discontinuous and non-neurocomputational determinant for phenomenology at
the global or transindividual level using Churchland’s neurophenomenological
hybrid as its occasion. That determinant will be we what we shall call the
transcendental function.
Thus, what we wish to propose is a non-materialist universalisation of the
materialist paradigm that views the phenomenon of sapience primarily in terms
of information processing. To do this we will focus on the final chapter of
Churchland’s 1979 work Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind, wherein
Churchland sets out the rudiments for what is supposed to be a universal -which
is to say, non-neurocentric or substrate-independent- definition of cognitive
activity. By examining Churchland’s naturalised version of epistemic
universality, we hope to effect a non-materialist radicalisation/generalisation of
the information-processing paradigm in terms of which materialism proposes to
define cognition.
1. The natural science of epistemic engines
The challenge for a rigorously naturalistic materialism lies in articulating
a universally valid model of epistemic activity free of anthropomorphic
parochialism. But ‘universally valid’ is just a euphemism for ‘normative’, and
philosophical orthodoxy stipulates that it is precisely the normative (universally
necessary) characteristics of cognitive activity that cannot be accounted for
naturalistically. Accordingly, the idea of a normative yet rigorously naturalistic
epistemology would seem to be oxymoronic. How then is the claim to universal
epistemic validity to be accommodated within a purely naturalistic framework?
In Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind, Churchland offers as a
provocative response the suggestion that science itself is capable of providing
207
which is transcendentally a priori and meta-physical rather than merely superempirical. Which is to say that Churchland holds the PDP paradigm as
irrecusably superior to all available linguaformal alternatives simply because he
implicitly supposes that it alone is capable of furnishing a genuinely universal
explanation of cognition, one which metaphysically encompasses all others.
Thus, all theories are equally instances of vector activation; but the vector
activation theory of vector activation is more equal because it is revealed as the
properly transcendental precondition for all the others294.
Accordingly, the PDP paradigm is at once the latest in a historically
embedded empirical sequence; and the latent precondition for a rigorously a
priori explanatory account of the veritable character of the succession of
paradigms encompassed in that sequence. The vector activation paradigm is the
universal prototype of which all other models of cognition are merely
instantiations. In Hegelese, we might say that the latter are instances of vector
coding in themselves, but not yet in and for themselves. For Churchland
explicitly claims that he has found the veritable material instantiation of what
Kuhn called a ‘paradigm’295: this is precisely what a network’s prototypical
partitioning of vector activation space is. And we should also bear in mind that
a paradigm in Kuhn’s sense –just as in Churchland’s meta-physically
transformed sense- is more than just an empirical datum; it is a quasitranscendental faktum296. Thus, a network’s prototypical vector configuration is
at once an empirical fact, and the precondition for anything’s coming to count
as an empirical fact, for it is that which defines a priori the parameters for all
perceptual judgement. In other words, Churchland’s neurocomputational
paradigm of cognition operates like an empirico-transcendental doublet: it is at
once given empirically as an intra-historical datum; but also, and in the very
same gesture, posited as an a priori, supra-historical faktum which furnishes us
with the genuinely universal explanatory precondition for our ability to
recognise and explain that historical sequence of paradigm shifts for what they
were: changing configurations in synaptic weight-space. Which is to say that, in
spite of its considerable intra-philosophical radicality, eliminativism is
ultimately an instance of philosophical Decision like any other.
Epistemic Engines and the Transcendental Function
294Perhaps the properly transcendental potency of the neurocomputational paradigm is additionally
compromised by the fact that it continues to be loosely clothed in natural language rather than stringently
encoded in vector algebraic dress.
295Cf. Thomas Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1962, and
Churchland, 1989, p.191.
296For an account of the faktum/datum dyad as intrinsic to the structure of philosophical Decision, cf. supra,
Chapter 5, pp.218-223.
208
We have seen that there is an entirely positive or constructive dimension
to Churchland’s eliminativist program, one that describes how
‘phenomenological mutation’ can be effected technologically, through the use
of empirical prostheses at the level of the individual organism. What we wish to
focus on now is the possibility of radicalising and generalising this particular
aspect of eliminativism by way of non-materialist theory. What if it were
possible to effect a more rigorously universal instance of phenomenological
mutation than that envisaged by Churchland at the level of the individual brain?
A global as opposed to empirico-regional phenomenological mutation would
have to be effectuated by intervening directly at the transcendental level of the
philosophical Decision via which Churchland chooses to subordinate folk
psychology to his own neurocomputational perspective. Where the eliminativist
Decision empirically presupposes and metaphysically posits the informational
continuum
whereby
neurocomputational
conception
determines
phenomenological perception, non-materialism proposes to radicalise and
generalise eliminativism by cloning a transcendental, which is to say, radically
discontinuous and non-neurocomputational determinant for phenomenology at
the global or transindividual level using Churchland’s neurophenomenological
hybrid as its occasion. That determinant will be we what we shall call the
transcendental function.
Thus, what we wish to propose is a non-materialist universalisation of the
materialist paradigm that views the phenomenon of sapience primarily in terms
of information processing. To do this we will focus on the final chapter of
Churchland’s 1979 work Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind, wherein
Churchland sets out the rudiments for what is supposed to be a universal -which
is to say, non-neurocentric or substrate-independent- definition of cognitive
activity. By examining Churchland’s naturalised version of epistemic
universality, we hope to effect a non-materialist radicalisation/generalisation of
the information-processing paradigm in terms of which materialism proposes to
define cognition.
1. The natural science of epistemic engines
The challenge for a rigorously naturalistic materialism lies in articulating
a universally valid model of epistemic activity free of anthropomorphic
parochialism. But ‘universally valid’ is just a euphemism for ‘normative’, and
philosophical orthodoxy stipulates that it is precisely the normative (universally
necessary) characteristics of cognitive activity that cannot be accounted for
naturalistically. Accordingly, the idea of a normative yet rigorously naturalistic
epistemology would seem to be oxymoronic. How then is the claim to universal
epistemic validity to be accommodated within a purely naturalistic framework?
In Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind, Churchland offers as a
provocative response the suggestion that science itself is capable of providing
209
philosophy with the necessary resources for constructing a notion of epistemic
normativity. Thus, like other naturalistically minded philosophers before him297,
Churchland approaches cognition via the mobilisation of a conceptual
vocabulary drawn from information theory because he believes the latter
provides the resources for a rigorously naturalistic yet universally valid or
normative paradigm of sapience298. That vocabulary is attractive because it
operates at a level of abstraction which manages to circumvent anthropocentric
prejudices about supposedly necessary and sufficient conditions for sapience;conditions usually based on folk psychology and/or the assumption of
entrenched categorial divisions between organic and inorganic, animate and
inanimate. Thus, in the closing pages of Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of
Mind, Churchland sketches the rudiments of a thoroughly naturalised version
of normative epistemology by alighting on the notion of ‘informational
reservoir’ as a way of characterising entities in terms of their susceptibility for
registering information regardless of their standing vis a vis the categories of
animate and inanimate, or organic and inorganic. All entities, Churchland
suggests, irrespective of the details of their physical constitution, can be
considered as informational reservoirs and situated within a universal
informational continuum in terms of the degree of efficiency with which they
absorb information. ‘Information sponges’ are those that score highest within
297We have already named figures such as Quine, Smart, Wiener, Sayre and Dennett.
298At this juncture an important heuristic point needs to made. As Kenneth Sayre points out in his useful entry on
the subject in Routledge’s recent Encyclopaedia of Philosophy, many philosophical appropriations of
information theory remain fraught with confusion and misunderstanding. In its most obvious manifestation, the
confusion consists in recklessly assimilating Shannon’s strictly mathematical or quantitative definition of
‘information’ to its semantic or qualitative counterpart as used in everyday discourse. Cf. Sayre, ‘Information
Theory’ in Volume 4 of The Routledge Encyclopaedia of Philosophy, general editor E.Craig, London:
Routledge, 1998, pp. 782-786. But while acknowledging the extent to which philosophical mobilisations of
information theory remain problematic, we believe it is important to distinguish between the illegitimacy of the
wholesale misappropriation of a theory, and the legitimacy of a merely tactical or localised deployment of
portions of its vocabulary. Accordingly, we do not believe Churchland’s mobilisation of a vocabulary drawn
from information theory amounts to a misappropriation. Terms such as ‘information processing’, ‘transmitter’,
‘receiver’ and ‘noise’, are deployed with considerable skill and economy in order to illuminate a philosophical
argument. The fact that in appropriating those terms for philosophical purposes, Churchland employs them in a
loose and more or less metaphorical fashion relative to the degree of literal precision with which they are applied
within the ambit of scientific theory does not automatically invalidate his use of that vocabulary. Since he never
pretends to be providing a stringent application of information theory, his philosophical use of its vocabulary
cannot and should not be judged by the austere standards of rigorous scientific exactitude. Consequently, and
since we see no real justification for embroiling ourselves in issues of often overwhelming mathematical
difficulty, we will forgo a systematic analysis concerning the technical pertinence of Churchland’s chosen
vocabulary. Perhaps this is regrettable, for uniquely among philosophers of mind, Churchland can lay claim to
having the requisite conceptual apparatus which would permit of a rigorous or non-metaphorical application of
information theory. Unlike the folk psychological model of cognition, the neurocomputational paradigm seems
(prima facie at least) perfectly consonant with Shannon’s strictly mathematical/quantitative definition of
information. A configuration in synaptic weight-space is radically unlike a propositional attitude in that it admits
of an entirely literal, rather than metaphorical, physical quantification. Cf. J.R. Pierce (1965) for an extremely
clear but also technically precise layman’s introduction to information theory.
210
this continuum: “One need only suppose the overt behaviour of such
informational sponges to be a systematic function of their information-bearing
states to have outlined a conception of the internal activities of natural fauna
that owes nothing to our usual cognitive concepts, and which places us on a
continuum with animals, trees, and ultimately even beaches.”(Churchland,
1979, p.143)
Accordingly, the naturalisation of epistemic normativity may be brought
about by identifying the entirely abstract, substrate independent realm of
computational algorithms corresponding to those processes via which sponges
are able not only to absorb information from their environment but also to
modify behaviour according to the information registered. These algorithms are
‘epistemic engines’: abstract functional mechanisms mediating between
informational input and behavioural output in such a way as to allow entities to
learn from their environment. The naturalisation of epistemic normativity,
Churchland continues, will be achieved in the form of a ‘natural science of
epistemic engines’, and will proceed by cataloguing the variety of algorithmic
mechanism through which ‘information sponges’ become able to spontaneously
modify behavioural output by successfully extracting a surplus value of
information from registered input. All that is required for this, Churchland
insists, is a certain plasticity in the functional relations between sensory input
and motor output299. Those functional relations must be able to change as a
‘more or less’ determinate function of certain sensory consequences engendered
by their prior occurrence. Thus, a specific kind of motor response will be made
either more or less likely to recur when prompted by an identical input as a
function of the positively or negatively reinforcing inputs that the initial
response elicited: “What this will produce is a sequence of functional relations
betwixt input and output, a sequence wherein the modifications from element to
element are themselves the output of a second-order function, a function whose
inputs are actualised stimulus response pairs from the first function, plus
whatever ‘reinforcing’ states their actualisation elicits.”(Ibid., p.143)
Epistemic engines ‘learn’ via a process of blind mechanical recursion
which takes hardwired pairs of stimulus-response function plus their positive or
negative reinforcement as the first-order input for a second-order function,
whose output in turn provides the input for a third-order function, and so on.
299This reference to motor output does not indicate that Churchland has already presupposed those locomotive
capacities which are characteristic of organisms. The algorithmic function will correlate environmental input and
behavioural output even in the absence of all recognisable sensory and/or motor capacities. Even thermostats and
beaches instantiate epistemic algorithms; the former by registering differences in ambient temperature; the later
by registering climactic conditions (shifting sand, bird footprints, etc.) In the case of a beach, the registering of
informational input remains insufficient to engender a significant behavioural output. Nevertheless, the beach still
instantiates an algorithm; albeit one whose epistemic content would be formulated in natural language as: “Stay
here”.
209
philosophy with the necessary resources for constructing a notion of epistemic
normativity. Thus, like other naturalistically minded philosophers before him297,
Churchland approaches cognition via the mobilisation of a conceptual
vocabulary drawn from information theory because he believes the latter
provides the resources for a rigorously naturalistic yet universally valid or
normative paradigm of sapience298. That vocabulary is attractive because it
operates at a level of abstraction which manages to circumvent anthropocentric
prejudices about supposedly necessary and sufficient conditions for sapience;conditions usually based on folk psychology and/or the assumption of
entrenched categorial divisions between organic and inorganic, animate and
inanimate. Thus, in the closing pages of Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of
Mind, Churchland sketches the rudiments of a thoroughly naturalised version
of normative epistemology by alighting on the notion of ‘informational
reservoir’ as a way of characterising entities in terms of their susceptibility for
registering information regardless of their standing vis a vis the categories of
animate and inanimate, or organic and inorganic. All entities, Churchland
suggests, irrespective of the details of their physical constitution, can be
considered as informational reservoirs and situated within a universal
informational continuum in terms of the degree of efficiency with which they
absorb information. ‘Information sponges’ are those that score highest within
297We have already named figures such as Quine, Smart, Wiener, Sayre and Dennett.
298At this juncture an important heuristic point needs to made. As Kenneth Sayre points out in his useful entry on
the subject in Routledge’s recent Encyclopaedia of Philosophy, many philosophical appropriations of
information theory remain fraught with confusion and misunderstanding. In its most obvious manifestation, the
confusion consists in recklessly assimilating Shannon’s strictly mathematical or quantitative definition of
‘information’ to its semantic or qualitative counterpart as used in everyday discourse. Cf. Sayre, ‘Information
Theory’ in Volume 4 of The Routledge Encyclopaedia of Philosophy, general editor E.Craig, London:
Routledge, 1998, pp. 782-786. But while acknowledging the extent to which philosophical mobilisations of
information theory remain problematic, we believe it is important to distinguish between the illegitimacy of the
wholesale misappropriation of a theory, and the legitimacy of a merely tactical or localised deployment of
portions of its vocabulary. Accordingly, we do not believe Churchland’s mobilisation of a vocabulary drawn
from information theory amounts to a misappropriation. Terms such as ‘information processing’, ‘transmitter’,
‘receiver’ and ‘noise’, are deployed with considerable skill and economy in order to illuminate a philosophical
argument. The fact that in appropriating those terms for philosophical purposes, Churchland employs them in a
loose and more or less metaphorical fashion relative to the degree of literal precision with which they are applied
within the ambit of scientific theory does not automatically invalidate his use of that vocabulary. Since he never
pretends to be providing a stringent application of information theory, his philosophical use of its vocabulary
cannot and should not be judged by the austere standards of rigorous scientific exactitude. Consequently, and
since we see no real justification for embroiling ourselves in issues of often overwhelming mathematical
difficulty, we will forgo a systematic analysis concerning the technical pertinence of Churchland’s chosen
vocabulary. Perhaps this is regrettable, for uniquely among philosophers of mind, Churchland can lay claim to
having the requisite conceptual apparatus which would permit of a rigorous or non-metaphorical application of
information theory. Unlike the folk psychological model of cognition, the neurocomputational paradigm seems
(prima facie at least) perfectly consonant with Shannon’s strictly mathematical/quantitative definition of
information. A configuration in synaptic weight-space is radically unlike a propositional attitude in that it admits
of an entirely literal, rather than metaphorical, physical quantification. Cf. J.R. Pierce (1965) for an extremely
clear but also technically precise layman’s introduction to information theory.
210
this continuum: “One need only suppose the overt behaviour of such
informational sponges to be a systematic function of their information-bearing
states to have outlined a conception of the internal activities of natural fauna
that owes nothing to our usual cognitive concepts, and which places us on a
continuum with animals, trees, and ultimately even beaches.”(Churchland,
1979, p.143)
Accordingly, the naturalisation of epistemic normativity may be brought
about by identifying the entirely abstract, substrate independent realm of
computational algorithms corresponding to those processes via which sponges
are able not only to absorb information from their environment but also to
modify behaviour according to the information registered. These algorithms are
‘epistemic engines’: abstract functional mechanisms mediating between
informational input and behavioural output in such a way as to allow entities to
learn from their environment. The naturalisation of epistemic normativity,
Churchland continues, will be achieved in the form of a ‘natural science of
epistemic engines’, and will proceed by cataloguing the variety of algorithmic
mechanism through which ‘information sponges’ become able to spontaneously
modify behavioural output by successfully extracting a surplus value of
information from registered input. All that is required for this, Churchland
insists, is a certain plasticity in the functional relations between sensory input
and motor output299. Those functional relations must be able to change as a
‘more or less’ determinate function of certain sensory consequences engendered
by their prior occurrence. Thus, a specific kind of motor response will be made
either more or less likely to recur when prompted by an identical input as a
function of the positively or negatively reinforcing inputs that the initial
response elicited: “What this will produce is a sequence of functional relations
betwixt input and output, a sequence wherein the modifications from element to
element are themselves the output of a second-order function, a function whose
inputs are actualised stimulus response pairs from the first function, plus
whatever ‘reinforcing’ states their actualisation elicits.”(Ibid., p.143)
Epistemic engines ‘learn’ via a process of blind mechanical recursion
which takes hardwired pairs of stimulus-response function plus their positive or
negative reinforcement as the first-order input for a second-order function,
whose output in turn provides the input for a third-order function, and so on.
299This reference to motor output does not indicate that Churchland has already presupposed those locomotive
capacities which are characteristic of organisms. The algorithmic function will correlate environmental input and
behavioural output even in the absence of all recognisable sensory and/or motor capacities. Even thermostats and
beaches instantiate epistemic algorithms; the former by registering differences in ambient temperature; the later
by registering climactic conditions (shifting sand, bird footprints, etc.) In the case of a beach, the registering of
informational input remains insufficient to engender a significant behavioural output. Nevertheless, the beach still
instantiates an algorithm; albeit one whose epistemic content would be formulated in natural language as: “Stay
here”.
211
Accordingly, Churchland’s natural science of epistemic engines is an attempt to
delineate the iterative algorithmic mechanisms whereby entities are able to
construct models of their environment -‘internal’ representations of the worldand distil information from input signals without the benefit of putatively
‘higher’ cognitive powers and in the absence of all appeals to consciousness,
intentional states, propositional attitudes, etc. For what this nested sequence of
functional relations engenders is a self-correcting measuring instrument which
calibrates the precise degree of cognitive discrepancy between environmental
input and behavioural output. That discrepancy is distilled as the output of the
second-order function that has for its input actualised stimulus-response
relations paired with their positive or negatively reinforcing states. A more finegrained calibration of the discrepancy and an additional extraction of
information are achieved when that second-order output in turn results in a
motor response coupled with a reinforcing state that provides the input for a
third-order function. The process is reiterated until the system finally achieves
consistently positive reinforcements of its behavioural responses to
environmental stimuli; which is to say, until it has achieved the optimum degree
of representational adequacy vis a vis its environment.
As a result, for Churchland, epistemic engines provide a universally valid
exemplar -a normative paradigm- for the process through which cognitive
information is filtered from environmental noise. By winnowing out the
information latent in all background noise, epistemic engines provide an
example of the way in which “information can emerge from the background
‘noise’ in which it is buried once the more prominent regularities in that ‘noise’
have been discriminated and subtracted from the incoming signal.”(Ibid.,
p.149) Moreover, Churchland continues, the pertinence of this recursive
algorithmic process need not be restricted to epistemic evolution in individuals;
its normative force derives from its genuinely universal salience as a substrate
independent characterisation of epistemological development. Accordingly,
Churchland insists, the science of epistemic engines promises to provide a
rigorously naturalistic account for “the phenomenon of paradigm articulation,
and of cumulative tradition, and even the possibility of intellectual
revolution”(Ibid.)
However, whereas the myopic parochialism endemic to folk
psychological formulations of epistemic normativity encourages their
exclusionary imperialism vis a vis alternative cognitive possibilities, the
substrate independent character of naturalised normativity encompasses
incommensurabilities at the level of individually incorporated epistemic
regimes. Thus, once naturalised and grounded in the rigorously universal
algorithmic machinery of epistemic engines, epistemological normativity
becomes perfectly compatible with cognitive discontinuity: “Within the
212
framework of a well chosen first regime the iterative process of winnowing out
ever more subtle information can continue for indefinite lengths of time. On the
other hand, the primary regime that receives the strongest initial reinforcement
may turn out in the long run not to be the most revelatory of the subtlest
regularities. It may turn out that the residual deviations from reality start to get
larger and more chaotic again […] and it may be that no regime of which [the
creature] is capable will find sufficient reinforcement to stick. Faced with
chronic anomalies along these lines [what one] needs is a hardwired system for
reacting to such crises, where the reaction consists in dismantling whatever
hierarchy [...] is already in place. The creature can then begin from scratch
with a new basic regime[…]that may allow it to penetrate reality more deeply
than did the basic regime it has just overthrown.”(Ibid.,p.150)
In subsequent work, Churchland will identify the ‘hardwired’ apparatus
whereby a fruitless or inefficient epistemic function can be dismantled with a
reconfiguration of synaptic weights. Thus, although this sketch for a natural
science of epistemic engines predates Churchland’s espousal of the PDP
paradigm by some years, there is an important sense in which it remains
perfectly consonant with it: epistemic engines can be seen as the forerunners of
prototype vectors300. Moreover, if, for Churchland, epistemic engines are
precursors to prototype vector partitionings, then they, like the latter, must be
seen as the ultimate determinants for epistemological discontinuity and
phenomenological mutation within a fully naturalised epistemology. Yet at the
same time, it seems that in embracing the PDP paradigm, Churchland has
partially abjured the aspiration to the dimension of substrate independent
universality that seemed intrinsic to the notion of an epistemic engine. For
although the space of phenomenological possibility concomitant with
neurocomputational plasticity is enormous, it remains entirely neurocentric,
which is to say, empirically overdetermined. Consequently, from our point of
view, it is precisely insofar as the algorithmic machinery of epistemic engines
allows for an entirely abstract or meta-empirical dimension of
phenomenological plasticity, that the shift from a natural science of epistemic
engines to a neurocomputational perspective signals Churchland’s retreat from
300Significantly, in discussing the relation between the perspective adopted in Scientific Realism and his later
neurocomputational stance, Churchland points out that the book was deliberately conceived and written around
the final chapter ‘Sentential epistemologies and the natural science of epistemic engines’. Cf. Churchland 1998a,
pp.900-903. However, at the same time Churchland puzzlingly undercuts the universality ascribed to epistemic
engines in that chapter by stating that the latter calls for a “naturalized, brain based, sub-sentential epistemology”
(our emphasis, op. cit.,p.900), whereas there seems to be no suggestion whatsoever that epistemic engines need
be brain based in that chapter. Indeed, from our point of view, the peculiar interest of the epistemological
program delineated in the chapter in question derives primarily from its aspiration to a substrate independent,
non neurocentric perspective.
211
Accordingly, Churchland’s natural science of epistemic engines is an attempt to
delineate the iterative algorithmic mechanisms whereby entities are able to
construct models of their environment -‘internal’ representations of the worldand distil information from input signals without the benefit of putatively
‘higher’ cognitive powers and in the absence of all appeals to consciousness,
intentional states, propositional attitudes, etc. For what this nested sequence of
functional relations engenders is a self-correcting measuring instrument which
calibrates the precise degree of cognitive discrepancy between environmental
input and behavioural output. That discrepancy is distilled as the output of the
second-order function that has for its input actualised stimulus-response
relations paired with their positive or negatively reinforcing states. A more finegrained calibration of the discrepancy and an additional extraction of
information are achieved when that second-order output in turn results in a
motor response coupled with a reinforcing state that provides the input for a
third-order function. The process is reiterated until the system finally achieves
consistently positive reinforcements of its behavioural responses to
environmental stimuli; which is to say, until it has achieved the optimum degree
of representational adequacy vis a vis its environment.
As a result, for Churchland, epistemic engines provide a universally valid
exemplar -a normative paradigm- for the process through which cognitive
information is filtered from environmental noise. By winnowing out the
information latent in all background noise, epistemic engines provide an
example of the way in which “information can emerge from the background
‘noise’ in which it is buried once the more prominent regularities in that ‘noise’
have been discriminated and subtracted from the incoming signal.”(Ibid.,
p.149) Moreover, Churchland continues, the pertinence of this recursive
algorithmic process need not be restricted to epistemic evolution in individuals;
its normative force derives from its genuinely universal salience as a substrate
independent characterisation of epistemological development. Accordingly,
Churchland insists, the science of epistemic engines promises to provide a
rigorously naturalistic account for “the phenomenon of paradigm articulation,
and of cumulative tradition, and even the possibility of intellectual
revolution”(Ibid.)
However, whereas the myopic parochialism endemic to folk
psychological formulations of epistemic normativity encourages their
exclusionary imperialism vis a vis alternative cognitive possibilities, the
substrate independent character of naturalised normativity encompasses
incommensurabilities at the level of individually incorporated epistemic
regimes. Thus, once naturalised and grounded in the rigorously universal
algorithmic machinery of epistemic engines, epistemological normativity
becomes perfectly compatible with cognitive discontinuity: “Within the
212
framework of a well chosen first regime the iterative process of winnowing out
ever more subtle information can continue for indefinite lengths of time. On the
other hand, the primary regime that receives the strongest initial reinforcement
may turn out in the long run not to be the most revelatory of the subtlest
regularities. It may turn out that the residual deviations from reality start to get
larger and more chaotic again […] and it may be that no regime of which [the
creature] is capable will find sufficient reinforcement to stick. Faced with
chronic anomalies along these lines [what one] needs is a hardwired system for
reacting to such crises, where the reaction consists in dismantling whatever
hierarchy [...] is already in place. The creature can then begin from scratch
with a new basic regime[…]that may allow it to penetrate reality more deeply
than did the basic regime it has just overthrown.”(Ibid.,p.150)
In subsequent work, Churchland will identify the ‘hardwired’ apparatus
whereby a fruitless or inefficient epistemic function can be dismantled with a
reconfiguration of synaptic weights. Thus, although this sketch for a natural
science of epistemic engines predates Churchland’s espousal of the PDP
paradigm by some years, there is an important sense in which it remains
perfectly consonant with it: epistemic engines can be seen as the forerunners of
prototype vectors300. Moreover, if, for Churchland, epistemic engines are
precursors to prototype vector partitionings, then they, like the latter, must be
seen as the ultimate determinants for epistemological discontinuity and
phenomenological mutation within a fully naturalised epistemology. Yet at the
same time, it seems that in embracing the PDP paradigm, Churchland has
partially abjured the aspiration to the dimension of substrate independent
universality that seemed intrinsic to the notion of an epistemic engine. For
although the space of phenomenological possibility concomitant with
neurocomputational plasticity is enormous, it remains entirely neurocentric,
which is to say, empirically overdetermined. Consequently, from our point of
view, it is precisely insofar as the algorithmic machinery of epistemic engines
allows for an entirely abstract or meta-empirical dimension of
phenomenological plasticity, that the shift from a natural science of epistemic
engines to a neurocomputational perspective signals Churchland’s retreat from
300Significantly, in discussing the relation between the perspective adopted in Scientific Realism and his later
neurocomputational stance, Churchland points out that the book was deliberately conceived and written around
the final chapter ‘Sentential epistemologies and the natural science of epistemic engines’. Cf. Churchland 1998a,
pp.900-903. However, at the same time Churchland puzzlingly undercuts the universality ascribed to epistemic
engines in that chapter by stating that the latter calls for a “naturalized, brain based, sub-sentential epistemology”
(our emphasis, op. cit.,p.900), whereas there seems to be no suggestion whatsoever that epistemic engines need
be brain based in that chapter. Indeed, from our point of view, the peculiar interest of the epistemological
program delineated in the chapter in question derives primarily from its aspiration to a substrate independent,
non neurocentric perspective.
213
the quasi-transcendental, substrate independent domain of epistemological
universality to the empirically constricted realm of neurocentric provincialism.
2. From epistemic algorithms to the transcendental function
Our non-materialist radicalisation of epistemic normativity will proceed
by dualysing the philosophical dyads that constrain Churchland’s search for a
universal epistemology in order to uncover a rigorously transcendental, and
thereby genuinely substrate independent universal algorithm for cognition.
From a non-philosophical perspective, two dyadic structures circumscribe
Churchland’s attempted universalisation of epistemic function: that of
registered information and information-in-itself or noise on the one hand; and
that of stimulatory input and behavioural output on the other. We shall dualyse
both and separate the identity of ‘noise itself’ from its epistemological
hybridisation with information, as well as that of ‘input itself’ from its
behaviourist hybridisation with output. Instead of positing noise as given a
priori in and through the empirical presupposition of registered information, we
presuppose it as already given-without-givenness, or as ‘noise itself’ using
Churchland’s epistemological hybridisation of information and noise as our
occasion. Likewise, instead of empirically presupposing stimulatory input
through the a priori positing of behavioural output, we presuppose an invariant
input as already-given-without-givenness or as a radical constant on the basis of
Churchland’s behaviouristic hybridisation of input and output. On the basis of
these two dualysations we can posit two additional axioms in addition to those
eight in terms of which we characterised the radical hyle earlier301:
9.
The radical hyle is Noise-without-information, noise itself in its
foreclosure to the epistemological calibration of the discrepancy between
information and noise.
10.
The radical hyle is the Unknown as unvarying input, the
Unknown as the radical invariant engendering limitless transcendental
variation in its cognitive output on the occasional basis of an empirically
variable epistemic function.
Thus, by way of these two axioms, non-materialism posits-withoutpresupposing the radical hyle as that last-instance which is also the
transcendental determinant for Churchland’s sought-after universal epistemic
function302. It is in accordance with the radical hyle as that invariant which is
‘noise itself’, that we can clone a rigorously transcendental and thereby
genuinely universal function for materialist epistemology using the algorithmic
machinery of the epistemic engine as our empirical variable. Where the
301Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.293-294.
302For Laruelle’s account of non-philosophical cloning as effectuation of a transcendental function, cf. Laruelle,
2000a, pp.275-280; 2000b, p. 76; 2000c, pp.184-185.
214
epistemic algorithm calibrates the cognitive discrepancy between sensory input
and motor output by filtering information from environmental noise, we clone a
non-epistemic function, which is to say, a transcendental algorithm for the
determination of that epistemic algorithm, by separating-without-separation
noise ‘itself’ in its Identity as radical invariant determining-in-the-last-instance
all empirically variable calibrations of informational output in its distinction
from noise-laden input. That transcendental algorithm now constitutes an
authentically universal, non-epistemological function wherein noise ‘itself’
becomes the ultimate determinant for all epistemically calibrated information.
In other words, instead of using epistemic enginery to constantly reextract an informational surplus value from environmental noise, we use the
former as the empirical occasion from which we clone a transcendental function
wherein noise ‘itself’ in its foreclosure to information determines every
conceivable epistemological ratiocination of information and noise. The
empirical discrepancy between information and noise as calibrated by the
epistemic algorithm has been radicalised -i.e. dualysed- as a unilateral or nonepistemological separation between noise ‘itself’ qua determinant for a
rigorously universal or non-epistemic transcendental function, and noise ‘as
such’ in its epistemological ratiocination vis a vis information. This radical
separation is effectuated as a universal but non-epistemological algorithm
whereby Noise qua radically unknowable constant=x is cloned on the basis of
epistemic enginery qua empirical variable or occasional data in the form of a
transcendental function. The transcendental function
effectuates the
unknowable constant on the occasional basis of the epistemic variable. It is the
determination of empirical cognition in accordance with noise’s foreclosure to
all epistemic ratiocination. Whereas the epistemic function calibrates the
difference between information and noise, known and unknown; the nonepistemic function effectuates the identity of the unknown as that which
determines the known. Thus, the transcendental function is the varying
effectuation of cognition under the unvarying condition of the unknown.
Moreover, whereas the epistemic algorithm is at least co-constituted by
the empirically determinate pairings of input-output function through which it is
instantiated, and hence at least co-determined by its empirical substrate, this
non-epistemic or transcendental algorithm unilateralises its epistemological
substrate as a merely occasional cause; it unilaterally determines it as an entirely
neutral or indifferent material support. As a result, the transcendental function is
effectuated as the non-hylomorphic duality of an uninstantiable form and an
uninformable material; it ‘exists’ as the strictly unilateral duality of
transcendental determinant and empirically determinable material. It is the
identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction of noise ‘itself’ in its
epistemological foreclosure and noise as epistemically calibrated through its
213
the quasi-transcendental, substrate independent domain of epistemological
universality to the empirically constricted realm of neurocentric provincialism.
2. From epistemic algorithms to the transcendental function
Our non-materialist radicalisation of epistemic normativity will proceed
by dualysing the philosophical dyads that constrain Churchland’s search for a
universal epistemology in order to uncover a rigorously transcendental, and
thereby genuinely substrate independent universal algorithm for cognition.
From a non-philosophical perspective, two dyadic structures circumscribe
Churchland’s attempted universalisation of epistemic function: that of
registered information and information-in-itself or noise on the one hand; and
that of stimulatory input and behavioural output on the other. We shall dualyse
both and separate the identity of ‘noise itself’ from its epistemological
hybridisation with information, as well as that of ‘input itself’ from its
behaviourist hybridisation with output. Instead of positing noise as given a
priori in and through the empirical presupposition of registered information, we
presuppose it as already given-without-givenness, or as ‘noise itself’ using
Churchland’s epistemological hybridisation of information and noise as our
occasion. Likewise, instead of empirically presupposing stimulatory input
through the a priori positing of behavioural output, we presuppose an invariant
input as already-given-without-givenness or as a radical constant on the basis of
Churchland’s behaviouristic hybridisation of input and output. On the basis of
these two dualysations we can posit two additional axioms in addition to those
eight in terms of which we characterised the radical hyle earlier301:
9.
The radical hyle is Noise-without-information, noise itself in its
foreclosure to the epistemological calibration of the discrepancy between
information and noise.
10.
The radical hyle is the Unknown as unvarying input, the
Unknown as the radical invariant engendering limitless transcendental
variation in its cognitive output on the occasional basis of an empirically
variable epistemic function.
Thus, by way of these two axioms, non-materialism posits-withoutpresupposing the radical hyle as that last-instance which is also the
transcendental determinant for Churchland’s sought-after universal epistemic
function302. It is in accordance with the radical hyle as that invariant which is
‘noise itself’, that we can clone a rigorously transcendental and thereby
genuinely universal function for materialist epistemology using the algorithmic
machinery of the epistemic engine as our empirical variable. Where the
301Cf. supra, Chapter 6, pp.293-294.
302For Laruelle’s account of non-philosophical cloning as effectuation of a transcendental function, cf. Laruelle,
2000a, pp.275-280; 2000b, p. 76; 2000c, pp.184-185.
214
epistemic algorithm calibrates the cognitive discrepancy between sensory input
and motor output by filtering information from environmental noise, we clone a
non-epistemic function, which is to say, a transcendental algorithm for the
determination of that epistemic algorithm, by separating-without-separation
noise ‘itself’ in its Identity as radical invariant determining-in-the-last-instance
all empirically variable calibrations of informational output in its distinction
from noise-laden input. That transcendental algorithm now constitutes an
authentically universal, non-epistemological function wherein noise ‘itself’
becomes the ultimate determinant for all epistemically calibrated information.
In other words, instead of using epistemic enginery to constantly reextract an informational surplus value from environmental noise, we use the
former as the empirical occasion from which we clone a transcendental function
wherein noise ‘itself’ in its foreclosure to information determines every
conceivable epistemological ratiocination of information and noise. The
empirical discrepancy between information and noise as calibrated by the
epistemic algorithm has been radicalised -i.e. dualysed- as a unilateral or nonepistemological separation between noise ‘itself’ qua determinant for a
rigorously universal or non-epistemic transcendental function, and noise ‘as
such’ in its epistemological ratiocination vis a vis information. This radical
separation is effectuated as a universal but non-epistemological algorithm
whereby Noise qua radically unknowable constant=x is cloned on the basis of
epistemic enginery qua empirical variable or occasional data in the form of a
transcendental function. The transcendental function
effectuates the
unknowable constant on the occasional basis of the epistemic variable. It is the
determination of empirical cognition in accordance with noise’s foreclosure to
all epistemic ratiocination. Whereas the epistemic function calibrates the
difference between information and noise, known and unknown; the nonepistemic function effectuates the identity of the unknown as that which
determines the known. Thus, the transcendental function is the varying
effectuation of cognition under the unvarying condition of the unknown.
Moreover, whereas the epistemic algorithm is at least co-constituted by
the empirically determinate pairings of input-output function through which it is
instantiated, and hence at least co-determined by its empirical substrate, this
non-epistemic or transcendental algorithm unilateralises its epistemological
substrate as a merely occasional cause; it unilaterally determines it as an entirely
neutral or indifferent material support. As a result, the transcendental function is
effectuated as the non-hylomorphic duality of an uninstantiable form and an
uninformable material; it ‘exists’ as the strictly unilateral duality of
transcendental determinant and empirically determinable material. It is the
identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction of noise ‘itself’ in its
epistemological foreclosure and noise as epistemically calibrated through its
215
empirical admixture with information. Accordingly, it is as an effectuation of
Noise’s radical autonomy that the transcendental function enjoys a relatively
radical autonomy or independence vis a vis the absolutely relative dependence
of the epistemic function that serves as its empirical occasion.
Thus, where the natural science of epistemic engines encompassed
cognitive discontinuity at the empirical level, the transcendental science of nonepistemic functions gives rise to an unencompassable manifold of cognitive
discontinuity at the universal level. A non-materialist epistemology uses the
epistemic algorithms furnished by a fully naturalised epistemology in order to
clone a series of radically universal, non-epistemological functions and
engender universes of unintuitable cognitive variation; universes wherein the
frequencies of information, the codes of cognition, and the parameters of
phenomenality are reconfigured in accordance with Noise as unknown, or as
phenomenon-in-itself, in order to be reconstituted independently of the bounds
of perception and beyond the remit of stimulus-response functions. For the
transcendental function is lived-in-One: it is articulated as an Alien-subject. The
transcendental function manifests an alien Universe of cognition; one that is
determined by an unknown constant on the basis of an epistemic variable. The
result is a phenomenological plasticity which is no longer neurocomputationally
calculable; a cognitive mutability whose variability exceeds even the vast space
of neurocomputational possibility because it is now rooted in Noise as radically
inconsistent yet invariable phenomenon, and manifested as a transcendental
chaos303 of unencompassable epistemic variation. In the final analysis, the
transition from the epistemic discontinuity embraced in Churchland’s
philosophical naturalism, to the epistemic inconsistency defined by nonphilosophical materialism, is the move from empirical anarchy into universal
chaos.
303Cf. supra, footnote 237, p.315.
216
CONCLUSION
PHILOSOPHY, CAPITALISM, NONMATERIALISM
Philosophy is the World
What is non-materialism good for? What does it change or manifest that a
spontaneously practised materialist Decision could not change or manifest far
more efficiently? What effectiveness does the effectuation of non-materialist
thinking have? In the final analysis, isn’t the non-materialist theory we have
been labouring to formulate a sterile, fruitless, and ultimately pointless
intellectual indulgence?
These are perfectly valid philosophical objections; and ones against
which non-philosophy is defenceless. Nevertheless, if non-philosophy is
defenceless against such philosophical objections, it is because it does not need
to defend itself against them, having already suspended their pertinence and
validity. To understand non-philosophy is to understand why it does not need to
justify itself philosophically, in terms of its ‘effectiveness’, or lack thereof, as
defined in accordance with the criteria of philosophical efficiency. Thus,
although all the foregoing criticisms are in some regards undeniable, there is
also an overriding sense in which they are strictly worthless. Non-philosophy is
rigorously pointless, sterile, useless, and everything else which philosophical
teleology deems reprehensible. Non-philosophy is a-teleological, which is to
say, intrinsically ineffectual, so long as ‘effectivity’ continues to be measured
philosophically in terms of thought’s effectiveness vis a vis the putatively
extra-philosophical reality of the world.
Yet this is the very standard of ‘effectiveness’ which non-philosophy
refuses. For in suspending the Parmenidean axiom, non-philosophical thinking
suspends the philosophical conflation of reality ‘as such’ with the Real ‘itself’
and thereby the postulate of dyadic reciprocity between thought and the Real
(which Laruelle calls ‘the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’). It suspends the
idea that philosophical Decision constitutes an immediate intervention vis a vis
the Real and that Decision is at once constituted by, and constitutive of, the
Real ‘itself’. More precisely, by suspending the conflation of reality ‘as such’
with the Real ‘itself’, non-philosophy suspends the supposition that there is no
Real ‘itself’ independent of reality ‘as such’, or as defined through
philosophical Decision304. For even in those cases where it pretends to be
perfectly ‘realist’ and claims to acknowledge the autonomy of an extra-
304As instanced, for example, by Henry’s conflation of immanence ‘as such’ qua absolutely unthinkable with
immanence ‘itself’ qua radically foreclosed for thought. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.89-92.
215
empirical admixture with information. Accordingly, it is as an effectuation of
Noise’s radical autonomy that the transcendental function enjoys a relatively
radical autonomy or independence vis a vis the absolutely relative dependence
of the epistemic function that serves as its empirical occasion.
Thus, where the natural science of epistemic engines encompassed
cognitive discontinuity at the empirical level, the transcendental science of nonepistemic functions gives rise to an unencompassable manifold of cognitive
discontinuity at the universal level. A non-materialist epistemology uses the
epistemic algorithms furnished by a fully naturalised epistemology in order to
clone a series of radically universal, non-epistemological functions and
engender universes of unintuitable cognitive variation; universes wherein the
frequencies of information, the codes of cognition, and the parameters of
phenomenality are reconfigured in accordance with Noise as unknown, or as
phenomenon-in-itself, in order to be reconstituted independently of the bounds
of perception and beyond the remit of stimulus-response functions. For the
transcendental function is lived-in-One: it is articulated as an Alien-subject. The
transcendental function manifests an alien Universe of cognition; one that is
determined by an unknown constant on the basis of an epistemic variable. The
result is a phenomenological plasticity which is no longer neurocomputationally
calculable; a cognitive mutability whose variability exceeds even the vast space
of neurocomputational possibility because it is now rooted in Noise as radically
inconsistent yet invariable phenomenon, and manifested as a transcendental
chaos303 of unencompassable epistemic variation. In the final analysis, the
transition from the epistemic discontinuity embraced in Churchland’s
philosophical naturalism, to the epistemic inconsistency defined by nonphilosophical materialism, is the move from empirical anarchy into universal
chaos.
303Cf. supra, footnote 237, p.315.
216
CONCLUSION
PHILOSOPHY, CAPITALISM, NONMATERIALISM
Philosophy is the World
What is non-materialism good for? What does it change or manifest that a
spontaneously practised materialist Decision could not change or manifest far
more efficiently? What effectiveness does the effectuation of non-materialist
thinking have? In the final analysis, isn’t the non-materialist theory we have
been labouring to formulate a sterile, fruitless, and ultimately pointless
intellectual indulgence?
These are perfectly valid philosophical objections; and ones against
which non-philosophy is defenceless. Nevertheless, if non-philosophy is
defenceless against such philosophical objections, it is because it does not need
to defend itself against them, having already suspended their pertinence and
validity. To understand non-philosophy is to understand why it does not need to
justify itself philosophically, in terms of its ‘effectiveness’, or lack thereof, as
defined in accordance with the criteria of philosophical efficiency. Thus,
although all the foregoing criticisms are in some regards undeniable, there is
also an overriding sense in which they are strictly worthless. Non-philosophy is
rigorously pointless, sterile, useless, and everything else which philosophical
teleology deems reprehensible. Non-philosophy is a-teleological, which is to
say, intrinsically ineffectual, so long as ‘effectivity’ continues to be measured
philosophically in terms of thought’s effectiveness vis a vis the putatively
extra-philosophical reality of the world.
Yet this is the very standard of ‘effectiveness’ which non-philosophy
refuses. For in suspending the Parmenidean axiom, non-philosophical thinking
suspends the philosophical conflation of reality ‘as such’ with the Real ‘itself’
and thereby the postulate of dyadic reciprocity between thought and the Real
(which Laruelle calls ‘the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy’). It suspends the
idea that philosophical Decision constitutes an immediate intervention vis a vis
the Real and that Decision is at once constituted by, and constitutive of, the
Real ‘itself’. More precisely, by suspending the conflation of reality ‘as such’
with the Real ‘itself’, non-philosophy suspends the supposition that there is no
Real ‘itself’ independent of reality ‘as such’, or as defined through
philosophical Decision304. For even in those cases where it pretends to be
perfectly ‘realist’ and claims to acknowledge the autonomy of an extra-
304As instanced, for example, by Henry’s conflation of immanence ‘as such’ qua absolutely unthinkable with
immanence ‘itself’ qua radically foreclosed for thought. Cf. supra, Chapter 2, pp.89-92.
217
philosophical ‘reality’ -whatever that may be-, it is still by way of Decision that
philosophy decides that reality exists independently of Decision. Extraphilosophical ‘reality’ is always philosophically characterised. Consequently,
whether ‘realist’ or ‘idealist’ in tenor, philosophical thinking begins by
identifying extra-philosophical reality with the Real ‘itself’, in order to secure
the premise that the Real -which is to say, reality- is always already
philosophisable.
Accordingly, non-philosophical thinking can be characterised in terms of
two indissociable operations: the acknowledgement that immanence qua Real
‘itself’ is already separate (without-separation) from the extra-philosophical
reality posited and presupposed through Decision; and the suspension of the
unitary presumption that everything is always already at least potentially
philosophisable305. There is something that remains foreclosed for philosophy;
which is to say, there is a non-philosophisable instance which philosophy
presupposes but remains incapable of acknowledging. This is what we, along
with Laruelle, have been calling ‘the Real’ or ‘immanence’ qua Given-withoutgivenness.
Thus, instead of immediately presupposing that thought and reality,
philosophy and world are necessarily bound together in a unitary philosophical
dyad, instead of presupposing the identity-in-difference of thinking and being,
non-philosophy suspends that presupposed immediacy on the basis of the
unilateral duality whereby the Real in its foreclosure to philosophy is already
separated (without-separation) from philosophical Decision as dyadic hybrid or
unitary synthesis of thinking and being, philosophy and world, ideality and
reality306. By acknowledging that there is a radically autonomous, nonphilosophisable Real that is already separate from extra-philosophical reality,
this unilateral duality suspends the auto-positional and auto-donational
sufficiency whereby Decision presumes to reinscribe the Real within the
World’s philosophically circumscribed reality.
Yet it is through that suspension that Decision ‘itself’ qua reciprocal
hybridisation of thinking and being is finally manifested in its radically
immanent, which is to say, intrinsically non-Decisional Identity. For in
acknowledging the Real ‘itself’ as radically separate from extra-philosophical
reality ‘as such’, and recognising that, unlike the latter, the former remains
foreclosed to Decision (to constitution, to determination), the non-philosophical
suspension of philosophical sufficiency simultaneously neutralises and
305“Not everything is philosophisable, that is my good news. The first two things which are not are man and
science, which are one and the same thing. This is what allows for the delineation of a science of philosophy. A
supremely paradoxical project perhaps, but one which is the only way of knowing what one is doing when one
decides to philosophise.” (Laruelle, 1991, p.246)
306 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.230-245.
218
legitimates Decision. Thus, it is via the transcendental suspension of
philosophy’s conflation of reality with the Real that the philosophical postulate
of a bi-lateral reciprocity between philosophy and extra-philosophical reality
becomes transcendentally ratified. Consequently, non-philosophy ‘brings forth’
or manifests Decision’s immanent, non-Decisional Identity as dyadic synthesis
or identity-in-difference of the philosophical and the extra-philosophical. And
in so doing, it acknowledges the relative autonomy of philosophy’s autoDecisional sufficiency as absolute, self-positing Transcendence; which is to say,
as World. Non-philosophy identifies philosophy with Decision, and Decision
with the World. Accordingly, for non-philosophy, philosophy is the World. Far
from suppressing or shackling philosophy, the non-philosophical suspension of
Decision’s self-positing/self-presupposing sufficiency finally makes manifest
philosophy’s radically immanent Identity as that which is ‘at one’ with the
World. It provides a rigorously transcendental deduction of the philosophical
Decision’s objective validity vis a vis extra-philosophical reality307. Thus, by
suspending the premise that the Real is philosophisable, non-philosophy
acknowledges rather than denies the philosophical presumption that the World’s
extra-philosophical reality is philosophisable. As a result, it is by withdrawing
the Real from the ambit of philosophy that non-philosophy grants philosophy
everything; which is to say, reality or the World.
The World is Capitalism
The consequences of this non-philosophical identification of philosophy
with the World are far-reaching: “It is no longer possible to posit ‘history’, or
‘society’, or ‘the economy’, or ‘capitalism’ in a straightforward and abstract
fashion as though they were objects devoid of a superior ideological
representation, which is to say, objects devoid of their possible philosophisable
meaning.”(Laruelle, 2000b, p.142) Accordingly, amongst other things, nonphilosophy utterly reconfigures the relation between philosophy and capital.
‘Capital’ can no longer be naively posited or immediately presupposed as
though given independently of its Decisional mediation. So long as it continues
to be posited and presupposed in and through the auspices of philosophical
Decision, ‘capital’, along with all other instances of putatively independent or
‘concrete’ extra-philosophical reality, will always already have been subjected
to a superior, meta-empirical ideological gloss; an a priori, ideological
investiture. Thus, instead of positing and presupposing capital as an already
idealised, extra-philosophical reality, non-philosophy manifests or gives
philosophy and capital together, independently of their auto-Decisional
307Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.234-237.
217
philosophical ‘reality’ -whatever that may be-, it is still by way of Decision that
philosophy decides that reality exists independently of Decision. Extraphilosophical ‘reality’ is always philosophically characterised. Consequently,
whether ‘realist’ or ‘idealist’ in tenor, philosophical thinking begins by
identifying extra-philosophical reality with the Real ‘itself’, in order to secure
the premise that the Real -which is to say, reality- is always already
philosophisable.
Accordingly, non-philosophical thinking can be characterised in terms of
two indissociable operations: the acknowledgement that immanence qua Real
‘itself’ is already separate (without-separation) from the extra-philosophical
reality posited and presupposed through Decision; and the suspension of the
unitary presumption that everything is always already at least potentially
philosophisable305. There is something that remains foreclosed for philosophy;
which is to say, there is a non-philosophisable instance which philosophy
presupposes but remains incapable of acknowledging. This is what we, along
with Laruelle, have been calling ‘the Real’ or ‘immanence’ qua Given-withoutgivenness.
Thus, instead of immediately presupposing that thought and reality,
philosophy and world are necessarily bound together in a unitary philosophical
dyad, instead of presupposing the identity-in-difference of thinking and being,
non-philosophy suspends that presupposed immediacy on the basis of the
unilateral duality whereby the Real in its foreclosure to philosophy is already
separated (without-separation) from philosophical Decision as dyadic hybrid or
unitary synthesis of thinking and being, philosophy and world, ideality and
reality306. By acknowledging that there is a radically autonomous, nonphilosophisable Real that is already separate from extra-philosophical reality,
this unilateral duality suspends the auto-positional and auto-donational
sufficiency whereby Decision presumes to reinscribe the Real within the
World’s philosophically circumscribed reality.
Yet it is through that suspension that Decision ‘itself’ qua reciprocal
hybridisation of thinking and being is finally manifested in its radically
immanent, which is to say, intrinsically non-Decisional Identity. For in
acknowledging the Real ‘itself’ as radically separate from extra-philosophical
reality ‘as such’, and recognising that, unlike the latter, the former remains
foreclosed to Decision (to constitution, to determination), the non-philosophical
suspension of philosophical sufficiency simultaneously neutralises and
305“Not everything is philosophisable, that is my good news. The first two things which are not are man and
science, which are one and the same thing. This is what allows for the delineation of a science of philosophy. A
supremely paradoxical project perhaps, but one which is the only way of knowing what one is doing when one
decides to philosophise.” (Laruelle, 1991, p.246)
306 Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.230-245.
218
legitimates Decision. Thus, it is via the transcendental suspension of
philosophy’s conflation of reality with the Real that the philosophical postulate
of a bi-lateral reciprocity between philosophy and extra-philosophical reality
becomes transcendentally ratified. Consequently, non-philosophy ‘brings forth’
or manifests Decision’s immanent, non-Decisional Identity as dyadic synthesis
or identity-in-difference of the philosophical and the extra-philosophical. And
in so doing, it acknowledges the relative autonomy of philosophy’s autoDecisional sufficiency as absolute, self-positing Transcendence; which is to say,
as World. Non-philosophy identifies philosophy with Decision, and Decision
with the World. Accordingly, for non-philosophy, philosophy is the World. Far
from suppressing or shackling philosophy, the non-philosophical suspension of
Decision’s self-positing/self-presupposing sufficiency finally makes manifest
philosophy’s radically immanent Identity as that which is ‘at one’ with the
World. It provides a rigorously transcendental deduction of the philosophical
Decision’s objective validity vis a vis extra-philosophical reality307. Thus, by
suspending the premise that the Real is philosophisable, non-philosophy
acknowledges rather than denies the philosophical presumption that the World’s
extra-philosophical reality is philosophisable. As a result, it is by withdrawing
the Real from the ambit of philosophy that non-philosophy grants philosophy
everything; which is to say, reality or the World.
The World is Capitalism
The consequences of this non-philosophical identification of philosophy
with the World are far-reaching: “It is no longer possible to posit ‘history’, or
‘society’, or ‘the economy’, or ‘capitalism’ in a straightforward and abstract
fashion as though they were objects devoid of a superior ideological
representation, which is to say, objects devoid of their possible philosophisable
meaning.”(Laruelle, 2000b, p.142) Accordingly, amongst other things, nonphilosophy utterly reconfigures the relation between philosophy and capital.
‘Capital’ can no longer be naively posited or immediately presupposed as
though given independently of its Decisional mediation. So long as it continues
to be posited and presupposed in and through the auspices of philosophical
Decision, ‘capital’, along with all other instances of putatively independent or
‘concrete’ extra-philosophical reality, will always already have been subjected
to a superior, meta-empirical ideological gloss; an a priori, ideological
investiture. Thus, instead of positing and presupposing capital as an already
idealised, extra-philosophical reality, non-philosophy manifests or gives
philosophy and capital together, independently of their auto-Decisional
307Cf. supra, Chapter 5, pp.234-237.
219
givenness, according to their double articulation or reciprocal presupposition as
an identity-in-difference, an indivisible unitary dyad.
As a result, in universalising philosophy qua Decision, non-philosophy
universalises capital qua object of philosophy. More exactly, by dualysing
Decision qua self-presupposing hybrid of philosophical ideality and extraphilosophical reality, ontological fundament and ontic region, and thereby
releasing their identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction -their
unidentity and unilaterality-, non-philosophy constructs a unified but nonunitary theory for the relation between the philosophical and the extraphilosophical; which is to say, for the relation between philosophy and capital.
Where Marxism proposed a philosophically restricted -which is to say, intraDecisional- universalisation of capital in the form of Capitalism, the nonphilosophical universalisation of philosophy qua World proposes to radicalise
and generalise that philosophical universalisation of capital in the form of a
unified theory of philosophy qua World and capital qua Capitalism. The result
is the transcendental universalisation of that empirical universalisation; which is
to say, the non-philosophical uni(-)versalisation of Capitalism qua World.
Accordingly, capital’s genuinely transcendental, non-philosophical identity is
not merely as Capitalism; it is as unidentity and unilaterality of philosophy and
capitalism, or as World-Capitalism:
“Just as philosophy is not merely one form of thought among others but
rather one that lays claim to a foundational position and a legislative authority
over all other thought, and thereby one for which a specific status must be set
aside –even if only with respect to that claim’s entirely symptomatic reality-, we
must (it is not just a historico-factual acknowledgement) posit capital as a
hypothesis which is universal because uni-versal; as a self-encompassing which
is simultaneously an encompassing of every economico-socio308 phenomenon.
Capital –a phenomenon said to be ‘economic’ and/or social, historical, etc.gives rise to capitalism when, in all rigour, it is no longer considered factually
and empirically within society and history, and becomes a uni(-)versal
hypothesis as is, for its part, the philosophical Decision[...]Just as the
philosophy form was that according to which ‘every thought or knowledge is
philosophisable’, similarly, ‘every economico-socio-historical phenomenon is a
phenomenon of capitalism.”(Ibid. pp.146-147)
Thus, just as philosophy’s transcendental identity, delineated via its
hypo-thetical (non-Decisional) universalisation as encompassing all cognitive
phenomena and manifested in the form of the Principle of Sufficient
308Laruelle deliberately writes ‘économico-social’ rather than the customary ‘socio-économique’ in order to
mark this constitutive dominance of the economic over the social; a dominance concomitant with the hypothetical universalisation of capital.
220
Philosophy, is not itself philosophical, capitalism’s transcendental identity,
delineated via its hypo-thetical universalisation as encompassing all socioeconomic phenomena and manifested in the form of the Principle of Sufficient
Economy, is not that of capital. By suspending its spontaneously philosophical,
auto-Decisional position/presupposition, non-philosophy manifests or ‘brings
forth’ capital’s radically universal, non-Decisional identity as Principle of
Sufficient Economy. But this universalisation of capital qua Capitalism is
strictly inseparable from that of philosophy qua Decision, so that the uni()versalisation of capital occurs in the form of a ‘unidentification’ of philosophy
and capital, or as the ‘fusion’ of the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy and the
Principle Sufficient Economy in the form of a World-Capitalism.
Gnostic Scepticism versus Epistemic Realism
As a result of this uni(-)versalisation of philosophy, in ‘acting’ upon
philosophical Decision, non-philosophy ‘acts’ upon the World. More
specifically, in bringing forth this uni(-)versalised fusion of philosophy and
capital, non-philosophy ‘acts’ upon World-Capitalism;- albeit with a crucial
non-philosophical nuance which amounts to a transformation of the sense of the
word ‘act’. Thus, if non-philosophical thinking ‘acts’ upon World-Capitalism it
is according to the new, intrinsically non-Decisional -which is to say, nonempirical or non-spontaneous- paradigm of agency articulated in the operation
of cloning. Non-philosophical practise is not an empirical intervention in the
World effected by way of Decision; it is a transcendental effectuation of that
which is foreign to the World by way of cloning309. And since this is an
effectuation that suspends World-Capitalism’s self-legitimating authority and
all-encompassing potency, the better to reconfigure the bounds of cognitive
possibility in accordance with the unknown, it is the manifestation of a radically
sceptical force-(of)-thought. Cloning is an instance of transcendental
scepticism.
Thus, where philosophical materialism oscillates between the stances of
complacent quietism and agnostic cynicism as far as the superstitions of
phenomenological realism are concerned, the rigorously an-archic sceptical
charge ferried through the ‘act’ of cloning is uncompromisingly antiphenomenological -which is to say, resolutely anti-idealist. Just as the ‘reality’
of the World is no longer identified by way of a gratuitous, spontaneously
idealising phenomenological empiricism, that of World-Capitalism is no longer
identified by way of an immediately apprehended, but also objectively codified,
socio-economic ‘materiality’. Paradoxically, it is by unilateralising the World’s
309This ‘foreignness’ being the non-thetic Universe, which the Alien-subject clones as a transcendental function
or effectuation of the World.
219
givenness, according to their double articulation or reciprocal presupposition as
an identity-in-difference, an indivisible unitary dyad.
As a result, in universalising philosophy qua Decision, non-philosophy
universalises capital qua object of philosophy. More exactly, by dualysing
Decision qua self-presupposing hybrid of philosophical ideality and extraphilosophical reality, ontological fundament and ontic region, and thereby
releasing their identity-without-synthesis and duality-without-distinction -their
unidentity and unilaterality-, non-philosophy constructs a unified but nonunitary theory for the relation between the philosophical and the extraphilosophical; which is to say, for the relation between philosophy and capital.
Where Marxism proposed a philosophically restricted -which is to say, intraDecisional- universalisation of capital in the form of Capitalism, the nonphilosophical universalisation of philosophy qua World proposes to radicalise
and generalise that philosophical universalisation of capital in the form of a
unified theory of philosophy qua World and capital qua Capitalism. The result
is the transcendental universalisation of that empirical universalisation; which is
to say, the non-philosophical uni(-)versalisation of Capitalism qua World.
Accordingly, capital’s genuinely transcendental, non-philosophical identity is
not merely as Capitalism; it is as unidentity and unilaterality of philosophy and
capitalism, or as World-Capitalism:
“Just as philosophy is not merely one form of thought among others but
rather one that lays claim to a foundational position and a legislative authority
over all other thought, and thereby one for which a specific status must be set
aside –even if only with respect to that claim’s entirely symptomatic reality-, we
must (it is not just a historico-factual acknowledgement) posit capital as a
hypothesis which is universal because uni-versal; as a self-encompassing which
is simultaneously an encompassing of every economico-socio308 phenomenon.
Capital –a phenomenon said to be ‘economic’ and/or social, historical, etc.gives rise to capitalism when, in all rigour, it is no longer considered factually
and empirically within society and history, and becomes a uni(-)versal
hypothesis as is, for its part, the philosophical Decision[...]Just as the
philosophy form was that according to which ‘every thought or knowledge is
philosophisable’, similarly, ‘every economico-socio-historical phenomenon is a
phenomenon of capitalism.”(Ibid. pp.146-147)
Thus, just as philosophy’s transcendental identity, delineated via its
hypo-thetical (non-Decisional) universalisation as encompassing all cognitive
phenomena and manifested in the form of the Principle of Sufficient
308Laruelle deliberately writes ‘économico-social’ rather than the customary ‘socio-économique’ in order to
mark this constitutive dominance of the economic over the social; a dominance concomitant with the hypothetical universalisation of capital.
220
Philosophy, is not itself philosophical, capitalism’s transcendental identity,
delineated via its hypo-thetical universalisation as encompassing all socioeconomic phenomena and manifested in the form of the Principle of Sufficient
Economy, is not that of capital. By suspending its spontaneously philosophical,
auto-Decisional position/presupposition, non-philosophy manifests or ‘brings
forth’ capital’s radically universal, non-Decisional identity as Principle of
Sufficient Economy. But this universalisation of capital qua Capitalism is
strictly inseparable from that of philosophy qua Decision, so that the uni()versalisation of capital occurs in the form of a ‘unidentification’ of philosophy
and capital, or as the ‘fusion’ of the Principle of Sufficient Philosophy and the
Principle Sufficient Economy in the form of a World-Capitalism.
Gnostic Scepticism versus Epistemic Realism
As a result of this uni(-)versalisation of philosophy, in ‘acting’ upon
philosophical Decision, non-philosophy ‘acts’ upon the World. More
specifically, in bringing forth this uni(-)versalised fusion of philosophy and
capital, non-philosophy ‘acts’ upon World-Capitalism;- albeit with a crucial
non-philosophical nuance which amounts to a transformation of the sense of the
word ‘act’. Thus, if non-philosophical thinking ‘acts’ upon World-Capitalism it
is according to the new, intrinsically non-Decisional -which is to say, nonempirical or non-spontaneous- paradigm of agency articulated in the operation
of cloning. Non-philosophical practise is not an empirical intervention in the
World effected by way of Decision; it is a transcendental effectuation of that
which is foreign to the World by way of cloning309. And since this is an
effectuation that suspends World-Capitalism’s self-legitimating authority and
all-encompassing potency, the better to reconfigure the bounds of cognitive
possibility in accordance with the unknown, it is the manifestation of a radically
sceptical force-(of)-thought. Cloning is an instance of transcendental
scepticism.
Thus, where philosophical materialism oscillates between the stances of
complacent quietism and agnostic cynicism as far as the superstitions of
phenomenological realism are concerned, the rigorously an-archic sceptical
charge ferried through the ‘act’ of cloning is uncompromisingly antiphenomenological -which is to say, resolutely anti-idealist. Just as the ‘reality’
of the World is no longer identified by way of a gratuitous, spontaneously
idealising phenomenological empiricism, that of World-Capitalism is no longer
identified by way of an immediately apprehended, but also objectively codified,
socio-economic ‘materiality’. Paradoxically, it is by unilateralising the World’s
309This ‘foreignness’ being the non-thetic Universe, which the Alien-subject clones as a transcendental function
or effectuation of the World.
221
idealised material reality that non-materialism emancipates matter’s Real -and
phenomenologically foreclosed- Identity. That radically inconsistent Identity
provides the fulcrum for a transcendental scepticism vis a vis the bounds of
epistemic normativity, and the basis for a cognitive practise which encourages
the proliferation of a universal epistemic chaos310.
Thus, non-materialism does not seek an indubitable phenomenological
foundation for cognition by transcendentally reducing the world of the natural
attitude, as Husserl sought to; on the contrary, it undermines the latter’s
‘principle of all principles’311 along with the realm of phenomenological
indubitability in its entirety simply by acknowledging the fact that the World
qua phenomenological Decision has ‘always already’ been suspended, which is
to say, unilateralised, in accordance with the radical hyle’s foreclosure, and
hence given as an occasion for the non-phenomenological reconfiguration of
cognitive experience. Consequently, if non-materialism constitutes an instance
of transcendental scepticism, it is primarily vis a vis the realm of
phenomenological immediacy and the subsequent objectivation of ‘material
reality’. The intra-philosophical positing and presupposing of an extraphilosophical ‘material’ reality by way of Decision is merely the most
insidiously rarefied instance of phenomenological idealism. Transcendental
scepticism discontinues materialism’s crypto-phenomenological idealisation of
the Real qua matter ‘itself’ in terms of the reality of matter ‘as such’.
Thus, if non-materialism can be qualified as ‘sceptical’, it is in the strictly
active or pragmatic sense concomitant with cloning insofar as it constitutes a
rigorously cognitive but non-epistemological practise. For peculiar to this nonphilosophical ‘scepticism’ is an entirely positive cognitive dimension which
falls outside the purview of the epistemological distinction between ‘dubitable’
and ‘indubitable’, ‘doubt’ and ‘certainty’. The ‘non-epistemological’ scepticism
exemplified by non-materialism accords with a paradigm of knowing which
suspends the authority of epistemological Decision and uses the known in order
to proceed in a rigorously cognitive fashion from the unknown (the radical hyle)
222
towards the unknown (the non-thetic Universe)312. Epistemic Decision, by way
of contrast, ‘progresses’ under the aegis of an epistemological arche or
foundation from the known toward the known by constantly striving to
minimize the distinction between the known and the unknown. This suspension
of the authority of the known and determination of cognition in accordance with
the sovereignty of the unknown constitutes a rigorously an-archic or nonepistemic model of cognition; one which is entirely consonant with the most
radical unknowing. In other words, it is a gnostic, rather than epistemic,
paradigm of cognition. And as that knowing which accords with the most
radical unknowing, gnosis is transcendental scepticism.
Thus, scepticism as we construe it does not consist in doubting the known
on the basis of a presupposition that one can discriminate between knowing and
unknowing; which is to say, know that one does not know. Gnosis, or
transcendental scepticism, does not attempt to distinguish between knowing and
unknowing; it acknowledges the unilateral duality separating the Identity of the
unknown from the epistemo-logical difference between knowing and
unknowing. It is knowing according to the unknown; or the determination of the
known in accordance with the unknown’s a priori foreclosure. Moreover,
gnosis constitutes a rigorously an-archic instance of cognitive experience
insofar as the Alien-subject of this transcendental scepticism313 simultaneously
unilateralises the absolute authority of the World and the all-encompassing
dominion of Capitalism.
Capitalism, Information and Universal Noise
At this juncture, a non-philosophical materialism must confront an
apparently insuperable objection: to wit, that for all its putative ‘radicality’,
non-materialism amounts to nothing more than an impotent contemplative
mysticism; a reactionary and terminally self-indulgent theoreticism. In order to
circumvent the charge that non-materialism is merely another form of solipsistic
quietism, it is necessary to explain why, philosophical appearances
notwithstanding, transcendental scepticism constitutes a form of cognitive
activity which may prove to be more virulently corrosive vis a vis the absolute
310 Cf. supra, Chapter 8, pp.420-421.
311 “[…]seeing essences is an originary presentive act and, as a presentive act, is the analogue of sensuous
perceiving and not of imagining […] No conceivable theory can make us err with respect to the principle of all
principles: that every originary presentive intuition is a legitimising source of cognition, that everything originally
(so to speak, in its ‘personal’ actuality) offered to us in ‘intuition’ is to be accepted simply as what it is presented
as being, but also only within the limits in which it is presented there.”(Husserl, 1982, p.44) Common-sense
intuition can rarely if ever have received such an elaborately high-flown apologia as the one furnished for it by
Husserl with his modestly titled ‘principle of all principles’. Bluntly formulated, the non-materialist credo is
simply the denial of everything Husserl appeals to here: there are no originary ‘presentive acts’; all sensuous
perceiving is already a theoretically mediated construct; ‘originary presentive intuitions’ legitimate nothing since
they do not exist; nothing ‘immediately presented’ to us by ‘intuition’ should ever under any circumstances be
accepted simply as what it is presented as being.
312 Cf. supra, Chapter 8, pp.418-419.
313The Greek skeptikos or ‘sceptic’ derives from skeptomai, meaning “I examine”. Thus, the sceptic is one who
suspends judgement -or Decision- in order to examine, rather than one who simply ‘doubts’. Interestingly, given
that the Greek hairesis simply means ‘choice’ or ‘decision’ (from hairein:‘to choose’ or ‘to decide’), one could
say that, although non-Decisional scepticism is ‘a-heretical’ in the auto-Decisional sense, it is radically heretical
in the non-auto-Decisional sense. Thus, the dualysing or cloning of Decision constitutes an instance of radical or
non-auto-Decisional hairesis, and the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ is radically heretical in character.
Cf. Laruelle, 1998b. There is a sense in which non-materialism discovers the transcendental identity of the
sceptic and the heretic.
221
idealised material reality that non-materialism emancipates matter’s Real -and
phenomenologically foreclosed- Identity. That radically inconsistent Identity
provides the fulcrum for a transcendental scepticism vis a vis the bounds of
epistemic normativity, and the basis for a cognitive practise which encourages
the proliferation of a universal epistemic chaos310.
Thus, non-materialism does not seek an indubitable phenomenological
foundation for cognition by transcendentally reducing the world of the natural
attitude, as Husserl sought to; on the contrary, it undermines the latter’s
‘principle of all principles’311 along with the realm of phenomenological
indubitability in its entirety simply by acknowledging the fact that the World
qua phenomenological Decision has ‘always already’ been suspended, which is
to say, unilateralised, in accordance with the radical hyle’s foreclosure, and
hence given as an occasion for the non-phenomenological reconfiguration of
cognitive experience. Consequently, if non-materialism constitutes an instance
of transcendental scepticism, it is primarily vis a vis the realm of
phenomenological immediacy and the subsequent objectivation of ‘material
reality’. The intra-philosophical positing and presupposing of an extraphilosophical ‘material’ reality by way of Decision is merely the most
insidiously rarefied instance of phenomenological idealism. Transcendental
scepticism discontinues materialism’s crypto-phenomenological idealisation of
the Real qua matter ‘itself’ in terms of the reality of matter ‘as such’.
Thus, if non-materialism can be qualified as ‘sceptical’, it is in the strictly
active or pragmatic sense concomitant with cloning insofar as it constitutes a
rigorously cognitive but non-epistemological practise. For peculiar to this nonphilosophical ‘scepticism’ is an entirely positive cognitive dimension which
falls outside the purview of the epistemological distinction between ‘dubitable’
and ‘indubitable’, ‘doubt’ and ‘certainty’. The ‘non-epistemological’ scepticism
exemplified by non-materialism accords with a paradigm of knowing which
suspends the authority of epistemological Decision and uses the known in order
to proceed in a rigorously cognitive fashion from the unknown (the radical hyle)
222
towards the unknown (the non-thetic Universe)312. Epistemic Decision, by way
of contrast, ‘progresses’ under the aegis of an epistemological arche or
foundation from the known toward the known by constantly striving to
minimize the distinction between the known and the unknown. This suspension
of the authority of the known and determination of cognition in accordance with
the sovereignty of the unknown constitutes a rigorously an-archic or nonepistemic model of cognition; one which is entirely consonant with the most
radical unknowing. In other words, it is a gnostic, rather than epistemic,
paradigm of cognition. And as that knowing which accords with the most
radical unknowing, gnosis is transcendental scepticism.
Thus, scepticism as we construe it does not consist in doubting the known
on the basis of a presupposition that one can discriminate between knowing and
unknowing; which is to say, know that one does not know. Gnosis, or
transcendental scepticism, does not attempt to distinguish between knowing and
unknowing; it acknowledges the unilateral duality separating the Identity of the
unknown from the epistemo-logical difference between knowing and
unknowing. It is knowing according to the unknown; or the determination of the
known in accordance with the unknown’s a priori foreclosure. Moreover,
gnosis constitutes a rigorously an-archic instance of cognitive experience
insofar as the Alien-subject of this transcendental scepticism313 simultaneously
unilateralises the absolute authority of the World and the all-encompassing
dominion of Capitalism.
Capitalism, Information and Universal Noise
At this juncture, a non-philosophical materialism must confront an
apparently insuperable objection: to wit, that for all its putative ‘radicality’,
non-materialism amounts to nothing more than an impotent contemplative
mysticism; a reactionary and terminally self-indulgent theoreticism. In order to
circumvent the charge that non-materialism is merely another form of solipsistic
quietism, it is necessary to explain why, philosophical appearances
notwithstanding, transcendental scepticism constitutes a form of cognitive
activity which may prove to be more virulently corrosive vis a vis the absolute
310 Cf. supra, Chapter 8, pp.420-421.
311 “[…]seeing essences is an originary presentive act and, as a presentive act, is the analogue of sensuous
perceiving and not of imagining […] No conceivable theory can make us err with respect to the principle of all
principles: that every originary presentive intuition is a legitimising source of cognition, that everything originally
(so to speak, in its ‘personal’ actuality) offered to us in ‘intuition’ is to be accepted simply as what it is presented
as being, but also only within the limits in which it is presented there.”(Husserl, 1982, p.44) Common-sense
intuition can rarely if ever have received such an elaborately high-flown apologia as the one furnished for it by
Husserl with his modestly titled ‘principle of all principles’. Bluntly formulated, the non-materialist credo is
simply the denial of everything Husserl appeals to here: there are no originary ‘presentive acts’; all sensuous
perceiving is already a theoretically mediated construct; ‘originary presentive intuitions’ legitimate nothing since
they do not exist; nothing ‘immediately presented’ to us by ‘intuition’ should ever under any circumstances be
accepted simply as what it is presented as being.
312 Cf. supra, Chapter 8, pp.418-419.
313The Greek skeptikos or ‘sceptic’ derives from skeptomai, meaning “I examine”. Thus, the sceptic is one who
suspends judgement -or Decision- in order to examine, rather than one who simply ‘doubts’. Interestingly, given
that the Greek hairesis simply means ‘choice’ or ‘decision’ (from hairein:‘to choose’ or ‘to decide’), one could
say that, although non-Decisional scepticism is ‘a-heretical’ in the auto-Decisional sense, it is radically heretical
in the non-auto-Decisional sense. Thus, the dualysing or cloning of Decision constitutes an instance of radical or
non-auto-Decisional hairesis, and the non-Decisional positing of ‘matter itself’ is radically heretical in character.
Cf. Laruelle, 1998b. There is a sense in which non-materialism discovers the transcendental identity of the
sceptic and the heretic.
223
authority of World-Capitalism than those spontaneously philosophical instances
of supposedly revolutionary intellectual agency.
While it is certainly true that gnostic scepticism would be an exceedingly
poor substitute for militant political intervention at the empirical or intraDecisional level which targets the effectiveness of global capital, it might
provide the latter with that indispensable transcendental complement which it
requires in order to postpone its inevitable reintegration within the seamless,
all-encompassing informational circuit of World-Capitalism. Non-materialism is
the transcendental encryption of materialist Decision in such a way as to render
the latter undecipherable according to the epistemic codes furnished by WorldCapitalism. Whereas the empirical universalisation of capital as global
capitalism perpetuates a distinction between material power and informational
force, the transcendental uni(-)versalisation of capital as World-Capitalism
identifies production and cognition, material power and informational force, by
suspending the intra-empirical or philosophical distinction between the physical
and the psychical, or between material power and cognitive force. Moreover, by
suspending the phenomenological distinction between the conditions of
material production and the conditions of cognitive discourse; by discontinuing
the epistemic distinction between material power and informational force, the
uni(-)versalisation of capital as World-Capitalism, along with the chaotic
scrambling of informational codes effectuated through the transcendental
scepticism of the Alien-subject, may serve to provide materialism with a
necessary complement of phenomenologically undecipherable, hermeneutically
undecodable noise.
Accordingly, transcendental scepticism is the unleashing of universal
noise in an attempt to puncture the politically enforced bounds of epistemic
meaning and to wash away the socially manufactured horizons of
phenomenological sense. Thus, for instance, since phenomenology is a function
of neurophysiology and neurophysiology is now subject to biotechnological
regulation, there is a perfectly valid empirical sense in which phenomenology
qua system of socioculturally constructed, politically enforced Ur-doxas is
determined more or less directly via the abstract apparatuses of mass consumer
capitalism in accordance with the logic of what Deleuze & Guattari have called
a ‘generalised machinic enslavement’314. The populace is epistemically
conditioned via a staple diet of manufactured information disseminated through
magazines and newspapers, opinion-polls and market-research; but also
314“[…]it is as though human alienation through surplus labor were replaced by a generalised ‘machinic
enslavement’ such that one may furnish surplus-value without doing any work (children, the retired, the
unemployed, television viewers, etc.)[…]capitalism operates less on a quantity of labor than by a complex
qualitative process bringing into play modes of transportation, urban models, the media, the entertainment
industries, ways of perceiving and feeling –every semiotic system.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.492)
224
phenomenologically enslaved via a process of continual immersion in
advertisements, film and television, video, computer games, etc. Epistemic
information is politically encoded; phenomenological experience is
sociologically conditioned. The ‘revolutionary’ left’s continuing inability to
recognize the extent to which World-Capitalism directly regulates the basic
parameters of all phenomenological ‘experience’, along with the epistemic
codification of all physical information, by means of biotechnological
intervention at the level of the human organism and socioeconomic intervention
at the level of consumer consensus, is not only an instance of empiricist myopia;
it is ultimately a constitutively political failure.
Yet it is a failure which transcendental scepticism may yet help
circumvent through the Alien-subject’s unilateralising force-(of)-thought; an
intrinsically sceptical force which constitutes an instance of a priori cognitive
resistance to those epistemic norms and informational codes via which a
triumphant World-Capitalism maintains the structural isomorphy between
material power and informational force, thereby
ensuring its quasitranscendental dominion over all cognitive experience. A transcendental
scepticism agrees with eliminative naturalism: human beings are simply carbonbased information processing machines. But it also recognises the necessity of
cross-pollinating that assessment born of evolutionary reductionism with
transcendental insight; an insight which consists in radicalising and generalising
Marx’s identification of the material infrastructure as the ultimate determinant
for the ideological superstructure315: World-Capitalism is now the global
megamachine determining a priori the cognitive parameters within which the
phenomenological micromachinery of organically individuated sapience
operates. By acknowledging the fact that political intervention can no longer
afford to ignore this insight; by recognising that empirical agency alone is
incapable of circumventing capital’s all-encompassing universality as WorldCapitalism, transcendental scepticism constitutes an instance of a priori
political resistance.
By way of conclusion, we will characterise this a priori form of cognitive
and thereby political resistance in terms of three immediately pragmatic
consequences:
1.
The construction of rigorously meaningless, epistemically
uninterpretable utterances, the better to unfold the Decisional circle whereby
utterance’s unobjectifiable material force is perpetually reinscribed within
statement’s objectivating horizons of significance316.
315 This, in a nutshell, is the aim of Laruelle’s Introduction to Non-Marxism. Cf. Laruelle, 2000b.
316 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, pp.194-199.
223
authority of World-Capitalism than those spontaneously philosophical instances
of supposedly revolutionary intellectual agency.
While it is certainly true that gnostic scepticism would be an exceedingly
poor substitute for militant political intervention at the empirical or intraDecisional level which targets the effectiveness of global capital, it might
provide the latter with that indispensable transcendental complement which it
requires in order to postpone its inevitable reintegration within the seamless,
all-encompassing informational circuit of World-Capitalism. Non-materialism is
the transcendental encryption of materialist Decision in such a way as to render
the latter undecipherable according to the epistemic codes furnished by WorldCapitalism. Whereas the empirical universalisation of capital as global
capitalism perpetuates a distinction between material power and informational
force, the transcendental uni(-)versalisation of capital as World-Capitalism
identifies production and cognition, material power and informational force, by
suspending the intra-empirical or philosophical distinction between the physical
and the psychical, or between material power and cognitive force. Moreover, by
suspending the phenomenological distinction between the conditions of
material production and the conditions of cognitive discourse; by discontinuing
the epistemic distinction between material power and informational force, the
uni(-)versalisation of capital as World-Capitalism, along with the chaotic
scrambling of informational codes effectuated through the transcendental
scepticism of the Alien-subject, may serve to provide materialism with a
necessary complement of phenomenologically undecipherable, hermeneutically
undecodable noise.
Accordingly, transcendental scepticism is the unleashing of universal
noise in an attempt to puncture the politically enforced bounds of epistemic
meaning and to wash away the socially manufactured horizons of
phenomenological sense. Thus, for instance, since phenomenology is a function
of neurophysiology and neurophysiology is now subject to biotechnological
regulation, there is a perfectly valid empirical sense in which phenomenology
qua system of socioculturally constructed, politically enforced Ur-doxas is
determined more or less directly via the abstract apparatuses of mass consumer
capitalism in accordance with the logic of what Deleuze & Guattari have called
a ‘generalised machinic enslavement’314. The populace is epistemically
conditioned via a staple diet of manufactured information disseminated through
magazines and newspapers, opinion-polls and market-research; but also
314“[…]it is as though human alienation through surplus labor were replaced by a generalised ‘machinic
enslavement’ such that one may furnish surplus-value without doing any work (children, the retired, the
unemployed, television viewers, etc.)[…]capitalism operates less on a quantity of labor than by a complex
qualitative process bringing into play modes of transportation, urban models, the media, the entertainment
industries, ways of perceiving and feeling –every semiotic system.” (Deleuze & Guattari, 1988, p.492)
224
phenomenologically enslaved via a process of continual immersion in
advertisements, film and television, video, computer games, etc. Epistemic
information is politically encoded; phenomenological experience is
sociologically conditioned. The ‘revolutionary’ left’s continuing inability to
recognize the extent to which World-Capitalism directly regulates the basic
parameters of all phenomenological ‘experience’, along with the epistemic
codification of all physical information, by means of biotechnological
intervention at the level of the human organism and socioeconomic intervention
at the level of consumer consensus, is not only an instance of empiricist myopia;
it is ultimately a constitutively political failure.
Yet it is a failure which transcendental scepticism may yet help
circumvent through the Alien-subject’s unilateralising force-(of)-thought; an
intrinsically sceptical force which constitutes an instance of a priori cognitive
resistance to those epistemic norms and informational codes via which a
triumphant World-Capitalism maintains the structural isomorphy between
material power and informational force, thereby
ensuring its quasitranscendental dominion over all cognitive experience. A transcendental
scepticism agrees with eliminative naturalism: human beings are simply carbonbased information processing machines. But it also recognises the necessity of
cross-pollinating that assessment born of evolutionary reductionism with
transcendental insight; an insight which consists in radicalising and generalising
Marx’s identification of the material infrastructure as the ultimate determinant
for the ideological superstructure315: World-Capitalism is now the global
megamachine determining a priori the cognitive parameters within which the
phenomenological micromachinery of organically individuated sapience
operates. By acknowledging the fact that political intervention can no longer
afford to ignore this insight; by recognising that empirical agency alone is
incapable of circumventing capital’s all-encompassing universality as WorldCapitalism, transcendental scepticism constitutes an instance of a priori
political resistance.
By way of conclusion, we will characterise this a priori form of cognitive
and thereby political resistance in terms of three immediately pragmatic
consequences:
1.
The construction of rigorously meaningless, epistemically
uninterpretable utterances, the better to unfold the Decisional circle whereby
utterance’s unobjectifiable material force is perpetually reinscribed within
statement’s objectivating horizons of significance316.
315 This, in a nutshell, is the aim of Laruelle’s Introduction to Non-Marxism. Cf. Laruelle, 2000b.
316 Cf. supra, Chapter 4, pp.194-199.
225
The short-circuiting of the informational relay between material
power and cognitive force.
3.
Finally, the engendering of a mode of cognition that
simultaneously constitutes an instance of universal noise as far the
commodification of knowledge is concerned.
This threefold emancipation of thought from artificially manufactured
horizons of phenomenological meaning, as well as contingently synthesised
codes of cognition, may prove to be a small, but by no means inconsequential
step toward political liberation.
226
2.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Works by Laruelle
Philosophie I:
1971 - Phénomène et Différence. Éssai sur l'ontologie de Ravaisson.
Paris: Klinskieck.
1976 -Machines Textuelles. Déconstruction et libido d'écriture. Paris: Seuil.
1977a -Nietzsche contre Heidegger. Thèses pour une politique nietzschéenne.
Paris: Payot.
1977b - Le Déclin de l'Écriture. Paris: Aubier-Flammarion.
1978 - Au Dela du Principe de Pouvoir. Paris: Payot.
Philosophie II:
1981 - Le Prinçipe de Minorité. Paris: Aubier.
1983-1985 - Pourquoi Pas La Philosophie ?
Paris: journal published by the author.
1.
1983a - ‘Descartes, Mission Terminée, Retour Impossible’.
2.
1983b - ‘Les Crimes de l'Histoire de la Philosophie’.
3.
1984a - ‘Théorie de la Décision Philosophique’.
4.
1984b - ‘Le Philosophe Sans Qualités’.
5.
1985a - ‘Le Mystique, Le Pratique, L’Ordinaire’.
6.
1985b - ‘Métaphysique du Futur’.
1985 - Une Biographie de l'Homme Ordinaire. Des autorités et des
minorités.
Paris: Aubier.
1986 - Les Philosophies de la Différence. Introduction critique. Paris: P.U.F.
1989 - Philosophie et Non-Philosophie. Liège-Bruxelles: Mardaga.
1991 - En Tant qu'Un. La non-philosophie éxpliquée au philosophes.
Paris: Aubier.
1992 - Théorie des Identités. Fractalité généralisée et philosophie artificielle.
Paris: P.U.F.
Philosophie III:
1995 - Théorie des Étrangers. Science des hommes, démocratie,
non-psychanalyse. Paris: Kimé.
1996 - Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie. Paris: P.U.F.
1998 - Dictionnaire de la Non-Philosophie. François Laruelle et
Collaborateurs, Paris: Kimé.
2000a - Éthique de l'Étranger. Du crime contre l'humanité. Paris: Kimé.
2000b - Introduction au Non-Marxisme. Paris: P.U.F.
225
The short-circuiting of the informational relay between material
power and cognitive force.
3.
Finally, the engendering of a mode of cognition that
simultaneously constitutes an instance of universal noise as far the
commodification of knowledge is concerned.
This threefold emancipation of thought from artificially manufactured
horizons of phenomenological meaning, as well as contingently synthesised
codes of cognition, may prove to be a small, but by no means inconsequential
step toward political liberation.
226
2.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Works by Laruelle
Philosophie I:
1971 - Phénomène et Différence. Éssai sur l'ontologie de Ravaisson.
Paris: Klinskieck.
1976 -Machines Textuelles. Déconstruction et libido d'écriture. Paris: Seuil.
1977a -Nietzsche contre Heidegger. Thèses pour une politique nietzschéenne.
Paris: Payot.
1977b - Le Déclin de l'Écriture. Paris: Aubier-Flammarion.
1978 - Au Dela du Principe de Pouvoir. Paris: Payot.
Philosophie II:
1981 - Le Prinçipe de Minorité. Paris: Aubier.
1983-1985 - Pourquoi Pas La Philosophie ?
Paris: journal published by the author.
1.
1983a - ‘Descartes, Mission Terminée, Retour Impossible’.
2.
1983b - ‘Les Crimes de l'Histoire de la Philosophie’.
3.
1984a - ‘Théorie de la Décision Philosophique’.
4.
1984b - ‘Le Philosophe Sans Qualités’.
5.
1985a - ‘Le Mystique, Le Pratique, L’Ordinaire’.
6.
1985b - ‘Métaphysique du Futur’.
1985 - Une Biographie de l'Homme Ordinaire. Des autorités et des
minorités.
Paris: Aubier.
1986 - Les Philosophies de la Différence. Introduction critique. Paris: P.U.F.
1989 - Philosophie et Non-Philosophie. Liège-Bruxelles: Mardaga.
1991 - En Tant qu'Un. La non-philosophie éxpliquée au philosophes.
Paris: Aubier.
1992 - Théorie des Identités. Fractalité généralisée et philosophie artificielle.
Paris: P.U.F.
Philosophie III:
1995 - Théorie des Étrangers. Science des hommes, démocratie,
non-psychanalyse. Paris: Kimé.
1996 - Prinçipes de la Non-Philosophie. Paris: P.U.F.
1998 - Dictionnaire de la Non-Philosophie. François Laruelle et
Collaborateurs, Paris: Kimé.
2000a - Éthique de l'Étranger. Du crime contre l'humanité. Paris: Kimé.
2000b - Introduction au Non-Marxisme. Paris: P.U.F.
227
Articles and Essays by Laruelle
Note: page references for some of the articles below were unavailable.
1973 - ‘Le Texte Quatrième. L’événement textuel comme simulacre’,
in l’Arc. Jacques Derrida., C.Clément ed., 54, pp. 38-45.
1975 - ‘Le Style Di-Phallique de Jacques Derrida’, in Critique, 334,
pp. 320-339.
1976a - ‘La Scène du Vomi ou comment ça se détraque dans la théorie’,
in Critique, 347, pp.418-443.
1976b - ‘Heidegger et Nietzsche’, in Magazine Littéraire de Paris, 117,
pp. 12-14.
1978a - ‘Pour Une Linguistique Active (La notion de phronèse)’,
in Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Etranger, 103,
pp. 419-431.
1979 - ‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode Transcendantale’,
in Bulletin de la Société Franaise de Philosophie, 73, pp. 77-119.
1980a - ‘Irrécusable, Irreçevable. Un éssai de présentation’,
introduction to Textes Pour Emmanuel Levinas, F.Laruelle ed.,
Paris: Plaçe, pp. 7-14.
1980b - ‘Au Dela du Pouvoir. Le concept transcendantal de la diaspora’,
ibid.,
pp. 111-125.
1980c - ‘Homo ex Machina, in Revue Philosophique de la France et de
l’Etranger, 105, pp. 325-342.
1981a - ‘Réflexions sur le Sens de la Finitude dans la ‘Critique de la Raison
Pure’, in Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 35, pp. 269-283.
1982a - ‘Comment ‘Sortir’ de Heidegger et de la Différence en Général’,
in Cahiers de Philosophie. Heidegger (Exercice de la Patience),
3-4, Paris: Obsidiane.
1982b - ‘Projet d’une Philosophie du Livre’, in Cahiers Obsidiane, 5,
Paris: Obsidiane.
1983c - ‘Une Nouvelle Pensée Plutôt Qu’une Nouvelle Mythologie’,
typewritten text, presented as part of unpublished proceedings of
the colloquium ‘Avons-Nous Besoin D’une Nouvelle Mythologie ?’
held at Goethe-Institut, Paris, 2-3 June 1983, with F.Forget, M.Frank,
F.Gaillard, F.Laruelle and E.Morin.
1983d - ‘Etho-techno-logie: De l’éthique en milieu technologique intense’,
in Annales de l’Institut de Philosophie et de Sciences Morales.
Éthique et Technique, Bruxelles: Université de Bruxelles.
228
1985c - ‘Programme Pour Une Critique de la Raison Technologique’,
in Le Cahier du Collège International de Philosophie
(summary of two years of lectures at the Collége International
de Philosophie, 1983-1985), Paris: Osiris.
1986a - ‘Pour Introduire à l’Inenseignable (La critique de la raison
pédagogique)’, in La Grève des Philosophes. École et philosophie,
Paris: Osiris.
1986b - ‘Questions Écrites’[apropos of A. Renaut’s ‘De la philosophie
comme philosophie du droit (Kant ou Fichte ?)’], Bulletin de la
Société Française de Philosophie, 80, pp. 122-123.
1987a - ‘La Vérité Selon Hermès. Théorèmes sur le secret et la
communication’, in Analecta Husserliana, 22,
London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 397-401.
1987b - ‘La Philosophie Devant l’Intelligence Artificielle’, in Le Cahier du
Collège International de Philosophie, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 146-148.
1987c - ‘Pour Une Science de la Décision Philosophique’, in Le Cahier du
Collège International de Philosophie, 4, Paris: Osiris, pp. 25-40.
1987d - ‘Réponse’ (to S. Valdinoci and P.J. Labarrière), ibid., pp. 60-66.
1987e - ‘Programme’, in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 1,
Paris: Osiris, pp.5-43.
1987f - ‘Théorèmes de la Bonne Nouvelle’, ibid., pp. 86-94.
1987g - ‘Variations sur un Thème de Heidegger’, ibid., pp. 86-94.
1987h - ‘L’Éssence de la Science: Une description non-épistémologique’,
in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 3, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 5-37.
1987i - ‘Biographie de Solitude’, ibid., pp. 101-104.
1987j - ‘Abrégé d’une Science Humaine de la Philosophie’, ibid.,
pp. 105-111.
1987k - ‘Octonaire de la Suffisance Philosophique’, ibid., pp. 113-117.
1987l - ‘Exercise sur Péguy: ‘Une philosophie qui ne vient pas faute
éternellement’’, ibid., pp. 119-124.
1988a - ‘Lettre’ (apropos of J.Proust’s ‘Problèmes d’Histoire de la
Philosophie: L’idée de topique comparative’) in Bulletin de la
Société Française de Philosophie, 82, pp. 116-118.
1988b - ‘Pour une Critique Réelle de la Raison Pédagogique’, in Le Cahier
du Collège International de Philosophie, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 83-86.
1988c - ‘Sur la Possibilité d’une Déconstruction ‘Non-Heideggerienne’’,
in Heidegger. Questions ouvertes. Collège International de
Philosophie, Paris: Osiris.
1988d - ‘Du Monde Comme Méthode’, in Maurice Merleau-Ponty. Le
227
Articles and Essays by Laruelle
Note: page references for some of the articles below were unavailable.
1973 - ‘Le Texte Quatrième. L’événement textuel comme simulacre’,
in l’Arc. Jacques Derrida., C.Clément ed., 54, pp. 38-45.
1975 - ‘Le Style Di-Phallique de Jacques Derrida’, in Critique, 334,
pp. 320-339.
1976a - ‘La Scène du Vomi ou comment ça se détraque dans la théorie’,
in Critique, 347, pp.418-443.
1976b - ‘Heidegger et Nietzsche’, in Magazine Littéraire de Paris, 117,
pp. 12-14.
1978a - ‘Pour Une Linguistique Active (La notion de phronèse)’,
in Revue Philosophique de la France et de l’Etranger, 103,
pp. 419-431.
1979 - ‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode Transcendantale’,
in Bulletin de la Société Franaise de Philosophie, 73, pp. 77-119.
1980a - ‘Irrécusable, Irreçevable. Un éssai de présentation’,
introduction to Textes Pour Emmanuel Levinas, F.Laruelle ed.,
Paris: Plaçe, pp. 7-14.
1980b - ‘Au Dela du Pouvoir. Le concept transcendantal de la diaspora’,
ibid.,
pp. 111-125.
1980c - ‘Homo ex Machina, in Revue Philosophique de la France et de
l’Etranger, 105, pp. 325-342.
1981a - ‘Réflexions sur le Sens de la Finitude dans la ‘Critique de la Raison
Pure’, in Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 35, pp. 269-283.
1982a - ‘Comment ‘Sortir’ de Heidegger et de la Différence en Général’,
in Cahiers de Philosophie. Heidegger (Exercice de la Patience),
3-4, Paris: Obsidiane.
1982b - ‘Projet d’une Philosophie du Livre’, in Cahiers Obsidiane, 5,
Paris: Obsidiane.
1983c - ‘Une Nouvelle Pensée Plutôt Qu’une Nouvelle Mythologie’,
typewritten text, presented as part of unpublished proceedings of
the colloquium ‘Avons-Nous Besoin D’une Nouvelle Mythologie ?’
held at Goethe-Institut, Paris, 2-3 June 1983, with F.Forget, M.Frank,
F.Gaillard, F.Laruelle and E.Morin.
1983d - ‘Etho-techno-logie: De l’éthique en milieu technologique intense’,
in Annales de l’Institut de Philosophie et de Sciences Morales.
Éthique et Technique, Bruxelles: Université de Bruxelles.
228
1985c - ‘Programme Pour Une Critique de la Raison Technologique’,
in Le Cahier du Collège International de Philosophie
(summary of two years of lectures at the Collége International
de Philosophie, 1983-1985), Paris: Osiris.
1986a - ‘Pour Introduire à l’Inenseignable (La critique de la raison
pédagogique)’, in La Grève des Philosophes. École et philosophie,
Paris: Osiris.
1986b - ‘Questions Écrites’[apropos of A. Renaut’s ‘De la philosophie
comme philosophie du droit (Kant ou Fichte ?)’], Bulletin de la
Société Française de Philosophie, 80, pp. 122-123.
1987a - ‘La Vérité Selon Hermès. Théorèmes sur le secret et la
communication’, in Analecta Husserliana, 22,
London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 397-401.
1987b - ‘La Philosophie Devant l’Intelligence Artificielle’, in Le Cahier du
Collège International de Philosophie, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 146-148.
1987c - ‘Pour Une Science de la Décision Philosophique’, in Le Cahier du
Collège International de Philosophie, 4, Paris: Osiris, pp. 25-40.
1987d - ‘Réponse’ (to S. Valdinoci and P.J. Labarrière), ibid., pp. 60-66.
1987e - ‘Programme’, in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 1,
Paris: Osiris, pp.5-43.
1987f - ‘Théorèmes de la Bonne Nouvelle’, ibid., pp. 86-94.
1987g - ‘Variations sur un Thème de Heidegger’, ibid., pp. 86-94.
1987h - ‘L’Éssence de la Science: Une description non-épistémologique’,
in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 3, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 5-37.
1987i - ‘Biographie de Solitude’, ibid., pp. 101-104.
1987j - ‘Abrégé d’une Science Humaine de la Philosophie’, ibid.,
pp. 105-111.
1987k - ‘Octonaire de la Suffisance Philosophique’, ibid., pp. 113-117.
1987l - ‘Exercise sur Péguy: ‘Une philosophie qui ne vient pas faute
éternellement’’, ibid., pp. 119-124.
1988a - ‘Lettre’ (apropos of J.Proust’s ‘Problèmes d’Histoire de la
Philosophie: L’idée de topique comparative’) in Bulletin de la
Société Française de Philosophie, 82, pp. 116-118.
1988b - ‘Pour une Critique Réelle de la Raison Pédagogique’, in Le Cahier
du Collège International de Philosophie, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 83-86.
1988c - ‘Sur la Possibilité d’une Déconstruction ‘Non-Heideggerienne’’,
in Heidegger. Questions ouvertes. Collège International de
Philosophie, Paris: Osiris.
1988d - ‘Du Monde Comme Méthode’, in Maurice Merleau-Ponty. Le
229
psychique et le corporel, A.T. Tymieniecka ed., Paris: Aubier.
1988e - ‘Introduction à la Vision-en-Un’, in La Décision Philosophique,
F.Laruelle ed., 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 41-61.
1988f - ‘Controverse sur la Possibilité d'une Science de la Philosophie’,
(debate with J.Derrida), ibid., pp. 63-76.
1988g - ‘Lettre à Deleuze’, ibid., pp. 101-105.
1988h - ‘Du Noir Univers dans les Fondations Humaines de la Couleur’,
ibid., pp. 107-112.
1988i - ‘Variations Leibniz’, ibid., pp. 113-124.
1988j - ‘Lettre Ouverte aux Professeurs de Philosophie’ (with S.Valdinoci),
ibid., pp. 125-126.
1989a - ‘De la Révolution dans les Simples Limites de la Science’, in
Le Cahie du Collège International de Philosophie, 7, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 111-126.
1989b - ‘Le Concept d’Analyse Généralisée ou de ‘Non-Analyse’’ ,
in Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 43, pp. 506-524.
1989c - ‘La Méthode Transcendantale’, in Encyclopédie Philosophique
Universelle, A.Jacob dir.,‘Vol. 1: L'Univers Philosophique’,
Paris: P.U.F., pp. 693-700.
1989d - ‘Marges et Limites de la Métaphysique’, ibid., pp. 71-80.
1989e - ‘L’Unité de l’Homme et de la Science’, in La Décision
Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 33-52.
1989f - ‘La Liberté du Penseur et la Communication Universelle’, ibid.,
pp. 77-88.
1989g - ‘Ce Que l’Un Voit Dans l’Un’, ibid., pp. 115-121.
1989h - ‘Prolégomènes à Toute Science Future qui se Présenterait Comme
Humaine’, in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 9,
Paris : Osiris, pp. 7-37.
1989i - ‘Débat’ (with L.Ferry, proceedings of debate entitled ‘La nouvelle
querelle de l'humanisme’ held at Villa-Gillet, Lyon, in April 1989),
ibid., pp. 39-64.
1989j - ‘Biographie de l’oeil’, ibid., pp. 93-104.
1989k - ‘Mon Parmenide’, ibid., pp. 105-114.
1990 - ‘La Cause de l’Homme: juste un individu’, in Analecta Husserliana,
29, London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 49-56.
1991a - ‘La Science des Phénomènes et la Critique de la Décision
Phénoménologique’, in Analecta Husserliana, 34,
London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 115-127.
1991b - ‘l’Appel et le Phénomène’, (apropos of J-L.Marion’s ‘Réduction et
Donation’), in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 1, pp. 27-41.
230
1993a - ‘Le Concept d’une Éthique Ordinaire ou Fondée dans l’Homme’,
in Rue Descartes. Collège International de Philosophie, 7,
Paris: Albin Michel, pp. 70-82.
1993b - ‘Essai de Traduction ‘Non-Philosophique’ d’un Texte de Leibniz’,
in Où en est la philosophie ?, intro. by J.Ladrière,
Louvain-la-Neuve: Institut Catholique de Louvain.
1994 - ‘Le Concept d’une ‘Technologie Première’’,
in Gilbert Simondon. Une pensée de l'individuation et de la
technique, (Collège International de Philosophie),
Paris: Albin Michel, pp. 206-219.
1995a - ‘Réponse à Deleuze’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains. Althusser, Badiou, Deleuze,
Derrida, Fichte, Kojève, Husserl, Russell, Sartre, Wittgenstein.,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 49-78.
1997a - ‘L’Hypothèse Non-Borgésienne. Éssai sur le livre et la
bibliothéque’,
(Published in german) Stuttgart: Jutta Legueil.
1997b - ‘Qu’est-ce que la Non-Philosophie ?’, introduction to Initiation à la
Pensée de François Laruelle, J-D.Blanco, Paris: l'Harmattan,
pp. 13-64.
1998a - ‘Théorie du Dictionnaire Non-Philosophique’, introduction to
Dictionnaire de Non-Philosophie, F.Laruelle et Collaborateurs,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 10-24.
1998b - ‘De la Non-Philosophie Comme Hérésie’, in Discipline Hérétique.
Esthétique, psychanalyse, religion, Non-Philosophie. Le Collectif,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 7-23.
1999 - ‘A Summary of Non-Philosophy’, trans. by R.Brassier,
in Pli: The Warwick Journal of Philosophy. Volume 8: Philosophies
of Nature, Coventry: Department of Philosophy, University of
Warwick, pp. 138-148.
2000c - ‘Identity and Event’, trans. by R.Brassier, in Pli: The Warwick
Journal of Philosophy. Volume 9: Parrallel Processes: Philosophy
and Science, Coventry: Department of Philosophy, University of
Warwick, pp. 174-189.
2000d - ‘Alien-Sans-Aliénation. Programme pour une philo-fiction’
in Philosophie et Science-Fiction, ed. by G.Hottois, Paris: Vrin,
pp.145-156.
2001 - ‘Traduit du Philosophique’, unpublished conference paper.
Secondary Litterature on Laruelle
229
psychique et le corporel, A.T. Tymieniecka ed., Paris: Aubier.
1988e - ‘Introduction à la Vision-en-Un’, in La Décision Philosophique,
F.Laruelle ed., 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 41-61.
1988f - ‘Controverse sur la Possibilité d'une Science de la Philosophie’,
(debate with J.Derrida), ibid., pp. 63-76.
1988g - ‘Lettre à Deleuze’, ibid., pp. 101-105.
1988h - ‘Du Noir Univers dans les Fondations Humaines de la Couleur’,
ibid., pp. 107-112.
1988i - ‘Variations Leibniz’, ibid., pp. 113-124.
1988j - ‘Lettre Ouverte aux Professeurs de Philosophie’ (with S.Valdinoci),
ibid., pp. 125-126.
1989a - ‘De la Révolution dans les Simples Limites de la Science’, in
Le Cahie du Collège International de Philosophie, 7, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 111-126.
1989b - ‘Le Concept d’Analyse Généralisée ou de ‘Non-Analyse’’ ,
in Revue Internationale de Philosophie, 43, pp. 506-524.
1989c - ‘La Méthode Transcendantale’, in Encyclopédie Philosophique
Universelle, A.Jacob dir.,‘Vol. 1: L'Univers Philosophique’,
Paris: P.U.F., pp. 693-700.
1989d - ‘Marges et Limites de la Métaphysique’, ibid., pp. 71-80.
1989e - ‘L’Unité de l’Homme et de la Science’, in La Décision
Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 33-52.
1989f - ‘La Liberté du Penseur et la Communication Universelle’, ibid.,
pp. 77-88.
1989g - ‘Ce Que l’Un Voit Dans l’Un’, ibid., pp. 115-121.
1989h - ‘Prolégomènes à Toute Science Future qui se Présenterait Comme
Humaine’, in La Décision Philosophique, F.Laruelle ed., 9,
Paris : Osiris, pp. 7-37.
1989i - ‘Débat’ (with L.Ferry, proceedings of debate entitled ‘La nouvelle
querelle de l'humanisme’ held at Villa-Gillet, Lyon, in April 1989),
ibid., pp. 39-64.
1989j - ‘Biographie de l’oeil’, ibid., pp. 93-104.
1989k - ‘Mon Parmenide’, ibid., pp. 105-114.
1990 - ‘La Cause de l’Homme: juste un individu’, in Analecta Husserliana,
29, London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 49-56.
1991a - ‘La Science des Phénomènes et la Critique de la Décision
Phénoménologique’, in Analecta Husserliana, 34,
London: Reidel Publishing Company, pp. 115-127.
1991b - ‘l’Appel et le Phénomène’, (apropos of J-L.Marion’s ‘Réduction et
Donation’), in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 1, pp. 27-41.
230
1993a - ‘Le Concept d’une Éthique Ordinaire ou Fondée dans l’Homme’,
in Rue Descartes. Collège International de Philosophie, 7,
Paris: Albin Michel, pp. 70-82.
1993b - ‘Essai de Traduction ‘Non-Philosophique’ d’un Texte de Leibniz’,
in Où en est la philosophie ?, intro. by J.Ladrière,
Louvain-la-Neuve: Institut Catholique de Louvain.
1994 - ‘Le Concept d’une ‘Technologie Première’’,
in Gilbert Simondon. Une pensée de l'individuation et de la
technique, (Collège International de Philosophie),
Paris: Albin Michel, pp. 206-219.
1995a - ‘Réponse à Deleuze’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains. Althusser, Badiou, Deleuze,
Derrida, Fichte, Kojève, Husserl, Russell, Sartre, Wittgenstein.,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 49-78.
1997a - ‘L’Hypothèse Non-Borgésienne. Éssai sur le livre et la
bibliothéque’,
(Published in german) Stuttgart: Jutta Legueil.
1997b - ‘Qu’est-ce que la Non-Philosophie ?’, introduction to Initiation à la
Pensée de François Laruelle, J-D.Blanco, Paris: l'Harmattan,
pp. 13-64.
1998a - ‘Théorie du Dictionnaire Non-Philosophique’, introduction to
Dictionnaire de Non-Philosophie, F.Laruelle et Collaborateurs,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 10-24.
1998b - ‘De la Non-Philosophie Comme Hérésie’, in Discipline Hérétique.
Esthétique, psychanalyse, religion, Non-Philosophie. Le Collectif,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 7-23.
1999 - ‘A Summary of Non-Philosophy’, trans. by R.Brassier,
in Pli: The Warwick Journal of Philosophy. Volume 8: Philosophies
of Nature, Coventry: Department of Philosophy, University of
Warwick, pp. 138-148.
2000c - ‘Identity and Event’, trans. by R.Brassier, in Pli: The Warwick
Journal of Philosophy. Volume 9: Parrallel Processes: Philosophy
and Science, Coventry: Department of Philosophy, University of
Warwick, pp. 174-189.
2000d - ‘Alien-Sans-Aliénation. Programme pour une philo-fiction’
in Philosophie et Science-Fiction, ed. by G.Hottois, Paris: Vrin,
pp.145-156.
2001 - ‘Traduit du Philosophique’, unpublished conference paper.
Secondary Litterature on Laruelle
231
a) articles:
Aguilar, T. 1998 - ‘Badiou et la Non-Philosophie: un paralléle’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 37-46.
de Almeida, D. 1998 - ‘Nous, les Non-Européen’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 64-87.
Bernard, L. 1989 - ‘Compte-Rendu’, (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Revue Philosophique de Louvain, 82,
pp. 583-584.
Brachet, T. 1988 - ‘Précis de Non-Psychanalyse’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 85-90.
Brachet, T. 1989a - ‘(Non)Psychanalyse et Non-Psychanalyse’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 93-103.
Brachet, T. 1989b - ‘Méthode de la Non-Psychanalyse’, ibid., pp. 105-110.
Brachet, T. 1989c - ‘Humanisme de l’Homme, Humanisme de l’Autre’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 9, Paris: Osiris, pp. 4-5.
Brachet, T. 1995 - ‘Les Philosophes Ne M’intéressent Pas...36 Variations sur
Kojève’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 145-165.
Brachet, T. 1998 - ‘La Psychanalyse: Une Autre Dialectique ?’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 103-112.
Decan, M. 1987 - ‘Lire in English la Lettre Volée’, in La Decision
Philosophique,1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 72-82.
Dennes, M. 1989a - ‘Variations sur l'Être-en-Jeté’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 113-115.
Dennes, M. 1989b - ‘De l’Un-à-l’Autre’, in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 115-117.
Dennes, M. 1995 - ‘Fichte et la Non-Philosophie’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains,
Paris: Kimé, pp.107-124.
Derrida, J. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp. 252-253.
Derrida, J. 1988 - ‘Controverse sur la Possibilité d’une Science de la
Philosophie’, (debate withLaruelle) in La Décision
Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 63-76.
232
Díaz de Kóbila, E. 1989 - ‘Philosopher en Argentine: la défense de la vie
Comme programme’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 7-19.
Encrenaz, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de la Méthode Transcendantale) in Bulletin de la
Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.107.
Ferrero Carracedo, L. 1977 - ‘F.Laruelle: Más Allá de Heidegger’, in Anales
del Seminario del Metafisica, 12,
Madrid: Universidad Autónoma.
Ferry, L. 1989 - ‘Débat’ (with Laruelle, proceedings of debate entitled
‘La Nouvelle Querelle de L’humanisme’ held at Villa-Gillet,
Lyon, April 1989), in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 39-64.
Gouhier, H. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de
la Méthode Transcendantale’) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.101.
Grelet, G. 1998 - ‘Un Bréviaire de Non-Réligion’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 182-216.
Henriot, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation de
la MéthodeTranscendantale), in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p. 117.
Jacob, A. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., pp.106-107.
Kahn, G. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., p.104.
Kaufman, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., pp. 108-110.
Kieffer, G. 1998 - ‘La Non-Philosophie: mode d’emploie’, in
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 24-38.
Kofman, S. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp. 260-261.
Labarrière, P-J. 1987 - ‘D’un Autre Un’, (reply to Laruelle’s ‘Pour Une
Science de la Décision Philosophique’) in Le Cahier
du Collège International de Philosophie, 4,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 52-59.
Lacoue-Labarthe, P. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de
l'Écriture, Paris: Aubier-Flammarion,
231
a) articles:
Aguilar, T. 1998 - ‘Badiou et la Non-Philosophie: un paralléle’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 37-46.
de Almeida, D. 1998 - ‘Nous, les Non-Européen’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 64-87.
Bernard, L. 1989 - ‘Compte-Rendu’, (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Revue Philosophique de Louvain, 82,
pp. 583-584.
Brachet, T. 1988 - ‘Précis de Non-Psychanalyse’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 85-90.
Brachet, T. 1989a - ‘(Non)Psychanalyse et Non-Psychanalyse’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 93-103.
Brachet, T. 1989b - ‘Méthode de la Non-Psychanalyse’, ibid., pp. 105-110.
Brachet, T. 1989c - ‘Humanisme de l’Homme, Humanisme de l’Autre’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 9, Paris: Osiris, pp. 4-5.
Brachet, T. 1995 - ‘Les Philosophes Ne M’intéressent Pas...36 Variations sur
Kojève’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 145-165.
Brachet, T. 1998 - ‘La Psychanalyse: Une Autre Dialectique ?’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 103-112.
Decan, M. 1987 - ‘Lire in English la Lettre Volée’, in La Decision
Philosophique,1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 72-82.
Dennes, M. 1989a - ‘Variations sur l'Être-en-Jeté’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 113-115.
Dennes, M. 1989b - ‘De l’Un-à-l’Autre’, in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 115-117.
Dennes, M. 1995 - ‘Fichte et la Non-Philosophie’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains,
Paris: Kimé, pp.107-124.
Derrida, J. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp. 252-253.
Derrida, J. 1988 - ‘Controverse sur la Possibilité d’une Science de la
Philosophie’, (debate withLaruelle) in La Décision
Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 63-76.
232
Díaz de Kóbila, E. 1989 - ‘Philosopher en Argentine: la défense de la vie
Comme programme’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 7-19.
Encrenaz, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de la Méthode Transcendantale) in Bulletin de la
Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.107.
Ferrero Carracedo, L. 1977 - ‘F.Laruelle: Más Allá de Heidegger’, in Anales
del Seminario del Metafisica, 12,
Madrid: Universidad Autónoma.
Ferry, L. 1989 - ‘Débat’ (with Laruelle, proceedings of debate entitled
‘La Nouvelle Querelle de L’humanisme’ held at Villa-Gillet,
Lyon, April 1989), in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 39-64.
Gouhier, H. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de
la Méthode Transcendantale’) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.101.
Grelet, G. 1998 - ‘Un Bréviaire de Non-Réligion’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 182-216.
Henriot, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation de
la MéthodeTranscendantale), in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p. 117.
Jacob, A. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., pp.106-107.
Kahn, G. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., p.104.
Kaufman, P. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, ibid., pp. 108-110.
Kieffer, G. 1998 - ‘La Non-Philosophie: mode d’emploie’, in
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 24-38.
Kofman, S. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp. 260-261.
Labarrière, P-J. 1987 - ‘D’un Autre Un’, (reply to Laruelle’s ‘Pour Une
Science de la Décision Philosophique’) in Le Cahier
du Collège International de Philosophie, 4,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 52-59.
Lacoue-Labarthe, P. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de
l'Écriture, Paris: Aubier-Flammarion,
233
234
pp. 267-268.
Leboeuf, M. 1998 - ‘La Peinture Telle-Qu’elle’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 137-168.
Lemelin, J-M. 1987 - ‘Pour Une Posture Radicale’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 45-49.
Lemelin, J-M. 1988 - ‘La Passion de la Vérité ou l’Indifférence de l’Un’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 91-99.
Leroy, L. 1995 - ‘Derrida et le ‘Non-Philosophique’ Restreint’, in
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 81-105.
Letocha, D. 1986 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Une Biographie
de
l'Homme Ordinaire), in Canadian Philosophical Review,
6, pp. 111-117.
Maclos,V. 1995 - ‘De la Science de l’Histoire à la Science en l’Un’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 7-34.
Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 85-96.
Nicolet, D. 1995 - ‘Philosophie Non-Théorique’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains,
Paris: Osiris, pp.223-234.
Patoz, V. 1998 - ‘Pédagogie et Non-Pédagogie’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé, pp. 3963.
Petit, P. 1985 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Une Biographie de
l'Homme Ordinaire), in Revue Internationale de Philosophie,
39, pp. 465-467.
Petit, P. 1988 - ‘Sartre, le Roman et les Limites de la Philosophie’, in La
Décision Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 77-81.
Petit, P. 1995 - ‘Adieu: Sartre ou les Dernières Aventures du Roman’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Osiris, pp. 189-205.
Renaut, M. 1985 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Canadian Philosophical Review, 5,
pp. 227-229.
Marion, J-L. 1991 - ‘Réponses à Quelques Questions’ (apropos of critical
symposium on Marion’s Réduction et Donation),
in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 1, pp. 65-76.
de Mecquenem, I. 1987 - ‘La Quête de l’Originalité et la Perte des Autorités
en Philosophie’, in La Décision Philosophique,
3,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 81-84.
de Mecquenem, I. 1989 - ‘L’Étrangeté Comme Paradigme’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 9, Paris: Osiris, pp. 81-90.
Merleau-Ponty, J. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s
‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode
Transcendendantale), in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73,
pp. 100-103 & 115-119.
Moulinier, D. 1998 - ‘Jouissance: Transformation d’un Concept’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 88-102.
Nadot, L. 1998 - ‘Du Rire au Larmes’, ibid., pp. 113-136.
Nancy, J-L. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp.245-246.
Nicolet, D. 1987 - ‘Wittgenstein Disciple de Freud’, in La Décision
Saint-Girons, B. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La
Transvaluation de La MéthodeTranscendantale)
in Bulletin de la Société Française de Philosophie,
73, pp.105-106.
Salbert, L. 1998 - ‘Le Génie en Éxil’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé, pp. 169-181.
Schmid, A-F. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de la Méthode Transcendantale) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.110.
Schmid, A-F. 1987 - ‘Les Animaux-Plus-Que-Philosophes. Essai sur
L’irréversibilité du vécu’, in La Décision Philosophique,
3, Paris: Kimé, pp. 51-74.
Schmid, A-F. 1995 - ‘Le Problème de Russell’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie de Contemporains,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 167-186.
Sibony, D. 1989a - ‘Remarques sur Science et Inconscient’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 23-31.
Sibony, D. 1989b - ‘Réflexions sur l’Un et l’Être’, ibid., pp. 53-75.
Sibony, D. 1989c - ‘Allègements’, ibid., pp. 89-92.
Sumares, M. 1987 - ‘Un Certain Commencement’, in La Décision
233
234
pp. 267-268.
Leboeuf, M. 1998 - ‘La Peinture Telle-Qu’elle’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé,
pp. 137-168.
Lemelin, J-M. 1987 - ‘Pour Une Posture Radicale’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 45-49.
Lemelin, J-M. 1988 - ‘La Passion de la Vérité ou l’Indifférence de l’Un’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris,
pp. 91-99.
Leroy, L. 1995 - ‘Derrida et le ‘Non-Philosophique’ Restreint’, in
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 81-105.
Letocha, D. 1986 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Une Biographie
de
l'Homme Ordinaire), in Canadian Philosophical Review,
6, pp. 111-117.
Maclos,V. 1995 - ‘De la Science de l’Histoire à la Science en l’Un’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 7-34.
Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 85-96.
Nicolet, D. 1995 - ‘Philosophie Non-Théorique’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des Contemporains,
Paris: Osiris, pp.223-234.
Patoz, V. 1998 - ‘Pédagogie et Non-Pédagogie’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé, pp. 3963.
Petit, P. 1985 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Une Biographie de
l'Homme Ordinaire), in Revue Internationale de Philosophie,
39, pp. 465-467.
Petit, P. 1988 - ‘Sartre, le Roman et les Limites de la Philosophie’, in La
Décision Philosophique, 5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 77-81.
Petit, P. 1995 - ‘Adieu: Sartre ou les Dernières Aventures du Roman’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains, Paris: Osiris, pp. 189-205.
Renaut, M. 1985 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Canadian Philosophical Review, 5,
pp. 227-229.
Marion, J-L. 1991 - ‘Réponses à Quelques Questions’ (apropos of critical
symposium on Marion’s Réduction et Donation),
in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 1, pp. 65-76.
de Mecquenem, I. 1987 - ‘La Quête de l’Originalité et la Perte des Autorités
en Philosophie’, in La Décision Philosophique,
3,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 81-84.
de Mecquenem, I. 1989 - ‘L’Étrangeté Comme Paradigme’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 9, Paris: Osiris, pp. 81-90.
Merleau-Ponty, J. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle’s
‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode
Transcendendantale), in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73,
pp. 100-103 & 115-119.
Moulinier, D. 1998 - ‘Jouissance: Transformation d’un Concept’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, Discipline Hérétique,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 88-102.
Nadot, L. 1998 - ‘Du Rire au Larmes’, ibid., pp. 113-136.
Nancy, J-L. 1977 - ‘Entretien’, in F.Laruelle, Le Déclin de l'Écriture,
Paris: Aubier-Flammarion, pp.245-246.
Nicolet, D. 1987 - ‘Wittgenstein Disciple de Freud’, in La Décision
Saint-Girons, B. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La
Transvaluation de La MéthodeTranscendantale)
in Bulletin de la Société Française de Philosophie,
73, pp.105-106.
Salbert, L. 1998 - ‘Le Génie en Éxil’, in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif,
Discipline Hérétique, Paris: Kimé, pp. 169-181.
Schmid, A-F. 1979 - ‘Discussion’ (apropos of Laruelle’s ‘La Transvaluation
de la Méthode Transcendantale) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.110.
Schmid, A-F. 1987 - ‘Les Animaux-Plus-Que-Philosophes. Essai sur
L’irréversibilité du vécu’, in La Décision Philosophique,
3, Paris: Kimé, pp. 51-74.
Schmid, A-F. 1995 - ‘Le Problème de Russell’, in Non-Philosophie,
Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie de Contemporains,
Paris: Kimé, pp. 167-186.
Sibony, D. 1989a - ‘Remarques sur Science et Inconscient’,
in La Décision Philosophique, 7, Paris: Osiris, pp. 23-31.
Sibony, D. 1989b - ‘Réflexions sur l’Un et l’Être’, ibid., pp. 53-75.
Sibony, D. 1989c - ‘Allègements’, ibid., pp. 89-92.
Sumares, M. 1987 - ‘Un Certain Commencement’, in La Décision
235
Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 75-79.
Sumares, M. 1995 - ‘Quand Être Sujet C’est Ne Pas Être Assujétti’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie
des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 207- 221.
Sumares, M. 1997 - ‘Mystics and Pragmatics in the Non-Philosophy of
François Laruelle: Lessons for Rorty’s
metaphilosophizing’, in Revista Portuguesa de
Filosofia, 53, pp. 27-38.
Valdinoci, S. 1984 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 89,
pp. 268-270.
Valdinoci, S. 1987a - ‘Derechef, Qu’est-Ce Que S’orienter Dans La Pensée
?’,
(reply to Laruelle’s ‘Pour Une Science de la
Décision Philosophique’) in Le Cahier du Collège
International de Philosophie, 4,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 41-51.
Valdinoci, S. 1987b - ‘Au Dela du Prinçipe de Philosophie’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 50-69.
Valdinoci, S. 1987c - ‘L’Un, Une Nouvelle Condition de Pensée’, in La
Décision Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 39-49.
Valdinoci, S. 1988 - ‘La Naissance de la Science à l’Époque de la
Philosophie, en Europe’,in La Décision Philosophique,
5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 5-39.
Valdinoci, S. 1989a - ‘Tout Va Bien !’, in La Décision Philosophique, 7,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 5-6.
Valdinoci, S. 1989b - ‘La Science de l’Homme Immense. Une analyse
non-platonicienne’, in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 65-79.
Valdinoci, S. 1995a - ‘La Non-Philosophie, L’europanalyse et Husserl’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie
des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 127-142.
Virieux-Reymond, A. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle's
‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode
Transcendantale’) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.104.
Secondary Litterature on Laruelle
236
b) works:
Blanco, J-D. 1997 - Initiation à la Pensée de François Laruelle,
Paris: L’Harmattan.
Choplin, H. 1997 - De la Phénoménologie à la Non-Philosophie. Levinas et
Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Choplin, H. 2000 - La Non-Philosophie de François Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Kieffer, G. 1996 - Esthétiques Non-Philosophiques, Paris: Kimé.
Moulinier, D. 1998 - De La Psychanalyse à la Non-Philosophie.
Lacan et Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Nicolet, D. 1989 - Lire Wittgenstein. Études pour une reconstruction fictive,
Paris: Aubier.
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif. 1995 - La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains. Althusser, Badiou,
Deleuze, Derrida, Fichte, Husserl,
Kojève, Russell, Sartre, Wittgenstein, Paris: Kimé.
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif. 1998 - Discipline Hérétique. Esthétique,
psychanalyse, religion, Paris: Kimé.
Schmid, A-F. 1998 - L’Age de l’Epistémologie. Science, ingénierie, éthique,
Paris: Kimé
Valdinoci, S. 1990 - Introduction Dans L'europanalyse, Paris: Aubier.
Valdinoci, S. 1995 - Vers Une Méthode D'europanalyse, Paris: l'Harmattan.
Valdinoci, S. 1996 - La Traversée de l'Immanence. L'europanalyse ou la
méthode de la phénoménologie, Paris: Kimé.
Valdinoci, S. 1997 - La Science Première. Une pensée pour le present
et l’avenir, Paris: l’Harmattan.
Works by Other Authors
Adorno, T. 1992 - Negative Dialectics, trans. by E.B.Ashton,
London: Routledge.
Allison, H.E. 1983 – Kant’s Transcendental Idealism. An interpretation and
defence, New Haven: Yale University Press.
Althusser, L. & Balibar, E. 1997 - Reading Capital, trans. by B.Brewster,
London: Verso.
Althusser, L. 1996 - Pour Marx, Paris: La Découverte.
Althusser, L. 1994 - Écrits Philosophiques et Politiques. Tome I,
Paris: Stock/IMEC.
Badiou, A. 1982 - Théorie du Sujet, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1988 - L'Être et l'Événement, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1989 - Manifeste Pour La Philosophie, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1992 - Conditions, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1997b - Deleuze. La clameur de l'Être, Paris: Hachette.
Badiou, A. 1998 - Court Traité d'Ontologie Transitoire, Paris: Seuil.
235
Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 75-79.
Sumares, M. 1995 - ‘Quand Être Sujet C’est Ne Pas Être Assujétti’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie
des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 207- 221.
Sumares, M. 1997 - ‘Mystics and Pragmatics in the Non-Philosophy of
François Laruelle: Lessons for Rorty’s
metaphilosophizing’, in Revista Portuguesa de
Filosofia, 53, pp. 27-38.
Valdinoci, S. 1984 - ‘Compte-Rendu’ (review of Laruelle’s Le Prinçipe de
Minorité), in Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale, 89,
pp. 268-270.
Valdinoci, S. 1987a - ‘Derechef, Qu’est-Ce Que S’orienter Dans La Pensée
?’,
(reply to Laruelle’s ‘Pour Une Science de la
Décision Philosophique’) in Le Cahier du Collège
International de Philosophie, 4,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 41-51.
Valdinoci, S. 1987b - ‘Au Dela du Prinçipe de Philosophie’, in La Décision
Philosophique, 1, Paris: Osiris, pp. 50-69.
Valdinoci, S. 1987c - ‘L’Un, Une Nouvelle Condition de Pensée’, in La
Décision Philosophique, 3, Paris: Osiris, pp. 39-49.
Valdinoci, S. 1988 - ‘La Naissance de la Science à l’Époque de la
Philosophie, en Europe’,in La Décision Philosophique,
5, Paris: Osiris, pp. 5-39.
Valdinoci, S. 1989a - ‘Tout Va Bien !’, in La Décision Philosophique, 7,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 5-6.
Valdinoci, S. 1989b - ‘La Science de l’Homme Immense. Une analyse
non-platonicienne’, in La Décision Philosophique, 9,
Paris: Osiris, pp. 65-79.
Valdinoci, S. 1995a - ‘La Non-Philosophie, L’europanalyse et Husserl’,
in Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif, La Non-Philosophie
des Contemporains, Paris: Kimé, pp. 127-142.
Virieux-Reymond, A. 1979 - ‘Discussion’, (apropos of Laruelle's
‘La Transvaluation de la Méthode
Transcendantale’) in Bulletin de la Société
Française de Philosophie, 73, p.104.
Secondary Litterature on Laruelle
236
b) works:
Blanco, J-D. 1997 - Initiation à la Pensée de François Laruelle,
Paris: L’Harmattan.
Choplin, H. 1997 - De la Phénoménologie à la Non-Philosophie. Levinas et
Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Choplin, H. 2000 - La Non-Philosophie de François Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Kieffer, G. 1996 - Esthétiques Non-Philosophiques, Paris: Kimé.
Moulinier, D. 1998 - De La Psychanalyse à la Non-Philosophie.
Lacan et Laruelle, Paris: Kimé.
Nicolet, D. 1989 - Lire Wittgenstein. Études pour une reconstruction fictive,
Paris: Aubier.
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif. 1995 - La Non-Philosophie des
Contemporains. Althusser, Badiou,
Deleuze, Derrida, Fichte, Husserl,
Kojève, Russell, Sartre, Wittgenstein, Paris: Kimé.
Non-Philosophie, Le Collectif. 1998 - Discipline Hérétique. Esthétique,
psychanalyse, religion, Paris: Kimé.
Schmid, A-F. 1998 - L’Age de l’Epistémologie. Science, ingénierie, éthique,
Paris: Kimé
Valdinoci, S. 1990 - Introduction Dans L'europanalyse, Paris: Aubier.
Valdinoci, S. 1995 - Vers Une Méthode D'europanalyse, Paris: l'Harmattan.
Valdinoci, S. 1996 - La Traversée de l'Immanence. L'europanalyse ou la
méthode de la phénoménologie, Paris: Kimé.
Valdinoci, S. 1997 - La Science Première. Une pensée pour le present
et l’avenir, Paris: l’Harmattan.
Works by Other Authors
Adorno, T. 1992 - Negative Dialectics, trans. by E.B.Ashton,
London: Routledge.
Allison, H.E. 1983 – Kant’s Transcendental Idealism. An interpretation and
defence, New Haven: Yale University Press.
Althusser, L. & Balibar, E. 1997 - Reading Capital, trans. by B.Brewster,
London: Verso.
Althusser, L. 1996 - Pour Marx, Paris: La Découverte.
Althusser, L. 1994 - Écrits Philosophiques et Politiques. Tome I,
Paris: Stock/IMEC.
Badiou, A. 1982 - Théorie du Sujet, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1988 - L'Être et l'Événement, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1989 - Manifeste Pour La Philosophie, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1992 - Conditions, Paris: Seuil.
Badiou, A. 1997b - Deleuze. La clameur de l'Être, Paris: Hachette.
Badiou, A. 1998 - Court Traité d'Ontologie Transitoire, Paris: Seuil.
237
Churchland, P.M. 1979 - Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Churchland, P.M. 1989 - A Neurocomputational Perspective.
The nature of mind and the structure of science,
Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Churchland, P.M. & Churchland, P.S.1996 – ‘Replies from the Churchlands’
In The Churchlands And Their
Critics, ed. by R.N.McCauley,
Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 217-307.
Churchland, P.M. & Churchland, P.S. 1998 - On the Contrary.
Critical essays 1987-1997,
Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Churchland, P.M. 1998a – ‘Précis’ and ‘Replies’,
apropos of critical symposium on Churchland’s
The Engine of Reason, The Seat of the Soul,
in Philosophy and Phenomenological Research,
Vol. LVIII, No.4, December 1998,
pp.859-863 and 893-903 respectively.
Churchland, P.M. 1999 – ‘Densmore and Dennett on Virtual Machines and
Consciousness’ in Philosophy and
Phenomenological Research, Vol.LIX, No.3, September 1999, pp. 763-767.
Darwin, C. 1985 – On the Origins of the Species,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Davidson, D. 1984 - ‘On the Very Idea of a Conceptual Scheme’ in
Inquiries Into Truth and Interpretation, Oxford: O.U.P,
pp.183-198.
Deleuze, G. & Parnet, C. 1977 - Dialogues, Paris: Flammarion.
Deleuze, G. 1990 - The Logic of Sense, trans. by M.Lester with C.Stivale, ed.
by C.Boundas, New York: Columbia University Press.
Deleuze, G. 1994 - Difference and Repetition, trans. by P.Patton,
New York: Columbia University Press.
Deleuze, G. 1996 - ‘L'Actuel et le Virtuel’, in Dialogues, with Claire
Parnet,
second edition, Paris: Flammarion, pp. 177-185.
Deleuze, G. 1997 - ‘Immanence: A Life...’, trans. by N.Millet,
in Theory, Culture & Society, Vol. 14 (2), pp.3-7.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1972 - Capitalisme et Schizophrénie Tome I.
238
L'Anti-Œdipe, Paris: Minuit.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1988 - Capitalism and Schizophrenia Volume II.
A Thousand Plateaus, trans. by
B.Massumi, London: Athlone.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1994 - What Is Philosophy ?, trans. by G.Burchell
& H.Tomlinson, London: Verso.
Dennett, D.C. 1978 - Brainstorms. Philosophical essays on mind and
psychology, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1987 - The Intentional Stance, Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Dennett, D.C. 1993 - Consciousness Explained,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1995 - Darwin's Dangerous Idea. Evolution and the
meanings
of life, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1998 - Brainchildren. Essays on designing minds,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Derrida, J. 1967 - L'Écriture et la Différence, Paris: Seuil.
Derrida, J. 1973 - Speech and Phenomena. And other essays on Husserl's
theory of signs, trans. by D.B.Allison, Evanston, Illinois:
Northwestern University Press.
Derrida, J. 1976 - Of Grammatology, trans. by G.Spivak,
London: John Hopkins University Press.
Derrida, J. 1981 - Dissemination, trans. B.Johnson, London: Athlone.
Derrida, J. 1982 - ‘Signature, Event, Context’ in Margins of Philosophy,
trans. by A.Bass, Hemel Hempstead: Harvester
Wheatsheaf, pp. 309-330.
Fichte, J.G. 1982 - The Science of Knowledge, trans. by P.Heath & J.Lachs,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Filoramo, G. 1992 - A History of Gnosticism, trans. by A.Alcock,
Oxford: Blackwell.
Fink, E. 1990 - De la Phénoménologie, French translation by D.Franck,
Paris: Minuit.
Foucault, M. 1970 - The Order of Things, trans. by A.Sheridan,
London: Tavistock.
Gibson, R. 1988 – Enlightened Empiricism. An examination of
W.V.O.Quine’s theory of knowledge,
Tampa, Florida: University of South Florida Press.
Gleick, J. 1998 – Chaos. Making a new science, Reading, Berkshire: Vintage.
Greene, B. 2000 - The Elegant Universe. Superstrings, hidden dimensions,
237
Churchland, P.M. 1979 - Scientific Realism and the Plasticity of Mind,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Churchland, P.M. 1989 - A Neurocomputational Perspective.
The nature of mind and the structure of science,
Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Churchland, P.M. & Churchland, P.S.1996 – ‘Replies from the Churchlands’
In The Churchlands And Their
Critics, ed. by R.N.McCauley,
Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 217-307.
Churchland, P.M. & Churchland, P.S. 1998 - On the Contrary.
Critical essays 1987-1997,
Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Churchland, P.M. 1998a – ‘Précis’ and ‘Replies’,
apropos of critical symposium on Churchland’s
The Engine of Reason, The Seat of the Soul,
in Philosophy and Phenomenological Research,
Vol. LVIII, No.4, December 1998,
pp.859-863 and 893-903 respectively.
Churchland, P.M. 1999 – ‘Densmore and Dennett on Virtual Machines and
Consciousness’ in Philosophy and
Phenomenological Research, Vol.LIX, No.3, September 1999, pp. 763-767.
Darwin, C. 1985 – On the Origins of the Species,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Davidson, D. 1984 - ‘On the Very Idea of a Conceptual Scheme’ in
Inquiries Into Truth and Interpretation, Oxford: O.U.P,
pp.183-198.
Deleuze, G. & Parnet, C. 1977 - Dialogues, Paris: Flammarion.
Deleuze, G. 1990 - The Logic of Sense, trans. by M.Lester with C.Stivale, ed.
by C.Boundas, New York: Columbia University Press.
Deleuze, G. 1994 - Difference and Repetition, trans. by P.Patton,
New York: Columbia University Press.
Deleuze, G. 1996 - ‘L'Actuel et le Virtuel’, in Dialogues, with Claire
Parnet,
second edition, Paris: Flammarion, pp. 177-185.
Deleuze, G. 1997 - ‘Immanence: A Life...’, trans. by N.Millet,
in Theory, Culture & Society, Vol. 14 (2), pp.3-7.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1972 - Capitalisme et Schizophrénie Tome I.
238
L'Anti-Œdipe, Paris: Minuit.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1988 - Capitalism and Schizophrenia Volume II.
A Thousand Plateaus, trans. by
B.Massumi, London: Athlone.
Deleuze, G. & Guattari, F. 1994 - What Is Philosophy ?, trans. by G.Burchell
& H.Tomlinson, London: Verso.
Dennett, D.C. 1978 - Brainstorms. Philosophical essays on mind and
psychology, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1987 - The Intentional Stance, Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Dennett, D.C. 1993 - Consciousness Explained,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1995 - Darwin's Dangerous Idea. Evolution and the
meanings
of life, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Dennett, D.C. 1998 - Brainchildren. Essays on designing minds,
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Derrida, J. 1967 - L'Écriture et la Différence, Paris: Seuil.
Derrida, J. 1973 - Speech and Phenomena. And other essays on Husserl's
theory of signs, trans. by D.B.Allison, Evanston, Illinois:
Northwestern University Press.
Derrida, J. 1976 - Of Grammatology, trans. by G.Spivak,
London: John Hopkins University Press.
Derrida, J. 1981 - Dissemination, trans. B.Johnson, London: Athlone.
Derrida, J. 1982 - ‘Signature, Event, Context’ in Margins of Philosophy,
trans. by A.Bass, Hemel Hempstead: Harvester
Wheatsheaf, pp. 309-330.
Fichte, J.G. 1982 - The Science of Knowledge, trans. by P.Heath & J.Lachs,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Filoramo, G. 1992 - A History of Gnosticism, trans. by A.Alcock,
Oxford: Blackwell.
Fink, E. 1990 - De la Phénoménologie, French translation by D.Franck,
Paris: Minuit.
Foucault, M. 1970 - The Order of Things, trans. by A.Sheridan,
London: Tavistock.
Gibson, R. 1988 – Enlightened Empiricism. An examination of
W.V.O.Quine’s theory of knowledge,
Tampa, Florida: University of South Florida Press.
Gleick, J. 1998 – Chaos. Making a new science, Reading, Berkshire: Vintage.
Greene, B. 2000 - The Elegant Universe. Superstrings, hidden dimensions,
239
and the quest for the ultimate theory,
Reading, Berkshire: Vintage.
Hegel, G.W.F. 1977 - Phenomenology of Mind, trans. by A.V.Miller,
Oxford: O.U.P.
Hegel, G.W.F. 1989 - Science of Logic, trans. by A.V.Miller,
Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey: Humanities Press.
Heidegger, M. 1962 - Being and Time, trans. by J..Macquarrie & E.Robinson,
Oxford: Blackwell.
Heidegger, M. 1968 - ‘La Thèse de Kant sur l'Étre’, French translation by
L.Braun & M.Haar, in Question II, Paris: Gallimard, pp.71-116.
Heidegger, M. 1969 - Identity and Difference, trans. by J.Stambaugh,
New York: Harper & Row.
Heidegger, M. 1977 - Basic Writings, edited by D.F.Krell ,
San Franscisco: HarperCollins.
Heidegger, M. 1990 - Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics, trans. by R.Taft,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Heidegger, M. 1999 - Contributions to Philosophy (From Enowning),
trans. by P.Emad & K.Maly,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Henry, M. 1973 - The Essence of Manifestation, trans. by G.Etskorn,
The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Henry, M. 1990 - Phénoménologie Matérielle, Paris: P.U.F.
Henry, M. 1993 - The Genealogy of Psychoanalysis, trans. by D.Brick,
Stanford, California: Stanford University Press
Husserl, E. 1964 - The Phenomenology of Internal Time-Consciousness,
ed. by M.Heidegger, trans. by J.S.Churchill,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Husserl, E. 1982 - Ideas Pertaining to a Pure Phenomenology and to a
Phenomenological Philosophy. First book,
trans. by F.Kersten, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Jonas, H. 1991 - The Gnostic Religion. The message of the alien god and the
beginnings of christianity, second edition, revised &
enlarged, Boston: Beacon Press.
Kaku, M. 1994 - Hyperspace. A scientific odyssey through the 10th
dimension, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kant, I. 1929 - Critique of Pure Reason, trans. by N.K.Smith,
London: Macmillan.
Kauffman, S. 1993 - The Origins of Order. Self-organization and selection
in evolution, New York: Oxford University Press.
Kauffman, S. 1995 - At Home in the Universe. The search for the laws of
240
complexity, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Lacarrière, J. 1989 - The Gnostics, trans. by N.Rootes,
San Francisco: City Lights.
Lenin, V.I. 1972 – Materialism and Empirio-Criticism (no translator),
Peking: Foreign Languages Press
Lévinas, E. 1990 - Autrement Qu'être ou au-dela de l'Éssence,
Paris: Le Livre de Poche.
Lévinas, E. 1992 - Totalité et Infini. Éssai sur l'Éxtériorité,
Paris: Le Livre de Poche.
Lyotard, J-F. 1973 - Dérive à Partir de Marx et Freud, Paris: U.G.E.
Lyotard, J-F. 1980 - Des Dispositifs Pulsionnels, Paris: Christian Bourgois.
Lyotard, J-F. 1993 - Libidinal Economy, trans. by I.H.Grant,
London: Athlone.
Marion, J-L. 1990 - Réduction et Donation. Recherches sur Husserl,
Heidegger et la phénoménologie, Paris: P.U.F.
Marion, J-L. 1997 - Étant Donné. Éssai sur une phénoménologie de
la donation, Paris: P.U.F.
Monod, J. 1974 – Chance and Necessity, trans. by A.Wainhouse,
Glasgow: Fontana
Ockham. 1998 - Quodlibetal Questions. Vols. 1 & 2. Quodlibets 1-7,
trans. by A.J.Freddoso & F.E.Kelley,
New Haven & London: Yale University Press.
Petitot, J. et al. 1999- Naturalizing Phenomenology. Issues in contemporary
phenomenology and cognitive science,
Stanford University Press: Stanford, California.
Pierce, J.R. 1965 - Symbols, Signals and Noise. The nature and process of
communication, New York: Harper & Row.
Plotinus. 1991 - The Enneads, trans. by S. MacKenna; abridged,
with introduction & notes by J.Dillon;
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Quine,W.V.O. 1960 - Word and Object, Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Quine,W.V.O. 1961 - ‘Two Dogmas of Empiricism’ in From a Logical
Point of View, second, revised edition, Cambridge,
Mass.: Harvard University Press, pp. 20-46.
Quine,W.V.O. 1969 - ‘Ontological Relativity’ in Ontological Relativity and
Other Essays, New York: Columbia University Press,
pp. 26-68.
Quine,W.V.O. 1970 - ‘Grades of Theoreticity’ in Experience and Theory,
ed. by L.Foster & J.W.Swanson, London: Duckworth,
239
and the quest for the ultimate theory,
Reading, Berkshire: Vintage.
Hegel, G.W.F. 1977 - Phenomenology of Mind, trans. by A.V.Miller,
Oxford: O.U.P.
Hegel, G.W.F. 1989 - Science of Logic, trans. by A.V.Miller,
Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey: Humanities Press.
Heidegger, M. 1962 - Being and Time, trans. by J..Macquarrie & E.Robinson,
Oxford: Blackwell.
Heidegger, M. 1968 - ‘La Thèse de Kant sur l'Étre’, French translation by
L.Braun & M.Haar, in Question II, Paris: Gallimard, pp.71-116.
Heidegger, M. 1969 - Identity and Difference, trans. by J.Stambaugh,
New York: Harper & Row.
Heidegger, M. 1977 - Basic Writings, edited by D.F.Krell ,
San Franscisco: HarperCollins.
Heidegger, M. 1990 - Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics, trans. by R.Taft,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Heidegger, M. 1999 - Contributions to Philosophy (From Enowning),
trans. by P.Emad & K.Maly,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Henry, M. 1973 - The Essence of Manifestation, trans. by G.Etskorn,
The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.
Henry, M. 1990 - Phénoménologie Matérielle, Paris: P.U.F.
Henry, M. 1993 - The Genealogy of Psychoanalysis, trans. by D.Brick,
Stanford, California: Stanford University Press
Husserl, E. 1964 - The Phenomenology of Internal Time-Consciousness,
ed. by M.Heidegger, trans. by J.S.Churchill,
Bloomington & Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.
Husserl, E. 1982 - Ideas Pertaining to a Pure Phenomenology and to a
Phenomenological Philosophy. First book,
trans. by F.Kersten, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Jonas, H. 1991 - The Gnostic Religion. The message of the alien god and the
beginnings of christianity, second edition, revised &
enlarged, Boston: Beacon Press.
Kaku, M. 1994 - Hyperspace. A scientific odyssey through the 10th
dimension, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kant, I. 1929 - Critique of Pure Reason, trans. by N.K.Smith,
London: Macmillan.
Kauffman, S. 1993 - The Origins of Order. Self-organization and selection
in evolution, New York: Oxford University Press.
Kauffman, S. 1995 - At Home in the Universe. The search for the laws of
240
complexity, Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Lacarrière, J. 1989 - The Gnostics, trans. by N.Rootes,
San Francisco: City Lights.
Lenin, V.I. 1972 – Materialism and Empirio-Criticism (no translator),
Peking: Foreign Languages Press
Lévinas, E. 1990 - Autrement Qu'être ou au-dela de l'Éssence,
Paris: Le Livre de Poche.
Lévinas, E. 1992 - Totalité et Infini. Éssai sur l'Éxtériorité,
Paris: Le Livre de Poche.
Lyotard, J-F. 1973 - Dérive à Partir de Marx et Freud, Paris: U.G.E.
Lyotard, J-F. 1980 - Des Dispositifs Pulsionnels, Paris: Christian Bourgois.
Lyotard, J-F. 1993 - Libidinal Economy, trans. by I.H.Grant,
London: Athlone.
Marion, J-L. 1990 - Réduction et Donation. Recherches sur Husserl,
Heidegger et la phénoménologie, Paris: P.U.F.
Marion, J-L. 1997 - Étant Donné. Éssai sur une phénoménologie de
la donation, Paris: P.U.F.
Monod, J. 1974 – Chance and Necessity, trans. by A.Wainhouse,
Glasgow: Fontana
Ockham. 1998 - Quodlibetal Questions. Vols. 1 & 2. Quodlibets 1-7,
trans. by A.J.Freddoso & F.E.Kelley,
New Haven & London: Yale University Press.
Petitot, J. et al. 1999- Naturalizing Phenomenology. Issues in contemporary
phenomenology and cognitive science,
Stanford University Press: Stanford, California.
Pierce, J.R. 1965 - Symbols, Signals and Noise. The nature and process of
communication, New York: Harper & Row.
Plotinus. 1991 - The Enneads, trans. by S. MacKenna; abridged,
with introduction & notes by J.Dillon;
Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin.
Quine,W.V.O. 1960 - Word and Object, Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.
Quine,W.V.O. 1961 - ‘Two Dogmas of Empiricism’ in From a Logical
Point of View, second, revised edition, Cambridge,
Mass.: Harvard University Press, pp. 20-46.
Quine,W.V.O. 1969 - ‘Ontological Relativity’ in Ontological Relativity and
Other Essays, New York: Columbia University Press,
pp. 26-68.
Quine,W.V.O. 1970 - ‘Grades of Theoreticity’ in Experience and Theory,
ed. by L.Foster & J.W.Swanson, London: Duckworth,
241
pp. 1-18.
Quine, W.V.O. 1981 - Theories and Things,
Cambridge, Mass.:Harvard University Press.
Sayre, K.M. 1976 - Cybernetics and the Philosophy of Mind,
London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
Schelling, F.W.J. 1936 - Of Human Freedom, trans. by J.Gutmann,
Chicago: Open Court.
Schelling, F.W.J. 1994 - On the History of Modern Philosophy,
trans. by A.Bowie,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Sellars, W. 1997 - Empiricism and the Philosophy of Mind,
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.
Simondon, G. 1995 - L’Individu et sa Genèse Physico-Biologique,
Grenoble: Jérôme Millon.
Smart, J.J.C. 1963 - Philosophy and Scientific Realism,
London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
Spinoza, B. 1923 - Ethics and Treatise on the Correction of the
Understanding, trans. by A.Boyle, London: Heron Books.
Stich, S. 1996 - Deconstructing the Mind, Oxford: O.U.P.
Vetö, M. 1998 - De Kant à Schelling. Les deux voies de l'Idéalisme allemand.
Tome I, Grenoble: Jérôme Millon.
Vetö, M. 2000 - De Kant à Schelling. Les deux voies de l’Idéalisme
allemand. Tome II, Grenoble: Jérôme Millon.
Wiener, N. 1967 - Cybernetics, or Control and Communication in the Animal
and the Machine, Cambridge, Mass.: M.I.T.